,the ,boy ,mechanic ,vol4 #a #gjj ,things for ,boys to ,do #hjj ,illustrations ,showing ,how ,jack ,mansfield ,ed ,jan #bh1 #aich ,august #aiaf ,from ,mother ,,the ,,boy ,,mechanic ,,volume ,i ,transcriber's ,notes ,this text accurately reproduces the original book except for adherence to ,project ,gutenburg guidelines4 ,each project title is followed by its original page number to allow use of the alphabetical contents 7index7 at the end of the book4 ,the book used very complex typesetting to conserve space4 ,this transcription uses simple one-column linear layout4 ,the text only version is of limited use because of the widespread occurrence of diagrams and illustrations4 ,use the pdf version for the complete text4 ,many projects are of contemporary interest--magic1 kites and boomerangs for example4 ,try a ,querl for starters4 ,there are many projects of purely historical interest1 such as chemical photography1 phonographs1 and devices for coal furnaces4 ,another class of projects illustrate the caviler attitude toward environment and health in #aiac4 ,these projects involve items such as gunpowder1 acetylene1 hydrogen1 lead1 mercury1 sulfuric acid1 nitric acid1 cadmium1 potassium sulfate1 potassium cyanide1 potassium ferrocyanide1 copper sulfate1 and hydrochloric acid4 ,several involve the construction of hazardous electrical devices4 ,please view these as snapshots of culture and attitude1 not as suggestions for contemporary activity4 ,be careful and have fun or simply read and enjoy a trip into yesterday4 ,illustration3 ,how to ,make a ,glider 7,see page #aga7 ,,the ,,boy ,,mechanic ,,volume ,i #gjj ,,things ,,for ,,boys ,,to ,,do ,,how ,,to ,,construct ,,wireless ,,outfits1 ,,boats1 ,,camp ,,equipment1 ,,aerial ,,gliders1 ,,kites1 ,,self-,,propelled ,,vehicles ,,engines1 ,,motors1 ,,electrical ,,apparatus1 ,,cameras ,,and ,,hundreds ,,of ,,other ,,things ,,which ,,delight ,,every ,,boy ,,with #hjj ,,illustrations ,,copyrighted1 #aiac1 ,,by ,h4 ,h4 ,,windsor ,,chicago ,,popular ,,mechanics ,,co4 ,,publishers 9999 ,a ,model ,steam ,engine #a ,the accompanying sketch illustrates a two-cylinder single-acting1 poppet valve steam engine of home construction4 ,the entire engine1 excepting the flywheel1 shaft1 valve cams1 pistons and bracing rods connecting the upper and lower plates of the frame proper1 is of brass1 the other parts named being of cast iron and bar steel4 ,the cylinders1 ,g1 are of seamless brass tubing1 #a-a_/b in4 outside diameter2 the pistons1 ,h1 are ordinary #a-a_/b in4 pipe caps turned to a plug fit1 and ground into the cylinders with oil and emery4 ,this operation also finishes the inside of the cylinders4 ,the upright rods binding the top and bottom plates are of steel rod about #a_/h-;in4 in diameter1 threaded into the top plate and passing through holes in the bottom plate with hexagonal brass nuts beneath4 ,the valves1 ,c1 and their seats1 ,b1 bored with a countersink bit1 are plainly shown4 ,the valves were made by threading a copper washer1 #c_/h in4 in diameter1 and screwing it on the end of the valve rod1 then wiping on roughly a tapered mass of solder and grinding it into the seats ,b with emery and oil4 ,the valve rods operate in guides1 ,d1 made of #a_/d-;in4 brass tubing1 which passes through the top plate and into the heavy brass bar containing the valve seats and steam passages at the top1 into which they are plug-fitted and soldered4 ,the location and arrangement of the valve seats and steam passages are shown in the sketch1 the flat bar containing them being soldered to the top plate4 ,the steam chest1 ,a1 over the valve mechanism is constructed of ,illustration3 ,engine ,details #a-;in4 square brass tubing1 one side being sawed out and the open ends fitted with pieces of #a_/af in4 sheet brass and soldered4 in4 ,the steam inlet is a gasoline pipe connection such as used on automobiles4 ,the valve-operating cams1 ,f1 are made of the metal ends of an old typewriter platen1 one being finished to shape and then firmly fastened face to face to the other1 and used as a pattern in filing the other to shape4 ,attachment to the shaft1 ,n1 is by means of setscrews which pass through the sleeves4 ,the main bearings1 ,m1 on the supports1 ,o1 and the crank-end bearings of the connecting rods1 ,k1 are split and held in position by machine screws with provision for taking them up when worn4 ,the exhausting of spent steam is accomplished by means of slots1 ,i1 sawed into the fronts of the cylinders at about #a_/h in4 above the lowest position of the piston's top at the end of the stroke1 at which position of the piston the valve rod drops into the cutout portion of the cam and allows the valve to seat4 ,all the work on this engine1 save turning the pistons1 which was done in a machine shop for a small sum1 and making the flywheel1 this being taken from an old dismantled model1 was accomplished with a hacksaw1 bench drill1 carborundum wheel1 files1 taps and dies4 ,the base1 ,q1 is made of a heavy piece of brass4 ,the action is smooth and the speed high4 ,steam is supplied by a sheet brass boiler of about #c pt4 capacity1 heated with a ,bunsen burner4 --,contributed by ,harry ,f4 ,lowe1 ,washington1 ,d4 ,c4 9999 ,magic ,spirit ,hand #b ,the magic hand made of wax is given to the audience for examination1 also a board which is suspended by four pieces of common picture-frame wire4 ,the hand is placed upon the board and answers1 by rapping1 any question asked by members of the audience4 ,the hand and the board may be examined at any time and yet the rapping can be continued1 though surrounded by the audience4 ,the ,magic ,wand1 ,london1 gives the secret of this spirit hand as follows3 ,the hand is prepared by concealing in the wrist a few soft iron plates1 the wrist being afterwards bound with black velvet as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the board is hollow1 the top being made of thin veneer 7,fig4 #b74 ,a small magnet1 ,a1 is connected to a small flat pocket lamp battery1 ,b4 ,the board is suspended by four lengths of picture-frame wire one of which1 ,e1 is ,illustration3 ,wax ,hand on ,board and ,electrical ,connections connected to the battery and another1 ,d1 to the magnet4 ,the other wires1 ,f and ,g1 are only holding wires4 ,all the wires are fastened to a small ornamental switch1 ,h1 which is fitted with a connecting plug at the top4 ,the plug can be taken out or put in as desired4 ,the top of the board must be made to open or slide off so that when the battery is exhausted a new one can be installed4 ,everything must be firmly fixed to the board and the hollow space filled in with wax1 which will make the board sound solid when tapped4 ,in presenting the trick1 the performer gives the hand and board with wires and switch for examination1 keeping the plug concealed in his right hand4 ,when receiving the board back1 the plug is secretly pushed into the switch1 which is held in the right hand4 ,the hand is then placed on the board over the magnet4 ,when the performer wishes the hand to move he pushes the plug in1 which turns on the current and causes the magnet to attract the iron in the wrist1 and will1 therefore1 make the hand rap4 ,the switch can be made similar to an ordinary push button so the rapping may be easily controlled without detection by the audience4 9999 ,making ,skis and ,toboggans #c ,during the winter months everyone is thinking of skating1 coasting or ski running and jumping4 ,those too timid to run down a hill standing upright on skis must take their pleasure in coasting or skating4 ,the ordinary ski can be made into a coasting ski-toboggan by joining two pairs together with bars without injury to their use for running and jumping4 ,the ordinary factory-made skis cost from #b4ej per pair up1 but any boy can make an excellent pair far #ej cents4 ,in making a pair of skis1 select two strips of ,norway pine free from knots1 #a in4 thick1 #d in4 wide and #g or #h ft4 long4 ,try to procure as fine and straight a grain as possible4 ,the pieces are dressed thin at both ends leaving about #a ft4 in the center the full thickness of #a in41 and gradually thinning to a scant #a_/b in4 at the ends4 ,one end of each piece is tapered to a point beginning #ab in4 from the end4 ,a groove is cut on the under side1 about #a_/d in4 wide and #a_/h in4 deep1 and running almost the full length of the ski4 ,this will make it track straight and tends to prevent side slipping4 ,the shape of each piece for a ski1 as it appears before bending1 is shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the pointed end of each piece is placed in boiling water for at least #a hour1 after which the pieces are ready for bending4 ,the bend is made on an ordinary stepladder4 ,the pointed ends are stuck under the back of one step and the other end securely tied to the ladder1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,they should remain tied to the ladder #dh hours in a moderate temperature1 after which they will hold their shape permanently4 ,the two straps1 ,fig4 #c1 are nailed an a little forward of the center of gravity so that when the foot is lifted1 the front ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a1 ,fig4 #b1 ,fig4 #c -- ,forming the ,skis of the ski will be raised4 ,tack on a piece of sheepskin or deer hide where the foot rests1 ,fig4 #d4 ,the best finish for skis is boiled linseed oil4 ,after two or three ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d -- ,the ,toe ,straps applications the under side will take a polish like glass from the contact with the snow4 ,the ski-toboggan is made by placing two pairs of skis together side by side ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e -- ,ski-,toboggan and fastening them with two bars across the top4 ,the bars are held with ,v-shaped metal clips as shown in ,fig4 #e4 --,contributed by ,frank ,scobie1 ,sleepy ,eye1 ,minn4 9999 ,homemade ,life ,preserver #d ,procure an inner tube of a bicycle tire1 the closed-end kind1 and fold it in four alternate sections1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,cut or tear a piece of cloth into strips about #a_/b in4 wide1 and knot them together4 ,fasten this long strip of cloth to the folded tube and weave it alternately in and out1 having each ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a1 ,fig4 #b2 ,inner ,tube and ,cover run of the cloth about #d in4 apart1 until it is bound as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,make a case of canvas that will snugly fit the folded tube when inflated4 ,the straps that hold the preserver to the body may be made of old suspender straps4 ,they are sewed to the case at one end and fastened at the other with clasps such as used on overall straps4 ,the tube can be easily inflated by blowing into the valve1 at the same time holding the valve stem down with the teeth4 ,the finished preserver is shown in ,fig4 #b4 9999 ,how to ,make ,boomerangs #d ,when the ice is too thin for skating and the snow is not right for skis1 about the only thing to do is to stay in the house4 ,a boomerang club will help to fill in between and also furnishes good exercise for the muscles of the arm4 ,a boomerang can be made ,illustration3 ,bending and ,cutting the ,wood of a piece of well seasoned hickory plank4 ,the plank is well steamed in a wash boiler or other large kettle and then bent to a nice curve1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,it is held in this curve until dry1 with two pieces nailed on the sides as shown4 ,after the piece is thoroughly dried out1 remove the side pieces and cut it into sections with a saw1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the pieces are then dressed round4 ,a piece of plank #ab in4 wide and #b ft4 long will make six boomerangs4 ,to throw a boomerang1 grasp it and hold the same as a club1 with the hollow side away from you4 ,practice first at some object about #be ft4 distant1 and in a short time the thrower will be able to hit the mark over #ajj ft4 away4 ,any worker in wood can turn out a great number of boomerangs cheaply4 --,contributed by ,j4 ,e4 ,noble1 ,toronto1 ,ontario4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,eskimo ,snow ,house #e ,by ,,george ,e4 ,,walsh ,playing in the snow can be raised to a fine art if boys and girls will build their creations with some attempt at architectural skill and not content themselves with mere rough work4 ,working in snow and ice opens a wide field for an expression of taste and invention1 but the construction of houses and forts out of this plastic material provides the greatest amount of pleasure to the normally healthy boy or girl4 ,the snow house of the ,eskimo is probably the unhealthiest of buildings made by any savage to live in1 but it makes an excellent playhouse in winter1 and represents at the same time a most ingenious employment of the arch system in building4 ,the ,eskimos build their snow houses without the aid of any scaffolding or interior false work1 and while there is a keystone at the top of the dome1 it is not essential to the support of the walls4 ,these are self-supporting from the time the first snow blocks are put down until the last course is laid4 ,the snow house is of the beehive shape and the ground plan is that of a circle4 ,the circle is first laid out on the ground and a space cleared for it4 ,then a row of snow blocks is laid on the ground and another course of similar blocks placed on top4 ,the snow blocks are not exactly square in shape1 but about #ab in4 long1 #f in4 high and #d or #e in4 thick4 ,larger or smaller blocks can be used1 according to size of the house and thickness of the walls4 ,first1 the snow blocks must be packed and pressed firmly into position out of moist snow that will pack4 ,a very light1 dry snow will not pack easily1 and it may be necessary to use a little water4 ,if the snow is of the right consistency1 there will be no trouble in packing and working with it4 ,as most of the blocks are to be of the same size throughout1 it will pay to make a mold for them by forming a box of old boards nailed together1 minus the top1 and with a movable bottom1 or rather no bottom at all4 ,place the four sided box on a flat board and ram snow in it1 forcing it down closely4 ,then by lifting the box up and tapping the box from above1 the block will drop out4 ,in this way blocks of uniform size are formed1 which makes the building simpler and easier4 ,while one boy makes the blocks another can shave them off at the edges and two others can build the house1 one inside of the circle and the other outside4 ,the ,eskimos build their snow houses in this way1 and the man inside stays there until he is completely walled in4 ,then the door and a window are cut through the wall4 ,illustration3 ,laying the ,snow ,bricks ,illustration3 ,three-,room ,snow ,house ,each layer of snow blocks must have a slight slant at the top toward the center so that the walls will constantly curve inward4 ,this slant at the top is obtained better by slicing off the lower surfaces of each block before putting it in its course4 ,the top will then have a uniform inward slant4 ,the first course of the snow house should be thicker than the others1 and the thickness of the walls gradually decreases toward the top4 ,a wall1 however1 made of #f-;in4 blocks throughout will hold up a snow house perfectly1 if its top is no more than #f or #g ft4 above the ground4 ,if a higher house is needed the walls should be thicker at the base and well up toward the middle4 ,the builder has no mortar for binding the blocks together1 and therefore he must make his joints smooth and even and force in loose snow to fill up the crevices4 ,a little experience will enable one to do this work well1 and the construction of the house will proceed rapidly4 ,the ,eskimos build additions to their houses by adding various dome-shaped structures to one side1 and the young architect can imitate them4 ,such dome-shaped structures are shown in one of the illustrations4 ,a fact not well understood and appreciated is that the ,eskimo beehive snow house represents true arch building4 ,it requires no scaffolding in building and it exerts no outward thrust4 ,in the ordinary keystone arch used by builders1 a1 temporary structure must be erected to hold the walls up until the keystone is fitted in position1 and the base must be buttressed against an outward thrust4 ,the ,eskimo does not have to consider these points4 ,there is no outward thrust1 and the top keystone is not necessary to hold the structure up4 ,it is doubtful whether such an arch could be built of brick or stone without scaffolding1 but with the snow blocks it is a simple matter4 9999 ,secret ,door ,lock #f ,the sketch shows the construction of a lock ,i have on a door which is quite a mystery to those who do not know how it operates4 ,it also keeps them out4 ,the parts of the lock on the inside of the door are shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,these parts can be covered so that no one can see them4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a1 ,fig4 #b1 ,fig4 #c2 ,the ,lock ,parts ,the ordinary latch and catch ,a are attached to the door in the usual manner4 ,the latch is lifted with a stick of wood ,b1 which is about #a ft4 long and #a in4 wide1 and pivoted about two-thirds of the way from the top as shown4 ,the latch ,a is connected to the stick ,b with a strong cord run through a staple to secure a right-angle pull between the pieces4 ,a nail1 ,c1 keeps the stick ,b from falling over to the left4 ,the piece of wood1 ,d1 is #f or #h in4 long and attached to a bolt that runs through the door1 the opposite end being fastened to the combination dial4 ,two kinds of dials are shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the piece ,d is fastened on the bolt an inch or two from the surface of the door to permit placing a spiral spring of medium strength in between as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,the opposite end of the bolt may be screwed into the dial1 which can be made of wood1 or an old safe dial will do4 ,a nail is driven through the outer end of the piece ,d and the end cut off so that it will pass over the piece ,b when the dial is turned4 ,when the dial is pulled out slightly and then turned toward the right1 the nail will catch on the piece ,b and open the latch4 --,contributed by ,geo4 ,goodbrod1 ,union1 ,ore4 9999 ,a ,convenient ,hot-,dish ,holder #g ,when taking hot dishes from the stove1 it is very convenient to have holders handy for use4 ,for this purpose ,i screwed two screw eyes into the ceiling1 one in front of the stove directly above the place where the holder should hang1 and the other back of the stove and out of the way4 ,i next ran a strong cord through the two eyes4 ,to one end of the cord ,i attached a weight made of a clean lump of coal4 ,the cord is just long enough to let the weight hang a few inches above the floor and pass through both screw eyes4 ,i fastened a small ring to the other end to keep the cord from slipping back by the pull of the weight4 ,i then fastened two pieces of string to the ring at the end of the cord and attached an iron holder to the end of each string4 ,the strings should be just long enough to keep the holders just over the stove where they are always ,illustration3 ,holders in a ,convenient ,place ready for use1 as the weight always draws them back to place4 --,contributed by ,r4 ,s4 ,merrill1 ,syracuse1 ,new ,york4 9999 ,magic-,box ,escape #g ,the things required to make this trick are a heavy packing box with cover1 one pair of special hinges1 one or two hasps for as many padlocks and a small buttonhook1 says the ,sphinx4 ,the hinges must be the kind for attaching inside of the box4 ,if ordinary butts are used1 the cover of the box ,illustration3 ,box with ,hinges and ,lock must be cut as much short as the thickness of the end board4 ,the hinges should have pins that will slip easily through the parts4 ,before entering the box the performer conceals the buttonhook on his person1 and as soon as the cover is closed and locked1 and the box placed in a cabinet or behind a screen1 he pushes the pin or bolt of the hinge out far enough to engage the knob end with the buttonhook which is used to pull the pin from the hinge4 ,both hinges are treated in this manner and the cover pushed up1 allowing the performer to get out and unlock the padlocks with a duplicate key4 ,the bolts are replaced in the hinges1 the box locked and the performer steps out in view4 9999 ,a ,flour ,sifter #g ,when sifting flour in an ordinary sieve ,i hasten the process and avoid the disagreeable necessity of keeping my hands in the flour by taking the top from a small tin lard can and placing it on top of the flour with its sharp edges down4 ,when the sieve is shaken1 the can top will round up the flour and press it through quickly4 --,contributed by ,l4 ,alberta ,norrell1 ,augusta1 ,ga4 9999 ,a ,funnel #g ,an automobile horn with the bulb and reed detached makes a good funnel4 ,it must be thoroughly cleaned and dried after using as a funnel4 9999 ,how to ,make ,comer ,pieces for a ,blotter ,pad #h ,to protect the corners of blotting pads such as will be found on almost every writing desk1 proceed as follows3 ,first1 make a design of a size proportionate to the size of the pad and make a right-angled triangle1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 on drawing paper4 ,leave a small margin all around the edge and then place some decorative form therein4 ,make allowance for flaps on two sides1 as shown1 which may later be turned back and folded under when the metal is worked4 ,it should be noted that the corners of the design are to be clipped slightly4 ,also note the slight overrun at the top with the resulting ,v-shaped indentation4 ,to make a design similar to the one shown1 draw one-half of it1 then fold along the center line and rub the back of the paper with a knife handle or some other hard1 smooth surface1 and the other half of the design will be traced on the second side4 ,with the metal shears1 cut out four pieces of copper or brass of ,no4 #bb gauge and with carbon paper trace the shape and decorative design on the metal4 ,then cut out the outline and file the edges smooth4 ,cover the metal over with two coats of black asphaltum varnish1 allowing each coat time to dry4 ,cover the back and all the face except the white background4 ,immerse in a solution of #c parts water1 #a part nitric acid and #a part sulphuric acid4 ,when the metal has been etched to the desired depth1 about #a-cb of an inch1 remove it and clean off the asphaltum with turpentine4 ,use a stick with a rag tied on the end for this purpose so as to keep the solution off the hands and clothes4 ,the four pieces should be worked at the same time1 one for each corner4 ,it remains to bend the flaps4 ,place the piece in a vise1 as shown in ,fig4 #b1 and bend the flap sharply to a right angle4 ,next place a piece of metal of a thickness equal to that of the blotter pad at the bend and with the mallet bring the flap down parallel to the face of the corner piece1 ,fig4 #c4 ,if the measuring has been done properly1 the flaps ,illustration3 ,manner of ,forming the ,plates ought to meet snugly at the corner4 ,if they do not1 it may be necessary to bend them back and either remove some metal with the shears or to work the metal over farther4 ,all the edges should be left smooth1 a metal file and emery paper being used for this purpose4 ,if a touch of color is desired1 it may be had by filling the etched parts with enamel tinted by the addition of oil colors1 such as are used for enameling bathtubs4 ,after this has dried1 smooth it off with pumice stone and water4 ,to keep the metal from tarnishing1 cover it with banana-oil lacquer4 9999 ,boring ,holes in ,cork #h ,the following hints will be found useful when boring holes in cork4 ,in boring through rubber corks1 a little household ammonia applied to the bit enables one to make a much smoother hole and one that is nearly the same size at both openings4 ,the common cork1 if rolled under the shoe sole1 can be punctured easily and a hole can be bored straighter4 ,the boring is made easier by boiling the cork1 and this operation insures a hole that will he the desired size and remain the size of the punch or bit used4 9999 ,self-,lighting ,arc ,searchlight #i ,a practical and easily constructed self-lighting arc searchlight can be made in the following manner3 ,procure a large can1 about #f in4 in diameter1 and cut three holes in its side about #b in4 from the back end1 and in the positions shown in the sketch4 ,two of the holes are cut large enough to hold a short section of a garden hose tightly1 as shown at ,,aa4 ,a piece of porcelain tube1 ,b1 used for insulation1 is fitted tightly in the third hole4 ,the hose insulation ,a should hold the carbon ,f rigidly1 while the carbon ,e should rest loosely in its insulation4 ,the inner end of the carbon ,e is supported by a piece of ,no4 #be ,german-silver wire1 ,c1 which is about #f in4 long4 ,this wire runs through the ,illustration3 ,arc in a ,large ,can porcelain tube to the binding post ,d4 ,the binding post is fastened to a wood plug in the end of the tube4 ,the tube ,b is adjusted so that the end of the carbon ,e is pressing against the carbon ,f4 ,the electric wires are connected to the carbon ,f and the binding post ,d4 ,a resistance1 ,r1 should be in the line4 ,the current1 in passing through the lamp1 heats the strip of ,german-silver wire1 causing it to expand4 ,this expansion lowers the end of the carbon ,e1 separating the points of the two carbons and thus providing a space between them for the formation of an arc4 ,when the current is turned off1 the ,german-silver wire contracts and draws the two carbon ends together ready for lighting again4 ,the feed can be adjusted by sliding the carbon ,f through its insulation4 ,a resistance for the arc may be made by running the current through a water rheostat or through #ae ft4 of ,no4 #be gauge ,german-silver wire4 --,contributed by ,r4 ,h4 ,galbreath1 ,denver1 ,colo4 9999 ,a ,traveler's ,shaving ,mug #i ,take an ordinary collapsible drinking cup and place a cake of shaving soap in the bottom ring4 ,this will provide a shaving mug always ready for the traveler and one that will occupy very little space in the grip4 9999 ,homemade ,snowshoes #i ,secure four light barrel staves and sandpaper the outside smooth4 ,take two old shoes that are extra large and cut off the tops and heels so as to leave only the toe covering fastened to the sole4 ,purchase two long book straps1 cut them in two in the middle and fasten the ends on the toe covering1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the straps are used to attach the snowshoe to the regular shoe4 ,when buckling up the straps be sure to leave them loose enough for the foot to work freely1 ,fig4 #b4 ,fasten the barrel staves in pairs1 leaving a space of #d in4 between them as shown in ,fig4 #c1 with thin strips of wood4 ,nail the old shoe soles to crosspieces ,illustration3 ,made from ,barrel ,staves placed one-third of the way from one end as shown4 --,contributed by ,david ,brown1 ,kansas ,city1 ,mo4 9999 ,fish ,signal for ,fishing through ,ice #aj ,watching a fish line set in a hole cut in the ice on a cold day is very disagreeable1 and the usual method is to ,illustration3 ,bell and ,battery in a ,box have some kind of a device to signal the fisherman when a fish is hooked4 ,the tip ups and the jumping jacks serve their purpose nicely1 but a more elaborate device is the electric signal4 ,a complete electric outfit can be installed in a box and carried as conveniently as tackle4 ,an ordinary electric bell1 ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 having a gong #b-a_/b in4 in diameter1 and a pocket battery1 ,b are mounted on the bottom of the box4 ,the electric connection to the bell is plainly shown4 ,two strips of brass1 ,c1 are mounted on the outside of the box4 ,the brass strips are shaped in such a way as to form a circuit when the ends are pulled together4 ,the box is opened and set on the ice near the fishing hole4 ,the fish line is hung over a round stick placed across the hole and then tied to the inside strip of brass4 ,when the fish is hooked the line will pull the brass points into contact and close the electric circuit4 9999 ,homemade ,floor ,polisher #aj ,a floor polisher is something that one does not use but two or three times a year4 ,manufactured polishers come in two sizes1 one weighing #ae lb41 which is the right weight for family use1 and one weighing #be lb4 ,a polisher can be made at home that will do the work just as well4 ,procure a wooden box such as cocoa tins or starch packages are shipped in and stretch several thicknesses of flannel or carpet over the bottom1 allowing the edges to extend well up the sides1 and tack smoothly4 ,make a handle of two stout strips of wood1 #cf in4 long1 by joining their upper ends to a shorter crosspiece and nail it to the box4 ,place three paving bricks inside of the box1 and the polisher will weigh about #af lb41 just the right weight for a woman to use4 ,the polisher is used by rubbing with the grain of the wood4 --,contributed by ,katharine ,d4 ,morse1 ,syracuse1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,tying ,paper ,bag to ,make a ,carrying ,handle #aj ,in tying the ordinary paper bag1 the string can be placed in the paper in such a way that it will form a handle to carry the package1 and also prevent any leakage of the contents4 ,the bag must be long enough for the end to fold over as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the folds are made over the string1 as in ,illustration3 ,stages in ,tying a ,bag ,fig4 #b4 ,the string is then tied1 ,fig4 #c1 to form a handle1 ,fig4 #d4 --,contributed by ,james ,m4 ,kane1 ,doylestown1 ,pa4 9999 ,equilibrator for ,model ,aeroplanes #aa ,on one of my model aeroplanes ,i placed an equilibrator to keep it balanced4 ,the device was attached to a crosspiece fastened just below the propeller between the main frame uprights4 ,a stick was made to swing on a bolt in the center of the crosspiece to which was attached a weight at the lower end and two lines connecting the ends of the planes at the upper end4 ,these are shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,when the aeroplane tips1 as ,illustration3 ,warping the ,aeroplane ,wings shown in ,fig4 #b1 the weight draws the lines to warp the plane so it will right itself automatically4 --,contributed by ,louis ,j4 ,day1 ,floral ,park1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,repairing ,christmas-,tree ,decorations #aa ,small glass ornaments for ,christmas tree decorations are very easily broken on the line shown in the sketch4 ,these can be easily repaired by inserting in the neck a piece of match1 toothpick or splinter of wood and tying the hanging string to it4 ,illustration3 ,repaired ,decoration 9999 ,homemade ,scroll ,saw #aa ,a scroll saw1 if once used1 becomes indispensable in any home carpenter chest1 yet it is safe to say that not one in ten contains it4 ,a scroll saw is much more useful than a keyhole saw for sawing small and irregular holes1 and many fancy knick-knacks1 such as brackets1 bookracks and shelves can be made with one4 ,a simple yet serviceable scroll saw frame can be made from a piece of cold-rolled steel rod1 #c_/cb or #a_/d in4 in diameter1 two #a_/h-;in4 machine screws1 four washers and four square nuts4 ,the rod should be #cf or #ch in4 long1 bent as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,place one washer on each screw and put the screws through the eyelets1 ,,aa1 then place other washers on and fasten in place by screwing one nut on each screw1 clamping the washers against the frame as tightly as possible4 ,the saw1 which can be purchased at a local hardware store1 is fastened between the clamping nut and another nut as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,illustration3 ,frame ,made of a ,rod ,if two wing nuts having the same number and size of threads are available1 use them in place of the outside nuts4 ,they are easier to turn when inserting a saw blade in a hole or when removing broken blades4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,a4 ,scranton1 ,detroit1 ,michigan4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,watch ,fob #ab ,the fixtures for the watch fob shown--half size--may be made of either brass1 copper1 or silver4 ,silver is the most desirable but1 of course1 the most expensive4 ,the buckle is to be purchased4 ,the connection is to be of leather of a color to harmonize with that of the fixtures4 ,the body of the fob may be of leather of suitable color or of silk4 ,of the leathers1 green and browns are the most popular1 though almost any color may be obtained4 ,make full size drawings of the outline and design of the fixtures4 ,with carbon paper trace these on the metal4 ,pierce the metal of the parts that are to be removed with a small hand drill to make a place for the leather or silk4 ,with a small metal saw cut out these parts and smooth up the edges1 rounding them slightly so they will not cut the leather or silk4 ,next cut out the outlines with the metal shears4 ,file these edges1 rounding and smoothing with emery paper4 ,the best way of handling the decorative design is to etch it and1 if copper or brass1 treat it with color4 ,for etching1 first cover the metal with black asphaltum varnish1 on the back and all the parts that are not to be touched with the acid4 ,in the design shown1 the unshaded parts should not be etched and should1 therefore1 be covered the same as the back4 ,apply two coats1 allowing each time to dry1 after which immerse the metal in a solution prepared as follows3 #c parts water1 #a part nitric acid1 #a part sulphuric acid4 ,allow the metal to remain in this until the acid has eaten to a depth of #a_/cb in41 then remove it and clean in a turpentine bath1 using a swab and an old stiff brush4 ,the amount of time required to do the etching will depend upon the strength of the liquid1 as well as the depth of etching desired4 ,illustration3 ,watch ,fob ,for coloring silver1 as well as brass and copper1 cover the metal with a solution of the following3 #a_/b pt4 of water in which dissolve1 after breaking up1 five cents worth of sulphureted potassium4 ,put a teaspoonful of this into a tin with #b qt4 of water4 ,polish a piece of scrap metal and dip it in the solution4 ,if it colors the metal red1 it has the correct strength4 ,drying will cause this to change to purple4 ,rub off the highlights1 leaving them the natural color of the metal and apply a coat of banana-oil lacquer4 9999 ,an ,austrian ,top #ab ,all parts of the top are of wood and they are simple to make4 ,the handle is a piece of pine1 #e-a_/d in4 long1 #a-a_/d in4 wide and #c_/d in4 thick4 ,a handle1 #c_/d in4 in diameter1 is formed on one end1 allowing only #a-a_/d in4 of the other end to remain rectangular in shape4 ,bore a #c_/d-;in4 hole in this end for the top4 ,a #a_/af-;in4 hole is bored in the edge to enter the large hole as shown4 ,the top can be cut from a broom handle or a round stick of hardwood4 ,illustration3 ,parts of the ,top ,to spin the top1 take a piece of stout cord about #b ft4 long1 pass one end through the #a_/af-;in4 hole and wind it on the small part of the top in the usual way1 starting at the bottom and winding upward4 ,when the shank is covered1 set the top in the #c_/d-;in4 hole4 ,take hold of the handle with the left hand and the end of the cord with the right hand1 give a good quick pull on the cord and the top will jump clear of the handle and spin vigorously4 --,contributed by ,j4,f4 ,tholl1 ,ypsilanti1 ,michigan4 9999 ,pockets for ,spools of ,thread #ac ,a detachable pocket for holding thread when sewing is shown herewith4 ,the dimensions may be varied to admit any number or size of spools4 ,each pocket is made to take a certain size spool1 the end of the thread being run through the cloth front for obtaining the length for threading a needle4 ,this will keep the thread from becoming tangled and enable it always to be readily drawn out to the required length4 --,contributed by ,miss ,l4 ,alberta ,norrell1 ,augusta1 ,ga4 ,illustration3 ,pockets for ,thread 9999 ,cleaning ,leather on ,furniture #ac ,beat up the whites of three eggs carefully and use a piece of flannel to rub it well into the leather which will become clean and lustrous4 ,for black leathers1 some lampblack may be added and the mixture applied in the same way4 9999 ,a ,baking ,pan #ac ,when making cookies1 tarts or similar pastry1 the housewife often wishes for something by which to lift the baked articles from the pan4 ,the baking tray or pan shown in the sketch not only protects the hands from burns but allows the baked articles easily to slip from its surface4 ,the pan is made from a piece of sheet iron slightly larger than the baking space desired4 ,each end of the metal is cut so that a part may be turned up and into a roll to make handles for the pan4 ,illustration3 ,baking ,pan without ,sides ,a wire or small rod is placed between the handles as shown4 ,this wire is fastened at each end and a loop made in the center4 ,the pan can be removed from the oven by placing a stick through the loop and lifting it out without placing the hands inside the hot oven4 ,the baking surface1 having no sides1 permits the baked articles to be slid off at each side with a knife or fork4 --,a4 ,a4 ,houghton1 ,northville1 ,mich4 9999 ,a ,broom ,holder #ac ,illustration3 ,broom ,holder ,a very simple and effective device for holding a broom when it is not in use is shown in the sketch4 ,it is made of heavy wire and fastened to the wall with two screw eyes1 the eyes forming bearings for the wire4 ,the small turn on the end of the straight part is to hold the hook out far enough from the wall to make it easy to place the broom in the hook4 ,the weight of the broom keeps it in position4 --,contributed by ,irl ,hicks1 ,centralia1 ,mo4 9999,stringing ,wires #ac ,a string for drawing electric wires into bent fixtures can be easily inserted by rolling it into a small ball and blowing it through while holding one end4 9999 ,a ,darkroom ,lantern #ad ,procure an ordinary #b-qt4 glass fruit jar1 break out the porcelain lining in the cover and cut a hole through the metal1 just large enough to fit over the socket of an incandescent electric globe1 then solder cover and socket together1 says ,studio ,light4 ,line the inside of the jar with two thicknesses of good orange post office paper4 ,the best lamp for the purpose is an #h-;candlepower showcase lamp1 the same as shown in the illustration4 ,screw the lamp into the socket and screw the cover onto the jar1 and you have a safe light of excellent illuminating power4 ,when you desire to work by white light1 two turns will remove the jar4 ,illustration3 ,darkroom ,lantern ,if developing papers are being worked1 obtain a second jar and line with light orange paper1 screw into the cover fastened to the lamp and you have a safe and pleasant light for loading and development4 ,by attaching sufficient cord to the lamp1 it can be moved to any part of the darkroom1 and you have three lamps at a trifling cost4 9999 ,preventing ,vegetables from ,burning in a ,pot #ad ,many housekeepers do not know that there is a simple way to prevent potatoes from burning and sticking to the bottom of the pot4 ,an inverted pie pan placed in the bottom of the pot avoids scorching potatoes4 ,the water and empty space beneath the pan saves the potatoes4 ,this also makes the work of cleaning pots easier as no adhering parts of potatoes are left to be scoured out4 9999 ,a ,clothes ,rack #ad ,a clothes-drying rack that has many good features can be made as shown in the illustration4 ,when the rack is ,illustration3 ,folding ,clothes ,rack closed it will fit into a very small space and one or more wings can be used at a time as the occasion or space permits1 and not tip over4 ,the rack can be made of any hard wood and the material list is as follows3 #a ,center post4 #a-a_/d in4 square by #fb in4 #d ,braces4 #a-a_/d in4 square by #ab in4 #af ,horizontal bars4 #a by #a-a_/d by #bd in4 #d ,vertical pieces4 #a_/d by #a by #fe in4 ,attach the four braces for the feet with finishing nails after applying a good coat of glue4 ,the horizontal bars are fastened to the vertical pieces with rivets using washers on both sides4 ,the holes are bored a little large so as to make a slightly loose joint4 ,the other ends of the bars are fastened to the center post with round head screws4 ,they are fastened1 as shown in the cross-section sketch1 so it can be folded up4 --,contributed by ,herman ,fosel1 ,janesville1 ,wis4 9999 ,homemade ,shower ,bath #ae ,illustration3 ,a ,shower ,bath ,that ,costs ,less ,than ,one ,dollar to ,make ,while in the country during vacation time1 ,i missed my daily bath and devised a shower bath that gave complete satisfaction4 ,the back porch was enclosed with sheeting for the room1 and the apparatus consisted of a galvanized-iron pail with a short nipple soldered in the center of the bottom and fitted with a valve and sprinkler4 ,the whole1 after filling the pail with water1 was raised above one's head with a rope run over a pulley fastened to the roof of the porch1 and a tub was used on the floor to catch the water4 ,a knot should be tied in the rope at the right place1 to keep it from running out of the pulley while the pail is lowered to be filled with water1 and a loop made in the end1 which is placed over a screw hook turned into the wall4 ,if the loop is tied at the proper place1 the pail will be raised to the right height for the person taking the shower bath4 ,the water will run from #aj to #ae minutes4 ,the addition of some hot water will make a splendid shower bath4 --,contributed by ,dr4 ,c4 ,h4 ,rosenthal1 ,cincinnati1 ,o4 9999 ,how to ,make ,small ,sprocket ,wheels #ae ,as ,i needed several small sprocket wheels and had none on hand1 ,i made them quickly without other expense than the time required1 from scrap material4 ,several old hubs with the proper size bore were secured4 ,these were put on an arbor and turned to the size of the bottom of the teeth4 ,hole were drilled and tapped to correspond to the number of teeth required and old stud bolts turned into them4 ,the wheels were again placed on the arbor and the studs turned to the required size4 ,after rounding the ends of the studs1 the sprockets were ready for use and gave perfect satisfaction4 --,contributed by ,charles ,stem1 ,phillipsburg1 ,new ,york4 9999 ,pot-,cover ,closet #af ,the sides of the cover closet are cut as shown in ,fig4 #a and shelves are nailed between them at a slight angle4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,closet for ,holding ,pot ,covers ,no dimensions are given as the space and the sizes of the covers are not always the same4 ,the back is covered with thin boards placed vertically4 ,the front can be covered with a curtain or a paneled door as shown4 --,contributed by ,gilbert ,a4 ,wehr1 ,baltimore1 ,md4 9999 ,aid in ,mixing ,salad ,dressing #af ,some cooks find it a very difficult matter to prepare salad dressing1 principally mayonnaise dressing1 as the constant stirring and pouring of oil and liquids are required in the operation4 ,the simple homemade device shown in the accompanying sketch greatly assists ,illustration3 ,bottle in ,stand in this work4 ,it consists of a stand to hold a bottle1 the mouth of which rests against a4 small gate directly in the rear of the attached tin trough4 ,the weight of the bottle and the contents against the gate serves as a check or stopper4 ,if the gate is raised slightly1 it will permit a continuous flow of liquid of the desired amount4 9999 ,saving ,overexposed ,developing ,prints #af ,in using developing papers1 either for contact printing or enlargements1 you are1 by all rules of the game1 entitled to a certain number of overexposed prints1 says a correspondent of ,camera ,craft4 ,but there is no reason why you should lose either the paper or the time and trouble expended in making these prints4 ,by using the following method1 you can turn these very dark prints into good ones4 ,first3 these overexposed prints must be fully developed4 ,do not try to save them by rushing them out of the developer into the short-stop or fixing bath4 ,the results will be poor1 and1 if you try to tone them afterward1 the color will be an undesirable1 sickly one4 ,develop them into strong prints1 thoroughly fix1 and wash until you are sure all hypo is removed4 ,in my own practice1 ,i carry out this part of the work thoroughly1 then dry the prints and lay aside these dark ones until there is an accumulation of a dozen or more1 doing this to avoid too frequent use of the very poisonous bleaching solution4 ,the bleacher is made up as follows and should be plainly marked ,poison4 ,cyanide of potassium 4444444 #b oz4 ,iodide of potassium 4444444 #bj gr4 ,water 444444444444444444444 #af oz4 ,place the dry print1 without previous wetting1 in this solution4 ,it will bleach slowly and evenly1 but1 when it starts to bleach1 transfer it to a tray of water1 where it will continue to bleach4 ,when the desired reduction has taken place1 stop the action at once by immersing the print in a #aj-per-cent solution of borax4 ,the prints may be allowed to remain in this last solution until they are finished4 ,a good final washing completes the process4 ,this washing must be thorough and a sponge or a tuft of cotton used to clean the surface of the print4 ,with a little practice1 this method of saving prints that are too dark becomes easy and certain4 ,the prints are lightened and at the same time improved in tone1 being made blue-black with a delicate and pleasing quality that will tempt you to purposely overexpose some of your prints in order to tone them by this method for certain effects4 ,the process is particularly valuable to the worker in large sizes1 as it provides a means of making quite a saving of paper that would otherwise be thrown away4 9999 ,an ,ironing-,board ,stand #ag ,an ordinary ironing board is cut square on the large end and a slot cut #a-a_/b in4 wide and #d in4 long to admit the angle support4 ,the support is placed against the table and the board ,illustration3 ,stand ,attached to ,table is pressed down against the outer notch which jams against the table1 thus holding the board rigid and in such a position as to give free access for ironing dresses1 etc4 --,contributed by ,t4 ,l4 ,gray1 ,san ,francisco1 ,cal4 9999 ,a ,desk ,blotting ,pad #ag ,procure four sheets of blotting paper1 preferably the colored kind1 as it will appear clean much longer than the white4 ,the size of the pad depends on the size of the blotting paper4 ,fold four pieces of ordinary wrapping paper1 #e by #ae in4 in size1 three times1 to make it #e by #e in4 ,fold each one from corner to corner as shown in ,fig4 #a and again as in ,fig4 #b4 ,paste the last fold together and the corner holders are complete4 ,put one on each corner of the blotting paper4 ,they can be fastened with a small brass paper fastener put through the top of the holder4 ,the blotting paper can ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a1 #b1 #c ,paper ,corners for ,blotter ,pads be easily changed by removing the holders and fasteners4 ,corners complete are shown in ,fig4 #c4 --,contributed by ,j4 ,wilson ,aldred ,toronto1 ,canada4 9999 ,sleeve ,holders for ,lavatories #ag ,a very handy article is an attachment on wash basins or lavatories for holding the sleeves back while washing the hands4 ,it is very annoying to have the sleeves continually slip down and become wet or soiled4 ,the simple device shown herewith can be made with bent wires or hooks and attached in such a way that it can be dropped out ,illustration3 ,wires ,attached to a ,lavatory of the way when not in use4 --,contributed by ,l4,j4 ,monahan1 ,oshkosh1 ,wisconsin4 9999 ,removing ,tarnish #ag ,a pencil eraser will remove the tarnish from nickel plate1 and the ink eraser will remove the rust from drawing instruments4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,brass ,bookmark #ah ,secure a piece of brass of ,no4 #bj gauge1 having a width of #b-a_/d in4 and a length of #e in4 ,make a design similar to that shown1 the head of which is #b in4 wide1 the shaft #a in4 wide below the ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,fig4 #b ,the ,pattern and the ,finished ,bookmark head and the extreme length #d-a_/b in4 ,make one-half of the design1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 freehand1 then trace the other half in the usual way1 after folding along the center line4 ,trace the design on the metal1 using carbon paper1 which gives the outline of the design ,fig4 #b4 ,with the metal shears1 cut out the outline as indicated by the drawing4 ,with files1 smooth off any roughness ,illustration3 ,drilling and ,sawing the ,metal and form the edge so that it shall be nicely rounded4 ,the parts of the design in heavy color may be treated in several ways4 ,a very satisfactory treatment is obtained by etching1 then coloring4 ,clean the metal thoroughly with pumice stone and water or with alcohol before the design is applied4 ,cover all the metal that is not to be lowered with a thick coating of asphaltum4 ,allow this to dry1 then put on a second coat4 ,after this has dried1 thoroughly immerse the metal in a solution composed as follows3 #c parts water1 #a part sulphuric acid1 #a part nitric acid4 ,allow the metal to remain in this solution until the exposed part has been eaten about #a_/cb in4 deep1 then remove it and clean off the asphaltum1 using turpentine4 ,do not put the hands in the solution1 but use a swab on a stick4 ,for coloring olive green1 use #b parts water to #a part permuriate of iron4 ,apply with a small brush4 ,the lines at ,a and ,b will need to be cut1 using a small metal saw4 ,pierce a hole with a small drill1 ,fig4 #c1 large enough to receive the saw and cut along the lines as in ,fig4 #d4 ,a piece of wood with a ,v-shaped notch which is fastened firmly to the bench forms the best place in which to do such sawing4 ,the teeth of the saw should be so placed that the sawing will be done on the downward stroke4 ,the metal must be held firmly1 and the saw allowed time to make its cut1 being held perpendicular to the work4 ,after the sawing1 smooth the edges of the metal with a small file and emery paper4 ,the metal clip may be bent outward to do this part of the work4 9999 ,cheesebox-,cover ,tea ,tray #ah ,the cover from a cheesebox can be converted into a tea tray that is very dainty for the piazza1 or for serving an invalid's breakfast4 ,first sandpaper the wood until it is smooth1 then stain it a mahogany color4 ,the mahogany stain can be obtained ready prepared4 ,after the stain has dried1 attach brass handles1 which can be obtained for a small sum at an upholsterer's shop4 ,a round embroidered doily in the bottom adds to the appearance of the tray4 --,contributed by ,katharine ,d4 ,morse1 ,syracuse1 ,new ,york4 9999 ,piercing-,punch for ,brass #ai ,drill a #a_/b-;in4 hole through a block of pine or other soft wood #b in4 thick4 ,tack over one end of the hole a piece of pasteboard in which seven coarse sewing-machine needles have been inserted4 ,the needles should be close together and pushed through the pasteboard until the points show4 ,the hole is then filled with melted babbitt metal4 ,when this is cold1 the block is split and the pasteboard removed4 ,this tool makes neat pierced work and in making brass shades1 it does the work rapidly4 --,contributed by ,h4 ,carl ,cramer1 ,east ,hartford1 ,conn4 9999 ,kitchen ,chopping ,board #ai ,cooks can slice1 chop or mince vegetables and various other food rapidly by placing the little device1 as shown1 on a chopping board4 ,ii is an ordinary staple1 driven in just far enough to allow a space for the end of an ordinary pointed kitchen knife to fit in it4 ,the staple is driven in the edge of the chopping board4 ,the knife can be raised and lowered with one hand1 as ,illustration3 ,knife ,attached to the ,board the material is passed under the blade with the other4 ,great pressure can be applied and the knife will not slip4 --,contributed by ,m4 ,m4 ,burnett1 ,richmond1 ,cal4 9999 ,carrying ,mattresses #ai ,sew straps to the sides of mattresses and they can be handled much easier4 9999 ,a ,carpenter's ,gauge #ai ,the home workshop can be supplied with a carpenter's gauge without any expense by the use of a large spool and ,illustration3 ,round ,stick ,in a ,spool a round stick of wood4 ,the stick should be dressed to fit the hole in the spool snugly and a small brad driven through one end so that the point will protrude about #a_/af in4 ,the adjustment of the gauge is secured by driving the stick in the hole in the direction desired4 ,a better way and one that will make the adjusting easy is to file the point end of a screw eye flat and use it as a set screw through a hole in the side of the spool4 9999 ,a ,flatiron ,rest #ai ,the iron rest and wall hanger shown in the sketch is made of sheet iron4 ,the upturned edges of the metal are ,illustration3 ,board or ,wall ,iron ,rest bent to fit the sloping sides of the iron4 ,the holder and iron can be moved at the same time4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,a4 ,jaquythe1 ,richmond1 ,cal4 9999 ,use for ,paper ,bags #ai ,when groceries are delivered1 save the paper bags and use them for staring bread and cakes4 ,tie the neck of the bag with a string and it will keep the contents fresh and clean4 --,contributed by ,mrs4 ,l4 ,h4 ,atwell1 ,kissimmee1 ,florida4 9999 ,use ,chalk on ,files #ai ,if a little chalk is rubbed on a file before filing steel1 it will keep the chips from sticking in the cuts on the file and scratching the work4 9999 ,a ,homemade ,steam ,turbine #bj ,by ,,william ,h4 ,,warnecke ,procure some brass1 about #c_/af in4 thick and #d in4 square2 #ec steel pens1 not over #a_/d in4 in width at the shank2 two enameled1 or tin1 saucers or pans1 having a diameter on the inside part of about #d-a_/b in42 two stopcocks with #a_/h in4 holes2 one shaft2 some pieces of ,illustration3 ,details of ,turbine brass1 #a_/d in4 thick1 and several #a_/h-;in4 machine screws4 ,lay out two circles on the #c_/af-;in4 brass1 one having a diameter of #c-a_/b in4 and the other with a diameter of #b-c_/d in4 ,the outside circle is the size of the finished brass wheel1 while the inside circle indicates the depth to which the slots are to be cut4 ,mark the point where a hole is to be drilled for the shaft1 also locate the drill holes1 as shown at ,a1 ,fig4 #a4 ,after the shaft hole and the holes ,a are drilled in the disk1 it can be used as template for drilling the side plates ,c4 ,the rim of the disk is divided into #ec equal parts and radial lines drawn from rim to line ,b1 indicating the depth of the slots4 ,slots are cut in the disk with a hacksaw on the radial lines4 ,a small vise is convenient for holding the disk while cutting the slots4 ,when cutting the disk out of the rough brass1 sufficient margin should be left for filing to the true line4 ,the slots should be left in their rough state as they have a better hold on the pens which are used for the blades4 ,the pens are inserted in the slots and made quite secure by forcing ordinary pins on the inside of the pens and breaking them off at the rim1 as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,when the pens are all fastened two pieces of metal are provided1 each about #a in4 in diameter and #a_/cb in4 thick1 with a #c_/h-;in4 hole in the center1 for filling pieces which are first placed around the shaft hole between the disk and side plates ,c1 ,fig4 #a4 ,the side plates are then secured with some of the #a_/h-;in4 machine screws1 using two nuts on each screw4 ,the nuts should be on the side opposite the inlet valves4 ,the shaft hole may also be filed square1 a square shaft used1 and the ends filed round for the bearings4 ,the casing for the disk is made of two enameled-iron saucers1 ,fig4 #b1 bolted together with a thin piece of asbestos between them to make a tight joint4 ,a #c_/d-;in4 hole is cut near the edge of one of the saucers for the exhaust4 ,if it is desired to carry the exhaust beyond the casing1 a thin pipe can be inserted #a_/d in4 into the hole4 ,holes are drilled through the pipe on both inside and outside of the casing1 and pins inserted1 as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,solder is run around the outside pin to keep the steam from escaping4 ,at the lowest point of the saucer or casing a #a_/h-;in4 hole is drilled to run off the water4 ,a wood plug will answer for a stopcock4 ,if metal dishes1 shaped from thick material with a good coating of tin1 can be procured1 it will be much easier to construct the casing than if enameled ware is used4 ,the holes can be easily drilled and the parts fitted together closely4 ,all seams and surfaces around fittings can be soldered4 ,nozzles are made of two stopcocks having a #a_/h-;in4 hole4 ,these are connected to a #c_/h-;in4 supply pipe4 ,the nozzles should be set at an angle of #bj deg4 with the face of the disk4 ,the nozzle or stopcock will give better results if the discharge end is filed parallel to the face of the disk when at an angle of #bj deg4 ,there should be a space of #a_/af in4 between the nozzle and the blades to allow for sufficient play1 ,fig4 #c4 ,the bearings are made of #a_/d-;in4 brass and bolted to the casing1 as shown1 with #a_/h-;in4 machine screws and nuts4 ,two nuts should be placed on each screw4 ,the pulley is made by sliding a piece of steel pipe on the engine shaft and fastening it with machine screws and nuts as shown in ,fig4 #f4 ,if the shaft is square1 lead should be run into the segments4 ,the driven shaft should have a long bearing4 ,the pulley on this shaft is made of pieces of wood nailed together1 and its circumference cut out with a scroll saw4 ,flanges are screwed to the pulley and fastened to the shaft as shown in ,fig4 #g4 ,the bearings are made of oak blocks lined with heavy tin or sheet iron for the running surface4 ,motion is transmitted from the engine to the large pulley by a thin but very good leather belt4 9999 ,homemade ,telegraph ,key #ba ,a simple and easily constructed telegraph key may be made in the following manner3 ,procure a piece of sheet brass1 about #a_/cb in4 thick1 and cut out a strip #c-a_/b in4 long by #c_/d in4 wide4 ,bend as shown in ,fig4 #a and drill a hole for the knob in one end and a hole for a screw in the other4 ,procure a small wood knob and fasten it in place with a small screw4 ,cut a strip of the same brass #b-c_/d in4 long and #e_/af in4 wide and bend as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,drill two holes in the feet for screws to fasten it to the base1 and one hole in the top part for a machine screw1 and solder a small nut on the under side of the metal over the hole4 ,mount both pieces on a base #d-a_/d by #b-c_/d by #a_/d in41 as in ,fig4 #c1 and where ,illustration3 ,brass ,key on a ,wood ,base the screw of the knob strikes the base when pressed down1 put in a screw or brass-headed tack for a contact4 ,fasten the parts down with small brass wood-screws and solder the connections beneath the base4 ,binding posts from an old battery cell are used on the end of the base4 ,the screw on top of the arch is used to adjust the key for a long or short stroke4 --,contributed by ,s4 ,v4 ,cooke1 ,hamilton1 ,canada4 9999 ,keeping ,food ,cool in ,camps #ba ,camps and suburban homes located where ice is hard to get can be provided with a cooling arrangement herein described that will make a good substitute for the icebox4 ,a barrel is sunk in the ground in a shady place1 allowing plenty of space about the outside to fill in with gravel4 ,a quantity of small stones and sand is first put in wet4 ,a box is placed in the hole over the top of the barrel and filled in with clay or earth well tamped4 ,the porous condition of the gravel drains the surplus water after a rain4 ,the end of the barrel is fitted with a light cover and a heavy door hinged to the box4 ,a small portion of damp sand is sprinkled on the bottom of the barrel4 ,the covers should be left open occasionally to prevent mold and to remove any bad air that may have collected from the contents4 --,contributed by ,f4 ,smith1 ,la ,salle1 ,ill4 9999 ,homemade ,work ,basket #bb ,secure a cheese box about #ab in4 high and #ae in4 or more in diameter4 ,it will pay you to be careful in selecting this box4 ,be sure to have the cover4 ,score the wood deeply with a carpenter's gauge inside and out #c-a_/b in4 from the top of the box4 ,with repeated scoring the wood will be almost cut through or in shape to finish the cut with a knife4 ,now you will have the box in two pieces4 ,the lower part1 #h-a_/b in4 deep over all1 we will call the basket1 and the smaller part will be known as the tray4 ,remove the band from the cover and cut the boards to fit in the tray flush with the lower edge1 to make the bottom4 ,fasten with #c_/d-;in brads4 ,the kind of wood used in making these boxes cracks easily and leaves a rough surface which should be well sandpapered4 ,the four legs are each #c_/d-;in4 square and #cj-a_/b in4 long4 ,the tops should be beveled to keep them from splintering at the edges4 ,with a string or tape measure1 find the circumference of the tray or basket and divide this into four equal parts1 arranging the lap seam on both to come midway between two of the marks4 ,when assembling1 make these seams come between the two back legs4 ,the tray is placed #a-a_/d in4 from the top end and the basket #f-c_/d in4 from the bottom end of the legs4 ,notch the legs at the lower point about #a_/h in4 deep and #a-a_/d in4 wide to receive the band at the lower end of the basket4 ,fasten with #c_/d-;in4 screws1 using four to each leg1 three of which are in the basket4 ,insert the screws from the inside of the box into the legs4 ,stain the wood before putting in the ,illustration3 ,work ,basket lining4 ,if all the parts are well sandpapered1 the wood will take the stain nicely3 ,three yards of cretonne will make a very attractive lining4 ,cut two sheets of cardboard to fit in the bottom of the tray and basket4 ,cover them with the cretonne1 sewing on the back side4 ,cut four strips for the sides from the width of the goods #e-a_/b in4 wide and four strips #aj in4 wide4 ,sew them end to end and turn down one edge to a depth of #a in4 and gather it at that point1 also the lower edge when necessary4 ,sew on to the covered cardboards4 ,fasten them to the sides of the tray and basket with the smallest upholsterers' tacks4 ,the product of your labor will be a very neat and useful piece of furniture4 --,contributed by ,stanley ,h4 ,packard1 ,boston1 ,mass4 9999 ,a ,window ,display #bb ,a novel and attractive aeroplane window display can be easily made in the following manner3 ,each aeroplane is cut from folded paper1 as shown in the sketch1 and the wings bent out on the dotted lines4 ,the folded part in the center is pasted together4 ,each aeroplane is fastened with a small thread from the point ,a as shown4 ,a figure of an airman can be pasted to each aeroplane4 ,one or more of the aeroplanes can be fastened in the blast of an electric fan and kept in flight the same as a kite4 ,the fan can be concealed to make the display more real4 ,when making the display1 have the background of such ,illustration3 ,paper ,aeroplanes in ,draft a color as to conceal the small threads holding the aeroplanes4 --,contributed by ,frederick ,hennighausen1 ,baltimore1 ,md4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,flint ,arrowhead #bc ,if you live where flints abound1 possess the requisite patience and the knack of making things1 you can1 with the crudest of tools and a little practice1 chip out as good arrowheads as any painted savage that ever drew a bow4 ,select a piece of straight-grained flint as near the desired shape as possible4 ,it may be both longer and wider than the finished arrow but it should not be any thicker4 ,the side1 edge and end views of a suitable fragment are shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,hold the piece with one edge or end resting on a block of wood and strike the upper edge lightly with a hammer1 a small boulder or anything that comes handy until the piece assumes the shape shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,illustration3 ,fig4#b ,fig4#c ,the ,stone ,chipped into ,shape ,the characteristic notches shown in the completed arrow1 ,fig4 #c1 are chipped out by striking the piece lightly at the required points with the edge of an old hatchet or a heavy flint held at right angles to the edge of the arrow4 ,these heads can be made so that they cannot be distinguished from the real ,indian arrowheads4 --,contributed by ,b4 ,orlando ,taylor1 ,cross ,timbers1 ,mo4 9999 ,an ,opening ,handle for a ,stamp ,pad #bc ,a stamp pad is a desk necessity and the cleanliness of one depends on keeping it closed when it is not in use4 ,the opening and closing of a pad requires both hands and consequently the closing of a pad is often neglected in order to avoid soiling the fingers4 ,this trouble can be avoided if the pad is fitted with a small handle as shown in the sketch4 ,take the ordinary pad and work the hinge until it opens freely4 ,illustration3 ,handle on ,cover ,if necessary apply a little oil and spread the flanges of the cover slightly4 ,saw off the top of a common wood clothespin just above the slot1 saving all the solid part4 ,fasten this to the cover near the back side in an upright position with a screw4 ,a tap on the front side of the pin will turn it over backward until the head rests on the desk thus bringing the cover up in the upright position4 ,when through using the pad1 a slight tap on the back side of the cover will turn it down in place4 --,contributed by ,h4 ,l4 ,crockett1 ,gloversville1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,concrete ,kennel #bc ,the kennel shown in the illustration is large enough for the usual size of dog4 ,it is cleanly1 healthful and more ornamental than the average kennel4 ,illustration3 ,finished ,kennel ,this mission style would be in keeping with the now popular mission and semi-mission style home1 and1 with slight modifications1 it could be made to conform with the ever beautiful colonial home4 ,it is not difficult to ,illustration3 ,concrete ,forms build and will keep in good shape for many years4 ,the dimensions and the manner of making the forms for the concrete1 and the location for the bolts to hold the plate and rafters1 are shown in the diagram4 --,contributed by ,edith ,e4 ,lane1 ,el ,paso1 ,texas4 9999 ,nutshell ,photograph ,novelty #bd ,split an ,english walnut in the center1 remove the contents1 and scrape out the rough parts4 ,make an oval ,illustration3 ,photograph in the ,shell opening by filing or grinding4 ,if a file is used1 it should be new and sharp4 ,after this is done1 take a small half round file and smooth the edges into shape and good form4 ,the photograph print should be quite small--less than #a_/b in4 across the face4 ,trim the print to a size a little larger than the opening in the shell1 and secure it in place with glue or paste4 ,it may be well to fill the shell with cotton4 ,mount the shell on a small card with glue1 or if desired1 a mount of different shape can be made of burnt woodwork4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,s4 ,bourne1 ,lowell1 ,mass4 9999 ,spoon ,holder on a ,kettle #bd ,in making marmalade and jellies the ingredients must be stirred from time to time as the cooking proceeds4 ,after stirring1 some of the mixture always remains on the spoon4 ,cooks often lay the spoon on a plate or stand it against the cooking utensil with the handle down4 ,both of these methods are wasteful4 ,the accompanying illustration shows a device made of sheet copper to hold the spoon so that the drippings will return to the cooking utensil4 ,the copper is not hard to bend and it can be shaped so that the device can be used on any pot or kettle4 --,contributed by ,edwin ,marshall1 ,oak ,park1 ,ill4 ,illustration3 ,spoon ,holder 9999 ,repairing ,cracked ,gramophone ,records #bd ,some time ago ,i received two gramophone records that were cracked in shipment but the parts were held together with the paper label4 ,as these were single-faced disk records1 ,i used the following method to stick them together3 ,i covered the back of one with shellac and laid the two back to back centering the holes with the crack in one running at right angles to the crack in the other4 ,these were placed on a flat surface and a weight set on them4 ,after several hours' drying1 ,i cleaned the surplus shellac out of the holes and played them4 ,as the needle passed over the cracks the noise was hardly audible4 ,these records have been played for a year and they sound almost as good as new4 --,contributed by ,marion ,p4 ,wheeler1 ,greenleaf1 ,oregon4 9999 ,new ,use for a ,vacuum ,cleaner #be ,an amateur mechanic who had been much annoyed by the insects which were attracted to his electric lights found a solution in the pneumatic moth trap described in a recent issue of ,popular ,mechanics4 ,he fixed a funnel to the end of the intake tube of a vacuum cleaner and hung it under a globe4 ,the insects came to the light1 circled over the funnel and disappeared4 ,he captured several pounds in a few hours4 --,contributed by ,geo4 ,f4 ,turl1 ,canton1 ,ill4 9999 ,filtering with a ,small ,funnel #be ,in filtering a large amount of solution one usually desires some means other than a large funnel and something to make the watching of the process unnecessary4 ,if a considerable quantity of a solution be placed in a large bottle or flask1 and a cork with a small hole in it inserted in the mouth1 and the apparatus suspended in an inverted position over a small funnel so that the opening of the cork is just below the water level in the funnel1 the filtering process goes on continuously with no overflow of the funnel4 ,as soon as the solution in the funnel is below the cork1 air is let into the flask and a small quantity of new solution is let down into the funnel4 ,the process works well and needs no watching1 and instead of the filtrate being in a large filter paper1 it is on one small piece and can be handled with ease4 --,contributed by ,loren ,ward1 ,des ,moines1 ,iowa4 9999 ,a ,postcard ,rack #be ,the illustration shows a rack for postcards4 ,those having houses ,illustration3 ,finished ,rack with mission-style furniture can make such a rack of the same material as the desk1 table or room furnishings and finish it in the same manner4 ,the dimensions are given in the detail sketch4 ,the two ends are cut from #a_/d-;in4 material1 the bottom being #c_/h in4 thick4 ,only three pieces are required1 and as they are simple in design1 anyone can cut them out with a ,illustration3 ,details of the ,rack saw1 plane and pocket knife4 --,contributed by ,wm4 ,rosenberg1 ,worcester1 ,mass4 9999 ,substitute ,shoe ,horn #be ,a good substitute for a shoe horn is a handkerchief or any piece cloth used in the following way3 ,allow part of the handkerchief or cloth to enter the shoe1 place the toe of the foot in the shoe so as to hold down the cloth1 and by pulling up on the cloth so as to keep it taut around the heel the foot will slide into the shoe just as easily as if a shoe horn were used4 --,contributed by ,thomas ,e4 ,dobbins1 ,glenbrook1 ,conn4 9999 ,building a ,small ,photographic ,dark ,room #bf ,in building a photographic dark room1 it is necessary to make it perfectly light-tight1 the best material to use being matched boards4 ,these boards are tongued and grooved and when put together effectually prevent the entrance of light4 ,the next important thing to be considered is to make it weather-tight1 and as far as the sides are concerned the matched boards will do this also1 but it is necessary to cover the roof with felt or water-proof paper4 ,the best thickness for the boards is #a in41 but for cheapness #c_/d in4 will do as well1 yet the saving is so little that the #a-;in4 boards are preferable4 ,the dark room shown in the accompanying sketch measures #c ft4 #f in4 by #b ft4 #f in41 the height to the eaves being #f ft4 ,form the two sides shown in ,fig #a1 fixing the crosspieces which hold the boards together in such positions that the bottom one will act as a bearer for the floor1 and the second one for the developing bench4 ,both sides can be put together in this way1 and both exactly alike4 ,keep the ends of the crosspieces back from the edges of the boards far enough to allow the end boards to fit in against them4 ,one of the narrow sides can be formed in the same way1 fixing the crosspieces on to correspond1 and then these three pieces can be fastened together by screwing the two wide sides on the narrow one4 ,lay the floor next1 screwing or nailing the boards to the crosspieces1 and making the last board come even with the ends of the crosspieces1 not even with the boards themselves4 ,the single boards can then be fixed1 one on each side of what will be the doorway1 by screwing to the floor1 and to the outside board of the sides4 ,at the top of the doorway1 fix a narrow piece between the side boards1 thus leaving a rectangular opening for the door4 ,the roof boards may next be put on1 nailing them to each other at the ridge1 and to the sides of the room at the outsides and eaves4 ,they should overhang at the sides and eaves about #b in41 as shown in ,figs4 #c and #d4 ,one of the sides with the crosspieces in place will be as shown in ,fig4 #b in section1 all the crosspieces and bearers intersecting around the room4 ,the door is made of the same kind of boards held together with crosspieces1 one of which is fastened so as to fit closely to the floor when the door is hinged1 and act as a trap for the light4 ,the top crosspiece is also fastened within #a in4 of the top of the door for the same reason4 ,light traps are necessary at the sides and top of the door4 ,that at the hinged side can be as shown at ,a1 ,fig4 #e1 the closing side as at ,b1 and the top as at ,c in the same drawing4 ,these are all in section and are self-explanatory4 ,in hinging the door1 three butt hinges should be used so as to keep the joint close4 ,the fittings of the room are as shown sectionally in ,fig4 #f1 but before fixing these it is best to line the room with heavy1 brown wrapping paper1 as an additional safeguard against the entrance of light4 ,the developing bench is #ah in4 wide1 and in the middle an opening1 #i by #aa in41 is cut1 below which is fixed the sink4 ,it is shown in detail in ,fig4 #g1 and should be zinc lined4 ,the zinc should not be cut but folded as shown in ,fig4 #h1 so that it will fit inside the sink4 ,the bench at each side of the sink should be fluted 7,fig4 #i71 so that the water will drain off into the sink4 ,a strip should be fixed along the back of the bench as shown in ,figs4 #f and #i1 and an arrangement of slats 7,fig4 #aj71 hinged to it1 so as to drop on the sink as in ,fig4 #f1 and shown to a larger scale in ,fig4 #aa4 ,a shelf for bottles and another for plates1 etc41 can be fixed above the developing bench as at ,d and ,e 7,fig4 #f7 and another as ,f in the same drawing4 ,this latter forms the bottom of the tray rack1 which is fixed on as shown ,illustration3 ,details of the ,dark ,rook in ,fig4 #ac4 ,the divisions of the tray rack are best fitted loosely in grooves formed by fixing strips to the shelves and under the bench and sink as in ,fig4 #ac4 ,extra bearing pieces will be wanted for the shelves mentioned above1 these being shown in ,fig4 #ad4 ,the window is formed by cutting an opening in the side opposite the door1 and fixing in it a square of white glass with strips of wood on the inside and putty on the outside1 as in ,fig4 #ae4 ,a ruby glass is framed as shown at ,g1 ,fig4 #af1 and arranged to slide to and fro in the grooved runners ,h1 which makes it possible to have white light1 as at ,i1 or red light as at ,k1 ,fig4 #af4 ,the white glass with runners in position is shown at ,l in the same drawing1 but not the red glass and frame4 ,ventilation is arranged for by boring a series of holes near the floor1 as at ,m1 ,fig4 #f1 and near the roof as at ,n in the same drawing1 and trapping the light without stopping the passage of air1 as shown in the sections1 ,fig4 #ag4 ,the finish of the roof at the gables is shown in ,fig4 #ah1 the strip under the boards holding the felt in position when folded under1 and the same is true of the roll at the top of the roof in ,fig4 #ai4 ,the house will be much strengthened if strips1 as shown in ,fig4 #bj1 are fastened in the corners inside1 after lining with brown paper1 screwing them each way into the boards4 ,the door may have a latch or lock with a knob1 but should in addition have two buttons on the inside1 fixed so as to pull it shut tightly at top and bottom4 ,a waste pipe should be attached to the sink and arranged to discharge through the floor4 ,a cistern with pipe and tap can be fastened in the top of the dark room1 if desired1 or the room may be made with a flat roof1 and a tank stand on it1 though this is hardly advisable4 ,it is absolutely necessary that the room be well painted1 four coats at first is not too many1 and one coat twice a year will keep it in good condition4 ,a brick foundation should be laid so that no part of the room touches the ground4 9999 ,the ,versatile ,querl #bh ,querl is the ,german name for a kitchen utensil which may be used as an egg-beater1 potato-masher or a lemon-squeezer4 ,for beating up an egg in a glass1 mixing flour and water1 or stirring cocoa or chocolate1 it is better than anything on the market4 ,illustration3 ,querl ,made of ,wood ,this utensil is made of hardwood1 preferably maple or ash4 ,a circular piece about #b in4 in diameter is cut from #a_/b-;in4 stock and shaped like a star as shown in ,fig4 #a1 and a #c_/h-;in4 hole bored in the center for a handle4 ,the handle should be at least #ab in4 in length and fastened in the star as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,in use1 the star is placed in the dish containing the material to be beaten or mixed and the handle is rapidly rolled between the palms of the hands4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,karl ,hilbrich1 ,erie1 ,pennsylvania4 9999 ,an ,emergency ,soldering ,tool #bh ,occasionally one finds a piece of soldering to do which is impossible to reach with even the smallest of the ordinary soldering irons or coppers4 ,if a length of copper wire as large as the job will permit and sufficiently long to admit being bent at one end to form a rough handle1 and filed or dressed to a point on the other1 is heated and tinned exactly as a regular copper should be1 the work will cause no trouble on account of inaccessibility4 --,contributed by ,e4 ,g4 ,smith1 ,eureka ,springs1 ,ark4 9999 ,smoothing ,paper after ,erasing #bi ,when an ink line is erased the roughened surface of the paper should be smoothed or polished so as to prevent the succeeding lines of ink from spreading4 ,a convenient desk accessory for this purpose can be made of a short ,illustration3 ,collar ,button ,ends ,in ,wood ,stick piece of hardwood and two bone collar buttons4 ,file off the head of one button at ,a and the base from another at ,b4 ,bore a small hole ,d and ,e in each end of the wood handle ,c and fasten the button parts in the holes with glue or sealing wax4 ,the handle can be left the shape shown or tapered as desired4 ,the small end is used for smoothing small erasures and the other end for larger surfaces4 9999 ,a ,cherry ,seeder #bi ,an ordinary hairpin is driven part way into a small round piece of wood1 about #c_/h in4 in diameter and #b or #b-a_/b in4 long1 for a handle1 as shown in the sketch4 ,the hairpin should be a very ,illustration3 ,hairpin ,in ,stick small size4 ,to operate1 simply insert the wire loop into the cherry where the stem has been pulled off and lift out the seed4 --,contributed by ,l4 ,l4 ,schweiger1 ,kansas ,city1 ,mo4 9999 ,a ,dovetail ,joint #bi ,the illustration shows an unusual dovetail joint1 which1 when put together properly is a puzzle4 ,the tenon or tongue of the joint is sloping on three surfaces and the mortise is cut sloping to match4 ,the bottom surface of the mortise is the same width at ,illustration3 ,shape of ,tenon and ,mortise both ends1 the top being tapering toward the base of the tongue4 --,contributed by ,wm4 ,d4 ,mitchell1 ,yonkers1 ,new ,york4 9999 ,base for ,round-,end ,bottles #bi ,the many forms of round-bottomed glass bottles used in chemical laboratories require some special kind of support on which they can be safely placed from time to time when the chemist ,illustration3 ,base ,made-of ,corks does not1 for the moment1 need them4 ,these supports should not be made of any hard material nor should they be good conductors of heat1 as such qualities would result in frequent breakage4 ,a ,french magazine suggests making the supports from the large corks of glass jars in which crystal chemicals are usually supplied from the dealers4 ,the manner of making them is clearly shown in the sketch4 ,each cork is cut as in ,fig4 #a and placed on a wire ring 7,fig4 #b7 whose ends are twisted together and the last section of cork is cut through from the inner side to the center and thus fitted over the wire covering the twisted ends1 which binds them together4 ,the corks in use are shown in ,fig4 #c4 9999 ,rustic ,window ,boxes #cj ,instead of using an ordinary green-painted window box1 why not make an artistic one in which the color does not clash with the plants contained in it but rather harmonizes with them4 ,such a window box can be made by anyone having usual mechanical ability1 and will furnish more opportunities for artistic and original design than many other articles of more complicated construction4 ,the box proper should be made a little shorter than the length of the window to allow for the extra space taken up in trimming and should be nearly equal in width to the sill1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,if the sill is inclined1 as is usually the case1 the box will require a greater height in front1 to make it set level1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the box should be well nailed or screwed together and should then be painted all over to make it more durable4 ,a number of #a_/b-;in4 holes should be drilled in the bottom1 to allow the excess water to run out and thus prevent rotting of the plants and box4 ,having completed the bare box1 it may be trimmed to suit the fancy of the maker4 ,the design shown in ,fig4 #a is very simple and easy to construct1 but may be replaced with a panel or other design4 ,one form of panel design is shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,trimming having too rough a surface will be found unsuitable for this work as it is difficult to fasten and cannot be split as well as smooth trimming4 ,it should be cut the proper length before being split and should be fastened with brads4 ,the half-round hoops of barrels will be found very useful in trimming1 especially for filling-in purposes1 and by using them the operation of splitting is avoided4 ,after the box is trimmed1 the rustic work should be varnished1 in order to thoroughly preserve it1 as well as improve its appearance4 ,illustration3 ,artistic ,flower ,boxes 9999 ,antidote for ,squirrel ,pest #cj ,to the owner of a garden in a town where squirrels are protected by law1 life in the summer time is a vexation4 ,first the squirrels dig up the sweet corn and two or three replantings are necessary4 ,when the corn is within two or three days of being suitable for cooking1 the squirrels come in droves from far and near4 ,they eat all they can and carry away the rest4 ,when the corn is gone cucumbers1 cabbages1 etc41 share the same fate1 being partly eaten into4 ,at the risk of being arrested for killing the squirrels ,i have used a small target rifle morning and night1 but during my absence the devastation went on steadily4 ,last year they destroyed my entire corn crop4 ,traps do no good2 can't use poison1 too dangerous4 ,but ,i have solved the difficulty2 it's easy4 ,shake cayenne pepper over the various vegetables which are being ruin1 and observe results4 9999 ,homemade ,electric ,stove #ca ,by ,j4 ,f4 ,,tholl ,the construction of an electric stove is very simple1 and it can be made by any home mechanic having a vise and hand drill4 ,the body is made of sheet or galvanized iron1 cut out and drilled as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,each long projection represents a leg1 which is bent at right angles on the center line by placing the metal in the jaws of a vise and hammering the metal over flat4 ,if just the rim is gripped in the vise1 it will give a rounding form to the lower part of the legs4 ,the small projections are bent in to form a support for the bottom4 ,the bottom consists of a square piece of metal1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,holes are drilled near the edges for stove bolts to fasten it to the bottom projections4 ,two of the larger holes are used for the ends of the coiled rod and the other two for the heating-wire terminals4 ,the latter holes should be well insulated with porcelain or mica4 ,the top consists of a square piece of metal drilled as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,four small ears are turned down to hold the top in place4 ,one end of the coiled rod is shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,this illustrates how two pins are inserted in holes1 drilled at right angles1 to hold the coil on the bottom plate4 ,the coiled rod is #c_/af in4 ,illustration3 ,pattern for ,parts of the ,electric ,stove in diameter and #bg in4 long4 ,the rod is wrapped with sheet asbestos1 cut in #a_/b-;in4 strips4 ,the length of the heating wire must be determined by a test4 ,this wire can be purchased from electrical stores4 ,stovepipe wire will answer the purpose when regular heating wire cannot be obtained4 ,the wire is coiled around the asbestos-covered rod1 so that no coil will be in contact with another coil4 ,if1 by trial1 the coil does not heat sufficiently1 cut some of it off and try again4 ,about #i-a_/b ft4 of ,no4 #bf gauge heating wire will be about right4 ,the connection to an electric-lamp socket is made with ordinary flexible cord1 to which is attached a screw plug for making connections4 9999 ,glass-,cleaning ,solution #ca ,glass tumblers1 tubing and fancy bottles are hard to clean by washing them in the ordinary way1 as the parts are hard to reach with the fingers or a brush4 ,the following solution makes an excellent cleaner that will remove dirt and grease from crevices and sharp corners4 ,to #i parts of water add #a part of strong sulphuric acid4 ,the acid should be added to the water slowly and not the water to the acid4 ,add as much bichromate of potash as the solution will dissolve4 ,more bichromate of potash should be added as the precipitate is used in cleaning4 ,the chemicals can be purchased cheaply from a local drug store1 and made up and kept in large bottles4 ,the solution can be used over and over again4 -- ,contributed by ,loren ,ward ,des ,moines1 ,iowa4 9999 ,automatic-,closing ,kennel ,door #cb ,when the neighborhood cats are retired for the night and there is nothing more to chase1 my fox terrier seems to realize that his usefulness ,illustration3 ,diagram of ,closing ,door for the day is over and begs to be put in his kennel that he may not bark at the moon as some dogs are apt to do4 ,this necessitates my putting him out at a time when it may not be convenient4 ,frequently in stormy weather this is a disagreeable duty and ,i found a way to obviate it by making a trapdoor device for his kennel as shown in the sketch whereby he may lock himself in when he crosses the threshold4 ,the outer half ,a of the hinged trapdoor is made heavier than the inner half ,b by a cleat1 ,c1 and a strip1 ,d1 to cause the door to swing shut4 ,the tripper stick ,e is set between cleats ,c and ,f to hold the door open4 ,when the dog steps on the inner half of the trapdoor ,b1 it falls to stop ,g1 releasing tripper stick ,e 7which is heavier on the top end ,h7 to cause it to fall clear of the path of the trapdoor4 ,the door then swings shut in the direction of the arrow1 the latch ,i engaging a slot in the door as it closes1 and the dog has locked himself in for the night4 ,the latch ,i is made of an old-fashioned gate latch which is mortised in the bottom joist of the kennel4 ,when releasing the dog in the morning the door is set for the evening4 --,contributed by ,victor ,labadie1 ,dallas1 ,texas4 9999 ,polishing ,cloths for ,silver #cb ,mix #b lb4 of whiting and #a_/b oz4 of oleic acid with #a gal4 of gasoline4 ,stir and mix thoroughly4 ,soak pieces of gray outing flannel of the desired size--#ae by #ab in4 is a good size--in this compound4 ,wring the surplus fluid out and hang them up to dry1 being careful to keep them away from the fire or an open flame4 ,these cloths will speedily clean silver or plated ware and will not soil the hands4 ,in cleaning silver1 it is best to wash it first in hot water and white soap and then use the polishing cloths4 ,the cloths can be used until they are worn to shreds4 ,do not wash them4 ,knives1 forks1 spoons and other small pieces of silver will keep bright and free from tarnish if they are slipped into cases made from the gray outing flannel and treated with the compound4 ,separate bags for such pieces as the teapot1 coffee pot1 hot-water pot1 cake basket and other large pieces of silverware will keep them bright and shining4 --,contributed by ,katharine ,d4 ,morse1 ,syracuse1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,a ,book-,holder #cb ,books having a flexible back are difficult to hold in an upright position when copying from them4 ,a makeshift combination of paperweights and other books is often used1 but with unsatisfactory results4 ,illustration3 ,fig #b4 ,box ,corner ,makes a ,book ,holder ,the book-holder shown in the sketch will hold such books securely1 allow the pages to be turned easily and conceal the smallest possible portion of each page4 ,the holder can be cut out of a box corner and fitted with two screw eyes1 which have the part shown by the dotted lines at ,a 7,fig4 #a7 removed4 ,the length of the back board determines the slope for the book rest4 --,contributed by ,james ,m4 ,kane1 ,doylestown1 ,pa4 9999 ,clamping a ,cork #cc ,it is aggravating to continually break the cork of the stock mucilage bottle because of its sticking to the neck of the bottle after a supply has been poured out4 ,if a stove bolt is inserted lengthwise through the cork with a washer on each end and the nut screwed up tightly1 as shown in the sketch1 the cork may be made to last longer than the supply of mucilage and can be placed in a new bottle and used over and over again4 ,illustration3 ,cork ,clamp 9999 ,withdrawing ,paper from under an ,inverted ,bottle #cc ,invert a bottle on a piece of paper near the edge of a table top and ask anyone to remove the paper without overturning the bottle4 ,they will at once jerk the paper with the result that the bottle will turn over4 ,to remove the paper just strike the table top with your right fist while pulling the paper slowly with your left hand4 ,as you strike the table the bottle will jump and release the paper4 --,contributed by ,maurice ,baudier1 ,new ,orleans1 ,la4 9999 ,emergency ,tire ,repair #cc ,a bone collar button makes a good substitute for a plug in repairing a puncture in a single-tube bicycle tire4 9999 ,broom ,holder ,made of a ,hinge #cc ,the broom holder shown in the sketch is made of an ordinary hinge with one wing screwed to the wall4 ,the loose wing has a large hole drilled in it to receive the handle of the broom4 ,the manner of holding the broom is plainly shown in the sketch4 --,contributed by ,theodore ,l4 ,fisher2 ,waverly1 ,ill4 ,illustration3 ,broom ,holder 9999 ,making ,proofs before the ,negative ,dries #cc ,a correspondent of ,camera ,craft makes proofs from his developed1 but unfixed1 negatives1 by squeezing a sheet of wet bromide paper into contact with the wet film and giving an exposure several times longer than would be required under ordinary conditions1 using the paper dry4 ,if the developer is well rinsed out of the film1 the exposure to artificial light necessary to make a print will have no injurious effect upon the negative1 which is1 of course1 later fixed and washed as usual4 9999 ,flower-,pot ,stand #cc ,a very useful stand for flower pots can be made of a piece of board supported by four clothes hooks4 ,the top may be of any size suitable for the flower pot4 ,the hooks which serve as legs are fastened to the under side of the board in the same manner as fastening the hook to a wall4 --,contributed by ,oliver ,s4 ,sprout1 ,harrisburg1 ,pa4 ,illustration3 ,flower-pot ,stand 9999 ,a ,line ,harmonograph #cd ,illustration3 ,harmonograph ,as an apparatus capable of exciting interest1 probably nothing so easily constructed surpasses the harmonograph4 ,your attention will be completely absorbed in the ever changing1 graceful sweep of the long pendulum1 the gyrations of which are faithfully recorded in the resulting harmonogram4 ,a careless impetus given to the pendulum may result in a very beautiful harmonogram1 but you may try innumerable times to duplicate this chance record without success4 ,no two hamonograms are exactly alike4 ,the harmonograph1 while its pendulum swings in accordance with well known natural laws1 is exceedingly erratic when it comes to obeying any preconceived calculations of its operator4 ,in this uncertainty lies the charm4 ,if time hangs heavily or a person is slightly nervous or uneasy1 a harmonograph is a good prescription4 ,the prime essential in a well working harmonograph is a properly constructed universal joint4 ,where such a joint is made with pivots for its bearings1 one pair of pivots are very liable to have more friction than the other1 which retards the movement and causes the harmonograph to undergo a continuous change of axis4 ,to obviate this difficulty1 the joint should be made similar to those used on scales4 ,the general appearance of such a joint is shown in the first illustration1 ,fig4 #a4 ,stirrups ,a and ,b are made of #g_/h by #a_/d-;in4 metal4 ,holes are drilled in each end of these stirrups and filed out as shown at ,c4 ,the two holes shown in the center of the stirrup ,a are drilled to fasten the apparatus to the ceiling4 ,two corresponding holes are drilled in ,b to fasten the long pendulum ,f to the joint4 ,the cross of the joint ,d has the ends shaped as shown at ,e4 ,the rounded shoulder on ,e is to prevent the cross from becoming displaced by a jar or accident4 ,the ends of the cross are inserted through the holes ,c of the stirrups1 then slipped back so the knife edges engage in the ,v-shaped holes of the stirrups4 ,the cross must be so made that the knife edges will be in the same plane4 ,this can be determined by placing two of the knife edges on the jaws of a vise and then laying two rules across the other two edges4 ,the rules should just touch the jaws of the vise and the two knife edges of the cross4 ,this makes a universal joint almost free from friction and1 what is most important1 prevents the pendulum from twisting on its own axis4 ,the pendulum ,f should be made of ash or oak1 #a-c_/d by #b in41 with a length depending on the height of the ceiling4 ,a length of #g ft4 is about right for a #aj-;ft4 ceiling4 ,a small table or platform1 ,k1 as shown in the lower part of ,fig4 #a1 is fastened to the lower end of the pendulum as a support for the cards on which harmonograms are made4 ,a weight1 ,g1 of about #cj or #dj lb4-a box filled with small weights will do--is attached to the pendulum just above the table4 ,another weight of about #aj lb4 is attached as shown at ,h4 ,a pedestal1 ,j1 provides a means of support for the stylus4 ,the stylus arm should have pin-point bearings1 to prevent any side motion4 ,the length of the short pendulum ,h1 which can be regulated1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 should bear a certain and exactly fixed relation to the length of the main pendulum1 for the swinging times of pendulums are inversely proportionate to their lengths1 and unless the shorter pendulum is1 for instance1 exactly one-third1 one-fourth1 one-fifth1 etc41 as long as the other1 that is1 makes respectively #c1 #d or #e swings to one swing of the long pendulum1 they will not harmonize and a perfect harmonogram is not obtained4 ,a good stylus to contain the ink is easily made from a glass tube #a_/d in4 in diameter4 ,heat the tube in an alcohol or ,bunsen flame and then1 by drawing the two portions apart and twisting at the same time1 the tube may be drawn to a sharp point4 ,an opening of any desired size is made in the point by rubbing it on a whetstone4 ,owing to the fact that the style of universal joint described has so little friction1 the stylus point must be very ,illustration3 ,lines ,made with the ,harmonograph fine1 or the lines will overlap and blur4 ,a small weight1 such as a shoe buttoner1 placed on the arm near the stylus will cause enough friction to make the pendulum die faster and thus remedy the trouble4 --,contributed by ,wm4 ,r4 ,ingham1 ,rosemont1 ,arizona4 9999 ,cutting ,circular ,holes in ,thin ,sheet ,metal #ce ,in arts and crafts work1 occasion often arises to cut a perfectly circular hole in sheet copper or brass4 ,to saw and file it out takes time and skill4 ,holes up to #c in4 in diameter can be cut quickly and accurately with an ordinary expansive bit4 ,fasten the sheet metal to a block of wood with handscrews or a vise4 ,punch a hole1 with a nail set or punch1 in the center of the circle to be cut1 large enough to receive the spur of the expansive bit4 ,a few turns of the brace will cut out the circle and leave a smooth edge4 --,contributed by ,james ,t4 ,gaffney1 ,chicago4 9999 ,key ,card for ,writing ,unreadable ,post ,cards #ce ,a key card for use in correspondence on postals that makes the matter unreadable unless the recipient has a duplicate key card is made as follows3 ,rule two cards the size of postal1 one for the sender and one for the receiver1 dividing them into quarters4 ,these quarters are subsequently divided into any convenient number of rectangular parts-six in this case4 ,these parts are numbered from one to six in each quarter beginning at the outside corners and following in the same order in each quarter4 ,cut out one rectangle of each number with a sharp knife1 distributing them over the whole card4 ,then put a prominent figure #a at the top of one side1 #b at the bottom and #c and #d on the other side4 ,the numbering and the cutouts are ,illustration3 ,the ,key ,card shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the two key cards are made alike4 ,the key card is used by placing it over a postal with the figure #a at the top and writing in the spaces from left to right as usual1 ,fig4 #c1 then put #b at the top1 ,fig4 #d1 and proceed as before1 then #c as in ,fig4 #e1 and #d as in ,fig4 #f4 ,the result will be a jumble of words as shown in ,fig4 #b1 which cannot be read to make any sense except by use of a key card4 --,contributed by ,w4,j4 ,morey1 ,chicago4 9999 ,homemade ,carpenter's ,vise #cf ,the sketch shows an easily made1 quick-working wood vise that has proved very satisfactory4 ,the usual screw is replaced by an open bar held on one end by a wedge-shaped block1 ,illustration3 ,vise ,made ,entirely of ,wood and the excess taken up on the other end by an eccentric lever4 ,the wedge is worked by a string passing through the top of the bench and should be weighted on the other end to facilitate the automatic downward movement4 ,the capacity of the vise1 of course1 depends on the size and shape of the wedge-shaped block4 --,contributed by ,j4,h4 ,cruger1 ,cape ,may ,city1 ,n4,j4 9999 ,toning ,blue on ,bromide and ,platinum #cf ,after some experimenting to secure a blue tone on bromide prints1 a correspondent of the ,photographic ,times produced a very pleasing bluish green tint by immersing the prints in a solution composed of #cj gr4 of ferricyanide of potash1 #cj gr4 citrate of iron and ammonia1 #a_/b oz4 acetic acid and #d oz4 of water4 ,after securing the tint desired1 remove the prints1 rinse them in clean water for a few minutes1 and then place them in a dilute solution of hydrochloric acid4 ,wash the prints thoroughly and hang them up with clips to dry4 9999 ,cutting ,loaf ,bread #cf ,when cutting a loaf of bread do not slice it from the outer crusted end4 ,cut through the center1 then cut slices from the center toward the ends4 ,the two cut surfaces can be placed together1 thus excluding the air and keeping the bread fresh as long as there is any left to slice4 --,contributed by ,l4 ,alberta ,norrell1 ,augusta1 ,ga4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,electric ,toaster #cg ,the electric toaster shown in the sketch is not hard to make4 ,the framework comprising the base and the two uprights may be made either of hardwood or asbestos board1 says ,popular ,electricity4 ,if constructed of the former1 the portion of the base under the coil1 and the inside surfaces of the two uprights should be covered with a #a_/h-;in4 sheet of well made asbestos paper1 or thin asbestos board may be substituted for this lining4 ,asbestos board is to be preferred1 and this material in almost any degree of hardness may be purchased4 ,it can be worked into shape and will hold wood screws4 ,the detail drawing gives all dimensions necessary to shape the wood or asbestos board4 ,after preparing the base and uprights1 drill #ae holes1 #a_/d in4 deep1 into the inside face of each upright to support the ,no4 #f gauge wires shown4 ,the wires at the top and bottom for holding the resistance wire are covered with asbestos paper and the holes for these wires are #c_/d in4 from the top and bottom1 respectively1 of the uprights4 ,the wires that form the cage about the heater coil and are used for a support for the toast are #ae pieces of ,no4 #f gauge iron wire each #h in4 long4 ,the screws that hold the uprights in position should have the heads countersunk on the under side of the base4 ,the binding-posts should now be set in position and their protecting covering ,illustration3 ,detail of ,toaster containing the reinforced cord left until the other parts are finished4 ,to assemble1 secure one upright in position using #a-a_/b in4 wood-screws4 ,place the other upright where it belongs without fastening it and put the stretcher wires for holding the resistance wire in place4 ,put the asbestos paper on these and with the assistance of a helper begin winding on the heater coil4 ,illustration3 ,toaster ,complete ,use #hj ft4 of #ah-per-cent ,no4 #bb gauge ,german-silver wire4 ,wind the successive turns of wire so they will not touch each other and fasten at each end with a turn or two of ,no4 #af gauge copper wire4 ,when this is complete have the helper hold the stretcher wires while you tip the unfastened upright out and insert the wires of the cage1 then fasten the upright in place4 ,the wire from the binding-posts to the coil may be what is known underwriters' wire or asbestos-covered wire ,no4 #ad gauge1 which is held in place by double-headed tacks containing an insulation at the head4 ,these may be procured from electrical supply houses4 ,connect the reinforced cord and terminals to the binding screws and fasten the cover in place4 ,this toaster will take four amperes on #aaj-volt circuit4 9999 ,cabinet for the ,amateur's ,workshop #cg ,one of the most convenient adjuncts to an amateur's workbench is a cabinet of some sort in which to keep nails1 rivets1 screws1 etc41 instead of leaving them scattered all about the bench4 ,a very easily made cabinet for this purpose is shown in the accompanying illustration4 ,the case may be made of #a_/b-;in4 white pine or white wood of a suitable size to hold the required number of drawers which slide on strips of the same material1 cut and dressed #a_/b in4 square4 ,the drawers are made of empty cigar boxes of uniform size1 ,illustration3 ,empty ,cigar ,boxes ,used for ,drawers which1 if one is not a smoker1 may be readily obtained from any cigar dealer1 as they are usually thrown away when empty4 ,small knobs may be added if desired1 but these are not necessary1 as the spaces shown between the drawers give ample room to grasp them with the fingers4 ,labels of some kind are needed1 and one of the neatest things for this purpose is the embossed aluminum label1 such as is stamped by the well known penny-in-the-slot machines to be found in many railroad stations and amusement places4 --,contributed by ,frederick ,e4 ,ward1 ,ampere1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,uncurling ,photographs #ch ,photograph prints can be kept from curling when dry1 by giving them the same treatment as was once used on films4 ,immerse for #e minutes in a bath made by adding #ad oz4 of glycerine to #af oz4 of water1 9999 ,soldering for the ,amateur #ch ,successful soldering will present no serious difficulties to anyone who will follow a few simple directions4 ,certain metals are easier to join with solder than others and some cannot be soldered at all4 ,copper1 brass1 zinc1 tin1 lead1 galvanized iron1 gold and silver or any combination of these metals can be easily soldered1 while iron and aluminum are common metals that cannot be soldered4 ,it is necessary to possess a soldering copper1 a piece of solder1 tinner's acid1 sandpaper or steel wool1 a small file and a piece of sal ammoniac4 ,if the soldering copper is an old one1 or has become corroded1 it must be ground or filed to a point4 ,heat it until hot 7not red hot71 melt a little solder on the sal ammoniac1 and rub the point of the copper on it1 turning the copper over to thoroughly tin the point on each face4 ,this process is known as tinning the iron and is very necessary to successful work4 ,after the copper is tinned you may place it in the fire again1 being careful about the heat1 as too hot an iron will burn off the tinning4 ,the parts to be soldered must be thoroughly cleaned by sandpapering or the use of steel wool until the metal shows up bright4 ,then apply the acid only to the parts to be soldered with a small stiff brush or a small piece of cloth fastened to a stick1 or in a bent piece of tin to form a swab4 ,tinner's acid is made by putting as much zinc in commercial muriatic acid as will dissolve4 ,this process is best accomplished in an open earthenware dish4 ,after the acid has ceased to boil and becomes cool it may be poured into a wide-mouthed bottle which has a good top or stopper1 and labeled ,poison4 ,place the parts to be soldered in their correct position and apply the hot copper to the solder1 then to the joint to be soldered1 following around with the copper and applying solder as is necessary4 ,in joining large pieces it is best to stick them together in several places to hold the work before trying to get all around them4 ,a little practice will soon teach the requisite amount of solder and the smoothness required for a good job4 ,in soldering galvanized iron1 the pure muriatic acid should be used1 particularly so when the iron has once been used4 --,c4 ,g4 ,s41 ,eureka ,springs1 ,ark4 9999 ,washboard ,holder #ci ,when using a washboard it will continually slip down in the tub4 ,this is considerable annoyance1 especially if a large tub is used4 ,the washboard can be kept in place with small metal hooks1 as shown in the sketch4 ,two of these are fastened to the back of ,illustration3 ,clip on the ,washboard the washboard in the right place to keep it at the proper slant4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,a4 ,jaquythe1 ,richmond1 ,california4 9999 ,a ,mission ,bracket ,shelf #ci ,the shelf consists of six pieces of wood ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 ,d1 ,e and ,f4 ,the material can be of any wood4 ,i have one made of mahogany finished in natural color1 and one made of poplar finished black4 ,the dimensions given in the detail drawings are sufficient for anyone to make this bracket4 ,the amount of material required is very small and can be made from scrap1 or purchased from a mill surfaced and sanded4 ,the parts are put together with dowel pins4 --,contributed by ,a4 ,larson1 ,kenosha1 ,wis4 ,illustration3 ,details of the ,wall ,bracket 9999 ,how to ,make a ,finger ,ring #ci ,while the wearing of copper rings for rheumatism may be a foolish notion1 yet there is a certain galvanic action ,illustration3 ,tools for ,forming the ,ring set up by the contact of the acid in the system of the afflicted person with the metal of the ring4 ,apart from this1 however1 a ring may be made from any metal1 such as copper1 brass and silver1 if such metals are in plate or sheet form1 by the following method3 ,all the tools necessary are a die and punch which are simple to make and will form a ring that will fit the average finger4 ,take a #c_/d-;in4 nut1 ,b1 ,fig4 #a1 and drill out the threads4 ,this will leave a clear hole1 #g_/h in4 in diameter1 or a hole drilled the desired size in a piece of iron plate will do as well4 ,countersink the top of the hole so that the full diameter of the countersink will be #a-a_/d in4 ,this completes the die4 ,the punch ,a1 is made of a piece of #e_/h in4 round iron1 slightly rounded on the end so that it will not cut through the metal disk4 ,the dimensions shown in ,fig4 #a can be changed to suit the size of the finger to be fitted4 ,the metal used should be about #a_/af in4 thick and #a-a_/d in4 in diameter4 ,anneal it properly by heating and plunging in water4 ,lay it on the die so that it will fit nicely in the countersink and drive it through the hole by striking the punch with a hammer4 ,hold the punch as nearly central as possible when starting to drive the metal through the hole4 ,the disk will come out pan shaped1 ,c1 and it is only necessary to remove the bottom of the pan to have a band which will leave a hole #e_/h in4 in diameter and #a-a_/d in4 wide4 ,place the band1 ,d1 ,fig4 #b1 on a stick so that the edges can be filed and rounded to shape4 ,finish with fine emery cloth and polish4 ,brass rings can be plated when finished4 --,contributed by ,h4 ,w4 ,hankin1 ,troy1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,how to ,bind ,magazines #dj ,a great many readers of ,popular ,mechanics ,magazine save their copies and have them bound in book form and some keep them without binding4 ,the bound volumes make an attractive library and will always be valuable works of reference along mechanical lines4 ,i bind my magazines at home evenings1 with good results4 ,six issues make a well proportioned book1 which gives two bound volumes each year4 ,the covers of the magazines are removed1 the wire binders pulled out with a pair of pliers and the advertising pages removed from both sides1 after which it will be found that the remainder is in sections1 each section containing four double leaves or sixteen pages4 ,these sections are each removed in turn from the others1 using a pocket knife to separate them if they stick1 and each section is placed as they were in the magazine upon each preceding one until all six numbers have been prepared4 ,if started with the ,january or the ,july issue1 the pages will be numbered consecutively through the entire pages of the six issues4 ,the sections are then prepared for sewing4 ,they are evened up on the edges by jarring on a flat surface4 ,they are then placed between two pieces of board and all clamped in a vise4 ,five cuts1 #a_/h in4 deep1 are made with a saw across the back of the sections1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,heavy plain paper is used for the flyleaves4 ,the paper is cut double the same as the leaves comprising the sections1 making either one or two double sections for each side as desired4 ,a frame for sewing will have to be made as shown in ,fig4 #b before the work can be continued on the book4 ,the frame is easily made of four pieces of wood4 ,the bottom piece ,a should be a little larger than the book4 ,the two upright pieces ,b are nailed to the outside edge1 and a third piece1 ,c1 is nailed across the top4 ,small nails are driven part way into the base ,c to correspond to the saw cuts in the sections4 ,a piece of soft fiber string is stretched from each nail to the crosspiece ,c and tied4 ,coarse white thread1 size #af or larger1 is used for the sewing material4 ,start with the front of the book4 ,be sure that all sections are in their right places and that the flyleaves are provided in the front and back4 ,take the sections of the flyleaves on top1 which should be notched the same as the saw cuts in the book sections1 and place them against the strings in the frame4 ,place the left hand on the inside of the leaves where they are folded and start a blunt needle1 threaded double1 through the notch on the left side of the string ,no4 #a in ,fig4 #b4 ,take hold of the needle with the right hand and pass it to the left around the string ,no4 #a1 then back through the notch on the right side4 ,fasten the thread by tying or making a knot in the end and passing the needle through it4 ,after drawing the thread tightly1 pass the needle through the notch on the left side of the string ,no4 #b1 passing it around the string and tying in the same manner as for ,no4 #a4 ,each section is fastened to the five strings in the same manner1 the thread being carried across from each tie from ,no4 #a to #b then to #c and so on ,illustration3 ,frame for ,sewing ,sections until all strings are tied4 ,the string ,no4 #e is treated in the same manner only that the needle is run through on the left side of the string a second time1 leaving the needle on the outside in position for the next section1 which is fastened the same as the first1 the needle being passed through the notch on the right side of the string ,no4 #e1 and then to string ,no4#d1 passing around on the right side and back on the left and so on4 ,keep the thread drawn up tightly all the time4 ,after the sewing is completed cut the strings1 allowing about #b in4 of the ends extending on each side4 ,the fibers of these ends are separated and combed out so that they can be glued to the covers to serve as a hinge4 ,a piece of cheesecloth is cut to the size of the back and glued to it4 ,ordinary liquid glue is the best adhesive to use4 ,procure heavy cardboard for the covers and cut two pieces #a_/b in4 longer and just the same width as the magazine pages4 ,the covering can be of cloth1 leather or paper according to the taste and resources of the maker4 ,the covering should be cut out #a in4 larger on all edges than both covers and space on the back4 ,place the cardboard covers on the book1 allowing a margin of #a_/d in4 on all edges except the back1 and measure the distance between the back edges of the covers across the back of the book4 ,place the cardboard covers on the back of the covering the proper distance apart as measured for the back1 and mark around each one4 ,spread thin coat of glue on the surface of each and lay them on by the marks made4 ,cut a notch out of the covering so it will fold in1 and1 after gluing ,illustration3 ,the ,bound ,book a strip of paper to the covering between the covers to strengthen the back1 fold over the outside edges of the covering and glue it down all around4 ,place the cover on the book in the right position1 glue the hinges fast to the inside of the covers1 then glue the first flyleaf to the inside of the cover on both front and back and place the whole under a weight until dry4 --,contributed by ,clyde ,e4 ,divine1 ,college ,view1 ,nebr4 9999 ,metal ,coverings for ,leather ,hinges #da ,a method of making a leather hinge work as well as an ordinary steel butt is to cover the wings with sheet metal4 ,the metal can be fastened with nails or screws over the parts of the leather attached to the wood4 ,tinplate1 iron ,illustration3 ,metal ,parts ,screwed on ,leather ,hinge hoops1 zinc or thin brass cut in neat designs will make a leather hinge appear as well as a metal hinge4 --,contributed by ,tom ,hutchinson1 ,encanto1 ,cal4 9999 ,removing ,plaster from ,skin #da ,a hot-water bottle held against a porous plaster will assist in quickly removing it from the skin4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,cheap ,bracket ,saw #db ,for the frame use #c_/h-;in4 round iron1 bending it as shown in the diagram and filing a knob on each end1 at opposite sides to each other1 on which to hook the blade4 ,for the blade an old talking-machine ,illustration3 ,hacksaw ,frame and ,blade spring or a clock spring will do nicely4 ,heat the spring enough to take some of the temper out of it1 in order to drill the holes in the ends1 as shown1 and file in the teeth4 ,make the blade #ab in4 long1 with #aj teeth to the inch4 ,a and ,b show how the blade fits on the frame4 -,contributed by ,willard ,j4 ,hays1 ,summitville1 ,ohio4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,cannon #db ,a cannon like the one in the cut may be made from a piece of #a-;in4 hydraulic pipe1 ,a1 with a steel sleeve1 ,b1 and a long thread plug1 ,c4 ,be sure to get hydraulic pipe1 or double extra heavy1 as it is sometimes called1 as common gas pipe is entirely too light for this purpose4 ,don't have the pipe too long or the cannon will not make as much ,illustration3 ,toy ,cannon noise4 ,seven or eight inches is about the right length for a #a-;in4 bore4 ,screw the plug and pipe up tightly and then drill a #a_/af-;in4 fuse hole at ,d4 ,if desired the cannon may be mounted on a block of wood1 ,f1 by means of a ,u-bolt or large staple1 ,e4 --,contributed by ,carson ,birkhead1 ,moorhead1 ,miss4 9999 ,controller for a ,small ,motor #db ,an easy way of making a controlling and reversing device for small motors is as follows3 ,cut a piece of wood 7,a7 about #f in4 by #d-a_/b in41 and #a_/d in4 thick1 and another piece 7,b7 #f in4 by #a in41 and #a_/d in4 thick4 ,drive a nail through this near the center for a pivot 7,c74 ,to the under side of one end nail a copper brush 7,d7 to extend out about an inch4 ,on the upper side1 at the same end1 nail another brush 7,e7 so that it projects at both sides and is bent down to the level of the end brush4 ,then on the board put ,illustration3 ,reverse for ,motor a semi-circle of brass-headed tacks as shown at ,f1 leaving a small space at the middle and placing five tacks on either side1 so that the end brush will come in contact with each one4 ,connect these tacks on the under side of the board with coils of ,german-silver wire1 using about #h in4 of wire to each coil4 ,fix these by soldering or bending over the ends of the tacks4 ,then nail two strips of copper 7,g7 in such position that the side brush will remain on the one as long as the end brush remains on the tacks on that side4 ,put sides about #a-a_/b in4 high around this apparatus1 raising the board a little from the bottom to allow room for the coil4 ,a lid may be added if desired4 ,connect up as shown4 --,contributed by ,chas4 ,h4 ,boyd1 ,philadelphia4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,simple ,water ,rheostat #dc ,illustration3 ,wiring ,plan for ,water ,rheostat ,the materials necessary are3 ,one #e-point wood-base switch1 #d jars1 some sheet copper or brass for plates1 about #e ft4 of rubber-covered wire1 and some ,no4 #ah gauge wire for the wiring4 ,the size of the jars depends on the voltage4 ,if you are going to use a current of low tension1 as from batteries1 the jars need not be very large1 but if you intend to use the electric light current of #aaj voltage it will be necessary to use large jars or wooden boxes made watertight1 which will hold about #f or #g gal4 ,each jar to be filled with #bj parts water to #a part sulphuric acid4 ,jars are set in a row in some convenient place out of the way4 ,next cut out eight copper or brass disks1 two for each jar4 ,their size also depends on the voltage4 ,the disks that are placed in the lower part of the jars are connected with a rubber covered wire extending a little above the top of the jar4 ,to wire the apparatus1 refer to the sketch and you will see that jar ,no4 #a is connected to point ,no4 #a on switch2 ,no4 #b1 on ,no4 #b1 and so on until all is complete and we have one remaining point on switch4 ,above the jars place a wire to suspend the other or top disks in the solution4 ,this wire is also connected to one terminal on the motor and to remaining point on switch4 ,the arm of the switch is connected to one terminal of battery1 or source of current1 and the other terminal connected direct to remaining terminal of motor4 ,put arm of switch on point ,no4 #a and lower one of the top disks in jar ,no4 #a and make contact with wire above jars4 ,the current then will flow through the motor4 ,the speed for each point can be determined by lowering top disks in jars4 ,the top disk in jar ,no4 #b is lower down than in ,no4 #a and so on for ,no4 #c and ,no4 #d4 ,the connection between point ,no4 #e on switch1 direct to wire across jars1 gives full current and full speed4 9999 ,how to ,build a ,toboggan ,sled #dd ,by ,a4 ,,boette ,the first object of the builder of a sled should be to have a winner both in speed and appearance4 ,the accompanying instructions for building a sled are designed to produce these results4 ,the sled completed should be #ae ft4 #b in4 long by #bb in4 wide1 with the cushion about #ae in4 above the ground4 ,for the baseboard select a pine board #ae ft4 long1 #aa in4 wide and #b in4 thick1 and plane it on all edges4 ,fit up the baseboard with ten oak foot-rests #bb in4 long1 #c in4 wide and #c_/d in4 thick4 ,fasten them on the under side of the baseboard at right angles to its length and #af in4 apart1 beginning at the rear4 ,at the front #bd or #bf in4 will be left without cross bars for fitting on the auto front4 ,on the upper side of the cross bars at their ends on each side screw a piece of oak #a in4 square by #ad ft4 long4 ,on the upper side of the baseboard at its edge on each side screw an oak strip #c in4 wide by #c_/d in4 thick and the length of the sled from the back to the auto front4 ,these are to keep the cushion from falling out4 ,see ,fig4 #a4 ,for the back of the sled use the upper part of a child's high chair1 taking out the spindles and resetting them in the rear end of the baseboard4 ,cover up the outside of the spindles with a piece of galvanized iron4 ,the construction of the runners is shown by ,figs4 #b and #c4 ,the stock required for them is oak1 two pieces #cj in4 by #e in4 by #a-a_/d in41 two pieces #cd in4 by #e in4 by #a-a_/d in41 two pieces #ad in4 by #f in4 by #b in41 and four pieces #ad in4 by #b in4 by #a in4 ,they should be put together with large screws about #c in4 long4 ,use no nails1 as they are not substantial enough4 ,in proportioning them the points ,a1 ,b and ,c1 ,fig4 #b1 are important4 ,for the front runners these measurements are3 ,a1 #cj in42 ,b1 #d in42 ,c1 #ae-a_/b in41 and for the rear runners3 ,a1 #cd in42 ,b1 #g in4 2 ,c1 #af-a_/b in4 ,the screw eyes indicated must be placed in a straight line and the holes for them carefully centered4 ,a variation of #a_/af in4 one way or another would cause a great deal of trouble4 ,for the steel runners use #c_/h in4 cold-rolled steel flattened at the ends for screw holes4 ,use no screws on the running surface1 however1 as they snatch the ice4 ,the mechanism of the front steering gear is shown at ,fig4 #c4 ,a #c_/d-;in4 steel rod makes a good steering rod4 ,flatten the steering rod at one end and sink it into the wood4 ,hold it in place by means of an iron plate drilled to receive the rod and screwed to block ,x4 ,an iron washer1 ,z1 is used to reduce friction2 bevel block ,k to give a rocker motion4 ,equip block ,x with screw eyes1 making them clear those in the front runner1 and bolt through4 ,for the rear runner put a block with screw eyes on the baseboard and run a bolt through4 ,construct the auto front 7,fig4 #d7 of #c_/d-;in4 oak boards4 ,the illustration shows how to shape it4 ,bevel it toward all sides and keep the edges sharp1 as sharp edges are best suited for the brass trimmings which are to be added4 ,when the auto front is in place enamel the sled either a dark maroon or a creamy white4 ,first sandpaper all the wood1 then apply a coat of thin enamel4 ,let stand for three days and apply another coat4 ,three coats of enamel and one of thin varnish will make a fine-looking sled4 ,for the brass trimmings use ,no4 #bg ,b4 ,s4 sheet brass #a in4 wide on all the front edges and pieces #c in4 square on the cross bars to rest the feet against4 ,on the door of the auto front put the monogram of the owner or owners of the sled1 cutting it out of sheet brass4 ,for the steering-wheel procure an old freight-car brake wheel1 brass plated4 ,fasten a horn1 such as used on automobiles1 to the wheel4 ,make the cushion of leather and stuff it with hair4 ,the best way is to get some strong1 cheap material1 such as burlap1 sew up one end and make in ,illustration3 ,construction a ,winner ,toboggan ,sled the form of an oblong bag4 ,stuff this as tightly as possible with hair4 ,then get some upholstery buttons1 fasten a cord through the loop1 bring the cord through to the underside of the cushion1 and fasten the button by slipping a nail through the knot4 ,then put a leather covering over the burlap1 sewing it to the burlap on the under side4 ,make the cushion for the back in the same way4 ,on top of the cushion supports run a brass tube to serve the double purpose of holding the cushion down and affording something to hold on to4 ,if desired1 bicycle lamps may be fastened to the front end1 to improve the appearance1 and it is well to have a light of some kind at the back to avoid the danger of rear-end collisions4 ,the door of the auto front should be hinged and provided with a lock so that skates1 parcels1 overshoes1 lunch1 etc4 may be stowed within4 ,a silk pennant with a monogram adds to the appearance4 ,if desired1 a brake may be added to the sled4 ,this can be a wrought-iron lever #a-a_/b in4 by #a_/b in4 by #cj in4 long1 so pivoted that moving the handle will cause the end to scrape the ice4 ,this sled can be made without lamps and horn at a cost of about #ae1 or with these for #be1 and the pleasure derived from it well repays the builder4 ,if the expense is greater than one can afford1 a number of boys may share in the ownership4 9999 ,burning ,inscriptions on ,trees ,scrape off the bark just enough to come to the first light under coating1 which is somewhat moist4 ,with a lead pencil make an outline of the inscription to be burnt on the tree and bring1 the rays of a large magnifying glass not quite to a fine focus on the same4 ,the tree will be burnt along the pencil marks1 and if the glass is not held in one spot too long1 the inscription will be burnt in as evenly as if it had been written4 --,contributed by ,stewart ,h4 ,leland1 ,lexington1 ,ill4 9999 ,how to ,make ,small ,gearwheels ,without a ,lathe #df ,to make small models sundry small gears and racks are required1 either cut for the place or by using the parts from an old clock4 ,with no other tools than a hacksaw1 some files1 a compass1 ,illustration3 ,making ,model ,wheels and with the exercise of a little patience and moderate skill1 very good teeth may be cut on blank wheels4 ,first take the case of a small gearwheel1 say #a in4 outside diameter and #a_/af in4 thick1 with twenty-four teeth4 ,draw a circle on paper1 the same diameter as the wheel4 ,divide the circumference into the number of parts desired1 by drawing diameters1 ,fig4 #a4 ,the distance ,,ab will be approximately the pitch4 ,now describe a smaller circle for the base of the teeth and halfway between these circles may be taken as the pitch circle4 ,now describe a circle the same size as the largest circle on a piece of #a_/af-;in4 sheet metal1 and having cut it out and filed it up to this circle1 fasten the marked-out paper circle accurately over it with glue4 ,saw-cuts can now be made down the diameters to the smaller circle with the aid of a saw guide1 ,fig4 #b1 made from #a_/af-;in4 mild steel or iron4 ,this guide should have a beveled edge1 ,e1 from ,f to ,g1 to lay along the line on which the saw-cut is to be made4 ,the straight-edge1 ,,cd1 should be set back one-half the thickness of the saw-blades1 so that the center of the blade1 when flat against it1 will be over the line ,,fg4 ,a small clearance space1 ,,fc1 must be made to allow the teeth of the saw to pass4 ,the guide should then be placed along one of the diameters and held in position until gripped in the vise1 ,fig4 #c4 ,the first tooth may now be cut1 care being taken to keep the blade of the saw flat up to the guiding edge4 ,the ,model ,engineer1 ,london1 says if this is done and the saw-guide well made1 the cut will be central on the line1 and if the marking-out is correct the teeth will be quite uniform all the way round4 ,a small ward file will be needed to finish off the teeth to their proper shape and thickness4 ,in making a worm wheel the cuts must be taken in a sloping direction1 the slope and pitch depending on the slope and pitch of the worm thread1 which1 though more difficult1 may also be cut with a hacksaw and file4 ,a bevel wheel should be cut in the same manner as the spur wheel1 but the cut should be deeper on the side which has the larger diameter4 ,to cut a rack the pitch should be marked along the side1 and the guide and saw used as before 7,fig4 #d74 9999 ,how to ,make ,four ,pictures on ,one ,plate #df ,secure two extra slides for the plate holders and cut one corner out on one ,illustration3 ,four ,photos on ,one ,plate of them1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,make a hole in the other1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,with a lead pencil draw on the ground glass one line vertical and one horizontal1 each in the center4 ,this will divide the ground glass into four equal parts4 ,focus the camera in the usual manner1 but get the picture desired to fill only one of the parts on the ground glass4 ,place the plate-holder in position and draw the regular slide2 substitute one of the slides prepared and expose in the usual way4 ,if a small picture is to be made in the lower left-hand corner of the plate1 place the prepared slide with the corner cut1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the slide may be turned over for the upper left hand corner and then changed for slide shown in ,fig4 #b for the upper and lower right-hand corners4 9999 ,electric ,blue-,light ,experiment #dg ,illustration3 ,electric ,blue-light ,take a jump-spark coil and connect it up with a battery and start the vibrator4 ,then take one outlet wire1 ,r1 and connect to one side of a #b-;cp4 electric lamp1 and the other outlet wire1 ,b1 hold in one hand1 and press all fingers of the other hand on globe at point ,a4 ,a bright1 blue light will come from the wires in the lamp to the surface of the globe where the fingers touch4 ,no shock will be perceptible4 9999 ,interesting ,electrical ,experiment #dg ,the materials necessary for performing this experiment are3 ,telephone receiver1 transmitter1 some wire and some carbons1 either the pencils for arc lamps1 or ones taken from old dry batteries will do4 ,run a line from the inside of the house to the inside of some other building and fasten it to one terminal of the receiver4 ,to the other terminal fasten another piece of wire and ground it on the water faucet in the house4 ,if there is no faucet in the house1 ground it with a large piece of zinc4 ,fasten the other end to one terminal of the transmitter and from the other terminal of the same run a wire into the ground4 ,the ground here should consist either of a large piece of carbon1 or several pieces bound tightly together4 ,illustration3 ,a ,unique ,battery ,if a person speak into the transmitter1 one at the receiver can hear what is said1 even though there are no batteries in the circuit4 ,it is a well known fact that two telephone receivers connected up in this way will transmit words between two persons1 for the voice vibrating the diaphragm causes an inductive current to flow and the other receiver copies these vibrations4 ,but in this experiment1 a transmitter which induces no current is used4 ,do the carbon and the zinc and the moist earth form a battery8 --,contributed by ,wm4 ,j4 ,slattery1 ,emsworth1 ,pa4 9999 ,a ,cheap ,fire ,alarm #dg ,an electrical device for the barn that will give an alarm in case of fire is shown in the accompanying diagram4 ,a is a wooden block1 which is fastened under the loft at a gable end of the barn2 ,b is an iron weight attached to the string ,c1 and this string passes up through the barn to the roof1 then over a hook or pulley and across the barn1 under the gable1 and is fastened to the opposite end of the barn4 ,d ,d are binding posts for electric wires4 ,they have screw ends1 as shown1 by which means they are fastened to the wooden block ,a4 ,they also hold the brass piece ,e and the strip of spring brass ,f in place against the wooden block4 ,g is a leather strap fastened to the weight ,b and the spring ,f connected to the latter by a small sink bolt4 ,illustration3 ,electric ,fire ,alarm ,at the house an electric bell is placed wherever convenient4 ,several battery cells1 of course1 are also needed4 ,dry batteries are most convenient4 ,the battery cells and bell are connected in the usual manner1 and one wire from the bell and one from the battery are strung to the barn and connected to the binding posts ,d ,d4 ,if a fire occurs in the hay-mow the blaze will generally shoot toward the gable soon after it starts1 and will then burn the string ,c1 which allows the weight ,b to fall and pull the brass spring against the iron piece ,e1 which closes the circuit and rings the bell in the house4 ,if desired1 the string may be stretched back and forth under the roof several times or drawn through any place that is in danger of fire4 --,contributed by ,geo4 ,b4 ,wrenn1 ,ashland1 ,ohio4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,small ,electric ,furnace #dh ,take a block of wood and shape into a core4 ,one like a loaf of bread1 and about that size1 serves admirably4 ,wrap a layer of asbestos around it and cover this with a thin layer of plaster-of-paris4 ,when the plaster is nearly dry wind a coil of ,no4 #cf wire around it1 taking care that the wire does not touch itself anywhere4 ,put another course of plaster-of-paris on this1 and again wind the wire around it4 ,continue the process of alternate layers of plaster and wire until #ejj ft4 or more of the latter has been used1 leaving about #aj in4 at each end for terminals4 ,then set the whole core away to dry4 ,for a base use a pine board #aj in4 by #ab in4 by #a in4 ,bore four holes at one end for binding-posts1 as indicated by ,e ,e4 ,connect the holes in pairs by ordinary house fuse wire4 ,at one side secure two receptacles1 ,b ,b1 and one single post switch1 ,c4 ,place another switch at ,i and another binding-post at ,f4 ,the oven is now ready to be connected4 ,withdraw the wooden core from the coils of wire and secure the latter by bands of tin to the board4 ,connect the ends of the wire to binding-posts ,e and ,f1 as shown4 ,from the other set of binding-posts1 ,e1 run a ,no4 #ab or ,no4 #ad wire1 connecting lamp receptacles1 ,b ,b1 and switch1 ,c1 in parallel4 ,connect these three to switch1 ,d1 in series with binding-post1 ,f1 the terminal of the coil4 ,place #af-;cp4 lights in the receptacles and connect the fuses with a #aaj-volt lighting circuit4 ,the apparatus is now ready for operation4 ,turn on switch1 ,d1 and the lamps1 while ,c is open4 ,the coil will commence to become warm1 soon drying out the plaster-of-paris4 ,to obtain more heat ,illustration3 ,electric ,furnace open one lamp1 and to obtain still more open the other and close switch ,c4 --,contributed by ,eugene ,tuttles1 ,jr41 ,newark1 ,ohio4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,ammeter #di ,every amateur mechanic who performs electrical experiments will find use for an ammeter1 and for the benefit of those who wish to construct such an instrument the following description is given3 ,the operative principle ,illustration3 ,complete ,ammeter and ,details of this instrument is the same as that of a galvanometer1 except that its working position is not confined to the magnetic meridian4 ,this is accomplished by making the needle revolve in a vertical instead of a horizontal plane4 ,the only adjustment necessary is that of leveling1 which is accomplished by turning the thumbscrew shown at ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 until the hand points to zero on the scale4 ,first make a support1 ,fig4 #b1 by bending a piece of sheet brass to the shape indicated and tapping for the screws ,,cc4 ,these should have hollow ends1 as shown1 for the purpose of receiving the pivoted axle which supports the hand4 ,the core1 ,fig4 #c1 is made of iron4 ,it is #a in4 long1 #a_/d in4 wide and #a_/h in4 thick4 ,at a point a little above the center1 drill a hole as shown at ,h1 and through this hole drive a piece of knitting-needle about #a_/b in4 long1 or long enough to reach between the two screws shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the ends of this small axle should be ground pointed and should turn easily in the cavities1 as the sensitiveness of the instrument depends on the ease with which this axle turns4 ,after assembling the core as shown in ,fig4 #d1 it should be filed a little at one end until it assumes the position indicated4 ,the pointer or hand1 ,fig4 #e1 is made of wire1 aluminum being preferable for this purpose1 although copper or steel will do4 ,make the wire #d-a_/b in4 long and make a loop1 ,d1 #a_/b in4 from the lower end4 ,solder to the short end a piece of brass1 ,e1 of such weight that it will exactly balance the weight of the hand4 ,this is slipped on the pivot1 and the whole thing is again placed in position in the support4 ,if the pointer is correctly balanced it should take the position shown in ,fig4 #a1 but if it is not exactly right a little filing will bring it near enough so that it may be corrected by the adjusting-screw4 ,next make a brass frame as shown in ,fig4 #f4 ,this may be made of wood1 although brass is better1 as the eddy currents set up in a conductor surrounding a magnet tend to stop oscillation of the magnet4 7,the core is magnetized when a current flows through the instrument47 ,the brass frame is wound with magnet wire1 the size depending on the number of amperes to be measured4 ,mine is wound with two layers of ,no4 #ad wire1 #aj turns to each layer1 and is about right for ordinary experimental purposes4 ,the ends of the wire are fastened to the binding posts ,b and ,c1 ,fig4 #a4 ,a wooden box1 ,d1 is then made and provided with a glass front4 ,a piece of paper is pasted on a piece of wood1 which is then fastened in the box in such a position that the hand or pointer will lie close to the paper scale4 ,the box is #e-a_/b in4 high1 #d in4 wide and #a-c_/d in4 deep1 inside measurements4 ,after everything is assembled put a drop of solder on the loop at ,d1 ,fig4 #e1 to prevent it turning on the axle4 ,to calibrate the instrument connect as shown in ,fig4 #g1 where ,a is the homemade ammeter2 ,b1 a standard ammeter2 ,c1 a variable resistance1 and ,d1 a battery1 consisting of three or more cells connected in multiple4 ,throw in enough resistance to make the standard instrument read #a ohm sic3 ampere and then put a mark on the paper scale of the instrument to be calibrated4 ,continue in this way with #b amperes1 #c amperes1 #d amperes1 etc41 until the scale is full4 ,to make a voltmeter out of this instrument1 wind with plenty of ,no4 #cf magnet wire instead of ,no4 #ad1 or if it is desired to make an instrument for measuring both volts and amperes1 use both windings and connect to two pairs of binding posts4 --,contributed by ,j4,e4 ,dussault1 ,montreal4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,three-,way ,cock for ,small ,model-,work #ej ,illustration3 ,three-way ,valve ,in making models of machines it is often necessary to contrive some method for a #c- or #d-way valve or cock4 ,to make one1 secure a pet cock and drill and tap hole through1 as shown in the cut4 ,if for #c-way1 drill in only to the opening already through1 but if for a #d-way1 drill through the entire case and valve4 ,be sure to have valve ,b turned so as to drill at right angles to the opening through it4 ,after drilling1 remove the valve1 take off the burr with a piece of emery paper and replace ready for work4 9999 ,easy ,experiments with ,electric-,light ,circuit #ej ,an electric-light circuit will be found much less expensive than batteries for performing electrical experiments4 ,the sketch shows how a small arc light and motor may be connected to the light socket1 ,a4 ,the light is removed and a plug with wire connections is put in its place4 ,one wire runs to the switch1 ,b1 and the other connects with the water rheostat1 which is used for reducing the current4 ,illustration3 ,arc-,light ,motor and ,water ,rheostat ,a tin can1 ,c is filled nearly to the top with salt water1 and a metal rod1 ,d1 is passed through a piece of wood fastened at the top of the can4 ,when the metal rod is lowered the current increases1 and as it is withdrawn the current grows weaker4 ,in this way the desired amount of current can be obtained4 ,by connecting the motor1 ,e1 and the arc light1 ,f1 as shown1 either one may be operated by turning switch ,b to the corresponding point4 ,the arc light is easily made by fastening two electric light carbons in a wooden frame like that shown4 ,to start the light1 turn the current on strong and bring the points of the carbons together2 then separate slightly by twisting the upper carbon and at the same time drawing it through the hole4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,interrupter #ea ,the ,wenult interrupter is an instrument much used on large coils and is far more efficient than the usual ,illustration3 ,details of ,interrupter form of vibrators4 ,it can also be used with success on small coils as well as large4 ,although it is a costly instrument to purchase1 it can be made with practically no expense and the construction is very simple4 ,first procure a wide-mouthed bottle about #d in4 high1 provided with a rubber stopper4 ,this stopper should be pierced1 making two holes about #a_/d in4 in diameter4 ,from a sheet of lead #a_/af in4 in thickness ,illustration3 ,the ,completed ,instrument cut a piece shaped like ,a1 ,fig4 #a4 ,common tea lead folded several times will serve the purpose4 ,when in the bottle this lead should be of such a size that it will only reach half way around1 as shown in ,b4 ,to insert the lead plate1 roll it up so it will pass through the neck of the bottle1 then smooth it out with a small stick until it fits against the side1 leaving the small strip at the top projecting through the neck of the bottle4 ,bend this strip to one side and fit in the stopper1 as shown in ,c4 ,a small binding-post is fastened at the end of the strip4 ,having fixed the lead plate in position1 next get a piece of glass tube having a bore of about #a_/cb of an inch in diameter4 ,a piece of an old thermometer tube will serve this purpose4 ,insert this tube in the hole in the stopper farthest from the lead plate4 ,get a piece of wire that will fit the tube and about #f in4 long1 and fasten a small binding-post on one end and stick the other into the tube4 ,this wire should fit the hole in the tube so it can be easily moved4 ,in the hole nearest the lead plate insert a small glass funnel4 ,the interrupter as it is when complete is shown at ,d1 ,fig4 #a4 ,having finished the interrupter1 connect it with the electric-light circuit as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,fill the bottle with water to about the line as shown in ,d1 ,fig4 #a4 ,adjust the wire in the small glass tube so that it projects about #a_/h in4 ,add sulphuric acid until the water level rises about #a_/af in4 ,turn on the current and press the button1 ,b4 ,if all adjustments are correct1 there will be a loud crackling noise from the interrupter1 a violet flame will appear at the end of the wire and a hot spark will pass between the secondary terminals4 ,if the interrupter does not work at first1 add more sulphuric acid through the funnel and press the wire down a little more into the liquid4 ,a piece of wood1 ,a1 ,fig4 #b1 should be inserted in vibrator to prevent it from working4 --,contributed by ,harold ,l4 ,jones1 ,carthage1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,a ,miniature ,pepper's ,ghost ,illusion #eb ,probably many readers have seen a ,pepper's ,ghost illusion at some amusement place4 ,as there shown1 the audience is generally seated in a dark room at the end of which there is a stage with black hangings4 ,one of the audience is invited onto the stage1 where he is placed in an upright open ,illustration3 ,pepper's ,ghost coffin4 ,a white shroud is thrown over his body1 and his clothes and flesh gradually fade away till nothing but his skeleton remains1 which immediately begins to dance a horrible rattling jig4 ,the skeleton then fades away and the man is restored again4 ,a simple explanation is given in the ,model ,engineer4 ,between the audience and the coffin is a sheet of transparent glass1 inclined at an angle so as to reflect objects located behind the scenes1 but so clear as to be invisible to the audience and the man in the coffin4 ,at the beginning the stage is lighted only from behind the glass4 ,hence the coffin and its occupant are seen through the glass very plainly4 ,the lights in front of the glass 7behind the scenes7 are now raised very gradually as those behind the glass are turned down1 until it is dark there4 ,the perfectly black surface behind the glass now acts like the silver backing for a mirror1 and the object upon which the light is now turned--in this case the skeleton--is reflected in the glass1 appearing to the audience as if really occupying the stage4 ,the model1 which requires no special skill except that of carpentry1 is constructed as shown in the drawings4 ,the box containing the stage should be #ad in4 by #g in4 by #g-a_/b in41 inside dimensions4 ,the box need not be made of particularly good wood1 as the entire interior1 with the exception of the glass1 figures and lights1 should be colored a dull black4 ,this can well be done by painting with a solution of lampblack in turpentine4 ,if everything is not black1 especially the joints and background near ,a1 the illusion will be spoiled4 ,the glass should be the clearest possible1 and must be thoroughly cleansed4 ,its edges should nowhere be visible1 and it should be free from scratches and imperfections4 ,the figure ,a should be a doll about #d in4 high1 dressed in brilliant1 light-colored garments4 ,the skeleton is made of papier mach1 and can be bought at ,japanese stores4 ,it should preferably be one with arms suspended by small spiral springs1 giving a limp1 loose-jointed effect4 ,the method of causing the skeleton to dance is shown in the front view4 ,the figure is hung from the neck by a blackened stiff wire attached to the hammer wire of an electric bell1 from which the gong has been removed4 ,when the bell works he will kick against the rear wall1 and wave his arms up and down1 thus giving as realistic a dance as anyone1 could expect from a skeleton4 ,the lights1 ,l and ,m1 should be miniature electric lamps1 which can be run by three dry cells4 ,they need to give a fairly strong light1 especially ,l1 which should have a conical tin reflector to increase its brilliancy and prevent its being reflected in the glass4 ,since the stage should be some distance from the audience1 to aid the illusion1 the angle of the glass and the inclination of the doll1 ,a1 has been so designed that if the stage is placed on a mantle or other high shelf1 the image of ,a will appear upright to an observer sitting in a chair some distance away1 within the limits of an ordinary room4 ,if it is desired to place the box lower down1 other angles for the image and glass may be found necessary1 but the proper tilt can be found readily by experiment4 ,the electric connections are so simple that they are not shown in the drawings4 ,all that is necessary is a two-point switch1 by which either ,l or ,m can be placed in circuit with the battery1 and a press button in circuit with the bell and its cell4 ,if a gradual transformation is desired1 a double-pointed rheostat could be used1 so that as one light dims the other increases in brilliancy1 by the insertion and removal of resistance coils4 ,with a clear glass and a dark room this model has proved to be fully as bewildering as its prototype4 9999 ,experiment with ,colored ,electric ,lamps #ec ,to many the following experiment may be much more easily performed than explained3 ,place the hand or other object in the light coming from two incandescent lamps1 one red and ,illustration3 ,two-,colored ,hand one white1 placed about a foot apart1 and allow the shadow to fall on a white screen such as a table-cloth4 ,portions of the shadow will then appear to be a bright green4 ,a similar experiment consists in first turning on the red light for about a minute and then turning it off at the same time that the white one is turned on4 ,the entire screen will then appear to be a vivid green for about one second1 after which it assumes its normal color4 9999 ,to ,explode ,powder with ,electricity #ec ,a #a-;in4 hole was bored in the center of a #b-;in4 square block4 ,two finishing nails were driven in1 as shown in the sketch4 ,these were connected to terminals of an induction coil4 ,after everything was ready the powder was poured in the hole and a board weighted with rocks placed over the block4 ,when the button is pressed ,illustration3 ,exploding ,powder or the circuit closed in some other way the discharge occurs4 ,the distance between the nail points--which must be bright and clean--should be just enough to give a good1 fat spark4 --,contributed by ,geo4 ,w4 ,fry1 ,san ,jose1 ,cal4 9999 ,simple ,wireless ,system #ed ,the illustrations will make plain a simple and inexpensive apparatus for ,illustration3 ,simple ,wireless ,system wireless telegraphy by which ,i have had no difficulty in sending messages across #a-a_/b miles of water surface4 ,it is so simple that the cuts scarcely need explanation4 ,in ,fig4 #a is seen the sending apparatus1 consisting of a #dj-;cell battery connected with two copper plates #cf by #cf by #a_/h in4 ,the plates are separated #f in4 by a piece of hard rubber at each end4 ,in ,fig4 #b are seen duplicates of these insulated plates1 connected with an ordinary telephone receiver4 ,with this receiver ,i can hear distinctly the electric signals made by closing and opening the ,morse key in ,fig4 #a1 and ,i believe that in a short time ,i shall be able to perfect this system so as to send wireless messages over long distances4 --,contributed by ,dudley ,h4 ,cohen1 ,new ,york4 9999 ,stop ,crawling ,water ,colors #ed ,to prevent water colors from crawling1 add a few drops of ammonia or lime water1 or a solution of sal soda4 9999 ,small ,electrical ,hydrogen ,generator #ed ,a small hydrogen generator may be made from a fruit jar1 ,a 7see sketch71 with two tubes1 ,b and ,c1 soldered in the top4 ,the plates ,e can be made of tin or galvanized iron1 and should be separated about #a_/h in4 by small pieces of wood4 ,one of these plates is connected to metal top1 and the wire from the other passes through the tube ,b1 which is filled with melted rosin or wax1 to make it airtight4 ,this wire connects to one side of a battery of two cells1 the other wire being soldered to the metal top of the jar1 as shown4 ,the jar is partly filled with a very dilute solution of sulphuric acid1 about #a part of acid to #bj of water4 ,when the current of electricity passes between the plates ,e1 hydrogen gas is generated1 which rises and passes through the rubber hose ,d1 into the receiver ,g4 ,this is a wide-mouth bottle1 which is filled with water and inverted over a pan of water1 ,f4 ,illustration3 ,hydrogen ,generator ,the gas bubbling up displaces the water and fills the bottle4 ,if the receiver is removed when half full of gas1 the remaining space will be filled with air1 which will mix with the gas and form an explosive mixture4 ,if a lighted match is then held near the mouth of the bottle a sharp report will be heard4 ,if the bottle is fitted with a cork containing two wires nearly touching1 and the apparatus connected with an induction coil1 in such a manner that a spark will be produced inside the bottle1 the explosion will blowout the cork or possibly break the bottle4 ,caution should be used to avoid being struck by pieces of flying glass if this experiment is tried1 and under no condition should a lighted match or spark be brought near the end of the rubber hose ,d1 as the presence of a little air in the generator will make an explosive mixture which would probably break the jar4 9999 ,gasoline ,burner for ,model ,work #ee ,when making a small model traction engine or a locomotive the question arises1 ,what shall the fuel be8 ,if you have decided to use gasoline1 then a suitable burner is necessary4 ,a piece of brass tubing about #c in4 in diameter and #f in4 long with caps screwed on both ends and fitted with a filling plug and a bicycle valve makes a good gasoline supply tank1 says the ,model ,engineer1 ,london4 ,the bicycle valve is used to give the tank an air pressure which forces the gasoline to the burner4 ,the burner is made from a piece of brass tube1 ,a1 as is shown in the illustration1 #a_/b in4 in diameter and #b-a_/b in4 long1 which is plugged up at both ends1 one end being drilled and reamed out to #e_/af in4 ,three rows of holes #a_/af in4 in diameter are drilled in the brass tube4 ,one row is drilled to come directly on top1 and the other two at about #de degrees from the vertical4 ,it is then fitted to a sheet steel base1 ,b1 by means of the clips1 ,c ,c1 ,fig4 #a4 ,a piece of #a_/h-;in4 copper pipe1 ,p1 is then coiled around the brass tube1 ,a1 which forms the vaporizing coil4 ,this coil should have a diameter ,illustration3 ,gasoline ,burner of only #a in4 ,one end of the copper tube is bent around so it will point directly into the reamed-out hole in the end of the brass tube1 ,a4 ,a nipple1 ,n1 is made by drilling a #a_/h-;in4 hole halfway through a piece of brass and tapping to screw on the end of the #a_/h-;in4 copper pipe4 ,a #a_/fd-;in4 hole is then drilled through the remaining part of the nipple4 ,the other end of the copper tube is connected to the supply tank4 ,the distance between the nipple1 ,n1 and the ends of the tube1 ,a1 should be only #e_/af of an inch4 ,fig4 #b shows the end view4 9999 ,a ,homemade ,telephone ,receiver #ee ,a telephone receiver that will do good work may be built very cheaply as follows3 ,for the case use an ordinary #a_/b-lb4 baking-powder box with a piece of heavy wire soldered on the inside1 #a-e_/af in4 from the bottom4 ,for the magnet use a piece of round hardened steel about #c_/h in4 in diameter and #a-a_/d in4 long4 ,if desired1 a piece of an old round file may be used for the magnet core1 which should be magnetized previous to assembling1 either by passing a current of electricity around it1 or by direct contact with another magnet4 ,the steel core should be wound with about #bej ft4 of ,no4 #cf insulated wire1 the ends of which should be soldered to a piece of ,illustration3 ,telephone ,receiver lamp cord1 passed through a hole in the bottom of the can and knotted inside to prevent pulling out4 ,a disk of thin sheet-iron1 such as is used by photographers for tintypes 7,ferrotype71 should be cut to the diameter of the can1 taking care not to bend the iron4 ,the magnet should then be placed in the bottom of the can in an upright position and enough of a melted mixture of beeswax and resin poured in to hold it in position4 ,while the wax is still in a plastic condition the magnet should be located centrally and adjusted so that the end will be #a_/af in4 or less below the level of the top of the copper ring4 ,after the wax has hardened the disk is slipped in and fastened tightly by a ring of solder when the instrument is ready for use4 9999 ,how to ,bind ,magazines #ef ,an easy way to bind ,popular ,mechanics in volumes of six months each is to arrange the magazines in order and tie them securely both ways with a strong cord4 ,it is well to put two or three sheets of tough white paper1 cut to the size of the pages1 at the front and back for fly leaves4 ,clamp the whole in a vise or clamp with two strips of wood even with the back edges of the magazines4 ,with a sharp saw cut a slit in the magazines and wood strips about #a_/b in4 deep and slanting as shown at ,a and ,b1 ,fig4 #a4 ,take two strips of stout cloth1 about #h or #aj in4 long and as wide as the distance between the bottoms of the sawed slits4 ,lay these over the back edge of the pack and tie securely through the slits with a string thread--wrapping and tying several times 7,c1 ,fig4 #b74 ,if you have access to a printer's paper knife1 trim both ends and the front edge2 this makes a much nicer book1 but if the paper knife cannot be used1 clamp the whole between two boards and saw off the edges1 boards and all1 smoothly1 with a fine saw4 ,cut four pieces of cardboard1 #a_/d in4 longer and #a_/d in4 narrower than the magazines after they have been trimmed4 ,lay one piece of the board on the book and under the cloth strips4 ,use ordinary flour paste and paste the strips to the cardboard and then rub paste all over the top of the strips and the board4 ,rub paste over one side of another piece of board and put it on top of the first board and strips1 pressing down firmly so that the strips are held securely between the two boards4 ,turn the book over and do the same with the other two boards4 ,after the paste has dried a few minutes take a piece of strong cloth1 duck or linen1 fold and cut it #a in4 larger all around than the book1 leaving the folded edge uncut4 ,rub paste over one of the board backs and lay one end of the cloth on it1 smoothing and creasing as shown at ,a1 ,fig4 #c4 ,turn the book over and paste the other side4 ,the back edges should have a good coat of paste and a strip of paper ,illustration3 ,process of ,homemade ,binding the width of the thickness of the pack pasted on before pasting the cloth to the second board back4 ,cut off the corners and fold over the edges of the cloth1 pasting them down 7,fig4 #d74 ,rub paste on one side of a fly leaf and press the back down on it4 ,turn the book over and paste a fly leaf to the other back after the edges of the cloth have been folded down4 ,the backs must not be opened until the fly leaves are thoroughly dry4 ,trim and tuck in the ends of the strip at the back edge4 ,when fixed this way your magazines make one of the most valuable volumes you can possibly add to your library of mechanical books4 --,contributed by ,joseph ,n4 ,parker1 ,bedford ,city1 ,va4 9999 ,a ,homemade ,acetylene-,gas ,generator #eg ,a simple acetylene-gas generator used by myself for several years when ,illustration3 ,acetylene ,gas ,generator out on camping trips was made of a galvanized iron tank1 without a head1 #ah in4 in diameter and #cj in4 deep1 ,b1 as shown in the sketch4 ,another tank1 ,a1 is made the same depth as ,b1 but its diameter is a little smaller1 so that inverted it will just slip easily into the tank ,b4 ,in the bottom1 or rather the top now1 of tank ,a is cut a hole1 and a little can1 ,d1 is fitted in it and soldered4 ,on top and over can ,d is soldered a large tin can screw4 ,a rubber washer is fitted on this so that when the screw top1 ,e1 is turned on it1 the joint will be gas tight4 ,another can1 ,c1 which will just slip inside the little can1 is perforated with a number of holes4 ,this can ,c is filled about half full of broken pieces of carbide and then placed in the little can ,d4 ,a gas cock1 ,h1 is soldered onto tank ,a1 as shown1 from which the gas may be taken through a rubber tube4 ,fill tank ,b with water and set tank ,a into it4 ,this will cause some air to be enclosed1 which can be released by leaving the cock open until tank ,a settles down to the point where the water will begin to run in the perforations of the little tank4 ,the water then comes in contact with the carbide and forms gas1 which expands and stops the lowering of tank ,a4 ,then the cock must be closed and tubing attached4 ,it is dangerous to attempt to strike a match to light a jet or the end of the cock while air is escaping and just as the first gas is being made4 ,wait until the tank is well raised up before doing this4 --,contributed by ,james ,e4 ,noble1 ,toronto1 ,ont4 9999 ,homemade ,annunciator #eg ,when one electric bell is operated from two push-buttons it is impossible to tell which of the two push-buttons is being operated unless an annunciator or similar device is used4 ,a very simple annunciator for indicating two numbers can be made from a small box1 ,fig4 #a1 with an electric-bell magnet1 ,a1 fastened in the bottom4 ,the armature1 ,b1 is pivoted in the center by means of a small piece of wire and has an indicator or hand1 ,c1 which moves to either right or left1 depending on which half of the magnet is magnetized4 ,if the back armature1 ,d1 of the magnet is removed the moving armature will work better1 as this will prevent the magnetism from acting on both ends of the armature4 ,the wiring diagram1 ,fig4 #b1 shows how the connections are to be made4 ,if the pushbutton ,a is closed2 the bell will ring and the pointer will point at #a1 ,illustration3 ,annuciator and ,wiring ,diagram while the closing of the push-button ,b will ring the bell and move the pointer to #b4 --,contributed by ,h4 ,s4 ,bott1 ,beverly1 ,n4 ,j4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,box ,kite #eh ,as some of the readers of ,amateur ,mechanics may desire to build a box kite1 a simple method of constructing one of the modern type is given in detail as follows3 ,the sticks should be made of straight grained wood1 which may be either spruce1 basswood or white pine4 ,the longitudinal corner spines1 ,a ,a1 should be #c_/h in4 square by #db in4 long1 and the four diagonal struts1 ,b1 should be #a_/d in4 by #a_/b in41 and about #bf in4 long4 ,two cloth bands should be made to the exact dimensions given in the sketch and fastened to the four longitudinal sticks with #a oz4 tacks4 ,it is well to mark the positions of the sticks on the cloth bands1 either with a soft lead-pencil or crayon1 in order to have the four sides of each band exactly equal4 ,the ends of the bands should be lapped over at least #a_/b in4 and sewed double to give extra strength1 and the edges should be carefully hemmed1 making the width1 when finished1 exactly #ab in4 ,probably the best cloth for this purpose is nainsook1 although lonsdale cambric or lightweight percaline will answer nearly as well4 ,the diagonal struts1 ,b1 should be cut a little too long1 so that they will be slightly bowed when put in position1 thus holding the cloth out taut and flat4 ,they should be tied together at the points of intersection and the ends should be wound with coarse harness maker's thread1 as shown at ,c1 to prevent splitting4 ,the small guards1 ,d1 are nailed or glued to the longitudinal sticks to prevent the struts slipping out of position4 ,of course the ends of the struts could be fastened to the longitudinal strips if desired1 but if made as described the kite may be readily taken apart and rolled up for convenience in carrying4 ,the bridle knots1 ,e1 are shown in detail at ,h and ,j4 ,h is a square knot1 which may be easily loosened and ,illustration3 ,detail of ,box ,kite shifted to a different position on the bridle1 thus adjusting the lengths of ,f and ,g4 ,a bowline knot should be tied at ,j1 as shown1 to prevent slipping4 ,if the kite is used in a light wind1 loosen the square knot and shift nearer to ,g1 thus shortening ,g and lengthening ,f1 and if a strong wind is blowing1 shift toward ,f1 thereby lengthening ,g and making ,f shorter4 ,in a very strong wind do not use the bridle1 but fasten a string securely to the stick at ,k4 --,contributed by ,edw4 ,e4 ,harbert1 ,chicago4 9999 ,lubricating a ,camera ,shutter #eh ,an experienced photographer uses blacklead graphite for grooves about a camera or holder4 ,a small quantity is rubbed well into the grooves and on the edges of shutters1 that refuse to slide easily1 with gratifying results4 ,care must be taken to allow no dust to settle in the holders1 however4 9999 ,simple ,open-,circuit ,telegraph ,line #ei ,by using the circuit shown in the sketch for short-distance telegraph lines1 the extra switches and wiring found in many circuits are done away with4 ,closing either key will operate both sounders1 and1 as the resistance of ,illustration3 ,simple ,telegraph ,line the sounders is very high1 the batteries do not run down for a long time4 --,contributed by ,a4 ,d4 ,stoddard1 ,clay ,center1 ,kan4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,thermo ,battery #ei ,a thermo battery1 for producing electricity direct from heat1 can be made of a wooden frame1 ,a1 with a number of nails1 ,b1 driven in the vertical piece and connected in series with heavy copper wires1 ,c4 ,the connections should all be soldered to give good results1 as the voltage is ,illustration3 ,thermo ,battery very low and the resistance of an unsoldered joint would stop the current4 ,the heat may be supplied by an alcohol lamp or other device1 and the current may then be detected by means1 of a simple galvanometer consisting of a square spool of ,no4 #ad or ,no4 #af single-covered wire1 ,e1 with a pocket compass1 ,f1 placed on top4 ,turn the spool in a north and south direction1 or parallel with the compass needle4 ,then1 when the nail heads are heated and the circuit completed1 the needle will swing around it at right angles to the coils of wire4 ,applying ice or cold water to the nail heads will reverse the current4 --,contributed by ,a4 ,c4 ,a41 ,chicago4 9999 ,how to ,discharge a ,toy ,cannon by ,electricity #ei ,a device for discharging a toy cannon by electricity can be easily made by using three or four dry batteries1 a switch and a small induction coil ,illustration3 ,electrical ,attachment for ,discharging ,toy ,cannon capable of giving a #a_/h-;in4 spark4 ,fasten a piece of wood1 ,a1 to the cannon1 by means of machine screws or1 if there are no trunnions on the cannon1 the wood may be made in the shape of a ring and slipped on over the muzzle4 ,the fuse hole of the cannon is counterbored as shown and a small hole is drilled at one side to receive a small piece of copper wire1 ,e4 ,the wood screw1 ,c1 nearly touches ,e and is connected to one binding post of the induction coil4 ,the other binding post is connected with the wood screw1 ,d1 which conducts the current into the cannon1 and also holds the pieces of wood1 ,a and ,b1 in position4 ,when the cannon is loaded1 a small quantity of powder is placed in the counterbore1 and the spark between ,c and ,e ignites this and discharges the cannon4 ,a cannon may be fired from a distance in this way1 and as there is no danger of any spark remaining after the current is shut off1 it is safer than the ordinary cannon which is fired by means of a fuse4 --,contributed by ,henry ,peck1 ,big ,rapids1 ,mich4 9999 ,simple ,electric ,lock #fj ,the illustration shows an automatic lock operated by electricity1 requiring a strong magnet1 but no weights or strings1 which greatly simplifies the device over many others of the kind4 ,illustration3 ,lock ,operated by a ,magnet ,the weight of the long arm1 ,l1 is just a trifle greater than the combined weights of the short arms1 ,a and ,s4 ,the fulcrum of the lever is at ,c1 where there is a staple4 ,the lever swings on one arm of the staple and the other arm is so placed that when the lever is in an upright position1 with the long arm at ,l'1 it will not fall because of its greater weight but stays in the position shown4 ,the purpose of this is to leave the short arm1 ,a1 when in position at ,a'1 within the reach of the magnet4 ,arm ,l rests on an ,l-shaped hook1 ,h2 in this position the door is locked4 ,to unlock the door1 press the button1 ,b4 ,the momentum acquired from the magnet by the short arms1 ,a and ,s1 is sufficient to move the long arm up to the position of ,l'4 ,to lock the door1 press the button and the momentum acquired from the magnet by the short arms1 now at ,a' and ,s'1 is sufficient to move the long arm down from ,l' to the position at ,l4 --,contributed by ,benjamin ,kubelsky1 ,chicago4 9999 ,direct-,connected ,reverse for ,small ,motors #fj ,a simple reverse for small motors can be attached directly to the motor as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,fig4 #b shows the construction of the reverse block3 ,a is a strip of walnut #e_/h in4 square and #c_/h in4 thick with strips of brass or copper 7,,bb7 attached as shown4 ,holes 7,,cc7 are drilled for the wire connections and they must be flush with the surface of the block4 ,a hole for a #a_/b in4 screw is bored in the block4 ,in ,fig4 #a1 ,d is a thin strip of walnut or other dense1 hard wood fitted to the binding posts of the brush holders1 to receive the screw in the center4 ,before putting the reverse block on the motor1 remove all the connections between the lower binding posts and the brush holders and connect both ends of the field coil to the lower posts4 ,bend the strips ,,bb 7,fig4 #b7 to the proper position to make a wiping contact with the nuts holding the strip of wood ,d1 ,fig4 #a4 ,put the screw in tight ,illustration3 ,direct-,connected ,reverse enough to make the block turn a little hard4 ,connect as shown in the illustration4 ,to reverse1 turn the block so the strips change connections and the motor will do the rest4 --,contributed by ,joseph ,b4 ,keil1 ,marion1 ,ohio4 9999 ,a ,handy ,ice ,chisel #fa ,fishing through the ice is great sport1 but cutting the first holes preparatory to setting the lines is not always an easy task4 ,the ice chisel here described will be found very handy1 and may be made at very slight expense4 ,in the top of an old ax-head drill a #i_/af-;in4 hole1 and then tap it for a #c_/h-;in4 gas-pipe1 about #ah in4 long4 ,thread the other end of the pipe1 and screw on ,illustration3 ,combination ,ax and ,ice ,chisel an old snow-shovel handle4 ,when ready for use1 screw the two pieces together and you have your chisel complete4 ,a short ax-handle may be included in the outfit4 ,when the holes are finished and your lines set1 unscrew the pipe from the head of the ax1 put in the handle1 and your ax is ready to cut the wood to keep your fire going4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,j4 ,rand1 ,west ,somerville1 ,mass4 9999 ,more ,uses for ,pipe ,fittings #fa ,it would seem that the number of useful articles that can be made from pipes and fittings is unlimited4 ,the sketch shows two more that may be added to the list4 ,a and ,b are front and side views of a lamp-screen1 and ,c is a dumbbell4 ,the lamp shade is particularly useful for shading the eyes when reading or writing and1 if enameled white on the concave side1 makes an excellent reflector for drawing at night1 or for microscopic work4 ,the standard and base1 consisting of an ordinary pipe flange bushed down to receive the upright nipple1 are enameled a jet black1 and if the device is to be used on a polished table1 a piece of ,illustration3 ,lamp ,shade and ,dumbbell felt should be glued to the bottom4 ,a good way to hold the fan in the nipple is to use a small wedge4 ,the dumbbells are made of short pieces of #c_/d-;in4 pipe with #a-b-;in4 couplings fastened to each end by pouring melted lead in the space between the pipes and the couplings4 ,the appearance is greatly improved by enameling black1 and if desired the handles may be covered with leather4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,e4 ,warren1 ,m4 ,d41 ,north ,easton1 ,mass4 9999 ,sealing-,wax ,bent ,while ,cold #fa ,if a piece of sealing-wax is supported in a horizontal position by one end1 as shown at ,a in the sketch1 it will gradually bend to the shape indicated by the dotted lines ,b4 ,to attempt bending it with the hands would result in breaking it unless a steady pressure were applied for a long time4 ,this peculiar property is also found in ice4 ,illustration3 ,bending ,cold ,sealing-,wax 9999 ,homemade ,pottery ,kiln #fb ,a small kiln for baking clay figures may be built at a cost of #a4 ,the following shows the general plan of such a kiln which has stood the test of #bjj firings1 and which is good for any work requiring less than #adjj ,c4 ,get an iron pail about #a ft4 high by #a ft4 across1 with a cover4 ,any old pail which is thick enough will do1 while a new one will cost about #hj cents4 ,in the bottom of this cut a #b-;in4 round hole and close it with a cork or wood plug1 ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 which shall project at least #b in4 inside the pail4 ,make a cylindrical core of wood1 ,b1 ,fig4 #a1 #h in4 long and #h in4 across4 ,make a ,illustration3 ,homemade ,pottery ,kiln mixture of clay1 #fj2 sand1 #ae2 and graphite1 #be1 kneading thoroughly in water to a good molding consistency4 ,line the pail1 bottom and sides1 with heavy paper and cover the core with same4 ,now pack the bottom of the pail thoroughly with a #b-;in4 layer of the clay mixture1 and on it set the paper wrapped core1 carefully centering it4 ,the #b in4 of space between the core and the sides of the pail all around is to be filled with clay1 ,c1 as is shown in the sketch1 using a little at a time and packing it very tight4 ,in like manner make the cover of the kiln1 cutting the hole a little smaller1 about #a in4 ,at the edge or rim of the cover encircle a #b-;in4 strip of sheet iron1 ,e1 ,fig4 #b1 to hold the clay mixture1 ,c4 ,set aside for a few days until well dried4 ,while these are drying you may be making a muffle1 if there is to be any glazing done4 ,this is a clay cylinder 7,fig4 #c7 with false top and bottom1 in which the pottery to be glazed is protected from any smoke or dust4 ,it is placed inside the kiln1 setting on any convenient blocks which will place it midway4 ,the walls of the muffle should be about #a_/b in4 thick1 and the dimensions should allow at least #a in4 of space all around for the passage of heat between it and the walls of the kiln4 ,by the time the clay of the kiln is well dried1 it will be found that it has all shrunk away from the iron about #c_/h in4 ,after removing all the paper1 pack this space-top1 bottom and sides with moist ground asbestos4 ,if the cover of the pail has no rim1 it may be fastened to the asbestos and clay lining by punching a few holes1 passing wire nails through and clinching them4 ,fit all the parts together snugly1 take out the plugs in the top and bottom1 and your kiln is ready for business4 ,the handle of the pail will be convenient for moving it about1 and it can be set on three bricks or some more elaborate support1 as dictated by fancy and expense4 ,the temperature required for baking earthenware is #abej degrees--#acaj degrees1 ,c412 hotel china1 #accj degrees2 hard porcelain1 #acij degrees-#adaj degrees4 ,these temperatures can not be obtained in the above kiln by means of the ordinary ,bunsen burner4 ,if will be necessary either to buy the largest size ,bunsen1 or make one yourself1 if you have the materials4 ,if you can get a cone which can be screwed into an inch pipe1 file the opening of the cone to #a_/af in4 diameter1 and jacket the whole with a #b-a_/b-;in4 pipe4 ,the flame end of this burner tube should be about #d-a_/b in4 above the cone opening and should be covered with gauze to prevent flame from snapping back4 ,when lighted1 the point of the blue flame1 which is the hottest part1 should be just in the hole in the bottom of the kiln4 ,such a burner will be cheaply made and will furnish a kiln temperature of #adjj degrees1 but it will burn a great deal of gas4 ,a plumber's torch of medium size will cost more in the beginning1 but will be cheaper in operation4 ,whatever burner is used1 the firing should be gradual1 and with especial caution the first time4 ,by experiment you will find that a higher temperature is obtained by placing a #a-;in4 pipe #b-;ft4 long over the lid hole as a chimney4 ,it would be still more effective to get another iron pail1 #b in4 wider than the kiln1 and get a down draft by inverting it over the kiln at whatever height proves most suitable4 --,g4 ,l4 ,w4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,small ,medical ,induction ,coil #fc ,the coil to be described is #c-a_/b in41 full length of iron core1 and #c_/d in4 in diameter4 ,procure a bundle of small iron wire1 say #a_/d in4 in diameter1 and cut it #c-a_/b in4 long2 bind neatly with coarse thread and file the ends smooth 7,fig4 #a74 ,this done1 make two wood ends1 #a-a_/d by #a-a_/d in4 and #c_/h in4 thick1 and varnish4 ,bore holes in the center of each so the core will fit in snugly and leave about #a_/d in4 projecting from each end 7,fig4 #a74 ,after finishing the core1 shellac two layers of thick paper over it between the ends2 let this dry thoroughly4 ,wind two layers of bell magnet wire over this1 allowing several inches of free wire to come through a hole in the end4 ,cover with paper and shellac as before4 ,wind about #a_/h in4 of fine wire1 such ,illustration3 ,medical ,induction ,coil as used on telephone generators1 around the coil1 leaving long terminals4 ,soak the whole in melted paraffin and let cool2 bind tightly with black silk4 ,the vibrator is made of a piece of thin tin to which is soldered the head of an iron screw and on the other side a small piece of platinum1 which can be taken from an old electric bell 7,fig4 #b74 ,of course1 a regulator must be had for the vibrator2 this can be accomplished by bending a stout piece of copper wire as shown4 ,the connections and the base for setting up are shown in the figures4 --,contributed by ,j4 ,t4 ,r41 ,washington1 ,d4 ,c4 9999 ,mechanical ,trick ,with ,cards #fc ,the following mechanical card trick is easy to prepare and simple to perform3 ,first1 procure a new deck1 and divide it into two piles1 one containing the red cards and the other the black ones1 all cards facing the same way4 ,take the red cards1 square them up and place in a vise4 ,then1 with a plane1 plane off the upper right hand corner and lower left hand corner1 as in ,fig4 #a1 about #a_/af in4 ,then take the black cards1 square them up1 and plane off about #a_/af in4 on the upper left hand corner and lower right hand corner1 as in ,fig4 #b4 ,next restore all the cards to one pack1 taking care to have the first card red1 the next black1 and so on1 every alternate card being the same color4 ,bend the pack so as to give some spring to the cards1 and by holding one thumb on the upper left-hand corner ,illustration3 ,card ,trick all the cards will appear red to the audience2 place thumb in the center at top of pack and they will appear mixed1 red and black2 with thumb on upper right-hand corner all cards appear black4 ,you can display either color called for4 --,contributed by ,ralph ,gingrich1 ,chicago4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,rain ,gauge #fd ,an accurate rain gauge may be easily constructed from galvanized iron1 as shown in the sketch herewith4 ,the funnel1 ,a1 overlaps and rests on the body1 ,b1 and discharges into the tube1 ,c1 the area of which is one-tenth that of the top of the funnel4 ,the depth of the water in ,c is thus ten times the actual rainfall1 so that by measuring it with a stick marked off in tenths of an inch1 we obtain the result in hundredths of an inch4 ,a good size to make the rain gauge is as follows3 ,a1 #h in4 diameter2 ,c1 #b4ec in4 2 length of ,c1 about #bj in4 ,it should be placed in an exposed location1 so that no inaccuracy will occur from wind currents4 ,to find the fall of snow1 pour a known quantity ,illustration3 ,rain ,gauge of warm water on the snow contained in the funnel and deduct the quantity poured in from the total amount in the tube4 --,contributed by ,thurston ,hendrickson1 ,long ,branch1 ,n4,j4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,aquarium #fd ,in making an aquarium1 the first thing to decide on is the size4 ,it is well not to attempt building a very large one1 as the difficulties increase with the size4 ,a good size is #ab by #ab by #bj in41 and this is inexpensive to build4 ,first buy one length of #c_/d by #a_/h-;in4 angle iron for the frame1 ,f1 ,fig4 #a4 ,this can be obtained at any steel shop and should cost about #bj cents4 ,all the horizontal pieces1 ,b1 should be beveled #de degrees at the ends and drilled for #c_/af in4 stove bolts4 ,the beveling may be done by roughing out with a hacksaw and finishing with a file4 ,after all the pieces are cut and beveled they should be drilled at the ends for the #c_/af-;in4 stove bolts1 ,c4 ,drill all the horizontal pieces1 ,b1 first and then mark the holes on the upright pieces1 ,a1 through the holes already drilled1 thus making all the holes coincide4 ,mark the ends of each piece with a figure or letter1 so that when they are assembled1 the same ends will come together again4 ,the upright pieces1 ,a1 should be countersunk as shown in the detail1 and then the frame is ready to assemble4 ,after the frame has been assembled take it to glazier and have a bottom made of skylight glass1 and sides and ends of double-thick window glass4 ,the bottom glass should be a good fit1 but the sides and ends should be made slightly shorter to allow the cement1 ,e1 to form a dovetail joint as shown4 ,when the glass is put in the frame a space1 ,d1 will be found between the glass and the horizontal pieces1 ,b1 of the frame4 ,if this were allowed to remain the pressure of the water would spring the glass and cause a leak at ,e2 so it is filled up with plaster of paris4 ,the cement1 ,e1 is made as follows3 ,take #a gill of plaster of paris1 #a gill of litharge1 #a gill of fine white sand1 and #a_/c of a gill of finely powdered rosin4 ,mix well and add boiled linseed oil and turpentine until as thick as putty4 ,let ,illustration3 ,detail of ,aquarium ,frame the cement dry three or four days before putting any water in the aquarium4 ,in choosing stock for the aquarium it should be remembered that a sufficient quantity of vegetable life is required to furnish oxygen for the fish4 ,in a well balanced aquarium the water requires renewal only two or three times a year4 ,it is well to have an excess of plants and a number of snails1 as the snails will devour all the decaying vegetable matter which would otherwise poison the water and kill the fish4 ,illustration3 ,aquarium ,finished ,if desired1 a centerpiece 7,a1 ,fig4 #b7 can be made of colored stones held together by cement1 and an inverted jar can be supported in the position shown at ,b4 ,if the mouth of the jar is below the surface of the water it will stay filled and allow the fish to swim up inside as shown4 ,some washed pebbles or gravel should be placed on the bottom1 and1 if desired1 a few ,chinese lilies or other plants may be placed on the centerpiece4 9999 ,homemade ,pneumatic ,lock #fe ,mount an old bicycle hand-pump1 ,a1 on the door by means of a metal plate1 ,b1 having a swinging connection at ,c4 ,fasten the lever1 ,d1 to the door knob1 and make a hinge connection with the pump by means of a piece of sheet ,illustration3 ,pneumatic ,door-,opener brass1 ,e1 soldered to the end of the cylinder4 ,all this apparatus is on the inside of the door and is connected by a small rubber tube1 ,f1 to a secret mouthpiece placed at some convenient location4 ,a small piece of spring brass1 screwed to the door frame1 will open the door about #a_/b in4 when the operator blows in the mouthpiece1 or if the door is within reach of the mouthpiece1 the operator may push the door at the same time that he blows1 thus doing away with the spring1 which is only used to keep the door from relocking4 ,one way of making the air connection with the outside is to bend the tube ,f around and stick it through the keyhole4 ,few burglars would ever think to blow in the keyhole4 --,contributed by ,orton ,e4 ,white1 ,buffalo1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,a ,homemade ,water ,motor #ff ,by ,,mrs4 ,,paul ,s4 ,,winter ,in these days of modern improvements1 most houses are equipped with a washing machine1 and the question that arises in the mind of the householder is how to furnish the power to run it economically4 ,i referred this question to my husband1 with the result that he built a motor which proved so very satisfactory that ,i prevailed upon him to give the readers of ,amateur ,mechanics a description of it1 hoping it may solve the same question for them4 ,a motor of this type will develop about #a_/b hp4 with a water pressure of #gj lb4 ,the power developed is correspondingly increased or decreased as the pressure exceeds or falls below this4 ,in the latter case the power may be increased by using a smaller pulley4 ,fig4 #a is the motor with one side removed1 showing the paddle-wheel in position2 ,fig4 #b is an end view2 ,fig4 #c shows one of the paddles1 and ,fig4 #d shows the method of shaping the paddles4 ,to make the frame1 several lengths of scantling #c in4 wide by #a in4 thick 7preferably of hard wood7 are required4 ,cut two of them #d ft4 long1 to form the main supports of the frame1 ,,aa1 ,fig4 #a 2 another1 #b ft4 #f in4 long1 for the top1 ,b1 ,fig4 #a2 another1 #bf in4 long1 to form the slanting part1 ,c1 ,fig4 #a2 and another1 ,d1 approximately #a ft41 according to the slant given ,c4 ,after nailing these together as shown in the illustration1 nail two short strips on each side of the outlet1 as at ,e1 to keep the frame from spreading4 ,cut two pieces #cj in4 long4 ,lay these on the sides of the frame with their center lines along the line ,,ff1 which is #ae in4 from the outside top of the frame4 ,they are shown in ,fig4 #b at ,,gg4 ,do not fasten these boards now1 but mark their position on the frame4 ,two short boards #a in4 wide ,illustration3 ,detail of ,homemade ,waterwheel by #a in4 thick 7,,hh1 ,fig4 #b7 and another #a in4 by #a-a_/b in4 7,i1 ,fig4 #b7 form a substantial base4 ,cut the wheel from sheet iron #a_/af in4 thick1 #bd in4 in diameter4 ,this can be done roughly with hammer and chisel and then smoothed up on an emery wheel1 after which cut #bd radial slots #c_/d in4 deep on its circumference by means of a hacksaw4 ,on each side of the wheel at the center fasten a rectangular piece of #a_/d-;in4 iron #c by #d in4 and secure it to the wheel by means of four rivets2 after which drill a #e_/h in4 hole through the exact center of the wheel4 ,cut #bd pieces of #a_/cb-;in4 iron1 #a-a_/b by #b-a_/b in4 ,these are the paddles4 ,shape them by placing one end over a section of #a-;in4 pipe1 and hammer bowl shaped with the peen of a hammer1 as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,then cut them into the shape shown in ,fig4 #c and bend the tapered end in along the lines ,,jj1 after which place them in the slots of the wheel and bend the sides over to clamp the wheel4 ,drill #a_/h-;in4 holes through the wheel and sides of the paddles and rivet paddles in place4 ,next secure a #e_/h-;in4 steel shaft #ab in4 long to the wheel about #h in4 from one end by means of a key4 ,this is done by cutting a groove in the shaft and a corresponding groove in the wheel and fitting in a piece of metal in order to secure the wheel from turning independently of the shaft4 ,procure two collars or round pieces of brass 7,,kk1 ,fig4 #b7 with a #e_/h-;in4 hole through them1 and fasten these to the shaft by means of set screws to prevent it from moving lengthwise4 ,make the nozzle by taking a piece of #a_/b-;in4 galvanized pipe #c-a_/b in4 long and filling it with babbitt metal2 then drill a #c_/af-;in4 hole through its center4 ,make this hole conical1 tapering from #c_/af in4 to a full #a_/b in4 ,this is best done by using a square taper reamer4 ,then place the nozzle in the position shown in ,fig4 #a1 which allows the stream of water to strike the buckets full in the center when they reach the position farthest to the right4 ,take the side pieces1 ,,gg1 and drill a #a-;in4 hole through their sides centrally1 and a #a_/d-;in4 hole from the tops to the #a-;in4 holes4 ,fasten them in their proper position1 with the wheel and shaft in place1 the shaft projecting through the holes just mentioned4 ,now block the wheel2 that is1 fasten it by means of wedges or blocks of wood until the shaft is exactly in the center of the inch holes in the side pieces4 ,cut four disks of cardboard to slip over the shaft and large enough to cover the inch holes4 ,two of these are to be inside and two outside of the frames 7one to bear against each side of each crosspiece74 ,fasten these to the crosspieces by means of tacks to hold them securely4 ,pour melted babbitt metal into the #a_/d-;in4 hole to form the bearings4 ,when it has cooled1 remove the cardboard1 take down the crosspieces1 and drill a #a_/h-;in4 hole from the top of the crosspieces through the babbitt for an oil-hole4 ,secure sufficient sheet zinc to cover the sides of the frame4 ,cut the zinc to the same shape as the frame and let it extend down to the crosspieces ,,ee4 ,tack one side on4 7,it is well to tack strips of heavy cloth--burlap will do--along the edges under the zinc to form a water-tight joint47 ,fasten the crosspiece over the zinc in its proper position4 ,drill a hole through the zinc1 using the hole in the crosspiece as a guide4 ,then put the wheel in a central position in the frame1 tack the other side piece of zinc in place and put the other crosspiece in place4 ,place the two collars mentioned before on the shaft1 and fasten so as to bear against the crosspieces1 in order to prevent the wheel and shaft from moving sidewise4 ,if the bearings are now oiled1 the shaft should turn easily and smoothly4 ,fasten a pulley #d or #f in4 in diameter to the longest arm of the shaft4 ,connect the nozzle to a water faucet by means of a piece of hose2 place the outlet over a drain1 and belt the motor direct to the washing-machine1 sewing machine1 ice-cream freezer1 drill press1 dynamo or any other machinery requiring not more than #a_/b hp4 ,this motor has been in use in our house for two years in all of the above ways1 and has never once failed to give perfect satisfaction4 ,it is obvious that1 had the wheel and paddles been made of brass1 it would be more durable1 but as it would have cost several times as much1 it is a question whether it would be more economical in the end4 ,if sheet-iron is used1 a coat of heavy paint would prevent rust and therefore prolong the life of the motor4 ,the motor will soon pay for itself in the saving of laundry bills4 ,we used to spend #a a month to have just my husband's overalls done at the laundry1 but now ,i put them in the machine1 start the motor1 and leave them for an hour or so4 ,at the end of this time they are perfectly clean1 and ,i have noticed that they wear twice as long as when ,i sent them to the laundry4 9999 ,how to ,make ,silhouettes #fh ,photography in all branches is truly a most absorbing occupation4 ,each of us who has a camera is constantly experimenting1 and everyone of us is delighted when something new is suggested for such experiments4 ,illustration3 ,making a ,silhouette with the ,camera ,to use a camera in making silhouettes select a window facing north if possible1 or if used only at times when the sun is not on it1 any window will do1 says the ,photographic ,times4 ,raise the window shade half way1 remove any white curtains there may be1 and in the center of the lower pane of glass paste by the four corners a sheet of tissue paper that is perfectly smooth and quite thick1 as shown in the sketch at ,b4 ,darken the rest of the window1 shutting out all light from above and the sides4 ,place a chair so that after being seated the head of the subject will come before the center of the tissue paper1 and as near to it as possible1 and when looking straight before him his face will be in clear profile to the camera4 ,draw the shades of all other windows in the room4 ,focus the camera carefully1 getting a sharp outline of the profile on the screen4 ,do not stop down the lens1 as this makes long exposure necessary1 and the subject may move4 ,correct exposure depends1 of course1 on the lens1 light and the plate4 ,but remember that a black and white negative is wanted with as little detail in the features as possible4 ,the best plate to use is a very slow one1 or what is called a process plate4 ,illustration3 ,sample ,silhouette ,in developing get all possible density in the high lights1 without detail in the face1 and without fog4 ,printing is best done on contrasty development paper with developer not too strong4 ,the ideal silhouette print is a perfectly black profile on a white ground4 ,with a piece of black paper1 any shape in stopping off print may be made as shown at ,c in the sketch4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,galvanoscope #fh ,a galvanoscope for detecting small currents of electricity can be made from a coil of wire1 ,a2 a glass tube1 ,b1 full of water2 a core1 ,c2 and a base1 ,d1 with binding posts as shown4 ,the core ,c1 which is made of iron and cork1 is a trifle lighter than the water it displaces and will therefore normally remain in the top of the tube2 but as soon as a current of electricity passes through the coil1 the core is drawn down out of sight4 ,the current required is very small1 as the core is so nearly balanced that the least attraction will cause it to sink4 ,the glass tube may be a test tube1 as shown in ,fig4 #b1 or an empty developer tube4 ,if one has neither a test tube nor developer tube1 an empty pill bottle may be used4 ,the washers at the ends of the coil can be made of fiber1 hard rubber1 or wood2 or can be taken from an old magnet4 ,the base may be made of wood or any other insulating material and should have four short legs on the bottom4 ,make the coil of single-covered wire about ,no4 #ah and connect ends to binding posts as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the core is made by pushing a small nail through a piece of cork4 ,it should be made so that it will rise slowly when placed under water4 ,some filing may be necessary to get the weight just right1 but it should be remembered that the buoyancy of the core can be adjusted after the parts are assembled1 by pressing the cork in the bottom of the test tube4 ,this causes compression in the water so that some is forced into the upper cork1 reducing its displacement and causing it to sink4 ,the lower cork is then slowly withdrawn1 by twisting1 until the core slowly rises4 ,illustration3 ,galvanoscope ,the instrument will then be adjusted ready for use4 ,connect the binding posts to a single cell of battery--any kind will do1 as a slight current will answer4 ,on completing ,illustration3 ,interior ,view the circuit the core will descend2 or put in a switch or push button on one of the battery wires4 ,if the button be concealed where the operator can reach it1 the core will obey his command to rise or fall1 according to his control of the current4 ,this is a mysterious looking instrument1 the core being moved without visible connection to any other part4 9999 ,lubricating ,sheet ,metal #fi ,to lubricate sheet metal mix #a qt4 whale oil1 #a lb4 white lead1 #a pt4 water and #c oz4 finest graphite4 ,apply with a brush before the metal enters the dies4 9999 ,an ,optical ,top #fi ,one of the latest optical delusions1 and one not easy to explain1 is ,benham's color top4 ,cut out the black and white disk shown in the figure1 and paste on a piece of stiff cardboard4 ,trim the edges of the cardboard to match the shape of the disk1 and make a pinhole in the center4 ,cut the pin in half and push it through from the under side until the head of the pin touches the cardboard4 ,spin slowly in a strong light and some of the lines will appear colored4 ,the colors appear different to different people1 and are changed by reversing the rotation4 ,illustration3 ,an ,optical ,top 9999 ,card ,trick with a ,tapered ,deck #gj ,another simple trick to perform but one not easily detected1 is executed by using a tapered deck of cards as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,a cheap deck of cards is evened up square1 fastened in a vise and planed along the edge in such a manner that all the pack will be tapered about #a_/af in4 ,this taper is exaggerated in the illustration which shows ,illustration3 ,cards from a ,tapered ,deck one card that has been turned end for end4 ,it is evident that any card reversed in this way can be easily separated from the other cards in the pack1 which makes it possible to perform the following trick3 ,the performer spreads the cards out1 fan-like1 and asks an observer to withdraw a card1 which is then replaced in any part of the pack4 ,after thoroughly shuffling the cards the performer then holds the deck in both hands behind his back and pronouncing a few magic words1 produces the card selected in one hand and the rest of the pack in the other4 ,this is accomplished by simply turning the deck end for end while the observer is looking at his card1 thus bringing the wide end of the selected card at the narrow end of the pack when it is replaced4 ,the hands are placed behind the pack for a double purpose1 as the feat then seems more marvelous and the observers are not allowed to see how it is done4 ,in prize games1 players having the same score are frequently called upon to cut for low to determine which shall be the winner1 but a fairer way is to cut for high as a person familiar with the trick shown in ,fig4 #b can cut the cards at the ace1 deuce1 or three spot1 nearly every time1 especially if the deck is a new one4 ,this is done by simply pressing on the top of the deck as shown1 before cutting1 thus causing the increased ink surface of the high cards to adhere to the adjacent ones4 ,a little practice will soon enable one to cut low nearly every time1 but the cards must be grasped lightly and the experiment should be performed with a new deck to obtain successful results4 --,contributed by ,d4,b4,l41 ,chicago4 9999 ,a ,constant-,pressure ,hydrogen ,generator #gj ,by fitting three bottles1 ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 with rubber stoppers and connecting with glass tubes as shown in the sketch1 hydrogen or other gases produced in a similar manner may be generated under constant pressure4 ,in making hydrogen1 bottle ,b is partly filled with zinc nodules formed by slowly pouring melted zinc into water4 ,hydrochloric acid is then poured in the small funnel1 thus partly filling bottles ,a and ,c4 ,when the acid rising from ,c comes in contact with the zinc1 hydrogen gas is generated and fills bottle ,b4 ,the gas continues to generate until the pressure is sufficient to force the acid back down the tube into bottle ,c1 when the action ceases4 ,as fast as the gas is used the acid rises in the tube and generates more1 thus keeping the pressure nearly constant1 the pressure depending on the difference between the levels of the acid in bottle ,a and bottle ,b4 ,as this device is easily upset1 a ring-stand should be used to prevent its being broken1 or if it is to be a permanent apparatus it may be mounted on a substantial wooden base4 ,this apparatus may also be used for preparing acetylene gas or almost any gas which requires a mixture of a solid and liquid in its preparation4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,s4 ,j41 ,detroit4 9999 ,restoring ,tone to a ,cracked ,bell #ga ,many a bell with a deadened tone due to a cracked rim1 can be given its original clear ringing sound by sawing out the crack with a common hacksaw4 ,make the saw cut along the line of the crack4 ,the opening caused by the saw will allow the free vibration of the metal4 --,contributed by ,f4 ,w4 ,bently1 ,jr41 ,huron1 ,s4 ,dak4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,paper ,phonograph ,horn #ga ,secure a piece of tubing about #a-c_/d in4 long that will fit the connection to the reproducer1 and wrap a quantity of heavy thread around one end as shown in the enlarged sketch ,a1 ,fig4 #a4 ,form a cone of heavy paper1 #i in4 long and #c in4 in diameter1 at the larger end with the smaller end to fit the diameter of the tube ,a1 making it three-ply thick and gluing the layers together4 ,attach this cone on the tube ,a where the thread has been wrapped with glue1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,fig4 #b is also an enlarged sketch4 ,make ten pieces about #a ft4 #aj in4 in length and #c in4 wide from the thin boards of a biscuit or cracker box4 ,cut an arc of a circle in them on a radius of #b ft4 7,fig4 #c74 ,make a #aj-sided stick1 #ab in4 long1 that will fit loosely in the tube ,a1 to which nail the #aj pieces as shown in ,fig4 #d1 connecting the bottom by cross pieces1 using care to keep them at equal distances apart and in a circle whose diameter is about #b ft4 ,illustration3 ,detail of ,phonograph ,horn ,the cone is placed over the stick as shown by the dotted lines in ,fig4 #d and temporarily fastened in position4 ,cut out paper sections 7,fig4 #e7 that will cover each space between the #aj pieces1 allowing #a in4 on one side and the top1 in which to cut slits that will form pieces to overlap the next section and to attach with glue4 ,fasten the sections all around in like manner4 ,the next course is put on in strips overlapping as shown at ,b1 ,fig4 #f4 ,finish by putting on sections in the same way as the first course1 making it three-ply thick4 ,remove the form1 trim to suit and glue a piece of paper over the edge4 ,when the glue is thoroughly hardened1 put on two coats of white and one of blue paint1 shading it to suit and striping it with gold bronze4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,hygrometer #ga ,a homemade hygrometer1 for determining the degree of moisture in the atmosphere1 is shown in the accompanying sketch and consists of a board1 ,a1 with a nail at each end to hold the silk thread ,b4 ,a second piece of silk thread1 ,c1 is tied to the center of ,b and connects with an indicating hand or pointer supported by the bracket ,d4 ,the axle on which the pointer revolves consists of a piece of round wood1 about the size of a lead-pencil1 with a pin driven in each end4 ,a piece of tin1 ,e1 is cut ,v-shaped at each end and bent up at the ends to form bearings for the pins4 ,the silk thread ,c is fastened to the wooden axle and is wrapped one or two turns around it1 so that when ,illustration3 ,the ,hygrometer the thread is pulled the pointer will move on the scale4 ,it will be noticed that the thread ,b is not perfectly straight1 but bends toward ,d4 ,for this reason a very small shrinkage of ,b1 such as occurs when the atmosphere is dry1 will cause an increased movement of ,c1 which will be further increased in the movement of the pointer4 ,an instrument of this kind is very interesting and costs nothing to make4 --,contributed by ,reader1 ,denver4 9999 ,the ,protection of a ,spring ,lock #gb ,after shutting the front door and hearing the spring lock snap into its socket1 most people go off with a childlike faith in the safety of their goods and chattels4 ,but the cold fact is that there is scarcely any locking device which affords less protection than the ordinary spring lock4 ,it is the simplest thing in the world for a sneak thief to slip a thin knife between the door-casing and the strip1 push back the bolt1 and walk in4 ,fortunately1 it is equally easy to block that trick4 ,take a narrow piece of tin #c or #d in4 long1 bend it at right angles throughout its length1 and tack it firmly in the angle between the casing and strip1 so as to make it impossible to reach the bolt without tearing off the strip4 ,another way is to drive nails through the strip at intervals of half an inch1 enough to protect the bolt from being meddled with4 9999 ,a ,controller and ,reverse for a ,battery ,motor #gb ,secure a cigar or starch box and use to make the base1 ,b4 ,two wood-base switches1 ,s ,s1 are cut off a little past the center and fastened to the base with a piece of wood between them4 ,the upper switch1 ,s1 is connected to different equal points on a coil of wire1 ,w1 while the lower switch1 ,s1 is connected each point to a battery1 as shown4 ,the reverse switch1 ,r1 is made from two brass or copper strips fastened at the top to the base with screws and joined together by a piece of hard rubber or wood with a small handle attached4 ,connect wires ,a to the armature and wires ,f to the field of the motor4 ,by this arrangement one1 two or three and so on up until all the battery cells are used and different points of resistance secured on the coil of wire4 ,the reverse lever when moved from right to left1 or left to right1 changes the direction of the armature in the motor from one way to the other4 --,contributed by ,j4 ,fremont ,hilscher1 ,jr41 ,west ,st4 ,paul1 ,minn4 ,illustration3 ,motor ,reverse and ,controller 9999 ,how to ,build a ,grape ,arbor #gc ,a grape arbor made of white pine1 put together as shown in the sketch1 will last for several years4 ,the #b by ,illustration3 ,grape-,arbor ,trellis #d-;in4 posts1 ,a1 are #g ft4 long4 ,the feet1 ,b1 are made #b by #d in41 #d ft4 long1 and rest on a brick placed under each end4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,toy ,steam ,engine #gc ,a toy engine can be easily made from old implements which can be found in nearly every house4 ,illustration3 ,toy ,steam ,engine ,assembled ,the cylinder ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 is an old bicycle pump1 cut in half4 ,the steam chest ,d1 is part of the piston tube of the same pump1 the other parts being used for the bearing ,b1 and the crank bearing ,c4 ,the flywheel ,q can be any small-sized iron wheel2 either an old sewing-machine wheel1 pulley wheel1 or anything available4 ,we used a wheel from an old high chair for our engine4 ,if the bore in the wheel is too large for the shaft1 it may be bushed with a piece of hard wood4 ,the shaft is made of heavy steel wire1 the size of the hole in the bearing ,b4 ,illustration3 ,valve ,motion and ,construction of ,piston ,the base is made of wood1 and has two wood blocks1 ,h and ,k1 #c_/h in4 thick1 to support bearing ,b1 and valve crank ,s1 which is made of tin4 ,the hose ,e connects to the boiler1 which will be described later4 ,the clips ,,ff are soldered to the cylinder and nailed to the base1 and the bearing ,b is fastened by staples4 ,the valve motion is shown in ,figs4 #b and #c4 ,in ,fig4 #b the steam is entering the cylinder1 and in ,fig4 #c the valve ,b has closed the steam inlet and opened the exhaust1 thus allowing the steam in the cylinder to escape4 ,the piston is made of a stove bolt1 ,e1 ,fig4 #b1 with two washers1 ,,ff1 and a cylindrical piece of hard wood1 ,g4 ,this is wound with soft string1 as shown in ,fig4 #c1 and saturated with thick oil4 ,a slot is cut in the end of the bolt ,e1 to receive the connecting rod ,h4 ,the valve ,b is made of an old bicycle spoke1 ,c1 with the nut cut in half and filed down as shown1 the space between the two halves being filled with string and oiled4 ,the valve crank ,s1 ,fig4 #a1 is cut out of tin1 or galvanized iron1 and is moved by a small crank on the shaft4 ,this crank should be at right angles to the main crank4 ,illustration3 ,engine in ,operation ,the boiler1 ,fig4 #d1 can be an old oil can1 powder can1 or a syrup can with a tube soldered to it1 and is connected to the engine by a piece of rubber tubing4 ,the heat from a small gas stove will furnish steam fast enough to run the engine at high speed4 ,this engine was built by ,w4 ,g4 ,schuh and ,a4 ,j4 ,eustice1 of ,cuba1 ,wis4 9999 ,writing with ,electricity #gd ,soak a piece of white paper in a solution of potassium iodide and water for about a minute and then lay it on a piece of sheet metal4 ,connect the sheet metal with the negative or zinc side of a battery and then1 using the positive wire as a pen1 write your name or other inscription on the wet paper4 ,illustration3 ,electrolytic ,writing ,the result will be brown lines on a white background4 --,contributed by ,geo4 ,w4 ,fry1 ,san ,jose1 ,cal4 9999 ,to ,photograph a ,man in a ,bottle #gd ,neither a huge bottle nor a dwarfed man is necessary for this process1 as it is merely a trick of photography1 and a very amusing trick1 at that4 ,first1 photograph the person to be enclosed in the bottle against a dark plain background and mark the exact position on the ground glass4 ,let the exposure be just long enough to show the figure distinctly4 ,then place an empty bottle against a dark background and focus so as to have the outlines of the bottle enclose those of the man4 ,let this exposure be about twice the length of the first1 and the desired result is obtained4 9999 ,a ,musical ,windmill #gd ,make two wheels out of tin4 ,they may be of any size1 but wheel ,a must be larger than wheel ,b4 ,on wheel ,a fasten two pieces of wood1 ,c1 to cross in the center1 and place a bell on the four ends1 as shown4 ,the smaller wheel1 ,b1 must be separated from the other with a round piece of wood or an old spool4 ,tie four buttons with split rings to the smaller wheel1 ,b4 ,the blades on the wheels should be bent opposite on one wheel from the others so as to make the wheels turn in different directions4 ,when turning1 the buttons will strike the bells and make them ring constantly4 ,illustration3 ,musical ,windmill 9999 ,optical ,illusions #gd ,by giving the page a revolving or rinsing motion the three circular figures printed on the next page appear to rotate4 ,the best effect will be produced by laying the book down flat on the desk or table and revolving1 first ,illustration3 ,move ,these ,figures ,rapidly with a ,rinsing ,motion in one direction and then in the opposite direction1 in such a way that any given point on the page will describe a circle of about #a_/b in4 diameter4 ,fig4 #a then appears to rotate in the same direction as the revolution2 ,fig4 #b appears to revolve in the opposite direction1 and ,fig4 #c appears to revolve sometimes in the same direction and at other times in the opposite direction4 ,a curious effect can be produced with ,fig4 #a by covering up ,figs4 #b and #c with a piece of plain paper and laying a coin or other small object on the paper4 ,if the vision is then concentrated on the coin or other object while same is being revolved1 ,fig4 #a will be seen to rotate4 9999 ,barrel-,stave ,hammock #ge ,a hammock made of barrel staves is more comfortable than one would think1 considering the nature of the material employed in making it4 ,good smooth staves should be selected for this purpose1 and if one cares to go to little trouble a thorough sandpapering will make a great improvement4 ,cut half circles out of each stave1 as shown at ,,aa1 and pass ropes around ,illustration3 ,cheap and ,comfortable the ends as shown at ,b4 ,when finished the weight will then be supported by four ropes at each end1 which allows the use of small sized ropes1 such as clothes lines4 ,a hammock of this kind may be left out in the rain without injury4 --,contributed by ,h4,g4,m41 ,st4 ,louis1 ,mo4 9999 ,a ,singing ,telephone #ge ,those who have not already tried the experiment may be interested to know that a telephone may be made to sing by holding the receiver about #a_/af in4 from the transmitter1 as shown in the illustration4 ,the experiment will ,illustration3 ,to ,make a ,telephone ,sing work well on most telephones1 but not on all4 ,when the receiver is placed in the position shown it acts like an ordinary buzzer1 and the function of the transmitter will then be that of an interrupter4 ,the slightest movement of the transmitter diaphragm will cause an increased movement of the receiver diaphragm4 ,this in turn will act on the transmitter1 thus setting up sympathetic vibrations between the two1 which accounts for the sound4 9999 ,a ,microscope ,without a ,lens #gf ,by ,e4 ,w4 ,,davis ,nearly everyone has heard of the pin-hole camera1 but the fact that the same principle can be used to make a microscope1 having a magnifying power of #h diameters 7#fd times7 will perhaps be new to some readers4 ,to make this lensless microscope1 procure a wooden spool1 ,a 7a short spool1 say #a_/b or #c_/d in4 long1 produces a higher magnifying power71 and enlarge the bore a little at one end4 ,then blacken the inside with india ink and allow to dry4 ,from a piece of thin ,illustration3 ,detail of ,lensless ,microscope transparent celluloid or mica1 cut out a small disk1 ,b1 and fasten to the end having the enlarged bore1 by means of brads4 ,on the other end glue a piece of thin black cardboard1 ,c1 and at the center1 ,d1 make a small hole with the point of a fine needle4 ,it is very important that the hole ,d should be very small1 otherwise the image will be blurred4 ,to use this microscope1 place a small object on the transparent disk1 which may be moistened to make the object adhere1 and look through the hole ,d4 ,it is necessary to have a strong light to get good results and1 as in all microscopes of any power1 the object should be of a transparent nature4 ,the principle on which this instrument works is illustrated in ,fig4 #b4 ,the apparent diameter of an object is inversely proportional to its distance from the eye1 i4 e41 if the distance is reduced to one-half1 the diameter will appear twice as large2 if the distance is reduced to one-third1 the diameter will appear three times as large1 and so on4 ,as the nearest distance at which the average person can see an object clearly is about #f in41 it follows that the diameter of an object #c_/d in4 from the eye would appear #h times the normal size4 ,the object would then be magnified #h diameters1 or #fd times4 7,the area would appear #fd times as large47 ,but an object #c_/d-;in4 from the eye appears so blurred that none of the details are discernible1 and it is for this reason that the pin-hole is employed4 ,viewed through this microscope1 a fly's wing appears as large as a person's hand1 held at arm's length1 and has the general appearance shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,the mother of vinegar examined in the same way is seen to be swarming with a mass of wriggling little worms1 and may possibly cause the observer to abstain from all salads forever after4 ,an innocent-looking drop of water1 in which hay has been soaking for several days1 reveals hundreds of little infusoria1 darting across the field in every direction4 ,these and hundreds of other interesting objects may be observed in this little instrument1 which costs little or nothing to make4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,telegraph ,key and ,sounder #gf ,the sounder1 ,fig4 #a1 is made from an old electric-bell magnet1 ,d1 fastened to a wooden base4 ,the lever1 ,a1 can be made of brass and the armature1 ,c1 is made of iron4 ,the pivot1 ,e1 is made from a wire nail and is soldered to ,a4 ,it should be filed to a point at each end so as to move freely in the bearings1 ,b1 which are pieces of hard wood4 ,the spring1 ,h1 is fastened at each end by pins1 bent as shown1 and should not be too strong or the magnet will be unable to move the armature4 ,illustration3 ,,sounder-,a4 brass3 ,b4 wood3 ,c4 soft iron2 ,,dd4 coils wound with ,no4 #bf wire3 ,e4 nail soldered on ,a2 ,,ff4 binding posts3 ,h spring ,the stop1 ,k1 is a wire nail driven deep enough in the base to leave about #a_/h in4 between the armature and the magnet4 ,the binding posts1 ,f1 may be taken from old dry batteries and are connected to the two wires from the magnet by wires run in grooves cut in the base4 ,the base of the key1 ,fig4 #b1 is also made of wood and has two wooden bearings1 ,e1 which are made to receive a pivot1 similar to the one used in the sounder4 ,the lever of the key is made of brass and has a hardwood knob1 ,a1 fastened near the end4 ,a switch1 ,d1 connects with the pivot at ,f and can be either made from sheet brass1 or taken from a small one-point switch4 ,the binding posts are like those of the sounder1 and are connected to the contacts1 ,k1 by wires run in grooves cut in the wood4 ,illustration3 ,,key-,a4 wood2 ,b4 brass or iron soldered to nail2 ,c4 brass2 ,d4 brass3 ,e4 wood3 ,f4 connection of ,d to nail2 ,,hh4 binding posts 9999 ,how to ,make a ,music ,cabinet #gg ,a neat music cabinet can be made as shown in the accompanying sketch4 ,each side1 ,,aa1 ,fig4 #a1 is cut from a board about #cf in4 in length and #af in4 wide4 ,both are alike and can be cut from the same pattern4 ,as the front legs curve out a little the main body of the boards ,,aa should be #ae in4 wide4 ,the back1 ,b1 should be about #bb in4 long by #af in4 wide and set in between sides ,,aa4 ,cut the top1 ,c1 #af in4 long and #ad-a_/b in4 wide4 ,the bottom must be the same length as the top and #ac-a_/b in4 wide4 ,the door1 ,d1 can be made panel as shown1 or a single piece1 #af in4 wide and about #bj in4 long4 ,all material used is to be made from boards that will dress to #c_/d in4 thick4 ,illustration3 ,how to ,make a ,music ,cabinet ,shelving may be put in as shown in ,fig4 #b and made from #a_/d-;in4 material4 ,make #ab cleats1 ,e1 #ac-a_/b in4 long1 from a strip of wood #a_/b by #c_/d in41 with a groove #a_/d by #a_/d in4 cut in them4 ,fasten #f cleats evenly spaced on the inside of each of the sides1 ,,aa1 with #c_/d-;in4 brads4 ,this will give seven spaces for music and as the shelves are removable two places can be made into one4 9999 ,easily ,made ,wireless ,coherer #gg ,a good wireless coherer may be made with very little expense1 the only materials necessary being a glass tube1 two corks3 a magnetized needle and a quantity of iron and silver filings4 ,push a piece of wire through one cork and place in the bottom of the tube1 as shown in the sketch4 ,pour in the filings and insert the top cork with the needle pushed through ,illustration3 ,detail of ,coherer from above4 ,the point of the needle should barely touch the filings and by slightly agitating the tube the iron filings will separate from the silver and cling to the magnetized needle1 as shown4 ,in operation1 the device must stand on end and should be connected in the circuit as shown in the sketch4 ,when the electrical waves strike the needle1 the conductivity of the filings is established and a click is heard in the receiver4 --,contributed by ,carl ,formhals1 ,garfield1 ,ill4 9999 ,one-,wire ,telegraph ,line #gh ,the accompanying wiring diagram shows a telegraph system that requires no switches and may be operated with open-circuit batteries on a one-wire ,illustration3 ,diagram of ,one-,wire ,line line with ground connections at each end4 ,any telegraph set in which the key makes double contact can be connected up in this way4 --,contributed by ,r4 ,a4 ,brown1 ,fairport1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,water ,rheostat #gh ,a water rheostat may be made by fitting a brass tube with a cork1 through which a piece of wire is passed4 ,the brass tube may be an old bicycle hand pump1 ,a 7see sketch71 filled with water4 ,pushing the wire1 ,b1 down into the water increases the surface in contact1 and thus decreases the resistance4 ,an apparatus of this kind is suitable for regulating the current from an induction coil1 when the coil is not provided with a regulator1 and by using a piece of pipe instead of the tube1 it can be used to regulate the speed of a motor4 ,when the pipe is used1 a piece of brass or copper rod should be substituted for the wire1 in order to increase the surface4 ,adding salt to the water will decrease the resistance1 and1 when used with a motor1 will give a greater speed4 --,contributed by ,john ,koehler1 ,ridgewood1 ,n4 ,j4 ,illustration3 ,diagram of ,one-,wire ,line ,water ,rheostat 9999 ,electric ,door-,opener #gh ,a very convenient and efficient device for unlocking any door fitted with a spring lock is shown in the accompanying sketches4 ,a fairly stiff spring1 ,a1 is connected by a flexible wire cord to the knob ,b4 ,the cord is also fastened to a lever1 ,c1 which is pivoted at ,d and is released by a magnetic trigger1 ,e1 made from the armature and magnet of an old electric bell4 ,when the circuit is completed by means of a secret contact device outside the door1 the magnet1 ,f1 pulls down the armature1 which releases the trigger and allows the spring to open the lock4 ,if there are metal numbers on the outside of the door they may be used for the secret contact1 if desired1 ,illustration3 ,apparatus ,placed on ,inside of ,door but if there are no numbers on the door1 a small contact-board may be constructed by driving about #ab brass headed tacks into a thin piece of wood and making connections at the back as shown in the wiring diagram4 ,in this particular diagram the tacks numbered #a and #g are used for unlocking the door1 the others being connected with the electric-bell circuit as indicated1 for the purpose of giving an alarm should anybody try to experiment with the secret contacts4 ,by means of a pocket knife or other metal article the operator can let himself in at any time by connecting the tacks numbered #a and #g1 while a person not knowing the combination would be liable to sound the alarm4 ,of course1 the builder of this device may choose a combination of his own and may thus prevent anybody else from entering the door1 even those who read this description4 --,contributed by ,perry ,a4 ,borden1 ,gachville1 ,n4 ,b4 ,illustration3 ,wiring ,diagram 9999 ,how to ,tighten a ,curtain-,roller ,spring #gi ,a common table fork can be used to hold the little projection on the end of a curtain roller for tightening the spring4 ,hold the fork firmly with one hand while turning the roller with the other4 ,do not let go of the fork until the little catches are set in position to prevent the spring from turning1 or else the fork may be thrown off with dangerous force4 9999 ,alarm ,clock ,chicken ,feeder #gi ,an automatic poultry feeder1 which will discharge the necessary amount of corn or other feed at any desired time1 may be made by using an alarm clock as shown in the sketch4 ,a small wire trigger rests on the winding key and supports the swinging bottom of the food hopper by means of a piece of string which connects the two4 ,when the alarm goes off the trigger drops and allows the door to open1 thus discharging the contents of the hopper4 ,after the device has been in operation for some time the hens will run to the feeder whenever the4 bell rings4 --,contributed by ,dr4 ,h4 ,a4 ,dobson1 ,washington1 ,d4 ,c4 ,illustration3 ,will ,open or ,close ,circuit as ,desired 9999 ,homemade ,disk-,record ,cabinet #gi ,select some boards that have a nice grain and about #a in4 thick and #ab-;in4 wide4 ,cut the end pieces each #cf-;in4 long and trim down the edges so as to make them #aa-c_/h in4 wide4 ,the top board is made #bh-;in4 long and full #ab-;in4 wide4 ,the three shelves are cut #be-;in4 long and the edges trimmed so they will be #aa-c_/h in4 wide4 ,the distance between the bottom of the top board and the top of the first shelf should be #c in4 ,two drawers are fitted in this space1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,a series of grooves are cut #a_/d in4 wide1 ,illustration3 ,cabinet ,holding #cb ,records #a_/d in4 deep and #c_/d in4 apart on one side of the top and bottom shelves1 as shown in ,fig4 #b1 and on both sides of the middle shelf4 ,the shelves should be spaced #i-e_/h in4 for #aj-;in4 records and #e-e_/h in4 for #f-;in4 records4 ,a neat scroll design is cut from a board #be in4 long to fill up and finish the space below the bottom shelf4 --,contributed by ,h4 ,e4 ,mangold1 ,compton1 ,cal4 9999 ,a ,battery ,rheostat #hj ,in a board #g in4 long and #e in4 wide bore holes about #a_/d in4 apart1 in a semicircle #b in4 from the bottom1 and cut notches in top end to correspond with the holes4 ,from a piece of brass a switch1 ,c1 is cut with a knob soldered on at the end4 ,nails for stops are placed at ,,dd4 ,two binding-posts are placed in board at ,a and ,b4 ,with about #i ft4 of fine iron wire attach one end to the bottom of post ,a and run through first hole and over in first notch to back of board and then through second hole and over second notch and so on until ,e is reached1 where the other end of wire is fastened4 ,connect switch to post ,b4 --,contributed by ,edmund ,kuhn1 ,jr41 ,east ,orange1 ,n4 ,j4 ,illustration3 ,battery ,rheostat 9999 ,automatic ,time ,switch #hj ,this device may be used to either open or close the circuit at any desired time4 ,an alarm clock is firmly fastened to a wooden bracket and provided with a small wood or metal drum1 ,a1 to which is fastened a cord1 ,b4 ,the other end of the cord is tied to the switch handle so that when the alarm goes off the switch is either opened or closed1 depending on whether the cord is passed over pulley ,c or pulley ,d4 ,when the cord is passed over pulley ,c1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 the circuit will be closed when the alarm goes off1 but if it is passed over ,d the circuit will be opened4 ,pulley ,d is fastened to a piece of spring steel1 ,e1 which in operation is bent1 as shown by the dotted lines1 thus causing the switch to snap open quickly and prevent forming an arc4 --,contributed by ,douglas ,royer1 ,roanoke1 ,va4 ,illustration3 ,will ,open or ,close ,circuit as ,desired 9999 ,how to ,make a ,rotary ,pump #ha ,illustration3 ,details of ,rotary ,pump ,a simple rotary pump is constructed on the principle of creating a vacuum in a rubber tube and so causing water to rise to fill the vacuum4 ,figs4 #c1 #d and #e show all the parts needed1 excepting the crank and tubing4 ,the dimensions and description given are for a minimum pump1 but a larger one could be built in proportion4 ,through the center of a block of wood #d in4 square and #g_/h in4 thick 7,a1 ,figs4 #a1 #b and #c7 saw a circular opening #b-g_/h in4 in diameter4 ,on each side of this block cut a larger circle #c-a_/d in4 in diameter1 having the same center as the first circle 7,fig4 #c74 ,cut the last circles only #a_/d in4 deep1 leaving the first circle in the form of a ridge or track #c_/h in4 wide1 against which the rubber tubing1 ,e1 is compressed by wheels4 ,bore two #a_/d in4 holes 7,,hh1 ,fig4 #a7 from the outside of the block to the edge of the inner circle4 ,put the rubber tube1 ,e1 through one of these holes1 pass it around the track and out through the other hole4 ,notice the break 7,s7 in the track2 this is necessary in order to place in position the piece holding the wheels4 ,fig4 #d shows the wheel-holder1 ,b4 ,make it of hard wood #c-a_/h in4 long1 #a in4 wide and a little less than #g_/h in4 thick1 so that it will run freely between the sides 7,fig4 #e7 when they are placed4 ,cut two grooves1 one in each end1 #a in4 deep and #a_/b in4 wide4 ,in these grooves place wheels1 ,,cc1 to turn on pins of stout wire4 ,these wheels should be #c_/d in4 in diameter4 ,when placed in the holder their centers must be exactly #b in4 apart1 or so arranged that the distance between the edge of the wheels and the track 7,k1 ,fig4 #a7 is equal to the thickness of the tubing when pressed flat4 ,if the wheels fit too tightly1 they will bind2 it too loose1 they will let the air through4 ,bore a hole through the middle of the wheel-holder and insert the crankpin1 ,d1 which should be about #a_/b in4 in diameter4 ,the crankpin should fit tightly2 if necessary drive a brad through to keep it from slipping4 ,in the sides 7,fig4 #e7 bore a hole in the center of the crankpin to run in loosely4 ,now put all these parts together1 as shown in the illustration4 ,do not fasten the sides too securely until you have tried the device and are sure it will run smoothly4 ,for the crank a bent piece of stout wire or a nail will serve1 though a small iron wheel is better1 as it gives steadiness to the motion4 ,in this case a handle must be attached to the rim of the wheel to serve as a crank4 ,the drive wheel from a broken-down eggbeater will do nicely4 ,for ease in handling the pump1 a platform should be added4 ,to use the pump1 fill the tube with water and place the lower end of the tube in a reservoir of water4 ,make a nozzle of the end of a clay pipe stem for the other end of the tube4 ,then turn the crank from left to right4 ,the first wheel presses the air out of the tube1 creating a vacuum which is immediately filled with water4 ,before the first wheel releases the tube at the top1 the other wheel has reached the bottom1 this time pressing along the water that was brought up by the first wheel4 ,if the motion of the wheels is regular1 the pump will give a steady stream4 ,two feet of #a_/d-;in4 tubing1 costing #aj cents1 is all the expense necessary4 --,contributed by ,dan ,h4 ,hubbard1 ,idana1 ,kan4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,fire ,screen #hb ,illustration3 ,,fig4#b ,made of ,strap ,iron ,a screen which will not interfere with the radiation of the heat from the fire1 and will keep skirts and children safe can be made at little expense out of some strap iron4 ,the screen which is shown in ,fig4 #a1 stands #bj in4 high from the base to the top crosspiece and is made of #c_/d by #a_/d-;in4 and #a_/b by #a_/d-;in4 iron4 ,the top and bottom pieces marked ,,aa1 ,fig4 #a1 are #c_/d by #a_/d in4 and are #cj in4 long1 bent at an angle to fit the fireplace #g in4 from each end1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the three legs marked ,,bbb1 ,fig4 #a1 are of the same size iron and each leg will take #cd in4 of material4 ,in shaping the feet of these three pieces give them a slight tendency to lean toward the fire or inside of screen1 says a correspondent in the ,blacksmith and ,wheelwright4 ,in the two cross bars #a in4 from each end1 ,a in ,fig4 #b1 mark for hole and #c in4 from that mark the next hole4 ,take the center of the bar1 ,b1 #ae in4 from each end1 and mark for a hole1 and #c-a_/b in4 on each side mark again and #c-a_/b in4 beyond each of these two1 mark again4 ,mark the legs #b-c_/d in4 from the bottom and #b in4 from the top and after making rivet-holes rivet them to the cross bars1 ,,aa1 ,fig4 #a4 ,cut six pieces1 #ag-a_/b in4 long and punch holes to fit and rivet onto the remaining holes in cross bars1 ,,aa1 ,fig4 #a4 ,clean it up and give it a coat of black ,japan or dead black4 9999 ,trap for ,small ,animals #hb ,this is a box trap with glass sides and back1 the panes of glass being held in place by brads placed on both sides4 ,the animal does not fear to enter the box1 because he can see through it3 when he enters1 however1 and touches the bait the lid is released and1 dropping1 shuts him in4 ,this is one of the easiest traps to build and is usually successful4 ,illustration3 ,trap 9999 ,homemade ,grenet ,battery #hc ,procure an ordinary carbon-zinc1 sal-ammoniac battery and remove the zinc rod4 ,if the battery has been used before1 it is better to soak the carbon cylinder for a few hours to remove any remaining crystals of sal-ammoniac from its pores4 ,the truncated1 conical zinc required is known as a fuller's zinc and can be bought at any electrical supply dealer's1 or1 it may be cast in a sand mold from scrap zinc or the worn-out zinc rods from sal-ammoniac batteries4 ,it should be cast on the end of a piece of ,no4 #ad copper wire4 ,amalgamation is not necessary for the zinc one buys1 but if one casts his own zinc1 it is necessary to amalgamate it or coat it with mercury4 ,this may be done as follows3 ,dip a piece of rag in a diluted solution of sulphuric acid 7water #af parts1 acid #a part72 rub the zinc well1 at the same time allowing a few drops of mercury to fall on a spot attacked by the acid4 ,the mercury will adhere1 and if the rubbing is continued so as to spread the mercury1 it will cover the entire surface of the zinc1 giving it a bright1 silvery appearance4 ,next procure what is known as a wire connector4 ,this is a piece of copper tube about #a-a_/b in4 long having two thumb screws1 one on each end on opposite sides 7,fig4 #b74 ,the upper screw is to connect the battery wire1 the lower one to raise and lower the zinc4 ,the battery is now complete1 and the solution 7,fig4 #a7 must be prepared4 ,proceed as follows3 ,in #cb oz4 of water dissolve #d oz4 potassium bichromate4 ,when the bichromate has all dissolved1 add slowly1 stirring constantly1 #d oz4 sulphuric acid4 ,do not add the acid too quickly or the heat generated may break the vessel containing the solution4 ,then pour the solution into the battery jar1 until it is within #c in4 of the top4 ,thread the wire holding the zinc through the porcelain insulator of the carbon cylinder and also through the wire connector4 ,pull the zinc up as far as it will go and tighten the lower thumb screw so that it holds the wire secure4 ,place the carbon in the jar4 ,if the solution touches the zinc1 some of it should be poured out4 ,to determine whether or not the zinc is touched by the solution1 take out the carbon and lower the zinc4 ,if it is wet1 there is too much liquid in the jar4 ,the battery is now ready for use4 ,to cause a flow of electricity1 lower the zinc until it almost touches the bottom of the jar and connect an electric bell or other electrical apparatus by means of wires to the two binding posts4 ,this battery when first set up gives a current of about two volts4 ,it is useful for running induction coils1 or small electric motors4 ,when through using the battery1 raise the zinc and tighten the lower thumb screw4 ,this prevents the zinc wasting away when no current is being used4 --,contributed by ,h4 ,c4 ,meyer1 ,philadelphia4 ,illustration3 ,fig4#a ,details of ,homemade ,battery 9999 ,door-,opener for ,furnace #hc ,the accompanying diagram shows an arrangement to open the coal door of a furnace4 ,when approaching the furnace with a shovelful of coal it is usually necessary to rest the shovel on the top of the ash door1 while the coal door is being opened4 ,with my device it is only necessary to press the foot pedal1 which opens the door4 ,after putting in the coal1 pressing the pedal closes the door4 ,the pulley in the ceiling must be placed a little in front of the door1 in order to throw the door open after lifting it from the catch4 ,a large gate hinge is used to hold the pedal to the floor4 --,contributed by ,edward ,whitney1 ,madison1 ,wis4 ,illustration3 ,furnace ,door ,opener 9999 ,how to ,make an ,efficient ,wireless ,telegraph #hd ,by ,,george ,w4 ,,richardson ,a simple but very efficient wireless telegraph may be constructed at slight cost from the following description3 ,the sending apparatus consists of nothing but an induction coil with a telegraph key inserted in the primary circuit1 i4 e41 the battery circuit4 ,this apparatus may be purchased from any electrical-supply house4 ,the price of the coil depends upon its size1 and upon the size depends the distance signals can be transmitted4 ,if1 however1 one wishes to construct his own coil he can make and use1 with slight changes1 the jump-spark coil described elsewhere in this book4 ,this coil1 being a #a-;in4 coil1 will transmit nicely up to a distance of one mile2 while a #ab-;in4 coil made on the same plan will transmit #bj miles or even more under favorable conditions4 ,change the coil described1 as follows3 ,insert an ordinary telegraph key in the battery circuit1 and attach two small pieces of wire with a brass ball on each1 by inserting them in the binding-posts of the coil as shown at ,b ,b4 ,of these two terminal wires one is grounded to earth1 while the other wire is sent aloft and is called the aerial line4 ,this constitutes all there is to the sending apparatus4 ,now for the receiving apparatus4 ,in the earlier receiving instruments a coherer was used1 consisting of a glass tube about #a_/h-;in4 diameter1 in which were two silver pistons separated by nickel and silver filings1 in a partial vacuum4 ,this receiver was difficult of adjustment and slow in transmission4 ,an instrument much less complicated and inexpensive and which will work well can be made thus3 ,take a #e-;cp4 incandescent lamp and break off the tip at the dotted line1 as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,this can be done by giving the glass tip or point a quick blow with a file or other thin edged piece of metal4 ,then with a blow-torch heat the broken edges until red hot and turn the edges in as seen in ,fig4 #f4 ,remove the carbon filament in the lamp and bend the two small platinum wires so they will point at each other as in ,fig4 #f1 ,w ,w4 ,screw the lamp into an ordinary wall socket which will serve as a base as in ,fig4 #g4 ,make a solution of #a part sulphuric acid to #d parts of water1 and fill the lamp about two-thirds full 7,fig4 #g74 ,this will make an excellent receiver4 ,it will be necessary to adjust the platinum points1 ,w ,w1 to suit the distance the message is to be worked4 ,for a mile or less the points should be about #a_/af in4 apart1 and closer for longer distances4 ,the tuning coil is simply a variable choking coil1 made of ,no4 #ad insulated copper wire wound on an iron core1 as shown in ,fig4 #g4 ,after winding1 carefully scrape the insulation from one side of the coil1 in a straight line from top to bottom1 the full length of the coil1 uncovering just enough to allow a ,illustration3 ,aerial good contact for the sliding piece4 ,the tuning is done by sliding the contact piece1 which is made of light copper wire1 along the convolutions of the tuning coil until you can hear the signals4 ,the signals are heard in a telephone receiver1 which is shown connected in shunt across the binding posts of the lamp holder with one or two cells of dry battery in circuit1 ,fig4 #g4 ,illustration3 ,details ,the aerial line1 ,no4#f stranded1 is run from binding-post ,b through the choking or tuning coil1 and for best results should extend up #ej ft4 in the air4 ,to work a #bj-mile distance the line should be #ajj or #aej ft4 above the ground4 ,a good way is to erect a wooden pole on a house or barn and carry the aerial wire to the top and out to the end of a gaff or arm4 ,to the end of the aerial wire fasten a bunch of endless loops made of about ,no4 #ad magnet wire 7bare or insulated71 attaching both ends to the leading or aerial wire4 ,the aerial wire should not come nearer than #a ft4 at any point to any metal which is grounded4 ,run a wire from the other binding post1 ,a1 to the ground and be sure to make a good ground connection4 ,for simple experimental work on distances of #ajj ft4 only1 an ordinary automobile spark coil can be used in place of the more elaborate coil1 ,figs4 #a to #d4 ,the above-mentioned instruments have no patents on them1 and anyone is at liberty to build and use them4 ,the writer does not claim to be the originator1 but simply illustrates the above to show that1 after all1 wireless is very simple when it is once understood4 ,the fundamental principles are that induction travels at right angles1 #ij degrees1 to the direction of the current4 ,for an illustration1 if a person standing on a bridge should drop a pebble into the water below1 after contact he would note circles radiating out over the surface of the water4 ,these circles1 being at right angles1 #ij degrees1 to the direction of the force that caused the circles1 are analogous to the flow of induction1 and hence the aerial line1 being vertical1 transmits signals horizontally over the earth's surface4 9999 ,beeswax for ,wood ,filler #he ,when filling nail holes in yellow pine use beeswax instead of putty1 as it matches the color well4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,lathe #hf ,a small speed-lathe1 suitable for turning wood or small metal articles1 may be easily made at very little expense4 ,a lathe of this kind is shown in the cut 7,fig4 #a71 where ,a is the headstock1 ,b the bed and ,c the tailstock4 ,i run my lathe by power1 using an electric motor and countershaft1 but it could be run by foot power if desired4 ,a large cone pulley would then be required1 but this may be made in the same manner as the small one1 which will be described later4 ,illustration3 ,assembled ,lathe ,bed and ,bearing ,details ,the bed of the machine is made of wood as shown in ,figs4 #b and #c1 hardwood being preferable for this purpose4 ,fig4 #b shows an end view of the assembled bed1 and ,fig4 #c shows how the ends are cut out to receive the side pieces4 ,the headstock1 ,fig4 #f1 is fastened to the bed by means of carriage bolts1 ,a1 which pass through a piece of wood1 ,b1 on the under side of the bed4 ,the shaft is made of #c_/d-;in4 steel tubing about #a_/h in4 thick1 and runs in babbitt bearings1 one of which is shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,to make these bearings1 cut a square hole in the wood as shown1 making half of the square in each half of the bearing4 ,separate the two halves of the bearing slightly by placing a piece of cardboard on each side1 just touching the shaft4 ,the edges which touch the shaft should be notched like the teeth of a saw1 so as to allow the babbitt to run into the lower half of the bearing4 ,the notches for this purpose may be about #a_/h in4 pitch and #a_/h in4 deep4 ,place pieces of wood against the ends of the bearing as shown at ,a and ,b1 ,fig4 #d1 and drill a hole in the top of the bearing as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,the bearing is then ready to be poured4 ,heat the babbitt well1 but not hot enough to burn it1 and it is well to have the shaft hot1 too1 so that the babbitt will not be chilled when it strikes the shaft4 ,if the shaft is thoroughly chalked or smoked the babbitt will not stick to it4 ,after pouring1 remove the shaft and split the bearing with a round1 tapered wooden pin4 ,if the bearing has been properly made1 it will split along the line of the notched cardboard where the section of the metal is smallest4 ,then drill a hole in the top as shown at ,a1 ,fig4 #e1 drilling just deep enough to have the point of the drill appear at the lower side4 ,this cavity acts as an oil cup and prevents the bearing from running dry4 ,the bolts ,b 7,fig4 #e7 are passed through holes in the wood and screwed into nuts ,c1 which are let into holes ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #f ,headstock ,details ,d1 the holes afterward being filled with melted lead4 ,this type of bearing will be found very satisfactory and may be used to advantage on other machines4 ,after the bearings are completed the cone pulley can be placed on the shaft4 ,to make this pulley cut three circular pieces of wood to the dimensions given in ,fig4 #f and fasten these together with nails and glue4 ,if not perfectly true1 they may be turned up after assembling1 by rigging up a temporary toolrest in front of the headstock4 ,the tail stock 7,fig4 #g7 is fastened to the bed in the same manner as the headstock1 except that thumb nuts are used on the carriage bolts1 thus allowing the tail stock to be shifted when necessary4 ,the mechanism of the center holder is obtained by using a #a_/b-;in4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4#g ,details of ,tailstock pipe1 ,a1 and a #a_/b-;in4 lock nut1 ,b1 embedded in the wood4 ,i found that a wooden tool-rest was not satisfactory1 so ,i had to buy one1 but they are inexpensive and much handier than homemade tool rest4 --,contributed by ,donald ,reeves1 ,oak ,park1 ,ill4 9999 ,to ,use ,old ,battery ,zincs #hg ,when the lower half of a battery zinc becomes eaten away the remaining part can be used again by suspending it from a wire as shown in the cut4 ,be sure and have a good connection at the zinc binding post and cover that with melted paraffin4 ,this prevents corrosion1 which would otherwise occur from the action of the sal ammoniac or other chemical4 ,the wire may be held at the top by twisting it around a piece ,illustration3 ,showing ,zinc ,suspended of wood or by driving a peg through the hole in the porcelain insulator4 --,contributed by ,louis ,lauderbach1 ,newark1 ,n4,j4 9999 ,callers' ,approach ,alarm #hg ,this alarm rings so that callers approaching the door may be seen before they ring the bell and one can exercise his pleasure about admitting them4 ,if one has a wooden walk1 the alarm is easy to fix up4 ,take up about #e ft4 of the walk and nail it together so as to make a trapdoor that will work easily4 ,place a small spring under one end to hold it up about #a_/d in4 7,a1 ,fig4 #b74 ,nail a strip of tin along the under side of the trap near the spring and fasten another strip on the baseboard1 so that they will not touch1 save when a weight is on the trap4 ,connect up an electric bell1 putting the batteries and bell anywhere desired1 and using rubber-covered ,illustration3 ,alarm ,rings ,when ,caller ,approaches wire outside the house1 and the alarm is complete4 ,when a person approaching the house steps on the trap1 the bell will ring and those in the house can see who it is before the door bell rings4 --,contributed by ,r4 ,s4 ,jackson1 ,minneapolis1 ,minn4 9999 ,easy ,method of ,electroplating #hh ,before proceeding to electroplate with copper1 silver or other metal1 clean the articles thoroughly1 as the least spot of grease or dirt will prevent ,illustration3 ,electroplating ,apparatus the deposit from adhering4 ,then polish the articles and rub them over with a cloth and fine pumice powder1 to roughen the surface slightly4 ,finally1 to remove all traces of grease1 dip the articles to be plated in a boiling potash solution made by dissolving #d oz4 ,american ash in #a-a_/b pt4 of water4 ,do not touch the work with the hands again4 ,to avoid touching it1 hang the articles on the wires1 by which they are to be suspended in the plating bath1 before dipping them in the potash solution2 then hold them by the wires under running water for ten minutes to completely remove every trace of the potash4 ,for plating with copper prepare the following solution3 #d oz4 copper sulphate dissolved in #ab oz4 water2 add strong ammonia solution until no more green crystals are precipitated4 ,then add more ammonia and stir until the green crystals are re-dissolved giving an intense blue solution4 ,add slowly a strong solution of potassium cyanide until the blue color disappears1 leaving a clear solution2 add potassium cyanide again1 about one-fourth as much in bulk as used in the decolorizing process4 ,then make the solution up to #b qt4 with water4 ,with an electric pressure of #c4e to #d volts1 this will give an even deposit of copper on the article being plated4 ,a solution for silver plating may be prepared as follows3 ,dissolve #c_/d oz4 of commercial silver nitrate in #h oz4 of water1 and slowly add a strong solution of potassium cyanide until no more white precipitate is thrown down4 ,then pour the liquid off and wash the precipitate carefully4 ,this is best done by filling the bottle with water1 shaking1 allowing precipitate to settle and then pouring off the water4 ,repeat six times4 ,having finished washing the precipitate1 slowly add to it a solution of potassium cyanide until all the precipitate is dissolved4 ,then add an excess of potassium cyanide--about as much as was used in dissolving the precipitate--and make the solution up to #a qt4 with water4 ,this solution1 with an electric pressure of #b to #d volts1 will give a good white coat of silver in twenty minutes to half-an-hour2 use #b volts for large articles1 and #d volts for very small ones4 ,if more solution is required1 it is only necessary to double all given quantities4 ,before silver plating1 such metals as iron1 lead1 pewter1 zinc1 must be coated with copper in the alkaline copper bath described1 and then treated as copper4 ,on brass1 copper1 ,german silver1 nickel and such metals1 silver can be plated direct4 ,the deposit of silver will be dull and must be polished4 ,the best method is to use a revolving scratch brush2 if one does not possess a buffing machine1 a hand scratch brush is good4 ,take quick1 light strokes4 ,polish the articles finally with ordinary plate powder4 ,the sketch shows how to suspend the articles in the plating-bath4 ,if accumulators are used1 which is advised1 be sure to connect the positive 7or red7 terminal to the piece of silver hanging in the bath1 and the negative 7or black7 terminal to the article to be plated4 ,where ,bunsen cells are used1 the carbon terminal takes the place of the positive terminal of the accumulator4 --,model ,engineer4 9999 ,an ,ingenious ,electric ,lock for a ,sliding ,door #hi ,the apparatus shown in ,fig4 #a not only unlocks1 but opens the door1 also1 by simply pressing the key in the keyhole4 ,in rigging it to a sliding door1 the materials required are3 ,three flat pulleys1 an old electric bell or buzzer1 about #be ft4 of clothesline rope and some ,no4 #ah wire4 ,the wooden catch1 ,a 7,fig4 #a71 must be about #a in4 thick ,illustration3 ,electric ,lock for ,sliding ,door and #h in4 long2 ,b should be of the same wood1 #aj in4 long1 with the pivot #b in4 from the lower end4 ,the wooden block ,c1 which is held by catch ,b1 ,can be made of a #b-;in4 piece of broomstick4 ,drill a hole through the center of this block for the rope to pass through1 and fasten it to the rope with a little tire tape4 ,when all this is set up1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 make a key and keyhole4 ,a #a_/d in4 bolt or a large nail sharpened to a point1 as at ,f1 ,fig4 #c1 will serve for the key4 ,to provide the keyhole1 saw a piece of wood1 ,i1 #a in4 thick by #c in4 square1 and bore a hole to fit the key in the center4 ,make a somewhat larger block 7,e1 ,fig4 #c7 of thin wood with a #a_/h-;in4 hole in its center4 ,on one side of this block tack a piece of tin 7,k1 ,fig4 #c7 directly over the hole4 ,screw the two blocks together1 being careful to bring the holes opposite each other4 ,then1 when the point of the key touches the tin1 and the larger part 7,f1 ,fig4 #c7 strikes the bent wire ,l1 a circuit is completed2 the buzzer knocks catch ,a 7,fig4 #a71 which rises at the opposite end and allows catch ,b to fly forward and release the piece of broom-stick ,c4 ,the weight ,d then falls and jerks up the hook-lock ,m1 which unlocks the door1 and the heavier weight ,n immediately opens it4 ,thus1 with a switch as in ,fig4 #c1 the door can only be opened by the person who has the key1 for the circuit cannot be closed with an ordinary nail or wire4 ,b1 ,fig4 #b1 shows catch ,b1 ,fig4 #a1 enlarged2 #j1 ,fig4 #b1 is the cut through which the rope runs2 ,h1 ,fig4 #a1 is an elastic that snaps the catch back into place1 and at ,g the wires run outside to the keyhole4 ,this arrangement is very convenient when one is carrying something in one hand and can only use the other4 ,closing the door winds up the apparatus again4 --,contributed by ,e4 ,h4 ,klipstein1 #aaf ,prospect ,st41 ,east ,orange1 ,new ,jersey4 9999 ,parlor ,magic for ,winter ,evenings #ij ,by ,c4 ,h4 ,,claudy ,you are seated in a parlor at night1 with the lights turned low4 ,in front of you1 between the parlor and the room back of it1 is an upright square of brightly burning lights1 surrounding a perfectly black space4 ,the magician stands in front of this1 in his shirt sleeves1 and after a few words of introduction proceeds to show the wonders of his magic cave4 ,showing you plainly that both hands are empty1 he points with one finger to the box1 where immediately appears a small white china bowl4 ,holding his empty hand over this bowl1 some oranges and apples drop from his empty hand into the bowl4 ,he removes the bowl from the black box1 or cave1 and hands its contents round to the audience4 ,receiving the bowl again1 he tosses it into the cave1 but it never reaches the floor--it disappears in midair4 ,the illusions he shows you are too many to retail at length4 ,objects appear and disappear4 ,heavy metal objects1 such as forks1 spoons and jackknives1 which have been shown to the audience and which can have no strings attached to them1 fly about in the box at the will of the operator4 ,one thing changes to another and back again1 and black art reigns supreme4 ,now all this magic is very simple and requires no more skill to prepare or execute than any clever boy or girl of fourteen may possess4 ,it is based on the performance of the famous ,hermann1 and relies on a principle of optics for its success4 ,to prepare such a magic cave1 the requisites are a large soap box1 a few simple tools1 some black paint1 some black cloth1 and plenty of candles4 ,the box must be altered first4 ,one end is removed1 and a slit1 one-third of the length from the remaining end1 cut in one side4 ,this slit should be as long as the width of the box and about five inches wide4 ,on either side of the box1 half way from open end to closed end1 should be cut a hole1 just large enough to comfortably admit a hand and arm4 ,next1 the box should be painted black both inside and out1 and finally lined inside with black cloth4 ,this lining must be done neatly-no folds must show and no heads of tacks4 ,the interior must be a dead black4 ,the box is painted black first so that the cloth used need not be very heavy2 but if the cloth be sufficiently thick1 no painting inside is required4 ,the whole inside is to be cloth-lined1 floor1 top1 sides and end4 ,illustration3 ,candle stand ,next1 the illumination in front must be arranged4 ,if you can have a plumber make you a square frame of gas-piping1 with tiny holes all along it for the gas to escape and be lit1 and connect this by means of a rubber tube to the gas in the house1 so much the better2 but a plentiful supply of short candles will do just as well1 although a little more trouble4 ,the candles must be close together and arranged on little brackets around the whole front of the cave 7see small cut71 and should have little pieces of bright tin behind them1 to throw the light toward the audience4 ,the whole function of these candles is to dazzle the eyes of the spectators1 heighten the illusion1 and prevent them seeing very far into the black box4 ,finally1 you must have an assistant1 who must be provided with either black gloves or black bags to go over his hands and arms1 and several black drop curtains1 attached to sticks greater in length than the width of the box1 which are let down through the slit in the top4 ,the audience room should have only low lights2 the room where the cave is should be dark1 and if you can drape portieres between two rooms around the box 7which1 of course1 is on a table7 so much the better4 ,the whole secret of the trick lies in the fact that if light be turned away from anything black1 into the eyes of him who looks1 the much fainter light reflected from the black surface will not affect the observer's eye4 ,consequently1 if1 when the exhibitor puts his hand in the cave1 his confederate behind inserts his hand1 covered with a black glove and holding a small bag of black cloth1 in which are oranges and apples1 and pours them from the bag into a dish1 the audience sees the oranges and apples appear1 but does not see the black arm and bag against the black background4 ,the dish appears by having been placed in position behind a black curtain1 which is snatched swiftly away at the proper moment by the assistant4 ,any article thrown into the cave and caught by the black hand and concealed by a black cloth seems to disappear4 ,any object not too large can be made to levitate by the same means4 ,a picture of anyone present may be made to change into a grinning skeleton by suddenly screening it with a dropped curtain1 while another curtain is swiftly removed from over a pasteboard skeleton1 which can be made to dance either by strings1 or by the black veiled hand holding on to it from behind1 and the skeleton can change to a white cat4 ,but illusions suggest themselves4 ,there is no end to the effects which can be had from this simple apparatus1 and if the operators are sufficiently well drilled the result is truly remarkable to the uninitiated4 ,the illusion1 as presented by ,hermann1 was identical with this1 only he1 of course1 had a big stage1 and people clothed in black to creep about and do his bidding1 while here the power behind the throne is but a black-veiled hand and arm4 ,it can be made even more complicated by having two assistants1 one on each side of the box1 and this is the reason why it was advised that two holes be cut4 ,this enables an absolutely instantaneous change as one uncovers the object at the moment the second assistant covers and removes the other4 ,illustration3 ,the ,magic ,cave ,it is important that the assistants remain invisible throughout1 and if portieres are impossible1 a screen must be used4 ,but any boy ingenious enough to follow these simple instructions will not need to be told that the whole success of the exhibition depends upon the absolute failure of the audience to understand that there is more than one concerned in bringing about the curious effects which are seen4 ,the exhibitor should be a boy who can talk2 a good patter--as the magicians call it--is often of more value than a whole host of mechanical effects and helpers4 ,it is essential that the exhibitor and his confederate be well drilled1 so that the latter can produce the proper effects at the proper cue from the former4 ,finally1 never give an exhibition with the cave until you have watched the illusions from the front yourself2 so that you can determine whether everything connected with the draping is right1 or whether some stray bit of light reveals what you wish to conceal4 9999 ,reversing-,switch for ,electrical ,experiments #ib ,a homemade reversing-switch1 suitable for use by students of electrical and engineering courses in performing experiments1 is shown in the diagram4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4#b ,suitable for ,students' ,use ,referring to ,fig4 #a1 ,a represents a pine board #d in4 by #d in4 and a is a circular piece of wood about #a_/d in4 square1 with three brass strips1 b#a1 b#b1 b#c1 held down on it by two terminals1 or binding posts1 c#a1 c#b1 and a common screw1 d4 ,post c#a is connected to d by means of an insulated wire1 making them carry the same kind of current 7 in the sketch74 ,about the center piece ,h moves a disk1 held down by another disk ,f 7,fig4 #b71 which is fastened through the center piece to the wooden base1 ,a1 by means of two wood screws4 ,on the disk ,g are two brass strips1 e#a and e#b1 so arranged that1 when handle ,k is turned to one side1 their one end just slips under the strips b#a1 b#b1 or b#b1 b#c1 respectively1 making contact with them1 as shown in ,fig4 #b1 at ,l1 while their other ends slide in two half-circular brass plates f#a1 f#b1 held down on disk ,f by two other terminals1 c#c1 c#d1 making contact with them as shown at y1 ,fig4 #b4 ,the action of the switch is shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,connect terminal c#a to the carbon of a battery1 and c#b to the zinc4 ,then1 if you turn handle ,k to the right1 so that the strips e#a and e#b touch b#a and b#b1 respectively1 terminal c#c will show 1 and c#a -- electricity2 vice versa1 if you turn the handle to the left so that e#a and e#b touch b#b and b#c1 respectively1 terminal c#c will show - 1 and c#d electricity4 ,the switch is easy to make and of very neat appearance4 9999 ,how to ,receive ,wireless ,telegraph ,messages with a ,telephone #ib ,any telephone having carbon in the transmitter 7all ordinary telephones have carbon transmitters7 can be used to receive wireless messages by simply making a few changes in the connections and providing a suitable antenna4 ,connect the transmitter and receiver in series with three dry cells and run one wire from the transmitter to the antenna4 ,connect the other transmitter wire to a water or gas pipe in order to ground it1 and then hold the receiver to your ear4 ,any wireless telegraph message within a radius of one mile will cause the transmitter to act as a coherer1 thus making the message audible in the receiver4 ,by using an ordinary telephone transmitter and receiver and a #a_/b-;in4 jump spark coil1 a complete wireless telegraph station may be made1 which will send or receive messages for a radius of one mile4 ,the accompanying wiring diagram shows how to make the connections4 ,by putting in an extra switch three of the sending batteries may be switched in when receiving1 ,illustration3 ,wiring ,diagram for ,wireless ,telegraph thus obviating the necessity of an extra set of batteries4 --,contributed by ,a4 ,e4 ,joerin4 9999 ,connecting ,up ,batteries to ,give ,any ,voltage #ic ,referring to the illustration3 ,a is a five-point switch 7may be homemade7 2 ,b is a one-point switch1 and ,c and ,c#a are binding posts4 ,when switch ,b is closed and ,a is on ,no4 #a1 ,illustration3 ,battery ,switch you have the current of one battery2 when ,a is on ,no4 #b you receive the current from two batteries2 when on ,no4 #c1 from three batteries2 when on ,no4 #d1 from four batteries1 and when on ,no4 #e1 from five batteries4 ,more batteries may be connected to each point of switch ,b4 ,i have been using the same method for my water rheostat 7homemade74 ,i have the jars of water where the batteries are and the current coming in at a and b4 --,contributed by ,eugene ,f4 ,tuttle1 ,jr41 ,newark1 ,ohio4 9999 ,a ,simple ,accelerometer #ic ,illustration3 ,accelerometer ,a simple accelerometer for indicating the increase in speed of a train was described by ,mr4 ,a4 ,p4 ,trotter in a paper read before the ,junior ,institution of ,engineers of ,great ,britain4 ,the device consists of an ordinary #b-;ft4 rule1 ,a1 with a piece of thread tied to the #bb-;in4 mark1 as shown in the sketch1 and supporting the small weight1 ,b1 which may be a button or other small object4 ,the device thus arranged1 and placed on the windowsill of the car1 will indicate the acceleration and retardation as follows3 ,every #a_/b in4 traveled by the thread1 over the bent portion of the rule1 indicates an increase of or decrease of velocity to the extent of #a ft4 per second for each second4 ,thus1 it the thread moved #b-a_/d in4 in a direction opposite to the movement of the train1 then the train would be increasing its speed at the rate of #d-a_/b ft4 per second4 ,if the thread is tied at the #ag-;in4 mark1 then each half inch will represent the mile per hour increase for each second4 ,thus if the thread moves #a in41 it shows that the train is gaining #b miles an hour each second4 9999 ,an ,egg-,shell ,funnel #ic ,bottles having small necks are hard to fill without spilling the liquid4 ,a funnel cannot be used in a small opening1 and pouring with a graduate glass requires a steady hand4 ,when you do not have a graduate at hand1 a half egg-shell with a small hole pricked in the end will serve better than a funnel4 ,place the shell in an oven to brown the surface slightly and it will be less brittle and last much longer4 --,contributed by ,maurice ,baudier1 ,new ,orleans1 ,la4 9999 ,handy ,electric ,alarm #id ,an electric alarm which one may turn off from the bed without arising combined with a light which may be turned on and off from a lying position1 so one can see the time1 is the device of ,h4 ,e4 ,redmond1 of ,burlington1 ,wis4 ,the alarm clock rests on a shelf1 ,a1 ,illustration3 ,handy ,electric ,alarm which has a piece of metal1 ,b1 fastened in such a position that the metal rod ,c1 soldered to the alarm winder1 will complete the circuit and ring the bell4 ,the two-point switch ,d is closed normally at ,e1 but may be closed at ,f any time desired1 thus turning on the small incandescent light ,g1 which illuminates the face of the clock4 ,when the alarm goes off1 the bell will continue to ring until the switch is opened4 9999 ,to ,keep ,dogs and ,cats ,away from the ,garbage-,can #id ,last summer ,i was annoyed a great deal by dogs upsetting our garbage can on the lawn1 but finally executed a plan that rid the yard of them in one afternoon4 ,i first secured a magneto out of an old telephone1 then drove a spike in a damp place under the porch1 attached a wire to the spike and ran the wire to one of the poles of the magneto4 ,then ,i set the garbage-can on some blocks of wood1 being careful not to have it touch the ground at any point4 ,i next ran a wire from the other pole of the ,illustration3 ,wiring magneto to the can1 wrapping the wire around the can several times4 ,then ,i sat down on the porch to wait4 ,it was not long before a big greyhound came along1 putting his forepaws on the top of the can to upset it4 ,at the same instant ,i gave the magneto a quick turn1 which sent the dog away a very surprised animal4 ,this was repeated several times during the afternoon with other dogs1 and with the same result4 --,contributed by ,gordon ,t4 ,lane1 ,crafton1 ,pa4 9999 ,how to ,cross a ,stream on a ,log #id ,when crossing a water course on a fence rail or small log1 do not face up or down the stream and walk sideways1 for a wetting is the inevitable result4 ,instead1 fix the eye on the opposite shore and walk steadily forward4 ,then if a mishap comes1 you will fall with one leg and arm encircling the bridge4 --,c4 ,c4 ,s4 9999 ,relay ,made from ,electric ,bell #id ,it is not necessary to remove the adjusting-screw when changing an electric bell into a relay4 ,simply twist it around as at ,a and bend the circuit-breaking contact back as shown4 ,it may be necessary to remove the head of the screw1 ,a1 to prevent short-circuiting with the armature4 --,contributed by ,a4 ,l4 ,macey1 ,new ,york ,city4 ,illustration3 ,relay 9999 ,foundry ,work at ,home #ie 9999 ,i ,the ,equipment #ie ,many amateur mechanics who require small metal castings in their work would like to make their own castings4 ,this can easily be done at home without going to any great expense1 and the variety and usefulness of the articles produced will make the equipment a good investment4 ,with the easily made devices about to be described1 the young mechanic can make his own telegraph keys and sounders1 battery zincs1 binding posts1 engines1 cannons1 bearings1 small machinery parts1 models and miniature objects1 ornaments of various kinds1 and duplicates of all these1 and many other interesting and useful articles4 ,the first thing to make is a molding bench1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,it is possible to make molds without a bench1 but it is a mistake to try to do this1 as the sand is sure to get on the floor1 whence it is soon tracked into the house4 ,the bench will also make the operation of molding much easier and will prove to be a great convenience4 ,the bench should be made of lumber about #a in4 thick and should be constructed in the form of a trough1 as shown4 ,two cleats1 ,,aa1 should be nailed to the front and back to support the cross-boards1 ,,be1 which in turn support the mold while it is being made4 ,the object of using the cleats and removable cross-boards instead of a stationary shelf is to give access to the sand1 ,c1 when it is being prepared4 ,about one or two cubic feet of fine molding-sand will be required1 which may1 be purchased at the nearest foundry for a small sum4 ,yellow sand will be found a little better for the amateur's work than the black sand generally used in most foundries1 but if no yellow sand can be obtained the black kind will do4 ,if there is no foundry ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a - ,convenient ,arrangement of ,bench and ,tools near at hand1 try using sand from other sources1 giving preference to the finest sand and that which clings together in a cake when compressed between the hands4 ,common lake or river sand is not suitable for the purpose1 as it is too coarse and will not make a good mold4 ,for mixing and preparing the sand a small shovel1 ,d1 and a sieve1 ,e1 will be required4 ,if desired the sieve may be homemade4 ,ordinary wire netting such as is used in screen doors1 is about the right mesh1 and this1 nailed to replace the bottom of a box1 makes a very good sieve4 ,the rammer1 ,f1 is made of wood1 and is wedge-shaped at one end and flat at the other1 as shown4 ,in foundries each molder generally uses two rammers1 but for the small work which will be described one will be sufficient4 ,an old teaspoon1 ,g1 will be found useful in the molding operations and may be hung on the wall or other convenient place when not in use4 ,the cloth bag1 ,h1 which can be made of a knitted stocking1 is filled with coal dust2 which is used for a parting medium in making the molds4 ,take a small lump of soft coal and reduce to powder by pounding4 ,screen out all the coarse pieces and put the remainder in the bag4 ,a slight shake of the bag ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b2 ,homemade ,flask over the mold will then cause a cloud of coal-dust to fall on it1 thus preventing the two layers of sand from sticking1 but this operation will be described more fully later on4 ,the flask1 ,j1 ,fig4 #a1 is shown more clearly in ,fig4 #b4 ,it is made of wood and is in two halves1 the cope1 or upper half1 and the drag1 or lower part4 ,a good way to make the flask is to take a box1 say #ab in4 by #h in4 by #f in4 high1 and saw it in half longitudinally1 as shown4 ,if the box is not very strong1 the corners should be braced with triangular wooden strips1 ,a ,a1 which should be nailed in1 previous to sawing4 ,the wooden strips ,,bb are used to hold the sand1 which would otherwise slide out of the flask when the two halves of the mold are separated4 ,the dowels1 ,,cc1 are a very important part of the flask as upon them depends the matching of the two halves of the mold4 ,a wedge-shaped piece1 ,,cc1 is nailed to each end of the cope1 and the lower pieces1 ,,dd1 are then nailed on the drag so that they just touch ,c when the flask is closed4 ,the two halves of the flask will then occupy exactly the same relative position whenever they are put together4 ,after the flask is done make two boards as shown at ,k1 ,fig4 #a1 a little larger than the outside of the flask4 ,a couple of cleats nailed to each board will make it easier to pick up the mold when it is on the floor4 ,a cast-iron glue-pot makes a very good crucible for melting the metal1 which can be either aluminum1 white metal1 zinc or any other metal having a low melting-point4 ,this completes the equipment with the exception of one or two simple devices which will now be described4 9999 ,,ii - ,how to ,make a ,mold #if ,having finished making the flask and other equipment1 as described1 everything will be ready for the operation of molding4 ,it would be well for those who have never had any experience in this line to visit a small brass foundry1 where they can watch the molders at work1 as it is much easier to learn by observation2 but they must not expect to make a good mold at the first trial4 ,the first attempt usually results in the sand dropping out of the cope when it is being lifted from the drag1 either because of insufficient ramming around the edges or because the sand is too dry4 ,a good way to tell when the sand is moist enough is to squeeze it in the hand4 ,if it forms into a cake and shows all the finger-marks1 it has a sufficient amount of moisture1 but if it crumbles or fails to cake it is too dry4 ,an ordinary watering-pot will be found useful in moistening the sand1 but care should be taken not to get it too wet1 or the hot metal coming in contact with it when the mold is poured will cause such rapid evaporation that the mold will boil and make a poor casting4 ,a little practice in this operation will soon enable the molder to determine the correct amount of moisture4 ,when molding with sand for the first time it will be necessary to screen it all before using it1 in order to remove the lumps1 and if water is added1 the sand should be thoroughly shoveled until the moisture is evenly distributed4 ,the sand is then ready for molding4 ,the operation of making a mold is as follows3 ,the lower half of the flask1 or drag1 and the pattern to be molded are both placed on the cover board as shown at ,a4 ,a quantity of sand sufficient to completely cover the pattern is then sifted into the drag1 which is then filled level with the top with unscreened sand4 ,this is rammed down slightly with the rammer1 and then more sand is added until ,illustration3 ,fig14 #c-,making a ,mold it becomes heaped up as shown at ,b4 ,it is then rammed again as before4 ,it is impossible to describe just how hard a mold should be rammed1 but by observing the results the beginner can tell when a mold is too hard or too soft1 and thus judge for himself4 ,if the sand falls out of the flask when lifting the cope1 or if it opens up or spreads after it is poured1 it shows that the mold has been rammed too little1 and if the surface of the sand next to the pattern is cracked it shows that the mold has been rammed too hard4 ,it will be found that the edges of the mold can stand a little more ramming than the middle4 ,in finishing the ramming1 pound evenly all over the surface with the blunt end of the rammer4 ,after ramming1 scrape off the surplus sand with a straight-edged stick1 as shown at ,c1 and scatter about #a_/af in4 of loose sand over the surface for a good bearing4 ,place another cover board on top1 as shown at ,d1 and by grasping with both hands1 as shown1 turn the drag other side up4 ,remove the upper cover board and place the upper half of the flask1 or cope1 in position1 as shown at ,e4 ,in order to prevent the two layers of sand sticking together1 the surface of the sand at ,e should be covered with coal-dust4 ,this is done by shaking the coal-dust bag over the flask1 after which the dust on the pattern may be removed by blowing4 ,the cope is then filled with sand and rammed in exactly the same manner as in the case of the drag4 ,after the ramming is done a number of vent holes are made1 as shown at ,f1 from the surface of the mold to the pattern1 in order to allow the escape of air and steam when the mold is being poured4 ,these vent holes may be made by pushing a wire about the size of a knitting-needle down through the sand until it touches the pattern4 ,the sprue1 or pouring-hole1 is next cut1 by means of the sprue-cutter shown at the right1 which consists of a piece of thin brass or steel tubing about #c_/d in4 in diameter4 ,now comes the critical part of the molding operation--that of lifting the cope from the drag4 ,it is here that the amateur often becomes discouraged1 as the sand is liable to fall out of the cope and spoil the mold2 but with a little practice and patience the molder can lift the cope every time without breaking it1 as shown at ,g4 ,the next operation is that of cutting the gate1 which carries the molten metal from the sprue to the opening left by the pattern4 ,this is done with a spoon1 a channel being cut about #c_/d in4 wide and about #a_/d in4 deep4 ,the pattern is then drawn from the mold1 as shown at ,h1 by driving a sharp pointed steel rod into the pattern and lifting it from the sand4 ,when a metal pattern is used a thread rod is used1 which is screwed into a tapped hole in the pattern4 ,before drawing it is well to tap the drawing-rod lightly with another and larger rod1 striking it in all directions and thus loosening the sand slightly from the pattern4 ,some molders tap the pattern gently when withdrawing1 as shown at ,h1 in order to loosen any sand which has a tendency to stick4 ,after drawing the pattern1 place the cope back on the drag1 as shown at ,j4 ,place a brick or other flat1 heavy object on top of the mold above the pattern1 to prevent the pressure of the melted metal separating the two halves of the mold1 and then pour4 9999 ,,iii- ,melting and ,pouring #ih ,having prepared one or more molds1 the next operation is that of melting and pouring4 ,an ordinary cast-iron glue-pot makes a good crucible and can be easily handled by a pair of tongs1 made out of steel rod1 as shown in the sketch4 ,in order to hold the tongs together a small link can be slipped on over the handle1 thus holding the crucible securely4 ,a second piece of steel rod bent in the form of a hook at the end is very useful for supporting the weight of the crucible and prevents spilling the molten metal should the tongs slip off the crucible4 ,the hook is also useful for removing the crucible from the fire1 which should be done soon after the metal is entirely melted1 in order to prevent overheating4 ,the metal should be poured into the mold in a small stream1 to give the air a chance to escape1 and should not be poured directly into the center of the opening1 as the metal will then strike the bottom hard enough to loosen the sand1 thus making a dirty casting4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d -,pouring the ,metal ,if1 after being poured1 the mold sputters and emits large volumes of steam1 it shows that the sand is too wet1 and the castings in such cases will probably be imperfect and full of holes4 ,a mold made in the manner previously described may be poured with any desired metal1 but a metal which is easily melted will give the least trouble4 ,one of the easiest metals to melt and one which makes very attractive castings is pure tin4 ,tin melts at a temperature slightly above the melting point of solder1 and1 although somewhat expensive1 the permanent brightness and silver-like appearance of the castings is very desirable4 ,a good white metal may be made by mixing #ge tin1 #ae lead1 #e zinc and #e antimony4 ,the object of adding antimony to an alloy is to prevent shrinkage when cooling4 ,a very economical alloy is made by melting up all the old type-metal1 babbitt1 battery zincs1 white metal and other scrap available1 and adding a little antimony if the metal shrinks too much in cooling4 ,if a good furnace is available1 aluminum can be melted without any difficulty1 although this metal melts at a higher temperature than any of the metals previously mentioned4 ,in casting zincs for batteries a separate crucible1 used only for zinc1 is very desirable1 as the presence of a very small amount of lead or other impurity will cause the batteries to polarize4 ,a very good way to make the binding posts is to remove the binding posts from worn-out dry batteries and place them in the molds in such a way that the melted zinc will flow around them4 ,the time required for a casting to solidify varies with the size and shape of the casting1 but unless the pattern is a very large one about five minutes will be ample time for it to set4 ,the casting is then dumped out of the mold and the sand brushed off4 ,the gate can be removed with either a cold chisel or a hacksaw1 and the casting is then ready for finishing4 9999 ,battery ,switch #ii ,in cases where batteries are used in series and it is desirable to change the strength and direction of the current frequently1 the following device will be found most convenient4 ,in my own case ,i used four batteries1 but any reasonable number may be used4 ,referring to the figure1 it will be seen that by moving the switch ,a toward the left the current can be reduced from four batteries to none1 and then by moving the switch ,b toward the right the current can be turned on in the opposite ,illustration3 ,battey ,switch direction to the desired strength4 ,in the various positions of these two switches the current from each individual cell1 or from any adjacent pair of cells1 may be used in either direction4 --,contributed by ,harold ,s4 ,morton1 ,minneapolis4 9999 ,an ,optical ,illusion #ii ,the engraving shows a perfectly straight boxwood rule laid over a number of turned brass rings of various sizes4 ,although the effect in the illustration ,illustration3 ,an ,optical ,illusion is less pronounced than it was in reality1 it will be noticed that the rule appears to be bent1 but sighting along the rule from one end will show that it is perfectly straight4 ,the brass rings also appear distorted4 ,the portions on one side of the rule do not appear to be a continuation of those on the other1 but that they really are can be proved by sighting in the same manner as before4 --,contributed by ,draughtsman1 ,chicago4 9999 ,new ,method of ,lifting a ,table #ii ,to perform this feat effectively the little device illustrated will be required4 ,to make it take a sheet-iron band1 ,a1 #c_/d in4 wide and attach a strap to fasten on the forearm between the wrist and elbow4 ,put a sharp needle point1 ,b1 through the sheet-iron so that it extends #c_/d in4 outward4 ,make one of these pieces for each arm4 ,in lifting the table first show the hands unprepared to the audience and also a tight table1 removing the cover to show that the surface of the table is not prepared in any way4 ,then replace the table1 ,illustration3 ,table ,lifting ,device rest the hands upon it and at the same time press the needle points in the arm pieces into the wood of the table1 which will be sufficient to hold it1 says a correspondent of the ,sphinx4 ,then walk down among the audience4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,paddle ,boat #ajj ,a rowboat has several disadvantages4 ,the operation of the oars is both tiresome and uninteresting1 and the oarsman is obliged to travel1 backward4 ,illustration3 ,paddle ,boat ,by replacing the oars with paddles1 as shown in the illustration1 the operator can see where he is going and enjoy the exercise much better than with oars4 ,he can easily steer the boat with his feet1 by means of a pivoted stick in the bottom of the boat1 connected by cords to the rudder4 ,at the blacksmith shop have a #e_/h-;in4 shaft made1 as shown at ,a1 ,fig4 #b4 ,it will be necessary to furnish a sketch giving all the dimensions of the shaft1 which should be designed to suit the dimensions of the boat1 taking care that sufficient clearance is allowed1 so that the cranks in revolving will not strike the operator's knees4 ,if desired1 split-wood handles may be placed on the cranks1 to prevent them from rubbing the hands4 ,the bearings1 ,b1 may be made of hardwood1 but preferably of iron pipe filled with melted babbitt4 ,if babbitt is used1 either thoroughly smoke or chalk the shaft or wrap paper around it to prevent the babbitt sticking4 ,the pieces of pipe may be then fastened to the boat by means of small pipe straps1 such as may be obtained at any plumber's at a very small cost4 ,the hubs1 ,c1 should be made of wood1 drilled to fit the shaft and mortised out to hold the paddles1 ,d4 ,the covers1 ,e1 may be constructed of thin wood or galvanized iron and should be braced by triangular boards1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,if galvanized iron is used1 it should be exposed to the weather two or three months before painting1 or the paint will come off1 spoiling its appearance4 ,illustration3 ,detail of ,paddle ,boat 9999 ,peculiar ,properties of ,ice #ajj ,of all the boys who make snowballs probably few know what occurs during the process4 ,under ordinary conditions water turns to ice when the temperature falls to #cb degrees1 but when in motion1 or under pressure1 much lower temperatures are required to make it a solid4 ,in the same way1 ice which is somewhat below the freezing point can be made liquid by applying pressure1 and will remain liquid until the pressure is removed1 when it will again return to its original state4 ,snow1 being simply finely divided ice1 becomes liquid in places when compressed by the hands1 and when the pressure is removed the liquid portions solidify and unite all the particles in one mass4 ,in extremely cold weather it is almost impossible to make a snowball1 because a greater amount of pressure is then required to make the snow liquid4 ,this process of melting and freezing under different pressures and a constant temperature is well illustrated by the experiment shown in ,figs4 #a1 #b and #c4 ,a block of ice1 ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 is ,illustration3 ,experiment with a ,block of ,ice supported at each end by boxes ,,bb1 and a weight1 ,w1 is hung on a wire loop which passes around the ice as shown4 ,the pressure of the wire will then melt the ice and allow the wire to sink down through the ice as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the wire will continue to cut its way through the ice until it passes all the way through the piece1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,this experiment not only illustrates how ice melts under pressure1 but also how it solidifies when the pressure is removed1 for the block will still be left in one piece after the wire has passed through4 ,another peculiar property of ice is its tendency to flow4 ,it may seem strange that ice should flow like water1 but the glaciers of ,switzerland and other countries are literally rivers of ice4 ,the snow which accumulates on the mountains in vast quantities is turned to ice as a result of the enormous pressure caused by its own weight1 and flows through the natural channels it has made in the rock until it reaches the valley below4 ,in flowing through these channels it frequently passes around bends1 and when two branches come together the bodies of ice unite the same as water would under the same conditions4 ,the rate of flow is often very slow2 sometimes only one or two feet a day1 but1 no matter how slow the motion may be1 the large body of ice has to bend in moving4 ,this property of ice is hard to illustrate with the substance itself1 but may be clearly shown by sealing-wax1 which resembles ice in this respect4 ,any attempt to bend a piece of cold sealing-wax with the hands results in breaking it1 but by placing it between books1 as shown on page #fe1 or supporting it in some similar way1 it will gradually change from the original shape ,a1 and assume the shape shown at ,b4 9999 ,return-,call ,bell ,with ,one ,wire #aja ,illustration3 ,wiring ,diagram ,to use only one wire for a return call bell connect up as shown in the diagram1 using a closed circuit or gravity battery1 ,b4 ,the current is flowing through both bells all the time1 the same as the coils of a telegraph sounder1 but is not strong enough to ring both connected in series4 ,pressing either push button1 ,p1 makes a short circuit of that bell and rings the one at the other end of the line4 --,contributed by ,gordon ,t4 ,lane1 ,crafton1 ,pa4 9999 ,circuit ,breaker for ,induction ,coils #aja ,amateurs building induction coils are generally bothered by the vibrator contacts blackening1 thus giving a high resistance contact1 whenever there is any connection made at all4 ,this trouble may be done away with by departing from the old single-contact vibrator and using one with self-cleaning contacts as shown4 ,an old bell magnet is rewound full of ,no4 #bf double cotton-covered wire and is mounted ,illustration3 ,interrupter for ,induction ,coil upon one end of a piece of thin sheet iron #a in4 by #e in4 as per sketch4 ,to the other end of the strip of iron is soldered a piece of brass #a_/fd in4 by #a_/d1 in4 by #b in41 on each end of which has been soldered a patch of platinum foil #a_/d in4 square4 ,the whole is connected up and mounted on a baseboard as per sketch1 the contact posts being of #a_/d in4 by #a_/b in4 brass1 bent into shape and provided with platinum tipped thumb screws4 ,the advantage of this style of an interrupter is that at each stroke there is a wiping effect at the heavy current contact which automatically cleans off any carbon deposit4 ,in the wiring diagram1 ,a is the circuit breaker2 ,b1 the induction coil1 and ,c1 the battery4 --,contributed by ,a4 ,g4 ,ward1 ,wilkinsburg1 ,pa4 9999 ,spit ,turned by ,water ,power #ajb ,many of the ,bulgarian peasants do their cooking in the open air over bonfires4 ,the illustration shows a laborsaving machine in use which enables the cook to go away and leave meat roasting for an hour at a time4 ,the ,illustration3 ,for a ,summer ,camp illustration shows how the spit to which the meat is fastened is constantly turned by means of a slowly moving water wheel4 ,some of our readers may wish to try the scheme when camping out4 ,the success depends upon a slow current1 for a fast-turning wheel will burn the meat4 9999 ,a ,short-,distance ,wireless ,telegraph #ajb ,the accompanying diagrams show a wireless-telegraph system that ,i have used successfully for signaling a distance of #c1jjj ft4 ,the transmitter consists of an induction coil1 about the size used for automobiles1 a key or push-button for completing the circuit1 and five dry batteries4 ,the small single-point switch is left open as shown when sending a message1 but when receiving it should be closed in order that the electric waves from the antenna may pass through the coherer4 ,the coherer in this case is simply two electric-light carbons sharpened to a wedge at one end with a needle ,illustration3 ,wiring ,diagram for ,wireless ,telegraph connecting the two1 as shown4 ,an ordinary telephone receiver is connected in series with the coherer1 as shown4 ,to receive messages hold the receiver to the ear and close the switch1 and answer by opening the switch and operating the key4 --,contributed by ,coulson ,glick1 ,indianapolis4 9999 ,automatic ,draft-,opener #ajb ,a simple apparatus that will open the draft of the furnace at any hour desired is illustrated4 ,the parts are3 ,a1 furnace2 ,b1 draft2 ,c1 draft chain2 ,d1 pulleys2 ,e1 wooden supports2 ,f1 vertical lever2 ,g1 horizontal lever2 ,h1 cord2 ,i1 alarm clock2 ,j1 weight4 ,k shows where and how the draft is regulated during the day1 the automatic ,illustration3 ,draft ,regulator device being used to open it early in the morning4 ,the spool on the alarm clock is fastened to the alarm key by sawing a slit across the top of the spool and gluing it on4 ,when the alarm goes off a cord is wound up on the spool and pulls the horizontal lever up1 which releases the vertical lever and allows the weight to pull the draft open4 --,contributed by ,gordon ,davis1 ,kalamazoo1 ,mich4 9999 ,a ,window ,conservatory #ajc ,during the winter months1 where house plants are kept in the home1 it is always a question how to arrange them so they can get the necessary light without occupying too much room4 ,the sketch shows how a neat window conservatory may be made at small cost that can be fastened on the house just covering a window1 which will provide a fine place for the plants4 ,the frame 7,fig4 #b7 is made of about #b by #b-;in4 material framed together as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,this frame should be made with the three openings of such a size that a four-paned sash1 such as used for a storm window1 will fit nicely in them4 ,if the four vertical pieces that are shown in ,fig4 #b are dressed to the right angle1 then it will be easy to put on the finishing corner boards that hold the sash4 ,illustration3 ,artistic ,window ,boxes ,the top1 as well as the bottom1 is constructed with two small pieces like the rafters1 on which is nailed the sheathing boards and then the shingles on top and the finishing boards on the bottom4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,electroscope #ajc ,an electroscope for detecting electrified bodies may be made out of a piece of note paper1 a cork and a needle4 ,push the needle into the cork1 and cut the paper in the shape of a small arrow4 ,balance the arrow on the needle ,illustration3 ,simple ,electroscope as shown in the sketch1 and the instrument will then be complete4 ,if a piece of paper is then heated over a lamp or stove and rubbed with a piece of cloth or a small broom1 the arrow will turn when the paper is brought near it4 --,contributed by ,wm4 ,w4 ,grant1 ,halifax1 ,n4 ,s41 ,canada4 9999 ,miniature ,electric ,lighting #ajd ,producing electric light by means of small bulbs that give from one-half to six candle power1 and a suitable source of power1 is something that will interest the average ,american boy4 ,these circular bulbs range from #a_/d to #b in4 in diameter1 and cost #bg cents ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a each complete with base4 ,they are commonly known as miniature battery bulbs1 since a battery is the most popular source of power4 ,the #a_/b-;cp4 bulbs are usually #b-a_/b volts and take #a_/d ampere of current4 ,it requires about three medium dry cells to operate it4 ,however1 there is now upon the market a battery consisting of #c small dry cells connected in series1 put up in a neat case with #b binding posts1 which sells for #be cents4 ,this is more economical than dry cells1 as it gives about #d volts and #c amperes4 ,it will run as large a lamp a #c-a_/b volts1 #a cp41 for some time very satisfactorily4 ,more than one lamp can be run by connecting the bulbs in parallel1 as indicated by ,fig4 #a1 which shows the special battery with #c dry cells in the case1 and the #b binding posts for connection with the bulbs4 ,in this case it is also advisable to connect several batteries in parallel also1 so as to increase the current1 but maintain the voltage constant4 ,thus the individual cells are in multiple series1 i4 e41 multiples of series of three4 ,by keeping in mind the ampere output of the battery and rating of the lamp1 one can regulate the batteries as required4 ,it must be remembered1 in this connection1 that any battery which is drawn upon for half of its output will last approximately three times as long1 as if drawn upon for its total output4 ,thus1 in any system of lamps1 it is economical to provide twice as many batteries as necessary4 ,this also supplies a means of still maintaining the candle power when the batteries are partially exhausted1 by connecting them in series4 ,however1 this must be done with very great caution1 as the lights will be burnt out if the voltage is too high4 ,persons living in the city will find an economical means of lighting lamps by securing exhausted batteries from any garage1 where they are glad to have them taken away4 ,a certain number of these1 after a rest1 can be connected up in series1 and will give the proper voltage4 ,in conclusion1 for battery power3 ,connecting batteries in series increases the voltage1 and slightly cuts down the current or amperage1 which is the same as that of one battery2 while connecting batteries in parallel increases the amperage1 but holds the voltage the same as that of one cell4 ,thus1 if the voltage and amperage of any cell be known1 by the proper combination of these1 we can secure the required voltage and amperage to light any miniature lamp4 ,and it might be said that dry cells are the best for this purpose1 especially those of low internal resistance4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4#b ,for those having a good water supply there is a more economical means of maintenance1 although the first cost is greater4 ,fig4 #b shows the scheme4 ,a small dynamo driven by a water motor attached to a faucet1 generates the power for the lights4 ,the cost of the smallest outfit of the kind is about #c for the water motor and #d for the dynamo4 ,this dynamo has an output of #ab watts1 and will produce from #ah to #be cp41 according to the water pressure obtainable4 ,it is advisable to install the outfit in the basement1 where the water pressure is the greatest1 and then lead ,no4 #ah ,b ,s4 double insulated wire wherever needed4 ,the dynamo can also be used as a motor1 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c and is wound for any voltage up to ten4 ,the winding should correspond to the voltage of the lamps which you desire to run4 ,however1 if wound for #f volts1 one could run parallel series of two #c-volt1 #a-;cp4 lamps2 making1 as in ,fig4 #c1 #aa series1 or #bb lights4 ,if wound for #aj volts1 it would give #a-a_/d amperes and run four #f-;cp4 lamps4 ,thus1 it will be seen that any candle power lamp can be operated by putting the proper number of lights in each series1 and running the series in parallel4 ,so1 to secure light by this method1 we simply turn on the water1 and the water consumption is not so great as might be imagined4 ,for the party who has electric light in his house there is still an easier solution for the problem of power4 ,if the lighting circuit gives #aaj volts he can connect eleven #aj-volt lamps in series4 ,these will give #c cp4 each1 and the whole set of #aa will take one ampere of current1 and cost about the same as a #cb-;cp4 lamp1 or #a-a_/d cents per hour4 ,simply connect the miniature circuit to an ,edison plug1 and insert in the nearest lamp socket4 ,any number of different candle power lamps can be used providing each lamp takes the same amount of current1 and the sum of their voltages equals the voltage of the circuit used4 ,this arrangement of small lights is used to produce a widely distributed1 and diffused light in a room1 for display of show cases1 and for ,christmas trees4 ,of all these sources of power the two last are the most economical1 and the latter of these two has in its favor the small initial cost4 ,these lamps are by no means playthings or experiments1 but are as serviceable and practical as the larger lamps4 --,contributed by ,lindsay ,eldridge1 ,chicago4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,new ,language #aje ,anyone possessing a phonograph can try a very interesting and amusing experiment without going to any expense4 ,remove the belt and replace with a longer one1 which can be made of narrow braid or a number of strands of yarn4 ,the new belt should be long enough to allow crossing it1 thus reversing the machine4 ,this reverses every sound on the record and changes it to such an extent that very few words can be recognized4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,cup-and-,saucer ,rack #aje ,the rack is made of any suitable kind of wood1 and the sides1 ,a1 are cut just alike1 or from one pattern4 ,the shelves are made in various widths to fit the sides at the places where they are wanted4 ,the number of shelves can be varied and to suit the size of the dishes4 ,cup hooks are placed on top and bottom shelves4 ,it is hung on the wall the same as a picture from the molding4 --,contributed by ,f4 ,b4 ,emig1 ,santa ,clara1 ,cal4 ,illustration3 ,cup-and-,saucer ,rack ,reversing a ,small ,motor #aje ,all that is necessary for reversing the motor is a pole-changing switch4 ,connect the two middle posts of the switch with each other and the two outside posts with each other4 ,then connect one of the outside posts of the switch to one brush of the motor and one middle post to the other brush4 ,connect one bar of the switch to one end of the field coil and the other bar to one pole of the battery1 and connect the other pole of the battery to the other field coil4 ,to reverse the motor1 simply change the switch4 ,illustration3 ,reverse for a ,small ,motor ,referring to the illustration1 the letters indicate as follows3 ,,ff1 field of motor2 ,,bb1 brushes of motor2 ,,aa1 bars of pole-changing switch2 ,,dd1 center points of switch2 ,,cc1 outside points of switch4 --,contributed by ,leonard ,e4 ,parker1 ,plymouth1 ,ind4 9999 ,to ,drive ,away ,dogs #ajf ,the dogs in my neighborhood used to come around picking up scraps4 ,after ,i connected up my induction coil1 as shown in the sketch1 we were not bothered with them4 ,a indicates the ground2 ,b1 switch2 and ,c1 a bait of meat1 or a tempting bone4 ,illustration3 ,shocking-,machine --,contributed by ,geo4 ,w4 ,fry1 #ijc ,vine ,st41 ,san ,jose1 ,cal4 9999 ,an ,automatic ,lock #ajf ,the illustration shows an automatic lock operated by electricity1 one cell being sufficient4 ,when the circuit is broken a weight1 ,a1 attached to the end of the armature ,b1 tends to push the other end of the armature into the screw eye or hook ,c1 which is in the door1 thus locking the door4 ,to unlock the door1 merely push the button ,e1 ,the magnet then draws the armature out of the screw eye and the door is unlocked4 ,the dotted line at ,d shows the position of the armature when the circuit is complete and the door unlocked4 ,the weight must be in proportion to the strength of the magnet4 ,if it is not1 the door will not ,illustration3 ,automatic ,electric ,lock for ,doors lock1 or would remain locked4 ,the button can be hidden1 as it is the key to the lock4 --,contributed by ,claude ,b4 ,melchior1 ,hutchinson1 ,minn4 9999 ,experiment with ,two-,foot ,rule and ,hammer #ajf ,an example of unstable equilibrium is shown in the accompanying sketch4 ,all that is needed is a #b-;foot rule1 a hammer1 a piece of string1 and a table or bench4 ,the experiment works best ,illustration3 ,an ,experiment in ,equilibrium with a hammer having a light handle and a very heavy head4 ,tie the ends of the string together1 forming a loop1 and pass this around the hammer handle and rule4 ,then place the apparatus on the edge of the table1 where it will remain suspended as shown4 --,contributed by ,geo4 ,p4 ,schmidt1 ,culebra1 ,porto ,rico1 ,w4 ,i4 9999 ,simple ,current ,reverser #ajg ,on a block of hardwood draw a square 7,fig4 #a7 and drill a hole in each corner of the square4 ,fill these holes with mercury and connect them to four binding posts 7,fig4 #a74 ,on another block of wood fasten two wires1 as shown in ,fig4 #b1 so that their ends can be placed in the holes in the first block4 ,then connect up with the ,illustration3 ,details of ,reverser motor and battery as in ,fig4 #c4 ,when the block is placed on with the big arrow ,a pointing in the direction indicated in ,fig4 #c1 the current flows with the small arrows4 ,to reverse turn through an angle of #ij degrees 7,fig4 #d74 -- ,contributed by ,f4 ,crawford ,curry1 ,brockville1 ,ontario1 ,canada4 9999 ,alarm ,clock to ,pull up ,furnace ,draft #ajg ,a stout cord1 ,a1 is attached to the draft ,b of the furnace1 run through a pulley1 ,c1 in the ceiling and has a window weight1 ,d1 attached at the other end4 ,a small stick is put through a loop in the cord at about the level of the table top on which the alarm clock ,f stands4 ,the other end of stick ,e is placed under the key ,g of the alarm clock4 ,when the alarm rings in the early morning1 the key turns1 the stick ,illustration3 ,automatic ,time ,draft-,opener falls away1 releasing the weight1 which pulls the draft open4 --,contributed by ,edward ,whitney1 #ah ,gorham ,st41 ,madison1 ,wis4 9999 ,how to ,transmit ,phonograph ,music to a ,distance #ajg ,an interesting experiment1 and one calculated to mystify anyone not in the secret1 is to transmit the music or speech from a phonograph to another part of the house or even a greater distance4 ,for an outdoor summer party the music can be made to come from a bush1 or tree1 or from a bed of flowers4 ,the apparatus is not difficult to construct4 ,the cut shows the arrangement4 ,procure a long-distance telephone transmitter1 ,d1 including the mouthpiece1 and fasten it to the reproducer of the phonograph4 ,also a watch case ,illustration3 ,the ,long-,distance ,phonograph receiver1 ,r1 which fasten to the horn4 ,these parts may be purchased from any electrical-supply house4 ,connect two wires to the transmitter1 running one direct to the receiver1 and the other to the battery1 thence to a switch1 ,s1 and then to the receiver4 ,the more batteries used the louder will be the sound produced by the horn1 but avoid using too much battery or the receiver is apt to heat4 --,contributed by ,wm4 ,j4 ,farley1 ,jr41 ,camden1 ,n4 ,j4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,telescope #ajh ,with a telescope like the one here described1 made with his own hands1 a farmer boy not many years ago discovered a comet which had escaped the watchful eyes of many astronomers4 ,first1 get two pieces of plate glass1 #f in4 square and #a in4 thick1 and break the corners off to make them round1 grinding the rough edges on a grindstone4 ,use a barrel to work on1 and ,illustration3 ,homemade ,telescope fasten one glass on the top of it in the center by driving three small nails at the sides to hold it in place4 ,fasten1 with pitch1 a round #d-;in4 block of wood in the center on one side of the other glass to serve as a handle4 ,use wet grain emery for coarse grinding4 ,take a pinch and spread it evenly on the glass which is on the barrel1 then take the glass with the handle and move it back and forth across the lower glass1 while walking around the barrel2 also rotate the glass1 which is necessary to make it grind evenly4 ,the upper glass or speculum always becomes concave1 and the under glass or tool convex4 ,work with straight strokes #e or #f in4 in length2 after working #e hours hold the speculum in the sunshine and throw the rays of the sun onto a paper2 where the rays come to a point gives the focal length4 ,if the glass is not ground enough to bring the rays to a point within #e ft41 the coarse grinding must be continued1 unless a longer focal length is wanted4 ,have ready six large dishes1 then take #b lb4 flour emery and mix in #ab qt4 of water2 immediately turn the water into a clean dish and let settle #cj seconds2 then turn it into another dish and let settle #b minutes1 then #h minutes1 #cj minutes and #ij minutes1 being careful not to turn off the coarser emery which has settled4 ,when dry1 turn the emery from the #e jars into #e separate bottles1 and label4 ,then take a little of the coarsest powder1 wetting it to the consistency of cream1 and spread on the glass1 work as before 7using short straight strokes #a-a_/b or #b in47 until the holes in the glass left by the grain emery are ground out2 next use the finer grades until the pits left by each coarser grade are ground out4 ,when the two last grades are used shorten the strokes to less than #b in4 ,when done the glass should be semi-transparent1 and is ready for polishing4 ,when polishing the speculum1 paste a strip of paper #a-a_/c in4 wide around the convex glass or tool1 melt #a lb4 of pitch and turn on to it and press with the wet speculum4 ,mold the pitch while hot into squares of #a in41 with #a_/d-;in4 spaces1 as in ,fig4 #a4 ,then warm and press again with the speculum1 being careful to have all the squares touch the speculum1 or it will not polish evenly4 ,trim the paper from the edge with a sharp knife1 and paint the squares separately with jeweler's rouge1 wet till soft like paint4 ,use a binger to spread it on with4 ,work the speculum over the tool the same as when grinding1 using straight strokes #b in4 or less4 ,when the glass is polished enough to reflect some light1 it should be tested with the knife-edge test4 ,in a dark room1 set the speculum against the wall1 and a large lamp1 ,l1 ,fig4 #b1 twice the focal length away4 ,place a large sheet of pasteboard1 ,a1 ,fig4 #b1 with a small needle hole opposite the blaze1 by the side of the lamp1 so the light ,illustration3 ,detail of ,telescope ,construction from the blaze will shine onto the glass4 ,place the speculum ,s1 ,fig4 #b1 so the rays from the needle hole will be thrown to the left side of the lamp 7facing the speculum71 with the knife mounted in a block of wood and edgeways to the lamp1 as in ,k1 ,fig4 #b4 ,the knife should not be more than #f in4 from the lamp4 ,now move the knife across the rays from left to right1 and look at the speculum with the eye on the right side of the blade4 ,when the focus is found1 if the speculum is ground and polished evenly it will darken evenly over the surface as the knife shuts off the light from the needle hole4 ,if not1 the speculum will show some dark rings1 or hills4 ,if the glass seems to have a deep hollow in the center1 shorter strokes should be used in polishing2 if a hill in the center1 longer strokes4 ,the polishing and testing done1 the speculum is ready to be silvered4 ,two glass or earthenware dishes1 large enough to hold the speculum and #b in4 deep1 must be procured4 ,with pitch1 cement a strip of board #h in4 long to the back of the speculum1 and lay the speculum face down in one of the dishes2 fill the dish with distilled water1 and clean the face of the speculum with nitric acid1 until the water will stick to it in an unbroken film4 ,the recipe for silvering the speculum is3 ,solution ,a3 ,distilled water44444444444444444444444444444#d oz4 ,silver nitrate4444444444444444444444444444#ajj gr4 ,solution ,b3 ,distilled water44444444444444444444444444444#d oz4 ,caustic stick potash 7pure by alcohol74444#ajj gr4 ,solution ,c3 ,aqua ,ammonia4 ,solution ,d3 ,sugar loaf44444444444444444444444444444444#hdj gr4 ,nitric acid44444444444444444444444444444444#ci gr4 ,alcohol 7,pure744444444444444444444444444444#be gr4 ,mix solution ,d and make up to #be fluid oz4 with distilled water1 pour into a bottle and carefully put away in a safe place for future use1 as it works better when old3 ,now take solution ,a and set aside in a small bottle one-tenth of it1 and pour the rest into the empty dish2 add the ammonia solution drop by drop2 a dark brown precipitate will form and subside2 stop adding ammonia solution as soon as the bath clears4 ,then add solution ,b1 then ammonia until bath is clear4 ,now add enough of the solution ,a1 that was set aside1 to bring the bath to a warm saffron color without destroying its transparency4 ,then add #a oz4 of solution ,d and stir until bath grows dark4 ,place the speculum1 face down1 in the bath and leave until the silver rises1 then raise the speculum and rinse with distilled water4 ,the small flat mirror may be silvered the same way4 ,when dry1 the silver film may be polished with a piece of chamois skin1 touched with rouge1 the polishing being accomplished by means of a light spiral stroke4 ,fig4 #c shows the position of the glasses in the tube1 also how the rays ,r from a star are thrown to the eyepiece ,e in the side of the tube4 ,make the tube ,i of sheet iron1 cover with paper and cloth1 then paint to make a non-conductor of heat or cold4 ,make the mounting of good seasoned lumber4 ,thus an excellent #f-;in4 telescope can be made at home1 with an outlay of only a few dollars4 ,my telescope is #fd in4 long and cost me just #ae1 but ,i used all my spare time in one winter in making it4 ,i first began studying the heavens through a spyglass1 but an instrument such as ,i desired would cost #bjj--more than ,i could afford4 ,then ,i made the one described1 with which ,i discovered a new comet not before observed by astronomers4- ,john ,e4 ,mellish4 9999 ,how to ,make ,freak ,photographs #aaj ,the freak pictures of well-known people which were used by some daily newspapers recently made everybody wonder how the distorted photographs were made4 ,a writer in ,camera ,craft gives the secret1 which proves to be easy of execution4 ,the distortion is accomplished by the use of prisms1 as follows3 ,secure from an optician or leaded-glass establishment1 two glass prisms1 slightly wider than the lens mount4 ,the flatter they are the less they will distort4 ,about #bj4 deg4 is a satisfactory angle4 ,secure them as shown by the sectional sketch1 using strawboard and black paper4 ,then make a ring to fit over the lens mount and connect it with the prisms in such a way as to exclude all light from the camera except that which passes through the face of the prisms4 ,the inner surface of this hood must be ,illustration3 ,arrangement of ,prisms dull black4 ,the paper which comes around plates answers nicely4 ,if the ring which slips over the lens mount is lined with black velvet1 it will exclude all light and hold firmly to the mount1 ,place over lens1 stop down well after focusing1 and proceed as for any picture4 9999 ,another ,electric ,lock #aaj ,the details of the construction of an electrically operated lock are shown in the illustration4 ,when the door is closed and the bolt ,a pushed into position1 ,illustration3 ,simple ,electric ,lock it automatically locks4 ,to unlock1 push the button ,d1 which act will cause the electromagnet to raise the latch ,c1 when the bolt may be drawn and the door opened4 --,contributed by ,a4 ,d4 ,zimmerman1 ,boody1 ,ill4 9999 ,how to ,mix ,plaster of ,paris #aaj ,for the mixing of plaster of ,paris for any purpose1 add the plaster gradually to the water1 instead of the contrary1 says the ,master ,painter4 ,do not stir it1 just sprinkle it in until you have a creamy mass without lumps4 ,equal parts of plaster and water is approximately the correct proportion4 ,the addition of a little vinegar or glue water will retard the setting of the plaster1 but will not preserve its hardening4 ,marshmallow powder also retards the setting4 ,in this way the plaster may be handled a long time without getting hard4 ,if you wish the plaster to set extra hard1 then add a little sulphate of potash1 or powdered alum4 9999 ,enlarging with a ,hand ,camera #aaa ,everyone who owns a hand camera has some pictures he would like enlarged4 ,it is not necessary to have a large camera to do this1 as the process is exceedingly simple to make large pictures from small negatives with the same hand camera4 ,a room from which all light may be excluded and a window through which the light can enter without obstruction from trees or nearby buildings1 with a shelf to hold the camera and a table with an upright drawing-board attached1 complete the arrangement4 ,the back is taken out of the camera and fitted close against the back of the shelf1 which must be provided with a hole the same size and shape as the opening in the back of the camera4 ,the negative used to make the enlarged print is placed in the shelf at ,a1 ,fig4 #a4 ,the rays of the clear1 unobstructed light strike the mirror1 ,b1 and reflect through the negative1 ,a1 through the lens of the camera and on the board1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the window must be darkened all around the shelf4 ,after placing the negative and focusing the lens for a clear image on the board1 the shutter is set and a bromide paper is placed on the board4 ,the paper is exposed1 developed and fixed by the directions that are enclosed in the package of bromide papers4 ,illustration3 ,making ,large ,pictures with a ,small ,camera 9999 ,positioning ,a ,hanging ,lamp #aaa ,don't pull a lamp hung by flexible cord to one side with a wire and then fasten to a gas pipe4 ,i have seen a wire become red hot in this manner4 ,if the lamp hung by a cord must be pulled over1 use a string4 ,a ,curious ,compressed ,air ,phenomenon #aaa ,push a pin through an ordinary business card and place the card against one end of a spool with the pin inside the bore1 as shown in the sketch4 ,then blow through the spool1 and it will be found that the card will not be blown away1 but will remain suspended without any visible support4 ,this phenomenon is explained by the fact that the air radiates from the center at a velocity which is nearly constant1 thereby producing a partial vacuum between the spool and the card4 ,can the reader devise a practical application of this contrivance8 ,illustration3 ,experiment with ,spool and ,card 9999 ,simple ,switch for ,reversing a ,current #aaa ,take two strips of copper or brass and fasten them together by means of gutta-percha 7,fig4 #a72 also provide them with a handle4 ,saw out a rectangular block about one and one-half times as long as the brass strips and fasten to it at each end two forked pieces of copper or brass1 as in ,fig4 #b4 ,fasten on the switch lever1 as at ,a and ,b1 ,fig4 #b1 so that it can rotate about these points4 ,connect the wires as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,to reverse1 throw ,illustration3 ,simple ,current-,reversing ,switch the lever from one end of the block to the other4 --,contributed by ,r4 ,l4 ,thomas1 ,san ,marcos1 ,tex4 9999 ,novel ,mousetrap #aab ,a piece of an old bicycle tire and a glass fruit jar are the only materials required for making this trap4 ,push one end of the tire into the hole1 making sure that there is a space left at the end so that the mice can get in4 ,then ,illustration3 ,a ,baitless ,trap bend the other end down into a fruit jar or other glass jar4 ,bait may be placed in the jar if desired1 although this is not necessary4 --,contributed by ,geo4 ,go ,mc,vicker1 ,north ,bend1 ,neb4 9999 ,polishing ,nickel #aab ,a brilliant polish may be given to tarnished nickel by immersing in alcohol and #b per cent of sulphuric acid from #e to #ae seconds4 ,take out1 wash in running water1 rinse in alcohol1 and rub dry with linen cloth4 9999 ,homemade ,arc ,light #aab ,by rewinding an electric-bell magnet with ,no4 #af wire and connecting it in series with two electric-light carbons1 as shown in the sketch1 a small arc will be formed between the carbon points when the current is applied4 ,in the sketch1 ,a is the electric-bell magnet2 ,b1 the armature2 ,c ,c1 carbon sockets2 ,d1 carbons1 and ,e ,e1 binding posts4 ,when connected with #aj or #ab dry batteries this lamp gives a fairly good light4 --,contributed by ,morris ,l4 ,levy1 ,san ,antonio1 ,tex4 ,illustration3 ,arc ,light 9999 ,lighting an ,incandescent ,lamp with an ,induction ,coil #aab ,an incandescent lamp of low candlepower may be illuminated by connecting to an induction coil in the manner shown in the sketch4 ,one wire is connected to the metal cap of the lamp and the other wire is fastened to the glass tip4 ,if the apparatus is then placed in the dark and the current turned on1 a peculiar phosphorescent glow will fill the whole interior of the lamp4 ,the induction coil used for this purpose should give a spark about #a_/b in4 long or more4 --,contributed by ,joseph ,b4 ,bell1 ,brooklyn4 ,illustration3 ,geissler ,tube ,how to ,make a ,jump-,spark ,coil #aac ,the induction coil is probably the most popular piece of apparatus in the electrical laboratory1 and particularly is it popular because of its use in experimental wireless telegraphy4 ,ten years ago wireless telegraphy was a dream of scientists2 today it is the plaything of school-boys and thousands of grown-up boys as well4 ,divested of nearly all technical phrases1 an induction coil may be briefly described as a step-up transformer of small capacity4 ,it comprises a core consisting of a cylindrical bundle of soft-iron wires cut to proper length4 ,by means of two or more layers of ,no4 #ad or ,no4 #af magnet wire1 wound evenly about this core1 the bundle becomes magnetized when the wire terminals are connected to a source of electricity4 ,should we now slip over this electromagnet a paper tube upon which has been wound with regularity a great and continuous length of ,no4 #cf magnet wire1 it will be found that the lines of force emanating from the energized core penetrate the new coil-winding almost as though it were but a part of the surrounding air itself1 and when the battery current is broken rapidly a second electrical current is said to be induced into the second coil or secondary4 ,all or any of the parts of an induction coil may be purchased ready-made1 and the first thing to do is to decide which of the parts the amateur mechanic can make and which would be better to buy ready-made4 ,if the builder has had no experience in coilwinding it would probably pay to purchase the secondary coil ready-wound1 as the operation of winding a mile or more of fine wire is very difficult and tedious1 and the results are often unsatisfactory4 ,in ordering the secondary it is always necessary to specify the length of spark desired4 ,the following method of completing a #a-;in4 coil illustrates the general details of the work4 ,the same methods and circuits apply to small and larger coils4 ,the ready-made secondary is in solid cylindrical form1 about #f in4 long and #b-e_/h in4 diameter1 with a hole ,illustration3 ,jump-,spark ,coil through the winding #a-a_/d in4 in diameter1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the secondary will stand considerable handling without fear of injury1 and need not be set into a case until the primary is completed4 ,the primary is made of fine annealed ,no4 #bd iron wire cut #g in4 or #h in4 in length1 as the maker prefers1 and bundled to a diameter of #g_/h in4 ,the wires may be straightened by rolling two or three at a time between two pieces of hard wood4 ,if the amateur has difficulty in procuring this wire1 the entire core may be purchased ready-made4 ,after the core wires are bundled1 the core is wrapped with one or two layers of manila paper4 ,the straighter the wire the more iron will enter into the construction of the core1 which is desirable4 ,beginning half an inch from one end1 ,no4 #af cotton-covered magnet wire is wound from one end to the other evenly and then returned1 making two layers1 and the terminals tied down to the core with twine4 ,core and primary are then immersed in boiling paraffine wax to which a small quantity of resin and beeswax has been added4 ,this same wax may be used later in sealing the completed coil into a box4 ,over this primary is now wrapped one layer of okonite tape1 or same thickness of heavily shellacked muslin4 ,this completed primary will now allow of slipping into the hole in the secondary4 ,should the secondary have been purchased without a case1 a wooden box of mahogany or oak is made1 large enough to contain the secondary and with an inch to spare all around1 with room also for a small condenser2 but if it is not convenient to do this work1 a box like that shown in ,fig4 #b may be purchased at a small cost4 ,a #g_/h-;in4 hole is bored in the center of one end1 through which the primary core projects #a_/h in4 ,this core is to be used to attract magnetically the iron head of a vibrating interrupter1 which is an important factor of the coil4 ,this interrupter is shaped as in ,fig4 #d1 and is fastened to the box in such a way that the vibrator hammer plays in front of the core and also that soldered connections may be made inside the box with the screws used in affixing the vibrator parts to the box4 ,the condenser is made of four strips of thin paper1 #b yd4 long and #e in4 wide1 and a sufficient quantity of tinfoil4 ,when cut and laid in one continuous length1 each piece of tin-foil must overlap the adjoining piece a half inch1 so as to form a continuous electrical circuit4 ,in shaping the condenser1 one piece of the paper is laid down1 then the strip of tin-foil1 then two strips of paper and another layer of foil1 and finally the fourth strip of paper4 ,this makes a condenser which may be folded1 beginning at one end and bending about #f in4 at a time4 ,the condenser is next wrapped securely with bands of paper or tape1 and boiled in pure paraffine wax for one hour1 after which it is pressed under considerable weight until firm and hard4 ,one of the sheets of tin-foil is to form one pole of the condenser1 and the other sheet1 which is insulated from the first1 forms the other pole or terminal4 7,this condenser material is purchasable in long strips1 ready for assembling47 ,the wiring diagram1 ,fig4 #c1 shows how the connections are made4 ,this method of connecting is suitable for all coils up to #a-a_/b in4 spark1 but for larger coil better results will be obtained by using an independent type of interrupter1 in which a separate magnet is used to interrupt the circuit4 ,besides the magnetic vibrators there are several other types1 such as the mercury dash-pot and rotary-commutator types1 but these will become better known to the amateur as he proceeds in his work and becomes more experienced in coil operation4 9999 ,combined ,door ,bell and ,electric ,alarm #aad ,this device consists of a battery and bell connection to an alarm clock which also acts as a door bell1 the whole being mounted on a board #ah in4 long and #ab in4 wide4 ,referring to the sketch accompanying this article1 the letters indicate as follows3 ,a1 bell2 ,b1 battery 2 ,c1 switch2 ,d1 ,v-shaped copper strip2 ,e1 copper lever with #a-;in4 flange turned on one side1 whole length1 #d in42 ,f1 spring to throw lever ,e down in ,v-shaped piece to make connection2 ,g1 lever to hold out ,e when device is used as a door bell2 lines ,h1 go1 one from bell1 ,a1 and one from battery1 ,b1 to the door2 ,i1 shelf for clock4 ,see that the ring in the alarm key of the clock works easily1 so that when it is square across the clock it will drop down4 ,fasten a piece of copper about ,illustration3 ,wiring ,disgram #a in4 long to key1 then wind the alarm just enough so that the key stands straight up and down4 ,place the clock on the shelf and the key under the flange of lever ,e4 ,pull lever ,g down out of the way and close the lever on the switch4 ,the alarm key will turn and drop down1 letting lever ,e drop into the ,v-shaped piece ,d and make connection4 ,for the door-bell connection close lever on switch ,c1 and put ,g up so that ,d and ,e do not come in contact4 ,if anyone is ill and you do not want the bell to ring1 open switch ,c4 ,the wiring for this device may all be on the back of the board4 ,the switch and levers are fastened with small screw bolts1 which allows wiring at the back4 ,saw two spools in half and fasten the halves to the four corners of the board at the back1 and the apparatus may be put up where one likes4 9999v ,to ,build a ,small ,brass ,furnace #aae ,bend a piece of stout sheet iron #bc in4 by #ab in4 round so that the inside ,illustration3 ,furnace diameter is #g in41 and then rivet the seam4 ,fit in a round piece of sheet iron for the bottom4 ,make a hole about the size of a shilling in the side1 #b in4 from the bottom4 ,this is for blowing4 ,line the furnace1 bottom and sides with fire-clay to a depth of #a_/b in4 ,use charcoal to burn and an ordinary bellows for blowing1 says the ,model ,engineer1 ,london4 ,the best blast is obtained by holding the nozzle of the bellows about an inch from the hole1 instead of close to it4 9999 ,avoid ,paper ,lamp ,shades #aae ,don't wrap paper around a lamp for a shade4 ,you might go away and forget it and a fire might be started from the heat4 ,use a glass or metal shade4 ,that is what they are for4 9999 ,why ,gravity ,batteries ,fail to ,work #aae ,many amateur electricians and some professionals have had considerable trouble with gravity batteries4 ,they ,illustration3 ,setting ,up a ,gravity ,battery follow directions carefully and then fail to get good results4 ,the usual trouble is not with the battery itself1 but with the circuit4 ,a gravity battery is suitable only for a circuit which is normally closed4 ,it is therefore undesirable for electric bells1 induction coils and all other open-circuit apparatus4 ,the circuit should also have a high resistance4 ,this makes it impractical for running fan motors1 as the motor would have to be wound with fine wire and it would then require a large number of batteries to give a sufficiently high voltage4 ,to set up a gravity battery3 ,use about #c-a_/b lb4 of blue stone1 or enough to cover the copper element #a in4 ,pour in water sufficient to cover the zinc #a_/b in4 ,short-circuit for three hours1 and the battery is ready for use4 ,if desired for use immediately1 do not short-circuit1 but add #e or #f oz4 of zinc sulphate4 ,keep the dividing line between the blue and white liquids about #a_/b in4 below the bottom of the zinc4 ,if too low1 siphon off some of the white liquid and add the same amount of water1 but do not agitate or mix the two solutions4 ,this type of battery will give about #j4i of a volt1 and should be used on a circuit of about #ajj milli-amperes4 9999 ,a ,skidoo-,skidee ,trick #aaf ,in a recent issue or ,popular ,mechanics an article on ,the ,turning ,card ,puzzle was described and illustrated4 ,outside of the scientific side involved1 herein ,i describe a much better trick4 ,about the time when the expression skidoo first began to be used ,i ,invented the following trick and ,illustration3 ,how to ,cut the ,notches called it ,skidoo and ,skidee1 which created much merriment4 ,unless the trick is thoroughly understood1 for some it will turn one way1 for others the opposite way1 while for others it will not revolve at all4 ,one person whom ,i now recall became red in the face by shouting skidoo and skidee at it1 but the thing would not move at all1 and he finally from vexation threw the trick into the fire and a new one had to be made4 ,very few can make it turn both ways at will1 and therein is the trick4 ,take a piece of hardwood #c_/h in4 square and about #i in4 long4 ,on one of the edges cut a series of notches as indicated in ,fig4 #a4 ,then slightly taper the end marked ,b until it is nicely rounded as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,next make an arm of a two-arm windmill such as boys make4 ,make a hole through the center or this one arm4 ,enlarge the hole slightly1 enough to allow a common pin to hold the arm to the end ,b and not interfere with the revolving arm4 ,two or three of these arms may have to be made before one is secured that is of the exact proportions to catch the vibrations right4 ,to operate the trick1 grip the stick firmly in one hand1 and with the forward and backward motion of the other allow the first finger to slide along the top edge1 the second finger along the side1 and the thumb nail will then vibrate along the notches1 thus making the arm revolve in one direction4 ,to make the arm revolve in the opposite direction--keep the hand moving all the time1 so the observer will not detect the change which the hand makes --allow the first finger to slide along the top1 as in the other movement1 the thumb and second finger changing places3 e4 g41 ,in the first movement you scratch the notches with the thumb nail while the hand is going from the body1 and in the second movement you scratch the notches with the nail of the second finger when the hand is coming toward the body1 thus producing two different vibrations4 ,in order to make it work perfectly 787 you must or course say skidoo when you begin the first movement1 and then1 no matter how fast the little arm is revolving when changed to the second movement you must say skidee and the arm will immediately stop and begin revolving in the opposite direction4 ,by using the magic words the little arm will obey your commands instantly and your audience will be mystified4 ,if any or your audience presume to dispute1 or think they can do the same let them try it4 ,you will no doubt be accused of blowing or drawing in your breath1 and many other things in order to make the arm operate4 ,at least it is amusing4 ,try it and see4 --,contributed by ,charles ,clement ,bradley ,toledo1 ,ohio4 9999 ,effects of ,radium #aaf ,radium acts upon the chemical constituents of glass1 porcelain and paper1 imparting to them a violet tinge2 changes white phosphorus to yellow1 oxygen to ozone1 affects photograph plates and produces many other curious chemical changes4 9999 ,naval ,speed ,record #aaf ,on its official trial trip the ,british torpedo boat destroyer ,mohawk attained the record speed of a little over #ci miles an hour4 9999 ,how to ,enlarge from ,life in the ,camera #aag ,usually the amateur photographer gets to a point in his work where the miscellaneous taking of everything in sight is somewhat unsatisfying3 ,there are many special fields he may enter1 and one of them is photomicrography4 ,it is usually understood that this branch of photography means an expensive apparatus4 ,if the worker is not after too high a magnification1 however1 there is a very simple and effective means of making photomicrographs which requires no additional apparatus that cannot be easily and quickly constructed at home4 ,reproduced with this article is a photograph of dandelion seeds -- a magnification of nine diameters or eighty-one times4 ,the apparatus which produced this photograph consisted of a camera of fairly long draw1 a means for holding it vertical1 a short-focus lens1 and1 if possible1 but not essential1 a means for focusing that lens in a minute manner4 ,on top of the tripod is the folding arrangement1 which is easily constructed at home with two hinged boards1 an old tripod screw1 an old bed plate from a camera for the screw to fit in1 and two sliding brass pieces with sets crews that may be purchased from any hardware store under the name of desk sliding braces4 ,to the front board is attached a box1 carrying the lens and the bed of the sliding object carrier1 which can be moved forward and back by the rack and pinion1 that also can be obtained from hardware stores4 ,if the bed for the object carrier be attached to the bed of the camera instead of to the front board1 the object carrier need have no independent movement of its own1 focusing being done by the front and ,illustration3 ,enlargement with a ,camera back focus of the camera2 but this is less satisfactory1 particularly when accurate dimensions are to be determined1 says the ,photographic ,times4 ,this outfit need not be confined to seeds alone1 but small flowers1 earth1 chemicals1 insects1 and the thousand and one little things of daily life--all make beautiful subjects for enlarged photographs4 ,these cannot be made by taking an ordinary photograph and enlarging through a lantern4 ,when a gelatine dry plate is magnified nine diameters1 the grains of silver in the negative will be magnified also and produce a result that will not stand ,illustration3 ,magnified ,nine ,diameters close examination4 ,photographs made by photomicrography can be examined like any other photographs and show no more texture than will any print4 9999 ,steel ,pen ,used in ,draftsman's ,ink ,bottle ,cork #aag ,a steel pen makes an ideal substitute for a quill in the stopper of the draftsman's ink bottle4 ,the advantage of this substitute is that there is always one handy to replace a broken or lost pen1 while it is not so with the quill4 --,contributed by ,george ,c4 ,madison1 ,boston1 ,mass4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,pilot ,balloon #aah ,by ,e4 ,goddard ,jorgensen ,unusual interest is being displayed in ballooning1 and as it is fast becoming the favorite sport many persons would like to know how to construct a miniature balloon for making experiments4 ,the following table will give the size1 as well as the capacity and lifting power of pilot balloons3 ,diameter4 ,cap4 in ,cu4 ,ft ,lifting ,power4 #e ft4 #fe #d lb4 #f ft4 #aac #g lb4 #g ft4 #agi #aa lb4 #h ft4 #bfh #ag #a;b4 #i ft4 #cha #bd lb4 #aj ft4 #ebc #cc lb4 #aa ft4 #fig #dd lb4 #ab ft4 #ije #eg lb4 ,the material must be cut in suitable shaped gores or segments4 ,in this article we shall confine ourselves to a #aj-;ft4 balloon4 ,if the balloon is #aj ft4 in diameter1 then the circumference will be approximately #c-a_/g times the diameter1 or #ca ft4 #e in4 ,we now take one-half this length to make the length of the gore1 which is #ae ft4 #g-a_/b in4 ,get a piece of paper #ae ft4 #g-a_/b in4 long and #c ft4 wide from which to cut a pattern1 ,fig4 #a4 ,a line1 ,,ab1 is drawn lengthwise and exactly in the middle of the paper1 and a line1 ,,cd1 is drawn at right angles to ,,ab and in the middle of the paper lengthways4 ,the intersecting point of ,,ab and ,,cd is used for a center to ascribe a circle whose diameter is the same as the width of the paper1 or #c ft4 ,divide one-quarter of the circle ,illustration3 ,pattern for ,cutting the ,segments into #aj equal parts and also divide one-half of the line ,,ab in #aj equal parts4 ,perpendicular lines are drawn parallel with the line ,,cd intersecting the division points made on the one-half line ,,ab4 ,horizontal and parallel lines with ,,ab are drawn intersecting the division points made on the one-quarter circle and intersecting the perpendicular line drawn parallel with ,,cd4 ,a line is now drawn from ,b to ,e and from ,e to ,f1 and so on1 until all the intersecting lines are touched and the point ,c is reached4 ,this will form the proper curve to cut the pattern4 ,the paper is now folded on the line ,,ab and then on the line ,,cd1 keeping the marked part on the outside4 ,the pattern is now cut1 cutting all four quarters at the same time1 on the curved line from ,b to ,c4 ,when the paper is unfolded you will have a pattern as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,this pattern is used to mark the cloth1 and after marked is cut the same shape and size4 ,the cloth segments are sewed together1 using a fine needle and ,no4 #gj thread1 making a double seam as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,when all seams are completed you will have a bag the shape shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,a small portion of one end or a seam must be left open for inflating4 ,a small tube made from the cloth and sewed into one end will make a better place for inflating and to tie up tightly4 ,it is now necessary to varnish the bag in order to make it retain the gas4 ,procure #a gal4 of the very best heavy body1 boiled linseed oil and immerse the bag in it4 ,the surplus oil is squeezed out by running the bag through an ordinary clothes wringer several times4 ,the bag is now placed in the sun for a thorough drying4 ,put the remaining oil in a kettle with #a_/h lb4 of beeswax and boil well together4 ,this solution is afterward diluted with turpentine so it will work well4 ,when the bag is dry apply this mixture by rubbing it on the bag with a piece of flannel4 ,repeat this operation four times1 ,illustration3 ,sewing ,segments ,together being sure of a thorough drying in the sun each time4 ,for indoor coating and drying use a small amount of plumbic oxide4 ,this will dry rapidly in the shade and will not make the oil hard4 ,fill the bag with air by using a pair of bellows and leave it over night4 ,this test will show if the bag is airtight4 ,if it is not tight then the bag needs another rubbing4 ,the next operation is to fill the bag with gas4 ,hydrogen gas is made from iron and sulphuric acid4 ,the amounts necessary for a #aj-;ft4 balloon are #abe lb4 of iron borings and #abe lb4 of sulphuric acid4 #a lb4 of iron1 #a lb4 of sulphuric acid and #d lb4 of water will make #d cu4 ft4 of gas in one hour4 ,secure two empty barrels of about #eb gal4 capacity and connect them1 as shown in ,fig4 #e1 with #c_/d-;in4 pipe4 ,in the barrel1 ,a1 place the iron borings and fill one-half full of clear water4 ,fill the other barrel1 ,b1 with water #b in4 above the level of the water in barrel ,a4 ,this is to give a water pressure head against foaming when the generator is in action4 ,about #ae lb4 of lime should be well mixed with the water in the barrel ,b4 ,all ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #e2 ,the ,hydrogen ,generator joints must be sealed with plaster of ,paris4 ,pour in one-half of the acid into the barrel1 ,a1 with the iron borings4 ,the barrels are kept tight while the generation is going on with the exception of the outlet1 ,c1 to the bag4 ,when the action is stopped in the generator barrel1 ,a1 let the solution run out and fill again as before with water and acid on the iron borings4 ,the outlet1 ,c1 should be always connected with the bag while the generator is in action4 ,the #c_/d-;in4 pipe extending down into the cooling tank1 ,b1 should not enter into the water over #h in4 ,when filled with gas the balloon is ready for a flight at the will of the operator4 9999 ,how to ,clean a ,clock #aai ,it is very simple to clean a clock1 which may sound rather absurd4 ,for an amateur it is not always necessary to take the clock to pieces4 ,with a little care and patience and using some benzine1 a clean white rag1 a sable brush and some oil a clock can be cleaned and put into first-class running order4 ,the benzine should be clean and free from oil4 ,you can test benzine by putting a little on the back of the hand2 if it is good it will dry off1 leaving the hand quite clean1 but if any grease remains on the hand1 it is not fit to use4 ,the oil should be of the very best that can be procured4 ,vegetable oils should never be used4 ,clock oil can be procured from your druggist or jeweler4 ,all loose dirt should be removed from the works by blowing with bellows1 or a fan1 or dusting with a dry brush2 in the latter case great care should be exercised not to injure any of the parts4 ,dip the brush in the benzine and clean the spindles and spindle holes1 and the teeth of the escapement wheel4 ,after washing a part1 wipe the brush on the rag and rinse in the benzine2 this should be repeated frequently1 until no more dirt is seen4 ,when the clock has dried1 oil the spindle holes carefully2 this may be done with a toothpick or a sliver of woodcut to a fine point4 ,oil the tooth of the escapement wheel slightly1 using a fine brush4 9999 ,how to ,make ,blueprint ,lantern ,slides #abj ,lantern slides of a blue tone that is a pleasing variety from the usual black may be made from spoiled or old plates which have not been developed1 by fixing1 washing well and then dipping five minutes in the following solution3 ,a4 ,green ,iron ammonium citrate #aej gr4 ,water #a oz4 ,b4 ,potassium ferrocyanide #ej gr4 ,water #a oz4 ,prepare the solutions separately and mix equal parts for use1 at the time of employment4 ,dry the plates in the dark1 and keep in the dark until used4 ,printing is done in the sun1 and a vigorous negative must be used1 says the ,moving ,picture ,world4 ,exposure1 #bj to #cj minutes4 ,wash #aj minutes in running water and dry4 ,brown or purple tones may be had by sensitizing with the following solution instead of the above3 ,distilled water #a oz4 ,sliver nitrate #ej gr4 ,tartaric or citric acid #a_/b oz4 ,bathe the plates #e minutes1 keeping the fingers out of the solution1 to avoid blackened skin4 ,dry in the dark4 ,print to bronzing under a strong negative2 fix in hypo1 toning first if desired4 9999 ,a ,substitute for a ,ray ,filter #abj ,not many amateur photographers possess a ray filter4 ,a good substitute is to use the orange glass from the ruby lamp4 ,this can be held in position in front of the lens with a rubber band4 ,a longer exposure will be necessary1 but good cloud effects can be procured in this manner4 9999 ,electric ,lamp ,experiments #abj ,incandescent electric lamps can be made to glow so that they may be seen in a dark room by rubbing the globe on clothing or with a paper1 leather or tinfoil and immediately holding near a #a_/b-;in4 ,ruhmkorff coil which is in action but not sparking4 ,the miniature #af cp41 #bj and #bb-volt lamps will show quite brilliantly1 but the #aaj-volt globes will not glow4 ,when experimenting with these globes everything should be dry4 ,a cold1 dry atmosphere will give best results4 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 ,illustration3 ,annual ,regatta1 ,port ,melbourne1 ,australia 9999 ,how to ,make a ,simple ,wireless ,telegraph #aba ,by ,,arthur ,e4 ,,joerin ,an efficient wireless-telegraph receiving apparatus for distances up to #a1jjj ft4 may be constructed in the following manner3 ,attach a watchcase telephone receiver to a dry cell1 or battery1 of any make4 ,the negative pole1 or zinc1 of the cell is connected to a ground wire4 ,this is done by attaching to a gas or water pipe4 ,the positive pole1 or carbon1 of the cell is connected to the aerial line4 ,this aerial collector can be made in various ways1 either by using a screen wire or numerous wires ,illustration3 ,for ,distances up to #ajjj ,feet made in an open coil and hung in the air4 ,file a ,v-shaped groove in the upper end of the carbon of the cell4 ,attach a small bent copper wire in the binding post that is attached to the zinc of the cell4 ,in the bend of this wire and the ,v-shaped groove filed into the carbon1 lay a needle4 ,this will complete the receiving station4 ,use a spark coil in connection with a telegraph key for the sending station1 making a ground with one wire1 and have the other connected with another aerial line4 ,by connecting the telephone receiver to the cell and at the same time having a short circuit a receiving station is made4 ,as the telephone offers a high resistance1 part of the current will try to take the shorter high resistance through the needle4 ,if the waves strike across the needle1 the resistance is less1 and thus less current travels through the telephone receiver4 ,if the wave ceases1 the resistance between the needle and the carbon is increased1 and as less current will flow the short way1 it is compelled to take the longer metallic way through the windings of the receiver1 which will cause the clickings that can be heard4 9999 ,to ,preserve ,putty #aba ,putty1 when left exposed to the air1 will soon become dry and useless4 ,i have kept putty in good condition for more than a year by placing it in a glass jar and keeping it entirely covered with water4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,small ,storage ,battery #aba ,the cell of a storage battery consists of two plates1 a positive and a negative1 made of lead and placed in a dilute solution of sulphuric acid4 ,large batteries made of large cells have a great number of plates1 both positive and negative1 of which all positive plates are connected to one terminal and the negative plates to the other terminal4 ,the storage cell1 as described below1 is the right size to be charged by a few gravity cells and is easily made4 ,secure a piece of #a-c_/d-;in4 lead pipe1 #e in4 long1 and cut both ends smooth and square with the pipe4 ,solder a circular disk of lead to one end1 forming a cup of the pipe4 ,as this cup must hold the sulphuric acid it must be perfectly liquid-tight4 ,it is also necessary to get another lead pipe of the same length but only #c_/d-;in4 in diameter4 ,in this pipe should be bored as many #a_/h-;in4 holes ,illustration3 ,battery as possible1 except for about #a in4 on each end4 ,one end of this tube is hammered together as shown at ,a in the sketch to make a pocket to hold the paste4 ,this1 of course1 does not need to be watertight4 ,a box of wood is made to hold the larger tube or cup4 ,this box can be square1 and the corners left open around the cup can be filled with sawdust4 ,a support is now made from a block of wood to hold the tube1 ,b1 in place and to keep it from touching the cup ,c4 ,this support or block1 ,d1 is cut circular with the same diameter as the lead cup ,c4 ,the lower portion of the block is cut away so it will just fit inside of the cup to form a stopper4 ,the center of this block is now bored to make a hole the same size as the smaller lead pipe4 ,place the lead pipe in the hole and immerse it in smoking hot paraffine wax1 and leave it until the wood has become thoroughly saturated with the hot wax4 ,use care to keep the wax from running on the lead at any place other than the end within the wood block4 ,two binding-posts should be attached1 one to the positive1 or tube ,b1 and the other to the negative1 or tube ,c1 by soldering the joint4 ,a paste for the positive plate is made from #a part sulphuric acid and #a part water with a sufficient amount of red lead added to make of thick dry consistency4 ,when mixing the acid and water1 be sure to add the acid to the water and not the water to the acid4 ,also remember that sulphuric acid will destroy anything that it comes in contact with and will make a painful burn if it touches the hands4 ,stir the mixture with a stick and when a good dry paste is formed1 put it into the smaller tube and ram it down until the tube is almost filled4 ,the paste that may have come through the holes is scraped off and the tube set aside to dry4 ,the large tube or cup is filled with a diluted solution of sulphuric acid4 ,this solution should be about one-twelfth acid4 ,the cell is now complete and ready for storing the current4 ,the cell may be charged with three gravity cells4 ,these are connected in series and the positive terminal binding-post on the storage cell is connected to the wire leading from the copper plate in the gravity cell4 ,the other plate is connected to the zinc4 ,the first charge should be run into the cell for about one week and all subsequent charges should only take from #aj to #ab hours4 9999 ,fitting a ,plug in ,different ,shaped ,holes #abb ,a certain king offered to give the prince his liberty if he could whittle a plug that would fit four different shaped holes1 namely3 a square hole1 a round one1 an oblong one and a triangular one1 says the ,pathfinder4 ,a broomstick was used to make the plug and it was whittled in the shape shown ,illustration3 ,fits ,four ,different ,shaped ,holes in ,fig4 #a4 ,the holes in the different places as shown in ,fig4 #b1 were fitted by this one plug4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,lightning ,arrester #abb ,secure a piece of wood about #c-a_/b in4 square that will furnish a nice finish and round the corners and make a small rounding edge as shown in the sketch4 ,from a piece of brass #a_/af in4 thick cut two pieces alike1 ,a and ,b1 and match them together1 leaving about #a_/af in4 between their upper edges and fasten them to the wood with binding-posts4 ,the third piece of brass1 ,c1 is fitted ,illustration3 ,lightning ,arrester between the pieces ,a and ,b allowing a space of #a_/af-;in4 all around the edge4 ,one binding-post and a small screw will hold the piece of brass1 ,c1 in place on the wood4 ,the connections are made from the line wires to the two upper binding-posts and parallel from the lower binding-posts to the instrument4 ,the third binding-post on ,c is connected to the ground wire4 ,any heavy charge from lightning will jump the saw teeth part of the brass and is grounded without doing harm to the instruments used4 --,contributed by ,edwin ,walker1 ,chicago1 ,ill4 9999 ,a ,home-,made ,punt #abc ,a flat bottom boat is easy to make and is one of the safest boats1 as it is not readily overturned4 ,it has the advantage of being rowed from either end1 and has plenty of good seating capacity4 ,this punt1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 is built #ae ft4 long1 about #bj in4 deep and #d ft4 wide4 ,the ends are cut sloping for about #bj in4 back and under4 ,the sides are each made up from boards held together with battens on the inside of the boat near the ends and in the middle4 ,one wide board should be used for the bottom piece4 ,two pins are driven in the top board of each side to serve as oarlocks4 ,the bottom is covered with matched boards not over #e in4 wide4 ,these pieces are placed together as closely as possible1 using white lead between the joints and nailing them to the edges of the side boards and to a keel strip that runs the length of the punt1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,before nailing the boards place lamp wicking between them and the edges of the side boards4 ,only galvanized nails should be used4 ,in order to make the punt perfectly watertight it is best to use the driest lumber obtainable4 ,at one end of the punt a skag and a rudder can be attached as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,illustration3 ,easy to ,build and ,safe to ,use 9999 ,photographers' ,printing ,frame ,stand #abc ,when using developing papers it is always bothersome to build up books or ,illustration3 ,adjustable to ,any ,height small boxes to make a place to set the printing frame in front of the light4 ,details for making a small stand that is adjustable to any desired height are shown in the sketch4 ,in ,fig4 #a is shown the construction of the sliding holder4 ,a piece of #a_/d-;in4 gas pipe1 ,a1 is cut #a in4 long and fitted with a thumbscrew1 ,b4 ,the piece of pipe is soldered to the middle on the back side of a piece of metal that is about #d by #d-a_/b in4 with its lower edge turned up to form a small shelf as shown at ,c4 ,the main part of the stand is made by inserting a #e_/af-;in4 rod tightly into a block of hard maple wood that is #a in4 thick and #c-a_/b in4 square 7,fig #b74 ,the pipe that is soldered to the metal support will slide up and down the rod and the thumbscrew can be set to hold it at the desired point4 9999 ,heat and ,expansion #abd ,take an electric light bulb from which the air has not been exhausted and immerse it in water and then break off the point4 ,as there is a vacuum in the bulb it will quickly fill with water4 ,shake the bulb gently until a part of the water is out and then screw the bulb into a socket with the point always downward4 ,apply the current and the heated air inside will soon expand and force the water out with great rapidity4 ,sometimes this experiment can be done several times by using the same bulb4 --,contributed by ,curtiss ,hill1 ,tacoma1 ,wash4 9999 ,photographing a ,streak of ,lightning #abd ,the accompanying illustration is a remarkable photograph of a streak of lightning4 ,many interesting pictures of this kind can be made during a storm at night4 ,the camera is set in a place where it will not get wet and left standing with the shutter open and the plate ready for the exposure4 ,should a lightning streak appear within the range of the lens it will be made on the plate1 which can be developed in the usual manner4 ,it will require some attention to that part of the sky within the range of the lens so as to not make a double exposure by letting a second flash enter the open lens4 --,contributed by ,charles ,h4 ,wagner4 99 99 99 99 99 ,borax may be used as a solvent for shellac gum4 99 99 99 99 99 9999 ,how to ,make a ,small ,single-,phase ,induction ,motor #abd ,by ,c4 ,h4 ,bell ,the following notes on a small single-phase induction motor1 without auxiliary phase1 which the writer has made1 may be of interest to some of our readers1 says the ,model ,engineer4 ,the problem to be solved was the construction of a motor large enough to drive a sewing machine or very light lathe1 to be supplied with #aaj-volt alternating current from a lighting circuit1 and to consume1 if possible1 no more current than a #af-;cp4 lamp4 ,in designing1 it had to be borne in mind that1 with the exception of insulated wire1 no special materials could be obtained4 ,illustration3 ,motor ,the principle of an induction motor is quite different from that of the commutator motor4 ,the winding of the armature1 or rotor1 has no connection with the outside circuit1 but the current is induced in it by the action of the alternating current supplied to the winding of the field-magnet1 or stator4 ,neither commutator nor slip rings are required1 and all sparking is avoided4 ,unfortunately1 this little machine is not self-starting1 but a slight pull on the belt just as the current is turned on is all that is needed1 and the motor rapidly gathers speed provided no load is put on until it is in step with the alternations of the supply4 ,it then runs at constant speed whether given much or little current1 but stops if overloaded for more than a few seconds4 ,the stator has four poles and is built up of pieces of sheet iron used for stove pipes1 which runs about #ce sheets to the inch4 ,all the pieces are alike and cut on the lines with the dimensions as shown in ,fig4 #a1 with the dotted line1 ,c1 to be filed out after they are placed together4 ,each layer of four is placed with the pointed ends of the pieces alternately to the right and left so as to break joints as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the laminations were carefully built up on a board into which heavy wires had been driven to keep them in place until all were in position and the whole could be clamped down4 ,in the middle of the pieces #a_/d-;in4 holes1 ,b1 were then drilled and #a_/d-;in4 bolts put in and tightened up1 large holes being cut through the wood to enable this to be done4 ,the armature tunnel was then carefully filed out and all taken apart again so that the rough edges could be scraped off and the laminations given a thin coat of shellac varnish on one side4 ,after assembling a second time1 the bolts were coated with shellac and put into place for good4 ,holes #e-cb in4 in diameter were drilled in the corners1 ,a1 and filled with rivets1 also varnished before they were put in4 ,when put together they should make a piece #b in4 thick4 ,this peculiar construction was adopted because proper stampings were not available1 and as every bit of sheet iron had to be cut with a small pair of tinners' snips1 it was important to have a very simple outline for the pieces4 ,they are not particularly accurate as it is1 and when some of them got out of their proper order while being varnished1 an awkward job occurred in the magnet which was never entirely corrected4 ,no doubt some energy is lost through the large number of joints1 all representing breaks in the magnetic circuit1 but as the laminations are tightly held together and the circuit is about as compact as it could possibly be1 probably the loss is not as great as it would appear at first sight4 ,the rotor is made of laminations cut from sheet iron1 as shown in ,fig4 #c1 which were varnished lightly on one side and clamped on the shaft between two nuts in the usual way4 ,a very slight cut was taken in the lathe afterwards to true the circumference4 ,the shaft was turned from #a_/b-;in4 wrought iron1 no steel being obtainable1 and is shown with dimensions in ,fig4 #d4 ,the bearings were cast of babbitt metal1 as shown in ,fig4 #e1 in a wooden mold and bored to size with a twist drill in the lathe4 ,they are fitted with ordinary wick lubricators4 ,figures #f and #g are sections showing the general arrangement of the machine4 ,the stator is wound full with ,no4 #bb double cotton-covered copper wire1 ,illustration3 ,motor about #b-a_/b lb4 being used1 and the connections are such as to produce alternate poles--that is1 the end of the first coil is joined to the end of the second the beginning of the second to the beginning of the third1 and the end of the third to the end of the fourth1 while the beginnings of the first and fourth coils connect to the supply4 ,the rotor is wound with ,no4 #bd double cotton-covered copper wire1 each limb being filled with about #bjj turns1 and all wound in the same direction4 ,the four commencing ends are connected together on one side of the rotor and the four finishing ends are soldered together on the other4 ,all winding spaces are carefully covered with two layers of cambric soaked in shellac1 and as each layer of wire was wound1 it was well saturated with varnish before the next was put on4 ,this type of motor has drawbacks1 as before stated1 but if regular stampings are used for the laminations1 it would be very simple to build1 having no commutator or brushes1 and would not easily get out of order4 ,no starting resistance is needed1 and as the motor runs at constant speed1 depending upon the number of alternations of the supply1 a regulating resistance is not needed4 9999 ,carbolic ,acid ,burns #abf ,the pain of carbolic acid burns can be relieved promptly by washing with alcohol1 if applied immediately4 ,if too late for alcohol to be of use1 brush with water containing saturated solution of picric acid4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,paper ,book ,cover #abf ,book covers become soiled in handling and especially school books4 ,various methods are applied for making a temporary cover that will protect the book cover4 ,a paper cover can be quickly made by using a piece of paper larger than both covers on the book when they are open4 ,fold the paper on the long dotted line1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,when the folds are made the paper should then be just as wide as the book cover is high4 ,the ends are then folded on the short dotted lines1 which will make it appear as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the paper thus folded is placed on the book cover as shown in ,fig4 #c4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,e4 ,mc,kinney1 ,jr41 ,newark1 ,n4 ,j4 ,illustration3 ,to ,protect ,book ,covers 9999 ,how to ,make ,lantern ,slides #abg ,the popularity of lantern slides1 and especially of colored ones1 as a means of illustrating songs1 has caused so large a demand for this class of work that almost any amateur may take up slide making at a good profit4 ,the lantern slide is a glass plate1 coated with slow and extremely fine-grained emulsion4 ,the size is #c-a_/d by #d in4 ,a lantern slide is merely a print on a glass plate instead of on paper4 ,lantern slides can be made in two different ways4 ,one is by contact1 exactly the same as a print is made on paper1 and the other by reduction in the camera4 ,in making slides by contact1 select the negative and place it in the printing frame and put the lantern plate upon it1 film to film4 ,clamp down the back and expose just as in making a print4 ,a good method of exposing is to hold a lighted match about #c in4 from the frame for three or more seconds according to the density4 ,development is carried on in the same manner as with a negative4 ,the image should appear in4 about a minute1 and development should be over in three or four minutes4 ,if the exposure has been correct1 the high lights will stay white throughout the development and will come out as clear glass after fixing4 ,it is best to use the developers recommended by the manufacturer of the plates used1 the formulas being found in each package of plates4 ,it is best1 also1 to use a plain fixing bath1 which must be fresh and kept as cool as possible in hot weather4 ,the lantern-slide film that is new on the market can be handled in the same manner as the glass-plate slide1 except that the binding is different4 ,the results are the same and the slides are not so bulky to handle4 ,being unbreakable1 they are much used by travelers4 ,the manner of binding them for use in a lantern is described on the circular enclosed with the film4 ,illustration3 ,the ,camera as ,it is ,arranged in ,front of the ,window for ,reducing the ,size of a ,picture1 and the ,method of ,binding the ,slides ,when the negative is larger than the lantern-slide plate1 and it is desirable to reduce the entire view upon the slide1 a little extra work will be necessary4 ,select a room with one window1 if possible1 and fit a light-proof frame into it to keep out all light with the exception of a hole in which to place the negative1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,unless this hole is on a line with the sky it will be necessary to place a sheet of white cardboard at an angle of #de deg4 on the outside of the frame to reflect the light through the negative as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,make or secure an inside kit to place in the plate holder of your camera to hold the lantern slide plate as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,draw lines with a pencil1 outlining on the ground glass of the camera the size of the lantern slide plate1 and in the place where the plate will be in the plate holder when placed in position in the camera4 ,this will enable you to focus to the proper size4 ,place the camera in front of the hole in the frame1 place the negative in the hole and focus the camera for the lantern slide size4 ,expose with a medium stop for about #bj seconds and treat the plate the same as with the contact exposure4 ,when dry the lantern slide plate may be tinted any color by means of liquid colors4 ,these can be purchased from any photo material store4 ,in coloring the slide plate it is only necessary to moisten the gelatine film from time to time with a piece of cloth dampened in water4 ,the colors may then be spread evenly with a soft brush1 which should be kept in motion to prevent spots4 ,the slide is put together by placing a mat made of black paper1 as shown in ,fig4 #d1 on the gelatine side of the lantern slide1 ,a1 ,fig4 #e1 and then a plain glass1 ,b1 over the mat1 ,c1 and the three bound together with passepartout tape1 ,d4 ,contrasty negatives make the best slides1 but the lantern slide plate should be made without any attempt to gain density4 9999 ,,how ,,to ,,make ,a ,,porch ,,swing ,,chair #abh ,the material needed for making this porch swing chair are two pieces of round wood #b-a_/b in4 in diameter and #bj in4 long1 and two pieces #a-a_/d in4 in diameter and #dj in4 long4 ,these longer pieces can be made square1 but for appearance it is best to have them round or square with the corners rounded4 ,a piece of canvas1 or other stout cloth1 #af in4 wide and #ej in4 long1 is to be used for the seat4 ,the two short pieces of wood are used for the ends of the chair and two #a-;in4 holes are bored in each end of them #a-a_/b in4 from the ends1 and between the holes and the ends grooves are cut around them to make a place to fasten ropes1 as shown at ,b1 ,fig4 #a4 ,the two longer pieces are used for the sides and a tenon is cut on each end of them to fit in the #a-;in4 holes bored in the end pieces1 as shown at ,a1 ,fig4 #a4 ,the canvas is now tacked on the end pieces and the pieces given one turn before placing the mortising together4 ,illustration3 ,swing ,chair ,the chair is now hung up to the porch ceiling with ropes attached to a large screw eye or hook4 ,the end of the chair to be used for the lower part is held about #af in4 from the floor with ropes direct from the grooves in the end pieces to the hook4 ,the upper end is supported by using a rope in the form of a loop or bail1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the middle of the loop or bail should be about #ae in4 from the end piece of the chair4 ,another rope is attached to the loop and through the hook and to a slide as shown4 ,this will allow for adjustment to make the device into a chair or a hammock4 --,contributed by ,earl ,r4 ,hastings1 ,corinth1 ,vt4 9999 ,how to ,find the ,blind ,spot in the ,eye #abi ,make a small black circular dot #a_/b in4 in diameter on a piece of cardboard and about #c in4 from the center of this dot draw a star4 ,hold the cardboard so that the star will be directly in front of one eye1 while the dot will be in front of the other4 ,if the star is in front of the left eye1 close the right eye and look steadily at the star while you move the cardboard until the point is reached where the dot disappears4 ,this will prove the presence of a blind spot in a person's eye4 ,the other eye can be given the same experiment by turning the cardboard end for end4 ,the blind spot does not indicate diseased eyes1 but it simply marks the point where the optic nerve enters the eyeball1 which point is not provided with the necessary visual end organs of the sight1 known as rods and cones4 9999 ,beeswax ,substitute #abi ,a wax from the rafie palm of ,madagascar is being used as a substitute for beeswax4 9999 ,home-,made ,water ,wheel ,does ,family ,washing #abi ,illustration3 ,water ,wheel ,the accompanying sketch illustrates a very ingenious device which does the family washing1 as well as to operate other household machines4 ,a disk #a in4 in thickness and #aj in4 in diameter was cut from a piece of rough board1 and on its circumference were nailed a number of cup-shaped pieces cut from old tin cans4 ,a hole was then bored through the center of the disk and an old piece of iron rod was driven through to form a shaft4 ,two holes were then bored opposite each other through the sides of a wooden box in which the disk was placed1 allowing the shaft to project through the holes4 ,a small grooved wooden pulley was driven tightly on one of the projecting ends of the shaft4 ,the top of the box was then tightly closed and a hole1 large enough to admit the nozzle of a garden hose1 was bored so that the jet of water would flow upon the tin buckets that were nailed to the circumference of the wheel or disk4 ,another hole was bored in the bottom of the box large enough to allow the waste water to run away freely4 ,a belt1 made from an ordinary sash cord1 was run from the small pulley on the waterwheel to a large pulley1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,a pitman was attached to the large pulley1 which operates the washing machine by its reciprocating motion1 and the length of the stroke is adjusted by moving the position of the hinge joint on the arm of the washing machine1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the pressure at the nozzle is about #bj lb4 per square inch1 and is sufficient to drive the waterwheel under all ordinary circumstances4 --,contributed by ,p4 ,j4 ,o',gara1 ,auburn1 ,cal1 9999 ,an ,optical ,illusion #acj ,when looking at the accompanying sketch you will say that the letters are alternately inclined to the right and left4 ,they are not so and can be proved by measuring the distance of the top and bottom of any vertical strokes from the edge of the entire block4 ,they will be found to be exactly the same distance4 ,or take any of the horizontal strokes of the four letters and see how far their extremities are from the top and bottom of the entire block4 ,it will be found that a line joining the extremities of the strokes are strictly parallel to the top or bottom and that they are not on a slant at all4 ,it is the slant of the numerous short lines that go to make up the letter as a whole that deceives the eye4 ,illustration3 ,illusion 9999 ,home-,made ,micrometer #acj ,it often becomes necessary to find the thickness of material so thin1 or inconvenient to measure1 that a rule or other measuring device will not serve the purpose4 ,a simple1 fairly accurate1 and easily made apparatus of the micrometer form may be constructed as shown by the accompanying sketch4 ,secure a common iron or brass bolt about #a_/d-;in4 in diameter and about #b-a_/b in4 long1 with as fine a thread as possible1 and the thread cut to within a short distance of the head of the bolt4 ,the head of the bolts should have a slot cut for the use of a screwdriver4 ,clamp together two blocks of wood with square corners which are about #a in4 wide1 #c_/d in4 thick and #b-a_/b in4 long and fasten them together with small pieces nailed across the ends4 ,the width of the blocks will then be about #b in4 ,bore a #a_/d-;in4 hole through the center of the blocks in the #b in4 direction4 ,remove the clamp and set the nut into one of the blocks1 so that the hole will be continuous with the hole in the wood4 ,cut out a piece from the block combination1 leaving it shaped like a bench1 and glue the bottoms of the legs to a piece of thin board about #b-a_/b in4 square for a support4 ,solder one end of a stiff wire that is about #b in4 long to the head of the bolt at right angles to the shaft1 and fix a disc of heavy pasteboard with a radius equal to the length of the wire1 and with its circumference graduated into equal spaces1 to serve in measuring revolutions of the end of the wire1 to the top of the bench4 ,put the bolt in the hole1 screwing it through the nut1 ,illustration3 ,micrometer and the construction is complete4 ,the base is improved for the measuring work by fastening a small piece of wood on the board between the legs of the bench4 ,a small piece of metal is glued on this piece of wood at the point where the bolt meets it4 ,find the number of threads of the screw to the inch by placing the bolt on a measuring rule1 and counting the threads in an inch of its length4 ,the bolt in making one revolution will descend a distance equal to the distance between the threads4 ,the device is used by placing the object whose thickness is to be measured on the base under the bolt1 and screwing the bolt down until its end just touches the object1 then removing the object1 and screwing the bolt down until its end just touches the base1 carefully noting while doing so the distance that the end of the wire moves over the scale4 ,the part of a rotation of the bolt1 or the number of rotations with any additional parts of a rotation added1 divided by the number of threads to the inch1 will be the thickness of the object4 ,quite accurate measurements may be made with this instrument1 says the ,scientific ,american1 and in the absence of the expensive micrometer1 it serves a very useful purpose4 9999 ,another ,electric ,lamp ,experiment #aca ,break a portion of the end off from a #af-;cp4 globe that has been thrown away as useless4 ,shake the globe until all the filament is broken away1 leaving only the ends of the platinum wire exposed4 ,screw the globe into a socket that sets upright and fill it with salt water4 ,make one connection to the socket from the positive wire of a #aaj volt circuit and the other to a ground4 ,when the current is turned on small stars will be seen in the globe1 which show up fine at night4 --,contributed by ,lindsay ,mc,millan1 ,santa ,maria1 ,oal4 9999 ,removing ,ink ,stains #aca ,two or three applications of milk which are wiped up with a dry cloth will remove india ink spots on carpets4 9999 ,feat of ,balancing on ,chairs #aca ,illustration3 ,for ,boys ,balanacing ,among the numerous physical exercises is the feat of balancing on the two rear legs of a chair while one foot rests on the front part of the seat and the other on the back of the chair4 ,this may appear to be a hard thing to do1 yet with a little practice it may be accomplished4 ,this exercise is one of many practiced by the boys of a boys' home for an annual display given by them4 ,a dozen of the boys will mount chairs at the same time and keep them in balance at the word of a commanding officer4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,merry-,go-,round ,swing #aca ,a #f by #f-;in4 piece of wood #ab ft4 long is used for the center pole4 ,bore a #c_/d-;in4 hole in each end to a depth of #f in4 ,place a #c_/d-;in4 bolt in each hole1 the bolt being long enough to protrude #b in4 beyond the end of the wood4 ,short pieces of wood are nailed on the center pole about #b ft4 from the end that is to be used for the bottom4 ,this should form a hub on which to place the inner ends of the extending spokes that hold the platform4 ,the spokes are made from twelve pieces of #b by #d-;in4 material #ab ft4 long4 ,usually a wheel can be found in a scrap pile suitable to place on the pin that is in the top end of the center pole4 ,the wheel should be open ,illustration3 ,side and ,top ,view or have spokes4 ,this wheel is used to attach wires for guying4 ,the bottom pin in the center pole is placed in a hole that is bored into a block of wood about #ab-;in4 square and #c or #d in4 thick4 ,a piece of sheet metal should be drilled and placed on the pin between the block and end of the pole to make a smooth bearing4 ,the center pole is now placed in position and guyed with six wires that are about #ce ft4 long4 ,stakes are driven into the ground and the wires fastened to them and to the wheel at the top end of the pole4 ,care should be taken when attaching the wires to get the center pole to stand perpendicular4 ,twelve hooks should be placed at equal distances around the center pole about #a ft4 from the top end4 ,wires are fastened to these hooks and to the twelve #b by #d-;in4 pieces used for the spokes4 ,the wires should be tied around each spoke about #b ft4 from the ends4 ,space the spokes with equal divisions and cover the outer #b ft4 of the ends with boards1 as shown in the plan sketch on the right hand end of the drawing4 ,the boards may be nailed or bolted4 ,if bolted and the wires made in a loop at the hooks1 the swing can easily be taken apart and changed from one place to another4 --,contributed by ,a4 ,o4 ,graham1 ,fort ,worth1 ,tex4 9999 ,home-,made ,arc ,lamp #acb ,the frame of the lamp is made from bar metal #c_/d in4 wide and #a_/h in4 thick1 bent and welded to make a continuous loop in the shape as shown at ,g in the sketch4 ,this frame should be about #aj-a_/b in4 long with the upper or wider part #d in4 long1 and the lower part #f-a_/b in4 long4 ,the width should be about #e-a_/d in4 at ,illustration3 ,arc ,lamp the top and #d in4 at the bottom4 ,a cross bar1 ,l1 made of the same material1 is fitted into the off-set in the frame and riveted4 ,holes are drilled through the frame and brass bushings1 ,h and ,j1 are fitted for bearings to receive the adjusting brass rod1 ,b1 which should be #a_/d in4 in diameter4 ,a brass curtain rod can be used for the rod ,b1 and on its lower end a socket1 ,p1 is soldered4 ,a piece of brass #b in4 long1 #a_/b in4 wide and #a_/h in4 thick is used for the armature1 ,a1 to be operated by the magnet coil1 ,c4 ,the coil1 ,c1 is made in the usual manner by wrapping ,no4 #ad cotton-covered magnet wire on a wooden spool that has a soft iron core4 ,the spool is about #b-a_/b in4 long4 ,the armature1 ,a1 is drilled1 making a hole just a little larger than the rod1 ,b1 and is adjusted in place by two set screws1 ,d and ,e4 ,a soft piece of iron1 ,f1 is fastened to the opposite end of the armature with a screw1 which should be placed directly under the end of the coil's core4 ,this end of the armature may be kept from swinging around by placing it between a ,u-shaped piece of brass fastened to the cross piece ,l4 ,at the bottom end of the frame1 and directly centering the holes ,h and ,j1 a hole is drilled to receive a hard rubber bushing1 ,r1 for insulating the brass ferrule1 ,s1 that holds the lower carbon4 ,one connection is made from the main to the upper binding-post1 which is in turn connected to one terminal of the coil1 ,c1 the other coil terminal being attached to the frame4 ,the other main connection is made to the lower binding-post1 which is also connected to the brass ferrule1 ,s1 by soldering4 ,the two binding-posts are insulated from the frame the same as the ferrule ,s4 ,when using on a #aaj-volt circuit there must be some resistance in connection1 which may be had by using ,german silver wire1 or a water rheostat heretofore described4 --,contributed by ,arthur ,d4 ,bradlev4 ,randolph1 ,mass4 9999 ,irrigation #acb ,the ,mexican government has appropriated #be1jjj1jjj for irrigation work4 9999 ,how to ,hang ,your ,hat on a ,lead ,pencil #acc ,take a smooth hexagon lead pencil1 one without either rubber or metal end1 and place it against a door or window casing2 then with a firm1 heavy pressure slide the pencil some #c or #d in4 and it will stay as if glued to the casing4 ,you may now hang your hat on the end of the pencil4 ,when you slide the pencil along the casing1 do it without any apparent effort1 and it will appear to your audience as though you had hypnotized it4 ,this is a very neat trick if performed right4 ,figure #a shows the pencil on the casing and ,fig4 #b the hat hanging on it4 ,illustration3 ,pencil ,trick 9999 ,tying a ,knot for ,footballs #acc ,one of the most prominent ,english football clubs kept the tying of this knot on the rubber hose of their football a secret and never allowed all of its members to know how it was tied4 ,this tie can be used on grain sacks1 and in numerous other like instances4 ,make one loop in the cord and then another exactly the same way1 as ,illustration3 ,a ,secure ,knot shown in ,fig4 #a1 placing the end of the cord under the first loop1 then pulling at each end of the cord as in ,fig4 #b4--;,a4,e4,j4 9999 ,stove polish #acc ,stove polish consists of #b parts graphite1 #d parts copperas and #b parts bone black1 mixed with water to form a paste4 9999 ,how to ,give an ,electric ,shock ,while ,shaking ,hands #acc ,there is nothing quite so startling as to receive an electric shock unexpectedly and such a shock may be given to a friend while shaking hands upon meeting4 ,the shock produced is not harmful and the apparatus can be carried in the pocket4 ,it consists of a small induction coil that can be constructed at home4 ,the core of the coil1 ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 is constructed in the usual manner1 of small soft-iron wire to make a bundle about #c_/af in4 in diameter and #b in4 long4 ,the coil ends are made from cardboard1 about #a in4 in diameter1 with a #c_/af-;in4 hole in the center4 ,the hole ,illustration3 ,details of ,induction ,coil should be cut as shown in ,fig4 #b1 so as to have four small pieces that can be bent out1 leaving the projections as shown4 ,after wrapping three or four turns of paper around the bundle of wires the cardboard ends are put on with the projections inside1 so the coils of wire will hold them in place4 ,about #gj turns of ,no4 #bd gauge double covered magnet wire is first placed on the core1 for the primary1 and then #a1ejj turns of ,no4 #cb or #cd gauge double-covered wire is wrapped on top of the primary1 for the secondary4 ,sufficient length of wire must be left outside at each end of both windings to make connections4 ,the vibrator ,b1 ,fig4 #a1 and the support ,c are made from thin spring steel1 about #a_/h in4 wide1 bent as shown and securely fastened to the cardboard end of the coil4 ,the armature is made from a soft piece of iron1 about #c_/af in4 in diameter and #a_/af in4 thick1 which is soldered to the end of the vibrator directly opposite the end of the core4 ,a small screw is fitted in the end of the support1 ,c1 for adjustment1 which should be tipped with platinum and also a small piece of platinum placed where the screw will touch the vibrator1 ,b4 ,one of the primary wires is connected to the screw support4 ,the vibrator1 is connected to a flash lamp battery1 ,d4 ,the other primary wire is connected to a switch1 ,s1 which in turn is connected to the other terminal of the battery4 ,the switch1 ,s1 may be made from a #c_/h-;in4 cork with the wires put through about #c_/af in4 apart and allow them to project about #a_/b in4 ,the plate ,e is cut about #a_/b in4 square from a piece of copper and is fastened to the heel of one shoe and connected with a wire from the secondary coil which must be concealed inside of the trouser leg4 ,the other secondary wire is connected through the coat sleeve to a finger ring1 ,f4 ,the vibrator screw must be properly adjusted4 ,when the vibrator is not working the armature should be about #a_/af in4 from the core and directly opposite4 ,the coil when complete will be about #b-a_/b in4 long and #a in4 in diameter4 ,the coil can be placed in an old box that has been used for talcum powder or shaving stick4 ,the space around the coil in the box can be filled with paper to keep it tight4 ,the coil and battery are carried in the pockets and the cork button put in the outside coat pocket1 where it can be pressed without attracting attention4 9999 ,experiment with ,heat #acd ,illustration3 ,heat ,experiment ,place a small piece of paper1 lighted1 in an ordinary water glass4 ,while the paper is burning turn the glass over and set into a saucer previously filled with water4 ,the water will rapidly rise in the glass1 as shown in the sketch4 9999 ,how to ,attach a ,combination ,trunk ,lock #acd ,illustration3 ,trunk ,lock ,a small combination lock for chests can be purchased for a small sum of money and attached to a trunk cover after first removing the old lock as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,it is necessary to add #a_/b-;in4 to the thickness of the trunk lid or cover4 ,this may be done by placing a brass plate #a_/h-;in4 thick on the outside and a board #c_/h-;in4 thick on the inside4 ,the lock1 brass plate1 board and trunk cover are all securely riveted together4 ,the support for the dial is soldered to the brass plate4 ,the hasp1 if that be the name for the double toothed arrangement that catches into the lock1 was to be secured by only three brass screws1 which seemed to be insufficient1 says a correspondent of the ,metal ,worker2 therefore a piece of heavy tin was formed over the front of the trunk1 which is only #c_/h-;in4 board1 the hasp tinned and soldered to the back of the now ,u-shaped tin1 and the tin placed over the board and all fastened in position4 ,the tin is #d in4 wide1 #af in4 long and when placed over the board1 it laps down about #h in4 between the boards1 and the same distance inside of the new board1 as shown by the heavy line in the cross section1 ,fig4 #a4 ,wrought nails are used which pass twice through the tin and both boards1 and then well clinched4 ,the three screws were then put in the hasp4 ,the knob on the dial extends out too far1 which may be filed off and two holes substituted1 as shown1 with which to operate the dial4 ,an old key is filed down in the shape shown in ,fig4 #b to fit the two holes4 ,as the dial is convex it will need protection to prevent injury by rough handling4 ,a leather shield may be used for this purpose1 which is cut with two holes1 one for the key and the other to permit the operator to observe the numbers on the dial4 ,the shield answers a further purpose of preventing any bystander from noting the numbers on the dial4 9999 ,,an ,,electric ,,illusion ,,box #ace ,the accompanying engravings show a most interesting form of electrically operated illusion consisting of a box divided diagonally and each division alternately lighted with an electric lamp4 ,by means of an automatic thermostat arranged in the lamp circuit causing the lamps to light successively1 an aquarium apparently without fish one moment is in the next instant swarming with live gold fish2 an empty vase viewed through the opening in the box suddenly is filled with flowers1 or an empty cigar box is seen and immediately is filled with cigars4 ,these electric magic boxes as shown are made of metal and oxidized copper finished1 but for ordinary use they can be made of wood in the same shape and size4 ,the upper magic boxes as are shown in the engraving are about #ab in4 square and #h-a_/b in4 high for parlor use and the lower boxes are #ah in4 square and #aj-a_/b in4 high for use in window displays4 ,there is a partition arranged diagonally in the box as shown in the plan view1 which completely divides the box into two parts4 ,one-half the partition is fitted with a plain1 clear glass as shown4 ,the partition and interior of the box are rendered non-reflecting by painting with a dull1 not shiny1 black color4 ,when making of wood1 a door must be provided on the side or rear to make changes of exhibits4 ,if the box is made large enough1 or in the larger size mentioned1 openings may be made in the bottom for this purpose1 and also used in case of performing the magic trick of allowing two persons to place their ,illustration3 ,construction of ,magic ,boxes heads in the box and change from one to the other4 ,the electric globes are inserted as shown at ,,ll through the top of the box1 one in each division4 ,when the rear part is illuminated1 any article arranged within that part will be visible to the spectator looking into the box through the front opening1 but when the front part is illuminated1 and the back left dark1 any article placed therein will be reflected in4 the glass1 which takes the same position to the observer as the one in the rear4 ,thus a plain aquarium is set in the rear part and one with swimming fish placed in ,illustration3 ,four ,electric ,magic ,boxes ,complete for ,use the front1 and with the proper illumination one is changed1 as it appears1 into the other4 ,when using as a window display1 place the goods in one part and the price in the other4 ,many other changes can be made at the will of the operator4 ,electric lamps may be controlled by various means to produce different effects4 ,lamps may be connected in parallel and each turned on or off by means of a hand-operated switch or the button on the lamp socket1 or if desired a hand-operated adjustable resistance may be included in the circuit of each lamp for gradually causing the object to fade away or reappear slowly4 ,instead of changing the current operated by hand1 this may be done automatically by connecting the lamps in parallel on the lighting circuit and each connected in series with a thermostatic switch plug provided with a heating coil which operates to automatically open and close the circuit through the respective lamp4 ,when there is no electric current available1 matches or candles may be used and inserted through the holes ,h1 as shown in the sketch1 alternately4 9999 ,replace ,dry ,putty #acf ,painting over putty that has not become dry will cause scaling or cracking around the edges of the putty4 9999 ,photo ,print ,washing ,tank #acf ,the accompanying sketch shows a simple form of a print washing tank that tips from side to side by the weight of the water4 ,for prints #d by #e and #e by #g-;in4 a tank #b ft4 long and #a ft4 wide will be about the right size4 ,this tank is then divided with a partition placed exactly in the center4 ,this partition should extend #c or #d in4 above the top of the tank4 ,the partition may also extend below the tank about #a-a_/b in41 or a piece of this width put on the bottom1 as shown at ,a in the sketch4 ,illustration3 ,keeps ,prints ,constantly ,moving ,a row of holes about #a_/b in4 in diameter is bored through each end of the tank1 as shown at ,b4 ,these holes will allow the water to spill out while the opposite side is filling4 ,the tank may be made from #a_/b-;in4 material and when completed as shown1 lined with oil cloth to make it watertight4 ,the tank is placed with the partition directly under a water tap and the flow of water will cause it to tip from time to time1 keeping the prints constantly moving about in the water4 9999 ,home-,made ,soldering ,clamps #acg ,take a cotter pin and bend it over a small rod to bring the points together1 as shown in the sketch4 ,this will make a spring clamp that is opened to slip over the articles to be clamped together by inserting a scratch awl or scriber between the legs at the bowed portion4 ,to make a more positive clamp before bending the legs to a bow1 slip a short coil of wire over the pin1 passing it down to the ring end4 ,wire #a_/cb in4 in diameter wound over a wire slightly larger in diameter than that of the cotter will do4 ,in soldering1 smoke the legs well to avoid solder adhering to them4 ,the clamp is tightened by pushing up the coil ring toward the bow of the legs and then twisting it like a nut1 the coil being wound right-handed1 so that it will have a screw effect4 ,illustration3 ,clamp 9999 ,a ,telephone ,experiment #acg ,if the small apparatus1 as shown in the accompanying sketch1 is attached to the under side of an ordinary dining table1 it will1 if connected to a telephone circuit1 set the table in vibration1 so that any number of people who put their ears flat upon the table will hear the voice of a person speaking from a distance1 apparently coming out of the table1 says the ,model ,engineer4 ,a small piece of wood1 ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 is cut about #e in4 square1 to the center of which is attached a small piece of soft iron wire1 such as used for cores ,illustration3 ,mechanical ,table ,talk of induction coils1 about #d in4 long and bent in the form of a hook at the lower end1 as shown at ,b4 ,this wire is attached to the block of wood1 ,a1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the end of the wire is soldered to a small brass plate which is set in the block so it will be level or flush with the top of the block and then fastened with two screws4 ,the block ,a is fastened to the under side of the table with two screws4 ,a small coil1 ,c1 is made by winding ,no4 #bd silk or cotton covered wire around a small tube1 either a piece of glass1 a short straw or a quill4 ,the coil is made tapering as shown without using wood ends4 ,this coil is slipped over the wire ,b previous to soldering it to the small brass plate4 ,the ends of the coil are connected to two binding-posts which are fastened to the block ,a4 ,a small lead weight weighing #b or #c oz4 is hung on the hook made in the lower end of the wire ,b4 ,when all connections are made1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 and the block fastened to the under side of the table1 the apparatus is ready for use1 and has only to be connected to an ordinary telephone transmitter and batteries as shown4 ,the apparatus will work to a certain extent even if the weight is removed1 though not so clear4 9999 ,wax ,wood ,screws #acg ,some workmen use tallow on lag or wood screws4 ,try beeswax for this purpose4 ,it is much cleaner to use and is just as good if not better4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,induction ,coil #ach ,a small shocking coil1 suitable for medical purposes1 may be constructed of materials found in nearly every amateur mechanic's collection of odds and ends4 ,the core1 ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 is a piece of round soft iron rod about #a_/d in4 in diameter and about #d in4 long4 ,a strip of stiff paper about #c_/d in4 wide is covered with glue and wrapped around one end of the core1 as shown at ,b1 until the diameter is about #c_/h in4 ,the portion of the core remaining uncovered is then wrapped with a piece of paper about #d in4 wide4 ,no glue is used on this piece1 as it is removed later to form the space1 ,c1 after the paper shell1 ,d1 has been wound upon it4 ,this paper shell is made of stiff paper and glue the same as ,b and is made about #c_/fd in4 thick4 ,two pieces of hardwood1 ,,ee1 #a-c_/d in4 square and about #e_/af in4 thick1 are drilled in the center and glued on the ends of the paper shell as shown4 ,the primary winding consists of #d or #e layers of ,no4 #ah or #bj single cotton-covered magnet wire1 the ends of which may be passed through small holes in the wooden ends4 ,if a drill small enough is not available1 the holes may be made with a hot knitting needle or a piece of wire heated to redness4 ,after the primary coil is wound it should be thoroughly insulated before winding the secondary4 ,this may be done by wrapping with #d or #e thicknesses of paper4 ,the secondary coil should be wound with single covered wire1 preferably silk-covered1 although cotton will do4 ,the more turns there are on the secondary the higher the voltage will be1 so the wire used must be fine4 ,number #cb to #cf will give good results1 the latter giving more voltage but less amperage4 ,each layer of the secondary winding should be insulated from the others by a piece of thin paraffined paper wrapped over each layer as it is finished4 ,it is well not to wind to the extreme ends of the paper insulations1 but to leave a space of about #a_/h-;in4 at each end of the winding to prevent the wires of one layer slipping over the ends of the paraffin ,illustration3 ,induction ,coil paper and coming in contact with the layer beneath1 thus causing a short circuit4 ,the secondary winding should have at least a dozen layers and should be carefully wound to prevent short circuiting4 ,in order to reduce the strength of the current a piece of brass tubing1 ,f1 is pushed into the space1 ,c1 surrounding the core1 or if no brass tubing of the required size is on hand1 roll a paper tube1 cover with #d or #e thicknesses of tinfoil and then wrap with more paper1 using glue to hold the tinfoil in place and to keep the tube from unwinding4 ,when the tube is pushed all the way in1 the current produced ,illustration3 ,induction ,coil will be almost unnoticeable1 but when it is withdrawn the current will be so strong that a person cannot let go the handles until the coil is shut off4 ,after the secondary coil is wound it should be covered with stiff paper1 and the whole coil1 including the wood ends1 should then be enameled black4 ,it is then ready to be mounted on a wooden base as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the secondary terminals are connected to the binding-posts1 ,,aa1 which may be fastened on the base if desired4 ,one wire from the primary is connected with the binding-post1 ,b1 and the other is connected with the armature1 ,d1 which may be taken from an old electric bell4 ,the contact screw1 ,e1 also from an electric bell1 is connected to the binding-post1 ,c4 ,the contact spring1 ,f1 should be bent against and soldered to the armature in order to make the vibrations more rapid4 ,if a false bottom is used on the base1 all the wiring may be concealed1 which adds greatly to the appearance and if desired a small switch may be added4 ,the handles1 which may be old bicycle pumps or electric light carbons1 are connected to the binding-posts1 ,,aa1 by means of wires about #c or #d ft4 long4 ,this coil when operating with the tube pulled all the way out and connected to a single dry cell will give a current stronger than most persons can stand4 9999 ,home-,made ,toaster #aci ,each outside frame of the toaster is made from one piece of wire #cj in4 long4 ,these are bent in a perfect square making each side #g-;in4 long4 ,this will allow #a in4 on each end for tying by twisting the ends together4 ,the first two wires inside and on each side of each frame are #h in4 long4 ,eight wires will be required for this purpose and as they are #h in4 long #a_/b in4 is allowed on each end for a bend around the outside frame1 as shown in the sketch4 ,the two middle wires are extensions of the handles4 ,each of these wires are made from a piece about #bf in4 long and bent in the shape of a ,u4 ,the ends of the wire are bent around the frame in the same manner ,illustration3 ,toaster as the other wires4 ,this will leave the handle laying across the other side of the frame4 ,the frame is fastened to the handle on this side by giving the handle one turn around the frame4 ,the inside edges of the frame are now tied together with a small ring of wire which is loose enough to allow each half to swing freely4 --,c4 ,d4 ,m4 9999 ,home-,made ,shocking ,machine #aci ,an ordinary electric bell may be connected up in such a way as to produce the same results as an expensive ,illustration3 ,inexpensive and ,effectual shocking machine4 ,the connections are made from the batteries to the bell in the usual manner4 ,two other wires are then connected1 one to the binding-post of the bell that is not insulated from the frame and the other to the adjusting screw on the make and break contact of the bell as shown in the sketch4 ,the other ends of the wires are connected each to a common table knife4 ,this will give quite a good shock and a much larger one can be had by placing one knife in a basin of water and while holding the other knife in one hand1 dipping the fingers of the other hand in the water4 --,contributed by ,d4 ,foster ,hall4 9999 ,mahogany ,wood ,putty #aci ,mix venetian red with quite thick arabic muscilage1 making it into a putty1 and press this well into the cracks of mahogany before finishing4 ,the putty should be colored to suit the finish of the wood1 says the ,master ,painter1 by adding such dry color to the gum as will give the best result4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,thermoelectric ,battery #adj ,by ,arthur ,e4 ,joerin ,a novel way of producing an electric current by means of hot and cold water1 heat from a match or alcohol ,illustration3 ,details of ,battery lamp1 is obtained from a device constructed as shown in the sketch4 ,take two hardwood boards1 marble1 or slate plates1 about #h or #aj in4 long1 place them together1 as in ,fig4 #a1 and mark and drill about #ejj holes4 ,these two pieces should be separated about #h in4 and fastened with boards across the ends1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,take soft copper wire1 not smaller than ,no4 #ah gauge1 and cut in lengths to pass through the holes in the two boards1 leaving sufficient end to make a tie4 ,it will require about #gj ft4 of wire to fill one-half the number of holes4 ,also1 cut the same number of lengths from the same gauge galvanized-iron wire to fill the remaining holes4 ,the wires are put through the holes in the boards alternately1 that is3 begin with copper1 the next hole with iron1 the next copper1 the next iron1 and so on1 twisting the ends together as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,the connections1 when complete1 should be copper for the first and iron for the last wire4 ,when the whole apparatus is thus strung1 the connections1 which must be twisted1 can be soldered4 ,connect one copper wire to the bell and the other terminal1 which must be an iron wire1 to the other post of the bell4 ,the apparatus is then short-circuited1 yet there is no current in the instrument until a lighted match1 or1 better still1 the flame of an alcohol lamp is placed at one end only4 ,best results are obtained by putting ice or cold water on one side and a flame on the other4 ,the experimenter may also place the whole apparatus under sink faucets with the hot water turned on at one terminal and the cold water at the other4 ,the greater the difference of temperature in the two terminals1 the more current will be obtained4 ,very interesting experiments may thus be performed1 and these may lead to the solving of the great thermoelectric problem4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,hygrometer #adj ,mount a wire on a board which is used for a base and should be #c_/h by #d by #h in41 as shown in the sketch4 ,a piece of catgut--a string used on a violin will do--is suspended from the bent end of the wire4 ,a hand or pointer is cut from a piece of tin and secured to the catgut string about #a_/b in4 from the base4 ,a small piece of wood and some glue will fasten the pointer to the string4 ,the scale is ,illustration3 ,simple ,hygrometer marked on a piece of cardboard1 which is fastened to the base and protected with a piece of glass4 --,contributed by ,j4 ,thos4 ,rhamstine4 9999 ,softening ,leather in ,gloves and ,boots #adj ,the leather in high-top boots and gauntlet gloves may be softened and made waterproof by the use of plain mutton tallow4 ,apply hot and rub in well with the fingers4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,mission ,library ,table #ada ,the mission library table1 the drawings for which are here given1 has been found well proportioned and of pleasing appearance4 ,it can be made of any of the several furniture woods in common use1 such as selected1 quarter-sawed white oak which will be found exceptionally pleasing in the effect produced4 ,if a planing mill is at hand the stock can be ordered in such a way as to avoid the hard work of planing and sandpapering4 ,of course if mill-planed stock cannot be had1 the following dimensions must be enlarged slightly to allow for squaring up the rough4 ,for the top1 order #a piece #a-a_/h in4 thick1 #cd in4 wide and #df in4 long4 ,have it ,s-#d-,s 7surface on four sides7 and squared to length4 ,also1 specify that it be sandpapered on the top surface1 the edges and ends4 ,for the shelf1 order #a piece #g_/h in4 thick1 #bb in4 wide and #db in4 long1 with the four sides surfaced1 squared and sandpapered the same as for the top4 ,for the side rails1 order #b pieces #g_/h in4 thick1 #f in4 wide and #cg in4 long1 ,s-#d-,s and sanded on one side4 ,for the end rails1 #b pieces #g_/h in4 thick1 #f in4 wide and #be in4 long4 ,other specifications as for the side rails4 ,for the stretchers1 into which the shelf tenons enter1 #b pieces #a-a_/h in4 thick1 ,illustration3 ,this ,picture ,is from a ,photograph of the ,mission ,table ,described #c-c_/d in4 wide and #be in4 long1 surfaced and sanded on four sides4 ,for the slats1 #aj pieces #e_/hh in4 thick1 #a-a_/b in4 wide and #ag in4 long1 surfaced and sanded on four sides4 ,for the keys1 #d pieces #c_/d in4 thick1 #a-a_/d in4 wide and #b-g_/h in4 long1 ,s-#d-,s4 ,this width is a little wide2 it will allow the key to be shaped as desired4 ,the drawings obviate any necessity for going into detail in the ,illustration3 ,table ,details description4 ,fig4 #a gives an assembly drawing showing the relation of the parts4 ,fig4 #b gives the detail of an end4 ,the tenons for the side rails are laid off and the mortises placed in the post as are those on the end4 ,care must1 be taken1 however1 not to cut any mortises on the post1 below1 as was done in cutting the stretcher mortises on the ends of the table4 ,a good plan is to set the posts upright in the positions they are to occupy relative to one another and mark with pencil the approximate positions of the mortises4 ,the legs can then be laid flat and the mortises accurately marked out with a fair degree of assurance that they will not be cut where they are not wanted and that the legs shall pair properly when effort is made to assemble the parts of the table4 ,the table ends should be glued up first and the glue allowed to harden1 after which the tenons of the shelf may be inserted and the side rails placed4 ,there is a reason for the shape1 size and location of each tenon or mortise4 ,for illustration1 the shape of the tenon on the top rails permits the surface of the rail to extend almost flush with the surface of the post at the same time permitting the mortise in the post to be kept away from that surface4 ,again1 the shape of the ends of the slats is such that1 though they may vary slightly in length1 the fitting of the joints will not be affected4 ,care must be taken in cutting the mortises to keep their sides clean and sharp and to size4 ,in making the mortises for the keyed tenons1 the length of mortise must be slightly in excess of the width of the tenon--about #a_/h-;in4 of play to each side of each tenon4 ,with a shelf of the width specified for this table1 if such allowance is not made so that the tenons may move sideways1 the shrinkage would split the shelf4 ,in cutting across the ends of the shelf1 between the tenons1 leave a hole in the waste so that the turning saw or compass saw can be inserted4 ,saw within one-sixteenth of the line1 after which this margin may be removed with chisel and mallet4 ,in ,fig4 #c is shown two views of the keyed tenon and the key4 ,the mortise for the key is to be placed in the middle of the tenon4 ,it will be noted that this mortise is laid out #a-a_/af in4 from the shoulder of the tenon while the stretcher is #a-a_/h in4 thick4 ,this is to insure the key's pulling the shelf tightly against the side of the stretcher4 ,keys may be made in a variety of shapes4 ,the one shown is simple and structurally good4 ,whatever shape is used1 the important thing to keep in mind is that the size of the key and the slant of its forward surface where it passes through the tenon must be kept the same as the mortise made for it in the tenon4 ,the top is to be fastened to the rails by means either of wooden buttons1 ,fig4 #d1 or small angle irons4 ,there are a bewildering number of mission finishes upon the market4 ,a very satisfactory one is obtained by applying a coat of brown ,flemish water stain1 diluted by the addition of water in the proportion of #b parts water to #a part stain4 ,when this has dried1 sand with number #jj paper1 being careful not to cut through4 ,next1 apply a coat of dark brown filler2 the directions for doing this will be found upon the can in which the filler is bought4 ,one coat usually suffices4 ,however1 if an especially smooth surface is desired a second coat may be applied in a similar manner4 ,after the filler has hardened1 a very thin coat of shellac is to be put on4 ,when this has dried1 it should be sanded lightly and then one or two coats of wax should be properly applied and polished4 ,directions for waxing are upon the cans in which the wax is bought4 ,a beautiful dull gloss so much sought by finishers of modern furniture will be the result of carefully following these directions4 9999 ,a ,hanger for ,trousers #adc ,secure two clothes pins of the metal spring kind for the clamps of the hanger4 ,the pins are fastened one to each end of a looped galvanized wire4 ,this wire should be about #f in4 long after a coil is bent in the center as shown in the sketch4 ,the diameter of the wire should be about #a_/h in4 ,illustration3 ,hanger 9999 ,how to ,make an ,adjustable ,negative ,washer #adc ,the sketch herewith shows a washing box for negatives made from an ordinary wooden box4 ,as can be seen1 the grooved partition1 ,a1 is removable1 and as several places are provided for ,illustration3 ,washing ,box its insertion1 the tank can be made to accommodate anyone of several sizes of plates1 says ,camera ,craft4 ,the other stationary partition1 ,b1 which does not reach quite to the bottom of the tank1 is placed immediately next to the end of the tank1 leaving a channel between the two for the inflow of the wash water4 ,a narrow1 thin strip1 ,c1 is fastened to the bottom of the tank to keep the plates slightly raised1 at the same time allowing a clearer flow of the water from the bottom upwards to the discharge4 ,the water enters the narrow partition at the end1 flows under the partitions ,b and ,a1 then upward between and parallel to the surface of the plates1 escaping at the opposite end over the top of the tank end1 in which the upper part has been cut away for that purpose4 ,the depth of this cut1 in the upper part of the tank end1 should allow the overflow to be a trifle higher than the width of the largest size plate for which the tank is fitted4 ,partition ,b being stationary1 can be nailed in position permanently1 allowing the bottom edge to clear the bottom of the tank the desired distance4 ,partition ,a being movable should have attached to its bottom edge a couple of nails1 ,d1 or better still1 wooden pegs1 which will keep it also above the bottom of the tank at the desired height4 ,a coat of paraffin paint should be applied1 and1 just before it sets perfectly hard1 any rough spots trimmed down with a knife or chisel and a second lighter coat applied4 ,if the wood is very dry and porous a preliminary coat of the paint should be applied and allowed to soak into the pores4 ,it is also well to apply a coat of the paint to the joints at the corners and around the edge of the bottom before nailing together4 9999 ,turn-,down ,shelf for a ,small ,space #add ,the average amateur photographer does not have very much space in which to do his work4 ,the kitchen is the room used ordinarily for finishing the photographs4 ,in many instances there will not be space enough for any extra tables1 and so a temporary place is prepared from boxes or a chair on which to place the trays and chemicals4 ,should there be space enough on one of the walls a shelf can be made to hang down out of the way when not in use4 ,a shelf constructed on this order may be of any length to suit the space or of such a length for the purpose intended4 ,a heavy piece of wood1 about ,illustration3 ,turn ,down ,shelf #a-a_/b in4 thick1 and #d to #f in4 wide1 is first fastened to the wall at the proper height with nails1 or1 much better1 large screws4 ,the shelf is cut and planed smooth from a board #ab-;in4 wide and about #a-;in4 thick4 ,this board is fastened to the piece on the wall with two hinges as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,a small cleat is nailed to the outer and under edge of the board and in the middle as shown4 ,this is used to place a support under the outer edge of the shelf4 ,the support1 ,a1 ,fig4 #b1 should be long enough to extend diagonally to the floor or top of the baseboard from the inner edge of the cleat when the shelf is up in its proper place4 --,l4 ,l4 9999 ,home-,made ,electric ,battery ,massage #add ,a simple and cheap electric massage device can be made by using three or ,illustration3 ,electric ,massage four cells of dry battery connected to two ordinary silver tablespoons1 as shown in the sketch4 ,the handles of the spoons should be insulated or the operator can wear either kid or rubber gloves4 9999 ,how to ,make ,tint ,lantern ,slides #add ,purchase some lantern slide plates and fix them in hypo without exposing1 in the usual manner1 same as you would an exposed plate1 says the ,moving ,picture ,world4 ,this leaves a thin1 perfectly transparent emulsion film on the glass1 which will readily take color4 ,mix a rather weak solution of clear aniline dye of the desired color and dip the plate in it1 wiping the plate side clean4 ,if not dark enough1 dip again and again until desired tint is attained1 letting it dry between each dipping4 ,a very light blue tint slide will brighten a yellow film considerably1 but the tint must be very light1 just a bare tint4 9999 ,a ,bicycle ,catamaran #ade ,the accompanying photographs show a bicycle boat made to carry two persons4 ,illustration3 ,this ,catamaran ,carries ,two ,people ,this boat is constructed by using two galvanized iron tubes #ah ft4 long and #ab in4 in diameter1 tapered at the front end down to cast-iron points1 and the rear end shaped to attach rudders4 ,these tubes are placed #bf in4 apart1 giving the boat an extreme width of #ej in4 ,the cylinders support a platform and on the rear end of this platform is constructed a paddle wheel #eb in4 in diameter with #af spokes4 ,on the end of each spoke is fastened a galvanized sheet metal blade #f in4 wide and #h in4 long4 ,a large guard placed over the paddle wheel forms a seat for one person and a chair in front on the platform provides a place for a second person4 ,the person in front helps to propel the boat with hand levers which are connected with rods to sprocket wheels on each side of the platform4 ,the occupant of the rear seat contributes his part of the power with his feet on pedals of the shaft that carries the sprocket wheels4 ,this shaft and sprocket wheels drive the paddle wheel by side chains of the bicycle kind4 ,the boat is steered from the rear seat by ropes attached to double rudders4 ,this boat will run at considerable speed and is very steady in rough water as it goes directly through large waves instead of going over them4 --,contributed by ,ernest ,schoedsack1 ,council ,bluffs1 ,iowa4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,lead ,pencil ,rheostat #ade ,take an ordinary lead pencil and cut seven notches at equal intervals on the pencil down to and around the lead1 leaving it bare4 ,a seven-point switch is constructed on a board of suitable size making the points by using screws that will go through the board4 ,a small piece of tin or brass will do for a switch and is fastened as shown4 ,the connections are made on the back side of the board as shown by the dotted lines4 ,this will reduce #dj to #ej volts down to #e or #aj volts for short lengths ,illustration3 ,simple ,rheostat of time4 --,contributed by ,roy ,newby1 ,san ,jose1 ,cal4 9999 ,homemade ,shoe ,rack #adf ,the accompanying sketch explains how a boy can make his own shoe rack that can be placed on the wall in ,illustration3 ,shoe ,rack the clothes closet4 ,figure #a shows the construction of the bottom to permit the dirt to fall through4 ,two boards1 #i in4 wide and about #c ft4 long1 with six partitions between1 as shown1 will make pockets about #f in4 long4 ,the width of the pockets at the bottom is #b in4 and at the top #e in4 --,contributed by ,guy ,h4 ,harvey1 ,mill ,valley1 ,cal4 9999 ,how to ,waterproof ,canvas #adf ,the method used by the ,british navy yards for waterproofing and painting canvas so it will not become stiff and cracked is as follows3 ,one ounce of yellow soap and #a_/b pt4 of hot water are mixed with every #g lb4 of paint to be used4 ,the mixture is applied to the canvas with a brush4 ,this is allowed to dry for two days and then a coat of the same paint1 without the soap1 is laid on4 ,when this last coat is dry the canvas may be painted any color desired4 ,after three days of drying the canvas may be folded up without sticking together1 and is1 of course1 waterproof4 ,canvas waterproofed in this manner makes an excellent covering for portable canoes and canvas boats4 ,the color mixture for the soap and second application is made from #a lb4 of lampblack and #f lb4 of yellow ocher1 both in oil2 the finish coat may be any color desired4 ,when no paint is to be used on the canvas it may be waterproofed with a mixture made from soft soap dissolved in hot water1 and a solution of iron sulphate added4 ,iron sulphate1 or ferrous sulphate1 is the green vitriol4 ,the vitriol combines with the potash of the soap1 and the iron oxide is precipitated with the fatty acid as insoluble iron soap4 ,this precipitate is then washed1 dried and mixed with linseed oil4 9999 ,building a ,house in a ,tree ,top #adf ,the accompanying photograph shows a small house built in a tree top #bj ft4 from the ground4 ,the house is ,illustration3 ,lofty ,sentry ,box for ,guarding ,watermelon ,patch #e ft4 wide1 #e ft4 #a in4 long1 and #f ft4 #f in4 high4 ,a small platform1 #b ft4 wide1 is built on the front4 ,three windows are provided1 one for each side1 and a door in front4 ,the entrance is made through a trap door in the floor of the house4 ,this house was constructed by a boy #ad years old and made for the purpose of watching over a melon patch4 --,contributed by ,mack ,wilson1 ,columbus1 ,o4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,lamp ,stand and ,shade #adg ,a library light stand of pleasing design and easy construction is made as follows3 ,square up a piece of white oak so that it shall have a width and thickness of #a-c_/d in4 with a length of #ac in4 ,square up two pieces of the same kind of material to the same width and thickness1 but with a length of #ab in4 each4 ,square up two pieces to a width and length of #c in4 each with a thickness of #a-a_/h in4 ,if a planing mill is near1 time and patience will be saved by ordering one piece #a-c_/d in4 square and #dj in4 long1 two pieces #a-a_/h in4 thick and #c in4 square1 all planed and sandpapered on all surfaces4 ,the long piece can then be cut at home to the lengths specified above4 ,the #ac-;in4 piece is for the upright and should have a #a_/b-;in4 hole bored the full length through the center4 ,if the bit is not long enough to reach entirely through1 bore from each end1 then use a red-hot iron to finish4 ,this hole is for the electric wire or gas pipe if gas is used4 ,the two pieces for the base are alike except the groove of one is cut from the top and of the other from the under side1 as shown4 ,shape the under sides first4 ,this can best be done by placing the two pieces in a vise1 under sides together1 and boring two holes with a #a-;in4 bit4 ,the center of each hole will be #b-a_/b in4 from either end and in the crack between the pieces4 ,the pieces can then be taken out1 lines gauged on each side of each1 and the wood between the holes removed with turning saw and scraper steel4 ,the width of the grooves must be determined by laying one piece upon the other2 a trysquare should be used to square the lines across the pieces1 however1 gauge for depth1 gauging both pieces from their top surfaces4 ,chisel out the grooves and round off the corners as shown in the sketch1 using a #c_/d-;in4 radius4 ,these parts may be put together and fastened to the upright by means of two long screws from the under side1 placed to either side of the #a_/b-;in4 hole4 ,this hole must be continued through the pieces forming the base4 ,the braces are easiest made by taking the two pieces which were planed to #a-a_/h in4 thick and #c in4 square and drawing a diagonal on each4 ,find the middle of this diagonal by drawing the central portion of the other diagonal2 at this point place the spur of the bit and bore a #a-;in4 hole in each block4 ,saw the two blocks apart1 sawing ,illustration3 ,details of ,construction of ,library ,lamp ,stand along a diagonal of each4 ,plane the surfaces on the saw cut smooth and sandpaper the curve made by the bit4 ,fasten the braces in place by means of roundhead blued screws4 ,to make a shade such as is shown in the illustration is rather difficult4 ,the shade is made of wood glued up and has art glass fitted in rabbets cut on the inner edges4 ,such shades can be purchased ready to attach4 ,the sketch shows one method of attaching4 ,four small pieces of strap iron are bent to the shape shown and fastened to the four sides of the upright4 ,electric globes--two1 three or four may be attached as shown4 ,the kind of wood finish for the stand will depend upon the finish on the wooden shade1 if shade is purchased4 ,brown ,flemish is obtained by first staining the wood with ,flemish water stain diluted by the addition of two parts water to one part stain4 ,when this is dry1 sandpaper the whiskers which were raised by the water and fill with a medium dark filler4 ,directions will be found on the filler cans4 ,when the filler has hardened1 apply two coats of wax4 ,the metal shade as shown in the sketch is a layout for a copper or brass shade of a size suitable for this particular lamp4 ,such shades are frequently made from one piece of sheet metal and designs are pierced in them as suggested in the layout4 ,this piercing is done by driving the point of a nail through the metal from the under side before the parts are soldered or riveted together4 ,if the parts are to be riveted1 enough additional metal must be left on the last panel to allow for a lap4 ,no lap is needed when joints are soldered4 ,a better way1 and one which will permit the use of heavier metal1 is to cut each side of the shade separately and fasten them together by riveting a piece of metal over each joint4 ,the shape of this piece can be made so as to accentuate the rivet heads and thus give a pleasing effect4 ,for art-glass the metal panels are ,illustration3 ,the ,completed ,lamp cut out1 the glass is inserted from the under side and held in place by small clips soldered to the frame of the shade4 ,pleasing effects are obtained by using one kind of metal1 as brass1 and reinforcing and riveting with another metal1 such as copper4 ,illustration3 ,,metal ,,shade--,construction of ,shade 9999 ,illuminating a ,watch ,dial at ,night #adi ,this picture shows a watch holder1 with a device to receive an ordinary electric pocket lamp and battery4 ,the battery is set in a bracket under which a reflector extends downward to throw the light on the dial of the watch and to protect the eyes from the direct light4 ,the entire stand and bracket are made from sheet metal4 ,the base is formed to make a tray to hold pins and collar buttons4 ,it is not necessary to seek in the darkness for a push button or switch1 as in ordinary devices1 but a light pressure with the palm of the hand will make the lamp glow4 ,illustration3 ,lamp 9999 ,home-,made ,photographic ,copying ,stand #adi ,the difficulties of bad lighting on small articles can be entirely avoided by the use of a suitable support for the camera1 the object and the background4 ,illustration3 ,secures ,good ,light on ,small ,objects ,for illustrations it is often an advantage to show an object with a perfectly plain background and no deep shadows4 ,when using the stand as illustrated this is a very simple matter4 ,figure #a shows the side1 and ,fig4 #b the front view of this stand4 ,the stand is very easily constructed from pipe and pipe fittings4 ,the main pipe of the stand will need to be of proper length to suit the focus of your camera4 ,this can be determined by finding the length from the lens to the object after the bellows are extended to their full length4 ,the arms holding the glass1 as shown in the sketch1 should be set at a point about the middle of the main tube4 ,the cross that holds the middle arms should be #c_/d in4 one way and #a_/b in4 the other4 ,this will allow for adjustment of the glass table4 ,a small set screw provided in the back of this cross will hold the table in any position desired4 ,the pipes and other connections are all #a_/b-;in4 and the lengths of the pipes are made suitable for the size of the camera4 ,when a small object is to be photographed it is placed upon the glass table and the background fastened to the board4 ,in this manner small objects can be photographed without any deep shadow on one side4 ,the bottom cross and ells should be corked so as to prevent any slipping and damage to the floor4 9999 ,home-,made ,pocket ,lamp #adi ,a simple and safe pocket lamp that will last for about #f months without extra expense can be made at home for a few cents4 ,have your druggist take a strong vial of clear glass1 or a pill bottle with screw or cork top and put into it a piece of phosphorus about the size of a pea and fill the bottle one-third full of pure olive oil that has been heated for #ae minutes--but not boiled4 ,cork tightly and the result will be a luminous light in the upper portion of the bottle4 ,if the light becomes dim1 uncork and recork again4 ,the lamp will retain its brilliancy for about #f months4 ,this makes a perfectly safe lamp to carry4 ,these lamps are used by watchmen of powder magazines4 ,care should be exercised in handling the phosphorus1 as it is very poisonous4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,tangent ,galvanometer #aej ,secure a piece of wood #a_/b in4 thick and cut out a ring with an outside diameter of #aj-a_/b in4 and an inside diameter of #i in4 and glue to each side two other rings #a_/d in4 thick with the same inside diameter as the first ring and #aa in4 outside diameter1 thus forming a #a_/d-;in4 channel in the circumference of the ring4 ,if a lathe is at hand this ring can be made from a solid piece and the channel turned out4 ,cut another circular piece #aa in4 in diameter for a base4 ,make a hole in the center of this piece #a in4 wide and #f-e_/af in4 long1 into which the ring first made should fit so that its inner surface is just even with the upper surface of the baseboard4 ,the ring is held upright in the hole by a small strip screwed to the base as shown4 ,all screws and brads that are used must be of brass4 ,the cutting of these circular pieces is not so difficult if a band saw driven by power is used4 ,they can be cut by means of a key-hole saw if a band saw is not accessible4 ,before mounting the ring on the base1 the groove should be wound with #h turns of ,no4 #af double cotton-covered magnet wire4 ,the two ends may be tied together with a string to hold them temporarily4 ,fasten two strips of wood #a_/d-;in4 thick #e_/h-;in4 wide and #aa in4 long across the sides of the ring with their upper edges passing exactly through the center of the ring4 ,an ordinary pocket compass1 about #a-a_/d in4 in diameter1 is fitted in these strips so that the center of the needle or pointer will be exactly in the center of the ring and its zero point mark at the half-way point between the two strips4 ,put the ring in place on the base1 as shown in the sketch1 and connect the two ends of the wire to two binding-posts that are previously attached to the base4 ,coat the entire surface with brown shellac4 ,any deviation from the dimensions will cause errors in the results obtained by its use4 ,remove all pieces of iron or steel and especially magnets in the near vicinity of the instrument when in use4 ,place the galvanometer on a level table and turn it until the needle1 pointing north and south1 and swinging freely1 lies exactly in the plane of the coil1 as shown in the cut4 ,the needle then will point to zero if the directions have been followed closely4 ,connect one ,illustration3 ,tangent ,galvanometer cell of battery to the instrument and allow the current to flow through the coils4 ,the needle of the compass will be deflected to one side or the other1 and will finally come to rest at a certain angle-let us say #de deg4 ,the dimensions of the instrument are such that when the deflection is #de deg4 the current flowing through the coils upon the ring is #a_/b ampere4 ,the ampere is the unit chosen to designate the strength of the electric current4 ,for other angles the value of the current may be found from the following table3 ,angles ,degrees ,current ,amperes #aj 4#jhh #bj 4#ahb #cj 4#bhi #dj 4#dbj #de 4#ejj #ej 4#fjj #ee 4#gae #fj 4#hfe #gj #a4cge ,as the magnetic force that acts upon a magnet needle varies in different places the values given for the current will not be true in all parts of the country4 ,the table gives correct values for the immediate vicinity of ,chicago and that part of the ,united ,states lying east of ,chicago1 and north of the ,ohio river4 ,the results given should be multiplied by #a4c for places south of the ,ohio river and east of the ,mississippi4 9999 ,home-,made ,x-,ray ,instrument #aea ,two cylinders1 ,,aa1 are mounted on a base1 ,b1 and mirrors1 ,,cc1 are fitted at an angle of #de deg4 into these cylinders4 ,corresponding mirrors1 ,,ee1 are put in the base parallel with those in those cylinders4 ,an opening extends downward from ,d of each cylinder so that light entering at one end of the ,illustration3 ,details of ,x-,ray ,machine cylinder is reflected down at right angles by the first mirror to the second1 from the second to the third1 from the third to the fourth which reflects the light to the eye4 ,thus the light never passes through the cylinders and the observer does not see through1 but around any object inserted at ,x between the cylinders4 9999 ,how to ,make a a ,non-,polarizing ,battery #aea ,bichromate batteries are very expensive to maintain and dry cells do not furnish enough amperage for some kinds of experimental work4 ,a cell of a battery that will run #aj hours with an output of over #a ampere can be made as follows3 ,secure a jar about #d in4 in diameter and #h in4 high and place in the bottom of this jar the lower half of a tin baking powder can1 to which a wire has been soldered for connections4 ,place in the can a mixture of #b oz4 black oxide of copper1 #a oz4 black oxide of manganese and some iron filings4 ,purchase a small crowfoot zinc and hang it about #a in4 above the half can4 ,prepare a #aj per cent solution of caustic soda and fill the jar within #a in4 of the top4 ,place on top the solution a thin layer of kerosene or paraffin4 ,the cell will only cost about #ej cents to make and #be cents for each renewal4 ,when renewing1 always remove the oil with a siphon4 --,contributed by ,robert ,canfield1 ,university ,park1 ,colo4 9999 ,a ,home-,made ,barometer #aea ,take #a_/d oz4 of pulverized campor1 #fb gr4 of pulverized nitrate of potassium1 #ca gr4 nitrate of ammonia and dissolve in #b oz4 alcohol4 ,put the solution in a long1 slender bottle1 closed at the top with a piece of bladder' containing a pinhole to admit air1 says ,metal ,worker4 ,when rain is coming the solid particles will tend gradually to mount1 little crystals forming in the liquid1 which otherwise remains clear2 if high winds are approaching the liquid will become as if fermenting1 while a film of solid particles forms on the surface2 during fair weather the liquid will remain clear and the solid particles will rest at the bottom4 9999 ,lock ,lubricant #aea ,a door lock may be lubricated by using some lead scraped from the lead in a pencil and put in the lock4 ,this may be done by putting the scrapings on a piece of paper and blowing them into the lock through the keyhole4 9999 ,rust ,proofing ,bolts #aea ,where bolts are subject to rust1 the threads should be painted with pure white lead2 then they will not rust fast4 9999 ,painting ,yellow ,pine #aea ,when painting yellow pine exposed to the weather add a little pine tar with the priming coat4 9999 ,revolving a ,wheel with ,boat ,sails #aeb ,a novel windmill or revolving wheel can be made by placing a light wheel so it will turn freely on the end ,illustration3 ,an ,unusual ,type of ,windmill of a post1 and placing four small sailing boats at equal points on the rim of the wheel4 ,it makes no difference which way the wind blows1 the wheel will revolve in one direction4 ,in ,fig4 #a the direction of the wind is shown by the arrows1 and how the sails catch the wind and cause the wheel to revolve4 ,figure #b shows how the wheel will appear when complete4 ,this device makes an attractive advertising sign4 9999 ,a ,floating ,electromagnet #aeb ,a piece of iron placed in a coil of wire carrying a current of electricity becomes an electromagnet4 ,if such a coil and iron core be made small enough they can be attached to a cork and the cork1 floating on a solution1 will allow the magnet to point north and south4 ,the sketch shows how to make such an instrument4 ,a coil of insulated wire is wrapped around a small iron core1 leaving a few inches of each end free for connections4 ,the insulation is removed ,illustration3 ,floating ,electromagnet from these ends and they are run through a piece of cork4 ,attach to the wires1 on the under side of the cork1 a piece of zinc to one end and a piece of copper to the other4 ,the cork is then floated on a solution of acid1 with the zinc and copper hanging in the solution4 ,if zinc and copper are used1 the solution is made from water and blue vitriol4 ,if zinc and carbon are used1 the solution is made from sal ammoniac and water4 ,the float will move about on the solution until the magnet iron will point north and south4 ,if two of them are floating on the same solution1 they will move about and finally arrange themselves end to end with the coils and magnet cores pointing north and south4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,lloyd ,enos4 9999 ,a ,fish ,bait #aeb ,a very effective fish bait is made by inclosing a live minnow in a short section of glass tube1 which is filled with water and both ends closed with corks4 ,this is used in place of the spoon4 9999 ,homemade ,air ,thermometer #aeb ,the illustration shows the complete thermometer4 ,the water in the glass tube is caused to rise and fall by the expansion and contraction of the air in the tin box4 ,a paper-fastener box1 about #a-a_/d in4 ,illustration3 ,air ,thermometer deep and #b in4 in diameter will serve very well for the box ,a4 ,solder in the side of the box #a-;in4 piece of #a_/d-;in4 brass tubing1 ,b1 and then solder on the cover1 ,c1 so that the only escape for the air is through the brass tube4 ,secure a piece of #a_/d-;in4 glass tubing - not shorter than #ah in4--and bend it as shown at ,d in the sketch4 ,hold the part of the tube to be bent in the broad side of a gas jet1 and in a minute or two the tube will bend with its own weight4 ,any angle can be given glass tubing in this way4 ,connect the glass tube to ,b with a short piece of rubber hose1 ,e4 ,if the hose is not a tight fit1 bind with a short piece of fine copper wire4 ,the standard1 ,f1 is made from a piece of ,no4 #aj wire about #aj in4 long4 ,to this standard solder the supporting wire1 ,g--,no4 #ad wire will do4 ,on one side bend the wire around the tube ,b1 and on the other around the glass tube1 ,d4 ,the base1 ,h1 can be made of oak1 stained and varnished4 ,the bottom of the box1 ,a1 is covered with lampblack so as to readily absorb all heat that strikes the surface4 ,the black should not be put on until just before you paint the supports1 cover and rim of the box with gold or silver paint4 ,hold the bottom of the box to be blackened over a little burning cotton saturated with turpentine4 ,the scale on the glass can be etched with hydrofluoric acid1 or made with a little black paint4 ,the water can be put in with a medicine dropper4 ,this instrument will measure the amount of heat given by a candle some #bj or #cj ft4 away4 --,contributed by ,j4 ,thos4 ,rhamstine4 9999 ,home-,made ,battery ,voltmeter #aec ,secure a piece of brass tube #c in4 long that has about #a_/d-;in4 hole4 ,put ends1 ,a1 #a-a_/d in4 square and cut from heavy cardboard on this tube4 ,make a hole in the center of each cardboard just large enough to allow the brass tube to fit tight4 ,put on two or three layers of stout paper around the brass tube and between the cardboard ends4 ,wind evenly about #b oz4 of ,no4 #bf cotton covered magnet wire on the paper between the ends and leave about #b in4 of wire on each end extending from the coil4 ,use a board #a_/b- in4 thick1 #c in4 wide and #f in4 long for the base and fasten the coil to it1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,bore holes for binding-posts1 ,b1 one on each side of the board1 and connect the two wires from the coil to them4 ,at the other end of the board and in the center drive a wire nail and attach a small spring1 ,c1 to it4 ,the spring should be about #a in4 long4 ,take a small piece of soft iron1 ,d1 #a_/b- in4 long and just large enough to slip freely through the brass ,illustration3 ,battery ,voltmeter ,construction tube and solder a piece of copper wire to it2 the other end of the copper wire being hooked to the spring1 ,c4 ,the copper wire must be just long enough to allow the piece of iron1 ,d1 to hang part way in the end of the coil and still hold the spring in place4 ,a circular piece of cardboard1 ,e1 is slipped over the spring to where the spring joins the wire4 ,this cardboard is to serve as the pointer4 ,a piece of paper #a-a_/b in4 wide and #b-a_/b in4 long is glued to the board so that it will be directly under the cardboard pointer and fit snugly up against the top of the coil4 ,the paper can be calibrated by connecting one cell of battery to the binding-posts4 ,the iron plunger1 ,d1 is drawn into the tube and consequently the pointer1 ,e1 is drawn nearer to the coil4 ,make a mark directly under the place where the pointer comes to rest4 ,at the place mark the number of volts the cell reads when connected with a voltmeter4 ,do the same with two or three cells and mark down the result on the scale4 ,by dividing off the space between these marks you may be able to obtain a surprisingly correct reading when connected with the battery cells to be tested4 --,contributed by ,edward ,m4 ,teasdale1 ,cuba1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,folding ,canvas ,cot #aed ,all the material required to make the cot as shown in ,fig4 #a consists of wood #a-a_/b in4 square of which two pieces are #f ft4 long2 two pieces #b ft4 #c in4 long2 two pieces #b-a_/b ft4 long2 four pieces #a-a_/b ft4 long2 four hinges2 some sheet metal and #b-a_/d yd4 of #h-oz4 canvas4 ,make a rectangle of the two long pieces and the two #b-;ft4 #c-;in4 pieces of wood as shown in ,fig4 #b1 nailing well the corners together and reinforcing with a strip of sheet metal as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,the four pieces #a-a_/b ft4 long are used for the legs1 and two of them are nailed to one of the pieces #b-a_/b ft4 long1 making a support as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,make two of these--one for each end4 ,illustration3 ,details of ,canvas ,cot ,construction ,the hinges are attached as shown in ,fig4 #e and the whole support is fastened just under the end pieces of the frame by hinges4 ,four pieces of sheet metal are cut as shown in ,fig4 #d and fastened to the body of the frame with their lower ends hooking over pins driven in each leg at the proper place4 ,the canvas is stretched as tight as possible over the two long side pieces and fastened on the outside edge of each piece with large headed tacks4 ,the legs will fold up as shown by the dotted line and the cot can be stored in a small space4 --,contributed by ,r4 ,j4 ,smith1 ,milwaukee1 ,wis4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,small ,geissler ,tube #aed ,at first this would seem to be a difficult piece of work1 yet a good and beautiful ,geissler tube can be made at home in the following manner3 ,procure a glass tube about #c-a_/b ft4 long having a hole through its center about #a_/h or #a_/d in4 in diameter1 about #a in4 of ,no4 #cj platinum wire and enough mercury to fill the tube and a small bowl4 ,about #a-a_/b lb4 of mercury will be sufficient4 ,the first thing to do is to seal #a_/b in4 of platinum wire in one end of the tube4 ,this is done by holding the end of the tube with the right hand and taking hold of the tube with the left hand about #d in4 from the right hand4 ,hold the tube in a flame of a bunsen burner in such manner that the flame will strike the tube midway between the hands1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 and keep turning the tube so as to get an even heat4 ,when the glass becomes soft1 ,illustration3 ,construction of ,geissler ,tube remove the tube from the flame and quickly draw it out into a fine thread4 ,break this thread off about #a_/h in4 from the long part of the tube and the end will appear as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,take #a_/b in4 of the platinum wire and slip it through the fine hole made by breaking the glass thread so that one-half of the wire will be inside of the long tube4 ,if the end of the tube is now placed in the flame of the burner1 the glass will adhere to the platinum wire and the wire will thus be sealed in the tube4 ,the finished end will appear as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,this tube as described will be #h in4 long1 although nearly any size could be made in the same way4 ,measure #h in4 from the sealed end and place the tube at that point in the flame1 holding in the left hand4 ,at the same time take the piece of glass that was broken off at the end in the first operation and hold it in the flame with the right hand4 ,when both the tube and piece of glass are soft1 touch the soft part of the tube with the end of the glass and draw the tube out into a point like that shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,break off the piece of glass1 thus leaving a4 small aperture in the long tube4 ,seal the remaining #a_/b in4 of platinum in this aperture in the same manner as before being careful not to heat the tube too suddenly4 ,the tube is now ready for filling and the upper part will appear as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,the air is expelled from the tube by filling with mercury4 ,this may be done by making a paper funnel and pouring the mercury slowly into the tube through the funnel4 ,when the tube is filled to within #a_/b in4 of the funnel remove the funnel and tap the side of the tube gently in order to remove any small air bubbles that may be clinging to the sides of the tube4 ,the air bubbles will rise and come to the top4 ,the tube now must be filled completely1 expelling all the air4 ,place a finger over the end of the tube to keep the mercury in and invert the tube and set the end in the bowl of mercury4 ,the mercury in the tube will sink until the level will be at about #cj in41 leaving #h in4 of vacuum at the top4 ,the next operation is to seal the tube at the half-way point between the lower platinum wire and the mercury level4 ,as the lower end of the tube must be kept at all times in the bowl of mercury until the tube is sealed1 an assistant will be necessary for this last operation4 ,have the assistant hold the tube in the mercury at a slight angle1 using care to always keep the lower end in the mercury1 while you hold the burner in the left hand and allow the flame to strike the tube at the stated point4 ,the part of the tube above this point will gradually bend over of its own weight as the glass softens4 ,when it reaches the angle of about #fj deg41 ,fig4 #f1 take hold of the tube with the right hand still keeping the flame on the tube1 and gradually draw the softened portion out until it separates from the main tube4 ,the tube is now finished and when the platinum wires are attached to the terminals of a spark coil a beautiful blue light will appear in the tube with a dark space at the negative end or cathode4 --,contributed by ,david ,a4 ,keys1 ,toronto1 ,can4 9999 ,loosening ,rusted ,nuts #aee ,nuts that are rusted fast can often be loosened by giving a hard turn in the tightening direction4 9999 ,cleaning ,greasy ,stoves #aee ,greasy stoves may be cleaned with a strong solution of lye or soda4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,take-,down ,background ,frame #aef ,many amateur photographers who desire to do portrait work at home have left the subject alone for the want of a suitable background4 ,a frame such as is used by the professional is entirely out of the question in most homes1 says a correspondent of ,camera ,craft4 ,the frame as shown in the sketch was devised and its chief advantage lies in the fact that when not in use it can be compactly tied together and stored away in a closet4 ,almost any wood may be used in constructing this frame1 but yellow pine is the best1 as it is easily obtained and at the same time very well suited for such work4 ,all pieces are to be dressed on all sides4 ,two upright pieces are cut from #c_/d in4 material #b in4 wide and #e ft4 #i in4 long and two blocks are fastened on the ends of each that are to be used for the bottom1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,these blocks are each #b by #f-;in4 and #a_/d in4 thick4 ,the base is made from a piece #c_/d in4 thick1 #c in4 wide and #e ft4 #d in4 long4 ,a crosspiece #c_/d-;in4 thick1 #c in4 wide and #ab in4 long1 cut in the shape shown in ,fig4 #b1 is screwed on each end of the base with #c-;in4 wood screws1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,four blocks #a_/d in4 thick1 #a in4 wide and #c in4 long are nailed to the sides of the base piece parallel with and at a distance of #b in4 from the end of same4 ,this forms a slot1 ,fig4 #d1 to receive the pieces nailed to the ends of the uprights4 ,to secure a rigid frame it is essential that this1 joint be accurately put together4 ,procure a piece of thick tin or brass and make two pieces like the pattern shown in ,fig4 #e1 with each projection #c-;in4 long4 ,the width of the crosspiece is #a in4 and the single projection #c_/d in4 ,these are bent and nailed1 one on each end of a piece of wood that is #a_/d in4 thick1 #a in4 wide and #e ft4 long1 as in ,fig4 #f4 ,these will form two pockets that will fit over the tops of the uprights4 ,the frame is put together as shown in ,fig4 #g4 ,any background that will hang straight without need of being stretched can be hung on this frame4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4#f -- ,details of ,background ,frame 9999 ,home-,made ,kite ,reel #aef ,this kite reel is constructed from two old pulleys and a few pipe fittings4 ,the large pulley is about #ad in4 in diameter1 on the face of which are riveted flat strips of iron with extending arms4 ,these arms are reinforced by riveting smaller pieces from one to the ,illustration3 ,old ,pulleys and ,pipe ,fittings other1 which connects all arms together on both sides of the wheel4 ,mounted on the shaft with the pulleys is a guide for the kite wire or string4 ,the photograph shows that this guide permits of being moved entirely over the top of the reel4 ,the smaller pulley is attached to the shaft and used as a brake4 ,the brake is used only when running out the wire or string1 first removing the crank4 9999 ,attaching ,runners to a ,bicycle for ,winter ,use #aeg ,instead of storing away your bicycle for the winter1 attach runners and use it on the ice4 ,the runners can be made from #a_/d-;in4 by #a-;in4 iron and fastened to the bicycle frame as shown in the sketch4 ,the tire is removed from the rim of the rear wheel and large screws turned into the rim1 leaving the greater part of the screw extending4 ,cut off the heads of the screws and file them to a point4 ,the rear runners should be set so the rim of the wheel will be about #a_/b in4 above the runner level4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,r4 ,welsh1 ,manhattan1 ,kan4 ,illustration3 ,bicycle ,fitted with ,runners for ,snow 9999 ,a ,paper ,that ,makes ,green ,prints #aeg ,a coating for ordinary paper that is said to give green prints is made with a two per cent solution of gelatine1 says ,photography1 and sensitized with the following solution3 ,potassium ,bichromate #ae gr4 ,magnesium ,sulphate #be gr4 ,water #a oz4 ,this mixture is spread over the paper in the usual way and the paper dried in the dark4 ,printing is carried rather far4 ,the print is washed1 then surface dried or blotted off on a pad and laid film upwards on a sheet of glass1 and the following developer is applied with a wad of cotton wool wrung out3 ,pyrocatechin #e gr4 ,water #a oz4 ,the picture assumes a rich green color when developed1 and is then washed for five or ten minutes and dried quickly by heat4 9999 ,copies ,made from ,wax ,molds by ,electro-,deposition #aeg ,fine copies of wax impressions can be made in the following manner3 ,procure an ordinary tumbler and fill it with a strong solution of sulphate of copper1 which is made by dissolving two cents' worth of blue vitriol in #a_/b pt4 of water4 ,after this is done make a porous cell by rolling a piece of brown paper around a stick and fastening the edge with sealing wax2 also1 fix a bottom to the cell in the same way4 ,make a solution of one part of oil of vitriol and #e parts of water and pour this mixture into the porous cell4 ,wind the end of a copper wire around the end of a piece of zinc and place the zinc in the porous cell4 ,attach the other end of the wire to the wax impression4 ,the wax impression is made by pouring melted beeswax on the article you wish to reproduce and removing after the wax gets cold4 ,the wax mold then should be coated with black lead and polished4 ,this is done with a camel's hair brush4 ,a fine copy can be made on the wax impression after the battery has been running about #ab hr4 --,contributed by ,edward ,m4 ,treasdale4 ,illustration3 ,electro-,deposition 9999 ,how to ,make ,skating ,shoes #aeh ,remove the clamp part1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 from an ordinary clamp skate4 ,drill holes in the top part of the skate ,illustration3 ,skating ,shoes for screws4 ,purchase a pair of high shoes with heavy soles and fasten the skates to the soles with screws1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,when completed the skating shoes will have the appearance shown on ,fig4 #c4 ,these will make as good skating shoes as can be purchased1 and very much cheaper4 --,contributed by ,wallace ,c4 ,newton1 ,leominster1 ,mass4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,self-,setting ,rabbit ,trap #aeh ,secure a good-sized box1 say1 #a ft4 high1 #a-a_/b ft4 wide1 and #c ft4 long2 and to the bottom1 about #aj in4 from one end1 fasten a #b-;in4 square piece1 ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 extending the width of the box4 ,place a #aj-;in4 board sloping from the end of the box to the cleat ,a4 ,the swing door ,b1 ,fig4 #a1 is made as shown ,illustration3 ,self-,setting ,trap in ,fig4 #b1 which represents the back side of the door4 ,sheet metal or tin is cut to the proper size and tacked around the edge of the hole4 ,this prevents the animal from gnawing its way out1 also provides a way to make the hole of different sizes for squirrels or other animals4 ,the hole in the door should be about #b in4 wide and #d in4 high for rabbits4 ,the door is made to swing freely on two large nails driven through the sides of the box4 ,the hole in the door being only large enough to admit a small portion of the rabbit's head1 the rabbit will push its way through to the bait1 causing the door to swing back and up1 and it will close by its own weight when the animal is inside4 ,a small door is provided in the other end to remove the animals caught4 ,the advantage of this trap is that where one animal is caught others are liable to follow1 and several rabbits will be trapped at a time4 ,then1 too1 the rabbits are not harmed in any way as they would be if caught in an ordinary trap4 --,contributed by ,h4 ,f4 ,church1 ,alexandria1 ,va4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,atomizer #aeh ,secure a good-sized test tube and fit it with a cork4 ,take two glass tubes1 with about #a_/h-;in4 hole1 and bend them as shown in the sketch4 ,this is done by heating them at the proper point over a gas flame until they are soft4 ,two holes are bored through the cork and the bent tubes inserted in them1 as shown in the sketch1 so that one of the tubes will extend nearly to the bottom ,illustration3 ,atomizer of the test tube and the other just projecting through the cork4 ,the spray tube may be made with a fine hole by first securing a tube longer than necessary and heating it at the proper point and drawing the tube out into a fine thread4 ,the thread is broken off at the proper place to make a small hole4 9999 ,home-,made ,kits for the ,camera #aei ,if you have a #e- by #g-;in4 camera and wish to use some #d- by #e-;in4 plates1 make a few simple kits to hold the smaller plates and fit the larger holders1 says ,camera ,craft4 ,take two pieces of pasteboard1 ,a and ,b1 black surfaced if possible1 and exactly #e by #g in4 in size4 ,the piece ,a will form the back of the kit and should have an opening cut in the center #d by #e in4 in size4 ,paste a piece of strong black paper1 ,c1 over the under side of it to keep the plate from falling through4 ,cut an opening in the other piece1 ,b1 but cut it #a_/d in4 shorter4 ,this opening1 being #a_/h in4 shorter at each end1 will retain the plate in position and cut off only that small amount of plate surface when the plate is exposed in the ,illustration3 ,camera ,kit camera4 ,cut a piece of thin black cloth1 ,d1 #a in4 wide and #e in4 long4 ,lay it down on a piece of newspaper and coat one side with gum or mucilage4 ,stand the two pieces of #e by #g in4 black cards on end together so that they will be square and true and bind the other ends with the strip of cloth so as to form a hinge4 ,the two cards form a thickness about equal to a thick glass plate1 and go in the holder in the same way4 ,lay one of these kits down against the ground side of the focusing screen and draw a line around1 inside of the opening4 ,this will be a guide as to just what will be secured upon the smaller plate when the kits are used4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,miniature ,stage #aei ,a good smooth box1 say #h in4 wide1 #aj in4 high and #ab in4 long1 will serve the purpose for the main part of this small theater4 ,out two rectangular holes1 ,fig4 #a1 one in each end and exactly opposite each other4 ,place a screw eye about #a_/b in4 from the edge on each side of these openings4 ,fit an axle in the screw eyes and fasten a spool to the middle of the axle4 ,on one of the two spools attach another smaller spool1 ,fig4 #b1 to be used as a driving pulley4 ,cut out the front part of the box down to a level with the top of the spools4 ,connect the spools with a belt made from tape about #c_/d in4 wide4 ,on this belt fasten figures cut from heavy paper and made in the form of people1 automobiles1 trolley cars1 horses and dogs4 ,a painted scenery can be made in behind the movable tape4 ,the front part of the box may be draped with curtains1 making the appearance of the ordinary stage1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,a small motor will run the spools and drive the tape on which the figures are attached4 --,contributed by ,william ,m4 ,crilly1 ,jr41 ,chicago4 ,illustration3 ,details of ,stage 9999 ,a ,floating ,compass ,needle #afj ,when a thoroughly dry and clean sewing needle is carefully placed on the surface of water the needle will float even if the density of steel is #g or #h times that of water4 ,a sewing needle thus floating upon water may be used as a compass1 if it has previously been magnetized4 ,the needle will then point north and south1 and will maintain this position if the containing vessel is moved about2 if the needle is displaced by force it will return to its position along the magnetic meridian as soon as the restraint is removed4 9999 ,home-,made ,dog ,cart #afj ,the accompanying photograph shows a boy with his dogmobile4 ,the photograph was taken when they were on a new pavement which had #b in4 of sand ,dog-,power ,cart left by the pavers and a grade of #f per cent4 ,the machine is nothing more than a boy's rubber-tired wagon on which are mounted a box for a seat and a wheel steering device extending above and below the board of the wagon4 ,the front wheels are guided by ropes attached from each end of the axle and a few turns around the lower end of the steering rod4 ,a pair of shafts are attached to the rear1 into which the dog is harnessed4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,dry ,battery ,cell #afj ,illustration3 ,dry ,battery ,cell ,dry battery cells are composed of the same materials for the poles1 but instead of the liquid commonly used a paste is formed by mixing sal ammoniac and other salts with water and packed in the cell so it cannot spill4 ,a cell of this kind can easily be made1 and to make it the proper size a sheet of zinc #h-a_/b in4 long and #f in4 wide will be required4 ,this zinc is rolled into a cylinder #b-a_/b-;in4 in diameter4 ,this will allow for a lap of #e_/h in41 which is tightly soldered only on the outside of the seam4 ,close one end of the cylinder by soldering a disk of zinc over it1 making a watertight receptacle4 ,all soldering should be done on the outside and none of the solder allowed to run on the inside of the seam4 ,all seams on the inside should be painted with asphaltum in order to cover any particles of solder4 ,do not paint any surface1 only the joints4 ,secure three carbon rods #a_/b- in4 in diameter and #f in4 long which are copper plated4 ,carbons used in arc lamps will do4 ,file the rods to remove the copper plate1 leaving about #a_/b-;in4 of the plate at one end4 ,tie the three rods in a close bundle with the copper-plated ends together and make a contact with each rod by soldering a wire to the plated ends1 allowing one end of the wire to project about #b in4 for a connection4 ,the plated ends of the carbons should be covered with paraffin for about #a in4 ,this is done by immersing them in a dish of smoking hot melted paraffin until the pores are thoroughly saturated4 ,the salts for filling are #a_/d lb4 zinc oxide1 #a lb4 sal ammoniac1 #c_/d lb4 plaster of paris1 #a_/d lb4 chloride of zinc mixed into a paste by adding #a_/b pt4 of water4 ,form a #a_/b-;in4 layer of paste in the bottom of the cylinder and place the ends of the carbon rods on this with their plated ends up4 ,hold the rods in the center of the cylinder and put the paste in around the rods with a stick4 ,pack the paste in1 closely filling the cylinder to within #c_/d in4 of the top4 ,this space at the top is filled with a mixture of #a_/b lb4 of rosin and #b oz4 beeswax melted together4 ,this wax seals the cell and prevents any evaporation4 ,connection is made to the zinc by soldering a wire to the outside of the cylinder4 9999 ,how to ,paraffin ,wire #afa ,the following description of how to make an apparatus with which to paraffin wire as needed makes clear a method of construction that is simple and easy to put together in a4 short time4 ,secure a pan to be used for this purpose only2 one that will hold about #a qt4 ,the details of the construction are given in the diagram1 in which ,p is the pan2 ,b is a base of #a in4 pine2 ,s is the spool of wire supported near one end of the base by nailing on standards ,h and ,h2 ,f is a spool1 with narrow flanges1 supported near the bottom of the pan by the standards ,t and ,t4 ,these may be made of two short pieces of a roller fitted into the holes bored in the base2 ,a is a block of l-in4 pine with a piece of leather tacked on one side4 ,four nails should be driven in the base just outside of the edge of the pan to keep it from sliding off the pan4 ,bore a hole in the base between the two spools and pass the wire through this hole1 under the spool in the paraffin1 then through a small hole in the leather and a notch in the block ,a1 and a notch between the base and the pan4 ,tie a string around the wire between the leather and the paraffin1 making the knots so they will not pull through the hole in the leather4 ,this makes the wire smooth1 and by making the string tighter or looser you can regulate the thickness of the paraffin1 says ,electrician and ,mechanic4 ,place the pan on the stove2 when the paraffin is melted1 pull out the wire as needed4 ,to keep the pan from sliding place a flatiron or some other weight on it4 ,illustration3 ,home-,made ,apparatus for ,paraffining ,wire 9999 ,uses of ,peat #afa ,peat is used in ,germany for bedding1 fodder1 filter1 fuel and packing purposes4 9999 ,scientific ,explanation of a ,toy #afb ,in a recent ,issue of ,popular ,mechanics an article on ,the ,turning ,card ,puzzle was described and illustrated4 ,outside of the scientific side involved herein ,i describe a much better trick4 ,about the time when the expression skidoo first began to be used ,i invented the following trick and called it ,skidoo and ,skidee1 which created much merriment4 ,unless the trick is thoroughly understood1 for some it will turn one way1 for others the opposite way1 while for others it will not revolve at all4 ,one person whom ,i now recall became red in the face by shouting skidoo and skidee at it1 but the thing would not move at all1 and he finally1 from vexation1 threw the trick into the fire and a new one had to be made4 ,very few can make it turn both ways at will1 and therein is the trick4 ,take a piece of hardwood #c_/h-;in4 square and about #i in4 long4 ,on one of the edges cut a series of notches as indicated in ,fig #a4 ,then slightly taper the end marked ,b until it is nicely rounded as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,next make an arm of a two-arm windmill such as boys make4 ,make a hole through the center of this one arm4 ,enlarge the hole slightly1 enough to allow a common pin to hold the arm to the end ,b and not interfere with the revolving arm4 ,two or three of these arms may have to be made before one is secured that is of the exact proportions to catch the vibrations right4 ,illustration3 ,how to ,cut the ,notches ,to operate the trick1 grip the stick firmly in one hand1 and with the forward and backward motion of the other allow the first finger to slide along the top edge1 the second finger along the side and the thumb nail will then vibrate along the notches1 thus making the arm revolve in one direction4 ,to make the arm revolve in the opposite direction--keep the hand moving all the time1 so the observer will not detect the change which the band makes--allow the first finger to slide along the top1 as in the other movement1 the thumb and second finger changing places3 e4 g41 in the first movement you scratch the notches with the thumb nail while the hand is going from the body1 and in the second movement you scratch the notches with the nail of the second finger when the hand is coming toward the body1 thus producing two different vibrations4 ,in order to make it work perfectly 787 you must of course say skidoo when you begin the first movement1 and then1 no matter how fast the little arm is revolving when changed to the second movement1 you must say skidee and the arm will immediately stop and begin revolving in the opposite direction4 ,by using the magic words the little arm will obey your commands instantly and your audience will be mystified4 ,if any of your audience presume to dispute1 or think they can do the same1 let them try it4 ,you will no doubt be accused of blowing or drawing in your breath1 and many other things in order to make the arm operate4 ,at least it is amusing4 ,try it and see4 --,contributed by ,charles ,clement ,bradley1 ,toledo1 ,ohio4 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 ,the foregoing article describing the ,skidoo-,skidee ,trick appeared in a recent issue of ,popular ,mechanics4 ,i have been told that a similar arrangement is used by a tribe of ,indians in the state of ,washington1 by the ,hindoos in ,india1 and one friend tells me that they were sold on the streets of our large cities many years ago4 ,this toy interested me so much that ,i have made an investigation into the causes of its action1 and ,i think the results may be of interest4 ,to operate1 one end of the notched stick is held firmly in the left hand1 while with the right hand a nail or match stick is rubbed along the notched edge1 at the same time pressing with the thumb or finger of the moving hand against the oblique face of the stick4 ,the direction of rotation depends upon which face is pressed4 ,a square stick with notches on edge is best1 but the section may be circular or even irregular in shape4 ,the experiments were as follows3 #a4 ,a rectangular stick had notches cut on one face4 ,when the pressure was applied upon a face normal to the first1 no rotation resulted4 ,if the pressure was upon an edge1 rotation was obtained4 #b4 ,irregular spacing of the notches did not interfere with the action4 ,the depth of the notches was also unimportant1 although it should be suited to the size of the nail for best results4 #c4 ,the hole in the revolving piece must be larger than the pin2 if there is a close fit no rotation is obtained4 #d4 ,the center of gravity of the revolving piece must lie within the hole4 ,if the hole is not well centered the trick cannot be performed4 #e4 ,if the stick be clamped in a vise no results are obtained2 with this exception3 if the stick has enough spring1 and the end clamped is far enough away from the notched portion1 the rotation may be obtained4 ,the above experiments led me to the conclusion that the operation of the device is dependent upon a circular motion of the pin1 and this was confirmed by the following experiments4 ,the action is somewhat similar to swinging the toy known as a locust around with a slight circular motion of the hand1 ,it is necessary to show here that a slight circular motion is sufficient to produce the result and1 secondly1 that such motion can be produced by the given movements of the hands4 #f4 ,a piece of brass rod was clamped in the chuck of a lathe1 and a depression made in the end slightly eccentric1 by means of a center punch4 ,if the end of the pin is inserted in this depression1 ,illustration3 ,the ,lathe ,experiment while the hand holding the other end of the stick is kept as nearly as possible in the axis of the lathe1 rotation of the lathe will produce rotation of the revolving piece4 ,speeds between #gjj and #a1ajj r4 p4 m4 gave the best results4 #g4 ,a tiny mirror was attached to the end of the pin1 and the hand held in the sunlight so that a spot of sunlight was reflected upon the wall4 ,the notches were then rubbed in the usual way4 ,the spot of light upon the wall moved in a way which disclosed two components of motion1 one circular and one due to the irregular movements of the hand holding the stick4 ,usually the orbit was too irregular to show a continuous and closed circular path1 but at times the circular motion became very pronounced4 ,it was observed and the direction of rotation correctly stated by a man who was unaware of the source of the motion4 ,the production of the circular motion can be explained in this way3 ,when the rubbing nail comes to a notch the release of pressure sends the stick upward2 this upward motion against the oblique pressure upon the 7say7 right hand side gives also a lateral component of motion towards the left4 ,as the nail strikes the opposite side of the notch the stick is knocked down again1 this motion relieves somewhat the oblique pressure from the right hand side1 and1 the reaction from the holding 7left7 hand moves the stick to the right slightly1 so that it is back in the old position for the next upward motion4 ,thus a circular or elliptic motion is repeated for each notch1 and the direction of this motion is the same whether the nail be rubbed forward or back4 ,for oblique side pressure from the right 7notches assumed upward71 the motion of the stick and hence of the revolving piece will be counter-clockwise2 if the pressure is from the left1 it will be clockwise4 ,that the motion of the revolving piece is due to a swinging action1 and not to friction of the pin in the hole1 is proved by experiments #c and #d4 --,contributed by ,m4 ,g4 ,lloyd1 ,ph4,d41 ,washington1 ,d4 ,c4 9999 ,home-,made ,lantern #afc ,illustration3 ,tin ,can ,lantern ,the accompanying picture shows a lantern which can be made almost anywhere for immediate use4 ,all that is needed is an empty tomato or coffee can1 a piece of wire and a candle4 ,make a hole a little smaller than the diameter of a candle and about one-third of the way from the closed end of the can1 as shown4 ,a wire is tied around the can1 forming a handle for carrying4 ,this kind of lantern can be carried against almost any wind and the light will not be blown out4 --,contributed by ,g4 ,a4 ,sloan1 ,duluth1 ,minn4 9999 ,a ,study of ,splashes #afd ,when a rough1 or greasy1 or dusty sphere falls into a liquid1 the liquid is ,illustration3 ,splashes from a ,sphere ,in ,milk and ,water forced away from the sphere4 ,if the sphere is quite smooth the liquid rises up around and enclosing it in a sheath says ,knowledge and ,scientific ,news4 ,reproduced herewith are a series of photographs showing successive stages in the entry of a rough sphere into milk and water1 and the resultant basket splash4 ,the diameter of this sphere was about #c_/e in41 and the height of the fall about #f in4 ,examination of the photographs shows that the liquid1 instead of flowing over and wetting the surface of the sphere1 is driven violently away1 so far as can be seen from the photographs1 the upper portion is1 at first1 unwetted by the liquid4 ,the gradual thickening of the crater wall and the corresponding reduction in the number of its lobes as the subsidence proceeds is beautifully shown4 ,thereafter there rises from the depth of the crater an exquisite jet which in obedience to the law of segmentation at once splits up in its upper portion into little drops1 while at the same time it gathers volume from below and rises ultimately as a tall1 graceful column to a height which may be even greater than that from which the sphere fell4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,stick ,pin #afd ,a fine stick pin or button can be made from a new one-cent piece4 ,carefully file out all the metal around the ,indian head and slightly round the edges4 ,solder a pin to the back of the head when it is to be used for a stick pin4 ,if a collar button base is soldered to the back of the head instead of the pin it can be used for a button4 ,these can be gold plated by a jeweler and then you will have a neat pin or button1 or a good emblem for the ,order of ,redmen4 ,illustration3 ,stick ,pin 9999 ,how to ,make a ,miniature ,electric ,locomotive #afe ,a miniature electric railway is a thing that attracts the attention of almost any person4 ,the cost of a toy electric locomotive is beyond the reach of many boys who could just as well make such a toy without much expense and be proud to say they built it themselves4 ,the electric locomotive described herewith uses for its power a small battery motor costing about #a4 ,the first thing to do is to make the wheels and axles4 ,if one has no ,illustration3 ,the ,different ,parts for ,making the ,electric ,locomotive lathe1 the wheels can be turned at some machine shop4 ,four wheels are made from a round bar of metal1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,each wheel is #a_/d in4 thick and #a in4 in diameter1 with a #a_/af-;in4 flange and a #a_/d-;in4 hole drilled in the center4 ,each pair of wheels is fitted on a #a_/d-;in4 axle1 about #b-e_/h in4 long4 ,one of the axles should be fitted with a grooved belt wheel1 as shown4 ,make the frame from three pieces of heavy brass1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the first piece1 or main part of the frame1 is made from brass1 #c_/d in4 wide and #af in4 long1 bent into an oblong shape and the ends soldered or bolted together4 ,if the ends are to be soldered1 before doing so drill four #a_/d-;in4 holes #a in4 from the ends and insert the ends of the axles4 ,the other two pieces are #a_/b-;in4 wide and of the dimensions shown in the sketch4 ,these pieces are riveted in the middle of the oblong frame1 each in its proper place4 ,the motor is now bolted1 bottom side up1 to the top of the piece fastened to the frame lengthwise4 ,a trolley1 ,fig4 #c1 is made from a piece of clock spring1 bent as shown1 and a small piece of tin soldered to the top end for a brush connection4 ,a groove is made in the tin to keep the trolley wire in place4 ,the trolley wire is fastened to supports made of wood and of the dimensions given in ,fig4 #d4 ,the trolley should be well insulated from the frame4 ,the parts1 put together complete1 are shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,run a belt from the pulley on the motor to the grooved wheel on the axle1 as shown in ,fig4 #f1 and the locomotive is ready for running4 ,in making the connections the travel of the locomotive may be made more complicated by placing a rheostat and controlling switches in the line1 so that the engine can be started and stopped at will from a distance and the speed regulated4 ,automatic switches can be attached at the ends of the line to break the circuit when the locomotive passes a certain point4 ,one connection from the batteries is made to the trolley wire and the other to a rail4 ,the connection for the motor runs from one binding post to the trolley and this connection must be well insulated to avoid a short-circuit4 ,the other binding-post is connected to the frame4 ,the cost of making the wheels and purchasing the track will not be over #a4ej4 ,the track can be made from strips of tin put in a saw cut made in pieces of wood used for ties4 ,this will save buying a track4 --,contributed by ,maurice ,e4 ,fuller1 ,san ,antonio1 ,texas4 9999 ,demagnetizing a ,watch #aff ,a test can be made to know if your watch is magnetized by placing a small compass on the side of the watch nearest the escapement wheel if the compass pointer moves with the escapement wheel the watch is magnetized4 ,a magnetized watch must be placed in a ,illustration3 ,watch ,demagnetizer coil that has an alternating current of electricity flowing through it to remove the magnetism4 ,a demagnetizer can be made as shown in the illustration4 ,two end pieces for the coil are made as shown in ,fig4 #a from #a_/d-;in4 wood4 ,these ends are fastened together1 ,fig4 #b1 with cardboard #c in4 long glued to the inside edges of the holes cut in them4 ,wind upon the spool thus formed about #b lb4 of ,no4 #af cotton-covered copper wire4 ,as it will be necessary to place a #af-;cp4 lamp in series with the coil1 both the coil and lamp can be mounted on a suitable base and connected as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,the current1 which must be #aaj volt alternating current1 is turned on the lamp and coil and the magnetized watch slowly drawn through the opening in the center of the coil4 --,contributed by ,arthur ,liebenberg1 ,cincinnati1 ,o4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,pocket ,skate ,sharpener #aff ,secure a square file and break off a piece1 ,fig #a1 the length of a paper clip1 ,fig4 #b4 ,draw the temper in the ends of this piece of file1 but do not heat the center4 ,this can be done by wrapping a wet piece of cloth or asbestos around the middle and holding it in the jaws of a pair of tongs which will only leave the end uncovered and projecting from the tongs about #a_/b in4 ,hold this projecting end in a flame of a plumber's torch until it is a dull red4 ,allow this to cool slowly while in the tongs4 ,when cold treat the other end in the same way4 ,this will draw the temper in only the ends which are filed1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 and holes drilled in them4 ,also drill a hole in each end of the spring on the paper clip to match those drilled in the piece of file4 ,fasten the file in the clip with small bolts1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,when the file gets filled with filings it can be removed and cleaned4 ,place the runner of the skate in the clip and hold flat on the surface of the runner4 ,if the piece of file is fitted to the same width as the skate runner the sides of the paper clip will hold the file level with the surface of the runner without any trouble4 ,push the clip back and forth until the skate is sharpened4 ,illustration3 ,sharpener for ,skates 9999 ,old-,time ,magic #afg 9999 ,trick with a ,coin in a ,wine ,glass #afg ,the accompanying sketch shows a4 trick of removing a dime from the bottom of an old fashioned wine glass without touching the coin4 ,the dime is first placed in the bottom of the glass and then a silver quarter dropped in on top4 ,the quarter will not go all the way down4 ,blow hard into the glass in the position shown and the dime will fly out and strike the blower on the nose4 ,illustration3 ,coin ,trick 9999 ,untying-a-,knot ,trick #afg ,tie a double knot in a silk handkerchief1 as shown in the accompanying sketch and tighten the last tie a little by slightly drawing the two upper ends2 then continue to tighten much more1 pulling vigorously at the first corner of the handkerchief1 and as this end belongs to the same corner it cannot be pulled much without loosening the twisted line of the knot to become a straight line4 ,the other corner forms a slip knot on the end1 which can be drawn out without disturbing the form1 or apparent security of the knot1 at the moment when you cover the knot with the unused part of the handkerchief4 ,when the trick is to be performed1 tie two or three very hard knots that are tightly drawn and show your audience that they are not easy to untie4 ,the slip knot as described then must be made in apparently the same way ,illustration3 ,knot ,trick and untied with the thumb while the knot is in the folds of the handkerchief4 9999 ,gear-,cutting ,attachment for ,small ,lathes #afg ,when in need of small gears for experimental or model machines the amateur usually purchases them1 never thinking that he could make them on his own lathe4 ,a small attachment can be made to fasten in the tool post of a lathe and the attachment made to take a mandrel on which to place the blank for cutting a gear4 ,the frame is made from a #a_/b in4 square iron bent as shown in the sketch with the ,illustration3 ,gear-,cutting ,attachment for ,lathes projecting end filed to fit the tool post of the lathe4 ,a pair of centers are fitted1 one of which should have a screw thread and lock nut for adjustment in putting in and removing the mandrel4 ,all the old clock wheels that can be found should be saved and used for index wheels4 ,all of these wheels should be fitted to one end of the mandrel4 ,the blank wheel is put on the outer end of the mandrel and a clock wheel having the number of teeth desired placed on the other end4 ,when the mandrel is put in between the centers a small pawl is fastened with a screw to the frame with its upper end engaging in a tooth of the clock wheel4 ,one clock wheel will index more than one number of teeth on a blank wheel4 ,for instance3 if the clock wheel has #ah teeth it can be made to index #f1 #i or #ah teeth to the blank by moving the number of teeth each time #c1 #b and #a respectively4 ,in the sketch1 ,a shows the end of the cutter and ,b the side and the shape of the cutting tool4 ,when the cutter ,a1 which is in a mandrel placed in the centers of the lathe1 has finished a cut for a tooth1 the pawl is disengaged and the mandrel turned to another tooth in the clock wheel4 ,in order to get the desired height it is sometimes necessary to block up the lathe head and the final depth of the tooth adjusted by the two screws in the projecting end of the frame which rests on the rocker in the tool post4 ,should too much spring occur when cutting iron gears the frame can be made rigid by blocking up the space between it and the lathe bed4 ,the cutter mandrel is placed in the centers of the lathe1 or should the lathe head be raised1 a short mandrel with the cutter near the end can be placed in a chuck1 and adjusted to run true4 ,the frame holding the mandrel1 gear blank and clock wheel is inserted in the tool post of the lathe and adjusted for depth of the cutter4 ,the lathe is started and the gear blank fed on the cutter slowly until the tooth is cut4 ,the pawl is released and the mandrel turned to the proper number of teeth and the operation repeated4 ,in this manner gears #c in4 in diameter can be made on a #f-;in4 swing lathe4 --,contributed by ,samuel ,c4 ,bunker1 ,brooklyn1 ,n4,y4 9999 ,wire ,terminals for ,battery ,connections #afh ,illustration3 ,cotter ,pin ,wire ,terminal ,good connections on the end of wires for batteries can be made from cotter pins1 ,fig4 #a1 about #a-a_/b in4 long4 ,each end of the wire is put through the eye of a cotter pin1 twisted around itself and soldered4 ,the connection and eye are then covered with tape as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,when connecting to batteries1 spread the pin and push the parts under the nut with one part on each side of the binding-post4 ,when the nuts are tightened the connection will be better than with the bare wire4 --,contributed by ,howard ,s4 ,bott4 9999 ,simple ,arts and ,crafts ,leather ,work #afh ,very interesting and useful pieces of leather work can be done with nothing more for equipment than a cup pointed nail set such as carpenter use1 and a nut pick4 ,the accompanying illustrations show some of the things that can be made4 ,beginning at the left and reading to the right they are3 ,case for court-plaster1 coin purse1 lady's card case1 eye glass cleaner or pen wiper 7has chamois skin within74 ,second row3 ,two book marks1 note book1 blotter back1 book mark4 ,third row3 ,pin ball 7has saddler's felt between the two leather disks71 tea cosey1 gentleman's card case or bill book4 ,fourth row3 ,needle or pin case1 tea cosey1 lady's belt bag1 watch fob ready for fastenings4 ,procure a piece of ,russian calf modeling leather4 7#a47 ,make on paper the design wanted4 7#b47 ,moisten the back side of the leather with sponge or cloth with as much water as it will take yet not show through on the face side4 7#c47 ,place the leather on some hard non-absorbent material1 such as brass or marble4 7#d47 ,place the paper design on the leather and1 holding it in place with the left hand1 trace the outline1 of the object and the decorative design with the nut pick so as to make a ,v-shaped groove in the leather4 7#e47 ,take the paper off and working on the leather directly make the grooves deeper4 7#f47 ,with the cup-pointed nail set stamp the background promiscuously4 ,this is done by making an effort to hold the point of the set about #a_/d in4 above the surface1 at the same time striking light1 rapid blows on the top with a hammer or mallet4 ,illustration3 ,this ,work ,is ,done with a ,nail ,set and ,nut ,pick ,with such objects as coin purses and card cases1 a sewing machine will be needed to fasten the parts together4 ,an ordinary machine will do4 ,frequently the parts are fastened by punching holes and lacing through these with leather thongs or silk cord4 ,in making symmetrical designs such as are here shown1 draw center lines across the required space1 dividing it into as many parts as desired4 ,make free-hand one quarter of the design1 if four parts are to be alike1 or one-half of the design1 if but two parts4 ,fold over along these center lines4 ,put a piece of double-surfaced carbon paper between the parts and trace over the design already drawn4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,simple ,still #agj ,a still to distill water can be made from a test tube1 some heavy rubber hose1 and an ordinary bottle4 ,secure ,illustration3 ,distilling ,water a stopper for the test tube1 and bore a hole through the center1 into which fit a small piece of tube4 ,the bottle is also fitted with a stopper containing a piece of tube1 and both bottle and test tube connected with a rubber tube4 ,the test tube is partly filled with water and supported or held over an alcohol lamp4 ,the bottle should stand in a basin of cold water4 ,when the water in the test tube begins to boil the steam passes over to the bottle1 where it condenses4 ,the basin should be supplied with cold water as fast as it begins to get warm4 ,the rubber tube will not stand the heat very long and if the still is to be used several times1 a metal tube should be supplied to connect the test tube and bottle4 9999 ,homemade ,mariner's ,compass #agj ,magnetize an ordinary knitting needle1 ,a1 and push it through a cork1 ,b1 and place the cork exactly in the middle of the needle4 ,thrust a pin1 ,c1 through the cork at right angles to the needle and stick two sharpened matches in the sides of the cork so that they will project downward as shown4 ,the whole arrangement is balanced on a thimble with balls of wax stuck on the heads of the matches4 ,if the needle is not horizontal1 pull it through the cork to one side or the other1 or change ,illustration3 ,magnetized ,needle ,revolving on a ,pin the wax balls4 ,the whole device is placed in a glass berry dish and covered with a pane of glass4 9999 ,brighten ,white ,paint #agj ,add aluminum bronze to a white or light paint that is to be used for lettering on a dark ground4 9999 ,quartz ,electrodes ,used in ,receiving ,wireless ,messages #agj ,illustration3 ,details of the ,receiving ,instrument ,wireless messages have been received at ,washington1 ,d4,c41 from ,key ,west1 ,florida1 a distance of #ijj miles1 through a receiving instrument in which two pieces of quartz of different composition were used on the electrodes4 ,in making an instrument of this kind the quartz can be purchased from a dealer in minerals4 ,one piece must contain copper pyrites and the other zincites4 ,the electrodes are made cupping to hold the minerals and each should have a screw adjustment to press the pieces of quartz in contact with each other4 ,connect as shown in the illustration1 using a high resistance receiver4 --,contributed by ,edwin ,l4 ,powell1 ,washington1 ,d4 ,c4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,glider #aga ,by ,carl ,bates ,a gliding machine is a motorless aeroplane1 or flying-machine1 propelled by gravity and designed to carry a passenger through the air from a high point to a lower point some distance away4 ,flying in a glider is simply coasting down hill on the air1 and is the most interesting and exciting sport imaginable4 ,the style of glider described in this article is known as the two-surface or double-decked aeroplane1 and is composed of two arched cloth surfaces placed one above the other4 ,in building a glider the wood material used should be straight-grained spruce1 free from knots4 ,first prepare from spruce planks the following strips of wood4 ,four long beams #c_/d in4 thick1 #a-a_/d in4 wide and #bj ft4 long2 #ab crosspieces #c_/d in4 thick1 #c_/d in4 wide and #c ft4 long2 #ab uprights #a_/b in4 thick1 #a-a_/b in4 wide and #d ft long2 #da strips for the bent ribs #c_/af in4 thick1 #a_/b-;in4 wide and #d ft4 long2 #b arm sticks #a in4 thick1 #b in4 wide and #c ft4 long2 the rudder sticks #c_/d in4 square and #h ft long2 several strips #a_/b in4 by #c_/d in4 for building the vertical and horizontal rudders4 ,the frames for the two main surfaces should be constructed first1 by bolting the crosspieces to the long beams at the places shown by the dimensions in ,fig4 #a4 ,if #bj-;ft4 lumber cannot be procured1 use #aj-;ft4 lengths and splice them1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,all bolts used should be #a_/h in4 in diameter and fitted with washers on both ends4 ,these frames formed by the crosspieces should be braced by diagonal wires as shown4 ,all wiring is done with ,no4 #af piano wire4 ,the #da ribs may be nailed to the main frames on the upper side by using fine flat-headed brads #g_/h in4 long4 ,these ribs are spaced #a ft4 apart and extend #a ft4 beyond the rear edges of the main frames1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,after nailing one end of a rib to the front long beam1 the rib is arched by springing down the loose end and nailing to the rear beam4 ,the ribs should have a curve as shown in ,fig4 #b1 the amount of curvature being the same in all the ribs4 ,the frames of the main surfaces are now ready to be covered with cloth4 ,cambric or bleached muslin should be used for the covering1 which is tacked to the front edge1 stretched tightly over the bent ribs and fastened securely with tacks to the rear ends of the ribs4 ,the cloth should also be glued to the ribs for safety4 ,in the center of the lower plane surface there should be an opening #b ft4 wide and #d ft4 long for the body of the operator4 ,place the two main surfaces #d ft4 apart and connect with the #ab uprights1 placed in the corner of each crosspiece and beam4 ,the uprights are fastened by bolting to the crosspieces1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the whole structure is made strong and rigid by bracing with diagonal wires1 both laterally and longitudinally4 ,the vertical rudder is to keep the machine headed into the wind and is not movable4 ,this rudder is made of cloth stretched over a light wooden frame1 which is nailed to the rudder sticks connecting to the main frame4 ,the horizontal rudder is also made of cloth stretched over a light wooden frame1 and arranged to intersect the vertical rudder at its center4 ,this rudder is held in position and strengthened by diagonal wires and guy wires4 ,the horizontal rudder is also immovable and its function is to prevent the machine from diving1 and also to keep it steady in its flight4 ,the rudders are fastened to the glider by the two rudder sticks1 and these sticks are held rigid by diagonal wire and also by guy wires leading to the sides of the main frames as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the two arm sticks should be spaced about #ac in4 apart and bolted to the long beams in the center of the opening in the lower plane where the operator is to take his position4 ,the glider should be examined to see ,illustration3 ,details of the ,glider that the frame is not warped or twisted4 ,the surfaces must be true or the machine will be hard to balance when in flight4 ,to make a glide1 take the glider to the top of a hill1 get in between the arm sticks and lift the machine up until the arm sticks are under the arms as shown run a few steps against the wind and leap from the ground4 ,you will find that the machine has a surprising amount of lift1 and if the weight of the body is in the right place you will go shooting down the hillside in free flight4 ,the landing is made by pushing the weight of the body backwards4 ,this will cause the glider to tip up in front1 slacken speed and settle4 ,the operator can then land safely and gently on his feet4 ,of course1 the beginner should learn by taking short jumps1 gradually increasing the distance as he gains skill and experience in balancing and landing4 ,the proper position of the body is slightly ahead of the center of the planes1 but this must be found by experience4 ,the machine should not be used in winds blowing faster than #ae miles an hour4 ,glides are always made against the wind1 and the balancing is done by moving the legs4 ,the higher the starting point the farther one may fly4 ,great care should be exercised in making landings2 otherwise the operator might suffer a sprained ankle or perhaps a broken limb4 ,the illustration shows two lines of flight from a hilltop1 the glider travels on the upper line caused by the body of the operator taking a position a little back of the proper place1 and on the lower line he changes his position from front to back while flying1 which causes the dip in the line4 9999 ,boys ,representing the ,centaur #agc ,this is a diversion in which two boys personate a ,centaur1 a creature of ,greek mythology1 half man and half horse4 ,one of the players stands erect and the other behind him in a stooping position with his hands upon the first player's hips1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the ,illustration3 ,making ,up the ,centaur second player is covered over with a4 shawl or table cover which is pinned around the waist of the first player4 ,a tail made of strips of cloth or paper is pinned to the rear end of the cover4 ,the first player should hold a bow and arrow and have a cloak thrown loosely over his shoulder as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,imitation hoofs of pasteboard may be made and fastened over the shoes4 9999 ,home-,made ,ladle for ,melting ,babbitt #agc ,secure a large sized old bicycle bell and rivet a heavy wire or strap iron on one side for a handle4 ,when heated a little1 hammer out the edge on one side for a lip to pour from4 ,this makes a good ladle for melting small amounts of babbit or lead4 --,contributed by ,l4 ,m4 ,olson1 ,bellingham1 ,wash 9999 ,how to ,make a ,flash ,lamp #agd ,indoor photographs are made much better with the use of a flashlight than by depending on light from windows4 ,the lighting can be made from any direction to suit the operator4 ,if lighting flash powder when not in a regular flash lamp the flash cannot be depended upon and in some instances is dangerous4 ,to make a simple and inexpensive flash lamp1 first secure from your druggist an empty salve box about #c in4 in diameter4 ,while at the drug store get #c ft4 of small rubber tubing2 this will cost about #ae cents4 ,now visit the tin shop and get a small piece of scrap tin #c or #d in4 square2 a piece of brass or steel wire1 about the size of stove pipe wire1 #ad in4 long4 ,these with a strip of light asbestos paper and some small iron wire1 about the size of door screen wire1 will complete the material list4 ,carefully punch a hole through the salve box on one side near the bottom with a #aj-penny nail4 ,cut a strip of tin #b in4 long and about #c_/h in4 wide and roll this around a #h-penny nail so as to form a small tube which will just fit the hole made in the salve box4 ,next roll up a strip of tin #a_/b in4 wide into a small cup about #c_/h in4 in diameter at one end and #a_/d in4 at the other4 ,place the tube in the nail hole so that one end comes almost to the center of the box inside and the other end projects about #a_/b in4 outside the box4 ,cut out a little place for the tube to enter the cup at the small end and then solder the tube and cup to the bottom of the box as shown in the illustration4 ,the tube and cup should be well soldered on the seams to make them airtight4 ,bend a ring on one end of the larger piece of wire1 making it #b-a_/b in4 in diameter and form the remaining portion of the wire into a spiral1 soldering the end in the bottom of the box near the cup4 ,wrap the ring at the top of the spiral piece of wire all the way ,illustration3 ,made from a ,tin ,salve ,box around with the strip of asbestos paper1 wrapping them together over and over until the entire ring is covered4 ,slip the end of the rubber tube over the tin tube on the side of the box and the flash lamp is complete4 ,to make a flash with this lamp fill the little cup in the center with flash powder and moisten the asbestos ring with alcohol4 ,when all is ready for the picture the alcohol is lighted and a quick blow of the breath through the rubber tube will force the flash powder upward into the flame and cause the flash4 ,when through with the lamp place the cover over it1 pushing the asbestos ring down inside the box4 ,wind the rubber tubing around the box and you have a neat outfit that can be carried in the pocket4 9999 ,photographing the ,new ,moon #agd ,to make a photograph of the moon is quite difficult and no good picture can be made without an expensive apparatus4 ,at home and with your own hand camera you can make a good picture of the new moon by the use of a flash light on a tennis ball1 the tennis ball taking the part of the moon4 ,the ball is suspended in front of a black cloth screen1 the camera focused by holding a burning match near the ball and the exposure made by burning a ,illustration3 ,tennis ,ball ,photographed small quantity of flash powder at one side and a little below the ball4 ,the light from the flash only striking one side of the ball gives the effect of the new moon4 --,photo by ,m4 ,m4 ,hunting1 ,dayton1 ,o4 9999 ,old-,time ,magic- ,part ,,ii #age 9999 ,removing ,scissors from a ,cord #age ,a piece of strong cord is doubled and fastened to a pair of scissors with a slip knot1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,after passing the ends of the cord through the thumb hole of the scissors they are tied fast to a chair1 door knob or any other object that may be of sufficient size to make the ends secure4 ,the trick is to release the scissors without cutting the cord4 ,take hold of the loop end of the cord in the lower handle and drawing it first ,illustration3 ,how the ,scissors ,are ,removed through the upper handle and then completely over the blades of the scissors1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,this is very simple when you know how1 but puzzling when the trick is first seen4 9999 ,coin and ,card on the ,first ,finger #age ,this is a simple trick that many can do at the first attempt1 while others will fail time after time4 ,it is a good trick to spring upon a company casually if you have practiced it beforehand4 ,a playing card is balanced on the tip of the forefinger and a penny placed on top immediately over the finger end1 as shown in the sketch4 ,with the right hand forefinger and thumb strike the edge of the card sharply4 ,if done properly the card will flyaway1 leaving the penny poised on the finger end4 ,illustration3 ,coin and ,card 9999 ,how to ,make ,sealing ,wax ,hat ,pins #age ,select a stick of sealing wax of the desired color for the foundation of the hat pin4 ,hold the end of the stick over a flame until the wax is soft enough to drop2 then put it on the hat-pin head4 ,when sufficient wax has adhered to the pin1 hold the lump over the flame1 revolving the pin at the same time so the wax will not drop and the head will form a round ball4 ,the head can be made in any shape desired while warm4 ,when the desired shape has been obtained1 cool thoroughly in cold water and dry carefully4 ,stripes and designs may be put on the foundation by applying drops of other brilliant colored wax1 and by careful manipulation the wax when warm can be made to flow around the pin head and form pretty stripes and designs4 ,if a certain color is to be more prominent1 the wax to make this color must be applied last and the pin put through the flame again4 ,cool in water and dry1 as before1 and pass once more through the flame to obtain the luster4 9999 ,old-,time ,magic-,part ,,iii #agf 9999 ,disappearing ,coin #agf ,while this is purely a sleight-of-hand trick1 it will take very little practice to cause the coin to disappear instantly4 ,take a quarter of a dollar between the thumb and finger1 as shown1 and by a rapid twist of the fingers whirl the coin and at the same time close the hand1 and the coin will disappear up your coat sleeve4 ,on opening the hand the coin will not be seen4 ,take three quarters and hold one in the palm of the left hand1 place the other two1 one between the thumb and finger of each hand1 then give the coin in the right hand a whirl1 as described1 closing both hands quickly4 ,the coin in the right hand will disappear up your sleeve1 and the left hand on being unclosed will contain two quarters1 while the one in the right shall have disappeared4 ,illustration3 ,disappearing ,coin 9999 ,sticking a ,coin ,against the ,wall #agf ,cut a small notch in a coin--ten cent piece or quarter will do--so a small point will project4 ,when this is pressed firmly against a wood casing or partition the coin will stick tightly4 9999 ,a ,chinese ,outdoor ,game #agf ,the accompanying illustration shows the grand whirl1 or the ,chinese students' favorite game4 ,this game is played by five persons1 four of them turning around the fifth or central figure ,illustration3 ,chinese ,doing the ,grand ,whirl with their arms locked about each other and the two outside persons swinging in midair with their bodies almost horizontal4 9999 ,home-,made ,photograph of a ,lightning ,flash #agf ,how many times has each amateur photographer tried to photograph the lightning's flash8 ,some good pictures have been obtained by a ceaseless effort on the part of the operator4 ,here is a method by which you can make a picture of a streak of lightning on a clear night in your own house4 ,paste two strips of black paper on a piece of glass that is #aj in4 square so as to leave a clear space through the center #b-;in4 or more in width4 ,smoke this uncovered space over a candle's flame until the soot is thick enough to prevent light passing through4 ,take a sharp lead pencil and outline a flash of lightning upon the smoked surface1 using a fine needle to make the smaller lines1 and then set the glass up against the back of two boxes which are set to have a space between them of #d or #e in4 ,a lighted candle is held behind the glass so the light will shine through for focusing the camera4 ,after darkening the room set your camera ready for the exposure and burn a small quantity of flash light powder in the same place in which the candle was held4 ,this will make an impression upon the plate of the flash drawn on the smoked glass4 ,illustration3 ,lightning ,flash 9999 ,how to ,make a ,static ,machine #agg ,static electricity is produced by revolving glass plates upon which a number of sectors are cemented2 these sectors1 passing through neutralizing brushes1 distribute electric charges ,illustration3 ,details of a ,homemade ,static ,machine to collecting combs attached to discharging rods4 ,the glass selected for the plates must be clear white glass1 free from wrinkles1 and of a uniform thickness4 ,two plates are necessary to make this machine1 and the glass should be of sufficient size to cut a circular plate #af-;in4 in diameter4 ,a hole must be made exactly in the center of each plate1 and this should be done before cutting the circle4 ,one of the best ways to make the hole is to drill the glass with a very hard-tempered drill1 the cutting edge of which should be kept moistened with #b parts turpentine and #a part sweet oil while drilling4 ,the hole is to be made #c_/d in4 in diameter4 ,the circle is then marked on each plate and cut with a glass cutter4 ,the plates are trued up1 after they are mounted1 by holding a piece of emery wheel to the edges while they are turning4 ,water should be applied to the edges while doing the work4 ,the sectors are cut from tinfoil1 #a-a_/b in4 wide at one end1 #c_/d in4 at the other1 and #d in4 long4 ,a thin coat of shellac varnish is applied to both sides of the plates1 and #af sectors put on one side of each plate1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the divisions can be marked on the opposite side of the plate and a circle drawn as a guide to place the sectors at proper intervals4 ,the sectors should lie flat on the glass with all parts smoothed out so that they will not be torn from their places as the plates revolve4 ,the shellac should be tacky when the pieces of tinfoil are put in place4 ,the collectors are made1 as shown in ,fig4 #b1 from about #a_/d-;in4 copper wire with two brass balls soldered to the ends4 ,the fork part is #f in4 long and the shank #d in4 ,holes are drilled on the inside of the forks1 and pins inserted and soldered4 ,these pins1 or teeth1 should be long enough to be very close to the sectors and yet not scratch them when the plates are turning4 ,the frame of the machine is made from any kind of finished wood with dimensions shown in ,fig4 #c1 the side pieces being #bd in4 long and the standards #c in4 wide4 ,the two pieces1 ,c ,c1 ,fig4 #c1 are made from solid1 close grained wood turned in the shape shown1 with the face that rests against the plate #d in4 in diameter1 and the outer end #a-a_/b in4 in diameter1 the smaller end being turned with a groove for a round belt4 ,before turning the pieces a hole is bored through each piece for the center1 and this hole must be of such a size as to take a brass tube that has an internal diameter of #c_/d in4 ,the turned pieces are glued to the glass plates over the center holes and on the same side on which the sectors are fastened4 ,several hours' time will be required for the glue to set4 ,a fiber washer is then put between the plates and a brass tube axle placed through the hole4 ,the plates1 turned wood pieces1 and brass axle turn on a stationary axle1 ,d4 ,the drive wheels1 ,,ee1 are made from #g_/h-;in4 material #g in4 in diameter1 and are fastened on a round axle cut from a broom handle4 ,this wood axle is centrally bored to admit a metal rod tightly1 and extends through the standards with a crank attached to one end4 ,two solid glass rods1 ,,gg1 ,fig4 #d1 #a in4 in diameter and #ae in4 long1 are fitted in holes bored into the end pieces of the frame4 ,two pieces of #a-;in4 brass tubing and the discharging rods1 ,,rr1 are soldered into two hollow brass balls #b or #b-a_/b in4 in diameter4 ,the shanks of the collectors are fitted in these brass balls with the ends extending1 to which insulating handles are attached4 ,brass balls are soldered to the upper ends of the discharging rods1 one having a #b-;in4 ball and the other one #c_/d in4 in diameter4 ,caps made from brass are fitted tightly on the ends of the stationary shaft1 ,d1 and drilled through their diameter to admit heavy copper rods1 ,,kk1 which are bent as shown4 ,tinsel or fine wire such as contained in flexible electric wire are soldered to the ends of these rods1 and the brushes thus made must be adjusted so they will just touch the plates4 ,the caps are fitted with screws for adjusting the brushes4 ,these rods and brushes are called the neutralizers4 ,a little experimenting will enable one to properly locate the position of the neutralizers for best results4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,lloyd ,enos1 ,colorado ,city1 ,colo4 9999 ,a ,concrete ,swimming ,pool #agh ,illustration3 ,home-,made ,swimming ,pool ,several boys from a neighborhood in the suburbs of a large city concluded to make for themselves a swimming tank of concrete4 ,the money was raised by various means to purchase the cement1 and the work was done by themselves4 ,the ground was selected in a secluded spot in a neighbor's back yard and a hole dug to a depth of #d ft41 #ab ft4 wide and #bb ft4 long4 ,the concrete was made by mixing #a part cement1 #d parts sand and #aj parts gravel together and the bulk moistened with water4 ,the bottom was made the same as laying a sidewalk1 and forms were only used for the inside of the surrounding wall4 ,the tank may be hidden with shrubbery or vines planted to grow over a poultry wire fence4 9999 ,old-,time ,magic-,part ,,iv #agi ,cutting a ,thread ,inside of a ,glass ,bottle #agi ,this is a trick which can only be performed when the sun shines1 but it ,illustration3 ,the ,glass ,directs the ,sun's ,rays is a good one4 ,procure a clear glass bottle and stick a pin in the lower end of the cork4 ,attach a thread to the pin and tie a small weight to the end of the thread so it will hang inside the bottle when the cork is in place4 ,inform your audience that you will sever the thread and cause the weight to drop without removing the cork4 ,all that is required to perform the feat is to hold a magnifying glass so as to direct the sun's rays on the thread4 ,the thread will quickly burn and the weight fall4 9999 ,removing a ,key from a ,double ,string #agi ,tie the ends of a #e-;ft4 string together1 making a double line on which a key is placed and the string held as shown by the dotted lines in the sketch4 ,turn the palms of the hands toward you and reach over with the little finger of the right hand and take hold of the inside line near the left-hand thumb4 ,illustration3 ,the ,key ,will ,drop from the ,string ,reverse the operation and take hold of the inside line near right-hand thumb with the little finger of the left hand4 ,you will then have the string as it appears in the sketch4 ,quickly let loose of the string with a little finger on one hand and a thumb on the other and pull the string taut4 ,the key will drop from the string4 9999 ,how to ,bore a ,square ,hole #agi ,you would not consider it possible to bore a square hole in a piece of cardboard1 yet such a thing can be done4 ,take a cardboard or a thin piece of wood1 fold and place it between two pieces of board with the fold up2 the boards are then put in a vise as shown4 ,start the bit with the screw point in the fold1 using a #a-;in4 bit1 and bore a ,illustration3 ,boring a ,square ,hole hole #a_/b in4 deep4 ,when the cardboard is taken from the vise it will appear as shown at ,b and when unfolded1 as at ,a4 9999 ,,how ,,to ,,make ,,copper ,,trays #ahj ,copper trays such as are shown in the accompanying illustration are very useful as well as ornamental about the house4 ,they can be used to keep pins and needles1 pens and pencils1 or cigar ashes1 etc4 ,they are easily made1 require no equipment in the way of tools except what are usually found about the house1 unless it would be the metal shears1 and when the decorations are well designed and the metal nicely colored1 they make attractive little pieces to have about4 ,the first thing to do in preparation for making them is to prepare the design4 ,simple designs work out better than fussy ones and are more likely to be within the ability of the amateur4 ,having determined the size of the tray1 draw on paper an oblong to represent it4 ,inside this oblong1 draw another one to represent the lines along which the metal is to be bent up to form the sides4 ,inside this there should be drawn still another oblong to represent the margin up to which the background is to be worked4 ,the trays shown are #e-c_/d by #f-c_/d in41 the small ash tray #d by #d in41 the long pen and pencil tray #d-c_/d by #i-a_/b in4 ,the second oblong was #c_/d in4 inside the first on all1 and the third one #a_/d in4 inside the second on all4 ,if the decoration is to have two parts alike--symmetrical--divide the space with a line down the middle4 ,draw one-half the design free hand1 then fold along this line and trace the second half from this one4 ,if the lines have been drawn with soft pencil1 rubbing the back of the paper with a knife handle will force enough of the lead to the second side so that the outline can be determined4 ,four-part symmetry will require two lines and two foldings1 etc4 ,for the metal working there will be needed a pair of tin shears1 two spikes1 file1 flat and round-nosed pliers1 screw-driver and sheet copper of ,no4 #bc gauge4 ,proceed as follows3 #a4 ,cut off a piece of copper so that it shall have #a_/b in4 extra metal on each of the four sides4 #b4 ,with a piece of carbon paper trace upon the copper lines that ,illustration3 ,articles ,made from ,copper shall represent the margin of the tray proper and the lines along which the upturned sides of the tray are to be bent2 also trace the decorative design4 #c4 ,with a nail make a series of holes in the extra margin1 about #c_/d-;in4 apart and large enough to take in a #c_/d-;in4 slim screw4 #d4 ,fasten the metal to a thick board by inserting screws in these holes4 #e4 ,with a #bj-penny wire nail that has the sharpness of its point filed off1 stamp the background promiscuously4 ,by holding the nail about #a_/d in4 above the work and striking it with the hammer1 at the same time striving to keep it at #a_/d in4 above the metal1 very rapid progress can be made4 ,this stamping lowers the background and at the same time raises the design4 #f4 ,chase or stamp along the border of the design and background1 using a nail filed to chisel edge4 ,this is to make a clean1 sharp division between background and design4 #g4 ,when the stamping is completed1 remove the screws and the metal from the board and cut off the extra margin with the metal shears4 ,file the edges until they are smooth to the touch4 #h4 ,with the flat pliers raise one side of the tray1 then the other side4 #i4 ,raise the ends1 adjusting the corners as shown in the illustration4 ,use the round-nosed pliers for this purpose4 ,copper is frequently treated chemically to give it color4 ,very pretty effects may be obtained by covering the tray with turpentine1 then moving it about over a flame such as a bunsen burner until the turpentine burns off4 ,the copper will take on almost all the colors of a rainbow1 and the effect will be most pleasing4 9999 ,photograph of a ,clown ,face #aha ,at first glance the accompanying photograph will appear as if the person photographed is wearing a false face or has his face painted like a clown4 ,on close observation you will notice that the face is made on the bald head of the person sitting behind the table4 ,the eyes1 nose and mouth are cut from black paper and pasted on the bald spot4 ,the subject's face is horizontal and resting upon his hands4 ,illustration3 ,a ,bald ,head ,photographed 9999 ,finger ,mathematics #aha ,by ,charles ,c4 ,bradley ,all machinists use mathematics4 ,ask a machinist what would be the product of #i times #h and his ready reply would be #gb1 but change the figures a little and say #di times #dh and the chances are that instead of replying at once he will have to figure it out with a pencil4 ,by using the following method it is just as easy to tell at a glance what #ii times #ii are as #i times #i4 ,you will be able to multiply far beyond your most sanguine expectations4 ,in the first numbering1 begin by holding your hands with the palms toward the body and make imaginary numbers on the thumbs and fingers as follows3 ,thumbs1 #f2 first fingers1 #g2 second fingers1 #h2 third fingers1 #i1 and fourth fingers1 #aj4 ,suppose you desire to multiply #h by #i1 put the eighth finger on one hand against the ninth finger of the other hand as shown4 ,illustration3 #h ,times #i ,the two joined fingers and all the fingers above them 7calling the thumbs fingers7 are called the upper fingers and each has a value of ten1 which tens are added4 ,all the fingers below the joined fingers are termed the lower fingers1 and each of the lower fingers represents a unit value of one4 ,the sum of the units on one hand should be multiplied by the sum of the units on the other hand4 ,the total tens added to this last named sum will give the product desired4 ,thus3 ,referring to above picture or to your hands we find three tens on the left hand and four tens on the right1 which would be #gj4 ,we also find two units on the left hand and one on the right4 ,two times one are two1 and #gj plus #b equals #gb1 or the product of #h times #i4 ,supposing #f times #f were the figures4 ,put your thumbs together2 there are no fingers above1 so the two thumbs represent two tens or #bj2 below the thumbs are four units on each hand1 which would be #af1 and #bj plus #af equals #cf1 or the product of #f times #f4 ,illustration3 #f ,times #f #aj ,times #g ,supposing #aj times #g is desired4 ,put the little finger of the left hand against the first finger of the right hand4 ,at a glance you see seven tens or #gj4 ,on the right hand you have three units and on the left nothing4 ,three times nothing gives you nothing and #gj plus nothing is #gj4 ,in the second numbering1 or numbers above #aj1 renumber your fingers2 thumbs1 #aa2 first fingers1 #ab1 etc4 ,let us multiply #ab by #ab4 ,put together the tips of the fingers labeled #ab4 ,at a glance you see four tens or #dj4 ,at this point we leave the method explained in ,case #a and ignore the units 7lower fingers7 altogether4 ,we go back to the upper fingers again ,illustration3 #ab ,times #ab and multiply the number of upper fingers used on the one hand by the number of upper fingers used on the other hand1 viz41 #b times #b equals #d4 ,adding #d to #dj gives us #dd4 ,we now add #ajj 7because anything over #aj times #aj would make over #ajj7 and we have #add1 the product of #ab times #ab4 ,the addition of #ajj is arbitrary1 but being simple it saves time and trouble4 ,still1 if we wish1 we might regard the four upper fingers in the above example as four twenties1 or #hj1 and the six lower fingers as six tens1 or #fj2 then returning to the upper fingers and multiplying the two on the right hand by the two on the left we would have #d2 hence #hj plus #fj plus #d equals #add2 therefore the rule of adding the lump sum is much the quicker and easier method4 ,above #aj times #aj the lump sum to add is #ajj2 above #ae times #ae it is #bjj2 above #bj times #bj1 #djj2 #be times #be1 #fjj1 etc41 etc41 as high as you want to go4 ,in the third numbering to multiply above #ae renumber your fingers1 beginning the thumbs with #af1 first finger #ag1 and so on4 ,oppose the proper finger tips as before1 the upper fingers representing a value of #bj4 ,proceed as in the first numbering and add #bjj4 ,take ,for example #ah times #ah4 ,at a glance we see six twenties plus #b units on left hand times #b units on right hand plus #bjj equals #cbd4 ,in the fourth numbering the fingers are marked1 thumbs1 #ba1 first fingers #bb1 etc41 the value of the upper fingers being #bj4 ,proceed as in the second lumbering1 adding #djj instead of #ajj4 ,illustration3 #ah ,times #ah ,above #be times #be the upper fingers represent a value of #cj each and after proceeding as in the third numbering you add #fjj instead of #bjj4 ,this system can be carried as high as you want to go1 but you must remember that for figures ending in #a1 #b1 #c1 #d and #e proceed as in the second numbering4 ,for figures ending in #f1 #g1 #h1 #i and #aj the third numbering applies4 ,determine the value of the upper fingers whether they represent tens1 twenties1 thirties1 forties1 or what4 ,for example1 any two figures between #de and #ee1 the value of the upper fingers would be #ej1 which is the half-way point between the two fives4 ,in #hb times #hd the value of the upper fingers would be #hj 7the half-way point between the two fives1 #ge and #he1 being #hj74 ,and the lump sum to add4 ,just three things to remember3 ,which numbering is to follow1 whether the one described in second or third numbering2 the value which the upper fingers have2 and1 lastly1 the lump sum to add1 and you will be able to multiply faster and more accurately than you ever dreamed of before4 9999 ,optical ,illusions #ahc ,if a person observes fixedly for some time two balls hanging on the end of cords which are in rapid revolution1 not rotation1 about a vertical axis1 the direction of revolution will seem to reverse4 ,in some experiments two incandescent pills of platinum sponge1 such as an used for lighting gas-burners1 were hung in tiny aluminum bells from a mica vane wheel which was turned constantly and rapidly in one direction by hot air from a gas flame to keep the platinum in a glow4 ,the inversion and reversion did not take place1 as one might suppose1 at the will of the observer1 but was compulsory and followed regular rules4 ,if the observer watches the rotating objects from the side1 or from above or from below1 the inversion takes place against his will2 the condition being that the image on the retina shall be eccentric4 ,it takes place also1 however1 with a change in the convergence of the optical axes1 whether they are parallel to each other or more convergent4 ,also when the image on the retina is made less distinct by the use of a convex or concave lens1 the revolution seems to reverse2 further1 in the case of a nearsighted person1 when he removes his spectacles1 ,illustration3 ,illusions ,shown by ,revolving ,platinum ,sponge ,pills and ,hat ,pins inversion results every time that the image on the retina is not sharp4 ,but even a change in the degree of indistinctness causes inversion4 ,the cause of this optical illusion is the same where the wings of windmills are observed in the twilight as a silhouette4 ,it is then not a question of which is the front or the back of the wheel1 but whether one of the wings or the other comes towards the observer4 ,the experiment is made more simple by taking a hat pin with a conspicuous head1 holding it firmly in a horizontal position1 and putting a cork on the point4 ,looking at it in semi-darkness1 one seems to see sometimes the head of the pin1 sometimes the point towards him1 when he knows which direction is right4 ,the inversion will be continued as soon as one observes fixedly a point at the side4 ,here it is a question of the perception of depth or distance2 and this is the same in the case of the rotating balls2 the direction of seeming revolution depends on which one of them one considers to be the front one and which the rear one4 ,from the foregoing the following conclusion may be reached3 ,when1 in the case of a perception remitting two appearances1 one fixedly observes one of these and then permits or causes change in the sharpness of the image on the retina1 the other appearance asserts itself4 9999 ,steam ,engine ,made from ,gas ,pipe and ,fittings #ahd ,almost all the material used in the construction' of the parts for the small steam engine illustrated herewith was made from gas pipe and fittings4 ,the cylinder consists of a #c-;in4 tee1 the third opening being threaded and filled with a cast-iron plug turned to such a depth that when the interior was bored out on a lathe the bottom of the plug bored to the same radius as the other part of the tee4 ,the outside end of the plug extended about #a_/d-;in4 and the surface was made smooth for the valve seat4 ,a flat slide valve was used4 ,the ports were not easy to make1 as ,illustration3 ,the ,engine ,is ,about #bj ,inches ,high they had to be drilled and chipped out4 ,the steam chest is round1 as it had to be made to fit the round tee connection4 ,the crosshead runs in guides made from a piece of gas pipe with the sides cut out and threads cut on both ends4 ,one end is screwed into a rim turned on the cylinder head and the other is fitted into an oblong plate4 ,both ends of this plate were drilled and tapped to receive #a-a_/b-;in4 pipe4 ,the main frame consists of one #a-a_/b;in4 pipe #aj in4 long and one made up from two pieces of pipe and a cross to make the whole length #aj in4 ,these pipes were then screwed into pipe flanges that served as a base4 ,the open part of the cross was babbitted to receive the main shaft4 ,the end of the shaft has a pillow block to take a part of the strain from the main bearing4 ,the eccentric is constructed of washers4 ,while this engine does not give much power1 it is easily built1 inexpensive1 and anyone with a little mechanical ability can make one by closely following out the construction as shown in the illustration4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,h4 ,kutscher1 ,springfield1 ,ill4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,copper ,bowl #ahe ,to make a copper bowl1 such as is shown in the illustration1 secure a piece of ,no4 #ba gauge sheet copper of a size sufficient to make a circular disk #f-a_/b in4 in diameter4 ,cut the copper to the circular form and size just mentioned1 and file the edge so that it will be smooth and free from sharp places4 ,with a pencil compass put on a series of concentric rings about #a_/b in4 apart4 ,these are to aid the eye in beating the bowl to form4 ,the tools are simple and can be made easily4 ,first make a round-nosed mallet of some hard wood1 which should have a diameter of about #a-a_/d in1 across the head4 ,if nothing better is at hand1 saw off a section of a broom handle1 round one end and insert a handle into a hole bored in its middle4 ,next take a block of wood1 about #c by #c by #f in41 and make in one end a hollow1 about #b in4 across and #a_/b in4 deep4 ,fasten the block solidly1 as in a vise1 and while holding the copper on the hollowed end of the block1 beat with the mallet along the concentric rings4 ,begin at the center and work along the rings--giving the copper a circular movement as the beating proceeds--out toward the rim4 ,continue the circular movement and work from the rim back toward the center4 ,this operation is to be continued until the bowl has the shape desired1 when the bottom is flattened by placing the bowl1 bottom side up1 on a flat surface and beating the raised part flat4 ,beating copper tends to harden it and1 if continued too long without proper treatment1 will cause the metal to break4 ,to overcome this hardness1 heat the copper over a bed of coals or a ,bunsen burner to a good heat4 ,this process is called annealing1 as it softens the metal4 ,the appearance of a bowl is greatly enhanced by the addition of a border4 ,in the illustration the border design shown was laid out in pencil1 a small hole was drilled with a band drill in each space and a small-bladed metal saw inserted and the part sawed out4 ,to produce color effects on copper1 cover the copper with turpentine and ,illustration3 ,shaping the ,bowl and ,sawing the ,lace hold over a ,bunsen burner until all parts are well heated4 9999 ,cleaning ,furniture #ahe ,after cleaning furniture1 the greasy appearance may be removed by adding some good1 sharp vinegar to the furniture polish4 ,vinegar1 which is nothing else than diluted acetic acid1 is one of the best cleansers of dirty furniture4 9999 ,melting ,lead in ,tissue ,paper #ahe ,take a buckshot1 wrap it tightly in one thickness of tissue paper1 and1 holding the ends of the paper in the fingers of each hand1 place the part that holds the shot over the flame of a match just far enough away from the flame not to burn the paper4 ,in a few seconds unfold the paper and you will find that the shot has melted without even scorching the paper4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,o4 ,hay1 ,camden1 ,s4 ,c4 9999 ,the ,principles of the ,stereograph #ahe ,each of our eyes sees a different picture of any object2 the one sees a trifle more to the right-hand side1 the other to the left1 especially when the object is near to the observer4 ,the stereoscope is the instrument which effects this result by bringing the two pictures together in the senses4 ,the stereograph produces this result in another way than by prisms as in the stereoscope4 ,in the first place there is ,illustration3 ,looking ,through the ,colored ,gelatine only one picture1 not two mounted side by side4 ,the stereograph consists of a piece of card1 having therein two circular openings about #a-a_/d in4 diameter1 at a distance apart corresponding to the distance between the centers of the pupils4 ,the openings are covered with transparent gelatine1 the one for the left eye being blue1 that for the right1 orange4 ,the picture is viewed at a distance of about #g in4 from the stereograph4 ,as a result of looking at it through the stereograph1 one sees a colorless black and white picture which stands out from the background4 ,try looking at the front cover of ,popular ,mechanics through these colored gelatine openings and the effect will be produced4 ,if one looks at the picture first with the right eye alone through the orange glass1 and then with the left eye through the blue glass1 one will understand the principle on which the little instrument works4 ,looking through the blue glass with the left eye1 one sees only those portions which are red on the picture4 ,but they seem black4 ,the reason is that the red rays are absorbed by the blue filter4 ,through the orange gelatine all the white portions of the picture seem orange1 because of the rays coming from them1 and which contain all the colors of the spectrum2 only the orange rays may pass through4 ,the red portions of the picture are not seen1 because1 although they pass through the screen1 they are not seen against the red ground of the picture4 ,it is just as though they were not there4 ,the left eye therefore sees a black picture on a red background4 ,in the same way the right eye sees through the orange screen only a black picture on a red background2 this black image consisting only of the blue portions of the picture4 ,any other part of complementary colors than blue and orange1 as for instance red and green1 would serve the same purpose4 ,the principle on which the stereograph works may be demonstrated by a very simple experiment4 ,on white paper one makes a picture or mark with a red pencil4 ,looking at this through a green glass it appears black on a green ground2 looking at it through a red glass of exactly the same color as the picture1 it1 however1 disappears fully4 ,through the glass one will see only a regular surface of the color of the glass itself1 and without any picture4 ,through a red glass a green picture will appear black4 ,so with the stereograph2 each eye sees a black picture representing one of the pictures given by the stereoscope2 the only difference being that in the case of the stereograph the background for each eye is colored2 while both eyes together see a white background4 ,in the pictures the red and the green lines and dots must not coincide2 neither can they be very far apart in order to produce the desired result4 ,in order that the picture shall be plastic1 which increases the sense of depth and shows the effect of distance in the picture1 they must be a very trifle apart4 ,the arrangement of the two pictures can be so that one sees the pictures either in front of or on the back of the card on which they are printed4 ,in order to make them appear before the card1 the left eye sees through a blue screen1 but the red picture which is seen by it is a black one1 and lies to the right on the picture2 and the right eye sees the lefthand picture4 ,the further apart the pictures are1 the further from the card will the composite image appear4 ,in the manufacture of a stereoscope the difficulty is in the proper arrangement of the prisms2 with the stereograph1 in the proper choice of colors4 9999 ,mercury ,make-and-,break ,connections for ,induction ,coils #ahg ,induction coils operating on low voltage have a make-and-break connection called the buzzer to increase the secondary discharge4 ,two types of make-and-break connection are used1 the common buzzer operated by the magnetism of the core in the coil and the mercury break operated by a small motor4 ,the sketch herewith shows how to make the motor-operated break4 ,two blocks of wood are nailed together in the shape of an ,l and a small motor fastened to the top of the vertical piece4 ,the shaft of the motor is bent about #ah in4 in the shape of a crank1 so that in turning it will describe a circle #a_/d in4 in diameter4 ,a small connecting bar is cut from a piece of brass #a_/h in4 thick1 #a_/d in4 wide and #a in4 long and a hole drilled in each end2 one hole to fit the motor shaft and the other to slip on a ,no4 #ab gauge wire4 ,two ,l-shaped pieces of brass are fastened to the side of the block and drilled with holes of such a size that a ,no4 #ab gauge wire will slip through snugly4 ,place a ,,no4#ab gauge wire in these holes and bend the top end at right angles4 ,illustration3 ,motor-,driven ,make-and-,break ,put the connecting brass bar on the motor shaft with washers fitted tight on each side and slip the other end over the bent end of the wire4 ,have the wire plenty long so it can be cut to the proper length when the parts are all in place4 ,a small round bottle about #a_/b in4 in diameter is now fitted in a hole that has been previously bored into the middle of the bottom block and close up to the vertical piece4 ,this should only be bored about half way through the block4 ,the wire is now cut so at the length of the stroke the end will come to about one-half the depth1 or the middle of the bottle4 ,fill the bottle with mercury to a point so that when the motor is running1 the end of the wire will be in the mercury for about one-half of the stroke4 ,cover the mercury over with a little alcohol4 ,a ,no4 #ad gauge iron wire is bent and put into the side of the bottle with the end extending to the bottom4 ,the other end of this wire is attached to one binding-post placed at the end of the bottom block4 ,the other binding-post is connected to a small brass brush attached to the side of the vertical piece1 which is placed with some pressure on the moving wire4 ,the motor can be run with a current from a separate course or connected as shown on the same batteries with the coil4 ,the proper height of the mercury can be regulated for best results4 ,the motor must run continuous if the coil is used for writing code signals1 wireless1 etc4 --,contributed by ,haraden ,pratt1 ,san ,francisco1 ,cal4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,barometer #ahh ,atmospheric pressure is measured by the barometer4 ,the weight of the air in round numbers is #ae lb4 to the square inch and will support a column of water #a in4 square1 #cd ft4 high1 or a column of mercury 7density #ac4f7 #a in4 square1 #cj in4 high4 ,the parts necessary to make a simple barometer are1 a glass tube #a_/h in4 internal diameter and about #cd in4 long1 a bottle #a in4 inside diameter and #b in4 high4 ,seal one end of the tube by holding it in the flame of a gas burner1 which will soon soften the glass so it can be pinched together with pliers4 ,put a little paraffin in the bottle and melt it by holding the bottle over a small flame4 ,when cool the paraffin should cover the bottom about #a_/af in4 thick4 ,the tube is now to be filled with mercury4 ,this may be accomplished with a paper funnel1 but before attempting to put in the mercury1 place a large dish or tray beneath the tube to catch any mercury that may accidentally be spilled4 ,only redistilled mercury should be used1 and the tube should be perfectly clean before filling4 ,when the tube is filled to ,illustration3 ,barometer within #a in4 of the open end place the forefinger over the hole and tilt the tube up and down so all the air will gather at the finger end4 ,the filling is continued until the tube is full of mercury4 ,the glass bottle containing the wax covered bottom is now placed over the end of the tube and pressed firmly to insure an airtight fit with the tube4 ,the bottle and tube are inverted and after a few ounces of mercury are put in the bottle the tube may be raised out of the wax1 but be careful not to bring its edge above the surface of the mercury4 ,the instrument is put aside while the base is being made1 or1 if you choose1 have the base ready to receive the parts just described when they are completed4 ,cut a base from a piece of #g_/h-;in4 pine #c in4 wide and #dj in4 long4 ,in this base cut a groove to fit the tube and the space to be occupied by the bottle is hollowed out with a chisel to a depth of #c_/d in41 so the bottle rests on one-half of its diameter above the surface of the board and one-half below4 ,the instrument is made secure to the base with brass strips tacked on as shown in the sketch4 ,after the instrument is in place put enough mercury in the bottle so the depth of the mercury above the bottom end of the tube will be about #a_/b in4 ,the scale is made on a piece or cardboard #b in4 wide and #d in4 long4 ,the #d in4 are marked off and divided into sixteenths1 and the inches numbered #bg up to #ca4 ,the scale is fastened to the base with glue or tacks and in the position behind the tube as shown in the sketch4 ,before fastening the scale1 the instrument should be compared with a standard barometer and the scale adjusted so both readings are the same4 ,but if a standard barometer is not available1 the instrument1 if accurately constructed1 will calibrate itself4 ,in general1 a drop in the mercury indicates a storm and bad weather1 while a rise indicates fair weather and in winter a frost4 ,sudden changes in the barometer are followed by like changes in weather4 ,the slow rise of the mercury predicts fair weather1 and a slow fall1 the contrary4 ,during the frosty days the drop of the mercury is followed by a thaw and a rise indicates snow4 9999 ,home-,made ,post or ,swinging ,light #ahi ,remove the bottom from a round bottle of sufficient size to admit a wax or tallow candle4 ,this can be done with a glass cutter or a hot ring2 the size of the outside of the bottle1 which is slipped quickly over the end4 ,procure a metal can cover1 a cover from a baking powder can will do1 a lid fit it on the end where the bottom was removed4 ,the cover is punched full of holes to admit the air and a cross cut in the center with the four wings thus made by the cutting turned up to form a place to insert the candle4 ,the metal cover is fastened to the bottle with wires as shown in the sketch4 ,this light can be used on a post or hung from a metal support4 ,illustration3 ,swinging ,light 9999 ,a ,checker ,puzzle #ahi ,cut a block from a board about #c in4 wide and #aj in4 long4 ,sandpaper all the surfaces and round the edges slightly4 ,mark out seven #a-;in4 squares on the surface to be used for the top and color the squares alternately white and black4 ,make six men by sawing a curtain roller into pieces about #c_/h in4 thick4 ,number the pieces #a1 #b1 #c1 #e1 #f and #g1 and place them as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the puzzle is to make the first three change places with the last three and ,illustration3 ,position of the ,men move only one at a time4 ,this may be done as follows3 ,move #a-,move ,no4 #c to the center4 ,move #b-;,jump ,no4 #e over ,no4 #c4 ,move #c-,move ,no4 #f to ,no4 #e's place4 ,move #d-;,jump ,no1 #c over ,no4 #f4 ,move #e-;,jump ,no4 #b over ,no4 #e4 ,move #f-,move ,no4 #a to ,no4 #b's place4 ,move #g-;,jump ,no4 #e over ,no4 #a4 ,move #h-;,jump ,no4 #f over ,no4 #b4 ,move #i-;,jump ,no4 #g over ,no4 #c4 ,move #aj-,move ,no4 #c into ,no4 #g's place4 ,move ll-,jump ,no4 #b over ,no4 #g4 ,move #ab-;,jump ,no1 l over ,no4 #f4 ,move #ac-,move ,no4 #f into ,no4 #b's place4 ,move #ad-;,jump ,no4 #g over ,no4 #a4 ,move #ae-,move ,no4 #a into ,no1 #e's place4 ,after the #ae moves are made the men will have changed places4 ,this can be done on a checker board1 as shown in ,fig4 #b1 using checkers for men1 but be sure you so situate the men that they will occupy a row containing only #g spaces4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,l4 ,woolson1 ,cape ,may ,point1 ,n4,j4 9999 ,gold ,railroad ,signals #ahi ,covering railroad signals with gold leaf has taken the place of painting on some roads4 ,gold leaf will stand the wear of the weather for #ae or #bj years1 while paint requires recovering three or four times a year4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,bell ,tent #aij ,a bell tent is easily made and is nice for lawns1 as well as for a boy's camping outfit4 ,the illustrations show a plan of a tent #ad-;ft4 in diameter4 ,to make such a tent1 procure unbleached tent duck1 which is the very best material for the purpose1 says the ,cleveland ,plain ,dealer4 ,make #bb sections1 shaped like ,fig4 #c1 each #aj ft4 #f in4 long and #b ft4 #b in4 wide at the bottom1 tapering in a straight line to a point at the top4 ,these dimensions allow for the laid or lapped seams1 which should be ,illustration3 ,an ,inexpensive ,home-,made ,tent double-stitched on a machine4 ,the last seam sew only for a distance of #d ft4 from the top1 leaving the rest for an opening4 ,at the end of this seam stitch on an extra gusset piece so that it will not rip4 ,fold back the edges of the opening and the bottom edge of the bell-shaped cover and bind it with wide webbing1 #c in4 across and having eyelets at the seams for attaching the stay ropes4 ,near the apex of the cover cut three triangular holes #h in4 long and #d in4 wide at the bottom and hem the edges4 ,these are ventilators4 ,make the tent wall of the same kind of cloth #b ft4 #b in4 high4 ,bind it at the upper edge with webbing and at the bottom with canvas4 ,also stitch on coarse canvas #f in4 wide at the bottom1 and the space between the ground and the wall when the tent is raised1 fill with canvas edging4 ,stitch the upper edge of the wall firmly to the bell cover at the point indicated by the dotted line1 ,fig4 #b4 ,for the top of the tent have the blacksmith make a hoop of #a_/d-;in4 round galvanized iron1 #f-;in4 diameter4 ,stitch the canvas at the apex around the hoop and along the sides4 ,make the apex into a hood and line it with stiff canvas4 ,have the tent pole #c in4 in diameter1 made in two sections1 with a socket joint and rounded at the top to fit into the apex of the tent4 ,in raising the tent1 fasten down the wall by means of loops of stout line fastened to its lower edge and small pegs driven through them into the ground1 ,fig4 #e4 ,run the stay ropes from the eyelets in the circular cover to stakes 7,fig4 #e7 stuck in the ground4 ,use blocks1 as in ,fig4 #f1 on the stay ropes for holding the ends and adjusting the length of the ropes4 9999 ,simple ,x-,ray ,experiment #aij ,the outlines of the bones of the hand may be seen by holding a piece of rice paper before the eyes and placing the spare hand about #ab in4 back of the rice paper and before a bright light4 ,the bony structure will be clearly distinguishable4 --,contributed by ,g4,j4 ,tress1 ,emsworth1 ,pa4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,candle ,shade #aia ,layout the pattern for the shade on a thin piece of paper1 #i by #ab in41 making the arcs of the circle with a pencil compass4 ,as shown in the sketch1 the pattern for this particular shade covers a half circle with #b-c_/d in4 added4 ,allowance must be made for the lap and as #a_/d in4 will do1 a line is drawn parallel #a_/d in4 from the one drawn through the center to the outside circle that terminates the design4 ,nail a thin sheet of brass1 about #i in4 wide by #ab in4 long1 to a smooth board of soft wood1 then trace the design on the brass by laying a piece of carbon paper between the pattern and the brass4 ,after transferring the design to the brass1 use a small awl to punch the holes in the brass along the outlines of the figures traced4 ,punch holes in the brass in the spaces around the outlined figures1 excepting the #a_/d-;in4 around the outside of the pattern4 ,when all the holes are punched1 remove the brass sheet from the board and cut it along the outer lines as traced from the pattern1 then bend the brass carefully so as not to crease the figures appearing in relief4 ,when the edges are brought together by bending1 fasten them with brass-headed nails or brads4 ,if a wood-turning lathe is at hand1 the shade can be made better by turning a cone from soft wood that will fit the sheet-brass shade after it is shaped and the edges fastened together4 ,the pattern is traced as before1 but before punching the holes1 cut out the brass on the outside lines1 bend into shape1 fasten the ends together and place on the wood cone4 ,the holes are now punched on the outlines traced from the pattern and the open spaces made full of holes4 ,the holes being punched after the shade is shaped1 the metal will stay and hold the perfect shape of a cone much better4 ,the glass-beaded fringe is attached on the inside of the bottom part with small brass rivets or brads placed about #c_/d in4 apart4 ,the thin sheet brass may be procured from the local hardware ,illustration3 ,punching the ,holes2 ,completed ,shade2 ,pattern dealer and sometimes can be purchased from general merchandise stores4 --,contributed by ,miss ,kathryn ,e4 ,corr1 ,chicago4 9999 ,a ,putty ,grinder #aia ,having a large number of windows to putty each week1 ,i found it quite a task to prepare the putty4 ,i facilitated the work by using an ordinary meat cutter or sausage grinder4 ,the grinder will soften set putty and will quickly prepare cold putty4 ,it will not1 however1 grind old putty or make putty from whiting and oil4 --,contributed by ,h4 ,g4 ,stevens2 ,dunham1 ,que4 9999 ,home-,made ,small ,churn #aib ,many people living in a small town or in the suburbs of a city own one ,illustration3 ,making ,butter cow that supplies the family table with milk and cream4 ,sometimes the cream will accumulate1 but not in sufficient quantities to be made into butter in a large churn4 ,a fruit jar usually takes the place of a churn and the work is exceedingly hard1 the jar being shaken so the cream will beat against the ends in the process of butter-making4 ,the accompanying sketch shows clearly how one boy rigged up a device having a driving wheel which is turned with a crank1 and a driven wheel attached to an axle having a crank on the inner end4 ,this crank is connected to a swinging cradle with a wire pitman of such a size as to slightly bend or spring at each end of the stroke4 ,the cradle is made with a cleat fastened to each end1 between which is placed the fruit jar1 partially filled with cream4 ,the jar is wedged in between the cleats and the churning effected by turning the crank4 --,contributed by ,geo4 ,e4 ,badger1 ,mayger1 ,oregon4 9999 ,home-,made ,round ,swing #aib ,gas pipe and fittings were used wherever possible in the making of the swing as shown in the photograph4 ,the d i a g ram drawing shows the construction4 ,a #f-;in4 square cedar post is set in the ground about #c ft41 allowing #b ft4 to remain above the ground and a #g_/h-;in4 piece of shafting is driven into the top part of this post for an axle4 ,a cast-iron ring1 or1 better still1 a heavy wheel with four spokes of such a size as to be drilled and tapped for #a_/b-;in4 pipe is used for the hub1 or center on which the frame swings4 ,if a wheel is selected1 the rim must be removed and only the spokes and hub used4 ,the hole in the hub must be #g_/h in4 or less1 so the hub can be fitted to the shafting that is driven in the post4 ,a large washer is placed on top of the post and the hub or cast-iron ring set on the washer4 ,the drilled and tapped holes in the four spokes are each fitted with a #d-a_/b length of #a_/b-;in4 pipe4 ,these pipes are ,illustration3 ,the ,merry-,go-,round ,complete each fitted with a tee on the end and into this tee uprights of #a_/b-;in4 pipe in suitable lengths are screwed1 and also short lengths with a tee and axle for the #f-;in4 wheel are fitted in the under side of the tee4 ,the uprights at their upper ends are also fitted with tees and each joined to the center pipe with #a_/b-;in4 pipe flattened on the inner end and fastened with bolts to a flange4 ,the bottom part of the cloth covering is held in place by a #a_/b-;in4 pipe1 bent to the desired circle4 ,four braces made from #a_/b-;in4 pipe connect each spoke and seat to the flange on the center pipe4 ,an extra wheel #ah in4 in diameter is fitted in between two seats and used as the propelling wheel4 ,this wheel has bicycle cranks and pedals and carries a seat or a hobby horse4 ,the four seats are fastened to the four pipes with #a_/b-;in4 pipe clamps4 ,illustration3 ,details of the ,swing ,small miniature electric lights are fastened to the overhead braces and supplied with electric current carried through wires to the swing by an ingenious device attached to the under side of the cast-iron ring or hub of the wheel4 ,a ring of fiber on which two brass rings are attached is fastened to the hub and connections are made to the two rings through two brushes fastened to the post with a bracket4 ,the wires run under the surface of the ground outside and connected to the source of electricity4 ,the wires from the brass rings run through the center pipe to the top and are connected to the lamp sockets4 9999 ,old-,time ,magic-,part ,v #aic 9999 ,the ,disappearing ,coin #aic ,this is an uncommon trick1 entirely home-made and yet the results are as startling as in many of the professional tricks4 ,a small baking-powder can is employed to vanish the coin1 which should be marked by one of the audience for identification4 ,cut a slot in the bottom on the side of the can1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,this slot should be just large enough for the coin that is used to pass through freely1 and to have its lower edge on a level with the bottom of the can4 ,the nest or series of boxes in which the coin is afterwards found should consist of four small sized flat pasteboard boxes square or rectangular shaped and furnished with hinged covers4 ,the smallest need be no larger than necessary to hold the coin and each succeeding box should be just large enough to hold the next smaller one which in turn contains the others4 ,a strip of tin about #a by #a-c_/d in4 is bent in the shape as shown in ,fig4 #b to serve as a guide for the coin through the various boxes4 ,this guide is inserted about #a_/h in4 in the smallest box between the cover and the box and three rubber bands wrapped around the box as indicated4 ,this box is then enclosed in the next larger box1 the guide being allowed to project between the box and the cover1 and the necessary tension is secured by three rubber bands around the box as before4 ,in like manner the remaining boxes are ,illustration3 ,appliances for the ,disappearing ,coin adjusted so that finally the prepared nest of boxes appears as in ,fig4 #c4 ,the coin can easily be passed into the inner box through the tin guide1 then the guide can be withdrawn which permits the respective boxes to close and the rubber bands hold each one in a closed position4 ,the performer comes forward with the tin can in his right hand1 the bottom of the can in his palm with the slot at the right side4 ,he removes the cover with the left hand and passes his wand around the inner part of the can which is then turned upside down to prove that it contains nothing4 ,the marked coin is dropped into the can by some one in the audience4 ,the cover is replaced and the can shaken so the coin will rattle within4 ,the shaking of the can is continued until the coin has slipped through the slot into his palm4 ,the can is then placed on the table with his left hand4 ,then apparently he looks for something to cover the can4 ,this is found to be a handkerchief which was previously prepared on another table concealing the nest of boxes4 ,the coin in the right hand is quickly slipped into the guide of the nest of boxes1 which was placed in an upright position1 and the guide withdrawn1 and dropped on the table4 ,the performer1 while doing this1 is explaining that he is looking for a suitable cover for the can1 but as he cannot find one he takes the handkerchief instead4 ,the handkerchief is spread over the can and then he brings the nest of boxes4 ,he explains how he will transfer the coin and passes his wand from the can to the boxes4 ,the can is then shown to be empty and the boxes given to one in the audience to be opened4 ,they will be greatly surprised to find the marked coin within the innermost box4 9999 ,how to ,keep ,film ,negatives #aid ,there are many devices for taking care of film negatives to keep them from curling and in a place easily accessible4 ,herewith is illustrated a method by which anyone can make a place for the negatives produced by his or her special film camera4 ,the device is made up similar to a post card album with places cut through each leaf to admit each corner of the negatives4 ,the leaves are made from white paper and when the negatives are in place the pictures made on them can ,illustration3 ,negatives on ,white ,paper ,background easily be seen through to the white paper background4 ,these leaves can be made up in regular book form1 or tied together similar to a loose-leaf book1 thus adding only such pages as the negatives on hand will require4 --,contributed by ,h4 ,d4 ,harkins1 ,st4 ,louis1 ,mo4 9999 ,home-,made ,match ,safe #aid ,illustration3 ,details of the ,match ,safe ,cut a piece of tin in the shape and with the dimensions shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,bend the saw-toothed edges at right angles to the piece on the dotted lines4 ,bend the part that is marked #e-a_/b in4 in a half circle4 ,make a circle #c-a_/b in4 in diameter on another piece of tin1 cut out the circle and cut the disk in two as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,these half circle pieces are soldered to the sides of the teeth of the half circle made in the long piece of tin4 ,remove one end from the inside box containing matches and slip the back of the match safe through between the bottom of the inside box and the open end box that forms the cover4 ,the matches will fall into the half circle tray at the lower end of the box which will be kept full of matches until they are all used from the box4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,f4 ,white1 ,denver1 ,colo4 9999 ,an ,electric ,post ,card ,projector #aie ,a post card projector is an instrument for projecting on a screen in a darkened room picture post cards or any other pictures of a similar size4 ,the lantern differs from the ordinary magic lantern in two features2 first1 it requires no expensive condensing lens1 and second1 the objects to be projected have no need of being transparent4 ,two electric globes are made to cast the strongest possible light on the picture card set between them and in front of which a lens is placed to project the view on the screen1 the whole being enclosed in a light-tight box4 ,the box can be made of selected oak or mahogany4 ,the lens to be used as a projector will determine the size of the box to some extent4 ,the measurements given in these instructions are for a lens of about #e in4 focal length4 ,the box should be constructed of well seasoned wood and all joints made with care so they will be light-tight4 ,the portion shown carrying the lens in ,fig4 #a is made to slide in the main body of the lantern for focusing4 ,a box should first be made #e-a_/b in4 wide1 #e-a_/b in4 high and #aa in4 long4 ,a hole is cut in the back of the box #d by #f in4 represented by the dotted line in ,fig4 #b4 ,this will be #c_/d in4 from the top and bottom and #b-a_/b in4 from each end of the outside of the box4 ,two strips of wood #a_/b in4 wide and #f-a_/b in4 long are fastened along the top and bottom of the back4 ,the door covering this hole in the back1 and1 which is also used as a carrier for the post cards1 is made from a board #d-a_/b in4 wide and #f-a_/b in4 long4 ,the door is hinged to the lower strip and held in position by a turn button on the upper strip4 ,the slides for the picture cards are made from strips of tin bent as shown1 and tacked to the inside surface of the door4 ,the runners to hold the part carrying the lens are two pieces #b-a_/d in4 wide by #e in4 long and should be placed ,illustration3 ,details of the ,post ,card ,lantern vertically1 ,,aa1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 #c-a_/b in4 from each end4 ,an open space #d in4 wide and #e in4 high in the center is for the part carrying the lens to slide for focusing4 ,the part carrying the lens is a shallow box #d by #e in4 and #b in4 deep in the center of which a hole is cut to admit the lens4 ,if a camera lens is used1 the flange should be fastened with screws to the front part of this shallow box4 ,the sides of this box should be made quite smooth and a good1 but not tight1 fit into the runners4 ,plumbago can be rubbed on to prevent sticking and to dull any rays of light4 ,two keyless receptacles for electric globes are fastened to the under side of the top in the position shown and connected with wires from the outside4 ,two or three holes about #a in4 in diameter should be bored in the top between and in a line with the lights4 ,these will provide ventilation to keep the pictures from being scorched or becoming buckled from the excessive heat4 ,the holes must be covered over on the top with a piece of metal or wood to prevent the light from showing on the ceiling4 ,this piece should not be more than #a_/b in4 high and must ,illustration3 ,post ,card ,lantern ,complete be colored dead black inside to cause no reflection4 ,the reflectors are made of sheet tin or nickel-plated metal bent to a curve as shown1 and extending the whole height of the lantern4 ,the length of these reflectors can be determined by the angle of the lens when covering the picture4 ,this is clearly shown by the dotted lines in ,fig4 #a4 ,the reflectors must not interfere with the light between the picture and the lens1 but they must be sufficiently large to prevent any direct light reaching the lens from the lamps4 ,in operation place the post card upside down in the slides and close the door4 ,sliding the shallow box carrying the lens will focus the picture on the screen4 9999 ,a ,handy ,calendar #aif ,illustration3 ,the ,knuckles ,designate the #ca ,day ,months ,thirty days hath ,september1 ,april1 ,june and ,november1 etc41 and many other rhymes and devices are used to aid the memory to decide how many days are in each month of the year4 ,herewith is illustrated a very simple method to determine the number of days in any month4 ,place the first finger of your right hand on the first knuckle of your left hand1 calling that knuckle ,january2 then drop your finger into the depression between the first and second knuckles1 calling this ,february2 then the second knuckle will be ,march1 and so on1 until you reach ,july on the knuckle of the little finger1 then begin over again with ,august on the first knuckle and continue until ,december is reached4 ,each month as it falls upon a knuckle will have #ca days and those down between the knuckles #cj days with the exception of ,february which has only #bh days4 --,contributed by ,chas4 ,c4 ,bradley1 ,west ,toledo1 ,ohio4 9999 ,the ,fuming of ,oak #aif ,darkened oak always has a better appearance when fumed with ammonia4 ,this process is rather a difficult one1 as it requires an airtight case1 but the description herewith given may be entered into with as large a case as the builder cares to construct4 ,oak articles can be treated in a case made from a tin biscuit box1 or any other metal receptacle of good proportions1 provided it is airtight4 ,the oak to be fumed is arranged in the box so the fumes will entirely surround the piece2 the article may be propped up with small sticks1 or suspended by a string4 ,the chief point is to see that no part of the wood is covered up and that all surfaces are exposed to the fumes4 ,a saucer of ammonia is placed in the bottom of the box1 the lid or cover closed1 and all joints sealed up by pasting heavy brown paper over them4 ,any leakage will be detected if the nose is placed near the tin and farther application of the paper will stop the holes4 ,a hole may be cut in the cover and a piece of glass fitted in1 taking care to have all the edges closed4 ,the process may be watched through the glass and the article removed when the oak is fumed to the desired shade4 ,wood stained in this manner should not be ,french polished or varnished1 but waxed4 ,the process of waxing is simple3 ,cut some beeswax into fine shreds and place them in a small pot or jar4 ,pour in a little turpentine1 and set aside for half a day1 giving it an occasional stir4 ,the wax must be thoroughly dissolved and then more turpentine added until the preparation has the consistency of a thick cream4 ,this can be applied to the wood with a rag and afterward brushed up with a stiff brush4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,electrolytic ,rectifier #aig ,illustration3 ,electrolytic ,rectifier and ,connections ,many devices which will change alternating current to a direct current have been put on the market1 but probably there is not one of them which suits the amateur's needs and pocketbook better than the electrolytic rectifier4 ,for the construction of such a rectifier four #b-qt4 fruit jars are required4 ,in each place two electrodes1 one of lead and one of aluminum4 ,the immersed surface of the aluminum should be about #ae sq4 in4 and the lead #bd sq4 in4 ,the immersed surface of the lead being greater than that of the aluminum1 the lead will have to be crimped as shown in ,fig1 #a4 ,in both ,fig4 #a and #b1 the lead is indicated by ,l and the aluminum by ,a4 ,the solution with which each jar is to be filled consists of the following3 ,water #b qt4 ,sodium ,carbonate #b tablespoonfuls ,alum #c tablespoonfuls ,care should be taken to leave the connections made as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the alternating current comes in on the wires as shown1 and the direct current is taken from the point indicated4 ,the capacity of this rectifier is from #c to #e amperes1 which is sufficient for charging small storage batteries1 running small motors and lighting small lamps4 --,contributed by ,j4 ,h4 ,crawford1 ,schenectady1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,the ,rolling ,marble #aig ,take a marble and place it on a smooth surface1 ,the top of a table will do4 ,ask someone to cross their first and second fingers and place them on the marble as shown in the illustration4 ,then have the person roll the marble about and at the same time close the eyes or look in another direction4 ,the person will imagine that there are two marbles instead of one4 ,illustration3 ,rooling ,marble 9999 ,a ,gas ,cannon #aig ,if you have a small cannon with a bore of #a or #a-a_/b in41 bore out the fuse hole large enough to tap and fit in a small sized spark plug such as used on a gasoline engine4 ,fill the cannon with gas from a gas jet and then push a ,illustration3 ,gas ,cannon ,loaded cork in the bore close up to the spark plug4 ,connect one of the wires from a battery to a spark coil and then to the spark plug4 ,attach the other wire to the cannon near the spark plug4 ,turn the switch to make a spark and a loud report will follow4 --,contributed by ,cyril ,tegner1 ,cleveland1 ,o4 9999 ,old-,time ,magic-,part ,,vi #aih 9999 ,a ,handkerchief ,mended after ,being ,cut and ,torn ,two persons are requested to come forward from the audience to hold the four corners of a handkerchief4 ,then beg several other handkerchiefs from the audience and place them on the one held by the two persons4 ,when several handkerchiefs have been accumulated1 have some one person draw out one from the bunch and examine for any marks that will determine that this handkerchief is the one to be mended after being mutilated4 ,he1 as well as others1 are to cut off pieces from this handkerchief and to finally tear it to pieces4 ,the pieces are then all collected and some magic spirits thrown over the torn and cut parts2 tie them in a small package with a ribbon and put them under a glass1 which you warm with your hands4 ,after a few seconds' time1 you remove the glass1 as you have held it all the time1 and take the handkerchief and unfold it2 everyone will recognize the mark and be amazed not to find a cut or tear in the texture4 ,this trick is very simple4 ,you have an understanding with some one in the company1 who has two handkerchiefs exactly alike and has given one of them to a person behind the curtain2 he throws the other1 at the time of request for handkerchiefs1 on the handkerchiefs held for use in the performance of the trick4 ,you manage to keep this handkerchief where it will be picked out in preference to the others1 although pretending to thoroughly mix them up4 ,the person selected to pick out a handkerchief naturally will take the handiest one4 ,be sure that this is the right one4 ,when the handkerchief has been torn and folded1 put it under the glass1 on a table1 near a partition or curtain4 ,the table should be made with a hole cut through the top and a small trap door fitted snugly in the hole1 so it will appear to be a part of the table top4 ,this trap door is hinged on the under side and opens into the drawer of the table and can be operated by the person behind the curtain who will remove the torn handkerchief and replace it with the good one and then close the trap door by reaching through the drawer of the table4 9999 ,the ,magic ,knot #aih ,this is a very amusing trick which consists of tying one knot with two ends of a handkerchief1 and pulling the ,illustration3 ,tying and ,untying a ,knot ends only to untie them again4 ,take the two diagonal corners of a handkerchief1 one in each hand and throw the main part of the handkerchief over the wrist of the left hand and tie the knot as shown in the illustration4 ,pull the ends quickly1 allowing the loop over the left hand to slip freely1 and you will have the handkerchief without any knot4 9999 ,a ,good ,mouse ,trap #aih ,when opening a tomato or other small can1 cut the cover crossways from side to side making four triangular pieces in the top4 ,bend the four ends outward and remove the contents1 wash clean and dry and then bend the four ends inward1 leaving a hole about #c_/d in4 in diameter in the center4 ,drop in a piece of bread and lay the can down upon its side and the trap is ready for use4 ,the mouse can get in but he cannot get out4 --,contributed by ,e4 ,j4 ,crocker1 ,victor1 ,colo4 9999 ,finishing ,aluminum #aih ,rubbing the surface of an aluminum plate with a steel brush will produce a satin finish4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,sailing ,canoe #aii ,a canvas canoe is easily made and light to handle1 but in making one1 it must be remembered that the cloth will tear1 if any snags are encountered4 ,therefore such a craft cannot be used in all waters1 but by being careful at shores1 it can be used as safely as an ordinary sailing canoe4 ,be sure to select the best materials and when complete cover the seams well with paint4 ,illustration3 ,completed ,sailing ,canoe ,the materials necessary for the construction of a sailing canoe1 as illustrated in the engraving1 are as follows3 #a keelson1 #a in4 by #h in4 by #ae ft41 selected pine4 #ad rib bands1 #a in4 square by #af ft41 clear pine4 #b gunwales1 #a in4 by #b in4 by #af ft4 #a piece for forms and bow pieces1 #a in4 by #ab in4 by #aj ft4 #d outwales1 #a_/d in4 by #b in4 by #af ft4 #a piece1 #c in4 wide and #ab ft4 long1 for cockpit frame4 #a piece1 #b in4 wide and #ab ft4 long1 for center deck braces4 #aa yd4 of #a-a_/b-yd4 wide #ab-oz4 ducking4 #h yd4 of #a-yd4 wide unbleached muslin4 #ej ft4 of rope4 #a mast1 #i ft4 long4 ,paint1 screws and cleats4 ,the keelson1 ,fig4 #a1 is #ad ft4 long1 #h in4 wide in the center and tapered down from a point #d ft4 from each end to #a in4 at the ends4 ,both ends are mortised1 one #f in4 for the stern piece1 and the other #ab in4 for the bow4 ,be sure to get the bow and stern pieces directly in the middle of the keelson and at right angles with the top edge4 ,the stern and bow pieces are cut as shown in ,fig4 #b and braced with an iron band1 #a_/h in4 thick and #c_/d in4 wide1 drilled and fastened with screws4 ,study the sketches showing the details well before starting to cut out the pieces4 ,then there will be no trouble experienced later in putting the parts together4 ,see that all the pieces fit their places as the work proceeds and apply the canvas with care4 ,two forms are made as shown in ,figs4 #c and #d2 the smaller is placed #c ft4 from the bow and the large one1 #g ft4 #c in4 from the stern4 ,the larger mould is used temporarily while making the boat1 and is removed after the ribs are in place4 ,the gunwales are now placed over the forms and in the notches shown1 and fastened with screws1 and1 after cutting the ends to fit the bow and stern pieces1 they are fastened with bolts put through the three pieces4 ,the sharp edges on one side of each rib-band are removed and seven of them fastened with screws to each side of the moulds1 spacing them on the large mould #d in4 apart4 ,the ribs are made of #bh good barrel hoops ,illustration3 ,details of a ,home-,made ,sailing ,canoe which should be well soaked in water for several hours before bending them in shape4 ,these are put in #f in4 apart and are fastened to the rib-bands with #g_/h-;in4 wood screws4 ,the ribs should be put in straight and true to keep them from pulling the rib-bands out of shape4 ,after the ribs are in place and fastened to the rib-bands1 gunwales and keelson1 put on the outwale strips and fasten them to the gunwales between every rib with #a-a_/b-;in4 screws4 ,before making the deck1 a block for the mast to rest in must be made and fastened to the keelson4 ,this block1 ,fig4 #e1 is a cube having sides #f in4 square and is kept from splitting by an iron band tightly fitted around the outside4 ,the block is fastened to the keelson1 #c-a_/b ft4 from the bow1 with bolts through countersunk holes from the under side4 ,there are three deck braces made as shown in ,figs4 #f1 #g and #h4 ,braces1 ,figs4 #f and #g1 form the ends of the cockpit which is #bj in4 wide4 ,a #f-;in4 board is fitted into the mortises shown in these pieces2 a center piece is fitted in the other mortises4 ,the other deck braces slope down from the center piece and are placed #f in4 apart4 ,they are #a in4 square and are mortised into the center piece and fastened to the gunwales with screws4 ,the main deck braces are fastened to the gunwales with #d-;in4 corner braces and to the center piece with #b-;in4 corner braces4 ,the mast hole on the deck is made as follows3 ,secure a piece of pine #a in4 thick1 #f in4 wide and #c ft4 long4 ,cut this in halves and mortise for the center piece in the two halves and fasten to the gunwales4 ,a block of pine1 #d in4 thick and #ab in4 long1 is cut to fit under the top boards1 ,fig4 #i1 and fastened to them with bolts4 ,with an expansive bit bore a hole #c in4 in diameter through the block4 ,be sure to get the block and hole directly over the block that is fastened to the keelson4 ,put on a coat of boiled linseed oil all over the frame before proceeding farther4 ,putting on the canvas may be a difficult piece of work to do1 yet if the following simple directions are followed out no trouble will be encountered4 ,the #aa-yd4 length of canvas is cut in the center1 doubled1 and a seam made joining the two pieces together4 ,fill the seam with thick paint and tack it down with copper tacks along the center of the keelson4 ,when this is well tacked commence stretching and pulling the canvas in the middle of the gunwales so as to make it as even and tight as possible and work toward each end1 tacking the canvas as it is stretched to the outside of the gunwale4 ,seam the canvas along the stern and bow pieces as was done on the keelson4 ,the deck is not so hard to do1 but be careful to get the canvas tight and even4 ,a seam should be made along the center piece4 ,the trimming is wood1 #a_/d in4 thick and #a_/b in4 wide4 ,a strip of this is nailed along the center piece over the canvas4 ,the outwales are nailed on over the canvas4 ,a piece of oak1 #a in4 thick #a-a_/b in4 wide and #ad in4 long1 is fastened with screws over the canvas on the stern piece2 also1 a piece #a_/d in4 thick1 #a in4 wide and #bd in4 long is well soaked in water1 bent to the right shape and fastened over the canvas on the bow4 ,the rudder is made as shown in ,fig4 #aj with a movable handle4 ,a strip #a in4 thick by #b in4 wide1 is bolted to the keelson over the canvas for the outer keel4 ,the keel1 ,fig4 #aa1 is #f in4 wide at one end and #ab in4 at the other1 which is fastened to the outer keel with bolts having thumb nuts4 ,the mast can be made of a young spruce tree having a diameter of #c in4 at the base with sufficient height to make it #i ft4 long4 ,the canoe is driven by a lanteen sail and two curtain poles1 each #a in4 in diameter and #aj ft4 long1 are used for the boom and gaff1 which are held together with two pieces of iron bent as shown in ,fig4 #ab4 ,the sail is a triangle1 #i-c_/d by #i-c_/d by #h-a_/b ft4 which is held to the boom and gaff by cord lacings run through eyelets inserted in the muslin4 ,the eyelets are of brass placed #d in4 apart in the muslin4 ,the mast has two side and one front stay1 each fitted with a turnbuckle for tightening4 ,a pulley is placed at the top and bottom of the mast for the lift rope4 ,the sail is held to the mast by an iron ring and the lift rope at the top of the mast4 ,the boom rope is held in the hand and several cleats should be placed in the cockpit for convenience4 ,a chock is placed at the bow for tying up to piers4 ,several coats of good paint complete the boat4 --,contributed by ,o4 ,e4 ,tronnes1 ,wilmette1 ,ill4 9999 ,a ,home-,made ,hand ,vise #bja ,a very useful little hand vise can easily be made from a hinge and a bolt carrying a wing nut4 ,get a fast ,illustration3 ,hand ,vise ,made from a ,hinge joint hinge about #b in4 or more long and a bolt about #a_/b in4 long that will fit the holes in the hinge4 ,put the bolt through the middle hole of the hinge and replace the nut as shown in the drawing4 ,with this device any small object may be firmly held by simply placing it between the sides of the hinge and tightening the nut4 9999 ,proper ,design for a ,bird ,house #bja ,this bird house was designed and built to make a home for the ,american martin4 ,the house will accommodate #bj families4 ,all the holes are arranged so they will not be open to the cold winds from the north which often kill the birds which come in the early spring4 ,around each opening is an extra ring of wood to make a longer passage which assists the martin inside in fighting off the ,english ,illustration3 ,bird ,house sparrow who tries to drive him out4 ,the holes are made oval to allow all the little ones to get their heads out for fresh air4 ,the long overhanging eaves protect the little birds from the hot summer sun4 ,the rooms are made up with partitions on the inside so each opening will have a room4 ,the inside of the rooms should be stained black4 9999 ,boomerangs and ,how to ,make ,them #bjb ,a boomerang is a weapon invented and used by the native ,australians1 who seemed to have the least intelligence of any race of mankind4 ,the ,illustration3 ,details of ,three ,boomerangs boomerang is a curved stick of hardwood1 ,fig4 #a1 about #e_/af in4 thick1 #b-a_/b in4 wide and #b ft4 long1 flat on one side1 with the ends and the other side rounding4 ,one end of the stick is grasped in one hand with the convex edge forward and the flat side up and thrown upward4 ,after going some distance and ascending slowly to a great height in the air with a quick rotary motion1 it suddenly returns in an elliptical orbit to a spot near the starting point4 ,if thrown down on the ground the boomerang rebounds in a straight line1 pursuing a ricochet motion until the object is struck at which it was thrown4 ,two other types of boomerangs are illustrated herewith and they can be made as described4 ,the materials necessary for the ,t-shaped boomerang are3 ,one piece of hard maple #e_/af in4 thick1 #b-a_/b in4 wide1 and #c ft4 long2 five #a_/b-;in4 flat-headed screws4 ,cut the piece of hard maple into two pieces1 one #aa-a_/b in4 and the other #ah in4 long4 ,the corners are cut from these pieces as shown in ,fig4 #b1 taking care to cut exactly the same amount from each corner4 ,bevel both sides of the pieces1 making the edges very thin so they will cut the air better4 ,find the exact center of the long piece and make a line #a-a_/d in4 on each side of the center and fasten the short length between the lines with the screws as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,the short piece should be fastened perfectly square and at right angles to the long one4 ,the materials necessary for the cross-shaped boomerang are one piece hard maple #e_/af in4 thick1 #b in4 wide and #cj in4 long and five #a_/b-;in4 flat headed screws4 ,cut the maple- into two #ad-;in4 pieces and plane the edges of these pieces so the ends will be #a-a_/b in4 wide1 as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,bevel these pieces the same as the ones for the ,t-shaped boomerang4 ,the two pieces are fastened together as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,all of the boomerangs when completed should be given several coats of linseed oil and thoroughly dried4 ,this will keep the wood from absorbing water and becoming heavy4 ,the last two boomerangs are thrown in a similar way to the first one1 except that one of the pieces is grasped in the hand and the throw given with a quick underhand motion4 ,a little practice is all that is necessary for one to become skillful in throwing them4 --,contributed by ,o4 ,e4 ,tronnes1 ,wilmette1 ,ill4 9999 ,how to ,make ,water ,wings #bjb ,purchase a piece of unbleached muslin1 #a yd4 square4 ,take this and fold it over once1 forming a double piece #a-a_/b ft4 wide and #c ft4 long4 ,make a double stitch all around the edge1 leaving a small opening at one corner4 ,insert a piece of tape at this corner to be used for tying around the opening when the bag is blown up4 ,the bag is then turned inside out1 soaked with water and blown up4 ,an occasional wetting all over will prevent it from leaking4 ,as these wings are very large they will prevent the swimmer from sinking4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,c4 ,bliss1 ,st4 ,louis1 ,mo4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,ammeter #bjc ,the outside case of this instrument is made of wood taken from old cigar boxes with the exception of the back4 ,if carefully and neatly made1 the finished instrument will be very satisfactory4 ,the measurements here given need not be strictly followed out1 but can be governed by circumstances4 ,the case should first be made and varnished and while this is drying1 the mechanical parts can be put together4 ,illustration3 ,details of an ,ammeter ,the back is a board #c_/h in4 thick1 #f-a_/b in4 wide and #f-c_/d in4 long4 ,the outer edges of this board are chamfered4 ,the other parts of the case are made from the cigar box wood which should be well sandpapered to remove the labels4 ,the sides are #c-a_/d in4 wide and #e in4 long2 the top and bottom1 #c-a_/d in4 wide and #d-a_/b in4 long4 ,glue a three cornered piece1 ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 at each end on the surface that is to be the inside of the top and bottom pieces4 ,after the glue1 is set1 fasten the sides to the pieces with glue1 and take care that the pieces are all square4 ,when the glue is set1 this square box is well sandpapered1 then centered1 and fastened to the back with small screws turned into each three-cornered piece4 ,the front1 which is a piece #e-a_/d in4 wide and #f-a_/b in4 long1 has a circular opening cut near the top through which the graduated scale may be seen4 ,this front is centered and fastened the same as the back1 and the four outside edges1 as well as the edges around the opening1 are rounded4 ,the whole case can now be cleaned and stained with a light mahogany stain and varnished4 ,cut another piece of board1 ,b1 ,figs4 #b and #c1 to just fit inside the case and rest on the ends of the three-cornered pieces1 ,a1 and glue to this board two smaller pieces1 ,c1 #c in4 square1 with the grain of the wood in alternate directions to prevent warping4 ,all of these pieces are made of the cigar box wood4 ,another piece1 ,d1 #c_/h in4 thick and #c in4 square1 is placed on the other pieces and a ,u-shaped opening #a-c_/d in4 wide and #b-a_/b in4 high sawed out from all of the pieces as shown4 ,the piece ,d is attached to the pieces ,c with four #a_/b-;in4 pieces #b-e_/h in4 long4 ,a magnet is made from a soft piece of iron1 ,e1 about #c_/h in4 thick1 #a-a_/d in4 wide and #b-c_/d in4 long4 ,solder across each end of the iron a piece of brass wire1 ,f1 and make a turn in each end of the wires1 forming an eye for a screw4 ,these wires are about #b-a_/b in4 long4 ,wind three layers of about ,no4 #ad double cotton-covered copper wire on the soft iron and leave about #e or #f in4 of each end unwound for connections4 ,the pointer is made as shown in ,fig4 #e from #a_/af-;in4 brass wire filed to make a point at both ends for a spindle4 ,about #a_/b in4 from each end of this wire are soldered two smaller brass wires which in turn are soldered to a strip of light tin #a_/d in4 wide and #b-e_/h in4 long4 ,the lower edge of this tin should be about #a_/b in4 from the spindle4 ,the pointer is soldered to the spindle #a_/d in4 from one end4 ,all of these parts should be brass with the exception of the strip of tin4 ,another strip of tin1 the same size as the first1 is soldered to two brass wires as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,these wires should be about #a in4 long4 ,the spindle of the pointer swings freely between two bars of brass1 ,g1 #a_/af in4 thick1 #a_/d in4 wide and #b-a_/b in4 long4 ,a small hole is countersunk in one of the bars to receive one end of the spindle and a hole #a_/h in4 in diameter is drilled in the other and a thumb nut taken from the binding-post of an old battery soldered over the hole so the screw will pass through when turned into the nut4 ,the end of the screw is countersunk to receive the other end of the spindle4 ,a lock nut is necessary to fasten the screw when proper adjustment is secured4 ,a hole is drilled in both ends of the bars for screws to fasten them in place4 ,the bar with the adjusting screw is fastened on the back so it can be readily adjusted through the hole ,h1 bored in the back4 ,the pointer is bent so it will pass through the ,u-shaped cut-out and up back of the board ,b4 ,a brass pin is driven in the board ,b to hold the pointer from dropping down too far to the left4 ,place the tin1 ,fig4 #d1 so it will just clear the tin1 ,fig4 #e1 and fasten in place4 ,the magnet is next placed with the ends of the coil to the back and the top just clearing the tin strips4 ,two binding screws are fitted to the bottom of the back and connected to the extending wires from the coil4 ,the instrument is now ready for calibrating4 ,this is done by connecting it in series with another standard ammeter which has the scale marked in known quantities4 ,in this series is also connected a variable resistance and a battery or some other source of current supply4 ,the resistance is now adjusted to show 4#e ampere on the standard ammeter and the position of the pointer marked on the scale4 ,change your resistance to all points and make the numbers until the entire scale is complete4 ,when the current flows through the coil1 the two tinned strips of metal are magnetized1 and being magnetized by the same lines of force they are both of the same polarity4 ,like poles repel each other1 and as the part ,fig4 #d is not movable1 the part carrying the pointer moves away4 ,the stronger the current1 the greater the magnetism of the metal strips1 and the farther apart they will be forced1 showing a greater defection of the pointer4 --,contributed by ,george ,heimroth1 ,richmond ,hill1 ,l4 ,i4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,equatorial #bjd ,condensed from article contributed by ,j4 ,r4 ,chapman1 ,f4,r4,a4,s4 ,austwick ,hall4 ,w4 ,yorkshire4 ,england ,this star finder can easily be made by anyone who can use a few tools as the parts are all wood and the only lathe work necessary is the turned shoulder on the polar axis and this could be dressed and sandpapered true enough for the purpose4 ,the base is a board #e in4 wide and #i in4 long which is fitted with an ordinary wood screw in each corner for leveling4 ,two side pieces cut with an angle equal to the colatitude of the place are nailed to the base and on top of them is fastened another board on which is marked the hour circle as shown4 ,the end of the polar axis ,b1 that has the end turned with a shoulder1 is fitted in a hole bored in the center of the hour circle4 ,the polar axis ,b is secured to the board with a wooden collar and a pin underneath4 ,the upper end of the polar axis is fitted with a #a_/d-;in4 board1 ,c1 #e-a_/b in4 in diameter4 ,a thin compass card divided into degrees is fitted on the edge of this disk for the declination circle4 ,the hour circle ,a is half of a similar card with the hour marks divided into #bj minutes4 ,an index pointer is fastened to the base of the polar axis4 ,a pointer #ab in4 long is fastened with a small bolt to the center of the declination circle4 ,a small opening is made in the pointer into which an ordinary needle is inserted4 ,this needle is adjusted to the degree to set the pointer in declination and when set1 the pointer is clamped with the bolt at the center4 ,a brass tube having a #a_/d-;in4 hole is fastened to the pointer4 ,the first thing to do is to get a true ,n and ,s meridian mark4 ,this can be approximately obtained by a good compass1 and allowance made for the magnetic declination at your own place4 ,secure a slab of stone or some other solid flat surface1 level this and have it firmly fixed facing due south with a line drawn through the center and put the equatorial on the surface with ,,xii on the south end of the line4 ,then set the pointer ,d to the declination of the object1 say ,venus at the date of observation4 ,you now want to know if this planet is east or west of your meridian at the time of observation4 ,the following formula will show how this may be found4 ,to find a celestial object by equatorial3 ,find the planet ,venus ,may #ba1 #ahha1 at #i hr4 #aj min4 ,a4 ,m4 ,subtract right ascension of planet from the time shown by the clock1 thus3 hour minute second #i hr4 #aj min4 shows mean siderial4 #a #j #j ,add #ab hrs #ab --- --- --- #ac ,right ascension of ,venus #b #aj --- --- --- ,set hour circle to before meridian #aj #ej #j ,again------------------ ,at #a hr4 #cj min4 mean clock shows #e #bj #j ,right ascension of ,venus #b #aj #j --- --- --- ,set hour circle to #c #aj #j ,books may be found in libraries that will give the right ascension and declination of most of the heavenly bodies4 ,the foregoing tables assume that you have a clock rated to siderial time1 ,illustration3 ,home-,made ,equatorial but this is not absolutely necessary4 ,if you can obtain the planet's declination on the day of observation and ascertain when it is due south1 all you have to do is to set the pointer ,d by the needle point and note whether ,venus has passed your meridian or not and set your hour index4 ,there will be no difficulty in picking up ,venus even in bright sunlight when the plant is visible to the naked eye4 9999 ,electric ,light ,turned ,on and ,off from ,different ,places #bje ,how nice it would be to have an electric light at the turn in a stairway1 or at the top that could be turned on before starting up the stair and on reaching the top turned out1 and vice ,illustration3 ,the ,wiring ,diagram versa when coming down4 ,the wiring diagram as shown in the illustration will make this a pleasant reality4 ,this wiring may be applied in numerous like instances4 ,the electric globe may be located at any desired place and the two point switches are connected in series with the source of current as shown in the sketch4 ,the light may be turned on or off at either one of the switches4 --,contributed by ,robert ,w4 ,hall1 ,new ,haven1 ,conn4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,bunsen ,cell #bjf ,this kind of a cell produces a high e4m4f4 owing to the low internal resistance4 ,procure a glass jar such as used for a gravity battery1 or1 if one of these cannot be had1 get a glazed vessel of similar construction4 ,take a piece of sheet zinc large enough so that when it is rolled up in the shape of a cylinder it will clear the edge of the jar by about #a_/b in4 ,solder a wire or binding-post to the edge of the cylinder for a connection4 ,illustration3 ,cross ,section and ,completed ,cell ,secure a small unglazed vessel to fit inside of the zinc1 or such a receptacle as used in a sal ammoniac cell1 and fill it with a strong solution of nitric acid4 ,fill the outer jar with a solution of #af parts water and #e parts sulphuric acid4 ,the connections are made from the zinc and carbon4 9999 ,optical ,illusion #bjf ,can you tell which of these three figures is the tallest8 ,make a guess1 and then verify its correctness by measurement4 ,illustration3 ,who is tallest8 9999 ,one ,way to ,cook ,fish #bjf ,one of the best and easiest ways of cooking fish while out camping is told by a correspondent of ,forest and ,stream4 ,a fire is built the size for the amount of food to be cooked and the wood allowed to burn down to a glowing mass of coals and ashes4 ,wash and season your fish well and then wrap them up in clean1 fresh grass1 leaves or bark4 ,then1 after scraping away the greater part of the coals1 put the fish among the ashes1 cover up with the same1 and heap the glowing coals on top4 ,the fish cooks quickly--#ae or #bj minutes--according to their size4 ,if you eat fish or game cooked after this fashion you will agree that it cannot be beaten by any method known to camp culinary savants4 ,clay also answers the purpose of protecting4 the fish or game from the fire if no other material is at hand1 and for anything that requires more time for cooking it makes the best covering4 ,wet paper will answer1 especially for cooking fish4 9999 ,hardening ,copper #bjf ,a successful method of hardening copper is to add #a lb4 of alum and #d oz4 arsenic to every #bj lb4 of melted copper and stir for #aj minutes4 9999 ,packing ,cut from ,felt ,hats #bjf ,felt from an old hat makes good packing for automobile water-circulating pumps4 ,strips should be cut to fit snugly in the stuffing box4 ,when the follower is screwed down1 it will expand the felt and make a watertight joint4 9999 ,homemade ,gasoline ,engine #bjf ,the material used in the construction of the gasoline engine1 as shown in the accompanying picture1 was pieces found in a scrap pile that usually occupies a fence corner on almost every farm4 ,the cylinder consists of ,illustration3 ,complete ,homemade ,gasoline ,engine an old pump cylinder1 #c_/h in4 thick1 #a-c_/d in4 inside diameter and about #e in4 long4 ,this was fastened between some wooden blocks which were bolted on the tool carriage of a lathe and then bored out to a diameter of about #b in4 ,the boring bar1 ,fig4 #a1 consisted of an old shaft with a hole bored through the center and a tool inserted and held for each cut by a setscrew4 ,a wood mandrel with a metal shaft to turn in the centers of a lathe was made to fit the bored-out cylinder4 ,the cylinder was then placed on the mandrel1 fastened with a pin1 and threaded on both ends4 ,flanges were next made from couplings discarded from an old horsepower tumbling rod1 to fit on the threaded ends of the cylinder casting4 ,when these flanges were tightly screwed on the casting and faced off smooth the whole presented the appearance of a large spool4 ,the back cylinder head was made from a piece of cast iron1 about #a_/b in4 thick1 turned to the same diameter as the flanges1 and with a small projection to fit snugly inside the cylinder bore4 ,two holes were then drilled in this head and tapped for #c_/d-;in4 pipe4 ,two pieces of #c_/d -in4 pipe were fitted to these holes so that1 when they were turned in1 a small part of the end of each pipe projected on the inside of the cylinder head4 ,these pieces of pipe serve as valve cages and are reamed out on the inside ends to form a valve seat4 ,the outlet for the exhaust and the inlet for the gas and air are through holes drilled in the side of each pipe respectively and tapped for #a_/b-;in4 pipe4 ,two heads were then made to fit over the outer ends of the valve cages4 ,these heads looked similar to a thread spool with one flange cut off1 the remaining flange fitting on the ,illustration3 ,steps in ,making the ,home-,made ,gasoline ,engine end of the valve cage and the center extending down inside to make a long guide for the valve stems4 ,these heads are held in place by a wrought-iron plate and two bolts1 one of which is plainly shown in the picture4 ,this plate also supports the rocker arms1 ,fig4 #b1 and the guides for the rods that operate the valves4 ,both valves are mechanically operated by one cam attached to a shaft running one turn to two of the crankshaft4 ,the gears to run this shaft were cut from solid pieces on a small home-made gear-cutting attachment for the lathe as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,the gear on the crankshaft has #bj teeth meshing into a #dj-tooth gear on the cam shaft4 ,the main part of the frame consists of a piece of #a_/b-;in4 square iron1 #cj in4 long1 bent in the shape of a ,u1 and on the outside of this piece is riveted a bent piece of sheet metal #a_/h in4 thick and #c in4 wide4 ,the ,u-shaped iron is placed near one edge of the sheet metal4 ,two pieces of #b-a_/b-;in4 angle iron are riveted vertically on the ends of the ,u-shaped iron and a plate riveted on them to close the open end and to form a face on which to attach the cylinder with bolts or cap screws4 ,a hole was cut through the angle irons and plate the same size as the bore of the cylinder so the piston could be taken out without removing the cylinder4 ,a #a-;in4 angle iron was riveted to one side of the finished frame to make a support for the crankshaft bearing4 ,the rough frame1 ,fig4 #d1 was then finished on an emery wheel4 ,this long frame had to be made to accommodate the crosshead which was necessary for such a short cylinder4 ,the piston and rod were screwed together and turned in one operation on a lathe4 ,the three rings were made from an old cast-iron pulley4 ,the cap screws were made from steel pump rods4 ,a piece of this rod was centered in a lathe and turned so as to shape six or more screws1 ,fig4 #e1 then removed and the first one threaded and cut off1 then the second and so on until all of them were made into screws4 ,the rod was held in a vise for this last operation4 ,studs were made by threading both ends of a proper length rod4 ,make-and-break ignition is used on the engine2 however1 a jump spark would be much better4 ,the flywheel and mixing valve were purchased from a house dealing in these parts4 ,the water jacket on the cylinder is a sheet of copper formed and soldered in place1 and brass bands put on to co v e r the soldered joints4 --,contributed by ,peter ,johnson1 ,clermont1 ,iowa4 9999 ,dripping ,carburetor #bjh ,if gasoline drips from the carburetor when the engine is not running1 the needle valve connected with the float should be investigated4 ,if the dripping stops when the valve is pressed down1 the float is too high4 ,if the valve keeps dripping1 then it should be ground to a fit4 9999 ,a ,merry-,go-,round ,thriller #bji ,illustration3 ,swinging on the ,merry-,go-,round ,as a home mechanic with a fondness for amusing the children ,i have seen many descriptions of merry-go-rounds1 but never one which required so little material1 labor and time1 and which gave such satisfactory results1 as the one illustrated herewith4 ,it was erected in our back yard one afternoon1 the materials being furnished by an accommodating lumber pile1 and a little junk1 and it has provided unlimited pleasure for joy-riders1 little and big1 from all over the neighborhood4 ,it looks like a toy1 but once seat yourself in it and begin to go around1 and1 no matter what your age or size may be1 you will have in a minute enough thrill and excitement to last the balance of the day4 ,the illustration largely explains itself1 but a few dimensions will be a help to anyone wishing to construct the apparatus4 ,the upright is a #d by #d-;in4 timber1 set #c ft4 in the ground with #h ft4 extending above4 ,it is braced on four sides with pieces #b in4 square and #b ft4 long1 butting against short stakes4 ,the upper end of the post is wound with a few rounds of wire or an iron strap to prevent splitting4 ,the crosspiece is #b in4 square1 #ab ft4 long1 strengthened by a piece #d in4 square and #e ft4 long4 ,these two pieces must be securely bolted or spiked together4 ,a malleable iron bolt1 #c_/d in4 in diameter and #ae in4 long is the pivot4 ,on this depends the safety of the contrivance1 so it must be strong enough1 and long enough to keep firmly in the post4 ,drive this bolt in a #c_/h-;in4 hole bored in the post1 which will make it a sufficiently tight fit4 ,make the hole for the bolt very loose through the crosspiece1 so that there will be plenty of wobble1 as this is one of the mirth-making features of the machine4 ,use a heavy washer at the head4 ,the seats are regular swing boards1 supported by a stout and serviceable rope4 ,a #c_/d -in4 rope is not too heavy4 ,one set of ropes are passed through holes at the end of the crosspiece and knotted on top4 ,the other set should be provided with loops at the top and slid over the crosspiece1 being held in position by spikes as shown4 ,this makes an easy adjustment4 ,seat the heavier of the riders on the latter seat1 moving it toward the center until a balance with the lighter rider is reached4 ,a rope tied to the crosspiece about #b ft4 from the center1 for the motive power to grasp1 completes the merry-go-round4 ,put plenty of soap or grease between the crosspiece and upright4 ,be sure to have room for the ropes to swing out at high speed1 with no trees or buildings in the way4 ,the wobble mentioned will give an agreeable undulating motion1 which adds greatly to the flying sensation4 ,this will be found surprisingly evident for so small a machine4 ,as there is no bracing1 care must be taken to have the two riders sit at the same moment1 or the iron bolt will be bent out of line4 ,if it is to be used for adults1 strong clear material only should be employed4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,w4 ,nieman4 9999 ,how to ,make and ,fly a ,chinese ,kite #baj ,the ,chinese boy is not satisfied with simply holding the end of a kite string and running up and down the block or field trying to raise a heavy paper kite with a half pound of rags for a tail4 ,he makes a kite as light as possible without any tail which has the peculiar property of being able to move in every direction4 ,sometimes an expert can make one of these kites travel across the wind for several hundred feet2 in fact1 ,i have seen boys a full block apart bring their kites together and engage ,illustration3 ,parts of a ,chinese ,kite in a combat until one of their kites floated away with a broken string1 or was punctured by the swift dives of the other1 and sent to earth1 a wreck4 ,the ,chinese boy makes his kite as follows3 ,from a sheet of thin but tough tissue paper about #bj in4 square1 which he folds and cuts along the dotted line1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 he gets a perfectly square kite having all the properties of a good flyer1 light and strong4 ,he shapes two pieces of bamboo1 one for the backbone and one for the bow4 ,the backbone is flat1 #a_/d by #c_/cb in4 and #ah in4 long4 ,this he smears along one side with common boiled rice4 ,boiled rice is one of the best adhesives for use on paper that can be obtained and the ,chinese have used it for centuries while we are just waking up to the fact that it makes fine photo paste4 ,having placed the backbone in position1 paste two triangular pieces of paper over the ends of the stick to prevent tearing4 ,the bow is now bent1 and the lugs extending from the sides of the square paper are bent over the ends of the bow and pasted down4 ,if the rice is quite dry or mealy it can be smeared on and will dry almost immediately1 therefore no strings are needed to hold the bow bent while the paste dries4 ,after the sticks are in position the kite will appear as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the dotted lines show the lugs bent over the ends of the bow and pasted down4 ,figure #c shows how the band is put on and how the kite is balanced4 ,this is the most important part and cannot be explained very well4 ,this must be done by experimenting and it is enough to say that the kite must balance perfectly4 ,the string is fastened by a slip-knot to the band and moved back and forth until the kite flies properly1 then it is securely fastened4 ,a reel is next made4 ,two ends--the bottoms of two small peach baskets will do--are fastened to a dowel stick or broom handle1 if nothing better is at hand4 ,these ends are placed about #ad in4 apart and strips nailed between them as shown in ,fig4 #d1 and the centers drawn in and bound with a string4 ,the kite string used is generally a heavy packing thread4 ,this is run through a thin flour or rice paste until it is thoroughly coated1 then it is run through a quantity of crushed glass4 ,the glass should be beaten up fine and run through a fine sieve to make it about the same as ,no4#b emery4 ,the particles should be extremely sharp and full of splinters4 ,these particles adhere to the pasted string and when dry are so sharp that it cannot be handled without scratching- the fingers1 therefore the kite is flown entirely from the reel4 ,to wind the string upon the reel1 all that is necessary is to lay one end of the reel stick in the bend of the left arm and twirl the other end between the fingers of the right hand4 ,a ,chinese boy will be flying a gaily colored little kite from the roof of a house 7if it be in one of the large cities where they have flat-roofed houses7 and a second boy will appear on the roof of another house perhaps #bjj ft4 away4 ,both have large reels full of string1 often several hundred yards of it4 ,the first hundred feet or so is glass-covered string1 the balance1 common packing thread1 or glass-covered string4 ,as soon as the second boy has his kite aloft1 he begins maneuvering to drive it across the wind and over to the first kite4 ,first1 he pays out a large amount of string1 then as the kite wobbles to one side with its nose pointing toward the first kite1 he tightens his line and commences a steady quick pull4 ,if properly done his kite crosses over to the other and above it4 ,the string is now payed out until the second kite is hanging over the first one's line4 ,the wind now tends to take the second kite back to its parallel and in so doing makes a turn about the first kite's string4 ,if the second kite is close enough1 the first tries to spear him by swift dives4 ,the second boy in the meantime is see-sawing his string and presently the first kite's string is cut and it drifts away4 ,it is not considered sport to haul the other fellow's kite down as might be done and therefore a very interesting battle is often witnessed when the experts clash their kites4 --,contributed by ,s4 ,c4 ,bunker1 ,brooklyn1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,home-,made ,vise #baa ,an ordinary monkey wrench that has been discarded is used in making this vise4 ,the wrench is supported by two ,l-shaped pieces of iron fastened with ,illustration3 ,a ,swivel ,bench ,vise a rivet through the end jaw1 and these in turn are bolted or screwed to the bench4 ,the handle end is held down with a staple4 ,the inside jaw is used in clamping and is operated with the thumb screw of the wrench4 ,two holes bored through the thumb piece will greatly facilitate setting up the jaws tightly by using a small rod in the holes as a lever4 ,the vise may be made into a swing vise if the wrench is mounted on a board which is swung on a bolt at one end and held with a pin at the other as shown in the illustration4 ,various holes bored in the bench on an arc will permit the board to be set at any angle4 --,contributed by ,harry ,s4 ,moody1 ,newburyport4 ,mass4 9999 ,home-,made ,changing ,bag for ,plate ,holders #bab ,a good bag for changing plates and loading plate holders and one that the operator can see well to work in can ,illustration3 ,made of ,black ,cambric be made by anyone on a sewing machine4 ,ten yards of black cambric or other black cloth and a little ruby fabric will be required4 ,take the cambric and fold it into #b-yd4 lengths 7,fig4 #a7 which will make five layers of cloth1 tack or fasten the layers together so they will not slip and cut an #h-;in4 square hole in the middle of one half 7,fig4 #b7 and sew the ruby fabric over the opening4 ,be sure and make the seam light-tight and have enough layers of ruby fabric so no white light can get in4 ,fold the cloth up so it will be #a yd4 square 7,fig4 #c7 and sew up the edges to make a bag with one side open4 ,put a drawstring in the edge of the cloth around the open side and the bag is complete ready for use4 ,take the holders and plate boxes in the lap and put the bag over the head and down around the body1 then draw the string up tight4 ,a bag made up in this manner is for use only for a short time4 ,if it is necessary to do considerable work at a time1 then a dust protector1 such as mill men use1 must be attached to a #c-;ft4 length of #b-;in4 rubber hose and the hose run through a hole in the bag4 ,this will make it possible to work in the bag as long as you wish4 --,contributed by ,earl ,r4 ,hastings1 ,corinth1 ,vt4 9999 ,home-,made ,asbestos ,table ,pads #bab ,asbestos table pads to prevent the marring of polished table tops from heated dishes can be easily made at home much cheaper than they can be bought4 ,procure a sheet of asbestos from a plumbing shop and cut it in the shape of the top of your table4 ,if the table is round1 make the pad as shown in the illustration1 cutting the circular piece into quarters4 ,cut four pieces of canton flannel4 each the size of half the table top4 ,two of the asbestos pieces are used to make one-half of the pad4 ,place the two pieces with their edges together so they will form half a circle disk and cover both sides with a piece of the flannel and pin them in place4 ,a binding of white cotton tape is then basted around the edges to hold all the pieces together until they are stitched on a sewing machine4 ,a line of machine stitching is made all around the outside and through the middle ,illustration3 ,pads ,made of ,asbestos between where the edges of the asbestos sheets join together4 ,this will form a hinge so the two quarters may be folded for putting away4 ,make the other half circular disk in the same way4 ,if leaves are wanted in extending the table1 any number of pads can be made to cover them in the same manner with the hinge in the middle of each pad4 ,the flannel is used with the nap side out so it will make the pad soft and noiseless4 ,this kind of a pad furnishes perfect protection to the table from any heat or moisture4 --,contributed by ,h4 ,e4 ,wharton1 ,oakland1 ,calif4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,ladies' ,handbag #bac ,to make this bag1 get a piece of ,russian calf modeling leather4 ,a shade of brown is the best as it does not soil easily and does not require coloring1 which spoils the leather effect4 ,the dimensions of the full sized bag are3 from ,a to ,b1 #ag-a_/b in42 from ,c to ,d1 #af-a_/d in42 from ,e to ,f1#i-a_/d in42 ,g to ,h1 #f-a_/d in41 and ,e to ,g1 #b-a_/d in4 ,enlarge the accompanying pattern to the given dimensions1 trace this or some other appropriate design on it1 and then cut the leather the size of the pattern4 ,use a sponge to dampen the leather on the rough side1 not so damp that the water will come through to the right side when working1 but damp enough to allow the design to be well impressed ,illustration3 ,pattern on the leather4 ,use a smooth1 non-absorbent surface to lay the leather on while at work4 ,now lay the pattern on the right side of the leather and with the smallest end of the leather tool or a sharp1 hard pencil1 trace the design carefully on the leather4 ,moisten the leather as ,illustration3 ,design on the ,leather often as necessary to keep it sufficiently moist to work well4 ,trace the openings for the handles1 also lines ,a-,g1 ,h-,b1 and ,e-,g1 ,g-,j1 and corresponding lines on the other side4 ,remove pattern and trace the design directly on leather with the round point of tool1 until it is made distinct and in marked contrast to the rest of the leather4 ,do not make sharp marks but round the edges of the lines nicely1 with the rounded sides of the tools4 ,to complete the bag1 get something with which to make a lining4 ,a piece of oozed leather is the most satisfactory4 ,cut it the same size as the bag1 place both together and with a leather punch1 make holes all around the edge of the bag about #a_/h in4 apart4 ,cut out the leather for the handle openings4 ,care should be taken not to cut the holes too near the edge of the bag lest the lacing pull out4 ,now cut narrow thongs1 about #a_/h in4 wide1 and lace through the holes1 lacing the sides of the end pieces in with the sides of the bag4 ,crease the lines ,a-,g and ,b-,h inward for ends of bag4 9999 ,removing ,wire ,insulation #bac ,the claw of a hammer can be used for removing the insulation on copper wire1 if not more than #a in4 is taken off at a time4 9999 ,a ,small ,electric ,motor #bad ,the drawing herewith shows a simple electric motor which can be easily constructed by any boy who is at all handy with tools4 ,i made this motor ,illustration3 ,electro-,magnet ,motor many times when a boy and can say that if carefully constructed it will run with greater rapidity than the more expensive ones4 ,a common magnet which can be purchased at any toy store is used4 ,the one shown is #c-a_/b in4 in length4 ,the armature core is a strip of #a_/af by #a_/d-;in4 iron1 #b-a_/d in4 long1 bent ,u-shaped and fastened to the wood flywheel4 ,each leg of the armature is wound with #aj ft4 of ,no4 #bd gauge magnet wire4 ,the commutator is made from an old #bb cartridge filed into two equal parts1 each being a half circle1 both of which are made fast to a collar on the shaft ,e4 ,each half of the commutator must be insulated from the other half4 ,the collar can be made by wrapping paper around the shaft until the required size is obtained4 ,the top end of the shaft runs in a hole bored in a brass support1 ,b1 which is screwed on the end of a piece of wood mortised in the base1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the lower end of the shaft runs in a glass bead1 ,d1 which is fastened to a small piece of brass with sealing wax4 ,the small brass piece is fastened to the base with screws4 ,the bead should not have an eye larger in diameter than the shaft4 ,the shaft is made from an old discarded knitting needle4 ,the brushes are fastened to each side of the upright piece of wood supporting the brass bearing ,b4 ,the connections to the battery are shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,each half of the commutator ,c is connected to the coils ,,aa as shown in ,fig4 #a4 --,contributed by ,j4,m4 ,shannon1 ,pasadena1 ,calif4 9999 ,moving a ,coin ,under a ,glass #bad ,place a penny or a dime on a tablecloth1 towel or napkin and cover it over with a glass in such a way that the glass will rest upon two #be or #ej cent pieces as shown in the sketch4 ,the coin is made to come forth without touching it or sliding a stick under the edge of the glass4 ,it is only necessary to claw the cloth near the glass with the nail of the forefinger4 ,illustration3 ,removing the ,coin ,the cloth will produce a movement that will slide the coin to the edge and from under the glass4 9999 ,improving ,phonograph ,sound #bad ,when playing loud and harsh records on a phonograph the music is often spoiled by the vibration of the metal horn4 ,this may be remedied by buckling a valise or shawl strap around the horn1 near the center4 9999 ,how to ,make ,paper ,balloons #bae ,balloons made spherical1 or designed after the regular aeronaut's hot-air balloon1 are the best kind to make4 ,those having an odd or unusual shape will not make good ascensions1 and in most ,illustration3 ,paper ,balloon2 ,pattern and ,parts to ,make ,balloon cases the paper will catch fire from the torch and burn before they have flown very far4 ,the following description is for making a tissue-paper balloon about #f ft4 high4 ,the paper may be selected in several colors1 and the gores cut from these1 pasted in alternately1 will produce a pretty array of colors when the balloon is in flight4 ,the shape of a good balloon is shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the gores for a #f-;ft4 balloon should be about #h ft4 long or about one-third longer than the height of the balloon4 ,the widest part of each gore is #af in4 ,the widest place should be #ec-a_/b in4 from the bottom end1 or a little over half way from the bottom to the top4 ,the bottom of the gore is one-third the width of the widest point4 ,the dimensions and shape of each gore are shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the balloon is made up of #ac gores pasted together1 using about #a_/b-;in4 lap on the edges4 ,any good paste will do--one that is made up of flour and water well cooked will serve the purpose4 ,if the gores have been put together right1 the pointed ends will close up the top entirely and the wider bottom ends will leave an opening about #bj in4 in diameter4 ,a light wood hoop having the same diameter as the opening is pasted to the bottom end of the gores4 ,two cross wires are fastened to the hoop1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,these are to hold the wick ball1 ,fig4 #d1 so it will hang as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,the wick ball is made by winding wicking around a wire1 having the ends bent into hooks as shown4 ,the balloon is filled with hot air in a manner similar to that used with the ordinary cloth balloon4 ,a small trench or fireplace is made of brick having a chimney over which the mouth of the paper balloon is placed4 ,use fuel that will make heat with very little smoke4 ,hold the balloon so it will not catch fire from the flames coming out of the chimney4 ,have some alcohol ready to pour on the wick ball1 saturating it thoroughly4 ,when the balloon is well filled carry it away from the fireplace1 attach the wick ball to the cross wires and light it4 ,in starting the balloon on its flight1 take care that it leaves the ground as nearly upright as possible4 --,contributed by ,r4 ,e4 ,staunton4 9999 ,a ,simple ,steamboat ,model #baf ,the small boat shown in the accompanying sketch may have a length of #ab to #ah in4 and is constructed in the ,illustration3 ,sectional ,view and ,completed ,boat following manner3 ,a small steam boiler1 ,a1 is supported by two braces over an alcohol lamp in the middle of the boat4 ,a small pipe is fastened to the top of the boiler in such a way that the open end will be opposite the open end of another pipe1 ,b1 somewhat larger in size4 ,the pipe ,b opens into the stern of the boat at ,c1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the steam1 coming through the small pipe ,a1 is driven forcibly through the larger pipe ,b1 and carries with it a certain amount of air out through the opening ,c into the water4 ,as the boat is driven forward by this force1 the steam arises to the surface in the form of bubbles4 ,the boat soon attains considerable speed1 leaving a long wake behind4 9999 ,to ,remove ,grease from ,machinery #baf ,a good way to remove grease or oil from machinery before painting is to brush slaked lime and water over the surface1 leaving the solution on over night4 ,after washing1 the iron is dried and the paint will stick to it readily4 ,in removing grease from wood1 common whitewash may be left on for a few hours and then washed off with warm water1 after which the paint will adhere permanently4 9999 ,a ,game ,played on the ,ice #baf ,two lines are drawn parallel on the ice from #ej to #ajj ft4 apart and blocks of wood are placed every #f ft4 apart on these lines4 ,the player opening the game skates to the line and delivers1 in bowling form1 a sliding block similar to the blocks that are placed on the lines with the exception that it has a handle4 ,the blocks are about #f in4 wide by #f in4 high and #h in4 long4 ,the sliding blocks should be at least #a ft4 long and each provided with a handle4 ,the handle is attached by boring a hole near one end in the middle of the block and driving in a wood pin4 ,the hole is bored slanting so as to incline the handle4 ,two of these blocks are provided for the reason that when a player bowls one of the opposing player's blocks over the line he is entitled to another throw4 ,the side wins that bowls over all of the opposing ,illustration3 ,bowling ,over the ,opponent's ,blocks players' blocks first4 ,this will prove an interesting and enjoyable pastime for skaters4 9999 ,making ,photo ,silhouette ,brass ,plaques #bag ,secure a brass plate having a smooth surface the right size for the photograph and cover it with a coat of paraffin4 ,this is done by heating the paraffin in a vessel hot enough to make the wax run freely1 then pouring the liquid over the entire surface of the brass4 ,when the paraffin has cooled sufficiently the outlines of the photograph must be drawn upon its surface4 ,there are three ways of doing this3 ,first1 the photograph can be traced on tissue paper and then retraced on the paraffin surface4 ,the exact outlines of the photograph can be obtained this way without destroying the print4 ,second1 if you have several copies of the photograph1 one can be utilized by tracing direct to the surface of the paraffin4 ,in using either of the two methods described1 carbon paper must be placed on the paraffin before the tissue paper or photograph is laid upon it4 ,third1 cut out the outlines of the photograph and lay it on the paraffin surface1 then trace around the edges with the point of a needle or sharp point of a knife4 ,the outlines drawn by the first method are cut through the paraffin in the same way4 ,the paraffin is carefully removed from the inside of the lines1 leaving the brass surface perfectly clean1 as is shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the exposed part of the plate is now ready to be etched or eaten away to the right depth with acid4 ,the acid solution is made up of #a-a_/b parts muriatic acid and #b parts water4 ,the mixture should be placed in a glass or earthenware ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,waxed ,brass ,plate vessel4 ,if the plate is a small one a saucer will do for the acid solution4 ,pour the acid on the plate where the paraffin has been removed and allow it time to etch4 ,the acid should be removed every five minutes to examine the etching4 ,if any places show up where the paraffin has not been entirely removed they must be cleaned so the acid will eat out the metal4 ,when the acid solution becomes weak new solution must be added until the proper depth is secured4 ,rinse the plate in cold water1 stand in a tray and heat it sufficiently to run off all the paraffin4 ,polish the plate by rubbing it with a piece of flannel4 ,the plaque can be given a real antique finish by painting the etched part with a dull black paint4 ,drill a small hole in each of the four corners1 being careful not to dent the metal4 ,the plaque is backed with a piece of wood #c_/d in4 thick1 the dimensions of which should exceed those of the brass plate sufficiently to harmonize with the size of the plaque4 ,the wood should be painted black with the same paint used in the plaque4 ,paint the heads of four thumb tacks black and use them in fastening the plaque to the board4 ,the finished silhouette will appear as shown in ,fig4 #b4 --,contributed by ,john ,a4 ,hellwig1 ,albany1 ,n4 ,y4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b ,finished ,plaque 9999 ,aligning ,automobile ,headlights #bag ,automobile headlights should be set to throw the light straight ahead1 not pointed down at the road at an angle4 9999 ,telescope ,stand and ,holder #bah ,with the ordinary small telescope it is very difficult to keep the line of sight fixed upon any particular object4 ,to meet the situation ,i constructed the ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,fig4 #b ,made of a ,camera ,tripod device illustrated herewith4 ,a circular piece of wood1 ,b1 #f in4 in diameter1 is fastened to a common camera tripod1 ,a1 with a set screw1 ,s4 ,corner irons1 ,,cc1 are screwed to the circular piece4 ,these corner irons are also screwed to1 and supported in a vertical position by the wood standard ,d1 which is #d in4 wide and of any desired height4 ,to this standard is secured the wood shield-shaped piece ,e by the screw ,g upon which it turns4 ,a semi-circular slit is cut in the piece ,g1 through which passes the set screw ,s4 ,the telescope is secured to the piece ,g by means of the pipe straps ,,ff4 ,rubber bands are put around the telescope to prevent rubbing at the places where the straps enclose it4 ,the wood pieces were made of mahogany well rubbed with linseed oil to give them a finish4 ,the corner irons and set screws or bolts with thumb-nuts can be purchased at any hardware store4 ,the pipe straps of different sizes can be obtained from a plumber's or gas and steam fitter's store4 ,with this device1 either a vertical or a horizontal motion may be secured1 and1 after bringing the desired object into the line of sight1 the set screws will hold the telescope in position4 ,anyone owning a tripod can construct this device in three or four hours' time at a trifling cost4 ,in ,fig4 #a is shown the side view of the holder and stand1 and ,fig4 #b the front view4 ,it may be of interest to those owning telescopes without solar eyepieces to know that such an eyepiece can be obtained very cheaply by purchasing a pair of colored eyeglasses with very dark lenses and metal rims4 ,break off the frame1 leaving the metal rims and nibs at each end4 ,place these over the eyepiece of the telescope and secure in place with rubber bands looped over the nibs and around the barrel of the instrument4 --,contributed by ,r4 ,a4 ,paine1 ,richmond1 ,va4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,electrical ,horn #bah ,secure an empty syrup or fruit can1 any kind having a smooth flat bottom will do4 ,if the bottom is not perfectly flat1 it will interfere with the regular tone vibrations1 and not produce the right sound4 ,remove the label by soaking it in hot water4 ,take an ordinary electrical bell and remove the gong1 clip off the striking ball and bend the rod at right angles4 ,cut a block of wood #c_/d in4 thick1 #e in4 wide and #h in4 long for the base4 ,fasten the can on it with a piece of sheet brass or ,illustration3 ,tin ,can and ,bell ,parts tin as shown in the sketch4 ,mount the bell vibrator on the base1 using a small block of wood to elevate it to the level of the center of the can1 and solder the end of the vibrator rod to the metal4 ,connect two dry cells to the bell vibrator1 and adjust the contact screw until a clear tone is obtained4 ,the rapidly moving armature of the bell vibrator causes the bottom of the can to vibrate with it1 thus producing sound waves4 ,the pitch of the tone depends on the thickness of the bottom of the can4 ,this horn1 if carefully adjusted and using two cells of dry battery1 will give a soft pleasant tone that can be heard a block away4 ,if the two projecting parts of the vibrator are sawed off with a hacksaw1 it can be mounted on the inside of the can4 ,this will make a very compact electric horn1 as only the can is visible4 --,contributed by ,john ,sidelmier1 ,la ,salle1 ,ill4 9999 ,driving a ,washing ,machine with ,motorcycle ,power #bai ,the halftone illustration shows how #a rigged up my washing machine to be driven by the power from my motorcycle4 ,i made a wheel #bf in4 in diameter of some #a-;in4 pine boards1 shrunk an iron band on it for a tire1 and bolted it to the wheel on the washing machine4 ,a long belt the same width as the motorcycle belt was used to drive the machine4 ,the motorcycle was lined up and the engine started1 then the motorcycle belt thrown off and the long belt run on1 connecting the engine and washing machine wheel4 -#a4 ,r4 ,kidder1 ,lake ,preston1 ,s4 ,d4 ,illustration3 ,machine ,belted to the ,motorcycle 9999 ,home-,made ,aquarium #bai ,a good aquarium can be made from a large-sized street lamp globe and a yellow pine block4 ,usually a lamp globe costs less than an aquarium globe of the same dimensions4 ,procure a yellow pine block #c in4 thick and #ab in4 square4 ,the more uneven and twisted the grain the better for the purpose1 ,illustration3 ,lamp ,globe as an ,aquarium it is then less liable to develop a continuous crack4 ,cut out a depression for the base of the globe as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,pour in aquarium cement and embed the globe in it4 ,pour more cement inside of the globe until the cement is level with the top of the block4 ,finish with a ring of cement around the outside and sprinkle with fine sand while the cement is damp4 ,feet may be added to the base if desired4 ,the weight of the pine block makes a very solid and substantial base for the globe and renders it less liable to be upset4 --,contributed by ,james ,r4 ,kane1 ,doylestown1 ,pa 9999 ,protect ,your ,lathe #bai ,never allow lard oil to harden on a lathe4 9999 ,frame for ,displaying ,both ,sides of ,coins #bbj ,it is quite important for coin collectors to have some convenient way to ,illustration3 ,holding ,coins between ,glasses show both sides of coins without touching or handling them4 ,if the collection consists of only a few coins1 they can be arranged in a frame as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the frame is made of a heavy card1 ,a1 ,fig4 #b1 the same thickness as the coins1 and covered over on each side with a piece of glass1 ,b4 ,holes are cut in the card to receive the coins ,c4 ,the frame is placed on bearings so it may be turned over to examine both sides4 ,if there is a large collection of coins1 the frame can be made in the same manner and used as drawers in a cabinet4 ,the drawers can be taken out and turned over4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,purdy1 ,ghent1 ,o4 9999 ,how to ,make ,lantern ,slides #bbj ,a great many persons who have magic lanterns do not use them very much1 for after the slides have been shown a few times1 they become uninteresting1 and buying new ones or even making them from photographic negatives is expensive4 ,but by the method described in the following paragraph anyone can make new and interesting slides in a few minutes' time and at a very small cost4 ,secure a number of glass plates of the size that will fit your lantern and clean them on both sides4 ,dissolve a piece of white rosin in a half-pint of gasoline and flow it over one side of the plates and allow to dry4 ,place the dried plate over a picture you wish to reproduce and draw the outline upon the thin film4 ,a lead pencil1 pen and ink or colored crayons can be used1 as the rosin and gasoline give a surface that can be written upon as easily as upon paper4 ,when the slide becomes uninteresting it can be cleaned with a little clear gasoline and used again to make another slide4 ,a slide can be made in this way in five minutes and an interesting outline picture in even less time than that4 ,this solution also makes an ideal retouching varnish for negatives4 --,contributed by ,j4,e4 ,noble1 ,toronto1 ,canada4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,developing ,box #bbj ,a box for developing #c-a_/d by #d-a_/d -in4 plates is shown in detail in the accompanying sketch4 ,it is made of strips of wood #a_/d-;in4 thick1 cut and grooved1 and then glued together as indicated4 ,if desired1 a heavier piece can be placed on the bottom4 ,coat the inside of the box with paraffin or wax1 melted and applied with a brush4 ,allow it to fill all crevices so that the developing box will be watertight4 ,it will hold #d oz4 of developer4 ,boxes for larger plates ,illustration3 ,details of the ,developing ,box can be made in the same manner4 ,use a small wooden clip in taking the plates out of the box1 being careful not to scratch the sensitive film4 --,contributed by ,r4,j4 ,smith1 ,milwaukee1 ,wis4 9999 ,staining ,wood #bba ,a very good method of staining close-grained woods is to use muriatic acid4 ,the acid is put on with a brush like any ordinary stain4 ,the colors thus obtained are artistic and most beautiful1 and cannot be duplicated by any known pigment4 ,the more coats applied the darker the color will be4 ,this method of staining has the advantage of requiring no wiping or rubbing4 --,contributed by ,august ,t4 ,neyer1 ,one ,cloud1 ,cal4 9999 ,sheet-,metal ,whisk-,broom ,holder #bba ,a whisk-broom holder such as is shown in the accompanying picture may be easily made by the amateur4 ,the tools needed are few3 a pair of tin shears1 a metal block of some kind upon which to pound when riveting1 a hammer or mallet1 several large nails1 and a stout board upon which to work up the design4 ,a rivet punch is desirable1 though not absolutely necessary4 ,the material required is a sheet of ,no4 #bd gauge copper or brass of a size equal to that of the proposed holder1 plus a #c_/h-;in4 border all around1 into which to place the screws that are to be used to hold the metal to the board while pounding it4 ,the design shown in the picture is #f by #h in4 at the widest part and has proven a satisfactory holder for a small broom4 ,carefully work out the design desired on a piece of drawing paper1 both outline and decoration1 avoiding sharp curves in the outline because they are hard to follow with the shears when cutting the metal4 ,if the design is to be of two-part symmetry1 like the one shown1 draw one part1 then fold on a center line and duplicate this by inserting double-surfaced carbon paper and tracing the part already drawn4 ,with this same carbon paper transfer the design to the metal4 ,fasten the metal to the board firmly1 using #a_/b-;in4 screws placed about #a in4 apart in holes previously punched in the margin with a nail set or nail4 ,to flatten the metal preparatory to fastening it to the board1 place a block of wood upon it and pound on this block1 never upon the metal directly1 ,illustration3 ,completed ,holder ,brass ,fastened to ,board-,method of ,riveting or the surface will be dented and look bad in the finished piece4 ,take the nail1 a #aj or #bj-penny wire or cut1 and file it to a chisel edge1 rounding it just enough to take the sharpness off so that it will not cut the metal4 ,this tool is used for indenting the metal so as to bring out the outline of the design on the surface4 ,there are several ways of working up the design4 ,the simplest way is to take the nail and merely chase the outlines of holder design4 ,remove the screws1 cut off the surplus metal and file the edges until they are smooth4 ,make a paper pattern for the metal band that is to hold the broom4 ,trace around this pattern on the metal and cut out the shape4 ,punch rivet holes in holder and band1 also a hole by which to hang the whole upon the wall4 ,rivet the band to the holder4 ,punch the rivet holes with a nail set and make the holes considerably larger than the diameter of the rivet1 for in flattening the raised edges the holes will close4 ,do the riveting on a metal block and keep the head of the rivet on the back of the holder4 ,round up the upset end of the riveted part as shown in the picture4 ,do not bend it over or flatten it4 ,this rounding is done by pounding around the outer edge of the rivet end and not flat upon the top as in driving a nail4 ,clean the metal by scrubbing it off with a solution composed of one-half water and one-half nitric acid4 ,use a rag tied to a stick and do not allow the acid to touch either your hands or clothes4 ,a metal lacquer may next be applied to keep the metal from early corrosion4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,camp ,stool #bbb ,the stool1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 is made of beech or any suitable wood ,illustration3 ,camp ,stool ,details with a canvas or carpet top4 ,provide four lengths for the legs1 each #a in4 square and #ah-a_/b in4 long2 two lengths1 l-#a_/h in4 square and #aa in4 long1 for the top1 and two lengths1 #c_/d in4 square1 one #h-a_/b and the other #aj-a_/b in4 long1 for the lower rails4 ,the legs are shaped at the ends to fit into a #e_/h-;in4 hole bored in the top pieces as shown in ,fig4 #b1 the distance between the centers of the holes being #g-e_/h in4 in one piece and #i-e_/h in4 in the other4 ,the lower rails are fitted in the same way1 using a #a_/b-;in4 hole bored into each leg #b-a_/b in4 up from the lower end4 ,each pair of legs has a joint for folding and this joint is made by boring a hole in the middle of each leg1 inserting a bolt and riveting it over washers with a washer placed between the legs as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,the entire length of each part is rounded off for the sake of neatness as well as lightness4 ,about #a_/b yd4 of #aa-;in4 wide material will be required for the seat and each end of this is nailed securely on the under side of the top pieces4 ,the woodwork may be stained and varnished or plain varnished and the cloth may be made to have a pleasing effect by stencilling in some neat pattern4 9999 ,a ,small ,home-,made ,electric ,motor #bbb ,the accompanying photographs show the construction of a very unique electric motor1 the parts consisting of the frame from an old bicycle pedal wrapped with insulated wire to make the armature and three permanent magnets taken from an old telephone magneto4 ,the pedal1 being ball bearing1 rotated with very little friction and at a surprisingly high rate of speed4 ,illustration3 ,the ,motor ,complete ,the dust cap on the end of the pedal was removed and a battery connection1 having quite a length of threads1 was soldered to it as shown in the photograph4 ,the flanges were removed from an ordinary spool and two strips of brass fastened on its circumference for the commutator4 ,the spool was held in position by a small binding ,illustration3 ,commutator ,parts post nut4 ,the shape of this nut made a good pulley for a cord belt4 --,contributed by ,john ,shahan1 ,attalla1 ,ala4 9999 ,rocker ,blocks on ,coaster ,sleds #bbc ,the accompanying sketch shows a coasting sled with rocker blocks attached on both front and rear runners4 ,the runners and the other parts of the sled are made in the usual way1 but instead of fastening the rear runners solid to the top board and the front runners to turn on a solid plane fifth wheel1 they are pivoted so each pair of runners will rock when going over bumps4 ,the illustration will explain this construction without going into detail and giving dimensions for a certain size1 as these rocker blocks can be attached to any coaster or toboggan sled4 ,it will be noticed that the top board may bend as much as it will under the load without causing the front ends of the rear runners and the ,illustration3 ,coaster ,sled with ,rocker ,runners rear ends of the front runners gouging into the snow or ice4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,f4 ,quackenbush1 ,new ,york ,city4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,watch ,fob #bbc ,illustration3 ,watch ,fob ,this novelty watch fob is made from felt1 using class1 college or lodge colors combined in the making with emblems or initials colored on the texture4 ,two pieces of felt1 each #a-a_/d in4 wide and #d-a_/d in4 long1 are cut ,v-shaped on one end of each piece about #a in4 in depth1 and #c_/h in4 in from the other end of one piece cut a slit #a_/b in4 long2 the end of the other piece is folded over1 making a lap of about #a in41 and a slit is cut through the double thickness to match the one cut in the first piece4 ,the desired emblem1 initial1 or pennant is stenciled on the outside of the folded piece with class1 college or lodge colors4 ,the strap is made from a strip of felt #c_/af in4 wide and #h-a_/d in4 long2 stitched on both edges for appearance4 ,make a hole with a punch #a-a_/d in4 from one end1 and two holes in the other1 one about #a in4 and the other #b-c_/d in4 from the end4 ,purchase a #a_/b-;in4 buckle from a harness maker and you will have all the parts necessary for the fob4 ,assemble as shown in the sketch4 ,the end of the strap having the two holes is put through the slots cut in the wide pieces and the tongue of the buckle is run through both holes4 ,the other end is passed through the ring of the watch and fastened in the buckle as in an ordinary belt4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,d4 ,luther4 ,ironwood4 ,mich4 9999 ,drill ,lubricant #bbc ,a good lubricant for drilling is made by dissolving #c_/d to #a lb4 of sal-soda in one pailful of water4 9999 ,new ,way to ,remove a ,bottle ,stopper #bbd ,take a bottle of liquid1 something that is carbonated1 and with the aid of a napkin form a pad which is applied ,illustration3 ,removing the ,stopper to the lower end of the bottle4 ,strike hard with repeated blows against the solid surface of a wall1 as shown in the sketch1 and the cork will be driven out1 sometimes with so much force that a part of the liquid comes with it and deluges the spectators1 if desired by the operator4 9999 ,imitation ,fancy ,wings on ,hinges #bbd ,the accompanying sketch shows how ,i overcame the hardware troubles when ,i was not able to find ready-made hinges in antique design for a mission sideboard and buffet4 ,this method allows a wide range of designs1 which ,illustration3 ,fancy ,hinge ,wings can be made at home with ordinary tools4 ,the wings are made of copper or brass and finished in repouss1 or can be tarnished and the high places burnished with #jjj sandpaper or steel wool1 then lacquered with white shellac or banana bronzing liquid4 --,contributed by ,john ,h4 ,schatz1 ,indianapolis1 ,ind4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,child's ,rolling ,toy #bbd ,secure a tin can1 or a pasteboard box1 about #b in4 in diameter and #b in4 or more in height4 ,punch two holes ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 in the cover and the bottom1 #a_/d in4 from the center and opposite each other4 ,then cut a curved line from one hole to the other1 as shown at ,b4 ,a piece of lead1 which can be procured from a plumber1 is cut in the shape shown in ,fig4 #b1 the size being #a by #a-a_/h by #a-a_/d in4 ,an ordinary rubber band is secured around the neck of the piece of ,illustration3 ,rolling ,can ,toy lead1 as shown in ,fig4 #c1 allowing the two ends to be free4 ,the pieces of tin between the holes ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 on both top and bottom1 are turned up as in ,fig4 #d1 and the ends of the bands looped over them4 ,the flaps are then turned down on the band and the can parts put together as in ,fig4 #e4 ,the can may be decorated with brilliant colored stripes1 made of paper strips pasted on the tin4 ,when the can is rolled away from you1 it winds up the rubber band1 thus storing the propelling power which makes it return4 --,contributed by ,mack ,wilson1 ,columbus1 ,o4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,portfolio #bbe ,secure a piece of ,russian modeling calf leather of a size equal to #ab by #af in4 ,make a paper pattern of the size indicated in the accompanying drawing1 putting in the design4 ,the necessary tools consist of a stick with a straight edge and a tool with an end shaped like that of a nutpick4 ,a nutpick with a ,v-shaped point will do if the sharpness is smoothed off by means of a piece of emery paper1 so that it will indent without cutting the leather4 ,these tools can be bought for this special purpose1 but are not essential for this piece if the nutpick is at hand4 ,there ,illustration3 ,portfolio ,design will also be needed a level1 non-absorbent surface upon which to lay the leather while working it4 ,a piece of thick glass1 metal1 or marble will serve4 ,begin work by moistening the leather on the back side with a sponge or cloth4 ,moisten as much as you dare and still not have the moisture show on the face side4 ,next place the leather on the glass1 face up1 and1 holding the pattern firmly in place so that it will not slip--if possible get some one to hold the pattern for you--place the straight edge on the straight lines and mark out or indent4 ,after this has been done1 mark over the design4 ,a pencil may be used the first time over4 ,the pattern is now to be removed and all the lines gone over with the tool to make them deep and uniform4 ,the surplus stock around the edges may not be cut off4 ,a neat way to finish the edges is to punch a series of holes entirely around through which a thin leather thong may be laced4 ,if it is desired to line the inside1 this should be done before the holes are punched or the lacing done4 9999 ,gear for ,model ,work #bbe ,when a gear is needed to drive a small pinion and there is none of the right size at hand1 one can be made in the following manner3 ,turn up a wood disk to the proper diameter and #a_/d in4 thicker than the pinion1 and cut a flat bottom groove #c_/af in4 deep in its face4 ,the edges should be about #a_/h in4 or more thick on each side4 ,measure the distance between centers of two adjacent teeth in the pinion and step this off around the periphery in the bottom of the groove4 ,drill holes into the wood on each point stepped off and insert steel pins made of wire1 allowing ,illustration3 ,steel ,pins in ,wood the end of each to protrude just far enough to act as a tooth4 ,in this way a good gear for light work can be quickly and cheaply constructed4 --,contributed by ,henry ,schaefer1 ,new ,york ,city4 9999 ,a ,home-,made ,vise #bbf ,while making a box ,i had some dovetailing to do1 and as there was no ,illustration3 ,vise on ,bench vise on the bench ,i rigged up a substitute4 ,i secured a board #c_/d in4 thick1 #c in4 wide and #bj in4 long and bored a #a_/b-;in4 hole through it1 #a in4 from each end4 ,the board was then attached to the bench with two screws passing through washers and the two holes in the 4 board into the bench top4 ,the screws should be of a length suitable to take in the piece to be worked4 --,contributed by ,a4 ,m4 ,rice1 ,syracuse1 ,new ,york4 9999 ,cardboard ,spiral ,turned by ,heat #bbf ,a novel attraction for a window display can be made from a piece of stiff cardboard cut in a spiral as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the cardboard should be about #g or #h in4 in diameter4 ,tie a piece of string to the center point of the spiral ,illustration3 ,spiral ,cut from ,cardboard and fasten it so as to hang over a gas jet1 ,fig4 #b4 ,a small swivel must be put in the string at the top or near the cardboard1 if it is desired to have the spiral run for any length of time4 ,the cardboard will spin around rapidly and present quite an attraction4 --,contributed by ,harry ,szerlip1 ,brooklyn1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,a ,workbench for the ,amateur #bbf ,the accompanying detail drawing shows a design of a portable workbench suitable for the amateur woodworker4 ,this bench can be made easily by anyone who has a few sharp tools and a little spare time4 ,if the stock is purchased from the mill ready planed and cut to length1 much of the hard labor will be saved4 ,birch or maple wood makes a very good bench4 and the following pieces should be ordered3 #d legs1 #c by #c by #cf4 #b side rails1 #c by #c by #fb-a_/b in4 #b end rails1 #c by #c by #bj in4 #a back board1 #a by #i by #hj in4 #a top board1 #b by #ab by #gg in4 #a top board1 #a by #ab by #gg in4 #b crosspieces1 #a-a_/b by #c by #bd in4 #a piece for clamp1 #a-a_/b by #f-a_/b by #ab in4 #a piece for clamp1 #a-a_/b by #f-a_/b by #ad in4 #d guides1 #b by #b by #ah in4 #a screw block1 #c by #c by #f in4 #a piece1 #a-a_/b by #d-a_/b by #aj-a_/b in4 ,make the lower frame first4 ,cut tenons on the rails and mortise the posts1 then fasten them securely together with #c_/h by #e-;in4 lag screws as shown4 ,also fasten the #a-a_/b by #c by #bd-;in4 pieces to the tops of the posts with screws4 ,the heads should be countersunk or else holes bored in the top boards to fit over them4 ,fasten the front top board to the crosspieces by lag screws through from the under side4 ,the screws can be put in from the top for the #a-;in4 thick top board4 ,fasten the end pieces on with screws1 countersinking the heads of the vise end4 ,cut the #b-;in4 square holes in the #a-a_/b by #d-a_/b by #aj-;in4 pieces for the vise slides1 and fit it in place for the side vise4 ,also cut square holes in the one end piece for the end vise slides as shown4 ,now fit up the two clamps4 ,fasten the slides to the front pieces with screws4 ,countersink the heads of the screws so they will not be in the way of the hands when the vise is used4 ,the two clamp screws should be about #a-a_/b in4 in diameter4 ,they can be purchased at a hardware store4 ,a block should be fitted under the crosspiece to hold the nut for the end vise4 ,after ,illustration3 ,detail of the ,bench you have the slides fitted1 put them in place and bore the holes for the clamp screws4 ,the back board can now be fastened to the back with screws as shown in the top view4 ,the bench is now complete1 except for a couple of coats of oil which should be applied to give it a finish and preserve the wood4 ,the amateur workman1 as well as the pattern maker1 will find this a very handy and serviceable bench for his workshop4 ,as the amateur workman does not always know just what tools he will need1 a list is given which will answer for a general class of work4 ,this list can be added to as the workman becomes more proficient in his line and has need for other tools4 ,only the long run4 ,if each tool is kept in a certain place1 it can be easily found when wanted4 #a bench plane or jointer2 #a jack plane or smoother2 #a cross cut saw1 #bd in42 #a rip saw1 #bd in42 #a claw hammer2 #a set gimlets2 #a brace and set of bits2 #b screwdrivers1 #c and #f in42 #a countersink2 #a compass saw2 #a set chisels2 #a wood scraper2 #a monkey wrench2 #a #b-;ft4 rule2 #a marking gauge2 #a pair pliers2 #a nail set2 #a pair dividers2 #a pocket level2 #a #f-;in4 try square2 #a oilstone2 ,no4#a1 #b and #jj sandpaper4 ,illustration3 ,workbench ,complete 9999 ,repairing a ,worn ,knife ,blade #bbh ,when the blade of a favorite pocket knife1 after constant use1 becomes like ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 it is more dangerous than ,illustration3 ,the ,blade ,is ,cut ,down useful4 ,to cut down the already worn blade would leave only a stump1 but if the blade is fastened in a vise and the point ,b filed off until it is like ,c1 ,fig4 #b1 the projecting point ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 will sink into the handle as shown at ,d1 ,fig4 #c1 and the knife will be given a new lease of usefulness4 - --,contributed by ,james ,m4 ,kane1 ,doylestown1 ,pa4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,leather ,spectacle ,case #bbh ,the spectacle case shown in the accompanying illustration may be made of either calf or cow skin4 ,the calf skin1 being softer1 will be easier to work1 but will not make as rigid a case as the cow skin4 ,if calf skin is to be used1 secure a piece of modeling calf4 ,the extreme width of the case is #b-c_/h in4 and the length #f-e_/h in4 ,two pieces will be required of this size4 ,put on the design before the two parts are sewed together4 ,first draw the design on paper1 then prepare the leather4 ,place the leather on a small non-absorbent surface1 such as copper or brass1 and moisten the back side with as much water as it will take and still not show on the face side4 ,turn the leather1 lay the design on the face1 and hold it in place while both the outline and decoration are traced on the surface with a pencil or some tool that will make a sharp line without tearing the paper4 ,after the outlines are traced1 go over the indentations a second time so as to make them sharp and distinct4 ,there are special modeling tools that can be purchased for this purpose1 but a ,v-shaped nut pick1 if smoothed with emery paper so that it will not cut the leather1 will do just as well4 ,take a stippling tool--if no such tool is at hand1 a cup-pointed nail set will do--and stamp the background4 ,it is intended that the full design shall be placed on the back and the same design placed on the front as far as the material will allow4 ,be careful in stamping not to pound so hard as to cut the leather4 ,a little rubbing on the point with emery will take off the sharpness always found on a new tool4 ,having prepared the two sides1 they may be placed together and sewed around the edges4 ,if cow hide is preferred1 the same ,illustration3 ,two ,designs of ,cases method of treatment is used1 but a form will need to be made and placed inside the case while the leather is drying to give it the right shape4 ,the form can be made of a stick of wood4 9999 ,waterproofing a ,wall #bbi ,the best way to make a tinted wall waterproof is to first use a material composed of cement properly tinted and with no glue in it--one that will not require a glue size on the wall4 ,after this coating of cement is applied directly to the plaster1 cover it completely with water enamel and1 when dry1 give the surface a thorough coating of varnish4 ,this will make a perfectly impervious covering1 which steam1 water or heat will not affect4 --,contributed by ,julia ,a4 ,white1 ,new ,york ,city4 9999,polishing ,flat ,surfaces #bbi ,illustration3 ,polisher ,the work of finishing a number of brass castings with flat sides was accomplished on an ordinary polishing wheel1 from which the first few layers of cloth were removed and replaced with emery cloth4 ,the emery surface of the cloth was placed outward and trimmed to the same diameter as the wheel4 ,this made a sanding and polishing wheel in one4 --,contributed by ,chester ,l4 ,cobb1 ,portland1 ,maine4 9999 ,rubber ,tip for ,chair ,legs #bbi ,illustration3 ,rubber ,tips ,an inexpensive method of preventing a chair from scratching the floor is to bore a hole of the proper size in the bottom end of each chair leg and then procure four rubber stoppers of uniform size and press them into place4 ,this cushion of rubber eliminates vibrations1 and they will not slip nor mar the finest surface upon which they rest4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,a4 ,jaquythe1 ,richmond1 ,cal4 9999 ,adjusting a ,plumb-,bob ,line #bbi ,illustration3 ,line ,adjustment ,when plumbing a piece of work1 if there is no help at hand to hold the overhead line1 it is common practice to fasten the plumb line to a nail or other suitable projection4 ,on coming down to the lower floor it is often found that the bob has been secured either too high or too low4 ,when fastening the line give it plenty of slack and when the lower floor is reached make a double loop in the line1 as shown in the sketch4 ,tightening up on the parts ,,aa will bind the loop bight ,b1 and an adjustable friction-held loop1 ,c1 will be had for adjusting the bob accurately either up or down4 --,contributed by ,chas4 ,herrman1 ,new ,york ,city4 9999 ,drier for ,footwear #bbi ,a drier for footwear can be readily made by a tinner1 or anyone that can shape tin and solder4 ,the drier consists of a pipe of sufficient length to enter the longest boot leg4 ,its top is bent at right angles and the other end is riveted to a base1 an inverted stewpan1 for instance1 in whose bottom a few perforations have been made to let air in4 ,the boot or stocking to be dried is placed over the pipe and the whole set on a heated surface4 ,the heat will cause a rapid circulation of air which will dry the article quickly4 --,contributed by ,wm4 ,roberts1 ,cambridge1 ,mass4 ,illustration3 ,show ,drier 9999 ,repairing ,a ,roller ,shade #bbi ,a very satisfactory repair can be made by using a good photographic paste to fasten a torn window shade to its roller4 9999 ,a ,shot ,scoop #bcj ,in the ammunition department of our hardware store the shot was kept in regular square bins and dished out ,illustration3 ,a ,small ,square ,scoop ,made of ,tin for ,dipping ,up ,shot ,stored in a ,square ,bin with a round-bottom scoop4 ,this was very difficult1 especially when the bottom of the bin was nearly reached1 as the round scoop would roll over them and only pick up a few at a time4 ,to overcome this difficulty ,i constructed a square-shaped scoop that gave entire satisfaction4 ,the scoop can be used for other purposes as well4 ,a thick piece of tin1 #f-a_/d by #i-c_/d in41 was marked out as shown1 the pattern being cut on the full lines and bent on the dotted ones4 ,the strip for the handle was riveted to the end of the scoop4 --,contributed by ,geo4 ,b4 ,wright1 ,middletown1 ,conn4 9999 ,removing ,grease ,stains from the ,leaves of a ,book #bcj ,happening to get a grease spot on a page of a valuable book1 ,i found a way to remove it without injury to the paper1 which has been tried out several times with success4 ,heat an iron and hold it as near as possible to the stain without discoloring the paper1 and the grease will disappear4 ,if any traces of the grease are left1 apply powdered calcined magnesia4 ,bone1 well calcined and powdered1 and plaster of ,paris are also excellent absorbents of grease4 ,a beautifully bound book1 and quite new1 had oil from a lamp spilled over it4 ,there was no quicklime to be had1 so some bones were quickly calcined1 pulverized and applied4 ,the next morning there was no trace of oil1 but only an odor which soon vanished4 --,contributed by ,paul ,keller1 ,indianapolis1 ,ind4 9999 ,tightening ,cane in ,furniture #bcj ,split cane1 used as part of furniture1 such as chair seats1 often becomes loose and the threads of cane pull out4 ,this can be prevented by sponging with hot water1 or by applying steaming cloths to the cane4 ,this process also tightens the shreds of cane and does not injure ordinary furniture4 ,if the article is highly polished1 care should be taken to prevent the hot water from coming in contact with anything but the cane4 9999 ,cleaner for a ,stovepipe #bcj ,a long horizontal pipe for a stove soon fills with soot and must be cleaned4 ,the usual method is to beat the pipe after taking it down to be cleaned1 but a much better device for the purpose is shown in the sketch4 ,a scrub brush is procured and cut in two1 the parts being hinged to a crosspiece fastened to a long broom handle4 ,the brushes are pressed outward ,illustration3 ,stovepipe ,brush against the inside surfaces of the pipe with a wire and spring1 as shown4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,l4 ,herbert1 ,chicago1 ,illinois4 9999 ,mounting ,photo ,prints on ,glass #bca ,photograph prints can be mounted on glass with an adhesive made by soaking #a oz4 of sheet gelatine in cold water to saturation1 then dissolving in #c-a_/b oz4 of boiling water4 ,let the solution cool to about #aaj deg4 ,f41 then immerse the print in it and squeegee1 face down1 on a clear piece of glass4 ,when dry1 take a damp cloth or soft sponge and wipe off any surplus gelatine on the glass4 9999 ,dropping ,coins in a ,glass ,full of ,water #bca ,take a glass and fill it to the brim with water1 taking care that the surface of the water is raised a little above the edge of the glass1 but not running over4 ,place a number of nickels or dimes on the table near the glass and ask your spectators how many coins can be put into the water without making it overflow4 ,no doubt the reply will be that the water will run over before two coins are dropped in4 ,but it is possible to put in ten or twelve of them4 ,with a great deal of care the coins may be made to fall without disturbing the water1 the surface of which will become more and more convex before the water overflows4 ,illustration3 ,dropping ,coins 9999 ,hollow-,grinding ,ice ,skates #bca ,the accompanying sketch illustrates a practical method of clamping ice skates to hold them for grinding the small arc of a circle so much desired4 ,the ,u-shaped clamps are made of #c_/d-;in4 soft steel with the opening #f in4 deep and #e in4 high and are bolted to a block of wood1 #b in4 thick1 #f in4 wide and #ab in4 long4 ,the skate runner is adjusted to the proper height by #a_/b-;in44 set and thumbscrews4 ,the block ,illustration3 ,skate ,runner ,fastened in ,clamp of wood holding the clamp and skate can be pushed along on the emery-wheel table in front of the revolving wheel4 ,if properly adjusted1 a slight concave or hollow can be made full length of the runner1 true and uniform which will hold on the ice sideways and not retard the forward movement4 --,contributed by ,geo4 ,a4 ,howe1 ,tarrytown1 ,new ,york4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,bicycle ,coasting ,sled #bca ,the accompanying drawing and sketch illustrate a new type of coasting sled built on the bicycle principle4 ,this coaster is simple and easy to make1 says ,scientific ,american4 ,it is constructed of a good quality of pine4 ,the pieces marked ,s are single1 and should be about #a by #a-a_/b in42 the pieces ,illustration3 ,has the ,lines of a ,bicycle marked ,d are double or in duplicate1 and should be #a_/b by #a-a_/b in4 ,illustration3 ,coasting ,the runners are shod with iron and are pivoted to the uprights as shown1 double pieces being secured to the uprights to make a fork4 ,the seat is a board1 to the underside of which is a block1 which drops down between the two top slats and is secured with a pin4 ,a footrest is provided consisting of a short crosspiece secured to the front of the frame and resting on the two lower slats4 ,the frame and front fork are hinged together with four short eyebolts1 ,e1 with a short bolt through each pair as shown4 9999 ,spelling ,names with ,photo ,letters #bcb ,there are1 no doubt1 many amateur photographers who make only occasional trips afield or through the more traveled thoroughfares with their cameras during the winter months4 ,each one is generally interested in working up the negatives that he or she made during the summer or on that last vacation into souvenir post cards1 albums and the like1 for sending to friends4 ,illustrated herewith is something different from the album or photographic calendar4 ,the letters forming part of the word ,,popular are good examples of this work4 ,the masks which outline the letters are cut from the black paper in which plates come packed4 ,their size depends on the plate used4 ,a sharp knife1 a smooth board and a straightedge are all the tools needed1 says ,camera ,craft4 ,if the letters are all cut the same height1 they will look remarkably uniform1 even if one is not skilled in the work of forming them all in accordance with the rules4 ,be sure to have the prints a little larger than the letters to insure a sufficient margin in trimming1 so as to have a white margin around the finished letters4 ,the best method is to use a good pair of scissors or a sharp knife4 ,many combinations can be made of these letter pictures to spell out the recipient's name or the season's greeting4 ,during the holidays the letters may be made from winter scenes to spell ,a ,merry ,christmas or ,a ,happy ,new ,year4 ,an ,easter greeting may have more spring-like subjects and a birthday remembrance a fitting month4 ,the prints are no more difficult to make than the ordinary kind4 ,in cutting out an #j1 for example1 do not forget to cut out a piece to correspond to the center4 ,this piece can be ,illustration3 ,letters ,made from photographs placed on the printing paper after the outline mask has been laid down1 using care to get it in the right position1 and closing the frame carefully so that the small piece will not be disturbed4 ,the letters should be of the kind to give as large an area of surface to have as much of the picture show as possible4 ,what the printer calls black face letters are the most suitable4 ,by cutting the letters out of black paper in a solid form1 and using these as a mask for a second printing after printing the full size of the negatives1 these letter pictures can be made with a black border4 ,so made1 they can be trimmed to a uniform black line all around2 and1 mounted on a white card and photographed down to post card size1 the greeting so spelled out makes a most unique souvenir4 ,another application of the letters in copying is to paste them on a white card as before1 trim the card even with the bottoms of the letters1 stand the strip of card on a mirror laid flat on a table1 and then photograph both the letters and their reflections so as to nicely fill a post card4 ,still another suggestion is to cut out the letters1 after1 pasting the prints on some thin card1 and then arrange them in the desired order to spell out the name or greeting1 but with flowers interspersed and forming a background1 photographing them down to the desired size4 ,a third means of securing a novel effect by photographing down an arrangement of the letters is to have them cut out in stiff form as in the last method2 mount them on short pieces of corks1 in turn fastened to a white card forming the background4 ,so arranged1 the letters will stand out from the card about #a_/b in4 ,if they are now placed in a light falling from the side and slightly in front1 each letter will cast a shadow upon the background1 and in the finished print the letters will look as if suspended in the air in front of the surface of the card4 9999 ,holding a ,loose ,screw #bcc ,a piece of sheet lead put on each side of a screw will fill up and hold the threads in a too large hole4 ,a ,checker ,board ,puzzle #bcc ,place eight checker men upon the checker board as shown in the first row in the sketch4 ,the puzzle is to get ,illustration3 ,placing the ,checkers them in four piles of two men each without omitting to jump over two checker men every time a move is made4 ,the first move is to jump #e over #d and #c on #b which is shown in the second row1 then jump #c over #d and #f on #g and the positions will appear as shown in the third row2 jump #a over #b and #e on #d to get the men placed like the fourth row and the last move is to jump #h over #c and #g on #f which will make the four piles of two men each as shown in the fifth row4 --,contributed by ,i4 ,g4 ,bayley1 ,cape ,may ,point1 ,n4,j4 9999 ,a ,home-,made ,rabbit ,trap #bcc ,illustration3 ,rabbit in the ,trap ,a good serviceable rabbit trap can be made by sinking a common dry goods box in the ground to within #f in4 of its top4 ,a hole #f or #g in4 square is cut in each end level with the earth's surface and boxes #ah in4 long that will just fit are set in1 hung on pivots1 with the longest end outside1 so they will lie horizontal4 ,a rabbit may now look through the two tubes1 says the ,american ,thresherman4 ,the bait is hung on a string from the top of the large box so that it may be seen and smelled from the outside4 ,the rabbit naturally goes into the holes and in this trap there is nothing to awaken his suspicion4 ,he smells the bait1 squeezes along past the center of the tube1 when it tilts down and the game is shot into the pit1 the tube righting itself at once for another catch4 ,the top and sides of the large box may be covered with leaves1 snow or anything to hide it4 ,a door placed in the top will enable the trapper to take out the animals4 ,by placing a little hay or other food in the bottom of the box the trap need not be visited oftener than once a week4 9999 ,old-,time ,magic - ,changing a ,button into a ,coin #bcd ,place a button in the palm of the left hand1 then place a coin between the second and third fingers of the right hand4 ,keep the right hand faced down and the left hand faced up1 so as to conceal the coin and expose the button4 ,with a quick motion bring the left hand under the right1 stop quick and ,illustration3 ,making the ,change the button will go up the right-hand coat sleeve4 ,press the hands together1 allowing the coin to drop into the left hand1 then expose again1 or rub the hands a little before doing so1 saying that you are rubbing a button into a coin4 --,contributed by ,l4 ,e4 ,parker1 ,pocatello1 ,idaho4 9999 ,buttonhole ,trick #bcd ,this trick is performed with a small stick having a loop attached that is too small for the stick to pass through4 ,spread out the string and place it each side of the buttonhole1 then draw the cloth around the hole through the string until it is far enough to pass the stick through the hole4 ,pull back the cloth and you have the string looped in ,illustration3 ,buttonhole ,trick the hole with a hitch the same as if the stick had been passed through the string4 ,the stick may be removed by pulling up the loop as if you were passing the stick through it1 putting the stick in the hole and leaving the string on the outside1 then spread the string1 pulling up the cloth and passing the stick through the hole as before4 --,contributed by ,charles ,graham1 ,pawtucket1 ,rhode ,island4 9999 ,how to ,remove ,paper from ,stamps #bcd ,old stamps as they are purchased usually have a part of the envelope from which they are taken sticking to them and in removing this paper many valuable stamps are torn or ruined4 ,place all the stamps that are stuck to pieces of envelopes in hot water and in a short time they can be separated without injury4 ,dry the stamps between two white blotters4 ,stamps removed in this way will have a much better appearance when placed in an album4 --,contributed by ,l4 ,szerlip1 ,brooklyn1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,imitation ,arms and ,armor ,,part ,i #bce ,genuine antique swords and armor1 as used by the knights and soldiers in the days of old1 are very expensive and at the present time practically impossible to obtain4 ,the accompanying illustration shows four designs of swords that anyone can make1 and if carefully made1 they will look very much like the genuine article4 ,the drawings are so plain that the amateur armorer should have very little difficulty1 if any1 in building up his work from the illustrations1 whether he requires a single sword only1 or a complete suit of armor1 full size4 ,the pieces4 or designs in this article are from authentic sources1 says the ,english ,mechanic1 so that where names are given the amateur can so label them1 and will thereby greatly add to their interest and value4 ,an executioners' sword of the fifteenth century is shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the blade should be about #bg in4 long with a handle of sufficient length to be grasped by both hands4 ,the width of the blade near the handle is about #b-a_/b in41 tapering down to #a-a_/b in4 near the point end4 ,several ridges are cut around the handle to permit a firm grip4 ,the cross guard is flat and about #a in4 in width4 ,mark out the shape and size of the blade on a piece of wood #a_/h in4 thick1 using a straightedge and a pencil1 and allowing a few inches more in length on which to fasten the handle4 ,cut out the wood with a scroll saw or a keyhole saw1 trim the edges down thin and smooth both surfaces with fine sandpaper4 ,the end for the handle is cut about #a in4 wide and #b in4 long4 ,the cross guard is cut out and a hole made in the center through which to pass the handle end of the blade4 ,the handle is next made1 and if the amateur does not possess a lathe on which to turn the shape of the handle1 the ridges around the wood may be imitated by gluing and tacking on pieces of small rope4 ,the handle is then mortised to receive the #a by #b-;in4 end of the blade4 ,the cross guard is now glued and placed ,illustration3 ,swords2 ,fig4 #a1 ,fig4 #b1 ,fig4 #c1 ,fig4 #d on the blade1 then the hole in the handle is well glued with glue that is not too thick and quite hot4 ,the blade with the cross guard is inserted in the handle and allowed to set4 ,when the glue is thoroughly dry1 remove the surplus with a sharp knife and paint the handle with brown1 dark red1 or green oil paint4 ,the blade is covered with tinfoil to give it the appearance of steel4 ,secure some pieces of tinfoil and cut one strip #a_/b in4 wider than the blade and the other #a_/d in4 narrower4 ,quickly paint the blade well with thin glue on one side41 then lay evenly and press on the narrow strip of tinfoil4 ,glue the other side of the blade1 put on the wider strip of tinfoil and glue the overlapping edge and press it around and on the surface of the narrow strip4 ,the cross guard must be covered with tinfoil in the same manner as the blade4 ,when the whole is quite dry1 wipe the blade with light strokes up and down several times1 using a soft and dry piece of cloth4 ,the sword is then ready to hang in its chosen place as a decoration1 not for use only in cases of tableaux1 for which this article will be especially useful to those who are arranging living pictures wherein swords and armor are part of the paraphernalia4 ,a ,chinese scimitar is shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the handle of this sword is oval and covered with plaited cord4 ,in making this scimitar1 follow the directions as for ,fig4 #a1 except that the handle has to be covered with a round black cord4 ,if it is found difficult to plait the cord on the handle as in the illustration1 wind it around in a continuous line closely together1 and finish by fastening with a little glue and a small tack driven through the cord into the handle4 ,the pommel is a circular piece of wood1 #a_/h in4 thick and #e in4 in diameter4 ,the length of the handle1 allowing for a good hold with both hands1 should be about #i in41 the length of the blade #bh in41 the width near the pommel #a-a_/b in4 and #c in4 in the widest part at the lower end4 ,the sharp or cutting edge is only on the short side1 the other is flat or half-round4 ,a ,turkish sabre of ancient manufacture from ,constantinople is shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,the handle is painted a dull creamy white in imitation of ivory4 ,the enamel paint sold in small tins will answer well for this purpose4 ,the cross guard and blade are covered as described in ,fig4 #a4 ,the sharp edge is on the longer curved side1 the other is flat or half-round4 ,a two-handed sword used in the #adth and #aeth centuries is shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,this sword is about #fh in4 long1 has a cross guard and blade of steel with a round wood handle painted black4 ,the ball or pommel on top of the handle is steel4 ,both edges of the blade are sharp4 ,this sword is made in wood the same as described for ,fig4 #a4 9999 ,a ,dovetail ,joint ,puzzle #bcf ,a simple but very ingenious example in joinery is illustrated4 ,in the finished piece1 ,fig4 #a1 the dovetail appears on each side of the square stick of ,illustration3 ,how the ,joint ,is ,cut wood1 the illustration1 of course1 shows only two sides1 the other two are identical4 ,the joint is separable and each part is solid and of one piece4 ,in making1 take two pieces of wood1 preferably of contrasting colors1 such as cherry and walnut or mahogany and boxwood1 about #a-a_/b in4 square and of any length desired4 ,cut the dovetail on one end of each stick as shown in ,fig4 #b1 drive together and then plane off the triangular corners marked ,a4 ,the end of each piece after the dovetails are cut appear as shown in ,fig4 #c1 the lines marking the path of the dovetail through the stick4 9999 ,radiator ,water #bcf ,pure rain water is the best to use in a cooling system of an automobile engine1 as it is free from the mineral substances which are deposited in the radiator1 piping and jackets by hard water4 9999 ,springboard for ,swimmers #bcg ,a good springboard adds much to the fun of swimming4 ,the boards are generally made so that the plank will bend1 being dressed down thin at one end and fastened4 ,the thinness of the plank1 or an insecure fastening1 causes many a plank to snap in two or come loose from its fastenings in a short time4 ,the accompanying sketch shows the method of constructing a springboard that does not depend upon the bending of the wood for its spring4 ,it is made of a plank1 #b in4 thick and from #ad to #af ft4 long1 one end of which is secured with a hinge arrangement having a ,u-shaped rod whose ends are held with nuts4 ,on each edge of the board1 at the lower end1 are fastened two pieces of strap iron1 each about #a ft4 long and with the lower ends drilled to fit the horizontal of the ,u-shaped rod4 ,secure a pair of light buggy springs from a discarded rig and attach them to the ends of a square bar of iron having a length equal to the width of the plank4 ,fasten this to the plank with bolts1 as shown in the sketch4 ,should the springs be too high they can be moved forward4 --,contributed by ,john ,blake1 ,franklin1 ,mass4 ,illustration3 ,buggy ,springs ,used beneath the ,board 9999 ,taking ,button from a ,child's ,nostril #bcg ,a three-year-old child snuffed a button up its nostril and the mother1 in an attempt to remove it1 had caused the button to be pushed farther up the channel4 ,doctors probed for the button without success4 ,the distracted mother happened to think of snuff1 and1 as there was some at hand1 took a pinch of snuff between the thumb and forefinger and held it close to the child's nose4 ,the violent sneezing caused the button to be blown out4 ,such an accident may come under the observation of any parent1 and if so1 this method can be used to relieve the child when medical assistance is not at hand4 --,contributed by ,katharine ,d4 ,morse1 ,syracuse1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,brass ,frame in ,repouss #bcg ,punches can be purchased1 as can the pitch bed or block4 ,both can be made easily1 however4 ,several punches of different sizes and shapes will be needed4 ,a piece of mild steel1 about #c_/h in4 square1 can be easily worked into tools shaped as desired4 ,a cold chisel will be needed to cut the metal to length2 a file to reduce the ends to shape1 and a piece of emery paper to smooth and polish the end of the tool so that it will not scar the metal4 ,a small metal box must be secured to hold the pitch4 ,the illustration shows an iron receptacle4 ,the pitch is prepared by heating the following materials in these proportions3 pitch1 #e lb42 plaster of ,paris1 #e lb42 tallow1 #a_/b ,illustration3 ,design for the ,frame lb4 ,to put it in another way1 use pitch and plaster in equal parts with #a_/aj part tallow4 ,see that the pitch and plaster are dry so that the moisture will not cause the pitch to boil over4 ,keep stirring the mass so that it never boils4 ,melt the pitch first and add the plaster by degrees4 ,for a piece of repouss such as the frame shown1 secure a piece of brass of about ,no4 #ah gauge4 ,with carbon paper trace the design on the brass4 ,place the metal on the pitch bed and work over the outline of the design4 ,use the chisel-edged tool and try to make the lines continuous4 ,when this has been done1 heat the pitch slightly ,illustration3 ,working ,out ,the ,design and place the metal1 design down1 on the pitch1 and with the raising punches work up the shape as desired after the pitch has hardened4 ,when the desired form has been obtained1 turn the metal over and touch up any places improperly raised4 ,the metal will probably be warped somewhat4 ,to remedy this1 place a board on the metal and pound until the metal assumes a flat shape again4 ,next drill a hole in the center waste and saw out for the opening1 using a small metal saw4 ,trim up the edges and file them smooth4 ,clean the metal thoroughly1 using powdered pumice with lye4 ,cotton batting fastened to the end of a stick will make a good brush4 ,upon the cleansed metal put a lacquer to prevent tarnishing4 ,metal clips may be soldered to the back to hold the picture in place and also a metal strip to hold the frame upright4 ,these should be placed before the metal is lacquered4 9999 ,finding the ,horsepower of ,small ,motors #bch ,a small motor often excites curiosity as to its true horsepower1 or fraction of a horsepower4 ,guesses in this direction vary remarkably for the same motor or engine4 ,it is comparatively easy to determine the horsepower put out by almost any machine by the following method which is intended for small battery motors and small steam engines4 ,before giving the description1 it may be well to know what horsepower means4 ,horsepower is the rate of work and a unit is equal to #cc1jjj ft4 lb4 per minute1 or #eej ft4 lb4 per second4 ,that is lifting #cc1jjj lb4 #a ft4 in one minute or #eej lb4 #a ft4 in one second4 ,this may be applied to the problem of finding the horsepower of a motor by fastening a piece of twine about #be ft4 long to the shaft of the engine or motor to be tested in such a way that when the shaft revolves it will wind up the string similar to a windlass4 ,place the motor in such a position that the twine will hang freely without touching anything3 out of a high window will do4 ,fasten a weight to the other end of the line as heavy as the motor or engine can lift and still run4 ,it must weigh enough to slow the power down a little1 but not to stop it4 ,mark the position of the weight and start the motor1 at the same time accurately measuring time in minutes and seconds it takes to lift the weight from the lowest point to the highest4 ,next measure accurately the distance in feet covered by the weight in its ascent and obtain the correct weight in pounds of the weight4 ,multiply the weight by the distance covered and divide the result by the number of minutes or fraction of a minute obtained and divide this last result by #cc1jjj and the quotient will be the horsepower of the motor or engine4 ,perhaps an illustration will make this solution much plainer4 ,suppose the motor will lift a weight of #a lb4 and still revolve1 #cj ft4 in #aj seconds or #a_/f of a minute4 ,multiplying #a by #cj we get #cj1 which divided by #a_/f gives #ahj4 ,this in turn divided by #cc1jjj equals in round numbers #a_/bjj part of a horsepower4 --,contributed by ,harold ,h4 ,cutter4 9999 ,illusion for ,window ,attraction #bci ,gold fish and canary birds1 living together in what seems like one receptacle1 make an unusual show window attraction4 ,secure two glass vessels having straight sides of the same height1 one #ah in4 in diameter 7,fig4 #a7 and the other #ab in4 in diameter 7,fig4 #b74 ,the smaller is placed within the larger1 the bottoms being covered with moss and aquarium decorations which can be purchased at a bird store4 ,fill the #c-;in4 space between the vessels with water4 ,cut a piece of galvanized screen into circular form to cover the larger vessel1 and hang a bird swing1 ,a1 ,fig4 #c1 in the center4 ,place the screen on top of the vessels so that the swing will hang in the center of the inner vessel4 ,a weight--a box filled with sand will do--should be placed on top of the screen1 over the smaller vessel1 to keep it from floating4 ,moss should be put over the top of the screen so that the two separate vessels can not be seen4 ,illustration3 #ah in4 ,diameter2 #ab in4 ,diameter ,illustration3 ,birds and ,fish ,apparently ,together ,place the birds in the inner vessel and the fish in the water4 ,the effect is surprising4 ,to complete the effect and aid the illusion the vessels can be set in a box lined with black velvet1 or on a pedestal4 --,contributed by ,j4 ,f4 ,campbell1 ,somerville1 ,mass4 9999 ,cleaner for ,white ,shoes #bci ,finely ground whiting mixed with water to the consistency of paste makes a very good coating for white shoes4 ,a brush can be used in applying the mixture which will dry in a few minutes4 ,it is best to mix only as much paste as required for immediate use4 --,contributed 4 by ,l4 ,szerlip1 ,brooklyn1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,crossing ,belt ,laces #bci ,belt laces should never cross on the side next to the pulley as they will cut themselves in two4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,candlestick ,holder #bdj ,a candlestick of very simple construction and design can be made as follows3 ,secure a piece of brass or ,illustration3 ,candle ,holder ,complete copper of ,no4 #bc gauge of a size sufficient to make the pieces detailed in the accompanying sketch4 ,a riveting hammer and a pair of pliers will be needed1 also a pair of tin shears and a piece of metal upon which to rivet4 ,cut out a piece of metal for the base to a size of #e-a_/b by #e-a_/b in4 ,trim the sharp corners off slightly4 ,draw a pencil line all around the margin and #e_/h in4 away from the edge4 ,with the pliers shape the sides as shown in the illustration4 ,next lay out the holding cup according to the plan of development shown1 and cut out the shape with the shears4 ,polish both of these pieces1 using any of the common metal polishes4 ,rivet the cup to the base1 and then1 with the pliers1 shape the sides as shown in the photograph4 ,the manner of making and fastening the handle is clearly illustrated4 ,use a file to smooth all the cut edges so that they will not injure the hands4 ,in riveting1 care should be taken to round up the heads of the rivets nicely as a good mechanic would4 ,do not be content merely to bend them over4 ,this rounding is easily accomplished by striking around the rivets' outer circumference1 keeping the center high4 ,a good lacquer should be applied after the parts have been properly cleaned and polished1 to keep the metal from tarnishing4 ,illustration3 ,details of ,candle ,holder 9999 ,a ,home-,made ,duplicator #bdj ,the usual gelatine pad1 which is the principal part of the average hectograph or duplicator1 is1 as a rule1 unsatisfactory1 as it is apt to sour and mold in the summer and freeze in the winter1 which1 with other defects1 often render it useless after a few months service4 ,a compound that is almost indestructible is the preparation sold at art stores as modeling clay4 ,this clay is as easily worked as a putty and is spread into the tray1 which may be of wood or tin1 and the surface leveled by pounding with a mallet or hammer1 then by drawing a straightedge over it4 ,the surface of the pad is now saturated with pure glycerine4 ,this is poured upon the surface after it is slightly warmed1 covering the same and then laying a cloth over the pad and allowing it to stand long enough for the clay to absorb the glycerine1 after which it is ready for use4 ,the original copy is written with a copying pencil or typewritten through a hectograph ribbon4 ,a sheet of newspaper is laid upon the pad and a round stick or pencil is passed over it to make the surface level and smooth4 ,remove the newspaper and place the original copy face down on the leveled surface and smooth it out in the same way so that every part touches the pad4 ,remove the copy in about five minutes and place the clean sheets of paper one after another on the surface and remove them4 ,from #ej to #ge copies of the original can be made in a short time4 ,this compound is impervious to water1 so the negative print is removed by simply washing with a damp sponge1 the same as removing writing from a slate4 ,this makes it possible to place another original on the pad immediately without waiting for the ink to vanish by chemical action as in the original hectograph4 ,the action of the weather has no effect upon this compound and it is proof against accident1 for the tray may be dropped and the pad dented or cut into pieces1 and the clay can be pressed back and leveled4 ,the only caution is to keep it covered with a cloth saturated in glycerine while not in use4 --,contributed by ,a4 ,a4 ,houghton1 ,northville1 ,mich4 9999 ,paper-,clip ,bookmark #bda ,the combination of a paper clip and a calling card makes a good bookmark4 ,illustration3 ,bookmark ,the clip and card can be kept together by piercing the card and bending the ends of the wire to stick through the holes4 ,the clip is attached to a page as shown in the sketch4 --,contributed by ,thos4 ,de,loof1 ,grand ,rapids1 ,mich4 9999 ,aerating ,water in a ,small ,tank #bda ,a simple way of producing air pressure sufficient to aerate water is by the use of a siphon as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the siphon is made of glass tubes1 the longer pieces being bent on one end as shown4 ,the air receiver and regulating device are attached to the top end of the lower tube1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the receiver or air inlet is the most important part4 ,it is made of a glass tube1 #c_/d in4 in diameter and #e in4 long4 ,a hole is filed or blown through one side of the glass for the admission of air4 ,the ends of the smaller glass ,illustration3 ,,fig4#a ,,fig4#b ,forcing ,air ,through ,water tubes are passed through corks having a diameter to fit the ends of this larger tube4 ,the ends of these tubes should be so adjusted that the continuous drops of water from the upper will fall into the tube below4 ,the succession of air bubbles thus imprisoned are driven down the tube and into the tank below4 ,the regulator is placed in the tube or siphon above the air receiver4 ,its purpose is to retard the flow of water from the siphon above and make it drop rapidly4 ,it consists of a rubber connecting tube with two flat pieces of wood clamped over the center and adjusted with screws4 ,the apparatus is started by clamping the rubber tube tightly and then exhausting the air in the siphon tube1 then placing the end in the upper reservoir and releasing the clamp until the water begins to drop4 ,if the reservoir is kept filled from the tank1 the device will work for an indefinite time4 --,contributed by ,john ,t4 ,dunlop1 ,shettleston1 ,scotland4 9999 ,imitation ,arms and ,armor-,part ,,ii #bdb ,imitation swords1 stilettos and battle-axes1 put up as ornaments1 will look well if they are arranged on a shield which is hung high up on a wall of a room or hall1 says the ,english ,illustration3 ,,fig #a2 ,,fig #b2 ,,fig #c2 ,three ,fifteenth ,century ,swords ,mechanic1 ,london4 ,the following described arms are authentic designs of the original articles4 ,a ,german sword of the fifteenth century is shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,this sword is #d ft4 long with the crossguard and blade of steel4 ,the imitation sword is made of wood and covered with tinfoil to produce the steel color4 ,the shape of the sword is marked out on a piece of wood that is about #a_/h in4 thick with the aid of a straightedge and pencil1 allowing a little extra length on which to fasten the handle4 ,cut the sword out with a saw and make both edges thin like a knife blade and smooth up with sandpaper4 ,the extra length for the handle is cut about #a in4 in width and #b in4 long4 ,the handle is next carved and a mortise cut in one end to receive the handle end of the blade4 ,as the handle is to represent copper1 the ornamentations can be built up of wire1 string1 small rope and round-headed nails1 the whole finally having a thin coat of glue worked over it with a stiff bristle brush and finished with bronze paint4 ,the crossbar is flat and about #a in4 in width4 ,cut this out of a piece of wood and make a center hole to fit over the extra length on the blade1 glue and put it in place4 ,fill the hole in the handle with glue and put it on the blade4 ,when the glue is thoroughly dry1 remove all the surplus with a sharp knife4 ,sheets of tinfoil are secured for covering the blade4 ,cut two strips of tinfoil1 one about #a_/b in4 wider than the blade and the other #a_/d in4 narrower4 ,quickly cover one side of the blade with a thin coat of glue and evenly lay on and press down the narrow strip of tinfoil4 ,stick the wider strip on the other side in the same way1 allowing equal margin of tinfoil to overlap the edges of the blade4 ,glue the overlapping edges and press them around on the surface of the narrow strip4 ,the crossguard must be covered in the same manner as the blade4 ,when the whole is quite dry1 wipe the blade up and down several times with light strokes using a soft rag4 ,the sword shown in ,fig4 #b is a two-handed ,swiss sword about #d ft4 in length1 sharp on both edges with a handle of dark wood around which is wound spirally a heavy piece of brass or copper wire and held in place with round-headed brass nails4 ,the blade and crossbar are in imitation steel4 ,the projecting ornament in the center of the crossguard may be cut from heavy pasteboard and bent into shape1 then glued on the blade as shown4 ,in ,fig4 #c is shown a claymore1 or ,scottish sword of the fifteenth century4 ,this sword is about #d ft4 long and has a wood handle bound closely around with heavy cord4 ,the crossbar and blade are steel1 with both edges sharp4 ,a ,german poniard is shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,this weapon is about #a ft4 long1 very broad1 with wire or string' bound handle1 sharp edges on both sides4 ,another poniard of the fourteenth century is shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,this weapon is also about #a ft4 long with wood handle and steel embossed blade4 ,a sixteenth century ,german poniard is shown in ,fig4 #f4 ,the blade and ornamental crossbar is of steel1 with both edges of the blade sharp4 ,the handle is of wood4 ,a ,german stiletto1 sometimes called cuirass breakers1 is shown in ,fig4 #g4 ,this stiletto has a wood handle1 steel crossbar and blade of steel with both edges sharp4 ,in ,fig4 #h is shown a short-handled flail1 which is about #b-a_/b ft4 long with a dark handle of wood1 studded with brass or steel nails4 ,a steel band is placed around the handle near the top4 ,the imitation of the steel band is made by gluing a piece of tinfoil on a strip of cardboard and tacking it to the handle4 ,a large screw-eye is screwed into the top of the handle4 ,the spiked ball may be made of wood or clay4 ,cover the ball with some pieces of linen1 firmly glued on4 ,when dry1 paint it a dark brown or black4 ,a large screw-eye must be inserted in this ball1 the same as used on the end of the handle1 and both eyes connected with a small piece of rope twisted into shape4 ,the rope is finished by covering with tinfoil4 ,some short and heavy spike-headed nails are driven into the ball to give it the appearance shown in the illustration4 ,a ,russian knout is shown in ,fig4 #i4 ,the lower half of the handle is of wood1 the upper part iron or steel1 which can be imitated by covering a piece of wood that is properly shaped with tinfoil4 ,the whole handle can be made of wood in one piece1 the lower part painted black and the upper part covered with tinfoil4 ,a screw-eye is screwed into the upper end4 ,a length of real iron or steel chain is used to connect the handle with the ball4 ,the ball is made as described in ,fig4 #h4 ,the spikes in the ball are about #a in4 in length4 ,these must be cut from pieces of wood1 leaving a small peg at the end and in the center about the size of a ,no4 #bj spike4 ,the pegs are glued and inserted into holes drilled into the ball4 ,in ,fig4 #aj is shown a ,sclavonic horseman's battle-axe which has a handle of wood painted dark gray or light brown2 the axe is of steel4 ,the blade is cut from a piece of #a_/d-;in4 wood with a keyhole saw4 ,the round part is made thin and sharp on the edge4 ,the thick hammer side of the axe is built up to the necessary thickness to cover ,illustration3 ,ancient ,weapons the handle by gluing on pieces of wood the same thickness as used for the blade1 and gradually shaping off to the middle of the axe by the use of a chisel1 finishing with sandpaper and covering with tinfoil4 ,three large1 round-headed brass or iron nails fixed into the front side of the handle will complete the axe4 ,at the beginning of the sixteenth century horseman's battle-axes shaped as shown in ,fig4 #aa were used4 ,both handle and axe are of steel4 ,this axe is made similar to the one described in ,fig4 #aj4 ,when the woodwork is finished the handle and axe are covered with tinfoil4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,round ,belt ,without ,ends #bdc ,a very good belt may be made by laying several strands of strong cord1 such as braided fishline1 together as shown in ,fig4 #a and wrapping them as ,illustration3 ,method of ,forming the ,belt shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,when wrapped all the way around1 the ends are tied and cut off4 ,this will make a very good flexible belt2 will pull where other belts slip1 and as the tension members are all protected from wear1 will last until the wrapping member is worn through without being weakened4 --,contributed by ,e4 ,w4 ,davis1 ,chicago4 9999 ,old-,time ,magic - ,the ,growing ,flower #bdd ,this trick is performed with a wide-mouthed jar which is about #aj in4 high4 ,if an earthern jar of this kind is not at hand1 use a glass fruit jar and cover it with black cloth or paper1 so the contents cannot be seen4 ,illustration3 ,flower ,grows ,instantly ,two pieces of wire are bent as shown in ,fig4 #a and put together as in ,fig4 #b4 ,these wires are put in the jar1 about one-third the way down from the top1 with the circle centrally located4 ,the wires can be held in place by carefully bending the ends1 or using small wedges of wood4 ,cut a wire shorter in length than the height of the jar and tie a rose or several flowers on one end4 ,put a cork in the bottom of the jar and stick the opposite end of the wire from where the flowers are tied through the circle of the two wires and into the cork4 ,the dotted lines in ,fig4 #c show the position of the wires and flowers4 ,to make the flowers grow in an instant1 pour water into the jar at one side of the wide mouth4 ,the cork will float and carry the wire with the flowers attached upward1 causing the flowers to grow1 apparently1 in a few seconds' time4 ,do not pour in too much water to raise the flowers so far that the wire will be seen4 --,contributed by ,a4 ,s4 ,macdonald1 ,oakland1 ,calif4 9999 ,water and ,wine ,trick #bdd ,this is an interesting trick based on the chemical properties of acids and alkalies4 ,the materials needed are3 ,one glass pitcher1 filled with water1 four glass tumblers1 an acid1 an alkali and some phenolphthalein solution which can be obtained from your local druggist4 ,before the performance1 add a few drops of the phenolphthalein to the water in the pitcher and rub a small quantity of the alkali solution on the sides of two of the tumblers and repeat1 only using as large a quantity of the acid as will escape notice on the remaining tumblers4 ,set the tumblers so you will know which is which and proceed as follows3 ,take hold of a prepared tumbler with the left hand and pour from the pitcher1 held in the right hand1 some of the liquid4 ,the liquid turned into the glass will become red like wine4 ,set this full tumbler aside and take the pitcher in the left hand and pour some of the liquid in one of the tumblers containing the acid as it is held in the right hand4 ,there will be no change in color4 ,repeat both parts in the same order then begin to pour the liquids contained in the tumblers back into the pitcher in the order reversed and the excess of acid will neutralize the alkali and cause it to lose its color and in the end the pitcher will contain a colorless liquid4 --,contributed by ,kenneth ,weeks1 ,bridgeton1 ,n4,j4 9999 ,cheap ,nails are ,expensive #bdd ,the life of iron shingle nails is about #f years4 ,an iron nail cannot be used again in putting on a new roof4 ,solid zinc nails last forever and can be used as often as necessary4 ,as zinc is much lighter than iron1 the cost of zinc nails is only about #b-a_/b times that of iron nails4 9999 ,cutting ,lantern ,slide ,masks #bde ,it has long been a puzzle to me why round cornered masks are almost invariably used for lantern slides1 when most works of art are included within rectangular spaces1 says a correspondent of ,photo ,era4 ,certainly the present commercial masks are in very poor taste4 ,the worker who wishes to make the most of every slide will do well to cut his own masks1 not only because of the fact just mentioned1 but also because he can suit the size of the opening to the requirements of each slide4 ,slides can be works of art just as much as prints2 so that masking a slide becomes just as important as trimming a print1 and equally worthy of individual treatment4 ,it is folly to give each slide a mask opening of uniform size and shape4 ,when many slides are to be masked1 it becomes tedious work to treat each one separately1 unless some special device is used4 ,the accompanying drawing shows a way to mark masks which is simple1 practical and costs nothing4 ,the drawing is exactly lantern slide size4 ,lay the slide over such a guide and note the size of the opening best suited to the picture4 ,this will be determined by the intersection of the ruled lines1 which are numbered for convenience in working4 ,if the size wanted is ,no4 #d for width and ,no4 #b for height1 place the guide over a piece of black mask paper and prick through the proper intersections with the point of a pin4 ,this outlines the desired ,illustration3 ,form for ,marking ,out ,rectangular ,lantern ,slide ,masks opening1 which may then be cut out easily with a knife and straight edge4 ,the black paper from plate boxes and film rolls is excellent for making masks4 ,it should be cut up in pieces #c-a_/d by #d in4 and kept ready for use at any time4 9999 ,relieving the ,weight of a ,talking ,machine ,reproducer #bde ,too loud reproduction from a record1 the scratching noise sometimes heard and the forcing of the needle into a soft record1 because the extension arm and reproducer are too heavy1 can be remedied in the following manner3 ,attach a small ring to the under side of the horn and use a rubber band to lift the extending arm slightly4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,a4 ,jaquythe1 ,richmond1 ,cal4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,thermometer ,back in ,etched ,copper #bdf ,etching copper is not a very difficult process4 ,secure a sheet of ,no4 #af gauge copper of the width and length ,illustration3 ,copper ,thermometer ,holder wanted for the back of the thermometer4 ,in the design shown the extreme width is #c-a_/b in4 and the extreme length #g in4 ,draw a design4 ,the one shown is merely suggestive4 ,the worker may change the outline or proportions as desired4 ,the decoration1 too1 may be changed4 ,the essential thing is to keep a space upon which to place the thermometer4 ,this design is in what is known as two-part symmetry4 ,a line is drawn down the paper and one-half of the outline and decoration worked out4 ,this done1 the paper is folded along the center line1 a piece of carbon paper is inserted between the folds and the design transferred on the inner surfaces by tracing with a pencil over the half of the outline previously drawn4 ,trace the design and outline upon the metal1 using the carbon paper4 ,cut out the outline with metal shears and file the edges smooth4 ,with a small brush and ordinary asphaltum or black varnish1 paint the design1 the margin and the entire back of the metal4 ,when this coat has dried put on a second and then a third4 ,the asphaltum is to keep the acid into which the metal is to be immersed later from eating any part of the metal but the background4 ,two coats or more are needed to withstand the action of the acid4 ,the acid bath is composed of nitric acid and water1 about half and half1 or1 possibly1 a little less acid than water1 the mixture being made by pouring the acid into the water1 not the water into the acid1 which is dangerous4 ,keep this solution off the hands and clothes1 and do not inhale the fumes4 ,put the asphalt-coated metal in the bath and allow it to remain for four or five hours1 depending upon the thickness of the metal and the strength of the acid4 ,with a stick1 or a pair of old tongs1 take the metal out of the acid occasionally and examine it to see how deep the acid has eaten it--#a_/cb in4 is about right for the ,no4 #af gauge4 ,when etched to the desired depth1 remove the piece and with an old knife' scrape off the asphaltum4 ,finish the cleaning by scrubbing with turpentine and a brush having stiff bristles4 ,if the metal is first covered with turpentine and then heated over a flame1 all the colors of the rainbow will appear on its surface4 ,these colors fade away in the course of a long time1 but they can be easily revived4 ,another way to get these colors is to heat the metal and then plunge it into the acid bath quickly4 ,a green finish is obtained by painting the background with an acid stain composed as follows3 #a part ammonia muriate2 #c parts ammonia carbonate2 #bd parts water4 ,if one coat does not give the depth of color desired1 repeat as many times as is necessary1 allowing each coat time to dry before applying the next4 ,to fix this color so that it will not rub off1 and to keep the metal from tarnishing1 apply a coat of banana oil or lacquer4 ,thermometers of suitable size can be bought in either brass or nickel4 ,they have holes through their top and bottom ends through which metal paper fasteners can be inserted1 and these in turn put through holes punched in the copper back4 9999 ,to ,make an ,electric ,piano #bdg ,make or buy a table1 about #c ft4 long and #a ft4 or more wide1 and about #b-a_/b ft4 high4 ,nail a board1 ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 about #h in4 wide and of the same length as the table1 to the table1 as shown in the illustration4 ,paint the table any color desired4 ,purchase a dozen or so battery electric bells 7they are cheaper if bought by the dozen7 and screw them to the board1 as in ,fig4 #b4 ,arrange the bells in the scale shown at ,b1 ,fig4 #b4 ,bore two holes near the posts of each bell for the wires to pass through4 ,buttons for the bells may be purchased1 but it is cheaper to make them in the following way3 ,take a piece of ,illustration3 ,how the ,electric ,piano is ,constructed wood and cut it round1 about #b-a_/b in4 in diameter and #a_/d in4 thick1 ,fig4 #c1 and bore two holes1 ,c and ,d1 through it4 ,then get two posts1 about #a in4 long1 7battery posts will do7 and put them through the holes as in ,fig4 #d4 ,cut out a piece of tin1 #c_/h in4 wide1 punch a hole through it and put in under post ,e1 so that when it is pressed down1 it will touch post ,f4 ,it may be either nailed or screwed down4 ,make two holes in the table for each button and its wires1 as at ,h1 ,fig4 #b4 ,nail or screw the buttons to the table1 as shown in ,fig4 #e1 with the wires underneath4 ,the connections are simple3 ,i1 ,fig4 #e1 is a wire running from one end of the table to the other end1 attached to a post at each end2 ,j is another wire attached in the same way2 ,l is the carbon wire running from the batteries to ,i2 ,m is the zinc wire running from the batteries to wire ,j2 #j indicates the batteries2 ,p is a wire running from ,j to one post of a button2 ,q is another wire running from the other post of the button to one of the posts of the bell2 ,r is a wire running from ,i to one post of the bell4 ,when the button ,s is pressed1 the bell will ring4 ,each button should be connected with its bell in the same way4 --,contributed by ,vincent de ,ybarrondo4 9999 ,imitation ,arms and ,armor - ,,part ,,iii #bdh ,maces and battle-axes patterned after and made in imitation of the ancient weapons which were used from the ,illustration3 ,ancient ,weapons fourteenth to the sixteenth century produce fine ornaments for the hall or den1 says the ,english ,mechanic4 ,the imitation articles are made of wood1 the steel parts represented by tinfoil stuck on with glue and the ornaments carved out with a carving tool4 ,an ,english mace used about the middle of the fifteenth century is shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the entire length of this weapon is about #bd in42 the handle is round with a four-sided sharp spike extending out from the points of six triangular shaped wings4 ,cut the handle and spike from one piece of wood and glue the wings on at equal distances apart around the base of the spike4 ,the two bands or wings can be made by gluing two pieces of rope around the handle and fastening it with tacks4 ,these rings can be carved out1 but they are somewhat difficult to make4 ,after the glue is dry1 remove all the surplus that has been pressed out from the joints with the point of a sharp knife blade and then sandpaper the surface of the wood to make it smooth4 ,secure some tinfoil to cover the parts in imitation of steel4 ,a thin coat of glue is quickly applied to the surface of the wood and the tinfoil laid on evenly so there will be no wrinkles and without making any more seams than is necessary4 ,the entire weapon1 handle and all1 is to appear as steel4 ,an engraved iron mace of the fifteenth century is shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,this weapon is about #bb in4 long1 mounted with an eight-sided or octagonal head4 ,it will be easier to make this mace in three pieces1 the octagonal head in one piece and the handle in two parts1 so that the circular shield shown at the lower end of the handle can be easily placed between the parts4 ,the circular piece or shield can be cut from a piece of wood about #a_/d in4 thick4 ,the circle is marked out with a compass4 ,a hole is made through the center for the dowel of the two handle parts when they are put together4 ,a wood peg about #b in4 long serves as the dowel4 ,a hole is bored in the end of both handle pieces and these holes well coated with glue1 the wood peg inserted in one of them1 the shield put on in place and handle parts put together and left for the glue to set4 ,the head is fastened on the end of the handle with a dowel in the same manner as putting the handle parts together4 ,the head must have a pattern sketched upon each side in pencil marks1 such as ornamental scrolls1 leaves1 flowers1 etc4 ,these ornaments must be carved out to a depth of about #a_/d in4 with a sharp carving tool4 ,if such a tool is not at hand1 or the amateur cannot use it well1 an excellent substitute will be found in using a sharp-pointed and red-hot poker1 or pieces of heavy wire heated to burn out the pattern to the desired depth4 ,the handle also has a scroll to be engraved4 ,when the whole is finished and cleaned ,illustration3 ,battle ,axes of the ,fourteenth1 ,fifteenth and ,sixteenth ,centuries ,up1 it is covered with tinfoil in imitation of steel4 ,the tinfoil should be applied carefully1 as before mentioned1 and firmly pressed into the engraved parts with the finger tips or thumb4 ,a ,french mace used in the sixteenth century is shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,this weapon is about #bb in4 long and has a wood handle covered with dark red cloth or velvet1 the lower part to have a gold or red silk cord wound around it1 as shown1 the whole handle finished off with small brass-headed nails4 ,the top has six ornamental carved wings which are cut out1 fastened on the handle and covered with tinfoil1 as described in ,fig4 #b4 ,figure #d shows a ,morning ,star which is about #bf in4 long4 ,the spiked ball and the four-sided and sharp-pointed spike are of steel4 ,the ball may be made of clay or wood and covered with tinfoil4 ,the spikes are cut out of wood1 sharp-pointed and cone-shaped1 the base having a brad to stick into the ball4 ,the wood spikes are also covered with tinfoil4 ,the handle is of steel imitation1 covered in the middle with red cloth or velvet and studded with large-headed steel nails4 ,a war hammer of the fifteenth century is shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,its length is about #c ft4 ,the lower half of the handle is wood4 covered with red velvet1 with a golden or yellow cord wound spirally over the cloth4 ,the upper half of the handle is steel1 also1 the hammer and spike4 ,the entire handle should be made of one piece1 then the hammer put on the base of the spike4 ,the spike made with a peg in its lower end and well glued1 can be firmly placed in position by the peg fitting in a hole made for its reception in the top of the handle4 ,finish up the steel parts with tinfoil4 ,the following described weapons can be constructed of the same materials and built up in the same way as described in the foregoing articles3 ,a horseman's short-handled battle-axe1 used at the end of the fifteenth century1 is shown in ,fig4 #f4 ,the handle is of wood and the axe in imitation steel4 ,figure #g shows an ,english horseman's battle-axe used at the beginning of the reign of ,queen ,elizabeth4 ,the handle and axe both are to be shown in steel4 ,a ,german foot soldier's poleaxe used1 at the end of the fourteenth century is shown in ,fig4 #h4 ,the handle is made of dark wood and the axe covered with tinfoil4 ,figure #i shows an ,english foot soldier's jedburgh axe of the sixteenth century4 ,the handle is of wood1 studded with large brass or steel nails4 ,the axe is shown in steel4 ,all of these axes are about the same length4 9999 ,playing ,baseball with a ,pocket ,knife #bej ,an interesting game of baseball can be played by two persons with a common pocket knife on a rainy day or in ,illustration3 ,positions of the ,knife ,indicate the ,plays the winter time when the regular game cannot be played outdoors4 ,the knife is opened and loosely stuck into a board1 as in ,fig4 #a1 and with a quick upward movement of the forefinger it is thrown into the air to fall and land in one of the positions shown4 ,the plays are determined by the position of the knife after the fall4 ,a foul ball is indicated by ,fig4 #b1 the knife resting on its back4 ,the small blade sticking in the board which holds the handle in an upright position1 as shown in ,fig4 #c1 calls for a home run4 ,both blades sticking in the board 7,fig4 #d71 a three-base hit4 ,a two-base hit is made when the large blade sticks in the board1 ,fig4 #e4 ,a one-base hit is secured when the large blade and the end of the handle touch the board as in ,fig4 #f4 ,the knife falling on its side 7,fig4 #g7 calls for one out4 ,each person plays until three outs have been made1 then the other plays1 and so on for nine innings4 --,contributed by ,herbert ,hahn1 ,chicago4 9999 ,how to ,remove ,paper ,stuck to a ,negative #bej ,when making photographic prints from a negative1 sometimes a drop of moisture will cause the print to stick to the gelatine film on the glass4 ,remove as much of the paper as can be readily torn off and soak the negative in a fresh hypo bath of #c or #d oz4 hypo to #a pt4 of water for an hour or two4 ,then a little gentle rubbing with the finger-not the finger nail will remove anything adhering to the film4 ,it may be found that the negative is not colored4 ,if it is spotted at all1 the negative must be washed for a few minutes and placed in a combined toning and fixing bath1 which will remove the spots in a couple of hours4 ,the negative must be well washed after going through the solutions to take away any trace of hypo4 9999 ,old-,time ,magic - ,a ,sack ,trick #bea ,the magician appears accompanied by his assistant4 ,he has a sack similar to a meal bag only on a large scale4 ,the upper end of this bag is shown in ,fig4 #a1 with the rope laced in the cloth4 ,he then selects several people from the audience as a committee to examine the sack to see that there is absolutely no deception whatever in its makeup4 ,when they are satisfied that the bag or sack is all right1 the magician places his assistant inside and drawing the bag around him he allows the committee to tie him up with as many knots as they choose to make1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the bag with its occupant is placed in a small cabinet which the committee surround to see that there is no outside help4 ,the magician then takes his watch and shows the audience that in less than #cj seconds his assistant will emerge from the cabinet with the sack in his hand4 ,this he does1 the sack is again examined and found to be the same as when it was first seen4 ,illustration3 ,sack ,trick-,holding the ,rope ,inside the ,bag ,the solution is when the assistant enters the bag he pulls in about #ae in4 of the rope and holds it1 as shown in ,fig4 #c1 while the committee is tying him up4 ,as soon as he is in the cabinet he merely lets out the slack thus making enough room for his body to pass through4 ,when he is out of the bag he quickly unties the knots and then steps from his cabinet4 --,contributed by ,j4 ,f4 ,campbell1 ,somerville1 ,mass4 9999 ,the ,invisible ,light #bea ,the magician places two common wax candles on a table1 one of them burning brightly1 the other without a light4 ,members of the audience are allowed to inspect both the table and the candles4 ,the magician walks over to the burning candle1 shades the light for a few seconds1 turns to the audience with his hands a few inches apart1 showing that there is nothing between them1 at the same time saying that he has a light between his hands1 invisible to them 7the audience71 with which he is going to light the other candle4 ,he then walks over to the other candle1 and1 in plain sight of the audience lights the candle apparently with nothing4 ,in reality the magician has a very fine wire in his hand which he is heating while he bends over the lighted candle1 and the audience gaze on and see nothing4 ,he turns to the other candle and touches a grain of phosphorus that has been previously concealed in the wick with the heated wire1 thus causing it to light4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,brown1 ,new ,york ,city4 9999 ,using the ,sun's ,light in a ,magic ,lantern #bea ,the light furnished with a small magic lantern does very well for evening exhibitions1 but the lantern can be used in the daytime with good results by directing sunlight through the lens instead of using the oil lamp4 ,a window facing the sun is selected and the shade is drawn almost down1 the remaining space being covered by a piece of heavy paper4 ,a small hole is ,illustration3 ,magic ,lantern cut in the paper and the lantern placed on a table in front of the hole1 the lamp having been removed and the back opened4 ,the lantern must be arranged so that the lens will be on a horizontal line with the hole in the paper4 ,a mirror is then placed just outside of the window and at such an angle that the beam of light is thrown through the hole in the paper and the lens of the lantern4 ,the shades of the remaining windows are then drawn and the lantern is operated in the usual way4 --,contributed by ,l4 ,b4 ,evans1 ,lebanon1 ,ky4 9999 ,a ,handy ,drill ,gauge #beb ,the accompanying sketch shows a simple drill gauge which will be found very handy for amateurs4 ,the gauge consists of a piece of hard wood1 #c_/d in4 thick1 with a width and length that will be suitable for the size and number of drills you have on hand4 ,drill a hole through the wood with each drill you have and place a screw eye in one end to be used as a hanger4 ,when you want to drill a hole for a pipe1 bolt1 ,illustration3 ,drill ,gauge screw1 etc41 you take the gauge and find what size drill must be used in drilling the hole4-,contributed by ,andrew ,g4 ,thome1 ,louisville1 ,ky4 9999 ,stove ,polish #beb ,a good stove polish can be made by mixing together #a lb4 of plumbago1 #d oz4 of turpentine1 #d oz4 of water and #a oz4 of sugar4 ,mix well and apply with a cloth or brush4 ,a ,home-,made ,daniell ,cell #beb ,an effective ,daniell galvanic cell may be constructed from material costing very little money4 ,a common tin tomato can with a copper wire soldered to the top forms the jar and positive electrode4 ,a piece of discarded stove zinc rolled into an open cylinder of about #a-a_/b-;in4 diameter1 #e in4 long1 with a copper wire soldered at one end forms the negative electrode4 ,to make the porous cell1 roll a piece of heavy brown wrapping paper1 or blotting paper1 into a tube of several thicknesses1 about #e in4 long with an internal diameter of #b in4 ,tie the paper firmly to prevent unrolling and close up one end with plaster of paris #a_/b in4 thick4 ,it is well to slightly choke the tube to better retain the plaster4 ,the paper used must be unsized so that the solution scan mingle through the pores4 ,two liquids are necessary for the cell4 ,make a strong solution in a glass or wooden vessel of blue vitriol in water4 ,dilute some oil of vitriol 7sulphuric acid7 with about #ab times its measure of water and keep in a bottle when not in use4 ,in making up the solution1 add the acid to the water with constant stirring4 ,do not add water to the acid4 ,the cell is charged by placing the zinc in the paper tube and both placed into the tin can4 ,connect the two wires and pour the dilute acid into the porous cell around the zinc1 and then immediately turn the blue vitriol solution into the can outside the paper cup4 ,a current generates at once and metallic copper begins to deposit on the inside of the can4 ,it is best to let the action continue for a half hour or so before putting the cell into use4 ,illustration3 ,daniell ,cell ,several hours working will be required before the film of copper becomes sufficiently thick to protect the tin from corrosion when the cell stands idle4 ,for this reason it will be necessary to pour out the blue vitriol solution into another receptacle immediately after through using1 as otherwise the tin would be soon eaten full of holes4 ,the porous cup should always be emptied after using to prevent the diffusion of the blue vitriol solution into the cup1 and the paper tube must be well rinsed before putting away to dry4 ,this makes one of the most satisfactory battery cells on account of the constancy of its current1 running for hours at a time without materially losing strength1 and the low cost of maintenance makes it especially adapted for amateurs' use4 ,its current strength is about one volt1 but can be made up into any required voltage in series4 ,a battery of a dozen cells should cost not to exceed #ej cts4 for the material1 which will give a strong1 steady current1 amply sufficient for all ordinary experimental work4 ,a strong solution of common salt may be used in place of the oil of vitriol in the porous cup1 but is not so good4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,h4 ,denniston1 ,pulteney4 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,a ,home-,made ,equatorial #bec ,by ,harry ,clark ,the ordinary equatorial is designed and built for the latitude of the observatory where it is to be used4 ,this is necessary since the hour axis must point to the north pole of the heavens whose elevation above the horizon is equal to the latitude of the observer's station4 ,the final adjustment of an ordinary equatorial is very tedious so that when once set up it is not to be moved4 ,this calls for a suitable house to protect the instrument4 ,it has been the aim of the writer to build a very simple instrument for amateur work which would be adjustable to any latitude1 so easily set up ready for work and so portable that it need not be left out of doors from one evening until the next4 ,illustration3 ,instrument for ,locating ,stars ,the instrument is mounted on a tripod or piece of iron pipe carrying a short vertical rod of #c_/h-;in4 steel4 ,a rectangular wooden frame with suitable bearings rotates about this shaft4 ,the frame has also two horizontal bearings carrying a short shaft to the end of which the frame carrying the hour axis is firmly clamped4 ,by this arrangement of two perpendicular shafts the hour axis may be directed to any point in the heavens without care as to how the tripod or pipe is set up4 ,the frame for the hour axis is about #ab in4 long with a bearing at each end4 ,the shaft which it carries is #a_/d-;in4 steel1 carrying the hour circle at one end1 and at the other the frame for the declination axis which is similar to the other1 but somewhat lighter4 ,the declination axis is also of #a_/d-;in4 steel1 carrying at one end the declination circle and the pointer at the other4 ,the entire frame of the instrument is made of cherry and it will save the builder much time if he will purchase cherry furniture which is used by printers and can be obtained from any printers' supply company4 ,it is best quality wood free from imperfections in straight strips one yard long and of a uniform width of about #e_/h in4 ,as to thickness1 any multiple of #ab-point 7about #a_/h in47 may be obtained1 thus saving much work in fitting up joints4 ,fifty cents will buy enough wood for an entire instrument4 ,all corners are carefully mortised and braced with small brass angle-pieces4 ,the frame is held together by small brass machine screws4 ,after much experimentation with bearings1 it was found best to make them in halves as metal bearings are usually made4 ,the loose half is held in place by guides on all four sides and is tightened by two screws with milled nuts4 ,a great deal of trouble was experienced in boring out the bearings until the following method was devised4 ,one hole was bored as well as possible4 ,the bearing was then loosened and a bit run through it to bore the other4 ,finally1 a piece of shafting was roughened by rolling it on a file placed in both bearings and turned with a brace4 ,the bearings were gradually tightened until perfectly ground4 ,the declination axis must be perpendicular to both the hour axis and the line of sight over the pointer4 ,to insure this1 a positive adjustment was provided4 ,the end of the shaft is clamped in a short block of wood by means of a bearing like the ones described4 ,one end of the block is hinged to the axis frame1 while the other end is attached by two screws1 one drawing them together1 the other holding them apart4 ,the axis is adjusted by turning these screws4 ,each shaft1 save the one in the pipe1 is provided with this adjustment4 ,the pointer is of two very thin strips placed at right angles and tapered slightly at each end4 ,the clamp is attached as shown in the illustration4 ,the eye piece is a black iron washer supported on a small strip of wood4 ,the aperture should be #a_/d in41 since the pupil of the eye dilates very much in darkness4 ,the error due to large aperture is reduced by using a very long pointer which also makes it possible to focus the eye upon the front sight and the star simultaneously4 ,the forward sight is a bright brass peg illuminated by a tiny electric lamp with a reflector to shield the eye4 ,the pointer arranged in this way is a great improvement over the hollow tube sometimes used1 since it allows an unobstructed view of the heavens while indicating the exact point in question4 ,the circles of the instrument are of aluminum1 attached to the shafts by means of wooden clamps4 ,they were nicely graduated by a home-made dividing engine of very simple construction1 and the figures were engraved with a pantograph4 ,the reading is indicated by a cut on a small aluminum plate attached to a pointer4 ,the hour circle is divided into #bd parts and subdivided to every four minutes4 ,the figures are arranged so that when the instrument is set up1 the number of hours increases while the pointer travels oppositely to the stars4 ,the declination circle is graduated from zero to #ij deg4 in each direction from two points #ahj deg4 apart4 ,it is1 adjusted to read zero when the pointer and two axes are mutually perpendicular as shown in the picture4 ,to adjust the instrument it is set up on the iron pipe and the pointer directed to some distant object4 ,all set screws1 excepting those on the declination axis1 are tightened4 ,then the pointer is carefully turned through #ahj deg4 and if it is not again directed to the same point1 it is not perpendicular to the declination axis4 ,when properly set it will describe a great circle4 ,with the declination axis in an approximately horizontal position the place where the pointer cuts the horizon is noted4 ,the declination axis is then turned through #ahj deg41 when the pointer should again cut at the same place4 ,proper adjustment will cause it to do so4 ,it is desirable that the hour circle should read approximately zero when the declination axis is horizontal1 but this is not necessary for a reason soon to be explained4 ,all these adjustments1 once carefully made1 need not be changed4 ,in using the instrument the hour axis can be directed to the north pole by the following method4 ,point it approximately to the north star4 ,the pole is #a deg4 and #ae min4 from the star on a straight line from the star to ,mizar1 the star at the bend of the handle in the ,big ,dipper4 ,turn the hour circle into a position where the pointer can describe a circle through ,mizar4 ,only a rough setting is necessary4 ,now turn the pointer so that a reading of #hh deg4 #de min4 shows on the declination circle on that side of #ij which is toward ,mizar4 ,when this is done1 clamp both axes and turn the shafts in the base until the pointer is directed accurately to the north star4 ,it is evident from a study of the picture that the position of the small pointer which indicates the reading on the hour circle is not independent of the way in which the tripod or pipe is set up4 ,it would then be useless to adjust it carefully to zero when the pointer cuts the zenith as is done with a large equatorial4 ,instead1 the adjustment is made by setting the clock or watch which is part of the outfit4 ,the pointer is directed to ,alpha1 ,cassiopiae1 and the hour reading subtracted from #bd hours 7the approximate right ascension of the star7 gives the time which the clock should be set to indicate4 ,all of these settings should require not more than five minutes4 ,to find a star in the heavens1 look up its declination and right ascension in an atlas4 ,set the declination circle to its reading4 ,subtract the clock time from the right ascension 7plus #bd if necessary7 and set the hour circle to the result4 ,the star will then be seen on the tip of the pointer4 ,to locate a known star on the map1 turn the pointer to the star4 ,declination is read directly4 ,add the clock time to the hour reading to get right ascension4 ,if the result is more than #bd hours1 subtract #bd4 9999 ,a ,ground ,glass ,substitute #bee ,ordinary plain glass coated with the following mixture will make a good ground glass substitute3 ,dissolve #ah gr4 of gum sandarac and #d gr4 of gum mastic in #c-a_/b dr44 of ether1 then add #a #b-c dr4 benzole4 ,if this will be too transparent1 add a little more benzole1 taking care not to add too much4 ,cover one side of a clear glass and after drying it will produce a perfect surface for use as a ground glass in cameras4 --,contributed by ,ray ,e4 ,strosnider1 ,plain ,city1 ,ohio4 9999 ,a ,miniature ,war ,dance #bee ,a piece of paper1 #c or #d in4 long1 is folded several times1 as shown in the sketch1 and the first fold marked out to represent one-half of an ,indian4 ,cut out all the folds at one time on the dotted line and you will have as many men joined together as there were folds in the paper4 ,join the hands of the two end men with a little paste so as to form a circle of ,indians holding hands4 ,the next thing to do is to punch holes in heavy cardboard that is large enough to cover a pot or stew pan1 and ,illustration3 ,indian ,war ,dance partially fill the vessel with water4 ,set this covered vessel over a heat and bring the water to a boiling point and then set the miniature ,indians on the perforated cover4 ,the dance will begin4 ,if the ,indians are decked out with small feathers to represent the head gear and trailing plumes1 a great effect will be produced4 --,contributed by ,maurice ,baudier1 ,new ,orleans1 ,la4 9999 ,saving an ,engine #bee ,turning the water on before starting the gas engine may prevent breaking a cylinder on a cold day4 9999 ,,old-,,time ,,magic #bef ,removing #cf ,cannon ,balls from a ,handbag ,the magician produces a small handbag and informs the audience that he has it filled with #bj-lb4 cannon balls4 ,he opens up the bag and takes out a ball which he passes to the audience ,illustration3 ,balls ,made of ,spring ,wire for examination4 ,the ball is found to be the genuine article4 ,he makes a few passes with the wand and produces another ball1 and so on until #cf of them lie on the floor4 ,in reality the first ball1 which is the one examined1 is the real cannon ball1 the others are spiral-spherical springs covered with black cloth 7,fig4 #a74 ,these balls can be pressed together in flat disks and put in the bag1 ,fig4 #b4 without taking up any great amount of space4 ,when the spring is released it will fill out the black cloth to represent a cannon ball that cannot be distinguished from the real article4 --,contributed by ,j4 ,f4 ,campbell1 ,somerville1 ,mass4 9999 ,a ,rising ,card ,trick #bef ,a rising card trick can be accomplished with very little skill by using the simple device illustrated4 ,the only ,illustration3 ,card ,slips from the ,pack things needed are four ordinary playing cards and a short rubber band4 ,pass one end of the rubber band through one card and the other end through the other card1 as shown in the illustration1 drawing the cards close together and fastening the ends by putting a pin through them4 ,the remaining two cards are pasted to the first two so as to conceal the pins and ends of the rubber band4 ,put the cards with the rubber band in a pack of cards2 take any other card from the pack and show it to the audience in such a way that you do not see and know the card shown4 ,return the card to the pack1 but be sure and place it between the cards tied together with the rubber band4 ,grasp the pack between your thumb and finger tightly at first1 and by gradually loosening your hold the card previously shown to the audience will slowly rise out of the pack4 --,contributed by ,tomi ,o',kawara1 ,san ,francisco1 ,cal4 9999 ,sliding ,box ,cover ,fastener #bef ,illustration3 ,box with ,fastener ,while traveling through the country as a watchmaker ,i found it quite convenient to keep my small drills1 taps1 small brooches1 etc41 ,in boxes having a sliding cover4 ,to keep the contents from spilling or getting mixed in my case ,i used a small fastener as shown in the accompanying illustration1 ,the fastener is made of steel or brass and fastened by means of small screws or tacks on the outside of the box4 ,a hole is drilled on the upper part to receive the pin that is driven into the sliding cover4 ,this pin should not stick out beyond the thickness of the spring1 which is bent up at the point so the pin will freely pass under it4 ,the pin can be driven through the cover to prevent it from being pulled entirely out of the box4 --,contributed by ,herm ,grabemann1 ,milwaukee1 ,wis4 9999 ,how to ,chain a ,dog #beg ,a good way to chain a dog and give him plenty of ground for exercise is to stretch a clothesline or a galvanized ,illustration3 ,the ,dog ,has ,plenty of ,room for ,exercise wire between the house and barn on which is placed a ring large enough to slide freely4 ,the chain from the dog's collar is fastened to the ring4 ,this method can also be used for tethering a cow or horse1 the advantage being the use of a short tie rope eliminating the possibility of the animal becoming entangled4 9999 ,water-,color ,box #beg ,there are many different trays in the market for the purpose of holding water colors1 but they are either too expensive for the average person or too small to be convenient4 ,i do a great deal of water-color work and always felt the need of a suitable color dish4 ,at last ,i found something that filled my want and suited my pocketbook4 ,i bought #bb individual salt dishes and made a box to hold them1 as shown in the illustration4 ,this box has done good service4 ,some of the advantages are3 ,each color is in a separate dish which can be easily taken out and cleaned2 the dishes are deep enough to prevent spilling the colors into the adjoining ones1 and the box can be made as big or as small as individual needs require4 ,the tray containing the color dishes and brushes rests on #a_/d-;in4 round pieces #b-a_/d in4 from the bottom of the box1 thus giving ample store room for colors1 prints1 slides and extra brushes4 ,illustration3 ,color ,trays ,made of ,salt ,dishes --,contributed by ,b4 ,beller1 ,hartford1 ,connecticut4 9999 ,saving ,ink ,pens #beg ,ink usually corrodes pens in a short time4 ,this can be prevented by placing pieces of steel pens or steel wire in the ink1 which will absorb the acid and prevent it from corroding the pens4 9999 ,a ,plant-,food ,percolator #beh ,obtain two butter tubs and bore a large number of #a_/d-;in4 holes in the bottom of one1 then cover the perforated part with a piece of fine brass gauze 7,fig4 #a71 tacking the gauze well at the corners4 ,the other tub should be fitted with a faucet of some kind--a wood faucet1 costing #e cents1 will answer the purpose4 ,put the first tub on top of the other with two narrow strips between them 7,fig4 #b74 ,fill the upper tub1 about three-fourths full1 with well packed horse manure1 and pour water on it until it is well soaked4 ,when the water has percolated through into the lower tub1 it is ready to use on house and garden plants and is better than plain water1 as it adds both fertilizer and moisture4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,o4 ,darke1 ,west ,lynn1 ,mass4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4#a1 ,fig4 #b 9999 ,lathe ,safety #beh ,always caliper the work in a lathe while it is standing still4 ,never use the ways of a lathe for an anvil or storage platform4 9999 ,folding ,quilting-,frames #beh ,the frame in which the material is kept stretched when making a quilt is usually too large to be put out of the way conveniently when other duties must be attended to2 and especially are the end pieces objectionable4 ,this can be remedied by hinging the ends so they will fold underneath to the center4 ,the end pieces are cut in two at one-fourth their distance from each end1 a hinge screwed to the under side to hold them together1 and a hook and eye fastened on the other side to hold the parts rigid when they are in use4 ,when the ends are turned under1 the frame is narrow enough to be easily carried from one room to another1 or placed against a wall4 9999 ,a ,drip ,shield for the ,arms #beh ,when working with the hands in a pan of water1 oil or other fluid1 it is very disagreeable to have the liquid run down the arms1 when they are raised from the pan1 often to soil the sleeves of a clean garment4 ,a drip shield which will stop the fluid and cause it to run back into the pan can be easily made from a piece of sheet rubber or1 if this is not available1 from a piece of the inner tube of a bicycle tire4 ,cut a washer with the hole large enough to fit snugly about the wrist1 but not so tight as to stop the ,illustration3 ,shields for the ,arms circulation of the blood4 ,a pair of these shields will always come in handy4 --,contributed by ,l4 ,m4 ,eifel1 ,chicago4 9999 ,how to ,cane ,chairs #bei ,there are but few households that do not have at least one or two chairs without a seat or back4 ,the same households may have some one who would enjoy recaning the chairs if he only knew how to do it1 and also make considerable pin money by repairing chairs for the neighbors4 ,if the following directions are carried out1 new cane seats and backs can easily be put in chairs where they are broken or sagged to an uncomfortable position4 ,the first thing necessary is to remove the old cane4 ,this can be done by turning the chair upside down and1 with the aid of a sharp knife or chisel1 cutting the cane between the holes4 ,after this is done the old bottom can be pulled out4 ,if plugs are found in any of the holes1 they should be knocked out4 ,if the beginner is in doubt about finding which holes along any curved sides should be used for the cane running nearly parallel to the edge1 he may find it to his advantage to mark the holes on the under side of the frame before removing the old cane4 ,the worker should be provided with a small sample of the old cane4 ,at any first-class hardware store a bundle of similar material may be secured4 ,the cane usually comes in lengths of about #ae ft4 and each bundle contains ,illustration3 ,three ,stages of ,weaving enough to reseat several chairs4 ,in addition to the cane1 the worker should provide himself with a piece of bacon rind1 a square pointed wedge1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 and #h or #aj round wood plugs1 which are used for temporarily holding the ends of the cane in the holes4 ,illustration3 ,first ,layer of ,strands ,a bucket of water should be supplied in which to soak the cane just before weaving it4 ,several minutes before you are ready to begin work1 take four or five strands of the cane1 and1 after having doubled them up singly into convenient lengths and tied each one into a single knot1 put them into the water to soak4 ,the cane is much more pliable and is less liable to crack in bending when worked while wet4 ,as fast as the soaked cane is used1 more of it should be put into the water4 ,untie one of the strands which has been well soaked1 put about #c or #d in4 down through the hole at one end of what is to be the outside strand of one side and secure it in this hole by means of one of the small plugs mentioned4 ,the plug should not be forced in too hard nor cut off1 as it must be ,illustration3 ,first ,two ,layers in ,place removed again4 ,the other end of the strand should be made pointed and passed down through the hole at the opposite side1 and1 after having been pulled tight1 held there by inserting another plug4 ,pass the end up through the next hole1 then across and down1 and hold while the second plug is moved to the last hole through which the cane was drawn4 ,in the same manner proceed across the chair bottom4 ,whenever the end of one strand is reached1 it should be held by a plug1 and a new one started in the next hole as in the beginning4 ,no plugs should be permanently removed until another strand of cane is through the same hole to hold the first strand in place4 ,after laying the strands across the seat in one direction1 put in another layer at right angles and lying entirely above the first layer4 ,both of these layers when in place appear as shown in one of the illustrations4 ,after completing the second layer1 stretch the third one1 using the same holes as for the first layer4 ,this will make three layers1 the first being hidden by the third while the second layer is at right angles to and between the first and third4 ,no weaving has been done up to this time1 nothing but stretching and threading the cane through the holes4 ,the cane will have the appearance shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,the next thing to do is to start the cane across in the same direction as the second layer and begin the weaving4 ,the top or third layer strands should be pushed toward the end from which the weaving starts1 so that the strand being woven may be pushed down between the first and third layers and up again between pairs4 ,the two first strands of the fourth layer are shown woven in ,fig4 #c4 ,during the weaving1 the strands should be lubricated with the rind of bacon to make them pass through with ease4 ,even with this lubrication1 one can seldom weave more than half way across the seat with the pointed end before finding it advisable to pull the remainder of the strand through4 ,after finishing this fourth layer of strands1 it is quite probable that each strand will be about midway between its two neighbors instead of lying close to its mate as desired1 and here is where the square and pointed wedge is used4 ,the wedge is driven down between the proper strands to move them into place4 ,start at one corner and weave diagonally1 as shown in ,fig4 #d1 making sure that the strand will slip in between the two which form the corner of the square in each case4 ,one more weave across on the diagonal and the seat will be finished except for the binding1 as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,the binding consists of one strand that covers the row of holes while it is held down with another strand1 a loop over the first being made every second or third hole as desired4 ,it will be of great assistance to keep another chair with a cane bottom at hand to examine while recaning the first chair4 --,contributed by ,m4 ,r4 ,w4 9999 ,repairing a ,cracked ,composition ,developing ,tray #bfj ,fill the crack with some powdered rosin and heap it up on the outside4 ,heat a soldering-iron or any piece of metal enough to melt the rosin and let it flow through the break4 ,when cool1 trim off the surplus rosin4 ,if handled with a little care1 a tray repaired in this manner will last a long time4 ,the chemicals will not affect the rosin4 --,contributed by ,e4 ,d4 ,patrick1 ,detroit1 ,michigan4 9999 ,how to ,lay ,out a ,sundial #bfa ,the sundial is an instrument for measuring time by using the shadow of the sun4 ,they were quite common in ancient times before clocks and watches were invented4 ,at the present time they are used more as an ornamentation than as a means of measuring time1 although they are quite accurate if properly constructed4 ,there are several different designs of sundials1 but the most common1 and the one we shall describe in this article1 is the horizontal dial4 ,it consists of a flat circular table1 placed firmly on a solid pedestal and having a triangular plate of metal1 ,fig4 #a1 called the gnomon1 rising from its center and inclined toward the meridian line of the dial at an angle equal to the latitude of the place where the dial is to be used4 ,the shadow of the edge of the triangular plate moves around the northern part of the dial from morning to afternoon1 and thus supplies a rough measurement of the hour of the day4 ,the style or gnomon1 as it always equals the latitude of the place1 can be laid out as follows3 ,draw a line ,,ab1 ,fig4 #a1 #e in4 long and at the one end erect a perpendicular ,,bc1 the height of which is taken from table ,no4 #a4 ,it may be necessary to interpolate for a given latitude1 as for example1 lat4 #da degrees-#cj'4 ,from table ,no4 #a lat4 #db degrees is #d4e in4 and for lat4 #dj degrees1 the next smallest1 it is #d4b in4 ,their difference is 4#c in4 for #b degrees1 and for #a degrees it would be 4#ae in4 ,for #cj' it would be #a_/b of #a degrees or 4#jge in4 ,all added to the lesser or #dj degrees1 we have #d4b4ae4jge in4 #d4db in4 as the height of the line ,,bc for lat4 #da degrees-#cj'4 ,if you have a table of natural functions1 the height of the line ,,bc1 or the style1 is the base 7#e in4 in this case7 times the tangent of the degree of latitude4 ,draw the line ,,ad1 and the angle ,,bad is the correct angle for the style for the given ,illustration3 ,details of ,dial ,,table ,no4 #a4 ,height of stile in inches for a #e;in4 base1 for various latitudes ,latitude ,height ,latitude ,height #be #b4cc #db #d4ej #bf #b4dd #dd #d4hc #bg #b4ee #df #e4ah #bh #b4ff #dh #e4ee #cj #b4hi #ej #e4if #cb #c4ab #eb #f4dj #cd #c4cg #ed #f4hh #cf #c4fc #ef #g4da #ch #c4ia #eh #h4jj #dj #d4bj #fj #h4ff latitude4 ,its thickness1 if of metal1 may be conveniently from #a_/h to #a_/d in4 2 or if of stone1 an inch or two1 or more1 according to the size of the dial4 ,usually for neatness of appearance the back of the style is hollowed as shown4 ,the upper edges which cast the shadows must be sharp and straight1 and for this size dial 7#aj in4 in diameter7 they should be about #g-a_/b in4 long4 ,to layout the hour circle1 draw two parallel lines ,,ab and ,,cd1 ,fig4 #b1 which will represent the base in length and thickness4 ,draw two semi-circles1 using the points ,a and ,c as centers1 with a radius of #e in4 ,the points of intersection with the lines ,,ab and ,,cd will be the #ab o'clock marks4 ,a line ,,ef drawn through the points ,a and ,c1 and perpendicular to the base or style1 and intersecting the semicircles1 gives the #f o'clock points4 ,the point marked ,x is to be used as the center of the dial4 ,the intermediate hour and half-hour lines can be plotted by using table ,no4 #b for given latitudes1 placing them to the right or left of the #ab-o'clock points4 ,for latitudes not given1 interpolate in the same manner as for the height of the style4 ,the ,table ,,no4 #b4 ,chords in inches for a #aj in4 circle ,sundial4 ,lat ,,hours ,,of ,,day #ab-cj #a #a-cj #b #b-cj #c #c-cj #d #d-cj #e #e-cj #aa-cj #aa #aj-cj #aj #i-cj #i #h-cj #h #g-cj #g #f-cj #bj 4#bh 4#ef 4#hg #a4ai #a4eg #a4ii #b4di #c4aa #c4hg #d4hb #e4ic #cj 4#cc 4#ff #a4jb #a4dj #a4hb #b4cj #b4he #c4di #d4bf #e4ad #f4aj #ce 4#ch 4#gf #a4af #a4ei #b4jf #b4eg #c4af #c4ha #d4ee #e4cg #f4bc #dj 4#db 4#he #a4cj #a4gg #b4bg #b4hb #c4db #d4jg #d4gi #e4ee #f4cb #de 4#df 4#id #a4db #a4ic #b4df #c4jc #c4fd #d4bi #d4ig #e4fh #f4ci #ej 4#ej #a4ja #a4ec #b4jf #b4fh #c4ba #c4hb #d4df #e4ab #e4gi #f4df #ee 4#ed #a4jh #a4fc #b4ai #b4gg #c4cg #c4ih #d4fj #e4bd #e4hg #f4di #fj 4#eg #a4ad #a4ga #b4cj #b4hi #c4di #d4aj #d4gb #e4cd #e4ic #f4eb #a_/d-;hour and the #e and #aj-minute divisions may be spaced with the' eye or they may be computed4 ,when placing the dial in position1 care must be taken to get it perfectly level and have the style at right angles to the dial face1 with its sloping side pointing to the ,north ,pole4 ,an ordinary compass1 after allowing for the declination1 will enable one to set the dial1 or it may be set by placing it as near north and south as one may judge and comparing with a watch set at standard time4 ,the dial time and the watch time should agree after the watch has been corrected for the equation of time from table ,no4 #c1 and for the difference between standard and local time1 changing the position of the dial until an agreement is reached4 ,sun time and standard time agree only four times a year1 ,april #af1 ,june #ae1 ,sept4 #b and ,dec4 #be1 and on these dates the dial needs no correction4 ,the corrections for the various days of the month can be taken from ,table #c4 ,the means that the clock is faster1 and the means that the dial is faster than the sun4 ,still another correction must be made which is constant for each given locality4 ,standard time is the correct time for longitude #gej ,new ,york1 #ijj ,chicago1 #ajej ,denver and #abjj for ,san ,francisco4 ,ascertain in degrees of longitude how far your dial is east or west of the nearest standard meridian and divide this by #ae1 reducing the answer to minutes and seconds1 which will be the correction in minutes and seconds of time4 ,if the dial is east of the meridian chosen1 then the watch is slower2 if west1 it will be faster4 ,this correction can be added to the values in table ,no4 #c1 making each value slower when it is east of the standard meridian and faster when it is west4 ,the style or gnomon with its base can be made in cement and set on a cement pedestal which has sufficient base placed in the ground to make it solid4 ,the design of the sundial is left to the ingenuity of the maker4 --,contributed by ,j4 ,e4 ,mitchell1 ,sioux ,city1 ,iowa4 ,table ,no4 #c ,corrections in minutes to change4 ,sun time to local mean time1- add those marked subtract those ,marked - from ,sundial lime4 ,day of month #a #aj #bj #cj ,january #c #g #aa #ac ,february #ad #ad #ad ,march #ac #aa #h #e ,april #d #b -#a -#c ,may -#c -#d -#d -#c ,june -#c #a #a #c ,july #c #e #f #f ,august #f #e #c #a ,september #j -#c -#e -#aj ,october -#aj -#ac -#ae -#af ,november -#af -#af -#ad -#aa ,december -#aa -#g -#c #b 9999 ,imitation ,arms and ,armor-,part ,,iv #bfc ,the ancient arms of defense as shown in the accompanying illustrations make good ornaments for the den if they are cut from wood and finished in imitation of the real weapon4 ,the designs shown represent original arms of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries4 ,as they are the genuine reproductions1 each article can be labelled with the name1 adding to each piece interest and value1 says the ,english ,mechanic1 ,london4 ,each weapon is cut from wood4 ,the blades of the axes and the cutting edges of the swords are dressed down and finished with sandpaper and the steel parts represented by covering the wood with tinfoil4 ,when putting on the tinfoil1 brush a thin coat of glue on the part to be covered and quickly lay on the foil4 ,if a cutting edge is to be covered the tinfoil on one side of the blade must overlap the edge which is pasted on the opposite side4 ,the other side is then covered with the tinfoil of a size that will not quite cover to the cutting edge4 ,after laying the foil and allowing time for the glue to dry1 wipe the surface with light strokes up and down several times using a soft piece of cloth4 ,illustration3 ,partisan1 ,fork and ,halberd ,a ,french partisan of the sixteenth century is shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the weapon is #f-a_/b ft4 long with a round handle having the same circumference for the entire length which is covered with crimson cloth or velvet and studded all over with round-headed ,illustration3 ,spontoon4 ,glaive and ,voulge brass nails4 ,the spear head is of steel about #ae in4 long from the point where it is attached to the handle4 ,the widest part of the blade from spear to spear is about #h in4 ,the length of the tassel or fringe is about #d in4 ,figure #b shows a ,german military fork of the sixteenth century1 the length of which is about #e ft4 with a handle of wood bound with heavy cord in a spiral form and the whole painted a dark color4 ,the entire length of the fork from the handle to the points is about #aj in41 and is coveted with tinfoil in imitation of steel4 ,a ,swiss halberd of the sixteenth century is shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,this combination of an axe and spear is about #g ft4 long from the point of the spear to the end of the handle1 which is square4 ,the spear and axe is of steel with a handle of plain dark wood4 ,the holes in the axe can be bored or burned out with red-hot iron rods1 the holes being about #a_/d in4 in diameter4 ,figure #d shows an ,austrian officers' spontoon1 used about the seventeenth century4 ,it is about #f ft4 long with a round wooden handle4 ,the spear head from its point to where fixed on the handle is about #i in4 long4 ,the edges are sharp4 ,the cross bar which runs through the lower end of the spear can ,illustration3 ,halberd4 ,ranseur and ,lance be made in two pieces and glued into a hole on each side4 ,the length of this bar is about #e in4 ,the small circular plate through which the bar is fixed can be cut from a piece of cardboard and glued on the wooden spear4 ,a gisarm or glaive1 used by ,italians in the sixteenth century1 is shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,the entire length is about #f-a_/b ft4 ,the blade is engraved steel with a length of metal work from the point of the spear to where it joins the handle or staff of about #ah in4 ,it has a round wooden handle painted black or dark brown4 ,the engraved work must be carved in the wood and when putting the tinfoil on1 press it well into the carved depressions4 ,figure #f shows a ,saxon voulge of the sixteenth century1 #f ft4 long1 with a round wood handle and a steel axe or blade1 sharp on the outer edge and held to the handle by two steel bands1 which are a part of the axe4 ,the bands can be made of cardboard and glued on to the wood axe4 ,these bands can be made very strong by reinforcing the cardboard with a piece of canvas4 ,a small curved spear point is carved from a piece of wood1 covered with tinfoil and fastened on the end of the handle as shown4 ,the band of metal on the side is cut from cardboard1 covered with tinfoil and fastened on with round-headed brass or steel nails4 ,a very handsome weapon is the ,german halberd of the sixteenth century which is shown in ,fig4 #g4 ,the entire length is about #f-a_/b ft41 with a round wooden handle fitted at the lower end with a steel ornament4 ,the length of the spear point to the lower end where it joins on to the handle is #ad in4 ,the extreme width of the axe is #af or #ag in4 ,the outer and inner edges of the crescent-shaped part of the axe are sharp4 ,this axe is cut out with a scroll or keyhole saw and covered with tinfoil4 ,an ,italian ranseur of the sixteenth century is shown in ,fig4 #h4 ,this weapon is about #f ft4 long with a round staff or handle4 ,the entire length of the metal part from the point of the spear to where it joins the staff is #ae in4 ,the spear is steel1 sharp on the outer edges4 ,figure #i shows a tilting lance with vamplate used in tournaments in the sixteenth century4 ,the wood pole is covered with cloth or painted a dark color4 ,at the end is a four-pronged piece of steel4 ,the vamplate can be made of cardboard covered with tinfoil to represent steel and studded with brass nails4 ,the extreme length is #i ft4 ,the tassels or fringe used in decorating the handles can be made from a few inches of worsted fringe1 about #d in4 long and wound around the handle or staff twice and fastened with brass-headed nails4 9999 ,an ,emergency ,babbitt ,ladle #bfd ,take an old stove leg and rivet a handle on it and then break the piece off which fastens on the stove4 ,the large and rounding part of the leg makes the bowl of the ladle4 ,this ladle will be found convenient for melting babbitt or lead4 --,contributed by ,r4 ,h4 ,workman1 ,loudonville1 ,ohio4 ,illustration3 ,babbitt ,ladle 9999 ,how to ,make ,japanese ,portieres #bfe ,these very useful and ornamental draperies can be easily made at home by anyone possessing a little ingenuity4 ,they can be made of various materials1 the most durable being bamboo1 although beads of glass or rolled paper will produce good results4 ,substances such as straw1 while readily adaptable ,illustration3 ,bamboo and ,straw ,portieres and having a neat appearance1 are less durable and will quickly show wear4 ,the paper beads are easily made as shown in ,figs4 #a1 #b and #c4 ,in ,figs4 #a and #b are shown how the paper is cut tapering1 and as it appears after rolling and gluing down the ends4 ,a straight paper bead is shown in ,fig4 ,b4 ,the first step is to select the kind of beads desired for stringing and then procure the hanging cord4 ,be sure to get a cord of such size that the beads will slip on readily and yet have the least possible lateral movement4 ,this is important to secure neatness4 ,one end of each cord is tied to a round piece of wood1 or in holes punched in a leather strap4 ,iron or brass rings can be used if desired4 ,cut all the cords the same length1 making allowance for the number of knots necessary to produce the design selected4 ,some designs require only one knot at the bottom4 ,it is best to make a rough sketch of the design on paper4 ,this will greatly aid the maker in carrying on the work4 ,when the main part of the screen is finished1 the cross cords1 used for spacing and binding the whole together1 are put in place4 ,this is done with a needle made from a piece of small wire1 as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,the cross cords are woven in as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,as many of these cross cords can be put in as desired1 and if placed from #f to #ab in4 apart1 a solid screen will be made instead of a portiere4 ,the twisted cross cords should be of such material1 and put through in such manner that they will not be readily seen4 ,if paper beads are used they can be colored to suit and hardened by varnishing4 ,the first design shown is for using bamboo4 ,the cords are knotted to hold the bamboo pieces in place4 ,the finished portiere will resemble drawn work in cloth4 ,many beautiful hangings can be easily fashioned4 ,the second design is to be constructed with a plain ground of either straw1 bamboo or rolled paper4 ,the cords are hung upon a round stick with rings of metal to make the sliding easy4 ,the design is made by stringing beads of colored glass at the right places between the lengths of ground material4 ,one bead is placed at the extreme end of each cord4 ,the rows of twisted cord placed at the top keep the strings properly spaced4 --,contributed by ,geo4 ,m4 ,harrer1 ,lockport1 ,new ,york4 9999 ,makeshift ,camper's ,lantern #bff ,while out camping1 our only lantern was accidentally smashed beyond repair1 and it was necessary to devise something that would take its place4 ,illustration3 ,lantern ,made of ,old ,cans ,we took an empty tomato can and cut out the tin1 #c in4 wide1 for a length extending from a point #b in4 below the top to within #a_/d in4 of the bottom4 ,each side of the cut-out ,a was bent inward in the shape of a letter ,s1 in which was placed a piece of glass4 ,four ,v-shaped notches were cut1 as shown at ,b1 near the top of the can and their points turned outward4 ,a slit was cut in the bottom1 shaped as shown at ,c1 and the pointed ends thus formed were turned up to make a place for holding the base of a candle4 ,a larger can was secured and the bottom perforated4 ,this was turned over the top of the other can4 ,a heavy wire was run through the perforations and a short piece of broom handle used to make a bail4 --,contributed by ,maurice ,baudier1 ,new ,orleans1 ,la4 9999 ,new ,tires for ,carpet-,sweeper ,wheels #bff ,the rubber tires on carpet-sweeper wheels often become so badly worn and streched that they fail to grip the carpet firmly enough to run the sweeper4 ,to remedy this1 procure some rubber tape a little wider than the rims of the old wheels1 remove the old rubber tires and wind the tape on the rims to the proper thickness4 ,trim the edges with a sharp knife and rub on some chalk or soapstone powder to prevent the tape from sticking to the carpet4 ,a sweeper treated in this manner will work as well as a new one4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,h4 ,shay1 ,newburgh1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,gauntlets on ,gloves #bff ,when the fingers or palms of gloves with gauntlets wear out1 do not throw away the gloves1 but cut off the gauntlets and procure a pair of gloves with short wrists to which the old gauntlets can be sewn after the wrist bands have been removed from the new gloves4 ,the sewing may be done either by hand or on a machine1 gathering in any fullness in the bellows of the cuff on the under side4 ,a pair of gauntlets will outwear three or four pairs of gloves4 --,contributed by ,joseph ,h4 ,sanford1 ,pasadena1 ,cal4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,ornamental ,brass ,flag #bff ,the outlines of the flag--which may be of any size to suit the metal at hand--and the name are first drawn on a sheet of thin paper and then transferred to the brass by tracing through a sheet of carbon paper4 ,the brass should be somewhat larger than the design4 ,the brass is fastened to a block of soft wood with small nails driven through the edges4 ,indent the name and outline of the flag with a small chisel with the face ground flat1 about #a_/af in4 wide4 ,this should be done gradually1 sinking the lines deeper and deeper by going over them a number of times4 ,after this is finished1 the brass is loosened from the block1 turned over but not fastened1 and the whole outside of and between the letters is indented with the rounded end of a nail1 giving the appearance of hammered brass4 ,the edges are now cut off and four holes drilled1 two for the chain by which to hang the flag to the wall1 and two along the side for attaching the staff4 ,the staff is a small brass rod with a knob attached to the top end4 ,it would be well to polish the brass at first1 if the finished work is to be ,illustration3 ,the ,finished ,flag bright1 as it cannot be done after the flag is completed4 ,a coat of lacquer is applied to keep it from tarnishing4 ,this is done by heating the brass and quickly applying a coat of shellac4 --,contributed by ,chas4 ,schaffner1 ,maywood1 ,ill4 9999 ,an ,adjustable ,punching-,bag ,platform #bfg ,a punching-bag platform1 suitable for the tall athlete as well as the small boy1 is shown in the accompanying sketch4 ,the platform is securely fastened to two strong wooden arms or braces1 which in turn are nailed to a #b by #ab-;in4 plank as long as the diameter of the platform4 ,this plank1 as shown in the small drawing at the upper left-hand corner of the sketch1 is placed in grooves or slots fastened against the side of a wall4 ,the plank with the platform attached may be raised or lowered to the desired height and held there by a pin or bolt put through the bolt-hole of the plank and into a hole in the wall4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,a4 ,jaquythe1 ,richmond1 ,cal4 ,illustration3 ,adjustable ,platform 9999 ,clasp for ,holding ,flexible ,lamp ,cords #bfg ,a very easily made drop-light adjuster is shown in the illustration4 ,it consists of a piece of copper wire #g_/h in4 in diameter1 bent as shown4 ,this clasp is capable of standing a strong pull and will hold the lamp and socket with a glass shade4 --,e4 ,k4 ,marshall1 ,oak ,park1 ,ill4 ,illustration3 ,clasp 9999 ,protect ,camel ,hair ,brushes #bfg ,camel hair brushes for painters' use should never be allowed to come in contact with water4 9999 ,home-,made ,electric ,clock #bfh ,the clock illustrated herewith is driven by means of electromagnets acting directly on the pendulum bob4 ,unlike most clocks1 the pendulum swings ,illustration3 ,magnetic ,clock forward and backward instead of laterally4 ,the construction is very simple1 and the result is not only novel but well worth while1 because one does not have to bother about winding a clock1 such as this one1 says the ,scientific ,american4 ,the clock is mounted on a wooden base measuring #c-c_/d by#f-a_/b in41 by #a-e_/af in4 thick4 ,secured centrally on this base is a #a_/h by #c_/d-;in4 bar1 #f in4 long and at each side of this1 #e_/af in4 away1 is an electromagnet1 #c_/d in4 in diameter and #a-g_/af in4 high4 ,two uprights1 #g-a_/b in4 high and #a_/d in4 in diameter1 are secured in the base bar1 and are connected at the top by a brass yoke piece on which the clock frame is supported4 ,just below the yoke piece a hole is drilled in each upright to receive the pivot pins of the crosspiece secured to the upper end of the pendulum rod4 ,the pendulum bob at the lower end is adjusted to swing just clear of the electromagnets4 ,mounted at the right-hand side of the base are three tall binding-posts1 the center one being #b-c_/d in4 high1 and the other two #b-e_/h in4 high4 ,each is fitted with a piece of copper wire provided with a small brass spring tip4 ,these springs lie in the plane of the pendulum1 which serves to swing the central tip first against one and then against the other of the side tips1 thereby closing the circuit of first one magnet and then the other4 ,each magnet attracts the pendulum until its circuit is broken by release of the center tip1 and on the return swing of the pendulum the circuit of the other magnet is similarly closed4 ,thus the pendulum is kept in motion by the alternate magnetic impulses4 ,the clock train is taken from a standard clock and the motion of the pendulum is imparted to the escape wheel by means of a pawl1 bearing on the latter1 which is lifted at each forward stroke of the pendulum by an arm projecting forward from the pivotal end of the pendulum rod4 9999 ,method of ,joining ,boards #bfh ,the amateur wood-worker often has trouble in joining two boards together so that they will fit square and tight4 ,the accompanying sketch shows a simple and effective method of doing this4 ,secure a board1 ,a1 about #ab in4 wide that is perfectly flat4 ,fasten another board1 ,b1 about #f in4 wide1 to the first one with screws or glue4 ,now place the board to be joined1 ,c1 on the board ,b1 letting it extend over the inside edge about #a in4 and fastening it to the others with clamps at each end4 ,lay the plane on its side and plane the edge straight4 ,place the second board in the clamps in the same manner as the first1 only have the opposite side up4 ,if the cutting edge of the blade is not vertical1 the boards planed in this manner will fit as shown in the upper sketch4 ,in using this method1 first-class joints can be made without much trouble4 --,contributed by ,v4 ,metzech1 ,chicago4 ,illustration3 ,joining ,boards 9999 ,toy ,gun for ,throwing ,cardboard ,squares #bfi ,the parts of the gun are attached to a thin piece of wood #a in4 wide and #e in4 long4 ,it is best to use a piece of wood cut from the side or cover of a cigar box4 ,a rectangular hole #c_/af in4 wide and #a in4 long is cut in the wood longitudinally along its axis and #a-c_/h in4 from one end1 as shown at ,a1 ,fig4 #a4 ,a small notch is made with the point of a knife blade at ,b and notches are cut in the end of the wood as shown at ,c4 ,rubber bands are fastened in these notches as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the trigger1 whose dimensions are given in ,fig4 #c1 is fastened in the hole ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 by driving a pin through the wood4 ,the assembled parts are shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,place the cardboard square in the nick ,b1 attach the rubber bands and pull the trigger4 ,the top rubber band will fly off and drive the cardboard ,illustration3 ,details of ,toy ,gun square #ge ft4 or more4 ,the cardboard should be about #a_/b in4 square4 ,these can be cut from any old pasteboard box4 --,contributed by ,elmer ,a4 ,vanderslice1 ,phoenixville1 ,pa4 9999 ,photographic ,developing ,tray #bfi ,plates developed in an ordinary tray must be removed from the bath occasionally for examination4 ,the film when in a chemical-soaked condition is easily damaged4 ,the tray illustrated herewith was made for the purpose of developing plates without having to take hold of them until the bath had completed its work1 the examination being made through the plate and the bottom of the tray4 ,a pocket is provided for the liquid developer in one end of the tray when it ,illustration3 ,developing ,tray with ,glass ,bottom is turned up in a vertical position4 ,a tray for developing #e by #g-;in4 plates should be made #h in4 square inside4 ,the side pieces with the grooves for the glass are shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,two of each of these pieces are made with mitered ends4 ,the short groove shown in the top piece of the illustration is for inserting the plate covering on the pocket end of the tray4 ,two blocks1 one-half the length of the side pieces1 are put in between the glass plates to hold the plate being developed from dropping down when the tray is tipped up in a vertical position4 ,the glass bottom of the tray is #h-a_/b in4 square1 which allows #a_/d in4 on all edges to set in the grooves of the side pieces4 ,the wood pieces should be well soaked in hot paraffin1 and the mitered corners well glued and nailed4 --,contributed by ,j4,a4 ,simonis1 ,fostoria1 ,ohio4 9999 ,iron ,putty #bfi ,a good filler used as a putty on iron castings may be made as follows3 ,take1 by weight1 #c parts of stiff keg lead1 #e parts of black filler1 #b parts of whiting1 #e parts of pulverized silica and make into a paste with a mixture of one part each of coach japan1 rubbing varnish and turpentine4 9999 ,rubber ,bands in ,kite ,balancing ,strings #bgj ,kite flyers will find it to their advantage to place rubber bands of ,illustration3 ,bands in ,string suitable size in the balancing strings to the kite1 as shown in the illustration4 ,this will prevent a break-away and also make the right pull1 if only two bands are put in the lower strings4 --,contributed by ,thos4 ,de,loof1 ,grand ,rapids1 ,michigan4 9999 ,an ,aid in ,sketching #bgj ,sketching requires some little training1 but with the apparatus here illustrated an inexperienced person can obtain excellent results4 ,the apparatus is made of a box #h in4 deep1 #h in4 wide and about #a ft4 long4 ,a double convex lens1 ,g1 is fitted in a brass tube which should have a sliding fit in another shorter and larger tube fastened to the end of the box4 ,a mirror1 ,,ii1 is set at an angle of #de deg4 ,illustration3 ,sketching ,aid in the opposite end of the box4 ,this reflects the rays of light passing through the lens to the surface ,k1 which may be either of ground or plain glass4 ,the lid or cover ,,ef protects the glass and keeps the strong light out when sketching4 ,the inside of the box and brass tube are painted a dull black4 ,in use1 the device is set with the lens tube directed toward the scene to be painted or sketched and the lens focused so the reflected picture will be seen in sharp detail on the glass4 ,select your colors and put them on the respective colors depicted on the glass4 ,if you wish to make a pencil drawing1 all you have to do is to fill in the lines in the picture on the ground glass4 ,if a plain glass is used1 place tracing paper on its surface1 and the picture can be drawn as described4 9999 ,how to ,make ,miniature ,electric ,lamp ,sockets #bgj ,a socket for a miniature lamp can be made as shown in the sketch4 ,a brass spring wire is wound around the base of the threads on the lamp and an eye turned on each end to receive a screw and a binding-post1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,a piece of metal1 preferably copper1 is attached to a wood base as shown in ,fig4 #b and the coil-spring socket fastened across it in the opposite direction4 ,bend the wire so that the spring presses the lamp against the metal4 ,if the wire fits the lamp loosely1 remove the lamp and press the sides of the coil closer together4 ,the metal parts can ,illustration3 ,wire ,socket be attached to any smooth surface of wood without making a regular base4 --,contributed by ,abner ,b4 ,shaw1 ,no4 ,dartmouth1 ,mass4 9999 ,imitation ,arms and ,armor-,part ,v #bga ,the preceding chapters gave descriptions of making arms in imitation of ancient weapons1 and now the amateur armorer must have some helmets to add to his collection4 ,there is no limit to the size of the helmet1 and it may be made as a model or full sized4 ,in constructing helmets1 a mass of clay of any kind that is easily workable and fairly stiff1 is necessary1 says the ,english ,mechanic1 ,london4 ,it must be kept moist and well kneaded4 ,a large ,illustration3 ,making the ,clay ,model and ,three ,helmet ,designs ,board or several planks1 joined closely together1 on which to place the clay1 will be necessary4 ,the size of this board will depend on the size of the work that is intended to be modeled upon it4 ,the way to make a helmet is described in the following method of producing a ,german morion1 shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,this helmet has fleur-de-lis in embossed work1 and on each side is a badge of the civic regiment of the city of ,munich4 ,the side view of the helmet is shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the clay1 is put on the board and modeled into the shape shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,this is done with the aid of a pair of compasses1 a few clay-modeling tools1 and the deft use of the fingers4 ,the fleur-de-lis are slightly raised1 as in bas-relief4 ,to aid in getting the helmet in correct proportion on both sides1 and over the crest on top1 cut out the shape from a piece of wood1 as shown in ,fig4 #c1 with a keyhole saw4 ,this wood being passed carefully and firmly over the clay will bring it into shape1 and will also show where there may be any deficiencies in the modeling1 which can then be easily remedied by adding more clay4 ,the cut-out pattern shown in ,fig4 #d is the side outline of the helmet4 ,scraps of thin1 brown1 wrapping paper are put to soak in a basin of water to which has been added about a tablespoonful of size melted and well stirred1 or some thin glue1 and left over night to soak4 ,the paper should be torn in irregular shapes about as large as the palm of the hand4 ,after the clay model is finished1 give it a thin coat of oil-sweet or olive oil will answer the purpose very well4 ,all being ready1 the clay model oiled1 and the basin of soaked paper near to hand1 take1 up one piece of paper at a time and very carefully place it upon the model1 pressing it well on the clay and into and around any crevices and patterns1 and continue until the clay is completely covered4 ,this being done1 give the paper a thin and even coating of glue1 which must be quite hot and put on as quickly ,illustration3 ,ancient ,helmets as possible4 ,put on a second layer of paper as carefully as before1 then another coating of glue1 and so on1 until there are from four to six coats of glue and paper4 ,when dry1 the paper coating should be quite stout and strong enough for the helmet to be used for ornamental purposes4 ,before taking it off the model1 which should be no difficult matter1 owing to the clay being oiled1 trim off any ragged edges of paper with a sharp knife1 and smooth and finish all over with some fine sandpaper4 ,the paper is then given a thin coat of glue and sections of tinfoil stuck on to give it a finished appearance4 ,when the helmet is off the model1 make holes with a small awl at equal distances1 through which to insert some fancy brass nails1 bending the points over and flat against the inside of the helmet4 ,a vizor helmet is shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,this helmet has a movable vizor in the front that can be lifted up1 a crest on top1 and around the neck a narrow gorget which rests upon the wearer's shoulders4 ,the whole helmet with the exception of the vizor1 should be modeled and made in one piece4 ,the vizor can then be made and put in place with a brass-headed nail on each side4 ,the oblong slits in front of the vizor must be carefully marked out with a pencil and cut through with a knife or chisel4 ,in ,fig4 #f is shown an ,italian casque of a foot soldier of the sixteenth century4 ,this helmet may have the appearance of being richly engraved as shown in one-half of the drawing1 or1 a few lines running down1 as seen in the other part of the sketch1 will make it look neat4 ,the band is decorated with brass studs4 ,an ,italian cabasset of the sixteenth century is shown in ,fig4 #g4 ,this helmet is elaborately decorated with fancy and round-headed nails1 as shown3 in the design4 ,in ,fig4 #h is shown a large bassinet with a hinged vizor which comes very much forward1 so as to allow the wearer to breathe freely4 ,this helmet was worn about the sixteenth century1 and was probably used for tilting and tournaments4 ,a burgonet skull-cap of the seventeenth century is shown in ,fig4 #i4 ,the vizor is composed of a single bar of metal1 square in shape1 which slides up and down in an iron socket attached to the front of the helmet1 and is held in any position by a thumbscrew as shown in the illustration4 ,a hole in the peak of the helmet allows it to hang in front of the wearer's face4 ,this contrivance should be made of wood1 the helmet to be modeled in three pieces1 the skullcap1 peak and lobster shell neck guard in one piece1 and the ear guards in two pieces1 one for each side4 ,the center of the ear guards are perforated4 ,all of the helmets are made in the same manner as described for ,fig4 #a4 ,they are all covered with tinfoil4 9999 ,how to ,repair ,linoleum #bgc ,a deep crack or fissure right in front of the kitchen cabinet spoiled the appearance of the new linoleum4 ,the damaged spot was removed with a sharp knife and from a left-over scrap a piece was cut of the same outline and size4 ,the edges were varnished and then the patch was set in the open space4 ,the linoleum was given a good coat of varnish making it more durable4 ,when perfectly dry1 the piecing could not be detected4 --,contributed by ,paul ,keller1 ,indianapolis1 ,indiana4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,electric ,stove #bgc ,the parts necessary for making an electric stove are3 ,two metal pie plates of the same size2 #d lb4 of fire clay2 two ordinary binding posts2 about #a lb4 of mineral wool1 or1 if this cannot be obtained1 thick sheet asbestos2 one oblong piece of wood1 #a in4 thick1 #ab in4 wide and #ae in4 long2 one small switch2 one fuse block2 about #hj ft4 of ,no4 #bb gauge resistance wire1 ,german-silver wire is better1 as it stands a higher temperature2 two middle-sized stove bolts with nuts2 one glass tube1 about #a_/d in4 in diameter and #i in4 long1 which can be bought from a local druggist1 and two large #c-;in4 screws4 ,if a neat appearance is desired1 the wood can be thoroughly sandpapered on one side and the corners and edges rounded off on the upper side4 ,punch holes in one of the pie plates1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the two holes1 ,e and ,f1 are on the rim and should be exactly on a line with the hole ,d punched in the center4 ,the holes ,b and ,c are about #c in4 apart and should be at equal distances from the center hole ,d4 ,the rim of the second plate is drilled to make two holes1 ,,aa1 ,fig4 #b1 that will match the holes ,e and ,f in the first plate1 ,fig4 #a4 ,a round collar of galvanized iron1 ,,ff1 ,fig4 #d1 #c in4 high1 is made with a diameter to receive the first plate snugly4 ,two small flaps are cut and turned out and holes punched in their centers1 ,,aa1 to receive screws for holding it to the base4 ,two bolts are soldered in the holes ,e and ,f1 ,fig4 #a1 and used to hold the ,illustration3 ,details of ,electric ,stove rims of both plates together1 when they are placed in opposite positions1 as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,this will make an open space between the plates4 ,the collar is then screwed to one end of the base1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,two holes are bored through the base to correspond with the holes ,d and ,a in the bottom plate4 ,the glass tube is cut to make two pieces1 each #d-a_/b in4 long4 ,this can be done easily by filing a nick in the tube at the proper point and breaking it4 ,these tubes are forced into the holes bored in the base1 and1 if the measurements are correct1 should extend about #a_/d in4 above the collar4 ,the mineral wool1 ,,jj1 ,fig4 #d1 is then packed down inside the collar1 until it is within #a in4 of the top4 ,this will allow the plate1 ,fig4 #a1 to rest on the wool and the ends of the glass tubes1 ,,gg1 ,fig4 #d1 to project through the holes ,d and ,a of the plate1 ,fig4 #a4 ,the rim of the plate should be level with the top edge of the collar4 ,if asbestos is used1 the sheets should be cut into disks having the same diameter as the inside of the collar1 and holes cut to coincide with the holes ,d and ,a of the plate4 ,the small scraps should be dampened and made into pulp to fill the space ,h1 ,fig4 #d4 ,the plate1 ,fig4 #a1 is held to the base by two screws which are run through the holes ,,bc and take the position shown by ,,dd1 ,fig4 #d4 ,the two binding-posts are attached on the base at ,d1 ,fig4 #b1 also the switch ,b and the fuse block ,c1 holes being bored in the base to make the wire connections4 ,the reverse side of the base1 with slits cut for the wires1 is shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,the points marked ,,bb are the glass tubes2 ,,aa1 the holes leading to the switch2 and ,c1 the fuse block4 ,the wires run through the glass tubes ,,gg1 ,fig4 #d1 are allowed to project about #a in4 for connections4 ,the best way to find the correct length of the resistance wire is to take a large clay or drain tile and wind the wire tightly around it1 allowing a space between each turn4 ,the tile is then set on its side with a block or brick under each end4 ,it should not be set on end1 as the turns of the wires1 when heated1 will slip and come in contact with each other1 causing a short circuit4 ,when the tile is in place1 a short piece of fuse wire is fastened to each of its two ends4 ,a #e-;ampere fuse wire is about strong enough4 ,a connection is made to these two wires from an electric-light socket4 ,the wire will get hot but probably remain the same color4 ,if this is the case1 one of the feed wires is disconnected from the fuse wire and gradually moved farther down the coil until a point is found where the resistance wire glows a dull red4 ,this point marks the proper length to cut it1 as the wire should not be allowed to become any hotter4 ,if the wire gets bright hot when the current is turned on1 more wire should be added4 ,the wire is then made into a long coil by winding it around a large wire nail4 ,the coils should be open and about #a_/h in4 apart4 ,next1 the fire clay is moistened and well mixed1 using care not to get it too wet4 ,it should have the proper consistency to mould well4 ,the clay1 ,,ii1 ,fig4 #d1 is then packed in the first plate to a height of about #a_/d in4 above the rim4 ,while the clay is damp1 one end of the coil is connected with the wire in the central glass tube1 and the coil laid in a spiral winding on the damp clay1 ,,kk1 and pressed into it4 ,when this is done1 the other end is connected to the wire projecting from the outer glass tube4 ,as these connections cannot be soldered1 the ends of the wires should be twisted closely together1 so that the circuit will not become broken4 ,make sure that the coils of wire do not touch each other or the top plate4 ,the fuse wire 7about #e amperes7 is put into the fuse block1 and wires with a socket adapter connected to the two binding-posts4 ,the top plate is put in place and screwed down4 ,this completes the stove4 ,it should be set aside in a warm place for a few days to dry out the packing4 ,if it is not thoroughly dry1 steam will form when the current is applied4 ,it should not be left heated in this condition4 ,the top plate is used when cooking and removed when making toast4 --,contributed by ,r4 ,h4 ,cnonyn1 ,st4 ,catherines1 ,can4 9999 ,how to ,make ,weights for ,athletes #bgd ,many times boys would like to make their own shots and weights for ,illustration3 ,mold for the ,lead athletic stunts1 but do not know how to go about it to cast the metal4 ,in making a lead sphere as shown in the illustration1 it is not necessary to know the method of molding4 ,the round lead weight for shot-putting or hammer throwing can be cast in a hollow cardboard or pressed-paper ball1 sold in department and toy stores for #aj cents4 ,cut a #a_/b-;in4 hole in the ball as shown in ,fig4 #a and place it with the hole up in damp sand and press or tamp the sand lightly around the ball as shown in the section1 ,fig4 #b4 ,cover over about #a in4 deep4 ,a wood plug inserted in the hole will prevent any sand falling inside4 ,when the sand is tamped in and the plug removed1 it leaves a gate for the metal4 ,pour melted lead into the gate until it is full1 then1 when cool1 shake it out from the sand and remove the charred paper4 ,a file can be used to remove any rough places4 ,the dry paper ball prevents any sputtering of the hot lead4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,a4 ,jaquythe1 ,richmond1 ,cal4 9999 ,removing ,pies from ,pans #bge ,sometimes the juices from a hot pie make it stick to the pan so tightly that a knife blade must be run under to cut it loose4 ,if a knife with a flexible blade is not used1 the pie will be damaged4 ,illustration3 ,separating ,pies from ,pans ,if the pie pans are provided with the simple attachment shown in the accompanying sketch1 the baked dough can be separated from the tin with one revolution of the cutter4 ,the cutter is made from a piece of heavy tin1 bent to the same outline as the inside of the pan and pivoted at its center4 9999 ,stretcher for ,drying ,photograph ,prints #bge ,a quick and convenient way to dry prints is to place them on a cheesecloth stretcher4 ,such a stretcher can be made on a light wood frame1 constructed of #c_/d-;in4 square material in any size1 but #ab by #bd in4 is large enough4 ,the end pieces ,b are fastened on top of the long side pieces ,a1 and the cheesecloth ,c stretched and tacked over them1 as shown4 ,the prints should be placed face up on the cloth1 and the frame set near a window4 ,if the stretcher is made in ,illustration3 ,cloth on the ,frame this way1 the air can enter from both top and bottom1 and the prints will dry rapidly4 ,several of these frames can be stacked and a large number of prints thus dried at the same time4 --,contributed by ,andrew ,g4 ,thorne1 ,louisville1 ,ky4 9999 ,a ,temporary ,funnel #bge ,the amateur photographer often has some solution which he desires to put into a bottle which his glass funnel will not fit1 says the ,photographic ,times4 ,the funnel made by rolling up a piece of paper usually allows half of the solution to run down the outside of the bottle1 thereby causing the amateur to be dubbed a musser1 ,a better way is to take an ordinary envelope and cut it off as shown by the dotted lines4 ,then clip a little off the ,illustration3 ,paper ,funnel point1 open out1 and you have a funnel that will not give any trouble4 ,it is cheap and you can afford to throw it away when dirty1 thereby saving time and washing4 9999 ,an ,electric ,engine #bgf ,the parts of this engine are supported on a base #c_/d in4 thick1 #d in4 wide and #g in4 long4 ,the upright ,b1 ,fig4 #a1 ,illustration3 ,shaft ,turned by ,magnetism which is #a_/b in4 thick and #c in4 high1 is secured across the base about one-third of the distance from one end and fastened with a wood screw put through from the under side4 ,the magnet core ,c is made of a carriage bolt1 #b-a_/b in4 long1 which is fastened in a hole in the top part of the upright ,b so that the end ,c will protrude slightly4 ,before placing the bolt in the hole of the upright1 slip on two cardboard washers1 each #a in4 in diameter1 one at the head end and the other against the upright ,b4 ,wrap a thin piece of paper around the bolt between the washers and wind the space full of ,no4 #bb gauge magnet wire1 allowing each end to project for connections4 ,the driving arm ,d1 ,figs4 #a and #c1 is made of a piece of soft sheet iron1 #a_/b in4 wide and #c in4 long4 ,a small block is fastened to the lower end of the metal and pivoted between two uprights1 #a_/b in4 high1 which are fastened to the base4 ,the uprights on each side of the block are better shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,two supports1 each #a_/b in4 thick and #c in4 high1 are fastened with screws about half way between the end of the base and the upright ,b1 ,fig4 #a4 ,the end view of these supports is shown in ,fig4 #b1 at ,,gg4 ,a #a_/h-;in4 hole is bored through the top part of each support so they will be in a line for the axle4 ,the axle is made of a piece of steel #a_/h in4 in diameter and about #d in4 long4 ,an offset is bent in the center1 as shown1 for the crank4 ,a small flywheel is attached to one end of the shaft4 ,the connecting rod ,e1 ,fig4 #a1 is made of wood and fastened to the upper end of the driving arm ,d with a small screw or nail4 ,the contact ,f is made of a strip of copper1 #ad in4 wide4 ,this is to open and close the circuit when the engine is running4 ,the connections are made as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,connect two dry cells to the binding-posts and turn the flywheel4 ,the current passing through the magnet pulls the driving arm toward the bolt head1 which gives the shaft a half turn4 ,the turning of the shaft pulls the arm away from the copper piece ,f1 causing a break in the current4 ,as the shaft revolves1 the arm is again brought back against the copper strip ,f1 thus the current is broken and applied at each revolution of the shaft4 --,contributed by ,s4 ,w4 ,herron1 ,le ,mars1 ,iowa4 9999 ,child's ,home-,made ,swing ,seat #bgf ,a very useful swing or seat for children can be made from a box or packing case4 ,procure a box of the right size and saw it out in the shape shown in the illustration4 ,the apron or board in front slides on the two front ropes4 ,the board can be raised to place the ,illustration3 ,made of a ,box child in the box and to remove him4 ,the ropes are fastened to the box by tying knots in their ends and driving staples over them4 9999 ,clay ,flower ,pots ,used for ,bird ,houses #bgg ,a novel use of the common garden flower pot may be made by enlarging the small opening at the bottom with a pair of pliers1 and carefully breaking the clay away until the opening is large enough to admit a small bird4 ,place the pot1 bottom side up1 on a board1 #c in4 wider than the diameter of the largest pot used1 and fasten it to the board with wood cleats and brass screws4 ,fit the cleats as close as possible to the sides of the pot4 ,one or more pots may be used1 as shown in the sketch4 ,the board on which the pots are fastened is nailed or screwed to a post or pole #aj or #ab ft4 in height4 ,the board is braced with lath or similar strips of wood1 making a framework suitable for a roost4 ,in designing the roost1 the lath can be arranged to make it quite attractive1 or the braces may be of twigs and branches of a tree to make a rustic effect4 --,contributed by ,william ,f4 ,stecher1 ,dorchester1 ,mass4 ,illustration3 ,pots ,fastened to the ,board 9999 ,location of a ,gas ,meter #bgg ,the gas meter should not be located in a warm place or the gas will expand before the meter measures it and the gas bill will be proportionately increased4 ,gas expands by about #a_/dia part of its volume for each deg4 ,f4 that it is heated4 ,if the meter is warmed #aj deg4 ,f41 it will make the gas cost over #b per cent more1 without any corresponding benefit4 9999 ,how to ,make ,rope ,grills #bgg ,beautiful and useful household ornaments1 grills and gratings for doors1 windows1 shelves1 odd corners1 etc41 can be made by the following method at a slight cost and by anyone possessing a little ingenuity4 ,the materials required are rope or1 preferably1 common window cord 7called sash cord7 about #e_/af in4 in diameter2 ordinary glue1 paraffin and paint or varnish4 ,a few strips of wood or molding are very handy to use around the edges4 ,the design must be considered first and when one is selected1 if it is other than straight lines1 adopt the method described4 ,take a smooth flat board and layout the design or designs which1 when combined1 will produce the pattern desired4 ,drive finishing nails at the angle points or along curves as required4 ,coat the board along the lines of the patterns with melted paraffin1 using an ordinary painter's brush to prevent the ropes from sticking to the boards after they are soaked in glue and run around the nails4 ,soak the sash cord in common glue sizing for a short time1 then bend or twist it along or around the lines desired1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 and give it time to dry4 ,the bottom part of the sketch1 ,fig4 #a1 shows a method of winding the rope on a round stick to make circular objects4 ,wind the ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b-;,designs for ,grills desired number of turns and when dry1 cut and glue them together4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a-,method of ,forming the ,rope ,in ,fig4 #b1 six designs are shown4 ,these suggest ideas in making up combinations or in plain figures and the number is limited only by the ingenuity of the designer4 --,contributed by ,geo4 ,m4 ,harrer1 ,lockport1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,a ,simple and ,effective ,filter #bgh ,procure an ordinary lamp chimney and fit two or three thicknesses of cheese cloth over the end of it4 ,press a tuft of absorbent cotton into the small part of the neck to a depth of about #c in4 ,insert the chimney in a hole cut in a wood shelf used as a support4 ,pour the water in until the filter is filled1 when it will be observed that any organic matter1 chips of iron rust1 etc41 will be retained by the cotton4 ,the fine organic matter may penetrate the cotton for about #a in41 but no farther4 ,the resultant filtered water will be clear and pure4 ,illustration3 ,filter 9999 ,cutting ,tools #bgh ,the cutting point of a tool should never be below the centers4 9999 ,imitation ,arms and ,armor-,part ,,vi #bgi ,a mass of any kind of clay that is easily modeled and fairly stiff must be prepared and kept moist and well kneaded for making the models over which paper is formed to make the shape of the articles illustrated in these sketches4 ,a modeling board must be made of one large board or several pieces joined closely together upon which to work the clay1 says the ,english ,mechanic1 ,london4 ,the size of the board depends upon the size of the work to be made4 ,illustration3 ,armor and ,clay ,models ,an open chamfron of the fifteenth century is shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,this piece of horse armor1 which was used in front of a horse's head1 makes a splendid center for a shield on which are fixed the swords1 etc41 and is a good piece for the amateur armorer to try his hand on in the way of modeling in clay or papier mache work4 ,the opening for the animal to put his head into is semicircular1 and the sides do not cover the jaws4 ,as the main part of this armor is worn in front of the head the extreme depth is about #d in4 ,the entire head piece must be modeled in clay with the hands1 after which it is covered with a thin and even coating of sweet or pure olive oil4 ,a day before making the clay model some pieces of thin1 brown wrapping paper are torn in irregular shapes to the1 size of the palm of the hand and put to soak in a basin of water in which a tablespoonful of size has been dissolved4 ,if size cannot be obtained from your local painter1 a weak solution of glue will do equally well4 ,all being ready1 and the clay model oiled1 take up one piece of paper at a time and very carefully place it on the surface of the model1 pressing it on well and into and around any crevices and patterns4 ,continue this operation until the clay model is completely covered on every part4 ,this being done1 give the paper a thin and even coating of glue1 which must be quite hot and laid on as quickly as possible4 ,lay on a second layer of paper as carefully as before1 then another coat of glue1 and so on until there are five or six coats of glue and paper4 ,when this is dry it will be strong enough for all ornamental purposes4 ,the ragged edges of the paper are trimmed off with a sharp knife and the whole surface smoothed with fine sandpaper4 ,then carefully glue on sections of tinfoil to give the armor the appearance of steel4 ,the armor is now removed from the model4 ,a mitten gauntlet of the fifteenth century is shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,this can be made in one piece1 with the exception of the thumb shield1 which is separate4 ,the thumb shield is attached to the thumb of an old glove which is fastened with round headed nails on the inside of the gauntlet4 ,illustration3 ,corrugated ,breastplate and ,former ,the part covering the wrist is a circular piece1 but the back is not necessary1 as it would not be seen when the gauntlet is hanging in its place4 ,in ,fig4 #c is shown a gauntlet of the seventeenth century with separately articulated fingers4 ,this gauntlet may be molded in one piece1 except the thumb and fingers1 which must be made separately and fastened with the thumb shield to the leather glove that is attached to the inside of the gauntlet1 the same as in ,fig4 #b4 ,a breastplate and tassets of the sixteenth century are shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,the tassets are separate and attached to the front plate with straps and buckles1 as shown in the sketch4 ,there is a belt around the waist which helps to hold the back plate on4 ,attached to the back of the plate would be two short straps at the shoulder4 ,these are passed through the buckles shown at the top right and left-hand corners of the front plate4 ,for decorative purposes the back plate need not be made1 and therefore it is not described4 ,the method of making armor is the same as of making helmets1 but as larger pieces are formed it is well to use less clay owing to the bulk and weight4 ,an arrangement is shown in ,fig4 #e to reduce the amount of clay used4 ,this triangular-shaped support1 which can be made in any size1 is placed on the modeling board or bench and covered with clay4 ,this will make the model light and easy to move around1 and will require less clay4 ,it is not necessary to have smooth boards2 the rougher the better1 as the surface will hold the clay4 ,the clay forms modeled up ready to receive the patches of brown paper on the surface are shown in ,figs4 #f and #g4 ,a ,german fluted armor used at the beginning of the sixteenth century is shown in ,fig4 #h4 ,the breastplate and tassets of this armor are supposed to be in one piece1 but for convenience in making it will be found best to make them separately and then glue them together after they are taken from the model4 ,a narrow leather belt placed around the armor will cover the joint4 ,fluted armor takes its name from a series of corrugated grooves1 #a_/b in4 in depth1 running down the plate4 ,a piece of board1 cut into the shape shown in ,fig4 #i1 will be very useful for marking out the fluted lines4 9999 ,home-,made ,hand ,vise #bhj ,a vise for holding small articles while filing can be made as shown in the illustration4 ,the vise consists of three pieces of wood1 two for the jaws and one a wedge4 ,the hinge for connecting the two jaws is made of four small screw eyes1 two in each jaw4 ,when locating the place for the screw eyes1 place the two in one jaw so they will fit between the two of the other jaw4 ,put a nail through the eyes when the jaws are matched together and they are ready for the wedge in clamping the article to be filed4 --,contributed by ,john ,g4 ,buxton1 ,redondo ,beach1 ,calif4 ,illustration3 ,hand ,vise 9999 ,detector for ,slight ,electrical ,charges #bha ,a thin glass bottle is thoroughly cleaned and fitted with a rubber stopper4 ,a hole is made through the center of the stopper large enough to admit a small brass rod4 ,the length of this rod will be governed by the shape of the bottle1 but #c-a_/b in4 will be about right4 ,the bottom of the rod is bent and two pieces of aluminum foil1 each about #a_/d in4 wide and #a_/b in4 long1 are glued to it4 ,the two pieces of foil1 fastened to the rod1 are better shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,fasten a polished brass ball to1 the top of the rod1 and the instrument is ready for use4 ,place the article which you wish to test near the ball1 and if it holds a ,illustration3 ,aluminum ,foil in a ,bottle slight electrical charge1 the two pieces of foil will draw together4 ,if it does not hold a charge1 the foils will not move4 --,contributed by ,ralph ,l4 ,la ,rue1 ,goshen1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,fishing through ,ice with a ,tip-,up #bha ,the tip-up1 used for signaling the fisherman when a fish is caught1 is made of a #a_/d-;in4 pine board1 about #ae in4 long1 #b-a_/b in4 wide at one end and narrowing down to about #a in at the other4 ,at a point #f in4 from the smaller end1 the board should be cut slightly wider and a #a_/b-;in4 hole bored through it4 ,two or three wrappings of fine copper wire may be wound around the board on each side ,illustration3 ,tip-,up in ,place of the hole to give added strength4 ,both ends of the board should be notched deeply4 ,a long gash is cut in the ice and then a round hole is made with a chisel1 as this will cut under the water without splashing4 ,the chipped ice can be removed with a pail4 ,a rod or round stick of wood is passed through the hole in the tip-up and placed across the round hole1 as shown in the illustration4 ,the fishhook is baited in the usual way and hung on a line from the short end of the tip-up4 ,when a fish is hooked1 the other end will tip up and signal the fisherman4 ,any number of holes can be cut in the ice and a tip-up used in each1 thus enabling one person to take care of as many lines4 9999 ,home-,made ,candle ,holder #bha ,the candlestick or holder shown in the illustration is made of an ordinary tin can1 such as is used for canning salmon or potted ham4 ,three triangular cuts are made in the cover or bottom of the can and the points turned up about the can die4 ,the can may be bronzed1 silvered1 enameled or otherwise decorated1 thus making it ornamental as well as useful4 --,contributed by ,mrs4 ,a4 ,m4 ,bryan1 ,corsicana1 ,texas4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,match ,holder of ,wood and ,metal #bhb ,a very simple piece of art craft work is easily made1 as follows3 ,secure a piece of paper and upon it draw the outline and design1 as indicated in the ,illustration3 ,match ,holder accompanying sketch4 ,the size may be made to suit the taste of the worker4 ,a good size is #e in4 wide by #f in4 long over all4 ,the metal holder should be proportioned to this size1 as shown4 ,having completed the drawing1 take a piece of thin wood1 #c_/h or #a_/d in4 thick1 and trace upon it the design and outline1 using a piece of carbon paper4 ,a couple of thumb tacks should be used to fasten the paper and design in place4 ,put the tacks in the lines of the design so that the holes will not show in the finished piece4 ,any kind of wood will do4 ,basswood or butternut1 or even pine1 will do as well as the more expensive woods4 ,next prepare the metal holder4 ,this may be made of brass or copper and need not be of very heavy gauge-,no4 #bb is plenty heavy enough4 ,the easiest way to get the shape of the metal is to make a paper pattern of the development4 ,the illustration shows how this will look and the size of the parts for the back dimensioned above4 ,trace this shape on the metal with the carbon paper and cut it out by means of metal shears4 ,polish the metal1 using powdered pumice and lye1 then with a nail1 punch the holes1 through which small round-head brass screws are to be placed to hold the metal to the wood back4 ,carefully bend the metal to shape by placing it on the edge of a board and putting another board on top and over the lower edge so as to keep the bending true4 ,the wood back may be treated in quite a variety of ways4 ,if soft wood1 such as basswood or pine was used1 it may be treated by burning with the pyrography outfit4 ,if no outfit is at hand a very satisfactory way is to take a knife and cut a very small ,v-shaped groove around the design and border so as to keep the colors from running4 ,next stain the leaves of the conventional plant with a little green wood dye and with another dye stain the petals of the flower red4 ,malachite and mahogany are the colors to use4 ,rub a coat of weathered oil stain over the whole back and wipe dry with a cloth4 ,the green and red are barbarously brilliant when first put on1 but by covering them at the same time the background is colored brown1 they are greyed in a most pleasing manner4 ,when it has dried over night1 put a coat or two of wax and polish over the wood as the directions on the can suggest4 ,the metal holder may next be fastened in place4 ,if one has some insight in carving1 the background might be lowered and the plant modeled1 the whole being finished in linseed oil4 ,if carving is contemplated1 hard woods such as cherry or mahogany should be used4 9999 ,protecting the ,fingers from ,chemicals #bhc ,the finger nails and fingers may be easily protected from stains of chemicals by coating them with a wax made up as follows3 ,melt white wax in the same manner as melting glue4 ,this may be done by cutting the wax into small pieces1 placing them in a vessel and setting the vessel in boiling water4 ,to each ounce of melted wax thoroughly stir in #a dr4 of pure olive oil4 ,the fingers should be dipped into the wax while it is in a liquid state4 ,this will form a coating that will permit the free use of the fingers1 yet protects the skin from the chemicals4 ,it is useful for photographers4 9999 ,combined ,turning ,rings and ,swings #bhc ,this trapeze1 with rings for the large boys and a swing for the smaller ones1 can be made on the same standards4 ,instead of the usual two short ropes1 tied and bolted through the top crosstimber bore two holes large enough for the ropes to pass through easily4 ,pass the rope along the crosspiece and down the post and tie it to cleats nailed at a height that can be easily reached4 ,at the ends of the crosspiece drive two nails1 allowing them to project #a or #b in4 ,this will keep the rope from slipping off when the rings and swing are raised and lowered4 ,all sharp edges should be sandpapered to prevent ,illustration3 ,rings and ,swing the rope from being cut4 ,a board with notches cut in the ends will make a good swing board which can be removed instantly4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,a4 ,jaquythe1 ,richmond1 ,cal4 9999 ,homemade ,telegraph ,key #bhc ,illustration3 ,key and ,connections ,a piece of wood1 #a_/b in4 thick1 #b in4 wide and #e in4 long1 is used for the base of this instrument4 ,two wire nails1 each #a in4 long1 are used for the cores of the magnets4 ,each nail is wound with three or four layers of fine insulated magnet wire1 about ,no4 #be gauge1 similar to that used in electric bells1 leaving about #a_/d in4 of the end bare so that they may be driven into the wood base4 ,the connections for the coils are shown in the sketch1 at ,a4 ,about #a in4 behind the coils is fastened a small block of wood1 the top of which is just even with the top of the nails in the coils4 ,a piece of tin1 cut in the shape of the letter ,t1 is fastened with two screws to the top of this block1 and the end bent slightly so as to clear the top of the nails about #a_/cb in4 ,the key lever is cut from a thin piece of wood1 in the shape shown in the sketch1 and pivoted in a slotted block which is used as a base for the key4 ,a piece of bare copper wire is fastened along the under side of the key1 as shown by the dotted lines4 ,a rubber band1 passing over the end of the key and attached to the base with a tack1 acts as a spring to keep the key open4 ,a small piece of tin is fastened to the base under the knob of the key4 ,this is for making the contact between the copper on the key and the wires from the coils1 when the key is pushed down4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,h4 ,lynas4 9999 ,protecting ,sleeves #bhc ,bicycle trousers-guards make excellent sleeve bands when the cuffs are turned back and rolled above the elbows4 9999 ,imitation ,arms and ,armor-,part ,,vii #bhd ,the helmets1 breastplates and gauntlets described in parts ,v and ,,vi can be used in making up a complete model ,illustration3 ,full ,suit of ,armor for a full suit of armor of any size1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,all of the parts for the armor have been described1 except that for the legs4 ,figure #b shows how the armor is modeled on the side of the left leg4 ,the clay is modeled as described in previous chapters1 the paper covering put on1 and the tinfoil applied in imitation of steel4 ,the chain mail seen between and behind the tassets is made by sewing small steel rings on a piece of cloth as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,these rings may be purchased at a hardware store or harness shop4 ,the whole figure when completed is placed on a square box covered with red or green baize4 ,the armor should be supported by a light frame of wood built up on the inside1 says the ,english ,mechanic1 ,london4 ,two vertical pieces are firmly attached to the box so they will extend up inside the legs1 and at the top of them is attached a crosspiece on which is placed a vertical stick high enough to carry the helmet4 ,the two lower pieces must be built up and padded out with straw1 then covered with red cloth or baize to represent the legs4 ,in making up the various pieces for a full model it will be found very convenient to use rope1 a stout cord or strings in making up the patterns on the parts4 ,instead of using brass-headed nails1 brass paper fasteners will be found useful4 ,these can be purchased at a stationery store4 ,secure the kind having a round brass head from which hang two brass tongues4 ,these are pushed through a hole and spread out flat on the opposite side4 ,other materials can be used in the place of tinfoil to represent steel4 ,silver paper will do very well1 but if either the tinfoil or silver paper are found difficult to manipulate1 go over the armor with a coat of silver paint put on with a brush4 ,when dry give the surface a coat of varnish4 9999 ,a ,home-,made ,tripod ,holder #bhd ,an inexpensive tripod holder1 one that will prevent the tripod from slipping on a smooth floor1 and prevent the points from doing damage to the polished surface or puncturing an expensive rug or carpet1 can be made in a few minutes' time1 says ,camera ,craft4 ,secure two strips of wood1 or ordinary plaster laths will do1 and plane them down to a thickness of #c_/af in41 for the sake of lightness4 ,cut them to a length or #dj in4 and round off the ends to improve their appearance4 ,take the piece shown in ,fig4 #a and drill a #a_/d-;in4 hole in the center1 and eight small holes1 #a in4 apart1 at each end4 ,in one end of the piece1 ,fig4 #b1 make the same series of eight small holes and1 in the other end1 drill six #a_/d-;in4 holes1 #c in4 apart4 ,a #a_/d-;in4 flat headed carriage bolt1 about #a in4 long1 completes the equipment4 ,the two pieces are bolted together1 not too tight1 and the points of the tripod legs inserted in their respective small holes4 ,so set up1 there is absolutely no danger of one of the legs slipping out of position4 ,by moving the position of the bolt from1 one to another of the larger holes in the strip1 ,fig4 #b1 almost any desired inclination of the camera can be secured4 ,the same sort of simple apparatus built slightly stronger1 and with a small caster under each of the three series of small holes1 makes an ,illustration3 ,the ,tripod ,cannot ,slip excellent tripod clamp for use when the camera has to be shifted about1 as in portraiture and the like4 9999 ,how to ,weave a ,shoestring ,watch ,fob #bhe ,having procured a pair of ordinary shoestrings1 take both ends of one of them and force the ends through the middle of the other1 leaving a loop #a-a_/b in4 long1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,in this sketch1 ,a is the first string and ,b is the second1 doubled and run through the web of ,a4 ,take hold of the loop and turn it as shown in ,fig4 #b1 allowing the four ends to hang in four directions4 ,start with one end1 the one marked ,a1 in ,fig4 #a1 for instance1 and lay it over the one to the right4 ,then take ,b and lay it over ,a1 and the one beneath ,c2 lay ,cover ,b and the one under ,d1 and then lay ,d over ,c and stick the end under ,a4 ,then draw all four ends up snugly4 ,commence the next layer by laying the end ,a back over ,b and ,d2 ,d over ,a and ,c2 ,c over ,d and ,b1 then ,b over ,c and the end stuck under ,a4 ,proceed in the same manner and keep on until about #a-a_/b in4 of the ends remain unwoven4 ,four pins stuck through each corner and into the layers will hold the ends from coming apart4 ,the ends of the strings are raveled out so as to make a tassel4 ,this will make a square fob which will appear as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,a round fob is made in a similar way1 taking the same start as for the square fob1 but instead of reversing ,illustration3 ,fobs ,made from ,shoestrings the ends of each alternate layer1 always lap one string1 as at ,a in ,fig4 #c4 over the one to its right1 as ,b1 slipping the last end of the four strings under and tightening all1 as in making the square fob4 ,fasten the ends with pins and ravel out for a tassel4 ,the round fob is shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,a fob in the shape of a horseshoe can be made by taking four shoestrings and tying a small string around the middle of them1 then weaving the layers both ways from the point where the strings are tied4 ,a loop1 #a-a_/b in4 long1 is left out at the center before starting on one side4 ,the loop is for attaching the fob to the watch4 ,after the weaving is complete and the tassel ends made1 a small stiff wire is forced through the center to form the shape of a horseshoe4 ,other designs can be made in the same manner4 ,strings of different colors will make up a very pretty fob1 especially if silk strings are used4 --,contributed by ,john ,p4 ,rupp1 ,monroeville1 ,ohio4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,table ,mat of ,leather #bhf ,the table mat1 the design of which is shown herewith1 is to be made of leather4 ,it may be made of ,russian calf and the background modeled down ,illustration3 ,pattern for the ,table ,mat as has been described in several previous articles dealing with leather work4 ,to do this the leather is moistened on the back side just enough to make the leather take the impression of the tool1 but not enough to make the moisture show through on the face4 ,any smooth piece of steel1 such as a nut pick1 that will not cut or scratch the leather and will make a ,v-shaped depression will do4 ,a second method is to secure a piece of sheepskin and1 using the reverse side1 outline the design by means of a pyrographer's outfit4 ,this manner of treating leather is so common that it needs no description4 ,a third method is to secure a piece of sheep or goat skin1 trace the design on the reverse side by means of carbon paper1 and put the outline and design in with brush and stains such as are sold for this purpose4 ,the accompanying pattern shows but one-fourth of the mat4 ,draw the one-fourth on paper to the size desired and then fold on lines ,a and ,b1 tracing this one-fourth on the other parts by the insertion of double-surfaced carbon paper4 ,on the calfskin the pattern is to be held on the leather and the tool worked over the pattern to get the outline transferred4 ,after this the pattern is to be removed and the leather modeled4 9999 ,sad ,iron ,polisher #bhf ,a small amount of wax is necessary on an iron for successful work4 ,the wax is usually applied by hand to the heated surface of the iron4 ,a much better and handier way is to bore five or six holes in one end of the ironing board to a depth of half ,illustration3 ,polisher its thickness1 filling them with wax1 beeswax or paraffin1 and covering them over with two thicknesses of muslin4 ,the rubbing of the hot iron over this cloth absorbs just enough of the wax to make the iron work smoothly4 ,when the supply of wax is exhausted1 it can be easily renewed4 --,contributed by ,a4 ,a4 ,houghton1 ,northville1 ,mich4 9999 ,making ,coins ,stick to ,wood by ,vacuum #bhg ,take a quarter and place it flat against a vertical surface of wood such ,illustration3 ,floating ,coin as the side of a bookcase1 door facing or door panel1 and strike it hard with a downward sliding motion1 pressing it against the wood4 ,take the hand away and the coin will remain on the woodwork4 ,the striking and pressure expel the air between the quarter and the wood1 thus forming a vacuum sufficient to hold the coin4 9999 ,simple and ,safe ,method for ,sending ,coins by ,mail #bhg ,sending coins by mail is not as a rule advisable1 but sometimes it ,illustration3 ,how the ,paper is ,folded becomes necessary1 and usually a regular coin mailer is not available4 ,a very simple and secure way to wrap a coin or coins for mailing is as follows3 ,procure a piece of heavy paper1 nearly as wide as the envelope is long1 and about #ab in4 long4 ,fold on the dotted lines shown by ,a and ,b in the sketch1 and slip the coin in the pocket thus formed4 ,fold together on lines ,c1 ,d1 ,e and ,f1 making the last two folds wide enough to fit snugly in the envelope4 ,this method holds the coin in the center of the envelope where it cannot work around and cut through the edges4 --,contributed by ,o4 ,j4 ,thompson1 ,petersburg1 ,ill4 9999 ,mounting ,photographs in ,plaster ,plaques #bhg ,purchase a few pounds of plaster of paris from your local druggist and select a dish of the desired shape in which to make your cast4 ,the size of the dish will depend on the size of the print to be mounted4 ,select the print you wish to mount1 those on matte paper will work best1 and after wetting1 place it face down in the dish1 press into place and remove all drops of water with a soft cloth4 ,be sure and have the print in the center of the dish4 ,earthen dishes will be found more convenient1 although tin ones can be used with good success1 says ,photographic ,times4 ,mix same of the plaster in clear water so it will be a little thick4 ,enough plaster should4 be mixed to cover the bottom of the dish about #a_/b in4 thick4 ,pour the plaster into the dish over the print and allow to stand until it becomes quite hard4 ,the cast can then be removed and the print should be fast to it4 ,if the print or plaster is inclined to stick1 take a knife and gently pry around the edges and it can be removed without breaking4 ,prints of any size may be used by having the mold or dish large enough to leave a good margin4 ,this is a very important point as it is the margin that adds richness to all prints4 ,platinum or blueprint papers work well1 but any kind that will not stick may be used4 ,after the plaster has thoroughly dried1 any tint may be worked on the margin by the use of water colors2 if blueprints are used1 it is best to leave a plain white margin4 9999 ,iron ,rest for an ,ironing ,board #bhh ,a flatiron rest can be made on an ironing-board by driving a number of large tacks into one end of the board4 ,the tacks should be about #a in4 apart and driven in only part way1 leaving about #a_/d in4 remaining above the surface of the board4 ,the hot iron will not burn the wood and it cannot slip off the tacks4 ,this iron rest is always with the board and ready when wanted4 --,contributed by ,beatrice ,oliver1 ,new ,york1 ,n4 ,y4 ,illustration3 ,iron ,rest 9999 ,instantaneous ,crystallization #bhh ,dissolve #aej parts of hyposulphite of soda in #ae parts of water and pour the solution slowly into a test tube which has been warmed in boiling water1 filling the same about onehalf full4 ,dissolve in another glass #ajj parts of acetate of soda in #ae parts of boiling water4 ,pour this solution slowly on top of the first in such a way that it forms an upper layer1 without mixing the solutions4 ,the two solutions are then covered over with a thin layer of boiling water and allowed to cool4 ,illustration3 ,crystallization ,lower into the test tube a wire1 at the extremity of which is fixed a small crystal of hyposulphite of soda4 ,the crystal traverses the solution of acetate without causing trouble1 but crystallization will immediately set in as soon as it touches the lower hyposulphite of soda solution1 as shown at the left in the sketch4 ,when the hyposulphite of soda solution becomes crystallized1 lower in the upper solution a crystal of acetate of soda suspended by another wire1 as shown in the right of the sketch1 and this will crystallize the same as the other solution4 9999 ,decoloration of ,flowers by ,fumes of ,sulphur #bhh ,dissolve some sulphur in a small dish which will inflame by contact with air thus forming sulphuric acid fumes4 ,cover the dish with a conical chimney made of tin and expose to the upper opening the flowers that are to be decolored4 ,the action is very rapid and in a short time myrtle1 violets1 bell flowers1 roses1 etc41 will be rendered perfectly white4 ,illustration3 ,flowers 9999 ,how to ,preserve ,egg ,shells #bhh ,many naturalists experience difficulty in preserving valuable egg shells4 ,one of the most effective ways of preserving them is as follows3 ,after the egg is blown1 melt common beeswax and force it into the shell with a discarded fountain pen filler4 ,set in a cool place until the wax hardens4 ,the most delicate shells treated in this manner can be handled without fear of breaking1 and the transparency of the wax will not alter the color1 shading1 or delicate tints of the egg4 --,contributed by ,l4 ,l4 ,shabino1 ,millstown1 ,south ,dakota4 9999 ,homemade ,phonograph #bhi ,make a box large enough to hold four dry cells and use it as a base to mount the motor on and to support the revolving cylinder4 ,anyone of the various battery motors may be used to supply the power4 ,the support for the cylinder is first made and located on the cover of the box in such a position that it will give ample room for the motor4 ,the motor base and the support are fastened by screws turned up through the cover or top of the box4 ,the location of these parts is shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the core for holding the cylindrical wax records is #d-a_/b in4 long and made of wood1 turned a little tapering1 the diameter at the small or outer end being #a-e_/h in41 and at the larger end1 #a-g_/h in4 ,a wood wheel with a ,v-shaped groove on its edge is nailed to the larger end of the cylinder4 ,the hole in the core is fitted with a brass tube1 driven in tightly to serve as a bearing4 ,a rod that will fit the brass tube1 not too tightly1 but which will not wobble loose1 is threaded and turned into the upper end of the support4 ,the core with its attached driving wheel is shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,the dotted lines show the brass bearing and rod axle4 ,the end of the axle should be provided with a thread over which a washer and nut are placed1 to keep the core from coming off in turning4 ,the sound box1 ,fig4 #b1 is about #b-a_/b in4 in diameter and #a in4 thick1 made of heavy tin4 ,the diaphragm1 which should be of thin ferrotype tin1 should be soldered to the box4 ,the needle is made of a piece of sewing needle1 about #a_/hs in4 long1 and soldered to the center of the diaphragm4 ,the first point should be ground blunt1 as shown in the sketch4 ,when soldering these parts together1 take care to have the diaphragm lie perfectly flat and not made warping by any pressure applied while the solder is cooling4 ,the tin horn can be easily made1 attached to the sound box with a piece of rubber hose and held so it will swing the length of the record by a rod attached to the top of the box1 as shown4 ,the motor can be controlled by a small three or four-point battery rheostat4 ,illustration3 ,phonograph and ,construction of ,parts --,contributed by ,herbert ,hahn1 ,chicago1 ,ill4 9999 ,a ,substitute for a ,compass #bhi ,an easy way to make a pencil compass when one is not at hand1 is to take a knife with two blades at one end1 open one to the full extent and the other only halfway4 ,stick the point end of the fully open blade into the side of a lead pencil and use the half-open blade as the center leg of the compass4 ,turn with the knife handle to make the circle4 --,contributed by ,e4 ,e4 ,gold4 ,jr4 ,victor1 ,colo4 ,illustration3 ,pencil on the ,knife ,blade 9999 ,a ,novel ,rat ,trap #bij ,illustration3 ,rat ,trap ,a boy1 while playing in the yard close to a grain house1 dug a hole and buried an old-fashioned fruit jug or jar that his mother had thrown away1 says the ,iowa ,homestead4 ,the top part of the jug was left uncovered as shown in the sketch1 and a hole was b r #j ken in it just above the ground4 ,the boy then placed some shelled corn in the bottom1 put a board on top1 and weighted it with a heavy stone4 ,the jug had been forgotten for several days when a farmer found it1 and1 wondering what it was1 he raised the board and found nine full-grown rats and four1 mice in the bottom4 ,the trap has been in use for some time and is opened every day or two and never fails to have from one to six rats or mice in it4 9999 ,a ,nut-,cracking ,block #bij ,illustration3 ,holes in the ,block for ,nuts ,in the sketch herewith is shown an appliance for cracking nuts which will prevent many a bruised thumb4 ,to anyone who has ever tried to crack butternuts it needs no further recommendation4 ,the device is nothing more than a good block of hardwood with a few holes bored in it to fit the different sized nuts4 ,there is no need of holding the nut with the fingers1 and as hard a blow may be struck as desired4 ,make the depth of the hole two-thirds the height of the nut and the broken pieces will not scatter4 --,contributed by ,albert ,o',brien1 ,buffalo1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,a ,jelly-,making ,stand #bij ,every housewife who makes jelly is only too well acquainted with the inconvenience and danger of upsets when using the old method of balancing a ,illustration3 ,cheesecloth ,strainer on ,stand jelly-bag on a couple of chairs stood on the kitchen table1 with the additional inconvenience of having a couple of chairs on the kitchen table out of commission for such a length of time4 ,the accompanying sketch shows how a stand can be made from a few pieces of boards that will help jelly makers and prevent the old-time dangers and disadvantages4 ,the stand can be stood in the corner of the kitchen1 or under the kitchen table where it will be out of danger of being upset4 --,contributed by ,lyndwode1 ,pereira1 ,ottawa1 ,can4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,egg-,beater #bia ,there is no reason why any cook or housewife should be without this eggbeater1 as it can be made quickly in any size4 ,all that is needed is an ordinary can with a tight-fitting cover-a baking-powder can will do4 ,cut a round piece of wood #c in4 longer than the length of the can4 ,cut a neat hole in the cover of the can to allow the stick to pass through1 and at one end of the stick fasten1 by means of a flatheaded tack1 a piece of tin1 cut round1 through which several holes have been punched4 ,secure another piece of heavier tin of the same size1 and make ,illustration3 ,made ,like a ,churn a hole in the center to pass the stick through4 ,put a small nail #b in4 above the end of the dasher1 which allows the second tin to pass up and down in the opposite direction to the dasher4 ,this beater will do the work in less time than the regular kitchen utensil4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,a4 ,jaquythe1 ,richmond1 ,cal4 9999 ,cart ,without an ,axle #bia ,the boy who has a couple of cart wheels is not always lucky enough to have an axle of the proper length to fit the wheels4 ,in such a case the cart can be constructed as shown in the illustration4 ,this cart has no axle1 each wheel being attached with a short pin for an axle1 on the side and at the lower edge of the box4 ,the outer end of the pin is carried on a piece of wood extending the full length of the box and ,illustration3 ,wheels ,fastened to the ,box supported by crosspieces nailed to the ends1 as shown4 --,contributed by ,thos4 ,de ,loof1 ,grand ,rapids1 ,mich4 9999 ,an ,illuminated ,target #bia ,my youthful nephews some time ago were presented with an air rifle and it worked so well that it became necessary for me to construct a target that would allow the fun to be carried on at night4 ,i reversed a door gong1 screwed it on the inside of a store box1 and fitted two candles on the inside to illuminate the bullseye4 ,the candles1 of course1 were below the level of the bullseye4 ,the position of the candles and gong are shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,at night the illuminated interior of the bell could be ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a2 ,,fig4 #b2 ,target for ,night ,shooting plainly seen as shown in ,fig4 #b4 --,contributed by ,james ,m4 ,kane1 ,doylestown1 ,pa4 9999 ,sawing ,sheet ,metal #bia ,sheet metal placed between two boards in the jaws of a vise and clamped tightly1 can be sawed easily with a hacksaw4 99#h ,feed ,box for ,chickens #bib ,the sketch shows the construction of a feed box designed to prevent the scattering of feed and give the coward ,illustration3 ,chicken ,feed ,box rooster as much chance to fatten as the game cock4 ,the base may be made of a #a_/b-;in4 board1 #a ft4 wide and #c ft4 long1 although any of the dimensions may be varied to suit special requirements4 ,the ends are semi-circular pieces with a notch1 #a_/d in4 deep and #c in4 wide1 cut in the center of the rounding edge4 ,the ends are connected together with a piece of wood set in the notches4 ,the strip of wood is #a_/d in4 thick1 #b in4 wide and as long as the box4 ,notches #a_/h in4 wide and #a_/h in4 deep are cut on the under side of this piece of wood1 #a-a_/b in4 apart4 ,heavy pieces of wire are bent in the form of a semi-circle1 as shown4 ,the wires are set in the #a_/h-;in4 notches cut on the under side of the top piece of wood4 ,the ends of the wires are set in holes in wood pieces joining the bases of the end pieces4 ,the baseboard and top are separable4 --,contributed by ,maurice ,baudier1 ,new ,orleans1 ,la4 9999 ,a ,book ,rest #bib ,a book that does not open flat is rather inconvenient to write in when one of its sides is in the position shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,a wedge-shaped piece of ,illustration3 ,book ,back ,holders metal1 stone or wood1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 will1 when placed as in ,fig4 #c1 raise the sloping half to the level of the other pages4 ,cover the block with rubber1 wide rubber bands or felt1 to prevent its scratching the desk top4 ,the block can also be used as a paperweight4 9999 ,window ,shelf for ,flower ,pots #bib ,on the ledge formed by the top part of the lower sash of the window ,i fitted a board #g in4 wide into each side of the casing1 by cutting away the ends4 ,i placed a small bracket at each end of the shelf1 so that it would fit solidly against the lower window sash to support the weight of the plants4 ,illustration3 ,shelf in ,window ,one of the brackets ,i nailed to the shelf and the other ,i held in place with a hinge1 the reason being that if both were solid1 the shelf could not be put on the window1 as one end must be dropped in place before the other4 ,such a shelf will hold all the plants a person can put on it4 ,when not in use1 it can be removed without marring the casing4 --,contributed by ,g4 ,a4 ,wood1 ,west ,union1 ,ia4 9999 ,magnet for the ,work ,basket #bib ,tie a ribbon or strong string to the work basket and fasten a large magnet to the other end4 ,needles1 scissors1 etc41 can be picked up without any trouble4 ,this device is very convenient for invalids4 --,contributed by ,nellie ,conlon1 ,worcester1 ,mass4 9999 ,knife ,made from a ,hack-,saw ,blade #bic ,a very serviceable knife with excellent cutting qualities can be made easily from a discarded hack-saw blade4 ,the dimensions given in the sketch make a knife of convenient size4 ,the saw teeth are ground off on an emery wheel or grindstone to a smooth edge parallel with the back edge4 ,for the handle1 take two pieces of hard wood1 dressing one surface of each piece1 and cut a groove as wide and thick as the saw blade4 ,place the blade in the groove and glue the two dressed sides of the wood together4 ,after the glue has dried1 the blade can be pulled out of the groove and the wood shaped to any desired form4 ,a small wood-screw is put through one side of the handle to prevent the blade from sliding4 ,after completing the ,illustration3 ,details of ,handle handle1 the blade is put back into the groove and sharpened to a cutting edge4 --,contributed by ,h4 ,a4 ,hutchins1 ,cleveland1 ,ohio4 9999 ,killing ,mice and ,rats #bic ,a simple and inexpensive means for killing mice and rats is to leave yeast cakes lying around where they can eat them4 --,contributed by ,maud ,mc,kee1 ,erie1 ,pa4 9999 ,roller ,coaster ,illusion ,traveling ,up an ,incline #bic ,a toy car with a paddle wheel and a shaft on both ends traveling upward on a chute in which water is flowing down1 is shown in the accompanying sketch4 ,the paddle wheels travel in a reverse direction causing the ends of the axles to roll on the edge of the chute1 thus carrying the car up the incline4 ,if a rack is used on each side of the chute and a small pinion on the ,illustration3 ,car ,travels ,uphill ends of the axles1 a positive upward movement of the car will be obtained4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,s4 ,jacobs1 ,malden2 ,mass4 9999 ,block for ,planing ,octagonal ,wood ,pieces #bic ,the little device shown in the illustration will be found very useful in any workshop4 ,two or three of them will be necessary for planing long pieces4 ,each one is made of a hardwood block1 #a in4 square and #d in4 long4 ,a notch is cut in one side1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 so a piece of wood which has been planed square will fit in it4 ,put a screw in the end of each piece and fasten it down to the bench4 ,if desired1 a tenon may be made on the bottom of each block1 as shown in ,fig4 #b1 to fit a mortise cut in the bench4 ,place the blocks far enough apart so the board to be planed will rest firmly in the notches4 ,illustration3 ,the ,notch ,holds the ,wood ,plane the board square first and then place it in the notches and plane the corners down to the proper dimensions4 --,contributed by ,willie ,woolsen1 ,cape ,may ,point1 ,n4,j4 9999 ,a ,letter ,holder of ,pierced ,metal #bid ,the letter holder shown in the illustration will be found convenient for holding out-going letters that await the postman's coming4 ,it can be made of either copper or brass and need not ,illustration3 ,finished ,letter ,holder be of very heavy material4 ,gauge #bb will be sufficiently heavy4 ,one sheet of metal1 #f by #i-a_/b in41 a board on which to work it1 and an awl and hammer1 will be needed4 ,prepare a design for the front4 ,if one such as is shown is to be used1 ,illustration3 ,layout for the ,metal make one-quarter of it first1 and then get the other parts by folding on the center lines and tracing4 ,this will insure having all parts alike4 ,the letters can be put on afterward4 ,fasten the metal to the board1 using tacks and nailing outside of the required space1 in the waste metal4 ,trace the design on the metal with carbon paper2 or1 if desired1 paste the paper design right on the metal4 ,with an awl pierce the metal between the marginal line and the design1 as shown4 ,the holes should be uniform along the outlines but should be pierced promiscuously otherwise4 ,on the back1 only the marginal line is to be pierced4 ,remove the metal1 together with the paper if the latter was pasted to the metal1 and trim off the surplus metal where the tacks had been placed4 ,file off any sharpness so that the hand may not be injured in handling it4 ,place the metal on the edge of a table or between two boards1 and bend on the two lines indicated in the drawing1 to right angles4 ,a good finish is obtained by just letting the copper age with its natural color4 ,if any polishing is required1 it should be done before the metal is fastened to the board and pierced4 9999 ,imitating ,ground ,glass #bid ,make a mixture of white lead in oil1 #a part2 varnish1 #c_/d part2 turpentine1 #a_/d part1 and add sugar of lead as a dryer4 ,make a very thin paint of this and use a broad1 flat brush1 says ,master ,painter4 ,with care you may succeed in getting the paint on quite evenly all over1 which is desirable4 ,one coat will do4 ,if it becomes necessary to remove this coating for renewal1 it may be effected by an application of potash lye1 or the old may be renewed by a coating of a mixture of #b parts hydrochloric acid1 #b parts white vitriol1 #a part sulphate of copper 7blue vitriol7 and #a part of gum arabic1 applied by means of a brush4 9999 ,draw before ,cutting #bid ,a detail drawing made of a piece of furniture before starting the work will often save time and mistakes4 9999 ,making ,spirits ,play a ,violin #bie ,a very pretty trick1 that can be worked in your own parlor1 will produce as much sensation as a fake medium4 ,in all appearance1 a violin1 mandolin or guitar1 placed on a table1 will begin to produce music simply through stamping the foot and a few passes of the hand4 ,the music will not sound natural1 but weird and distant4 ,the trick is done by placing the end of a small stick on a music box in the basement of the house and allowing the other end to pass up through the floor and table top so it will project about #a_/af in4 ,the stick may be placed by the side of1 behind or through the center of a table leg4 ,be careful not to have any obstruction in the way of the stick4 ,the instrument is placed sideways on the protruding end of the stick4 ,the fake work of invoking the spirit is performed and ended by stamping the foot1 which signals the operator in the basement to start the machine1 and the violin seemingly produces music without anyone touching it4 ,so impressive are the results1 that many people really think the spirits of the departed are playing the violin with unseen hands4 ,the music is transmitted through the stick from the music box to the violin4 ,illustration3 ,the ,music ,produced by the ,phonograph is ,transmitted to the ,viohn on the ,second ,floor by the ,aid of a ,long ,stick 9999 ,sizing a ,threaded ,hole #bie ,it sometimes becomes necessary to transfer the size of a threaded hole from some out-of-the-way place to the shop in order to make a piece to fit it4 ,with proper tools this is easy2 without them1 it might be difficult4 ,one thing is always at hand and that is wood4 ,whittle a stick tapering until it starts in the hole4 ,then turn it into the hole and a fair thread will be made on the wood4 ,the stick can be carried in the pocket without risk of changing the size1 as would be the case with ordinary calipers4 9999 ,leaded-,glass ,fire ,screen #bie ,the main frame of the fire screen shown in ,fig4 #a is made from two pieces of #a_/b-;in4 square bar iron4 ,the longest piece1 which should be about #e-a_/b ft4 long1 is bent square so as to form two uprights1 each #bh in4 long and measuring #bf in4 across the top4 ,the bottom crosspiece can be either riveted or welded to the uprights4 ,two pairs of feet1 each #f in4 long and spread about #h in4 apart1 are shaped as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,these are welded to the lower end of the uprights4 ,the ornamental scrollwork on the frame is simple and effective1 and is easy to construct1 says ,work1 ,london4 ,the scrolls are attached to the frame by means of #c_/af-;in4 round-head machine screws4 ,the leaf ornament at the ,illustration3 ,completed ,fire ,screen and ,parts termination of the scroll is shaped and embossed as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,the metal used for the scrolls is #c_/af in4 thick by #a_/b in4 wide4 ,the leaf ornament is formed by turning over the end of a piece of metal and working it together at a welding heat1 and then shaping out the leaf with' a chisel and files1 after which they are embossed with a ballpeen hammer4 ,the center is made from colored glass of special make for leaded work4 ,the design is formed in the lead1 of which a cross section is shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,use care to give the lead a symmetrical outline4 ,the design should be drawn full size on a large sheet of heavy paper and the spaces to be occupied by the lead cut out so as to leave the exact size and shape of each piece of paper the same as wanted for each piece of glass4 ,these are used as patterns in marking the glass for cutting4 ,the glass is cut the same as ordinary window glass4 ,the glass1 lead1 border and special flux can be purchased from an art glass shop4 ,after the glass is cut1 the work of putting the pieces together with the lead between them is begun4 ,secure a board as wide as the screen--several narrow boards put together will do and begin by placing one vertical side border1 ,a1 ,fig4 #e1 and the base border1 ,b1 on it as shown4 ,place the corner piece of glass1 ,c1 in the grooves of the borders1 cut a long piece of lead1 ,d1 and hold it in place with two or three brads or glazier's points4 ,the piece of lead ,e is cut and a small tenon joint made as shown in ,fig4 #f4 ,while the piece of lead ,d1 ,fig4 #e1 is held by the brads1 the piece ,e can be fitted and soldered4 ,the soldering is done with a hot soldering iron and wire solder1 using rosin as a flux1 or1 better still1 special flux purchased for this purpose4 ,after the joints are soldered1 the piece of glass ,f is put in place and the lead held with brads as before until the cross leads are fitted and soldered4 ,the brads are then removed1 the glass piece as shown by the dotted lines put in1 and the leads around it held with brads until the crosspieces are put in and soldered4 ,this method is pursued until the glass is complete1 then the two remaining vertical and top pieces of border are put on and all corners soldered4 ,the leaded glass is held in the iron frame by means of eight ,u-shaped clips1 as shown in ,fig4 #g4 ,a hole is drilled in the frame for the retaining screw1 the latter being tapped to the base of the clip4 ,special screws may be made with ornamental heads1 as shown in ,fig4 #h1 and used for securing the side scrolls and clips together4 9999 ,a ,revolving ,teeter ,board #big ,illustration3 ,details of ,teeter ,board ,the accompanying sketch shows the details of a revolving teeter board for the children's playground that can be constructed in a few hours4 ,secure a post1 not less than #d in4 square and of the length given in the drawing1 and round the corners of one end for a ring4 ,this ring can be made of #a-;in4 strap iron and it should be shrunk on the post4 ,bore a #c_/d-;in4 hole in the end of the post for the center pin to rest in4 ,make three washers #c-;in4 in diameter and #a_/d in4 thick and drill #c_/d-;in4 holes through their centers4 ,drill and countersink two smaller holes for #b-;in4 wood screws in each washer4 ,fasten one of these washers to the top of the post as shown4 ,the post is now ready to be set in the ground4 ,coarse gravel should be packed tightly about it to make it solid4 ,concrete is much better if it can be secured4 ,to make the swivel you will need two #a_/d by #e by #h-;in4 plates1 rounded at the top as shown1 and two wood blocks1 ,a and ,b1 each #c-a_/b by #e by #aj in4 ,drill the lower ends of the plates for four #b-a_/b-;in4 lag screws and the upper ends for a #e_/h-;in4 bolt4 ,fasten the plates to the block ,b1 then drill a #c_/d-;in4 hole as shown and fasten the two remaining washers to the block1 one on each side and central with the hole4 ,bore a #e_/h-;in4 hole lengthwise through the block ,a for the #e_/h-;in4 rocker bolt4 ,this bolt should be #aa-a_/b in4 long4 ,the teeter board is made of a #b by #ab-;in4 plank about #ab ft4 long4 ,it should be slightly tapered from the center to the ends4 ,two styles of hand holds are shown1 but the one on the left is the one most generally used4 ,the handles are rounded at the ends and are fastened to the board with lag screws or bolts4 ,the block ,a is fastened to the board with lag screws and should be a working fit between the wo plates where it is held by means of the #e_/h-;in4 bolt4 ,the center pin is #c_/d-;in4 in diameter and about #i in4 long4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,h4 ,dreier1 ,jr41 ,camden1 ,n4 ,j4 9999 ,home-,made ,pot ,covers #big ,empty thread spools and the tins used as extra inside covers in lard cans are usually thrown away1 but these can be put to good use as kettle covers1 if they are made up as follows3 ,saw the spool in half as shown1 make a hole in the center of the tin and run a screw or nail through the spool and the tin2 then flatten its end on the under side4 ,this will make an excellent cover for a pot4 --,contributed by ,maurice ,baudier1 ,new ,orleans1 ,la4 ,illustration3 ,pot ,covers 9999 ,an ,outdoor ,gymnasium ,part ,i-,the ,horizontal ,bar #bih ,gymnastic apparatus costs money and needs to be housed1 because it will not stand the weather4 ,gymnasiums are not always available for the average boy who likes exercise and who would like to learn the tricks on horizontal and parallel bars1 horse and rings1 which all young athletes are taught in regular gymnastic courses4 ,any small crowd of boys--even two--having a few simple tools1 a will to use them and the small amount of money required to buy the necessary ,illustration3 ,adjustable ,horizontal ,bar wood1 bolts and rope1 can make a first class gymnasium4 ,if trees are convenient1 and some one can swing an axe1 the money outlay will be almost nothing4 ,the following plans are for material purchased from a mill squared and cut to length4 ,to substitute small1 straight trees for the squared timbers requires but little changes in the plans4 ,the most important piece of apparatus in the gymnasium is the horizontal bar4 ,most gymnasiums have two3 one adjustable bar for various exercises and a high bar for gymnastic work4 ,the outdoor gymnasium combines the two4 ,the material required is as follows3 #b pieces of wood1 #d in4 square by #i-a_/b ft4 long2 #d pieces1 #b by #d in4 by #b ft4 long2 #d pieces1 #a by #g in4 by #f-a_/b ft4 long2 #d filler pieces1 #c_/d by #c in4 by #c ft4 #i in4 long and #a piece1 #b-a_/b in4 square by #e ft4 #g in4 long4 ,this latter piece is for the bar and should be of well seasoned1 straight-grained hickory4 ,it makes no difference what kind of wood is used for the other pieces1 but it is best to use cedar for the heavy pieces that are set in the ground as it will take years for this wood to rot4 ,ordinary yellow pine will do very well4 ,the four #g-;in4 boards should be of some hard wood if possible such as oak1 hickory1 maple1 chestnut or ash4 ,the other material necessary consists of #b bolts1 #a_/b in4 in diameter and #g in4 long2 #af screws1 #c in4 long2 #d heavy screw eyes with two #a_/b-;in4 shanks2 #ej ft4 of heavy galvanized wire3 #hj ft4 of #a_/d-;in4 manila rope and #d pulley blocks4 ,four cleats are also required but these can be made of wood at home4 ,draw a line on the four #g-;in4 boards along the side of each from end to end1 #a-a_/d-;in4 from one edge4 ,beginning at one end of each board make pencil dots on this line #e in4 apart for a distance of #c ft4 #d in4 ,bore holes through the boards on these marks with a #i_/ae-;in4 bit4 ,fasten two of these boards on each post with the #c-;in4 screws1 as shown in the top view of the post ,fig4 #a1 forming a channel of the edges in which the holes were bored4 ,two of the filler pieces are fastened in each channel as shown1 so as to make the space fit the squared end of the bar snugly4 ,the ends of the boards with the holes should be flush with the top of the post4 ,this will make each pair of holes in the #g-;in4 boards coincide1 so the #a_/b-;in4 bolt can be put through them and the squared end of the bar4 ,select a level place where the apparatus is to be placed and dig two holes #f ft4 apart1 each #c ft4 deep and remove all loose dirt4 ,the ends of the posts not covered with the boards are set in these holes on bricks or small stones4 ,the channels formed by the boards must be set facing each other with the inner surfaces of the posts parallel and #e ft4 #h in4 apart4 ,the holes around the posts are filled with earth and well tamped4 ,the hickory piece which is to form the bar should be planed1 scraped and sandpapered until it is perfectly smooth and round except for #c in4 at each end4 ,bore a #i_/af-;in4 hole through each square end #a-a_/d in4 from the end4 ,the bar may be fastened at any desired height by slipping the #a_/b-;in4 bolts through the holes bored in both the bar and channel4 ,each post must be well braced to keep it rigid while a person is swinging on the bar4 ,four anchors are placed in the ground at the corners of an imaginary rectangle #i by #af ft41 in the center of which the posts stand as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,each anchor is made of one #b-;ft4 piece of wood1 around the center of which four strands of the heavy galvanized wire are twisted1 then buried to a depth of #b ft41 the extending ends of the wires coming up to the surface at an angle4 ,the heavy screw eyes are turned into the posts at the top and lengths of ropes tied to each4 ,these ropes or guys pass through the pulley blocks1 which are fastened to the projecting ends of the anchor wire1 and return to the posts where they are tied to cleats4 ,do not tighten the guy ropes without the bar in place1 as to do so will strain the posts in the ground4 ,do not change the elevation of the bar without slacking up on the ropes4 ,it takes but little pull on the guy ropes to make them taut1 and once tightened the bar will be rigid4 ,illustration3 ,ground ,plan ,oil the bar when it is finished and remove it during the winter4 ,it is well to oil the wood occasionally during the summer and reverse the bar at times to prevent its becoming curved4 ,the wood parts should be well painted to protect them from the weather4 9999 ,electrostatic ,illumination #bii ,anyone having the use of a static machine can perform the following experiment which gives a striking result4 ,a common tumbler is mounted on a revolving ,illustration3 ,illuminated ,tumbler platform and a narrow strip of tinfoil is fastened with shellac varnish to the surface of the glass as follows3 ,starting beneath the foot of the glass from a point immediately below the stem1 it is taken to the edge of the foot2 it follows the edge for about #a in4 and then passes in a curve across the base1 and ascends the stem2 then it passes around the bowl in a sinuous course to the rim1 which it follows for about one-third of its circumference2 after which it descends on the inside and terminates at the bottom4 ,the tinfoil on the outside of the glass is divided by cutting with a knife every #a_/h in41 the parts inside and beneath the glass being left undivided4 ,current is then led from a static machine to two terminals1 one terminal being connected to one end of the tinfoil strip1 and similarly the second terminal makes contact with the other end4 ,as soon as the current is led into the apparatus1 a spark is seen at each place where the knife has cut through the tinfoil4 ,if the tumbler is rotated1 the effect will be as shown in the illustration4 ,a variety of small and peculiar effects can be obtained by making some of the gaps in the tinfoil larger than others1 in which case larger sparks would be produced at these points4 ,the experiment should be carried out in a darkened room1 and under these circumstances when nothing is visible1 not even the tumbler1 the effect is very striking4 9999 ,balloon ,ascension ,illusion #cjj ,by ,c4 ,w4 ,nieman ,in these days of startling revelations in air-craft flight we are prepared to see any day some marvelous machine driven bird cutting figure-eights all over the sky above our heads4 ,one boy recently took advantage of this state of expectancy to have an evening's harmless amusement1 through an illusion which deceived even the most incredulous4 ,he caused a whole hotel-full of people to gaze open mouthed at a sort of ,zeppelin ,,xxiii1 which skimmed along the distant horizon1 just visible against the dark evening sky1 disappearing only to reappear again1 and working the whole crowd up to a frenzy of excitement4 ,and all he used was a black thread1 a big piece of cardboard and a pair of field glasses4 ,he stretched the thread between two buildings1 about #ajj ft4 apart1 in an endless belt1 passing through a screweye at either end4 ,on this thread he fastened a cardboard cut-out of a dirigible1 not much to look at in daytime1 but most deceptive at dusk4 ,by pulling one or the other string he moved the airship in either direction4 ,he took the precaution of stretching his thread just beyond a blackberry hedge and thus kept over-inquisitive persons at a safe distance4 ,he also saw to it that there was a black background at either end so that the reversing of the direction of the craft would not be noticed4 ,in attracting the crowd he had a confederate stand looking at the moving ship through a field glass1 which at once gave the suggestion of distance1 and materially heightened the illusion4 ,when the interest of the crowd1 which at once gathered1 was at its height1 the aeronaut pulled his craft out of sight and let the disillusion come when the light of day laid bare his fraud4 9999 ,a ,cork ,extractor #cjj ,the device shown in the sketch is for removing a cork or stopper from a bottle whether full or empty where the cork has been pushed inside4 ,a wire about ,no4 #ad gauge is bent as shown at ,b1 ,fig4 #a1 to fit the index finger and the other end filed to a point ,c1 and turned in a spiral ,d1 so the point will be on top4 ,insert this tool in the bottle as shown in ,fig4 #b and place the end ,d under the cork and pull up4 ,the cork will come out easily4 --,contributed by ,maurice ,baudier4 ,new ,orleans4 ,la4 ,illustration3 ,cork ,extractor 9999 ,an ,outdoor ,gymnasium ,part ,,ii-,parallel ,bars #cja ,parallel bars hold a high place in the affection of those who frequent gymnasiums as the best apparatus for development of the back and shoulder muscles1 as well as a promoter of ease and grace of movement4 ,the outdoor gym can have a set of these bars with very little more labor than was required for the horizontal bar4 ,the material required is as follows3 ,illustration3 ,detail of the ,parallel ,bars #d posts1 preferably cedar1 #d in4 square and #f ft4 long2 #b base pieces1 #d in4 square and #e-a_/b ft4 long2 #b cross braces1 #b by #d in4 by #b ft4 #b in4 long2 #b side braces1 #b by #d in4 by #g ft4 #h in4 long2 #d knee braces1 #b by #d in4 by #c ft4 #h in4 long2 #b bars of straight grained hickory1 #b by #c in4 by #aj ft4 long2 #d wood screws1 #f in4 long2 #d bolts1 #h in4 long2 #h bolts1 #g in4 long and #a doz4 large spikes4 ,to make the apparatus1 lay off the bases as shown in the end view and bevel the ends at an angle of #fj deg4 ,chisel out two notches #d in4 wide and #a in4 deep1 beginning at a point #i in4 from either side of the center4 ,these are to receive the lower ends of the posts4 ,bevel two sides of one end of each post down to the width of the finished bar--a little less than #b in4 ,cut notches in these ends to receive the oval bars4 ,bevel the ends of the knee braces1 as shown in the diagram1 and fasten the lower ends to the beveled ends of the bases with the spikes4 ,fasten the upper ends of the knee braces to the uprights with the #h-;in4 bolts put through the holes bored for that purpose1 and countersinking the heads4 ,lay the whole end flat on the ground and make a mark #b-a_/b ft4 from the bottom of the base up along the posts1 and fasten the end braces with their top edges flush with the marks1 using four of the #g-;in bolts4 ,finally toe-nail the base into the ends of the posts merely to hold them in position while the whole structure is being handled4 ,two endpieces must be made4 ,these sets or ends of the apparatus are to be buried in trenches dug to the depth of #b-a_/b ft41 with the distance between the two inner surfaces of the posts1 which face each other1 of #g ft4 ,after the trenches are dug1 additional long1 shallow trenches must be made connecting the posts to receive the side braces4 ,the function of these side braces is to hold both ends together solidly4 ,it is necessary to bury these braces so they will be out of the way of the performer4 ,the side braces are bolted to the posts just below the cross braces1 so the bolts in both will not meet4 ,the bars are dressed down so that a cross section is oval as shown in the end view4 ,they are to be screwed to the notched ends of the uprights with the #f-;in4 screws4 ,the holes should be countersunk so they can be filled with putty after the screws are in place4 ,the bars should be well oiled with linseed oil to protect them from the weather1 and in the winter they should be removed and stored4 ,every piece of wood in this apparatus can be round and cut from trees1 except the bars4 ,if using mill-cut lumber1 leave it undressed1 and if using round timber leave the bark upon it as a protection from the weather4 ,it is well to paint the entire apparatus1 save the bars1 before burying the lower part of the end pieces4 ,the wood so treated will last for years1 but even unpainted they are very durable4 ,be sure to tamp down the earth well about the posts4 ,a smooth piece of ground should be selected on which to erect the apparatus4 7,to be ,continued47 9999 ,combined ,ladle and ,strainer #cjb ,when using a strainer in connection with a ladle the operation requires both ,illustration3 ,ladle and ,strainer hands4 ,a convenient article where a ladle and strainer are needed is to swing a cup-shaped strainer under the bowl of a ladle as shown in the illustration4 ,the strainer can be held in place with small bands that fit loosely over the handle and a small tip soldered to the ladle4 ,these will allow the ladle to be turned1 leaving the strainer always in position4 ,a large sized ladle1 equipped with a strainer1 is just the thing for painters to dip and strain paint1 while a small one is of great assistance to the housewife for dipping and straining soups1 jellies1 etc4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,a4 ,jaquythe1 ,richmond1 ,cal4 9999 ,cleaning ,gloves #cjb ,a solution consisting of #a dr4 of sodium carbonate and #a qt4 of milk makes an excellent cleaner for motorists' gloves4 9999 ,turpentine in ,cutting ,oil #cjb ,when cutting steel or wrought iron in a lathe1 milling machine1 drill press or planer1 it is sometimes necessary to leave a smooth surface4 ,oil1 or various cutting compounds of oil1 is used for this purpose and to keep the surface cool4 ,if a little turpentine is added to the oil1 it will greatly assist in leaving a smooth surface4 ,a proportion of one-quarter turpentine is good4 9999 ,center of ,gravity ,experiment #cjb ,this experiment consists of suspending a pail of water from a stick placed upon a table as shown in the accompanying sketch4 ,in order to accomplish this experiment1 which seems impossible1 it is necessary to place a stick1 ,a1 of sufficient length1 ,illustration3 ,experiment between the end of the stick on the table and the bottom of the pail4 ,this makes the center of gravity somewhere near the middle of the stick on the table1 thus holding the pail as shown4 9999 ,lathe ,accuracy #cjb ,a heavy lathe cut will not do accurate work4 9999 ,an ,outdoor ,gymnasium ,,part ,,iii-,the ,horse #cjc ,the ,german horse is that peculiar piece of apparatus which is partly a horizontal obstruction to leap over1 partly a barrier for jumps1 partly a smooth surface of long and narrow dimensions over and about which the body may slide and swing1 and partly an artificial back for the purpose of a peculiar style of leap frog4 ,illustration3 ,the ,german ,horse ,to make a horse for the outdoor gym requires no difficult work save the preparation of the top or body of the horse4 ,the making of the regular gymnasium horse requires a very elaborate wood-working and leather upholstering plant1 but the one used for outdoor work can be made of a log of wood4 ,procure from a saw mill1 wood yard or from the woods1 one-half of a tree trunk from a tree #i to #ae in4 in diameter--the larger the better4 ,the length may be anywhere from #d to #g ft41 but #e ft4 is a good length4 ,the round part of this log must be planed1 scraped and sandpapered until it is perfectly smooth1 and free from knots1 projections and splinters4 ,hand holds must be provided next4 ,these are placed #ah in4 apart in a central position on the horse4 ,make two parallel saw cuts #b in4 apart1 straight down in the round surface of the horse until each cut is #i in4 long4 ,chisel out the wood between the cuts and in the mortises thus made insert the hand holds4 ,each hand hold is made of a #i-;in4 piece of #b by #d-;in4 stud cut rounding on one edge4 ,these are well nailed in place4 ,the body of the horse is to be fastened on top of posts so that it may be adjusted for height4 ,it is not as difficult to make as the horizontal and parallel bars4 ,the material required is as follows3 ,two posts1 #d in4 square by #e ft4 long2 #b adjusting pieces1 #b by #d in4 by #c ft4 #c in4 long2 #a cross brace1 #b by #d in4 by #c ft4 long2 #b bases1 #d in4 square by #e-a_/b ft4 long2 #d knee braces1 #b by #d in4 by #c ft4 long2 two #a_/b-;in4 bolts1 #a in4 long1 to fasten the knee braces at the top2 ten #a_/b-;in4 bolts1 #g in4 long1 #d to fasten the knee braces at the bottom1 #b to fasten the cross brace and #d to be used in fastening the adjusting pieces to the posts4 ,to construct1 layout the bases as shown in the drawing1 making the mortises to receive the bottom ends of the posts exactly in the center1 and cut a slanting mortise #f in4 from each end to receive the ends of the knee braces4 ,bevel the ends of the knee braces and fasten the upper ends of each pair to the post with one #i-;in4 bolt4 ,fasten the lower ends to the base with the #g-;in4 bolts4 ,the upper end of each post should have #e_/h-;in4 holes bored through it parallel to the base at intervals of #c in41 beginning #a-a_/b in4 from the top and extending down its length for #b ft4 #d-a_/b in4 ,the adjusting pieces are to be bored in a similar manner after which they are to be mortised into the under side of the horse top #ae in4 from each end1 and secured with screws put through the top and into the end of the adjusting pieces4 ,the bases with their posts and knee braces are buried #b ft4 #d in4 in the ground1 parallel to each other and the same distance apart as the adjusting pieces are mortised in the horse top4 ,when the ground has been filled in and tamped hard1 the cross brace should be bolted in position with its lower edge resting on the ground and connecting the two posts4 ,the height of the horse from the ground is adjusted by changing the bolts in the different holes connecting the two adjusting pieces with the two posts4 ,much pleasant and healthful gymnastic exercise can be had in competitive horse jumping and leaping1 the handles providing a way to make many different leaps through1 over and around1 including not only those made to see who can go over the horse from a standing or running start at the greatest height1 but who can go over at the greatest height when starting from the toeing off mark farthest away from the horse4 ,this horse should be located on level ground having smooth space about it for several feet4 9999 ,spoon ,rest for ,kettles #cjd ,a rest for keeping spoons from slipping into kettles can be made from ,illustration3 ,spoon ,rest a strip of metal bent as shown in the illustration4 ,the spring of the metal will make it easy to apply to the kettle4 ,the spoon placed in the rest will drain back into the kettle4 ,the cover can be placed on without removing the spoon4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,a4 ,jaquythe1 ,richmond4 ,cal4 9999 ,reason for ,bursting of ,gun ,barrels #cjd ,gun barrels do not burst without a cause and usually that cause is one of which the shooter is entirely ignorant1 but nevertheless1 no one is responsible but himself1 says the ,sporting ,goods ,dealer4 ,gun barrels can only burst by having some obstruction in the barrel or by overloading with powder4 ,any gun barrel can be burst by misuse or by carelessly loading smokeless powder1 but no barrel will burst by using factory loaded ammunition1 provided there is no obstruction or foreign substance inside the barrel4 ,when a gun barrel bursts at the breech or chamber1 it is caused by an overloaded shell1 and when it bursts in the center or near the muzzle1 it is caused by some obstruction1 such as a dent1 snow1 water1 etc4 9999 ,hand ,sled ,made of ,pipe and ,fittings #cje ,the accompanying sketch shows how an ordinary hand sled can be made of #c_/d-;in4 pipe and fittings4 ,each runner is made of one piece of pipe bent to the proper shape4 ,this can be accomplished by filling the pipe with melted rosin or lead1 then bending to the shape desired1 and afterward removing the rosin or lead by heating4 ,each joint is turned up tightly and well pinned or brazed4 ,one of the top crosspieces should have right-hand and left-hand threads or be fitted with a union4 ,also1 one of the top pieces connecting the rear part to the front part of each runner must be fitted in the same way4 ,the top is fastened to the two crosspieces4 ,such a hand sled can be made in a ,illustration3 ,parts ,made of ,pipe ,fittings few hours' time and1 when complete1 is much better than a wood sled4 --,contributed by ,james ,e4 ,noble1 ,toronto1 ,ontario4 9999 ,emergency ,magnifying ,glass #cje ,when in need of a microscope in the study of botany1 one may be made in the following manner3 ,bend a small wire or the stem of a leaf so as to form a small loop not larger than the ordinary drop of water4 ,loop ,inclosing a ,drop of ,water ,when this is done place a drop of clear water in the loop and the microscope is complete4 ,this temporary device will prove valuable where a strong magnifying glass is not at hand4 --,contributed by ,arthur ,e4 ,joerin1 ,paris1 ,france4 9999 ,bent-,iron ,pipe ,rack #cje ,strips of soft iron1 #a_/d or #c_/af in4 in width and #a_/cb in4 thick1 are used in ,illustration3 ,design of a ,rack making the pipe rack shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,this material can be obtained from any local hardware dealer who carries bar iron in stock4 ,draw a full-size sketch of the design on paper1 then run a string over each part1 which1 when straightened out1 will give the length4 ,the scrolls are bent with a pair of round-nose pliers4 ,these1 with a pair of flat-nose pliers1 are all the tools necessary4 ,the part for holding the pipes is shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the end elevation1 at ,e and ,f1 shows how the rack is fastened to the main frame of the rack4 --,contributed by ,j4 ,w4 ,vener1 ,boston1 ,mass4 9999 ,to ,clean ,silver #cje ,a good method to clean silver of any kind is to place the articles in an aluminum vessel and add a few pieces of zinc4 ,hot water is added and the silver boiled until clean4 ,it is best to use soft water4 ,the tarnish is removed by the electrolytic action of the zinc on the aluminum and the silver1 and the latter will take on a bright luster4 ,this method of cleaning will not injure oxidized or black silver1 nor that which is partly oxidized4 9999 ,sharpening ,skates with a ,file #cjf ,two methods are shown in the sketches for filing skates-one for hollow filing and the other for filing flat ,illustration3 ,filing a ,flat ,surface and straight across the blade4 ,the method shown in ,figs4 #a and #b is for filing the blade flat4 ,the device for holding the skates consists of a board on which four blocks1 ,,aa and ,,bb1 are nailed4 ,these blocks are fastened on the board in the relative positions of the heel and sole on a shoe4 ,the skates are clamped on them in the same manner as on a shoe4 ,a flat file is drawn across both blades of the skates as shown4 ,after the roundness is cut down on the edges of the blades the skates are removed and the file is drawn along the sides to remove the ,illustration3 ,filing a ,curved ,surface burr4 ,skates filed in this way have flat surfaces with sharp edges4 ,some skaters like a hollow-ground skate and the method shown in ,figs4 #c and #d can be used for filing a slightly curved surface in the blade4 ,a piece of tin or sheet metal is shaped over a round file as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,the manner of filing the curves is shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,the piece of metal is held over the file and blade of the skate as the file is worked4 9999 ,lines and ,letters ,made with a ,carpenter's ,pencil #cjf ,the sketch shows some unusual work made with a carpenter's pencil4 ,if the flat lead is notched with a three-cornered file 7,fig4 #a71 two parallel lines may be drawn at one stroke1 or various rulings may be made1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,broad lines can be made1 as shown in ,fig4 #c1 or unequal widths as in ,fig4 #d4 ,illustration3 ,pencil ,points and ,their ,work ,in ,figs4 #b1 #e and #f are shown lines especially adapted for the bookkeeper or draftsman4 ,if one lacks the ability to draw old ,english letters with a pen1 the letters may be first drawn with a carpenter's pencil 7,fig4 #g7 and the outlines marked with ink and finally filled in4 ,narrow lines are made with points cut as in ,figs4 #h and #i4 ,a little practice with the carpenter's pencil in making these letters will enable the student to finally produce them with the pen used for the purpose4 9999 ,insulating ,aluminum ,wire #cjf ,aluminum wire plunged hot into a cold solution of carbonate of soda becomes coated with a strong layer of oxide which forms an excellent insulator to electricity4 9999 ,how to ,build an ,ice-,yacht #cjg ,condensed from an article by ,h4 ,percy ,ashley in ,rudder4 ,the plans and specifications shown in the illustrations are for making a #djj-;ft4 class ice-yacht1 having a double cockpit to accommodate four persons4 ,the weight of the persons in the forward cockpit keeps the boat from rearing when in a stiff breeze4 ,the forward cockpit can be removed if necessary4 ,the materials used are3 backbone1 ,illustration3 ,ice-,yacht ,complete white pine2 center1 clear spruce2 sides1 white oak caps2 runner plank1 basswood1 butternut or oak2 cockpit1 oak2 runners1 chocks1 etc41 quartered white oak4 ,all the iron work should be first-grade ,swedish iron1 with the exception of the runners1 which are soft cast iron4 ,it is not necessary to go into detail with the measurements as they are plainly shown in the sketches4 ,the backbone is #cg-a_/b ft4 over all1 #ab in4 in the center1 #e in4 stern1 #c-a_/b in4 at the nose2 width #d-a_/b in4 ,all wood should be selected from the best grades1 well seasoned and free from checks4 ,in ,fig4 #a is shown the complete ice-yacht with general dimensions for the sail and main parts4 ,other dimensions are shown in ,fig-1 #b4 ,the backbone is capped on the upper and lower edges full length with strips of oak1 #d-a_/d in4 wide and #e_/h in4 thick4 ,the lengthwise side strips of spruce are #a-a_/d in4 thick4 ,the filling-in pieces placed between the side pieces are of seasoned white pine1 leaving the open places as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the parts are put together with hot glue and brass screws4 ,the runner plank should be placed ,illustration3 ,details of the ,ice-,yacht ,parts with the heart of the wood up1 so as to give the natural curve from the ice so that it will act as a spring4 ,the plank is #af in4 wide in the center1 #ad in4 at the ends2 #d-a_/h in4 thick at the center and #b-c_/d in4 at the ends4 ,details of the runners are shown in ,figs4 #c1 #d1 #e1 #f1 #g1 #h and #i4 ,the cast iron shoes are filed and finished with emery paper1 making the angle on the cutting edge #de deg4 on both sides4 ,the runners are #g-a_/d in4 wide over all and #b-a_/h in4 thick4 ,the soft iron casting is #b-a_/d in4 deep4 ,the shoes are fastened by #e_/h-;in4 machine bolts4 ,these are shown in ,figs4 #c and #i4 ,the rudder is #b-c_/d in4 thick1 #e in4 deep1 including wood and iron1 and #c ft4 long4 ,the cast iron shoe is #a-g_/h in4 deep and fastened on with four #a_/b-;in4 machine bolts4 ,a brass plate1 #a_/d in4 thick1 #b in4 wide and #g in4 long1 is inserted on each side of the runners as shown in ,fig4 #i4 ,three holes are drilled through for a #c_/d-;in4 riding bolt that can be shifted as desired for rough or smooth ice4 ,the runner chocks and guides are #a-g_/h in4 thick and #d-a_/b in4 deep4 ,they are set in the runner plank #a_/d in4 and fastened with glue and #a_/b-;in4 lag screws4 ,these are shown in ,figs4 #f and #g4 ,the aft cockpit is stationary1 while the fore or passenger cockpit can be removed at will4 ,both cockpits are the same size1 #db in4 wide and #g ft4 long over all4 ,each one has a bent rail1 #a-a_/b in4 by #d in41 grooved #a_/b in4 by #g_/h in4 before bending4 ,the flooring is of oak1 #a-a_/b in4 thick and #d in4 wide1 tongue-and grooved4 ,the forward cockpit is made in halves and hung on the backbone with wrought-iron straps and bolts4 ,these are shown in ,figs4 #da1 #dc and #dd4 ,two pieces of oak1 #a_/b in1 by #d in4 are fastened with screws to the flooring1 parallel with the backbone in the forward cockpit4 ,the runner plank which passes under this cockpit gives it stability4 ,the spars should be hollow and have the following dimensions3 ,mast1 #bc ft4 #c in42 heel1 #c-c_/d in4 2 center1 #e-a_/d in42 tip1 #d in4 2 boom #bc-a_/b ft42 heel1 #c-c_/d in4 2center1 #d in42 tip1 #b-g_/h in4 at ends2 gaff1 #ab-a_/b ft42 center1 #c-a_/b in42 ends1 #b-a_/b in42 jib-boom1 #aj-a_/b ft42 #a-c_/d in4 at the ends1 #b-a_/h in4 at the center4 ,the gaff is furnished with bent jaws of oak1 ,fig4 #ag1 and the main boom with gooseneck1 ,fig4 #ab4 ,galvanized cast-steel yacht rigging1 #e_/af in4 in diameter1 is used for the shrouds2 jibstay1 #c_/h in4 in diameter2 runner plank guys1 #e_/af in4 in diameter2 bobstay1 #c_/h in4 in diameter2 martingale stay1 #a_/d in4 in diameter4 ,the throat1and peak halyards are #c_/h in4 in diameter2 jib halyards1 #a_/d in4 in diameter4 ,the main sheet rigging is #i_/af-;in4 ,russian bolt rope2 jibs1 #g_/af-;in4 manila bolt rope1 #d-strand2 jib-sheet1 #c_/h-;in4 manila bolt rope4 ,four #a_/b-;in4 bronze turnbuckles1 ,fig4 #cd1 are used for the shrouds2 one #e_/h-;in4 turnbuckle for the jibstay and one for the bobstay2 four #c_/h-;in4 turnbuckles for the runner plank stays1 and one for the martingale stay4 ,two rope blocks for #c_/h-;in4 wire rope1 ,fig4 #aj1 are used for the peak and throat1 and one block for the wire rope #a_/d in4 in diameter for the jib halyard4 ,four #f-;in4 and one #g-;in4 cleats1 ,fig4 #ah1 are used4 ,the blocks shown in ,fig4 #aa are used for the main and jib sheets4 ,the steering arrangement is shown in ,figs4 #d and #e4 ,the tiller is #c-a_/b ft4 long2 rudder post1 #a-a_/d in4 in diameter2 shoulder to lower end of jaws1 #d in42 depth of jaws1 #b-g_/h in42 length of post including screw top1 #ab in4 ,the rubber washer acts as a spring on rough ice4 ,in ,figs4 #ac1 #ad1 #ae and #af are shown metal bands for the nose of the backbone1 and ,figs4 #ai1 #bj1 #ba1 #bb and #bc show the saddles that fit over the backbone and hold the runner plank in place4 ,there are two sets of these4 ,a chock should be sunk in the runner plank at each side to connect with the backbone to keep it from slipping sidewise as the boat rises in the air4 ,the martingale spreader is shown in ,figs4 #bd and #be4 ,straps through which the ring bolts for the shrouds pass on the ends to fasten the turnbuckles for the runner plank guys are shown in ,figs4 #bf and #bg4 ,the bobstay spreaders are shown in ,figs4 #bh1 #bi and #cj4 ,in ,fig4 #ca is shown the top plate for the rudder post and in ,figs4 #cb and #cc1 the lower plate for same4 ,the mast step is shown in ,figs4 #ce1 #cf and #cg4 ,two positions of the jib traveler are shown in ,fig4 #ch4 ,the anchor plate for the bobstay under the cockpit is shown in ,figs4 #ci and #dj4 ,at the nose and heel the runner plank guys end in a loop4 ,the bobstay has a loop at the nose and ends in a turnbuckle that fastens to the anchor plate under the cockpit1 aft4 ,the shrouds1 jibstay and martingale have loops at the masthead and are spliced bare over solid thimbles4 ,the loops are finished in pigskin and served with soft cotton twine over the splice and varnished4 ,the parceling is done with insulating tape4 ,serve the tiller with soft cotton twine and ride a second serving over the first4 ,for the halyards hoisting use a jig shown in ,fig4 #df4 ,the thimble shown in ,fig4 #dg is made by splicing the rope to the thimble at running part of halyard and passing back and forth through cleat and thimble4 ,this gives a quick and strong purchase and does away with cumbersome blocks of the old-fashioned jig4 ,the jib-sheet leads aft to the steering cockpit4 ,the main-sheet ends in a jig of a single block and a single block with becket4 ,be sure that your sail covers are large enough--the sail maker always makes them too tight4 ,the cockpit covers must fit tightly around the cockpit rail4 ,many boats have sail and cockpit covers in one piece4 ,the woodwork may be finished as desired by the builder4 ,the dimensions of the sails are given in the general drawing1 ,fig4 #a4 9999 ,turning ,lights ,on and ,off from ,any ,number of ,places #caj ,this can be done by the use of any number of reversing switches such as ,illustration3 ,wiring ,diagram those shown at ,band ,c4 ,these are inserted between the two-way switches ,a and ,d4 ,turning such a switch up or down connects the four contact pieces either diagonally as at ,c1 or lengthwise as at ,b4 ,the diagram shows connection from ,a to ,d1 when the lamps will be on1 but by turning either of these four switches into its alternative position1 shown by the dotted lines1 the circuit will be broken and the lights extinguished4 ,when this has been done1 the circuit may be restored and the lamps lighted again by altering either of the four switches in exactly the same way1 and so on4 ,it will be observed that a reversing switch used in this way practically undoes whatever is done by the other switches4 ,in the accompanying diagram only two reversing switches are shown and the lights can be independently controlled from four distinct positions4 ,any number of reversing switches can be placed between the two-way switches ,a and ,d to increase the number of places from which the lights could be turned on and off4 --,contributed by ,j4 ,s4 ,dow1 ,mayfield1 ,london4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,electric ,pendant ,switch #caj ,it is often desired to use a pendant switch for controlling clusters of incandescent lamps4 ,when such a switch is not at hand1 a very good substitute can be made by screwing a common fuse plug into a key socket and connecting the socket in series with the lamps to be controlled4 ,in this way you get a safe1 reliable1 fused switch4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,c4 ,heyder1 ,hansford1 ,w4 ,va4 9999 ,measure #caj ,never guess the length of a piece of work--measure it4 9999 ,home-,made ,water ,motor #caa ,the small water motor shown in the illustration is constructed in the same manner as a ,german toy steam turbine4 ,the wheel1 which is made of aluminum #a_/af in4 thick and #g in4 in diameter1 has #bd blades attached to it4 ,the lugs or extensions carrying the rim must be made from the metal of the wheel1 therefore a circle #h in4 in diameter must be first described on the aluminum plate1 then another circle #g in4 in diameter within the first and then a circle for the base of the blades1 #c-a_/b in4 in diameter4 ,twenty-four radial lines at equal distances apart are drawn between the two smaller circles and a #a_/d-;in4 hole drilled at the intersecting points of the radial lines and the innermost circle4 ,centrally between each pair of radial lines and between the two outer circles1 #a_/b by #c_/h-;in4 lugs are marked out and the metal cut away as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,a #a_/h-;in4 hole is then drilled in the center of each lug4 ,each division is separated by cutting down each radial line to the #a_/d-;in4 hole with a hacksaw4 ,each arm is then given a quarter turn1 as shown by the dotted lines in ,fig4 #b1 and the lug bent over at right angles to receive the rim4 ,the rim is made of the same material as the disk and contains twenty-four #a_/h in4 holes corresponding to those in the lugs to receive brass bolts #a_/d-;in4 long4 ,the disks ,,pp were taken from the ends of a discarded typewriter platen1 but if these cannot be readily obtained1 they can be turned from metal or a heavy flat disk used instead4 ,the casing was made from two aluminum cake pans whose diameter was #h in4 at the base1 increasing to #i in4 at the rim4 ,the centers of these were located and a #a_/d-;in4 hole drilled for the ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c shaft4 ,the disks ,p are the same as used on the wheel4 ,six holes #a_/h-;in4 in diameter were drilled through the flat part of the rims while the two halves were held together in a vise4 ,bolts were placed through these holes to join the casing when ready for assembling4 ,one side of the casing was then bolted to two #d-;in4 ordinary metal shelf brackets which were ,illustration3 ,details of ,motor screwed to a substantial wood base4 ,this kept one-half of the casing independent of the main structure so that the wheel is easily accessible4 ,the nozzle was made of #a_/b-;in4 brass pipe which was first filled with molten babbitt metal4 ,when the metal was cool1 a #a_/d-;in4 hole was drilled halfway through the length of the tube1 the hole being continued through to the other end by means of a #a_/h-;in4 drill4 ,the lower orifice was then slightly enlarged with a small taper reamer1 and the upper portion of the bore was reamed out almost to the brass to make a smooth entrance for the water4 ,a fixture to hold this nozzle is shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,it was cast of babbitt metal in a wood mold4 ,the hole for the nozzle was drilled at an angle of #bj deg4 to the plate part4 ,an alternative and perhaps easier way would be to insert the nozzle in the mold at the proper angle and cast the metal around it4 ,a hole was then cut in one of the sides of the casing at a point #b-g_/h in4 along a horizontal line from the center4 ,the nozzle fixture was then bolted on with the exit orifice of the nozzle pointing downward and through the hole in the casing4 ,six #a_/h-;in4 holes were drilled through the flat portions of the rims while the two halves of the casing were held securely together in a vise4 ,bolts were used in these holes to join the casing4 ,the wheel was used on the dripboard of a kitchen sink and no provision was made to carry off the spent water except to cut two #a_/b-;in4 holes in the bottom of the casing and allowing the waste to flow off directly into the sink4 --,contributed by ,harry ,f4 ,lowe1 ,washington1 ,d4 ,c4 9999 ,device for ,baseball ,throwing ,practice #cab ,anyone training to be a baseball player will find the device shown in the accompanying illustration a great help ,illustration3 ,ball ,bounding on ,concrete ,slabs when practicing alone4 ,it consists of two cement slabs1 one flat and upright1 the other curved and on the ground4 ,the vertical slab is fastened securely against a fence1 barn or shed4 ,the barn or the shed is preferable1 for if the slab is fastened to a fence1 the ball will bound over a great many times and much time will be lost in finding it4 ,the player stands as far as he cares from the slabs and throws the ball against the lower slab4 ,the ball immediately rebounds to the upright slab and returns with almost as great a force as it was delivered4 ,if the thrower does not throw the ball exactly in the same spot each time1 the ball will not rebound to the same place1 consequently the eye and muscles are trained to act quickly1 especially if the player stands within #ae or #bj ft4 of the slabs and throws the ball with great force4 ,this apparatus also teaches a person to throw accurately1 as a difference in aim of a few inches on the lower slab may cause the ball to flyaway over the player's head on the rebound4 --,contributed by ,f4 ,l4 ,oilar1 ,la ,fayette1 ,indiana4 9999 ,how to ,mail ,photographs #cab ,cut a piece of cardboard #a in4 longer and #a in4 wider than the mount of the photograph and lay the picture on it in the center4 ,this allows a #a_/b-;in4 border on all sides of the photograph4 ,punch two holes #a in4 apart at ,a1 ,b1 ,c and ,d1 ,fig4 #a1 in the cardboard border close to the edge of the picture4 ,put a string up through the hole ,b1 ,fig4 #b1 then across the corner of the photograph and down through the hole ,c and up through hole ,d1 then to ,e1 etc41 until the starting point ,a is reached1 and tie the ends4 ,the photograph will not get damaged1 if it is covered with tissue paper and placed with the face to the cardboard4 ,the extension border of cardboard prevents the edges of the mount from being damaged and the corners ,illustration3 ,back for ,mailing ,photo from wearing4 ,both cardboard and photograph are wrapped together in paper1 and the package is ready for mailing4 --,contributed by ,earl ,r4 ,hastings1 ,corinth1 ,vt4 9999 ,a ,mystifying ,watch ,trick #cac ,borrow a watch from one of the audience and allow the owner to place it in the box1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,this box should be about #c in4 long1 #d in4 wide and #b-a_/b in4 deep1 says the ,scientific ,american4 ,it should be provided with a hinged cover1 ,m1 with a lock1 ,n4 ,the tricky part of this box is the side ,s1 which is pivoted at ,t by driving two short nails into it1 one through the front side and the other through the back1 so that when ,s is pushed in at the top1 it swings around as shown in ,fig4 #a and allows the watch to slide out into the performer's hand4 ,the side ,s should fit tightly when closed1 so that the box may be examined without betraying the secret4 ,as the side ,s extends down to the bottom of the box1 it facilitates the use of the fingers in pulling outward at the lower pan while the thumb is pressing inward at the top part4 ,the side of the box opposite ,s should be built up in the same way1 but not pivoted4 ,use a flat-bottom tumbler1 ,a1 ,fig4 #b1 containing an inner cone1 ,b1 for the reproduction of the watch4 ,the cone is made of cardboard pasted together so it fits snugly inside of the tumbler4 ,the cone is closed except at the bottom1 then bran is pasted on the outside surfaces to make the tumbler appear as if filled with bran when it is in place4 ,place the tumbler with the cone inside on a table somewhat in the background4 ,put some loose bran on top of the cone and allow the cork1 attached as shown in ,b1 ,fig4 #b1 to hang down on the outside of the tumbler1 away from the audience4 ,a large handkerchief should be laid beside the tumbler4 ,after the watch has been placed in the box1 ,fig4 #a1 the performer takes the box in his left hand1 and while in the act of locking it with his right hand secures possession of the watch as previously explained4 ,tossing the key to the owner of the watch1 the performer places the box on a chair or table near the audience and1 with the watch securely palmed1 walks back to get the tumbler4 ,standing directly in front of the tumbler with his back toward the audience1 the performer ,illustration3 ,parts for the ,watch ,trick quickly raises the cone with his right hand1 lays the watch in the bottom of the tumbler and replaces the cone4 ,the loaded tumbler and the handkerchief are then brought forward1 and the former is placed in full view of the audience with the cork hanging down behind it4 ,the performer calls attention to the tumbler being full of bran and picks up some of it from the top to substantiate his statement4 ,he then spreads the handkerchief over the tumbler1 commands the watch to pass from the box into the tumbler and the bran to disappear4 ,the box is then handed to the owner of the watch so that he may unlock it with the key he holds4 ,as soon as the box is found to be empty1 the performer grasps the handkerchief spread over the tumbler1 also the cork tied to the cone4 ,raising the handkerchief1 he carries up the cone within it1 leaving the watch in the bottom to be returned to its owner4 9999 ,locking ,several ,drawers with ,one ,lock #cad ,a series or row of drawers can be secured with one lock by using the ,illustration3 ,drawer ,lock device shown in the sketch4 ,this method takes away several dangling locks and the carrying of many keys4 ,a rod is used through the various staples over the hasps4 ,the rod is upset on one end and flattened to make sufficient metal for drilling a hole large enough to insert the bar of a padlock4 ,if the bar is made of steel and hardened1 it is almost impossible to cut it in two4 --,contributed by ,f4 ,w4 ,bentley1 ,huron1 ,s4 ,dak4 9999 ,testing ,small ,electric ,lamps #cad ,the accompanying sketch shows the construction of a handy device for testing miniature electric lights4 ,the base is made to take in an electric flash lamp battery4 ,two strips of brass1 ,c and ,d1 are connected to the battery4 ,the lamp is tested by ,illustration3 ,lamp ,tester putting the metal end on the lower brass strip and the side against the upper one4 ,a great number of lamps can be tested in a short time by means of this device4 --,contributed by ,abner ,b4 ,shaw1 ,north ,dartmouth1 ,mass4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,pin ,ball #cad ,the pin ball shown in the illustration is made of calfskin modeling leather and saddler's felt4 ,two pieces of leather are used1 and one piece of felt1 all three being cut circular to a diameter of about #c in4 ,the felt may be about #a_/b in4 thick1 and leather of a deep brown color is recommended4 ,moisten the leather on the back side with as much water as it will take without showing through the face4 ,lay it on a sheet of heavy glass or copper1 or other hard1 smooth1 nonabsorbent material4 ,place the design1 which has been previously prepared1 over the face of the leather4 ,indent the outline of the design with a nutpick or any other pointed tool that will not cut the leather4 ,remove the pattern1 and go ,illustration3 ,made of ,leather and ,felt over the outline again to deepen the tool marks4 ,the space between the border and the design is now stamped with a cuppointed nail set1 care being taken not to cut the leather1 especially if the tool be new4 ,rubbing the edges of the nail set over a piece of emery paper will serve to dull them1 if they are too sharp4 ,when the designs have been worked on the leather1 paste or glue the leather to the two sides of the belt1 and punch a hole in the center through which to place a cord for hanging up the ball4 9999 ,cleaning ,woodwork #cae ,an easy method of removing the dirt and old varnish at the same time around a kitchen sink is told by a correspondent of ,national ,magazine as follows3 ,make a soft soap from common yellow laundry soap1 and when it is almost cold stir in one tablespoonful of concentrated lye and one-half cupful of kerosene4 ,when the mixture becomes a heavy paste1 it is ready to be spread over the woodwork with a paint brush4 ,allow the soap to remain for a day and a half1 then wash it off with plenty of hot water4 ,the woodwork will be clean and ready for varnishing when it dries out4 9999 ,bill ,file ,made of ,corkscrews #cae ,an ordinary corkscrew makes a convenient file for small bills or memoranda4 ,it may be thrown in any position without danger of the papers slipping off4 ,a rack to hold a number of files can be made of a wood strip 7,fig4 #a7 fitted with hooks or screw eyes cut in a hook shape1 as shown in ,fig4 #b1 ,illustration3 ,bill ,file ,single bills may be separated from the others and will remain separated as in ,fig4 #c4 --,contributed by ,james ,m4 ,kane1 ,doylestown1 ,pa4 9999 ,ornamental ,metal ,inkstand #cae ,the metal required for making this stand is #c_/af in4 in width and may be ,illustration3 ,inkstand and ,details of ,frame steel1 brass or copper4 ,the shaping is done as shown in ,figs4 #b and #c4 ,there are1 in all1 eight pieces to be bent4 ,the two supports are each formed of one piece of metal with the exception that the end scroll pieces on the under side are made separately4 ,eight rivets are required to fasten the two horizontal rings to the supports4 ,the glass receptacle can be purchased at a stationery store4 9999 ,holding ,eyeglasses ,firm #cae ,persons who wear noseglasses and who are troubled with excessive perspiration1 should chalk the sides of the bridge of the nose before putting on the glasses4 ,the latter will then never slip1 even in the warmest weather4 ,if the chalk shows1 use a pink stick1 which can be purchased from any art school or supply store4 ,substitute for ,gummed ,paper #cae ,gummed paper is a great convenience in the home especially for labels1 but it is not always found among the household supplies4 ,the gummed portions of unsealed envelopes in which circulars are received can be utilized for this purpose4 ,quite a large label may be made from these envelope flaps4 9999 ,repairing a ,broken ,phonograph ,spring #caf ,as ,i live a great distance from a railroad station1 ,i did not care to pay the price1 and await the time necessary to deliver a new phonograph spring to replace one that broke in my machine1 and ,i repaired the old one in a creditable manner as follows3 ,i forced the two ends of the break out where ,i could get at them1 then heated each end separately with a pair of red hot tongs and turned a hook or lap on them the same as the joints in knock-down stovepipes4 ,when the ends were hooked together1 the spring worked as good as new4 ,the heated portion did not affect the strength of the spring4 --,contributed by ,marion ,p4 ,wheeler1 ,greenleaf1 ,oregon4 9999 ,calls ,while ,you ,are ,out #caf ,if you wish to know whether or not the door or telephone bell rings during your absence1 place a little rider of paper or cardboard on the clapper in such a way that it will be dislodged if the bell rings4 9999 ,a ,small ,bench ,lathe ,made of ,pipe ,fittings #caf ,the most important machine in use in the modern machine or wood-working shop is the lathe4 ,the uses to which this wonderful machine can be put would be too numerous to describe1 but there is hardly a mechanical operation in which the turning lathe does not figure4 ,for this reason every amateur mechanic and wood-worker who has a workshop1 no matter how small1 is anxious to possess a lathe of some ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a-;,details of ,lathe sort4 ,a good and substantial homemade lathe1 which is suitable for woodturning and light metal work1 may be constructed from pipe and pipe fittings as shown in the accompanying sketch4 ,the bed of this lathe is made of a piece of #a-;in4 pipe1 about #cj in4 long4 ,it can be made longer or shorter1 but if it is made much longer1 a larger size of pipe should be used4 ,the head-stock is made of two tees1 joined by a standard long nipple as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,all the joints should be screwed up tight and then fastened with #c_/af-;in4 pins to keep them from turning4 ,the ends of the bed are fixed to the baseboard by means of elbows1 nipples and flanges arranged as shown4 ,the two bearings in the headstock are of brass4 ,the spindle hole should be drilled and reamed after they are screwed in place in the tee4 ,the spindle should be of steel and long enough to reach through the bearing and pulley and have enough end left for the center point4 ,the point should extend about #a-a_/b in4 out from the collar4 ,the collar can be turned or shrunk on the spindle as desired4 ,the end of the spindle should be threaded to receive a chuck4 ,the tailstock is also made of two tees joined by a nipple4 ,the lower tee should be bored out for a sliding fit on the bed pipe4 ,the upper one should be tapped with a machine tap for the spindle which is threaded to fit it4 ,the ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b spindle has a handle fitted at one end and has the other end bored out for the tail stock center4 ,both the tail stock and the headstock centerpoints should be hardened4 ,a clamp for holding the tail stock spindle is made of a piece of strap iron1 bent and drilled as shown4 ,it is held together by means of a small machine screw and a knurled nut4 ,the tee should have a slot cut in it about one-half its length and it should also have one bead filed away so that the clamp will fit tightly over it4 ,the hand rest is made from a tapering elbow1 a tee and a forging4 ,the forging can be made by a blacksmith at a small expense4 ,both the lower ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c tees of the handrest and the tailstock should be provided with screw clamps to hold them in place4 ,the pulley is made of hardwood pieces1 #c_/d or #a in4 thick as desired4 ,it is fastened to the spindle by means of a screw1 as shown in ,fig4 #b1 or a key can be used as well4 ,care must be taken to get the tailstock center vertically over the bed1 else taper turning will result4 ,to do this1 a straight line should be scratched ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d-;,chuck on the top of the bed pipe1 and when the tail stock is set exactly vertical1 a corresponding line made on this4 ,this will save a great deal of time and trouble and possibly some errors4 ,the two designs of chucks shown in ,figs4 #c and #d are very easy to make1 and will answer for a great variety of work4 ,as the details are clearly shown and the general dimensions given on the accompanying sketches1 it should not be a difficult matter for the young mechanic to construct this machine4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,m4 ,held1 ,laporte1 ,indiana4 9999 ,holder for ,flexible ,lamp-,cord #cag ,the holder is made of a round stick--a piece of a broom handle will do--as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,it is about #a in4 long with two notches cut out for the strands of the cord4 ,these holders are easily made and will answer the purpose almost as well as the ones made in porcelain4 ,painting or enameling will improve not only their appearance1 but also their insulating properties4 ,illustration3 ,ceiling-,cord ,holder ,several of them can be used along a line1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 --,contributed by ,m4 ,musgrove1 ,boissevain1 ,man4 9999 ,support for ,double ,clotheslines #cah ,anyone using a double clothesline over pulleys will find the arrangement shown in ,fig4 #a for supporting the ,illustration3 ,holder on a ,clothesline lower line quite convenient4 ,the support is made of a piece of #c_/d-;in4 square or round wood which has a screw-eye turned into each end4 ,the line is run through these screw-eyes as shown in ,fig4 #b4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,w4 ,up,de,graff1 ,fruitvale1 ,cal4 9999 ,hot ,pan or ,plate ,lifter #cah ,unless a person uses considerable caution1 bad burns may be suffered when taking hot pies from an oven4 ,if one reaches in and takes hold of the pie pan with a cloth1 the arm is liable to touch the oven door and receive a ,illustration3 ,lifter on ,pie ,pan burn4 ,to obviate this1 ,i made the device shown in the sketch for lifting hot pie pans and plates4 ,the handle is of pine about #ah in4 long1 and the two loops are made of heavy wire4 ,the ends of the first loop of wire are put through the handle from the back1 as shown1 and then bent so as to stand out at an angle4 ,the second loop is hinged to swing free on the opposite side of the handle4 ,in use1 the hinged side of the loop is dropped under one edge of a plate or pan and the rigid loop is then hooked under the opposite side4 ,the weight of the pan or dish draws the loops together and there is little or no danger of a spill4 ,the same lifter will pick up any size of plate or pan from a saucer to the largest pie plates4 --,contributed by ,e4 ,j4 ,cline1 ,ft4 ,smith1 ,ark4 9999 ,weighting ,indian ,clubs #cah ,an ordinary ,indian club can be fixed so that different weights may be had ,illustration3 ,indian ,club without changing clubs4 ,each club is bored to receive lead washers which are held in place by a spiral spring4 ,a bolt is run through from the handle end and fastened with a round nut4 ,the lead washers and spring slip over the bolt as shown in the illustration4 ,changing the number of washers changes the weight of the club4 --,contributed by ,walter ,w4 ,white1 ,denver1 ,colo4 9999 ,venting a ,funnel #cah ,when using a tight-fitting funnel in a small-neck bottle1 trouble is usually experienced by the air causing a spill4 ,this can be easily remedied by splitting a match in half and tying the parts on the sides of the stem with thread4 --,contributed by ,maurice ,baudier1 ,new ,orleans1 ,la4 9999 ,lubricating ,woodscrews #cah ,a screw may be turned into hardwood easily1 by boring a small hole and lubricating the screw threads with soft soap4 9999 ,to ,make ,centering ,unnecessary #cai ,for drilling a hole in a chucked piece1 centering is just one operation too many1 if this method is followed3 ,first1 face off the end of the piece1 making a true spot at least as big as the diameter of the drill4 ,put a center punch mark where the tool lines indicate the center of revolution4 ,this serves as a rough guide for placing the drill between the tail stock center and the work as usual4 ,clamp a tool in the tool-post and1 on starting the lathe1 bring it in contact with the drill and keep it firmly so until the drill is in fully up to the lips4 ,this prevents the drill from wobbling1 and when once in true up to its size1 it cannot change any more than under any other starting conditions4 ,after being entered1 the drill does not need the tool1 which should be backed out of contact4 9999 ,fountain ,pen ,cap ,used as a ,ruler #cai ,when it is necessary to draw a short line and there is no ruler at hand1 take ,illustration3 ,ruling ,lines off the cap of your fountain pen and use it as a ruler4 ,if the cap is fitted with a retaining clip1 all the better1 as this will prove a safeguard against slipping4 9999 ,vanishing ,handkerchief ,trick #cai ,the necessary articles used in performing this trick are the handkerchief1 vanishing wand1 a long piece of glass tubing1 a bout #a_/b in4 shorter t h a n the wand1 and a paper tube closed at one end and covered with a cap at the other1 says the ,sphinx4 ,the handkerchief rod1 shown at ,c1 is concealed in the paper tube ,a before the performance4 ,the glass tube ,b1 after being shown empty2 is put into the paper tube ,a1 so that the handkerchief rod now is within it1 unknown to the spectators4 ,the handkerchief is then placed over ,illustration3 ,wand the opening of the tube and pushed in by means of the wand4 ,in doing this1 the handkerchief and the rod are pushed into the wand1 as shown in ,d4 ,after the wand is removed1 the cap is placed over the paper tube1 and this given to someone to hold4 ,the command for the handkerchief to vanish is given1 and it is found to be gone when the glass tube is taken out of the paper cover4 ,this is a novel way of making a handkerchief vanish4 ,it can be used in a great number of tricks1 and can be varied to suit the performer4 9999 ,removing ,glass ,letters from ,windows #cai ,glass letters are removed in the same way as metal letters1 by applying caustic soda or potash around the edges of the letters4 ,as the cement softens1 manipulate the point of a pocket knife under the edges of the letter until the caustic works completely under and makes it easy to lift the letters4 ,with care and patience1 every letter may be thus taken off without breakage4 9999 ,a ,guitar ,that ,is ,easy to ,make #cbj ,a guitar having straight lines1 giving it an old-fashioned appearance1 can be made by the home mechanic1 and if care is taken in selecting the material1 and having it thoroughly ,illustration3 ,details of ,guitar seasoned1 the finished instrument will have a fine tone4 ,the sides1 ends and bottom are made of hard wood1 preferably hard maple1 and the top should be made of a thoroughly seasoned piece of soft pine4 ,the dimensioned pieces required are as follows3 #a ,top4 #c_/af4 by #ad by #ag in4 #a ,bottom4 #c_/af by #ad by #ag in4 #b ,sides4 #c_/af by #c-e_/h by #af-c_/d in4 #a1 ,end4 #c_/af by #c-e_/h by #ac-a_/h in4 #a ,end4 #c_/af by #c-e_/h by #i-e_/f in4 #a ,neck4 #a by #b-e_/af by #ah-a_/b in4 #a ,fingerboard #e_/af by #b-e_/h by #af in4 ,cut the fingerboard tapering and fasten pieces cut from hatpins with small wire staples for frets4 ,all dimensions for cutting and setting are shown in the sketch4 ,the neck is cut tapering from ,g to ,f and from ,j to ,f1 with the back side rounding4 ,a drawknife is the proper tool for shaping the neck4 ,cut a piece of hard wood1 #a_/d in4 square and #a-g_/h in4 long1 and glue it to the neck at ,f4 ,glue the fingerboard to the neck and hold it secure with clamps while the glue sets4 ,the brace at ,d is #a in4 thick1 cut to any shape desired4 ,the sides are glued together and then the front is glued on them4 ,place some heavy weights on top and give the glue time to dry4 ,fasten pieces of soft wood in the corners for braces4 ,glue the neck to the box1 making it secure by the addition of a carriage bolt at ,a4 ,a small block ,c is glued to the end to reinforce it for the bolt4 ,glue strips of soft wood1 as shown by ,k1 across the front and back to strengthen them4 ,the back is then glued on and the outside smoothed with sandpaper4 ,make the bottom bridge by using an old hatpin or wire of the same size for ,e secured with pin staples4 ,glue the bridge on the top at a place that will make the distance from the bridge ,f to the bottom bridge ,e just #bd in4 ,this dimension and those for the frets should be made accurately4 ,six holes1 #c_/af in4 in diameter1 are drilled in the bottom bridge for pins4 ,the turning plugs ,b and strings can be purchased at any music store4 --,contributed by ,j4 ,h4 ,stoddard1 ,carbondale1,pa4 9999 ,greasing the ,front ,wheels of an ,automobile #cbj ,the front wheel bearings of an automobile can be greased without removing the wheels in the following manner3 ,remove the hub caps and fill them with heavy grease and then screw them in place4 ,continue this operation until the grease is forced between all the bearings and out through the small clearance on the opposite side of the wheels4 ,this should be done at least once every month to keep bearings well lubricated and free from grit4 ,dirt cannot enter a well filled bearing as easily as muddy water can enter a dry bearing4 --,contributed by ,chas4 ,e4 ,frary1 ,norwalk1 ,o4 9999 ,removing ,mold #cbj ,mold on wallpaper can be removed at once by applying a solution of #a part salicylic acid in #d parts of #ie alcohol4 9999 ,,how ,,to ,,make ,a ,,paper ,,boat #cba ,a ,light ,boat ,that ,can ,be ,easily ,carried ,illustration3 ,the ,paper ,boat ,is ,light and ,easy to ,propel ,now you might think it absurd to advise making a paper boat1 but it is not1 and you will find it in some respects and for some purposes better than the wooden boat4 ,when it is completed you will have a canoe1 probably equal to the ,indian's bark canoe4 ,not only will it serve as an ideal fishing boat1 but when you want to combine hunting and fishing you can put your boat on your shoulders and carry it from place to place wherever you want to go and at the same time carry your gun in your hand4 ,the material used in its construction is inexpensive and can be purchased for a few dollars4 ,make a frame 7,fig4 #a7 on which to stretch the paper4 ,a board #a in4 thick and about #a ft4 wide and #aa-a_/b ft4 long is used for a keel1 or backbone1 and is cut tapering for about a third of its length1 toward each end1 and beveled ,illustration3 ,detail of ,framework ,construction on the outer edges 7,a1 ,fig4 #b74 ,the cross-boards 7,b1 ,b1 ,fig4 #b7 are next sawed from a pine board #a in4 thick4 ,shape these as shown by ,a1 ,fig4 #d1 #ac in4 wide by #bf in4 long1 and cut away in the center to avoid useless weight4 ,fasten them cross-wise to the bottom board as shown in ,fig4 #a and #b1 with long stout screws1 so as to divide the keel into three nearly equal parts4 ,then add the stem and stern pieces 7,c1 ,c1 ,fig4 #b74 ,these are better1 probably1 when made of green elm4 ,screw the pieces to the bottom-board and bend them1 as shown in ,fig4 #b1 by means of a string or wire1 fastened to a nail driven into the bottom4 ,any tough1 light wood that is not easily broken when bending will do4 ,green wood is preferable1 because it will retain the shape in which it has been bent better after drying4 ,for the gunwales 7a1 a1 ,fig4 #c71 procure at a carriage factory1 or other place1 some tight strips of ash1 #c_/h in4 thick4 ,nail them to the crossboards and fasten to the end pieces ,illustration3 ,important ,features of ,construction 7,c1 ,c17 in notches1 by several wrappings of annealed iron wire or copper wire1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,copper wire is better because it is less apt to rust4 ,for fastening the gunwales to the crossboards use nails instead of screws1 because the nails are not apt to loosen and come out4 ,the ribs1 which are easily made of long1 slender switches of osier willow1 or similar material1 are next put in1 but before doing this1 two strips of wood 7b1 b1 ,fig4 #c7 should be bent and placed as in ,fig4 #c4 ,they are used only temporarily as a guide in putting in the ribs1 and are not fastened1 the elasticity of the wood being sufficient to cause them to retain their position4 ,the osiers may average a little more than #a_/b in4 in thickness and should be cut1 stripped of leaves and bark and put in place while green and fresh4 ,they are attached to the bottom by means of shingle nails driven through holes previously made in them with an awl1 and are then bent down until they touch the strips of ash 7b1 b1 ,fig4 #c71 and finally cut off even with the tops of the gunwales1 and notched at the end to receive them 7,b1 ,fig4 #d74 ,between the cross-boards the ribs are placed at intervals of #b or #c in41 while in other parts they are as much as #e or #f in4 apart4 ,the ribs having all been fastened in place as described1 the loose strips of ash 7b1 b1 ,fig4 #c7 are withdrawn and the framework will appear somewhat as in ,fig4 #a4 ,in order to make all firm and to prevent the ribs from changing position1 as they are apt to do1 buy some split cane or rattan1 such as is used for making chair-bottoms1 and1 after soaking it in water for a short time to render it soft and pliable1 wind it tightly around the gunwales and ribs where they join1 and also interweave it among the ribs in other places1 winding it about them and forming an irregular network over the whole frame4 ,osiers probably make the best ribs1 but twigs of some other trees1 such as hazel or birch1 will answer nearly as well4 ,for the ribs near the middle of the boat1 twigs #e or #f ft4 long are required4 ,it is often quite difficult to get these of sufficient thickness throughout1 and so1 in such cases1 two twigs may be used to make one rib1 fastening the butts side by side on the bottom-board1 and the smaller ends to the gunwales1 as before described4 ,in drying1 the rattan becomes very tight and the twigs hard and stiff4 ,the frame-work is now complete and ready to be covered4 ,for this purpose buy about #ah yd4 of very strong wrapping-paper4 ,it should be smooth on the surface1 and very tough1 but neither stiff nor very thick4 ,being made in long rolls1 it can be obtained in almost any length desired4 ,if the paper be #a yd4 wide1 it will require about two breadths to reach around the frame in the widest part4 ,cut enough of the roll to cover the frame and then soak it for a few minutes in water4 ,then turn the frame upside down and fasten the edges of the two strips of paper to it1 by lapping them carefully on the under side of the bottom-board and tacking them to it so that the paper hangs down loosely on all sides4 ,the paper is then trimmed1 lapped and doubled over as smoothly as possible at the ends of the frame1 and held in place by means of small clamps4 ,it should be drawn tight along the edges1 trimmed and doubled down over the gunwale1 where it is firmly held by slipping the strips of ash 7b1 b7 just inside of the gunwales into notches which should have been cut at the ends of the cross-boards4 ,the shrinkage caused by the drying will stretch the paper tightly over the framework4 ,when thoroughly dry1 varnish inside and out with asphaltum varnish thinned with turpentine1 and as soon as that has soaked in1 apply a second coat of the same varnish1 but with less turpentine2 and finally cover the laps or joints of the paper with pieces of muslin stuck on with thick varnish4 ,now remove the loose strips of ash and put on another layer of paper1 fastening it along the edge of the boat by replacing the strips as before4 ,when the paper is dry1 cover the laps with muslin as was done with the first covering4 ,then varnish the whole outside of the boat several times until it presents a smooth shining surface4 ,then take some of the split rattan and1 after wetting it1 wind it firmly around both gunwales and inside strip1 passing it through small holes punched in the paper just below the gunwale1 until the inside and outside strips are bound together into one strong gunwale4 ,then put a piece of oil-cloth in the boat between the cross-boards1 tacking it to the bottom-board4 ,this is done to protect the bottom of the boat4 ,now you may already have a canoe that is perfectly water-tight1 and steady in the water1 if it has been properly constructed of good material4 ,if not1 however1 in a few days you may be disappointed to find that it is becoming leaky4 ,then the best remedy is to cover the whole boat with unbleached muslin1 sewed at the ends and tacked along the gunwales4 ,then tighten it by shrinking and finally give it at least three coats of a mixture of varnish and paint4 ,this will doubtless stop the leaking entirely and will add but little to either the weight or cost4 ,rig the boat with wooden or iron row locks 7,b1 ,b1 ,fig4 #e71 preferably iron1 and light oars4 ,you may put in ,illustration3 ,off for a ,hunt several extra thwarts or cross-sticks1 fore and aft1 and make a movable seat 7,a1 ,fig4 #e47 ,with this you will doubtless find your boat so satisfactory that you will make no more changes4 ,for carrying the boat it is convenient to make a sort of short yoke 7,c1 ,fig4 #e71 which brings all the weight upon the shoulders2 and thus lightens the labor and makes it very handy to carry4 9999 ,to ,hang ,heavy ,things on a ,nail #cbc ,boys will find many places around ,illustration3 ,double ,nails the house1 where a hook to hang things on will be a great convenience4 ,instead of buying hooks use wire nails1 and if driven as shown in the cut1 they will support very heavy weights4 ,drive the lower nail first4 9999 ,a ,home-,made ,elderberry ,huller #cbd ,as we had only one day to pick elderberries1 we wanted to get as many of them as we could in that time4 ,we could pick them faster than they could ,illustration3 ,details of the ,elderberry ,huller be hulled by hand so we made a huller to take along with us to hull the berries as fast as they were picked4 ,we procured a box and made a frame1 ,fig4 #a1 to fit it easily1 then made another frame the same size and put a piece of wire mesh between them as shown in ,fig4 #b1 allowing a small portion of the mesh to stick out of the frames4 ,the top frame would keep the berries from rolling or jumping off1 and the bottom frame kept the wire mesh and frame from being shaken off the box4 ,the projecting edges of the mesh would keep the frame on the top edge of the box4 ,the top view of the frame is shown in ,fig4 #a and the end in ,fig4 #e1 and the box on which the frame rests in ,fig4 #c4 ,the actual size of the wire mesh used is shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,one person could hull with this huller as many berries as two persons would pick4 --,contributed by ,albert ,niemann1 ,pittsburg1 ,pa4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,bulb on a ,glass ,tube #cbd ,as a great many persons during the winter months are taking advantage of the long evenings to experiment in one way or another1 the following method of forming bulbs on glass tubes may be of interest4 ,a common method is to heat the part to be formed and by blowing in one end of the tube gradually expand the glass4 ,this way has its drawbacks1 as many are not sufficiently familiar with the work to blow a uniform blast1 and the result is1 a hole is blown through the side of the tube by uneven heating or blowing4 ,a good way to handle this work1 is to take the tube and #a or #b in4 more in length than the finished article is to be and place one end over an alcohol flame1 and by holding a spare piece of tubing against the end allow them both to come to a melting heat1 then pull apart and instead of breaking off the long thread thus formed1 simply hold it in the flame at an angle of #de deg4 and melt it down and close the end at the same time4 ,close the other end with the same operation2 this makes the tube airtight4 ,gradually heat the tube at the point where the bulb is to be formed1 slowly turning the tube to get a uniform heat4 ,the air inside of the tube becoming heated will expand1 and the glass1 being softer where the flame has been applied1 will be pushed out in the shape of a bulb4 ,a great deal of care should be taken not to go to extremes1 as the bulb will burst with a loud report if the heat is applied too long4 ,the best results are obtained by heating the glass slowly and then the bulb can be formed with regularity4 ,this is an easy way to make a thermometer tube4 ,after the bulb is formed1 the other end of the tube can be opened by heating1 drawing out and breaking the thread like glass4 --,contributed by ,a4 ,oswald4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,sconce #cbe ,a sconce is a candlestick holder1 so made that it has a reflector of brass or copper and is to hang upon the wall4 ,the tools necessary are a riveting hammer1 file1 metal shears1 rivet punch1 flat and round-nosed pliers1 screwdriver and sheet brass or copper ,no4 #bc gauge4 ,to make the sconce proceed as follows3 ,first1 cut off a piece of brass so that it shall have #a_/b in4 extra metal all around2 second1 with a piece of carbon paper1 trace upon the brass lines that shall represent the margin of the sconce proper1 also trace the decorative design2 third1 with a nail set make a series of holes in the extra margin about #c_/d in4 apart and large enough to take in a #c_/d-;in4 thin screw2 fourth1 fasten the metal to a thick board by inserting screws in these holes2 fifth1 with a twenty-penny wire nail that has had the sharpness of its point filed off1 stamp the background of the design promiscuously4 ,by holding the nail about #a_/d in4 above the work and striking it with the hammer1 at the same time striving to keep its point at #a_/d in4 above the metal1 very rapid progress can be made4 ,this stamping lowers the background and at the same time raises the design4 ,sixth1 chase or stamp along the border of the design and background using a nail filed to a chisel edge4 ,this is to make a clean sharp division between background and design4 ,seventh1 when the stamping is complete remove the screws and metal from the board and cut off the extra margin with the metal shears4 ,file the edges until they are smooth to the touch4 ,the drip cup is a piece of brass cut circular and shaped by placing the brass over a hollow in one end of a block4 ,give the metal a circular motion1 at the same time beat it with a round-nosed mallet4 ,work from the center along concentric rings outward1 then reverse4 ,the candle holders may have two1 three1 four1 or six arms1 and are bent to shape by means of the round-nosed ,illustration3 ,completed ,sconce2 ,shaping the ,holders2 ,riveting pliers4 ,the form of the brackets which support the drip cups may be seen in the illustration4 ,having pierced the bracket1 drip cup1 and holder1 these three parts are riveted together as indicated in the drawing4 ,it will be found easier usually if the holder is not shaped until after the riveting is done4 ,the bracket is then riveted to the back of the sconce4 ,small copper rivets are used4 ,it is better to polish all the pieces before fastening any of them together4 ,metal polish of any kind will do4 ,after the parts have been assembled a lacquer may be applied to keep the metal from tarnishing4 9999 ,how ,to ,make a ,hectograph #cbf ,illustration3 ,making ,copies with the ,hectograph ,a hectograph is very simply and easily made and by means of it many copies of writing can be obtained from a single original4 ,make a tray of either tin or pasteboard1 a little larger than the sheet of paper you ordinarily use and about #a_/b in4 deep4 ,soak #a oz4 of gelatine in cold water over night and in the morning pour off the water4 ,heat #f-a_/b oz4 of glycerine to about #bjj deg4 ,f4 on a water bath1 and add the gelatine4 ,this should give a clear glycerine solution of gelatine4 ,place the tray so that it is perfectly level and pour in the gelatinous composition until it is nearly level with the edge of the tray4 ,cover it so the cover does not touch the surface of the composition and let it stand six hours1 when it will be ready for use4 ,make the copy to be reproduced on ordinary paper with aniline ink2 using a steel pen1 and making the lines rather heavy so they have a greenish color in the light4 ,a good ink may be made of methyl violet #b parts1 alcohol #b parts1 sugar #a part1 glycerine #d parts1 and water #bd parts4 ,dissolve the violet in the alcohol mixed with the glycerine2 dissolve the sugar in the water and mix both solutions4 ,when the original copy of the writing is ready moisten the surface of the hectograph slightly with a sponge1 lay the copy face down upon it and smooth down1 being careful to exclude all air bubbles and not shifting the paper4 ,leave it nearly a minute and raise one corner and strip it from the pad1 where will remain a reversed copy of the inscription4 ,immediately lay a piece of writing paper of the right size on the pad1 smooth it down and then remove as before4 ,it will bear a perfect copy of the original4 ,repeat the operation until the number of copies desired is obtained or until the ink on the pad is exhausted4 ,fifty4 or more copies can be obtained from a single original4 ,when through using the hectograph wash it off with a moist sponge1 and it will be ready for future use4 ,if the surface is impaired at any time it can be remelted in a water bath and poured into a tray as before1 if it has not absorbed too much ink4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,sailomobile #cbf ,by ,frank ,mulford1 ,shiloh1 ,n4 ,j4 ,i had read of the beach automobiles used on the ,florida coast2 they were like an ice boat with a sail1 except they had wheels instead of runners4 ,so ,i set to work to make something to take me over the country roads4 ,i found and used seven fence pickets for the frame work1 and other things as they were needed4 ,i spliced two rake handles together for the mast1 winding the ends where they came together with wire4 ,a single piece would be better if you can get one long enough4 ,the gaff1 which is the stick to which the upper end of the sail is fastened1 is a broomstick4 ,the boom1 the stick at the bottom of the sail1 was made of a rake handle with a broomstick spliced to make it long enough4 ,mother let me have a sheet1 which ,i put down on the floor and cut into the shape of a mainsail4 ,the wind was the cheapest power to be found1 thus it was utilized2 the three wheels were cast-off bicycle wheels4 ,i steer with the front wheel1 which was the front wheel of an old bicycle with the fork left on4 ,the axle between the rear wheels is an iron bar which cost me #ae cents1 and the pulley which raises and lowers the sail cost #e cents4 ,twenty cents was all ,i spent1 all the rest ,i found4 ,a saw1 hammer1 and brace and bit were the tools used4 ,slats made the seat and a cushion from the house made it comfortable1 and in a week ,illustration3 ,sailomobile for ,use on ,country ,roads everything was ready for sailing4 ,once it was started with only my little cousin in it and ,i had to run fast to catch up4 9999 ,a ,home-,made ,magic ,lantern #cbh ,the essential parts of a magic lantern are a condensing lens to make the beam of light converge upon the slide to illuminate it evenly1 a projecting lens ,illustration3 ,lantern ,house with which to throw an enlarged picture of the illuminated slide upon a screen and some appliances for preserving the proper relation of these parts to each other4 ,the best of materials should be used and the parts put together with care to produce a clear picture on the screen4 ,the first to make is the lamp house or box to hold the light4 ,our illustration shows the construction for an electric light1 yet the same box may be used for gas or an oil lamp1 provided the material is of metal4 ,a tin box having dimensions somewhere near those given in the diagrammatic sketch may be secured from your local grocer1 but if such a box is not found1 one can be made from a piece of tin cut as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,when this metal is bent at right angles on the dotted lines it will form a box as shown in ,fig4 #b ,illustration3 ,magic ,lantern ,details which is placed on a baseboard1 #a_/b to #c_/d in4 thick1 #h in4 wide1 and #ad in4 long4 ,this box should be provided with a reflector located just back of the lamp4 ,procure a plano-convex or a bi-convex #f-;in4 lens with a focal length of from #ae to #bj in4 and a projecting lens #b in4 in diameter with such a focal length that will give a picture of the required size1 or a lens of #ab-;in4 focus enlarging a #c-;in4 slide to about #f ft4 at a distance of #bd ft4 ,the woodwork of the lantern should be of #a_/b-;in41 well seasoned pine1 white wood or walnut and the parts fastened together with wood screws1 wire brads1 or glue1 as desired4 ,the board in which to mount the condensing lens is #af in4 wide and #ae in4 high1 battened on both ends to keep the wood from warping4 ,the board is centered both ways1 and1 at a point #a in4 above the center1 describe a #i-;in4 circle with a compass and saw the wood out with a scroll or keyhole saw4 ,if a small saw is used1 and the work carefully done1 the circular piece removed will serve to make the smaller portion of the ring for holding the condensing lens4 ,this ring is made up from two rings1 ,a and ,b1 ,fig4 #c4 ,the inside and outside diameters of the ring ,b are #c_/h in4 greater than the corresponding diameters of ring ,a1 so when fastened together concentrically an inner rabbet is formed for the reception of the lens and an outer rabbet to fit against the board ,c in and against which it rotates being held in place by buttons1 ,,dd4 ,a table1 ,e1 about #b ft4 long is fastened to the board ,c with brackets ,f and supported at the outer end with a standard4 ,the slide support1 ,g1 and the lens slide1 ,h1 are constructed to slip easily on the table1 ,e1 the strips ,,ii serving as guides4 ,small strips of tin1 ,,jj1 are bent as shown and fastened at the top and bottom of the rectangular opening cut in the support ,g for holding the lantern slides4 ,all the parts should be joined together snugly and the movable parts made to slide freely and when all is complete and well sandpapered1 apply two coats of shellac varnish4 ,place the lamp house on the bottom board behind the condensing lens and the lantern is ready for use4 ,the proper light and focus may be obtained by slipping the movable parts on the board ,e1 and when the right position is found for each1 all lantern slides will produce a clear picture on the screen1 if the position of the lantern and screen is not changed4 --,contributed by ,stuart ,mason ,kerr1 ,st4 ,paul1 ,minn4 9999 ,a ,quickly ,made ,lamp #cbi ,a very simple lamp can be made from materials which are available in practically every household in the following manner3 ,a cheap glass tumbler is partly filled with water and then about #a_/b in4 of safe1 light burning oil1 placed on the water4 ,cut a thin strip from an ordinary cork and make a hole in the center to carry a short piece of wick4 ,the wick should ,illustration3 ,lamp be of such a length as to dip into the oil1 but not long enough4 ,to reach the water4 ,the upper surface of the cork may be protected from the flame with a small piece of tin bent over the edges and a hole punched in the center for the wick4 ,the weight of the tin will force the cork down into the oil4 ,the level of the oil should be such as to make the flame below the top of the tumbler and the light then will not be blown out with draughts4 ,the arrangement is quite safe as1 should the glass happen to upset1 the water at once extinguishes the flame4 --,contributed by ,g4 ,p4 ,b4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,paper ,aeroplane #cbi ,a very interesting and instructive toy aeroplane can be made as shown in the accompanying illustrations4 ,a sheet ,illustration3 ,folding the ,paper of paper is first folded1 ,fig4 #a1 then the corners on one end are doubled over1 ,fig4 #b1 and the whole piece finished up and held together with a paper clip as in ,fig4 #c4 ,the paper clip to be used should be like the one shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,if one of these clips is not at hand1 form a piece of wire in the same shape1 as it will be needed for balancing purposes as well as for holding the paper together4 ,grasp the aeroplane between the thumb and forefinger at the place marked ,a in ,fig4 #c1 keeping the paper as level as possible and throwing it as you would a dart4 ,the aeroplane will make an easy and graceful flight in a room where no air will strike it4 --,contributed by ,j4,h4 ,crawford1 ,schenectady1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,bronze ,liquid #cbi ,banana oil or amyl acetate is a good bronze liquid4 9999 ,a ,wrestling ,mat #ccj ,the cost of a wrestling mat is so great that few small clubs can afford to own one4 ,as we did not see our way ,illustration3 ,made of ,bed ,mattresses clear to purchase such a mat1 ,i made one of six used bed mattresses 7,fig4 #a7 purchased from a second-hand dealer4 ,i ordered a canvas bag1 #ab ft4 #c in4 by #ab ft4 #i in41 from a tent company1 to cover the mattresses4 ,the bag consisted of two pieces with the seam along each edge4 ,the mattresses were laid side by side and end to end and the bag placed on and laced up as shown in ,fig4 #b4 --,contributed by ,walter ,w4 ,white1 ,denver1 ,colo4 9999 ,a ,pocket ,voltammeter #ccj ,remove the works and stem from a discarded dollar watch1 drill two #c_/af in4 holes in the edge1 #c_/d in4 apart1 and insert two binding-posts1 ,fig4 #a1 insulating them from the case with cardboard4 ,fold two strips of light cardboard1 #a_/b in4 wide1 so as to form two oblong boxes1 #a_/b in4 long and #c_/af in4 thick1 open on the edges4 ,on one of these forms wind evenly the wire taken from a bell magnet to the depth of #a_/h in4 and on the other wind some #bj gauge wire to the same depth4 ,fasten the wire with gummed label1 to keep it from unwinding4 ,glue the coils to the back of the case and connect one wire from each binding-post as shown in ,fig4 #b1 while the other two wires are connected to an induction coil lead which is inserted in the hole from which the stem was removed4 ,fasten a brass-headed tack to the case at the point ,f with sealing wax or solder and bend a wire in the shape shown in ,fig4 #c to swing freely on the tack4 ,attach a piece of steel rod1 #c_/d in4 long1 in the center coil1 ,c1 ,fig4 #b4 ,a rubber band1 ,d1 connects the steel rod ,c with the top of the watch case4 ,the ends of the rubber are fastened with sealing wax4 ,the rubber keeps the pointer at zero or in the middle of the scale4 ,do not use too strong a rubber4 ,a dial may be made by cutting a piece of stiff white paper so it will fit under the crystal of the watch4 ,an arc is cut in the paper1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 through which the indicator works4 ,to calibrate the instrument1 first mark the binding-post ,a1 which is connected to the coil of heavy wire1 for amperes and the other post1 ,v1 to the coil of small wire for volts4 ,connect the lead and the post marked ,a to one1 two and three cells and each time mark the place of the pointer on the dial4 ,take corresponding readings on a standard ammeter and mark the figures on the dial4 ,the volt side of the dial may be calibrated in the same manner1 using a voltmeter instead of the ammeter4 ,the place where the ,illustration3 ,voltammeter in a ,watch ,case indicator comes to rest after disconnecting the current is marked zero4 --,contributed by ,edward ,m4 ,teasdale1 ,warren1 ,pa4 9999 ,a ,film ,washing ,trough #cca ,illustration3 ,washing a ,negative ,film ,the washing of films without scratching them after they are developed and fixed is very difficult in hot weather4 ,a convenient washing trough for washing full length films is shown in the accompanying sketch4 ,the trough must be made for the size of the film to be washed4 ,cut a #a_/d-;in4 board as long as the film and a trifle wider than the film's width4 ,attach strips to the edges of the board to keep the water from spilling over the sides4 ,cut a hole in one side of a baking powder can about half way between the top and bottom1 large enough to admit a fair-sized stream of water from a faucet4 ,then solder the cover to the can and punch a number of holes about #a_/d in4 apart along the opposite side from where the large hole was cut4 ,place this can on one end of the trough1 as shown1 with the large hole up4 ,some heavy wire bent in the shape of a ,u and fastened to the under side of the trough at the can end will furnish supports to keep that end of the trough the highest and place the opening in the can close beneath the water faucet4 ,a common pin stuck through one end of the film and then in the trough close to the can will hold it in position for washing4 ,five minutes' washing with this device is sufficient to remove all traces of the hypo from the film4 --,contributed by ,m4 ,m4 ,hunting1 ,dayton1 ,o4 9999 ,wood ,burning #cca ,illustration3 ,burnt ,wood ,burnt wood work done with an ordinary reading glass and the sun's rays4 9999 ,the ,diving ,bottle #cca ,this is a very interesting and easily performed experiment illustrating the transmission of pressure by liquids4 ,take a wide-mouthed bottle and fill almost full of water2 then into this bottle place1 mouth downward1 a small vial or bottle having just enough air in the bottle to keep it barely afloat4 ,put a sheet of rubber over the mouth of the large bottle1 draw the edge down over the neck and wrap securely with a piece of string thus forming a tightly stretched diaphragm over the top4 ,when a finger is pressed on the rubber the small bottle will slowly descend until the pressure is released when the ,illustration3 ,pressure ,experiments small bottle wilt ascend4 ,the moving of the small bottle is caused by the pressure transmitted through the water1 thus causing the volume of air in the small tube to decrease and the bottle to descend and ascend when released as the air increases to the original volume4 ,this experiment can be performed with a narrow-necked bottle1 provided the bottle is wide1 but not very thick4 ,place the small bottle in as before1 taking care not to have too much air in the bottom4 ,if the cork is adjusted properly1 the bottle may be held in the hand and the sides pressed with the fingers1 thus causing the small bottle to descend and ascend at will4 ,if the small bottle used is opaque1 or an opaque tube such as the cap of a fountain pen1 many puzzling effects may be obtained4 --,contributed by ,john ,shahan1 ,auburn1 ,ala4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,inexpensive ,wooden ,fan #ccb ,select a nice straight-grained piece of white pine about #a_/d in4 thick1 #c_/d in4 wide and #d in4 long4 ,lay out the design desired and cut as shown in ,fig4 #a1 and then soak the wood in hot water to make it soft and easy to split4 ,cut the divisions very thin with a sharp knife down to the point ,a1 as shown in the sketch1 taking care not to split the wood through the part left for the handle4 ,the fan is then finished by placing each piece over the other as in ,fig4 #b4 ,this will make a very pretty ornament4 --,contributed by ,fred ,w4 ,whitehouse1 ,upper ,troy1 ,n4,y4 ,illustration3 ,cutting the ,wood and ,complete ,fan 9999 ,combination ,telegraph and ,telephone ,line #ccb ,the accompanying diagrams show connections for a short line system ,illustration3 ,wiring ,diagram 7metallic circuit7 of telegraph where a telephone may be used in combination on the line4 ,the telephone receivers can be used both as receivers and transmitters1 or ordinary telephone transmitters1 induction coils and battery may be used in the circuit with a receiver4 ,if a transmitter is used1 its batteries may be connected in circuit with a common push button which is held down when using the telephone4 ,on a #ajjj-;ft4 line1 four dry cells will be sufficient for the telegraph instruments and two cells for the telephone4 --,contributed by ,d4 ,w4 ,milter4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,miniature ,windmill #ccc ,the following description is how a miniature windmill was made1 which gave considerable power for its size1 even in a light breeze4 ,its smaller parts1 such as blades and pulleys1 were constructed of #a-;in4 sugar pine on account of its softness4 ,the eight blades were made from pieces #a by #a-a_/b by #ab in4 ,two opposite edges were cut away until the blade was about #a_/h in4 thick4 ,two inches ,illustration3 ,details of ,miniature ,windmill ,construction were left uncut at the hub end4 ,they were then nailed to the circular face plate ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 which was #f in4 in diameter and #a in4 thick4 ,the center of the hub was lengthened by the wooden disk1 ,b1 ,fig4 #a1 which was nailed to the face plate4 ,the shaft ,c1 ,fig4 #a1 was #a_/d-;in4 iron rod1 #b ft4 long1 and turned in the bearings detailed in ,fig4 #b4 ,j was a nut from a wagon bolt and was placed in the bearing to insure easy running4 ,the bearing blocks were #c in4 wide1 #a in4 thick and #c in4 high without the upper half4 ,both bearings were made in this manner4 ,the shaft ,c was keyed to the hub of the wheel1 by the method shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,a staple1 ,k1 held the shaft from revolving in the hub4 ,this method was also applied in keying the #e-;in4 pulley ,f1 to the shaft1 ,g1 ,fig4 #a1 which extended to the ground4 ,the #b-a_/b-;in4 pulley1 ,i1 ,fig4 #a1 was keyed to shaft ,c1 as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,the wire ,l was put through the hole in the axle and the two ends curved so as to pass through the two holes in the pulley1 after which they were given a final bend to keep the pulley in place4 ,the method by which the shaft ,c was kept from working forward is shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,the washer ,m intervened between the bearing block and the wire ,n1 which was passed through the axle and then bent to prevent its falling out4 ,two washers were placed on shaft ,c1 between the forward bearing and the hub of the wheel to lessen the friction4 ,the bed plate ,d1 ,fig4 #a1 was #b ft4 long1 #c in4 wide and #a in4 thick and was tapered from the rear bearing to the slot in which the fan ,e was nailed4 ,this fan was made of #a_/d-;in4 pine #ah by #ab in4 and was cut the shape shown4 ,the two small iron pulleys with screw bases1 ,h1 ,fig4 #a1 were obtained for a small sum from a hardware dealer4 ,their diameter was #a-a_/d in4 ,the belt which transferred the power from shaft ,c to shaft ,g was top string1 with a section of rubber in it to take up slack4 ,to prevent it from slipping on the two wooden pulleys a rubber band was placed in the grooves of each4 ,the point for the swivel bearing was determined by balancing the bed plate1 with all parts in place1 across the thin edge of a board4 ,there a #a_/d-;in4 hole was bored in which shaft ,g turned4 ,to lessen the friction here1 washers were placed under pulley ,f4 ,the swivel bearing was made from two lids of baking powder cans4 ,a section was cut out of one to permit its being enlarged enough to admit the other4 ,the smaller one1 #j1 ,fig4 #f1 was nailed top down with the sharp edge to the underside of the bed plate1 so that the #a_/d-;in4 hole for the shaft ,g was in the center4 ,the other lid1 ,g1 was tacked1 top down also1 in the center of the board ,p1 with brass headed furniture tacks1 ,r1 ,fig4 #f1 which acted as a smooth surface for the other tin to revolve upon4 ,holes for shaft ,g were cut through both lids4 ,shaft ,g was but #a_/d in4 in diameter1 but to keep it from rubbing against the board ,p1 a #a_/b-;in4 hole was bored for it1 through the latter4 ,the tower was made of four #a by #a in4 strips1 #be ft4 long4 ,they converged from points on the ground forming an #h-;ft4 square to the board ,p at the top of the tower4 ,this board was #ab in4 square and the corners were notched to admit the strips as shown1 ,fig4 #a4 ,laths were nailed diagonally between the strips to strengthen the tower laterally4 ,each strip was screwed to a stake in the ground so that by disconnecting two of them the other two could be used as hinges and the tower could be tipped over and lowered to the ground1 as1 for instance1 when the windmill needed oiling4 ,bearings for the shaft ,g were placed #e ft4 apart in the tower4 ,the power was put to various uses4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,telegraph ,instrument and ,buzzer #ccd ,the only expenditure necessary in constructing this telegraph instrument is the price of a dry cell1 providing one has a few old materials on hand4 ,procure a block of wood about #f in4 long and #c in4 wide and take the coils out of an old electric bell4 ,if you have no bell1 one may be had at the dealers for a small sum4 ,fasten these coils on the blocks at one end as in ,fig4 #a4 ,cut a piece of tin #b in4 long and #a_/b in4 wide and bend it so the end of the tin ,illustration3 ,home-,made ,telegraph ,instrurment when fastened to the block will come just above the core of the coil4 ,cut another piece of tin #c in4 long and bend it as shown at ,a1 ,fig4 #b4 ,tack these two pieces of tin in front of the coils as shown in the illustration4 ,this completes the receiver or sounder4 ,to make the key1 cut out another piece of tin 7,x1 ,fig4 #a7 #d in4 long and bend it as shown4 ,before tacking it to the board1 cut off the head of a nail and drive it in the board at a point where the loose end of the tin will cover it4 ,then tack the key to the board and connect the wires of the battery as in ,fig4 #a4 ,now1 move the coils back and forth until the click sounds just the way you wish and you are ready to begin on the ,morse code4 ,when tired of this instrument1 connect the wire from the coils to the key to point ,a and the one connected at the point under the key to ,b1 leaving the other wire as it is4 ,by adjusting the coils1 the receiver will begin to vibrate rapidly1 causing a buzzing sound4 --,contributed by ,john ,r4 ,mc,connell4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,water ,bicycle #cce ,water bicycles afford fine sport1 and1 like many another device boys make1 can be made of material often cast off by their people as rubbish4 ,the principle material necessary for the construction of a water bicycle is oil barrels4 ,flour barrels will not do-they are not strong enough1 nor can they be made perfectly airtight4 ,the grocer can furnish you with oil barrels at a very small cost1 probably let you have them for making a few deliveries for him4 ,three barrels are required for the water bicycle1 although it can be made with but two4 ,figure #a shows the method of arranging the barrels2 after the manner of bicycle wheels4 ,procure an old bicycle frame and make for it a board platform about #c ft4 wide at the rear end and tapering to about #b ft4 at the front1 using cleats to hold the board frame1 as shown at ,illustration3 ,water1 ,bicycle ,complete the shaded portion ,k4 ,the construction of the barrel part is shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,bore holes in the center of the heads of the two rear barrels and also in the heads of the first barrel and put a shaft of wood1 through the rear barrels and one through the front barrel1 adjusting the side pieces to the shafts1 as indicated4 ,next place the platform of the bicycle frame and connections thereon4 ,going back to ,fig4 #a we see that the driving chain passes from the sprocket driver ,l of the bicycle frame to the place downward between the slits in the platform to the driven sprocket on the shaft between the two barrels4 ,thus a center drive is made4 ,the rear barrels are1 fitted with paddles as at ,m1 consisting of four pieces of board nailed ,illustration3 ,barrel ,float for ,bicycle and deated about the circumference of the barrels1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the new craft is now ready for a first voyage4 ,to propel it1 seat yourself on the bicycle seat1 feet on the pedals1 just as you would were you on a bicycle out in the street4 ,the steering is effected by simply bending the body to the right or left1 which causes the craft to dip to the inclined side and the affair turns in the dipped direction4 ,the speed is slow at first1 but increases as the force is generated and as one becomes familiar with the working of the affair4 ,there is no danger1 as the airtight barrels cannot possibly sink4 ,another mode of putting together the set of barrels1 using one large one in the rear and a small one in the front is presented in ,fig1 #c4 ,these two barrels are empty oil barrels like the others4 ,the head holes are bored and the proper wooden shafts are inserted and the entrance to the bores closed tight by calking with hemp and putty or clay4 ,the ends of the shafts turn in the wooden frame where the required bores are made to receive the same4 ,if the journals thus made are well oiled1 there will not be much friction4 ,such a frame can be fitted with a platform and a raft to suit one's individual fancy built upon it1 which can ,illustration3 ,another ,type of ,float be paddled about with ease and safety on any pond4 ,a sail can be rigged up by using a mast and some sheeting2 or even a little houseboat1 which will give any amount of pleasure1 can be built4 9999 ,how ,to ,make a ,small ,searchlight #ccf ,the materials required for a small searchlight are a #d-volt lamp of the loop variety1 thin sheet brass for the cylinder1 copper piping and brass tubing for base4 ,when completed the searchlight may be fitted to a small boat and will afford a great amount ,illustration3 ,searchlight of pleasure for a little work1 or it may be put to other uses if desired4 ,make a cylinder of wood of the required size and bend a sheet of thin brass around it4 ,shape small blocks of boxwood1 ,d1 ,fig4 #a1 to fit the sides and pass stout pieces of brass wire through the middle of the blocks for trunnions4 ,exactly through the middle of the sides of the cylinder drill holes just so large that when the blocks containing the trunnions are cemented to the cylinder there is no chance of contact between cylinder and trunnion1 and so creating a false circuit4 ,the trunnion should project slightly into the cylinder1 and after the lamp has been placed in position by means of the small wood blocks shown in ,fig4 #a1 the wires from the lamp should be soldered to the trunnions4 ,it is best to solder the wire to the trunnions before cementing the side blocks inside the cylinder4 ,turn a small circle of wood1 ,a1 ,fig4 #b1 inside the cylinder to fit exactly and fasten to it a piece of mirror1 ,c1 ,fig4 #b1 exactly the same size to serve as a reflector4 ,painting the wood with white enamel or a piece of brightly polished metal will serve the purpose4 ,on the back of the piece of wood fasten a small brass handle1 ,b1 ,fig4 #b1 so that it may readily be removed for cleaning4 ,in front of cylinder place a piece of magnifying glass for a lens4 ,if a piece ,illustration3 ,front ,view2 ,side ,view to fit cannot be obtained1 fit a glass like a linen tester to a small disc of wood or brass to fit the cylinder4 ,if magnifying glass cannot be had1 use plain glass and fit them as follows3 ,make two rings of brass wire to fit tightly into the cylinder1 trace a circle 7inside diameter of cylinder7 on a piece of cardboard2 place cardboard on glass and cut out glass with a glass cutter2 break off odd corners with notches on cutters and grind the edge of the glass on an ordinary red brick using plenty of water4 ,place one brass ring in cylinder1 then the glass disc and then the other ring4 ,for the stand fill a piece of copper piping with melted rosin or lead4 ,when hard bend the pipe around a piece of wood which has been sawed to the shape of bend desired4 ,then melt out the rosin or lead4 ,make an incision with a half-round file in the under side of the tube for the wires to come through4 ,make the base of wood as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,one half inch from the top bore a hole large enough to admit the copper pipe and a larger hole up the center to meet it for the wires to come down4 ,if it is desired to make the light very complete1 make the base of two pieces of brass tube--one being a sliding fit in the other and with projecting pieces to prevent the cylinder from going too far4 ,the light may then be elevated or lowered as wished4 ,on two ordinary brass terminals twist or solder some flexible wire1 but before doing so fix a little bone washer on the screws of the terminal so as to insulate it from the tube4 ,when the wires have been secured to the terminals cover the joint with a piece of very thin india rubber tubing1 such as is used for cycle valves4 ,the two wires may now be threaded down the copper tube into the base1 and pulled tight1 the terminals firmly fixed into the tubes2 if too small1 some glue will secure them4 ,to get the cylinder into its carriage1 put one trunnion into the terminal as far as it will go and this will allow room for the other trunnion to go in its terminal4 9999 ,electric ,alarm that ,rings a ,bell and ,turns on a ,light #ccg ,the illustration shows an alarm clock connected up to ring an electric bell1 and at the same time turn on an electric light to show the time4 ,the parts indicated are as follows3 ,a1 key of alarm clock2 ,b1 contact post1 #d in4 long2 ,c1 shelf1 #e-a_/d by #aj in42 ,d1 bracket2 ,e1 electric bulb 7#c-a_/b volts7 2 ,s1 brass strip1 #d-a_/b in4 long1 #c_/h in4 wide and #a_/af in4 thick2 ,t1 switch2 ,f1 wire from batteries to switch2 ,g1 wire from bell to switch2 ,h1 wire from light to switch2 ,i1 dry batteries2 ,j1 bell2 ,x1 point where a splice is made from the light to wire leading to batteries from brass strip under clock4 ,push the switch lever to the right before retiring4 ,to operate this1 set alarm key as shown in diagram1 after two turns have been made on the key4 ,when alarm goes off1 it turns till it forms a connection by striking the contact post and starts the electric bell ringing4 ,throw lever off from the right to center1 which stops bell ringing4 ,to throw on light throw levers to the left4 ,the bell is then cut out but the light remains on till lever is again thrown in the center1 ,illustration3 ,details of ,alarm ,construction ,in placing clock on shelf1 after setting alarm1 be sure that the legs of clock are on the brass strip and that the alarm key is in position so it will come in contact with the contact post in back of clock4 ,the contact post may be of #a_/d-;in4 copper tubing1 or #a_/d-;in4 brass rod4 ,the advantage of this is that one can control the bell and light1 while lying in bed1 by having the switch on the baseboard1 near the bed1 so it can be reached without getting out of bed4 --,contributed by ,geo4 ,c4 ,brinkerhoff1 ,swissvale1 ,pa4 9999 ,how to ,hold a ,screw on a ,screwdriver #ccg ,a screw that is taken from a place almost inaccessible with the fingers requires considerable patience to return it with an ordinary screwdriver unless some holding-on device is used4 ,i have found that by putting a piece of cardboard or thick paper with the blade of the screwdriver in the screw head slot1 the screw may be held and turned into places that it would be impossible with the screwdriver alone4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,chatland1 ,ogden1 ,utah4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,lead ,cannon #cch ,any boy who has a little mechanical ability can make a very reliable cannon for his ,fourth-of-,july celebration by following the instructions given here3 ,illustration3 ,lead ,cannon ,construction ,take a stick--a piece of curtain roller will do--#g in4 long4 ,make a shoulder1 as at ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 #d in4 from one end1 making it as true and smooth as possible1 as this is to be the muzzle of the cannon4 ,make the spindle as in ,fig4 #a1 #a_/d in4 in diameter4 ,procure a good quality of stiff paper1 about #f in4 wide1 and wrap it around the shoulder of the stick1 letting it extend #c_/d in4 beyond the end of the spindle1 as at ,b1 ,fig4 #b4 ,push an ordinary shingle nail through the paper and into the extreme end of the spindle1 as at ,a1 ,fig4 #b4 ,this is to form the fuse hole4 ,having finished this1 place stick and all in a pail of sand1 being careful not to get the sand in it1 and letting the opening at the top extend a little above the surface of the sand4 ,then fill the paper cylinder with melted lead and let cool4 ,pull out the nail and stick1 scrape off the paper and the cannon is ready for mounting1 as in ,fig4 #c4 --,contributed by ,chas4 ,s4 ,chapman1 ,lanesboro1 ,minn4 9999 ,homemade ,electric ,bed ,warmer #cch ,the heat developed by a carbon-filament lamp is sufficiently high to allow its use as a heating element of1 for instance1 a bed warmer4 ,there are a number of other small heaters which can be easily made and for which lamps form very suitable heating elements1 but the bed warmer is probably the best example4 ,all that is required is a tin covering1 which can be made of an old can1 about #c-a_/b in4 in diameter4 ,the top is cut out and the edge filed smooth4 ,the lamp-socket end of the flexible cord is inserted in the can and the shade holder gripped over the opening4 ,a small lamp of about #e cp4 will do the heating4 ,a flannel bag1 large enough to slip over the tin can and provided with a neck that can be drawn together by means of a cord1 gives the heater a more finished appearance1 as well as making it more pleasant to the touch4 9999 ,making a ,fire with the ,aid of ,ice #cch ,take a piece of very clear ice and melt it down into the hollow of your hands so as to form a large lens4 ,the illustration shows how this is done4 ,with the lens-shaped ice used in the same manner as a reading glass to ,illustration3 ,forming the ,ice ,lens direct the sun's rays on paper or shavings you can start a fire4 --,contributed by ,arthur ,e4 ,joerin4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,crossbow and ,arrow ,sling #cci ,in making of this crossbow it is best to use maple for the stock1 but if this wood cannot be procured1 good straight-grained pine will do4 ,the ,illustration3 ,details of the ,bow-,gun and ,arrow ,sling material must be #a-a_/b in4 thick1 #f in4 wide and a trifle over #c ft4 long4 ,the bow is made from straight-grained oak1 ash1 or hickory1 #e_/h in4 thick1 #a in4 wide and #c ft4 long4 ,a piece of oak1 #c_/h in4 thick1 #a-a_/b in4 wide and #f ft4 long1 will be sufficient to make the trigger1 spring and arrows4 ,a piece of tin1 some nails and a good cord will complete the materials necessary to make the crossbow4 ,the piece of maple or pine selected for the stock must be planed and sandpapered on both sides1 and then marked and cut as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,a groove is cut for the arrows in the top straight edge #c_/h in4 wide and #c_/h in4 deep4 ,the tin is bent and fastened on the wood at the back end of the groove where the cord slips out of the notch2 this is to keep the edges from splitting4 ,a mortise is cut for the bow at a point #i-a_/b in4 from the end of the stock1 and one for the trigger #ab in4 from the opposite end1 which should be slanting a little as shown by the dotted lines4 ,a spring1 ,fig4 #b1 is made from a good piece of oak and fastened to the stock with two screws4 ,the trigger1 ,fig4 #c1 which is #a_/d in4 thick1 is inserted in the mortise in the position when pulled back1 and adjusted so as to raise the spring to the proper height1 and then a pin is put through both stock and trigger1 having the latter swing quite freely4 ,when the trigger is pulled1 it lifts the spring up1 which in turn lifts the cord off the tin notch4 ,the stick for the bow1 ,fig4 #d1 is dressed down from a point #c_/d in4 on each side of the center line to #a_/b in4 wide at each end4 ,notches are cut in the ends for the cord4 ,the bow is not fastened in the stock1 it is wrapped with a piece of canvas #a-a_/b in4 wide on the center line to make a tight fit in the mortise4 ,a stout cord is now tied in the notches cut in the ends of the bow making the cord taut when the wood is straight4 ,the design of the arrows is shown in ,fig4 #e and they are made with the blades much thinner than the round part4 ,to shoot the crossbow1 pull the cord back and down in the notch as shown in ,fig4 #f1 place the arrow in the groove1 sight and pull the trigger as in shooting an ordinary gun4 ,the arrow sling is made from a branch of ash about #a_/b in4 in diameter1 the bark removed and a notch cut in one end1 as shown in ,fig4 #g4 ,a stout cord about #b-a_/b ft4 long is tied in the notch and a large knot made in the other or loose end4 ,the arrows are practically the same as those used on the crossbow1 with the exception of a small notch which is cut in them as shown in ,fig4 #h4 ,to throw the arrow1 insert the cord near the knot in the notch of the arrow1 then grasping the stick with the right hand and holding the wing of the arrow with the left1 as shown in ,fig4 #i1 throw the arrow with a quick slinging motion4 ,the arrow may be thrown several hundred feet after a little practice4 --,contributed by ,o4 ,e4 ,trownes1 ,wilmette1 ,ill4 9999 ,a ,home-,made ,vise #cdj ,cut two pieces of wood in the shape shown in the sketch and bore a #c_/h-;in4 hole through both of them for a common carriage bolt4 ,fasten one of the pieces to the edge of the bench with a large wood screw and attach the other piece to the first one with a piece of leather nailed across the bottom of both pieces4 ,the nut on the carriage bolt may be tightened with a wrench1 ,illustration3 ,details of a ,home-,made ,bench ,vise or1 better still1 a key filed out of a piece of soft steel to fit the nut4 ,the edges of the jaws are faced with sheet metal which can be copper or steel suitable for the work it is intended to hold4 9999 ,temporary ,dark ,room ,lantern #cdj ,occasionally through some accident to the regular ruby lamp1 or through the necessity of1 developing while out of reach of a properly equipped dark room1 some makeshift of illumination must be improvised4 ,such a temporary safe light may be made from an empty cigar box in a short time4 ,illustration3 ,lantern ,remove the bottom of the box1 and nail it in position as shown at ,a4 ,remove one end1 and replace as shown at ,b4 ,drive a short wire nail through the center of the opposite end to serve as a seat for the candle1 ,c4 ,the lamp is finished by tacking two or more layers of yellow post-office paper over the aperture ,d1 bringing the paper well around to the sides and bottom of the box to prevent light leakage from the cracks around the edges1 says ,photo ,era4 ,the hinged cover ,e1 is used as a door1 making lighting and trimming convenient4 ,the door may be fastened with a nail or piece of wire4 ,it is well to reinforce the hinge by gluing on a strip of cloth if the lamp is to be in use more than once or twice4 ,this lamp is safe1 for the projecting edges of ,a and ,b form light-shields for the ventilation orifice and the crack at the top of the hinged cover1 respectively4 ,moreover1 since the flame of the candle is above ,a1 only reflected and transmitted light reaches the plate1 while the danger of igniting the paper is reduced to a minimum4 9999 ,runny ,paint #cdj ,the paint will sag and run if too much oil is put in white lead4 9999 ,camps and ,how to ,build ,them #cda ,there are several ways of building a temporary camp from material that is always to be found in the woods1 and whether these improvised shelters are intended to last until a permanent camp is built1 or only as a camp on a short excursion1 a great deal of fun can be had in their construction4 ,the ,indian camp is the easiest to make4 ,an evergreen tree with branches growing well down toward the ground furnishes all the material4 ,by chopping the trunk almost through1 so that when the tree falls the upper part will still remain attached to the stump1 a serviceable shelter can be quickly provided4 ,the cut should be about #e ft4 from the ground4 ,then the boughs and branches on the under side of the fallen top are chopped away and piled on top4 ,there is room for several persons under this sort of shelter1 which offers fairly good protection against any but the most drenching rains4 ,the ,indian wigwam sheds rain better1 and where there are no suitable trees that can be cut1 it is the easiest camp to make4 ,three long poles with the tops tied together and the lower ends spaced #h or #aj ft4 apart1 make the frame of the wigwam4 ,branches and brush can easily be piled up1 and woven in and out on these poles so as to shed a very heavy rain4 ,the brush camp is shaped like an ordinary ,a tent4 ,the ridge pole should be about #h ft4 long and supported by crotched uprights about #f ft4 from the ground4 ,often the ridge pole can be laid from one small tree to another4 ,avoid tall trees on account of lightning4 ,eight or ten long poles are then laid slanting against the ridge pole on each side4 ,cedar or hemlock boughs make the best thatch for the brush camp4 ,they should be piled up to a thickness of a foot or more over the slanting poles and woven in and out to keep them from slipping4 ,then a number of poles should be laid over them to prevent them from blowing away4 ,in woods where there is plenty of bark available in large slabs1 the bark lean-to is a quickly constructed and serviceable camp4 ,the ridge pole is set up like that of the brush camp4 ,three or four other poles are laid slanting to the ground on one side only4 ,the ends of these poles should be pushed into the earth and fastened with crotched sticks4 ,long poles are then laid crossways of these slanting poles1 and the whole can be covered with brush as in the case of the brush camp or with strips of bark laid overlapping each other like shingles4 ,where bark is used1 nails are necessary to hold it in place4 ,bark may also be used for a wigwam and it can be held in place by a cord wrapped tightly around the whole structure1 running spiral-wise from the ground to the peak4 ,in the early summer1 the bark can easily be removed from most trees by making two circular cuts around the trunk and joining them with another vertical cut4 ,the bark is easily pried off with an ax1 and if laid on the ground under heavy stones1 will dry flat4 ,sheets of bark1 #f ft4 long and #b or #c ft4 wide1 are a convenient size for camp construction4 ,the small boughs and twigs of hemlock1 spruce1 and cedar1 piled #b or #c ft4 deep and covered with blankets1 make the best kind of a camp bed4 ,for a permanent camp1 a bunk can be made by laying small poles close together across two larger poles on a rude framework easily constructed4 ,evergreen twigs or dried leaves are piled on this1 and a blanket or a piece of canvas stretched across and fastened down to the poles at the sides4 ,a bed like this is soft and springy and will last through an ordinary camping season without renewal4 ,a portable cot that does not take up much room in the camp outfit is made of a piece of heavy canvas #dj in4 wide and #f ft4 long4 ,four-inch hems are sewed in each side of the canvas1 and when the camp is pitched1 a #b-;in4 pole is run through each hem and the ends of the pole supported on crotched sticks4 ,illustration3 ,camp ,details ,fresh water close at hand and shade for the middle of the day are two points that should always be looked for in4 selecting a site for a camp4 ,if the camp is to be occupied for any length of time1 useful implements for many purposes can be made out of such material as the woods afford4 ,the simplest way to build a crane for hanging kettles over the campfire is to drive two posts into the ground1 each of them a foot or more from one end of the fire space1 and split the tops with an ax1 so that a pole laid from one to the other across the fire will be securely held in the split4 ,tongs are very useful in camp4 ,a piece of elm or hickory1 #c ft4 long and #a-a_/b in4 thick1 makes a good pair of tongs4 ,for a foot in the middle of the stick1 cut half of the thickness away and hold this part over the fire until it can be bent easily to bring the two ends together1 then fasten a crosspiece to hold the ends close together1 shape the ends so that anything that drops into the fire can be seized by them1 and a serviceable pair of tongs is the result4 ,any sort of a stick that is easily handled will serve as a poker4 ,hemlock twigs tied around one end of a stick make an excellent broom4 ,movable seats for a permanent camp are easily made by splitting a log1 boring holes in the rounded side of the slab and driving pegs into them to serve as legs4 ,a short slab or plank can easily be made into a three-legged stool in the same way4 ,campers usually have boxes in which their provisions have been carried4 ,such a packing box is easily made into a cupboard1 and it is not difficult to improvise shelves1 hinges1 or even a rough lock for the camp larder4 ,a good way to make a camp table is to set four posts into the ground and nail crosspieces to support slabs cut from chopped wood logs to form a top4 ,pieces can be nailed onto the legs of the table to hold other slabs to serve as seats1 and affording accommodation for several persons4 9999 ,brooder for ,small ,chicks #cdc ,a very simple brooder can be constructed by cutting a sugar barrel in half and using one part in the manner ,illustration3 ,brooder for ,young ,chicks ,kept ,warm with a ,jug of ,boiling ,water described4 ,line the inside of the half barrel with paper and then cover this with old flannel cloth4 ,make a cover for the top and line it in the same manner4 ,at the bottom cut a hole in the edge1 about #d in4 deep and #d in4 wide1 and provide a cover or door4 ,the inside is kept warm by filling a jug with boiling water and setting it within1 changing the water both morning and night4 ,when the temperature outside is #aj deg4 the interior can1 be kept at #ij or #ajj deg41 but the jug must be refilled with boiling water at least twice a day4 9999 ,faucet ,used as an ,emergency ,plug #cdc ,a brass faucet split as shown at ,a during a cold spell1 and as no suitable plug to screw into the elbow after removing the faucet was at hand1 ,i drove a small cork1 ,b1 into the end of the faucet and screwed it back in place4 ,the cork converted the faucet into an ,illustration3 ,a ,tight-,fitting ,cork ,driven into a ,cracked ,faucet ,converted ,it into an ,emergency ,plug emergency plug which prevented leakage until the proper fitting to take its place could be secured4 --,contributed by ,james ,m4 ,kane1 ,doylestown1 ,pa4 9999 ,automatic ,electric ,heat ,regulator #cdd ,it is composed of a closed glass tube1 ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 connected by means of a very small lead pipe1 ,b1 to another ,illustration3 ,heat ,regulator glass tube1 ,c1 open at the bottom and having five pieces of platinum wire 7#a1 #b1 #c1 #d and #e71 which project inside and outside of the tube1 fused into one side4 ,this tube is plunged into an ebonite vessel of somewhat larger diameter1 which is fastened to the base by a copper screw1 ,e4 ,the tube ,c is filled to a certain height with mercury and then petroleum4 ,the outer ends of the five platinum wires are soldered to ordinary copper wires and connections made to various points on a rheostat as shown4 ,the diagram1 ,fig4 #b1 shows how the connections to the supply current are made4 ,the apparatus operates as follows3 ,the tube is immersed in the matter to be heated1 a liquid1 for instance4 ,as ,illustration3 ,wiring ,diagram ,showing ,how the ,connections to a ,source of ,current ,supply are ,made the temperature of this rises1 the air expands and exerts pressure on the petroleum in the tube ,c so that the level of the mercury is lowered4 ,the current is thus compelled1 as the platinum wires with the fall of the mercury are brought out of circuit1 to pass through an increasing resistance1 until1 if necessary1 the flow is entirely stopped when the mercury falls below the wire #e4 ,with this very simple apparatus the temperature can be kept constant within a #aj-;deg4 limit1 and it can be made much more sensitive by increasing the number of platinum wires and placing them closer together1 and by filling the tube ,a with some very volatile substance1 such as ether1 for instance4 ,the petroleum above the mercury prevents sparking between the platinum wire and the mercury when the latter falls below anyone of them4 9999 ,repairing a ,washer on a ,flush ,valve #cdd ,when the rubber washer on the copper flush valve of a soil-basin tank becomes loose it can be set by pouring a small quantity of paraffin between the rubber and the copper while the valve is inverted1 care being taken to have the rubber ring centered4 ,this makes ,illustration3 ,flush ,valve a repair that will not allow a drop ot water to leak out of the tank4 --,contributed by ,frank ,jermin1 ,alpena1 ,michigan4 9999 ,cleaning ,discolored ,silver #cdd ,a very quick way to clean silver when it is not tarnished1 but merely discolored1 is to wash the articles in a weak solution of ammonia water4 ,this removes the black stains caused by sulphur in the air4 ,after cleaning them with the solution1 they should be washed and polished in magnesia powder or with a cloth4 ,this method works well on silver spoons tarnished by eggs and can be used every day while other methods require much time and1 therefore1 cannot be used so often4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,small ,electric ,motor #cde ,by ,w4 ,a4 ,,robertson ,the field frame of the motor1 ,fig4 #a1 is composed of wrought sheet iron1 which may be of any thickness so that1 when several pieces are placed together1 they will make a frame #c_/d in4 thick4 ,it is necessary to layout a template of the frame as shown1 making it #a_/af in4 larger than the dimensions given1 to allow for filing to shape after the parts are fastened together4 ,after the template is marked out1 drill the four rivet holes1 clamp the template1 or pattern1 to the sheet iron and mark carefully with a scriber4 ,the bore can be marked with a pair of dividers1 set at #a_/h in4 ,this will mark a line for the center of the holes to be drilled with a #a_/d-;in4 drill for removing the unnecessary metal4 ,the points formed by drilling the holes can be filed to the pattern size4 ,be sure to mark and cut out a sufficient number of plates to make a frame #c_/d in4 thick1 or even #a_/af in4 thicker1 to allow for finishing4 ,after the plates are cut out and the rivet holes drilled1 assemble and rivet them solidly1 then bore it out to a diameter of #b-c_/d in4 on a lathe4 ,if the thickness is sufficient1 a slight finishing cut can be taken on the face4 ,before removing the field from the lathe1 mark off a space1 #c-c_/h in4 in diameter1 for the field core with a sharp-pointed tool1 and for the outside of the frame1 #d-a_/b in4 in diameter1 by turning the lathe with the hand4 ,then the field can be finished to these marks1 which will make it uniform in size4 ,when the frame is finished so far1 two holes1 #c-c_/h in4 between centers1 are drilled and tapped with a #c_/h-;in4 tap4 ,these holes are for the bearing studs4 ,two holes are also drilled and tapped for #a_/d-;in4 screws1 which fasten the holding-down lugs or feet to the frame4 ,these lugs are made of a piece of #a_/h-;in4 brass or iron1 bent at right angles as shown4 ,the bearing studs are now made1 as shown in ,fig4 #b1 and turned into the threaded holes in the frame4 ,the bearing supports are made of two pieces of #a_/h-;in4 brass1 as shown in the left-hand sketch1 ,fig4 #c1 which are fitted on the studs in the frame4 ,a #e_/h-;in4 hole is ,illustration3 ,the ,field-,coil ,core is ,built ,up of ,laminated ,wrought ,iron ,riveted ,together drilled in the center of each of these supports1 into which a piece of #e_/h-;in4 brass rod is inserted1 soldered into place1 and drilled to receive the armature shaft4 ,these bearings should be fitted and soldered in place after the armature is constructed4 ,the manner of doing this is to wrap a piece of paper on the outside of the finished armature ring and place it through the opening in the field1 then slip the bearings on the ends of the shaft4 ,if the holes in the bearing support should be out of line1 file them out to make the proper adjustment4 ,when the bearings are located1 solder them to the supports1 and build up the solder well4 ,remove ,illustration3 ,the ,bearing ,studs are ,turned from ,machine ,steel ,two of ,each ,length being ,required the paper from the armature ring and see that the armature revolves freely in the bearings without touching the inside of the field at any point4 ,the supports are then removed and the solder turned up in a lathe1 or otherwise finished4 ,the shaft of the armature1 ,fig4 #d1 is turned up from machine steel1 leaving the finish of the bearings until the armature is completed and fastened to the shaft4 ,the armature core is made up as ,illustration3 ,the ,assembled ,bearing ,frame on the ,field ,core and the ,armature ,shaft ,made of ,machine ,steel follows3 ,two pieces of wrought sheet iron1 #a_/h in4 thick1 are cut out a little larger than called for by the dimensions given in ,fig4 #e1 to allow for finishing to size4 ,these are used for the outside plates and enough pieces of ,no4 #bd gauge sheet iron to fill up the part between until the whole is over #c_/d in4 thick are cut like the pattern4 ,after the pieces are cut out1 clamp them together and drill six #a_/h-;in4 holes through them for rivets4 ,rivet them together1 and anneal the whole piece by placing it in a fire and heating the metal to a cherry red1 then allowing it to cool in the ashes4 ,when annealed1 bore out the inside to #a-aa_/af in4 in diameter and fit in a brass spider1 which is made as follows3 ,procure a piece of brass1 #c_/d in4 thick1 and turn it up to the size shown and file out the metal between the arms4 ,slip the spider on the armature shaft and secure it solidly with the setscrew so that the shaft will not turn in the spider when truing up the armature core4 ,file grooves or slots in the armature ring so that it will fit on the arms of the spider4 ,be sure to have the inside of the armature core run true4 ,when this is accomplished1 solder the arms of the spider to the metal of the armature core4 ,the shaft with the core is then put in a lathe and the outside turned off to the proper size4 ,the sides are also faced off and finished4 ,make the core #c_/d in4 thick4 ,remove the core from the lathe and file out slots #a_/d in4 deep and #g_/af in4 wide4 ,the commutator is turned from a piece of brass pipe1 #c_/d in4 inside diameter1 as shown in ,fig4 #f2 ,the piece is placed on a mandrel and turned to #c_/d in4 in length and both ends chamfered to an angle of #fj deg4 ,divide the surface into #ab equal parts1 or segments4 ,find the centers of each segment at one end1 then drill a #a_/h-;in4 hole and tap it for a pin4 ,the pins are made of brass1 threaded1 turned into place and the ends turned in a lathe to an outside diameter of #a-a_/d in4 ,make a slit with a small saw blade in the end of each pin for the ends of the wires coming from the commutator coils4 ,saw the ring into the #ab parts on the lines between the pins4 ,the two insulating ends for holding these segments are made of fiber turned to fit the bore of the brass tubing1 as shown in ,fig4 #g4 ,procure #ab strips of mica1 the same thickness as the width of the saw cut made between the segments1 and use them as a filler and insulation between the commutator ,illustration3 ,armature-,ring ,core1 ,its ,hub and the ,construction of the ,commutator and ,its ,insulation bars4 ,place them on the fiber hub and slip the hub on the shaft1 then clamp the whole in place with the nut1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,true up the commutator in a lathe to the size given in ,fig4 #f4 ,the brush holder is shaped from apiece of fiber1 as shown in ,fig4 #h4 ,the studs for holding the brushes are cut from #e_/af-;in4 brass rod1 as shown in ,fig4 #i4 ,the brushes consist of brass or copper wire gauze1 rolled up and flattened out to #a_/h in4 thick and #a_/d in4 wide1 one end being soldered to keep the wires in place4 ,the holder is slipped on the projecting outside end of the bearing1 as shown m ,fig4 #c1 and held with a setscrew4 ,the field core is insulated before winding with #a_/fd-;in4 sheet fiber1 washers1 #a-a_/h in4 by #a-a_/b in41 being formed for the ends1 with a hole cut in them to fit over the insulation placed on the cores4 ,a slit is cut through from the hole to the outside1 and then they are soaked in warm water1 until they become flexible enough to be put in place4 ,after they have dried1 they are glued to the core insulation4 ,the field is wound with ,no4 #ah gauge double-cotton-covered magnet wire1 about #ajj ft4 being required4 ,drill a small hole through each of the lower end insulating washers4 ,in starting to wind1 insert the end of the wire through the hole from the inside at ,a ,fig4 #a1 and wind on four layers1 which will take #ej ft4 of the wire1 and bring the end of the wire out at ,b4 ,after one coil1 or side1 is wound start at ,c in the same manner as at ,a1 using the same number of turns and the same length of wire4 ,the two ends are joined at ,b4 ,the armature ring is insulated by covering the inside and brass spider with #a_/af-;in4 sheet fiber4 ,two rings of #a_/af-;in sheet fiber are cut and glued to the sides of the ring4 ,when the glue is set1 cut out the part within the slot ends and make #ab channel pieces from #a_/fd-;in4 sheet fiber1 which are glued in the slots and to the fiber washers4 ,be sure to have the ring and spider covered so the wire will not touch the iron or brass4 ,each slot of the armature is wound with about #ab ft4 of ,no4 #ba gauge double-cotton-covered magnet wire4 ,the winding is started at ,a1 ,fig4 #e1 by bending the end around one of the projections1 then wind the coil in one of the slots as shown1 making #dj turns or four layers of #aj turns each shellacking each layer as it is wound4 ,after the coil is completed in one slot allow about #b in4 of the end to protrude1 to ,illustration3 ,the ,insulated ,brush ,holder and ,its ,studs for ,holding the ,brushes on the ,commutator fasten to the commutator segment4 ,wind the next slot with the same number of turns in the same manner and so on1 until the #ab slots are filled4 ,the protruding ends of the coils are connected to the pins in the commutator segments after the starting end of one coils is joined to the finishing end of the next adjacent4 ,all connections should be securely soldered4 ,the whole motor is fastened with screws to a wood base1 #h in4 long1 #f in4 wide and #a in4 thick4 ,two terminals are fastened at one side on the base and a switch at the other side4 ,to connect the wires1 after the motor is on the stand1 the two ends of the wire1 shown at ,b1 ,fig4 #a1 are soldered together4 ,run one end of the field wire1 shown at ,a1 through a small hole in the base and make a groove on the under side so that the wire end can be connected to one of the terminals ,the other end of the field wire ,c is connected to the brass screw in the brass brush stud4 ,connect a wire from the other brush stud1 run it through a small hole in the base and cut a groove for it on the under side so that it can be connected through the switch and the other terminal4 ,this winding is for a series motor4 ,the source of current is connected to the terminals4 ,the motor can be run on a #aaj-volt direct current1 but a resistance must be placed in series with it4 9999 ,protecting ,tinware #cdg ,new tinware rubbed over with fresh lard and heated will never rust4 9999 ,another ,optical ,illusion #cdh ,after taking a look at the accompanying illustration you will be positive that the cords shown run in a spiral toward the center1 yet it shows a series of ,illustration3 ,the ,cord ,is ,not a ,spiral perfect circles of cords placed one inside the other4 ,you can test this for yourself in a moment with a pair of compasses1 or1 still more simply1 by laying a point of a pencil on any part of the cord and following it round4 ,instead of approaching or receding from the center in a continuous line1 as in the case of a spiral1 you will find the pencil returning to the point from which it started4 9999 ,substitute for ,insulating ,cleats #cdh ,in wiring up door bells1 alarms and telephones as well as experimental ,illustration3 ,insulators work the use of common felt gun wads make a very good cleat for the wires4 ,they are used in the manner illustrated in the accompanying sketch4 ,the insulated wire is placed between two wads and fastened with two nails or screws4 ,if one wad on the back is not thick enough to keep the wire away from the support1 put on two wads behind and one in front of the wire and fasten in the same manner as described4 9999 ,electrically ,operated ,indicator for a ,wind ,vane #cdh ,the accompanying photograph shows a wind vane connected with electric wires to an instrument at considerable distance which indicates by means of a magnetic needle the direction of the wind4 ,the bearings of the vane consist of the head of a wornout bicycle4 ,a #a_/b-;in4 iron pipe extends from the vane and is held in place by the clamp originally used to secure the handle bar of the bicycle4 ,in place of the forks is attached an eight-cylinder gas engine timer which is slightly altered in such a manner that the brush is at all times in contact1 and when pointing between two contacts connects them both4 ,nine wires run from the timer1 one from each of the eight contacts1 and one1 which serves as the ground wire1 is fastened to the metallic body4 ,the timer is set at such a position that when the vane points directly north1 the brush of the timer makes a connection in the middle of a contact4 ,when the timer is held in this position the brush will make connections with each of the contacts as the vane revolves4 ,the indicating device which is placed in a convenient place in the house consists of ,illustration3 ,the ,wind ,vane1 ,magnets and ,indicator eight #d-ohm magnets fastened upon a l-in4 board4 ,these magnets are placed in a #aj-;in4 circle1 #de deg4 apart and with their faces pointing toward the center4 ,covering these is a thin1 wood board upon which is fastened a neatly drawn dial resembling a mariner's compass card4 ,this is placed over the magnets in such a manner that there will be a magnet under each of the eight principal points marked on the dial4 ,over this dial is a magnetic needle or pointer1 #f in4 long1 perfectly balanced on the end of a standard and above all is placed a cover having a glass top4 ,the eight wires from the timer contacts connect with the outside wires of the eight magnets separately and the inside wires from the magnets connect with the metal brace which holds the magnets in place4 ,a wire is then connected from the metal brace to a push button1 two or three cells of dry battery and to the ground wire in connection with the timer ,the wires are connected in such a manner that when the vane is pointing in a certain direction the battery will be connected in series with the coil under that part of the dial representing the direction in which the vane is pointing1 thus magnetizing the core of the magnet which attracts the opposite pole of the needle toward the face of the magnet and indicating the way the wind is blowing4 ,the pointer end of the needle is painted black4 ,if the vane points in such a direction that the timer brush connects two contacts1 two magnets will be magnetized and the needle will point midway between the two lines represented on the dial1 thus giving #af different directions4 ,around the pointer end of the needle is wound a fine copper wire1 one end of which extends down to about #a_/cb in4 of the dial4 ,this wire holds the needle in place when the pointer end is directly over the magnet attracting it2 the magnet causing the needle to dip will bring the wire in contact with the paper dial4 ,without this attachment1 the needle would swing a few seconds before coming to a standstill4 ,the vane itself is easily constructed as can be seen in the illustration4 ,it should be about #f ft4 long to give the best results4 ,the magnets used can be purchased from any electrical store in pairs which are called instrument magnets4 ,any automobile garage can supply the timer and an old valueless bicycle frame is not hard to find4 ,the cover is easily made from a picture frame with four small boards arranged to take the place of the picture as shown4 ,the outfit is valuable to a person who is situated where a vane could not be placed so as to be seen from a window and especially at night when it is hard to determine the direction of the wind4 ,by simply pressing the push button on the side of the cover1 the needle will instantly point to the part of the dial from which the wind is blowing4 --,contributed by ,james ,l4 ,blackmer1 ,buffalo1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,a ,home-,made ,floor ,polisher #cej ,an inexpensive floor polisher can be made as follows3 ,secure a wooden box with a base #h by #ab in4 and about #f in4 high1 also a piece of new carpet1 #ad by #ah in4 ,cut #c-;in4 squares out of the four corners of the carpet and place the box squarely on it4 ,turn three of the flaps of the carpet up and tack them securely to the sides of the box4 ,before tacking the fourth side1 fold a couple of newspapers to the right size and shove them in between the carpet and the bottom of the box for a cushion4 ,fill the box with any handy ballast1 making it heavy or light1 according to who is going to use it1 and securely nail on the top of the box4 ,the handle can be made from an old broom handle the whole of which will be none too long4 ,drive a heavy screw eye into the big end of the handle and fasten to the polisher by a staple driven through the eye into the center of the cover1 thus making a universal joint4 ,the size of the box given here is the best although any size near that1 if not too high1 will answer the purpose just as well4 ,the box is pushed or pulled over the floor and the padded side will produce a fine polish4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,lady's ,card-,case #cej ,a card-case such as is shown here makes a very appropriate present for any lady4 ,to make it1 secure a piece of ooze calf skin leather #d-a_/b by #aj-a_/b in4 ,the one shown in the accompanying picture was made of a rich tan ooze of light weight and was lined with a grey-green goat skin4 ,the design was stenciled and the open parts backed with a green silk plush having a rather heavy nap4 ,the lining of goat skin need not cover more than the central part-not the flies4 ,a piece #d-a_/b by #e ,illustration3 ,design for the ,cover of ,lady's ,card-,case in4 will be sufficient4 ,a piece of plush #a-a_/d by #f in4 will be enough for the two sides4 ,begin work by shaping the larger piece of leather as shown in the drawing4 ,allow a little margin at the top and bottom1 however1 to permit trimming the edges slightly after the parts have been sewed together4 ,a knife or a pair of scissors will do to cut the leather with1 though a special knife1 called a chip carving knife1 is most satisfactory4 ,the next thing is to put in the marks for the outline of the designs and the borders4 ,a tool having a point shaped as in the illustration is commonly used4 ,it is called a modeling tool for leather and may be purchased1 or1 one can be made from an ordinary nut pick by taking off the sharpness with fine emery paper so that it will not cut the leather4 ,to work these outlines1 first moisten the leather on the back with as much water as it will take and still not show through on the face side4 ,place the leather on some level1 nonabsorbent surface and with the tool--and a straightedge on the straight lines--indent the leather as shown4 ,the easiest way is to place the paper pattern on the leather and mark on the paper4 ,the indentations will be transferred without the necessity of putting any lines on the leather4 ,with the knife cut out the stencils as shown4 ,paste the silk plush to the inner side1 being careful not to get any of the paste so far out that it will show4 ,a good leather paste will be required4 ,illustration3 ,leather ,tools ,next place the lining1 fold the flies along the lines indicated in the drawing4 ,hold the parts together and stitch them on a sewing-machine4 ,an ordinary sewing-machine will do if a good stout needle is used4 ,a silk thread that will match the leather should be used4 ,keep the ooze side of the lining ,illustration3 ,complete ,card ,case out so that it will show1 rather than the smooth side4 ,with the knife and straightedge trim off the surplus material at the top and bottom and the book is ready for use4 9999 ,home-,made ,fire ,extinguisher #cea ,dissolve #bj lb4 of common salt and #aj lb4 of sal ammoniac in #g gal4 of water1 and put the solution in thin glass bottles1 cork tightly and seal to prevent evaporation4 ,the bottles should hold about #a qt4 ,if a fire breaks out1 throw one of the bottles in or near the flames1 or break off the neck and scatter the contents on the fire4 ,it may be necessary to use several bottles to quench the flames4 9999 ,crutch ,made of an ,old ,broom #ceb ,an emergency crutch made of a worn-out broom is an excellent substitute for a wood crutch1 especially when one or more crutches are needed for a short time1 as in cases of a sprained ankle1 temporary lameness1 or a hip that has been wrenched4 ,shorten and hollow out the brush of the broom and then pad the hollow part with cotton batting1 covering it with a piece of cloth sewed in place4 ,such a crutch does not heat the arm pit and there is an elasticity about it not to be had in the wooden crutch4 ,the crutch can be made to fit either child or adult and owing to its cheapness1 can be thrown away when no longer needed4 --,contributed by ,katharine ,d4 ,morse1 ,syracuse1 ,n4 ,y4 ,illustration3 ,crutch 9999 ,toy ,darts and ,parachutes #ceb ,a dart 7,fig4 #a7 is made of a cork having a tin cap1 a needle and some feathers4 ,the needle is run through the center of the cork ,a and a pin or piece of steel is put through the eye of the needle4 ,take a quantity of small ,illustration3 ,dart ,parts and ,paper ,parachute feathers1 ,b1 and tie them together securely at the bottom4 ,bore a hole in the center of the cap ,c1 and fasten the feathers inside of it4 ,fasten the cap on the cork and the dart is ready for use4 ,when throwing the dart at a target stand from #f to #aj ft4 away from it4 ,the parachute is made by cutting a piece of paper #ae in4 square and tying a piece of string to each corner4 ,the strings should be about #ae in4 long4 ,tie all four strings together in a knot at the end and fasten them in the top of a cork with a small tack4 ,it is best to be as high as possible when flying the parachute as the air currents will sail it high and fast4 ,take hold of the parachute by the cork and run it through the air with the wind1 letting it go at arm's length4 --,contributed by ,j4 ,gordon ,dempsey1 ,paterson1 ,n4,j4 9999 ,a ,tool for ,lifting ,can ,covers #ceb ,a handy tool for prying up varnish paint1 syrup and similar can covers car be made from an old fork filed down ,illustration3 ,made of an ,old ,fork to the shape shown in the illustration4 ,the end is filed to an edge1 but not sharp4 --,contributed by ,ben ,grebin1 ,ashland1 ,wis4 9999 ,keeping ,rats from a ,chicken ,coop #ceb ,after trying for months to keep the rats from tunneling their way into my chicken coop by filling in the holes1 laying poisoned meat and meal1 setting traps1 etc41 ,i devised a simple and effective method to prevent them from doing harm4 ,my roosting coop is #e by #ae ft4 ,there is a #a-;in4 board all around the bottom on the inside4 ,i used wire mesh having #a_/b-;in4 openings and formed it into the shape of a large tray with edges #f in4 high1 the corners being wired1 and tacked it to the boards4 ,this not only keeps the rats out1 but prevents the chickens from digging holes1 thus helping the rats to enter4 --,contributed by ,john ,a4 ,hellwig1 ,albany1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,homemade ,telephone ,receiver #cec ,the receiver illustrated herewith is to be used in connection with the transmitter described elsewhere in this volume4 ,the body of the receiver1 ,a1 is made of a large wooden ribbon spool4 ,one end is removed entirely1 the other sawed in two on the line ,c and a flange1 ,f1 is cut on the wood1 #a_/h in4 wide and #a_/af in4 deep4 ,a flange the same size is made on the end ,d that was sawed off1 and the outside part tapered toward the hole as shown4 ,the magnet is made of a #cj-penny nail1 ,b1 cut to the length of the spool1 and a coil of wire1 ,e1 wound on the head end4 ,the coil is #a in4 long1 made up of four layers of ,no4 #bb gauge copper magnet wire1 allowing the ends to extend out about #f in4 ,the nail with the coil is then put into the hole of the spool as shown4 ,the diaphragm ,c1 which is the essential part of the instrument1 should be made as carefully as possible from ferrotype tin1 commonly called tintype tin4 ,the diaphragm is placed between the flanges on the spool and the end ,d that was sawed off4 ,the end piece and diaphragm are both fastened to the spool with two or three slender wood screws1 as shown4 ,a small wooden or fiber end1 ,g1 is fitted with two binding posts which are connected to the ends of the wire left projecting from the magnet winding4 ,the binding posts are attached to the line and a trial given4 ,the proper distance must be found between the diaphragm and the head of the nail4 ,this can be accomplished by moving ,illustration3 ,receiver the nail and magnet in the hole of the spool4 ,when the distance to produce the right sound is found1 the nail and magnet can be made fast by filling the open space with melted sealing wax4 ,the end ,g is now fastened to the end of the spool1 and the receiver is ready for use4 9999 ,how to ,clean ,jewelry #cec ,to cleanse articles of silver1 gold1 bronze and brass use a saturated solution of cyanide of potassium4 ,to clean small articles1 dip each one into the solution and rinse immediately in hot water2 then dry and polish with a linen cloth4 ,larger articles are cleaned by rubbing the surface with a small tuft of cotton saturated in the solution4 ,as cyanide of potassium is a deadly poison1 care must be taken not to have it touch any sore spot on the flesh4 9999 ,ornamental ,iron ,flower ,stand #cec ,the illustration shows an ornamental iron stand constructed to hold a glass or china vase4 ,this stand can be made by first drawing an outline of the vase on a heavy piece of paper4 ,the vase is to have three supports4 ,the shape of the scrolls forming each support should be drawn on the paper ,illustration3 ,the ,stand with ,vase around the shape of the vase4 ,a single line will be sufficient1 but care must be taken to get the shapes of the scrolls true4 ,take a piece of string or1 better still1 a piece of small wire1 and pass it around the scroll shape on the paper4 ,this will give the exact length of the iron required to make the scroll4 ,as sheet metal is used for making the scrolls1 it can be cut in the right lengths with a pair of tinner's shears4 ,take a pair of round-nose pliers1 begin with the smallest scrolls1 and bend each strip in shape1 using the flat-nose pliers when necessary to keep the iron straight1 placing it on the sketch from time to time to see that the scrolls are kept to the shape required4 ,the scrolls are riveted and bolted together4 ,the supports are fastened together with rings of strip iron #c_/h in4 wide1 to which the supports are fastened with rivets4 ,the metal can be covered with any desired color of enamel paint4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,coin ,purse #ced ,the dimensions for a leather coin purse are as follows3 from ,a to ,b1 as shown in the sketch1 #f-c_/h in42 from ,c to ,d1 #d-a_/d in42 from ,e to ,f1 #c-a_/b in4 and ,illustration3 ,leather ,design for a ,purse from ,g to ,h1 #c-a_/d in4 ,russian calf modeling leather is the material used4 ,a shade of brown is best as it does not soil easily1 and does not require coloring4 ,cut out the leather to the size of the pattern1 then moisten the surface on the rough side with a sponge soaked in water4 ,be careful not to moisten the leather too much or the water will go through to the smooth side4 ,have the design drawn or traced on the pattern4 ,then lay the pattern on the smooth side of the leather and trace over the design with the small end of the leather tool or a hard1 sharp pencil4 ,trace also the line around the purse4 ,dampen the leather as often as is necessary to keep it properly moistened4 ,after taking off the pattern1 retrace the design directly on the leather to make it more distinct1 using a duller point of the tool4 ,press or model down the leather all around the design1 making it as smooth as possible with the round side of the tool4 ,work down the outside line of the design1 thus raising it4 ,fold the leather on the line ,,ef4 ,cut another piece of leather the size of the side ,,ecbd of the purse1 and after putting the wrong sides of the leather together1 stitch around the edge as designated by the letters above mentioned4 ,do not make this piece come quite up to the line ,,ef1 so that the coins may be more easily put in and taken out4 ,about #a in4 from the lines ,,ef on the piece1 stitch in a strip of leather about #a_/d in4 wide when stitching up the purse1 through which to slip the fly ,,agh4 9999 ,window ,anti-,frost ,solution #ced ,a window glass may be kept from frosting by rubbing over the inner surface a solution of #ee parts of glycerine and #a1jjj parts of #fj per cent alcohol4 ,the odor may be improved by adding a little oil of amber4 ,this solution will also prevent a glass from sweating in warm weather4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,turbine ,engine #cee ,in the following article is described a machine which anyone can make1 and which will be very interesting1 as well as useful4 ,it can be made without the use of a lathe1 or other tools usually out of reach of the amateur mechanic4 ,it is neat and efficient1 and a model for speed and power4 ,babbitt metal is the material used in its construction1 being cast in wooden molds4 ,the casing for the wheel is cast in halves--a fact which must be kept in mind4 ,first1 procure a planed pine board #a by #ab in4 by #ab ft4 long4 ,cut off six ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b pieces #ab in4 square1 and1 with a compass saw1 cut out one piece as shown in ,fig4 #a1 following the dotted lines1 leaving the lug a1 and the projections ,b and b to be cut out with a pocket knife4 ,make the lug #a_/d in4 deep1 and the projections ,b1 b1 #a_/b in4 deep4 ,the entire cut should be slightly beveled4 ,now take another piece of wood1 and cut out a wheel1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,this also should be slightly beveled4 ,when it is finished1 place it on one of the square pieces of wood1 with the largest side down1 then place the square piece out of which ,fig4 #a was cut1 around the wheel1 with the open side down4 7,we shall call that side of a mold out of which a casting is drawn1 the open side47 ,place it so that it is even at the edge with the under square piece and place the wheel so that the space between the wheel and ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a the other piece of wood is an even #a_/h in4 all the way around4 ,then nail the wheel down firmly1 and tack the other piece slightly4 ,procure a thin board #a_/d in4 thick1 and cut it out as shown in ,fig4 #c2 then nail it1 with pins or small nails1 on the center of one of the square pieces of wood4 ,fit this to the two pieces just finished1 with the thin wheel down--but first boring a #c_/d-;in4 hole #a_/d in4 deep1 in the center of it2 and boring a #c_/h-;in4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c hole entirely through at the same place4 ,now put mold ,no4#a 7for that is what we shall call this mold7 in a vise1 and bore six #a_/d-;in4 holes through it4 ,be careful to keep these holes well out in the solid part1 as shown by the black dots in ,fig4 #a4 ,take the mold apart1 and clean all the shavings out of it2 then bolt it together1 and lay it away to dry4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d ,now take another of the #ab-;in4 square pieces of wood1 and cut it out as shown in ,fig4 #d1 slightly beveled4 ,after it is finished1 place it between two of the #ab-;in4 square pieces of wood1 one of which should have a #c_/h-;in4 hole bored through its center4 ,then bolt together with six #a_/d-;in4 bolts1 as shown by the ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e black dots in ,fig4 #d1 and lay it away to dry4 ,this is mold ,no4#b4 ,now take mold ,no4#a2 see that the bolts are all tight2 lay it on a level place1 and pour babbitt metal into it1 until it is full4 ,let it stand for half an hour1 then loosen the bolts and remove the casting4 ,now cut out one of the #ab-;in4-square pieces of wood as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,this is the same as ,fig4 #a1 only the one is left-handed1 the other right-handed4 ,put this together in mold ,no4#a1 instead of the right-handed piece2 and run in babbitt metal again4 ,the casting thus made will face together with the casting previously made4 ,pour metal into mold ,no4#b4 ,this will cast a paddle-wheel1 which is intended to turn inside of the casting already made4 ,if there should happen to be any ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f holes or spots1 where the casting did not fill out1 fill them by placing a small piece of wood with a hole in it1 over the defective part1 and pouring metal in to fill it up4 ,if you cannot obtain the use of a drill press1 take an ordinary brace1 fasten a #c_/h-;in4 drill in it1 and bore a hole through the end of a strip about #b in4 wide and #af in4 long2 put the top of the brace through this hole1 and fasten the other end of the strip to a bench1 as shown in illustration4 ,find the center of the paddle-wheel1 place it under the drill1 true it up with a square2 and drill it entirely through4 ,find the centers of the insides of the other two castings1 and drill them in the same manner4 ,a piece of mild steel #e in4 long1 and #c_/h-;in4 in diameter must now be obtained4 ,this is for a shaft4 ,commencing #a-a_/b in4 from the one end1 file the shaft off flat for a distance of #a in4 ,then cut a slot in the paddle-wheel1 and place the shaft inside of the paddlewheel1 with the flat part of the shaft turned to face the slot in the wheel4 ,pour metal into the slot to key the wheel on to the shaft4 ,the paddle-wheel is now ready to be fitted inside of the casing4 ,it may be necessary to file some of the ends off the paddles1 in order to let the paddle-wheel go into the casing4 ,after it is fitted in1 so that it will turn easily1 place the entire machine in a vise1 and bore three #a_/d-;in4 holes1 one in the lug1 one in the projections1 ,b1 b1 and the other in the base1 as shown by the black dots in ,fig4 #f4 ,also bore the port-hole in projection ,b1 and the exhaust hole in projection b1 and two #a_/d-;in4 holes at d1 d1 ,fig4 #f4 ,cut out a piece of gasket and fit it between the two castings4 ,then bolt the castings together1 screw down1 and connect to the boiler4 ,illustration3 ,using the ,brace ,the reader must either cast a pulley out of babbitt metal1 or else go to a machinist and get a collar turned1 with a boss and a set screw1 and with three small screw holes around the edge4 ,cut out a small wood wheel and screw the collar fast to it1 fasten it to the shaft of the turbine and turn on the steam4 ,then take a knife or a chisel1 and1 while it is running at full speed1 turn the wheel to the shape desired4 ,your turbine engine is now ready for work1 and if instructions have been carefully followed1 will do good service4 9999 ,painting ,a ,car #ceg ,when painting the automobile body and chassis be sure to stuff the oil holes with felt or waste before applying the paint4 ,if this caution is not observed the holes will become clogged with paint which will prevent any oil reaching the bearing4 9999 ,how ,to ,build ,an ,ice ,boat #ceg ,the ice boat is each year becoming more popular4 ,anyone with even small experience in using tools can ,illustration3 ,a ,four-,runner ,ice ,yacht construct such a craft1 and the pleasure many times repays the effort4 ,take two pieces of wood #b by #f in41 one #f ft4 and the other #h ft4 long4 ,at each end of the #f-;ft4 piece and at right angles to it1 bolt a piece of hardwood #b by #d by #ab in4 ,round off the lower edge of each piece to fit an old skate4 ,have a blacksmith bore holes through the top of the skates and screw one of them to each of the pieces of hardwood4 ,illustration3 ,plan of ,ice ,boat ,these skates must be exactly parallel or there will be trouble the first time the craft is used4 ,over the middle of the #f-;ft4 piece and at right angles to it1 bolt the #h-;ft4 plank1 leaving #a ft4 projecting as in ,fig4 #a4 ,the rudder skate is fastened to a piece of hardwood #b by #b by #ab in4 as the runners were fastened4 ,this piece should be mortised #c by #c by #d in4 in the top before the skate is put on4 ,figure #b shows the rudder post4 ,a piece of hardwood #a by #f by #f in4 ,illustration3 ,details of ,ice ,boat ,construction should be screwed to the under side of the #h-;ft4 plank at the end with the grain running crosswise4 ,through this bore a hole #a-a_/b-;in4 in diameter in order that the rudder post may fit nicely4 ,the tiller1 ,fig4 #c1 should be of hardwood1 and about #h in4 long4 ,to the under side of the #h-;ft4 plank bolt a piece of timber #b by #d by #bb in4 in front of the rudder block1 and to this cross piece and the #f-;ft4 plank nail #h-;in4 boards to make the platform4 ,the spar should be #i ft4 long and #b-a_/b in4 in diameter at the base1 tapering to #a-a_/b in4 at the top4 ,this fits in the square hole1 ,fig4 #a4 ,the horn should be #e-a_/b ft4 long1 #b by #c in4 at the butt and #a in4 at the end4 ,figure #d gives the shape and dimensions of the mainsail which can be made of muslin4 ,run the seam on a machine1 put a stout cord in the hem and make loops at the corners4 ,figure #f shows the way of rigging the gaff to the spar4 ,figure #g shows the method of crotching the main boom and ,fig4 #h a reef point knot1 which may come in handy in heavy winds4 ,make your runners as long as possible1 and if a blacksmith will make an iron or steel runner for you1 so much the better will be your boat4 9999 ,electric ,rat ,exterminator #ceh ,some time ago we were troubled by numerous large rats around the shop1 particularly in a storehouse about #ajj ft4 distant1 where they often did considerable damage4 ,one of the boys thought he would try a plan of electrical extermination1 and in order to carry out his plan he picked up an old zinc floor plate that had been used under a stove and mounted a wooden disk #f in4 in diameter in the center4 ,on this disk he placed a small tin pan about #f in4 in diameter1 being careful that none of the fastening nails made an electrical connection between the zinc plate and the tin pan4 ,this apparatus was placed on the floor of the warehouse where it was plainly visible from a window in the shop where we worked and a wire was run from the pan and another from the zinc plate through the intervening yard and into the shop4 ,a good sized induction coil was through connected with these wires and about six dry batteries were used to run the induction coil whenever a push button was manipulated4 ,it is quite evident that when a rat put its two fore feet on the edge of the pan in order to eat the mush which it contained1 that an electrical connection would be made through the body of the rat1 and when we pushed the button up in the shop the rat would be thrown ,illustration3 ,electric ,rat ,trap #b or #c ft4 in the air and let out a terrific squeak4 ,the arrangement proved quite too effective1 for after a week the rats all departed and the boys all regretted that their fun was at an end4 --,contributed by ,john ,d4 ,adams1 ,phoenix1 ,ariz4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,simple ,fire ,alarm #cei ,a fire alarm which is both inexpensive and simple in construction is shown in the illustration4 ,its parts are as follows3 ,a1 small piece of wood2 ,b1 block of wood nailed to ,a2 ,s ,s4 two pieces of sheet brass about #a_/d in4 wide1 bent into a hook at each end2 ,p1 ,p1 binding-posts fastening the springs ,s ,s1 to block ,b1 so that they come in contact at ,c4 ,w is a piece of wax crayon just long enough to break the contact at ,c when inserted as shown in the illustration4 ,when these parts have been put together in the manner described1 connect the device in circuit with an electric bell1 and place it behind a stove4 ,illustration3 ,simple ,fire ,alarm ,when the stove becomes too hot the wax will melt at the ends1 allowing the springs to contact at ,c1 and the alarm bell will ring4 --,contributed by ,j4 ,r4 ,comstock1 ,mechanicsburg1 ,pa4 9999 ,to ,build a ,merry-,go-,round #cei ,this is a very simple device1 but one that will afford any amount of amusement4 ,the center post rests in an auger hole bored in an old stump or in a post set in the ground4 ,the stump makes the best support4 ,the center pole should be #aj ft4 high4 ,an old wheel is mounted at the top of the pole1 and the pole works in the wheel as an axle1 says the ,american ,boy4 ,the wheel is anchored out by several guy ,illustration3 ,home-,made ,merry-,go-,round wires4 ,the seat arms may be any length desired4 ,a passenger rides in each seat and the motorman takes his station at the middle4 9999 ,arbor ,wheels #cei ,emery wheel arbors should be fitted with flanges or washers having a slight concave to their face4 9999 ,novelty ,clock for the ,kitchen #cfj ,an inexpensive and easy way to make an unique ornament of a clock ,illustration3 ,the ,clock with ,holder for kitchen use is to take an old alarm clock or a new one if preferred1 and make it into a clock to hang on the wall4 ,take the glass1 dial and works out of the shell and cut some pieces out of the metal so that when the pieces left are turned back it will have the appearance as in ,fig4 #a4 ,then get a #aj-;cent frying pan1 #f in4 in diameter1 and drill a hole in the center so the shaft for the hands will easily pass through and extend out far enough to replace the two hands4 ,put the works back in the metal shell and solder it to the frying pan by the pieces turned out as in ,fig4 #b4 ,gild the pan all over1 including the handle1 and print black figures in the small circles4 ,calendar figures can be pasted on small circles and these pasted on the frying pan4 ,the parts can be divided into minutes with small lines the same as shown in the drawing4 ,make new hands that are long enough to reach the figures from sheet brass or tin and paint them black4 --,contributed by ,carl ,p4 ,herd1 ,davenport1 ,iowa 9999 ,how to ,make a ,small ,silver ,plating ,outfit #cfj ,take an ordinary glass fruit jar or any other receptacle in glass1 not metal1 which will hold #a qt4 of liquid and fill it with rain or distilled water and then add #c_/d oz4 of silver chloride and #a-a_/b oz4 of c4p4 potassium cyanide4 ,let this dissolve and incorporate well with the water before using4 ,take an ordinary wet battery and fasten two copper wires to the terminals and fasten the other ends of the wires to two pieces of heavy copper wire or #a_/d-;in4 brass pipe4 ,the wires must be well soldered to the brass pipe to make a good connection4 ,when the solution is made up and entirely dissolved the outfit is ready for plating4 ,procure a small piece of silver1 a silver button1 ring1 chain or anything made entirely of silver and fasten a small copper wire to it and hang on the brass pipe with connections to the carbon of the battery4 ,clean the article to be plated well with pumice and a brush saturated in water4 ,when cleaning any article there should be a copper wire attached to it4 ,do not touch the article after you once start to clean it1 or the places touched by your fingers will cause the silver plate to peel off when finished4 ,when well scoured1 run clear1 cold water over the article and if it appears greasy1 place in hot water4 ,when well cleaned place in the plating bath and carefully watch the results4 ,if small bubbles come to the surface you will know that you have too much of the anode or the piece of silver hanging in the solution and you ,illustration3 ,plating ,jar and ,battery must draw out enough of the piece until you can see no more bubbles4 ,leave the piece to be plated in the solution for about one-half hour1 then take the article out and with a tooth brush and some pumice1 clean the yellowish scum off1 rinse in clear water and dry in sawdust4 ,when thoroughly dry1 take a cotton flannel rag and some polishing powder and polish the article4 ,the article must have a fine polish before plating if it is desired to have a finely polished surface after the plate is put on4 ,in order to see if your battery is working1 take a small copper wire and touch one end to the anode pipe and the other end to the pipe holding the article to be plated4 ,when these two parts touch there will be a small spark4 ,always take the zincs out of the solution when not in use and the batteries will last longer4 ,this description applies only to silver plating4 ,articles of lead1 pewter1 tin or any soft metal cannot be silver plated unless the article is first copper plated4 9999 ,removing a ,tight-,fitting ,ring from a ,finger #cfa ,when a ring cannot be removed easily from the finger1 take a string or thread and draw one end through between the ring and the flesh4 ,coil the other end of the string around the finger covering the part from the ring to and over the finger joint4 ,uncoil the string by taking the end placed through the ring and at the same time keep the ring close up to the string4 ,in this way the ring can be easily ,illustration3 ,wrapping the ,finger slipped over the knuckle and off from the finger4 --,contributed by ,j4 ,k4 ,miller1 ,matietta1 ,penn4 9999 ,a ,photographic ,jig-,saw ,puzzle #cfa ,take any photographic print and mount it on heavy cardboard1 or1 if you ,illustration3 ,picture ,marked for ,cutting have a jig saw1 a thin smooth wood board and mark out various shaped pieces as shown in the accompanying cut4 ,if the picture is mounted on cardboard1 the lines can be cut through with a sharp pointed knife4 ,if you have a jig saw1 you can make a bromide enlargement from the negative you have selected and mount the print on a smooth board that is not too thick4 ,this wood-mounted picture can be sawed out making all shapes of blocks1 which forms a perfect jig-saw puzzle4 --,contributed by ,erich ,lehmann1 ,new ,york ,city4 9999 ,rolling ,uphill ,illusion #cfa ,this interesting as well as entertaining illusion1 can be made by anyone having a wood-turning lathe4 ,a solid1 similar to two cones placed base to base1 is accurately turned in a lathe1 the sides sloping to an angle of #de deg4 ,the spindle can be turned out of the solid at the same time as the cone2 or1 after turning the cone1 drive an iron or wood shaft through the center making a tight fit4 ,the boards for the track are made with a sloping edge on which the cone is to roll4 ,this slope will depend on the diameter of the cone1 which can be any size from #c to #ab in4 ,the slope should not be too flat1 or the cone will not roll1 and it should be such that the ,illustration3 ,the ,illusion one end will be higher than the other by a little less than half the diameter of the cone4 ,thus it will be seen that the diameter of the cone determines the length of the slope of the tracks4 ,a notch should be cut in the tracks1 as indicated1 for the shaft to drop into at the end of the course4 ,the lower end of the tracks are closed until the high edge of the cone rests upon the inside edges of the tracks and the high end spread sufficiently to take the full width of the cone and to allow the shaft to fall into the notches4 ,when the cone and tracks are viewed from the broadside the deception will be more perfect1 and will not be discovered until the construction of the model is seen from all sides4 ,should it be difficult to make the cone from wood1 a good substitute can be made from two funnels4 --,contributed by ,i4 ,g4 ,bayley1 ,cape ,may ,point1 ,n4,j4 9999 ,annealing ,chisel ,steel #cfb ,persons who have occasion to use tool or carbon steel now and then and do not have access to an assorted stock of this material find that the kind most readily obtained at the hardware store is the unannealed steel known as chisel steel4 ,machining or filing such steel is exceedingly slow and difficult1 besides the destruction of tools2 as a matter of fact this steel is intended for chisels1 drills1 and like tools which require only forging and filing4 ,if this steel is annealed1 it can be worked as easily as the more expensive annealed steel4 ,annealing may be done by heating the steel to a cherry red1 not any more1 and burying it in a box of slaked lime1 where it is allowed to remain until all the heat is gone4 ,if well done1 the metal will be comparatively soft and in a condition to machine easily and rapidly4 ,in lieu of lime1 bury in ashes1 sand1 loam1 or any substance not inflammable1 but fine enough to closely surround the steel and exclude the air so that the steel cools very slowly4 ,if possible1 keep the steel red hot in the fire several hours1 the longer the better4 ,in certain processes1 like that of file manufacturing1 the steel blanks are kept hot for #dh hours or more4 ,where it is impossible to wait so long as the foregoing method takes1 then a cold water anneal may be used with less time4 ,this method consists of heating the work as slowly and thoroughly as the time will permit1 then removing the steel from the fire and allowing it to cool in the air until black and then quenching in water4 ,in addition to softening the steel1 annealing benefits the metal by relieving strains in the piece4 ,should a particularly accurate job be called for1 the steel should be annealed again after the roughing cuts have been taken and before machining to the final size4 ,this will insure a true job and diminishes the danger of spring in the final hardening4 --,contributed by ,donald ,a4 ,hampson1 ,middletown1 ,n4 ,y4 99 99 99 99 99 ,illustration3 ,the above photograph was made by first printing a maple leaf of the paper1 not too dark1 then printing on top the picture from the negative1 and finishing in the usual way4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,post ,card ,holder #cfc ,this holder is designed to lay flat on the counter or to stack one on top of the other1 keeping each variety of cards separate1 or a number of them can be fastened on any upright surface to display either horizontal or vertical cards4 ,the holders can be made from sheet tin1 zinc1 brass or aluminum4 ,the dimensions for the right size are given in ,fig4 #a2 the dotted line showing where the bends are made4 ,the ,illustration3 ,pattern for ,cutting the ,metal completed holder is shown in ,fig4 #b as fastened to a wall4 --,contributed by ,john ,f4 ,williamson1 ,daytona1 ,fla4 9999 ,unused ,paint #cfc ,do not allow paint that is left over from a job to stand uncovered4 ,the can should be tightly sealed and the paint will be found suitable for use for several days4 9999 ,perfume-,making ,outfit #cfc ,the real perfume from the flowers is not always contained in the liquid purchased for perfume4 ,the most expensive perfume can be made at home for less than #aj cents an ounce4 ,the outfit necessary is a large bottle or glass jar with a smaller bottle to fit snugly into the open mouth of the large one4 ,secure a small piece of very fine sponge and wash it clean to thoroughly remove all grit and sand4 ,illustration3 ,bottle with ,flowers ,saturate the sponge with pure olive oil1 do not use strong oil1 and place it inside of the smaller bottle4 ,fill the large bottle or jar with flowers1 such as roses1 carnations1 pansies1 honeysuckles or any flower having a strong and sweet odor4 ,place the small bottle containing the sponge upside down in the large one1 as shown in the illustration4 ,the bottle is now placed in the sun and kept there for a day and then the flowers are removed and fresh ones put in4 ,change the flowers each day as long as they bloom4 ,remove the sponge and squeeze out the oil4 ,for each drop of oil add #b oz4 of grain alcohol4 ,if stronger perfume is desired add only #a oz4 alcohol to each drop of oil4 9999 ,home-,made ,duplicator for ,box ,cameras #cfc ,the projecting tube of the lens on a hand camera can be easily fitted with a duplicator while the box camera with its lens set on the inside and nothing but a hole in the box does not have such advantages4 ,a small piece of heavy cardboard can be made to produce the same results on a box camera as a first-class duplicator applied to a hand camera4 ,illustration3 ,duplicator ,attached to a ,camera ,the cardboard is cut triangular and attached to the front end of the camera as shown in ,fig4 #a with a pin about #a in4 above the lens opening4 ,a rubber band placed around the lower end of the cardboard and camera holds the former at any position it is placed4 ,a slight pressure of the finger on the point ,a1 ,fig4 #b1 will push the cardboard over and expose one-half of the plate and the same pressure at ,b1 ,fig4 #c1 will reverse the operation and expose the other one-half4 ,pins can be stuck in the end of the camera on each side of the lens opening at the right place to stop the cardboard for the exposure4 ,with this device one can duplicate the picture of a person on the same negative4 --,contributed by ,maurice ,baudier1 ,new ,orleans1 ,la4 9999 ,optical ,illusions #cfd ,the accompanying sketch shows two optical illusions1 the first having a perfect circle on the outside edge ,illustration3 ,the ,two ,illusions appears to be flattened at the points ,a1 and the arcs of the circle1 ,b1 appear to be more rounding4 ,in the second figure the circle appears to have an oval form with the distance from ,c to ,c greater than from ,d to ,d4 ,a compass applied to the circles in either figures will show that they are perfectly round4 --,contributed by ,norman ,s4 ,brown1 ,chippewa ,falls1 ,wis4 9999 ,use of ,kerosene in ,polishing ,metals #cfd ,anyone who has polished a flat iron or steel surface with emery cloth knows how soon the cloth gums and fills up4 ,the cloth in this condition will do little or no cutting4 ,a simple remedy for this trouble is to use kerosene on the surface4 ,the oil floats away a large part of the gumming substance and leaves the emery cloth sharp and clean to do the best work1 also1 it seems to act as a lubricant to keep particles of metal from collecting on the cloth and scratching or digging in the surface of the metal4 ,a very light lard oil is equally good for this purpose1 but not always easily obtained4 ,a surface polished where oil or kerosene is used does not rust so easily as one polished dry1 for the reason that a little oil remains on the metal4 ,kerosene is the best to use on oil stones1 being better than heavier oil4 ,this oil readily floats away all particles of the feather edge that are liable to become loosened and forced into the stone4 ,these particles of metal when stuck to the stone are the cause of spoiling it1 as well as nicking the tools that are being sharpened4 ,keep the surface of the stone well oiled at all times to make the cutting free4 --,contributed by ,donald ,a4 ,hampson1 ,middletown1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,how to ,make ,lamps ,burn ,brightly #cfd ,for a good1 steady light there is nothing better than a lamp1 but like most everything it must have attention4 ,after cleaning well and fitting it1 place a small lump of camphor in the oil vessel4 ,this will greatly improve the light and make the flame clearer and brighter4 ,if there is no camphor at hand add a few drops of vinegar occasionally4 9999 ,a ,practical ,camera for ,fifty ,cents #cfe ,by ,c4 ,h4 ,claudy ,i say for fifty cents1 but really this is an outside estimate4 ,if you possess a few tools and the rudiments of a shop1 by which is meant a few odds and ends of screws1 brass and nails1 you can really make this camera for nothing4 ,the camera box is the first consideration1 and for this a cigar box answers every purpose4 ,it is better to use one of the long boxes which contain a hundred cigars and which have square ends4 ,this box should be cut down1 by means of a saw and a plate1 until the ends are #d in4 square4 ,leave the lid hinged as it is when it comes4 ,clean all the paper from the outside and inside ,illustration3 ,construction of ,camera ,box of the box--which may be readily done with a piece of glass for a scraper and a damp cloth--and paint the interior of the box a dead black1 either with carriage makers' black or black ink4 ,now bore in the center of one end a small hole1 #a_/d in4 or less in diameter4 ,finally insert on the inside of the box1 on the sides1 two small strips of wood1 #a_/h by #a_/d in4 and fasten them with glue1 #a_/h in4 from the other end of the box4 ,examine ,fig4 #a1 and see the location of these strips1 which are lettered ,,ee4 ,their purpose is to hold the plate1 which may be any size desired up to #d in4 square4 ,commercially1 plates come #c-a_/b by #c-a_/b in41 or1 in the lantern slide plate1 #c-a_/d by #d in4 ,if it is desired to use the #c-a_/b by #c-a_/b in4 plates4 which is advised1 the box should measure that size in its internal dimensions4 ,we now come to the construction of the most essential part of the camera--the pin hole and the shutter1 which take the place of the lens and shutter used in more expensive outfits4 ,this construction is illustrated in ,fig4 #d4 ,take a piece of brass1 about #a_/af-;in4 thick and #a-a_/b in4 square4 ,bore a hole in each corner1 to take a small screw1 which will fasten it to the front of the camera4 ,with #a_/d-;in4 drill bore nearly through the plate in the center1 but be careful that the point of the drill does not come through4 ,this will produce the recess shown in the first section in ,fig4 #d4 ,now take a ,no4 #aj needle1 insert the eye end in a piece of wood and very carefully and gently twirl it in the center of the brass where it is the thinnest1 until it goes through4 ,this pin hole1 as it is called1 is what produces the image on the sensitive plate1 in a manner which ,i shall presently describe4 ,the shutter consists of a little swinging piece of brass completely covering the recess and pin hole1 and provided with a little knob at its lower end4 ,see ,fig4 #c1 in which ,f is the front of the camera1 ,b the brass plate and ,c the shutter4 ,this is also illustrated in the second cross section in ,fig4 #d4 ,in the latter ,i have depicted it as swung from a pivot in the brass1 and in ,fig4 #c as hung from a screw in the wood of the front board2 either construction will be effective4 ,lastly1 it is necessary to provide a finder for this camera in order to know what picture you are taking4 ,make a little frame of wire1 the size of the plate you are using1 and mount it upright 7see ,fig4 #e7 on top of the camera as close to the end where the pin hole is as you can4 ,at the other end1 in the center1 erect a little pole of wire half the height of the plate4 ,if now you look along the top of this little pole1 through the wire frame and see that the top of the little pole appears in the center of the frame1 everything that you see beyond will be ,illustration3 ,pin ,hole and ,shutter ,construction taken on the plate1 as will be made plain by looking at the dotted lines in ,fig4 #e1 which represents the outer limits of your vision when confined within the little frame4 ,illustration3 ,explanation of ,action of ,pin ,hole ,when you want to use this camera1 take it into an absolutely dark room ,illustration3 ,constructing a ,finder for ,camera and insert a plate 7which you can buy at any supply store for photographers7 in the end where the slides of wood are1 and between them and the back of the box4 ,close the lid and secure it with a couple of rubber bands4 ,see that the little shutter covers the hole4 ,now take the camera to where you wish to take a photograph1 and rest it securely on some solid surface4 ,the exposure will be1 in bright sunlight and supposing that your camera is #aj in4 long1 about six to eight seconds4 ,this exposure is made by lifting the little brass shutter until the hole is uncovered1 keeping it up the required time1 and then letting it drop back into place4 ,it is important that the camera be held rigid during the exposure1 and that it does not move and is not jarred--otherwise the picture will be blurred4 ,remove the plate in the dark room and pack it carefully in a pasteboard box and several wrappings of paper to protect it absolutely from the light4 ,it is now ready to be carried to some one who knows how to do developing and printing4 ,to explain the action of the pin hole ,i would direct attention to ,fig4 #b4 ,here ,f represents the front of the camera1 ,d the pinhole1 ,,aa the plate and the letters ,,rr1 rays from a lighted candle4 ,these rays of course1 radiate in all directions1 an infinite multitude of them4 ,similar rays radiate from every point of the object1 from light reflected from these points4 ,certain of these rays strike the pin hole in the front of the camera1 represented here by ,,rrrr4 ,these rays pass through the pin hole1 and as light travels only in straight lines1 reach the plate ,,aa1 forming an inverted image of the object1 in this case a candle in a candlestick4 ,millions of rays are given off by every point in every object which is lighted by either direct or reflected light4 ,to all practical purposes only one of these rays from each point in an object can pass through a minute opening like a pin hole4 ,this being so1 any screen which interrupts these selected rays of light will show upon it a picture of the object1 only inverted4 ,if that screen happens to be a photographically sensitive plate1 which is protected from all other light by being in a dark box1 upon it will be imprinted a photographic image which can be made visible by the application of certain chemicals1 when it becomes a negative1 from which may be printed positives4 ,this camera is not a theoretical possibility1 but an actual fact4 ,i have made and used one successfully1 as a demonstration of pin-hole photography4 9999 ,use for an ,old ,clock #cfg ,remove the hair spring of the clock1 and fasten a spring to one end of the pawl and a small wire to the other end4 ,make a slit in the case of the clock opposite the pawl4 ,fasten the spring on the outside in any convenient way and pass the wire through the slit to an eccentric or other oscillating body4 ,to make the dial1 paste a piece of paper over the old dial1 pull the wire back and forth one hundred times1 and make a mark where the minute hand stops4 ,using this for a unit divide up the whole dial4 ,the hour hand has an inner circle of its own4 ,put the alarm hand at a little before twelve and wind the alarm4 ,when the alarm is ,illustration3 ,revolution ,recorder unwound the hour hand starts on a new trip4 ,the clock ,i used was put on an amateur windmill and when the hour hand went around once #hf1djj revolutions or jerks on the wire were made1 while the minute hand recorded one-twelfth of this number1 or #g1bjj4 --,contributed by ,richard ,h4 ,ranger1 ,indianapolis1 ,ind4 9999 ,renewing ,dry ,batteries #cfg ,dry batteries1 if not too far gone1 can be renewed by simply boring a small hole through the composition on top of each carbon and pouring some strong salt water or sal ammoniac solution into the holes4 ,this kink is sent us by a reader who says that the process will make the battery nearly as good as new if it is not too far gone beforehand4 9999 ,saving a ,brush #cfg ,if a round brush spreads too much1 slip a rubber band over the upper part of the bristles4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,simple ,burglar ,alarm #cfh ,take a piece of any wood about #f by #h in4 for the base4 ,this may be finished in any way desired4 ,for the contact points use brass or any sheet metal ,illustration3 ,simple ,burglar ,alarm which will be satisfactory4 ,take a piece about #b-a_/b or #c in4 in length and bend the ends up about #a_/b in4 in a vertical position as shown4 ,fasten this to the top of the board using screws or nails4 ,under this strip of metal fasten a copper wire which can be connected to a binding-post on the board if desired4 ,take another piece of metal about #d-a_/b in4 in length and make a lever of it in the shape shown in the diagram4 ,fasten this so that one end of it will swing freely1 but not loosely between the ends of the other piece marked ,c-,c4 ,near the end fasten a spiral spring1 ,s1 which can be obtained almost anywhere4 ,fasten the end of this to the screw marked ,x4 ,also fasten to this screw a copper wire leading to the binding-post4 ,in the lower end of the lever make a small hole to fasten a string through4 ,this string may be fastened across a door or window and any movement of it will pull it to the contact point on the right4 ,if the string is cut or broken the spring will pull the lever to the contact point on the left and thus complete the circuit4 ,if the string is burned it will also act as a fire alarm4 9999 ,how to ,fit ,corks #cfh ,occasionally odd-sized bottles are received in stores which require corks cut to fit them4 ,no matter how sharp a knife may be1 it will leave some sharp edges after cutting the cork1 which will cause leakage4 ,the illustration shows three very effective methods of reducing the size of corks4 ,the one shown in ,fig4 #a is made from two pieces of #a_/b-;in4 wood fastened together at one end with a common hinge4 ,two or three grooves are cut cross-wise in sizes desired4 ,the cork is put into the groove and both pieces are pressed together1 which will make the cork smaller4 ,rolling the cork between two flat ,illustration3 ,three ,methods for ,reducing ,size of ,corks surfaces 7,fig4 #b7 is simple and almost as good as pressing in the grooves4 ,a cork rolled on the floor 7,fig4 #c7 is a quick and effective way4 ,a slower and equally as good way is to soak the cork in hot water for a short time4 --,contributed by ,l4 ,szerlip1 ,brooklyn1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,right ,handed ,engine #cfh ,standing at the cylinder end and looking toward the flywheel of an engine1 the wheel will be at the right if the engine is right-hand4 9999 ,home-,made ,crutch #cfi ,while a fractured bone was healing in the limb of my boy he needed a pair of crutches and not being able to secure the right length1 ,i set about to make the crutches from two broom handles4 ,i split the handles to within #a ft4 of the end 7,fig4 #a7 with a rip saw1 and then stuck them in a barrel of water for three days to make the wood pliable for bending4 ,a grip for each stick was made as long as the hand is wide and a hole bored through the center the size of a ,no4 #aj gauge wire4 ,these grips were placed between the two halves of each stick at the right distance for the length of the boy's arm and a wire run through both split ,illustration3 ,a ,broom ,handle ,crutch pieces and the handle then riveted as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,another piece was cut as shown at ,a1 ,fig4 #c1 and nailed to the upper ends of each half of the broom handle4 --,contributed by ,geo4 ,p4 ,grehore1 ,nashville1 ,tenn4 9999 ,home-,made ,necktie ,holder #cfi ,the gas bracket is considered a good place to hang neckties1 even if it does crowd them together4 ,the illustration shows a better method1 a curtain rod attached to one end of a bureau4 ,two long-shanked1 square-hooked screws should be used1 so they may be screwed beneath and close up to the projecting top4 ,when removed they will leave no ,illustration3 ,hanger for ,ties disfiguring holes4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,w4 ,neiman1 ,new ,york ,city4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,trousers ,hanger #cfi ,secure from your tinsmith a piece of sheet metal #g in4 wide and #ab in4 long4 ,cut the metal as shown in ,fig4 #a and make a close bend at the point4,a1 but not too close to cause it to break4 ,the piece will then appear as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,cut a piece from the waste material #a_/b in4 wide and #b-a_/d in4 long and bend it around the two pieces ,b1 ,fig4 #b1 so it will slide freely on their length4 ,bend the edges ,c in for #a_/h in4 to hold the trousers firmly4 ,drill a hole through the top end of ,b and attach a wire formed into a hook for use in hanging on a nail4 ,the bottom end of the trousers is inserted between the jaws ,c and the small ferrule pushed ,illustration3 ,cut from ,sheet ,metal down to clamp them on the cloth4 --,contributed by ,a4 ,levinson1 ,saginaw1 ,michigan4 9999 ,easy ,designs in ,ornamental ,iron ,work #cgj ,many an industrious lad has made money manufacturing the common forms of wood brackets1 shelves1 boxes1 stands1 etc41 but the day of the scroll ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a to #f saw and the cigar-box wood bracket and picture frame has given way to the more advanced and more profitable work of metal construction4 ,metal brackets1 stands for lamps1 gates1 parts of artistic fences for gardens1 supporting arms for signs1 etc41 are among the articles of modern times that come under the head of things possible to construct of iron in the back room or attic shop4 ,the accompanying sketches present some of the articles possible to manufacture4 ,first1 it is essential that a light room be available1 or a portion of the cellar where there is light1 or a workshop may be built in the yard4 ,buy a moderate sized anvil1 a vise and a few other tools1 including bell hammer1 and this is all required for cold bending4 ,if you go into a forge for hot bending1 other devices will be needed4 ,figure #a shows how to make the square bend1 getting the shoulder even4 ,the strip metal is secured at the hardware store or the iron works4 ,often the strips can be secured at low cost from junk dealers4 ,metal strips about #a_/b in4 wide and #a_/h in4 thick are preferable4 ,the letter ,a indicates a square section of iron1 though an anvil would do1 or the base of a section of railroad iron4 ,the bend is worked on the corner as at ,b1 cold4 ,if a rounded bend is desired1 the same process is applied on the circular piece of iron or the horn of an anvil4 ,this is shown in ,fig4 #b1 at ,c4 ,this piece of iron can be purchased at any junk store1 where various pieces are always strewn about4 ,a piece about #bj in4 long and #d in4 in diameter is about the right size4 ,the bend in the metal begins at ,d and is made according to the requirements4 ,occasionally where sharp bends or abrupt corners are needed1 the metal is heated previous to bending4 ,although the worker may produce various forms of strip-metal work1 the bracket is1 as a rule1 the most profitable to handle4 ,the plain bracket is shown in ,fig4 #c1 and is made by bending the strip at the proper angle on form ,a1 after which the brace is adjusted by means of rivets4 ,a rivet hole boring tool will be needed4 ,a small metal turning or drilling lathe can be purchased for a few dollars and operated by hand for the boring1 or a common hand drill can be used4 ,sometimes the bracket is improved in design by adding a few curves to the end pieces of the brace1 making the effect as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,after these brackets are made they are coated with asphaltum or ,japan2 or the brackets may be painted or stained any desired shade4 ,in some of the work required1 it is necessary to shape a complete loop or circle at the end of the piece4 ,this may be wrought out as in ,fig4 #e4 ,the use of a bar of iron or steel is as shown4 ,the bar is usually about #b in4 in diameter and several feet in length1 so that it will rest firmly on a base of wood or stone4 ,then the bending is effected as at ,f1 about the bar ,e1 by repeated blows with the hammer4 ,after a little practice1 it is possible to describe almost any kind of a circle with the tools4 ,the bar can be bought at an iron dealers for about #dj cents4 ,from the junk pile of junk shop one may get a like bar for a few cents4 ,a convenient form for shaping strip metal into pieces required for brackets1 fences1 gates1 arches1 and general trimmings is illustrated at ,fig4 #f4 ,first there ought to be a base block1 ,g1 of hard wood1 say about #b ft4 square4 ,with a round point or gouging chisel work out the groove to the size of the bar1 forming a seat1 by sinking the bar1 ,h1 one-half its depth into the wood as shown4 ,in order to retain the bar securely in position in the groove1 there should be two caps fitted over it and set-screwed to the wooden base4 ,these caps may be found in junk dealers' heaps1 having been cast off from #b-;in4 shaft boxes4 ,or if caps are not available1 the caps can be constructed from sheet metal by bending to the form of the bar1 allowing side portions or lips for boring1 so that the caps can be set screwed to the wood4 ,thus we get a tool which can be used on the bench for the purpose of effecting series of bends in strips of metal4 ,since the introduction of the laws requiring that signs of certain size and projection be removed from public thoroughfares in cities1 there has been quite a call for short sign brackets1 so termed1 of the order exhibited in ,fig4 #g4 ,these sign-supporting brackets do not extend more than #c ft4 out from the building4 ,a boy can take orders for these signs in almost any city or large town with a little canvassing4 ,the sign supporting bracket shown is merely a suggestion4 ,other designs may be wrought out in endless variety4 ,a hook or eye is needed to sustain the ring in the sign4 ,the young man who undertakes to construct any sort of bracket1 supports1 frames or the like1 will find that he will get many orders for lamp-supporting contrivances1 such as shown at ,fig4 #h4 ,it is hardly necessary to go into details ,illustration3 ,fig4 #g to #aj for making these stands1 as every part is bent as described in connection with the bending forms1 and the portions are simply riveted at the different junctures4 ,both iron and copper rivets are used as at ,i1 in ,fig4 #i1 a cross sectional view4 ,the best way is to bore straight through both pieces and insert the rivet4 ,in some cases the rivet is headed up in the bore and again washers are used and the heading effected on the washer4 ,copper rivets are soft and easily handled1 but are costly as compared with iron rivets4 ,good prices are obtained for the guards for open fireplaces made in many varieties in these days4 ,the return of the open fireplace in modern houses has created a demand for these guards and in ,fig4 #aj we show a design for one of them4 ,the posts are made ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aa to #ae sufficiently stiff by uniting two sides with rivets4 ,the ends at top are looped as shown1 while the ends or butts at the base are opened out to make the feet4 ,rings are shaped on forms and are then riveted to the base cross-piece as illustrated4 ,crosses are made to describe to central design and the plan is worked out quite readily with the different shapes4 ,the making of metal fire grate fronts has proven to be a very interesting and profitable occupation for boys in recent times4 ,not long ago it was sufficient for the ingenious youth to turn out juvenile windmills1 toy houses and various little knickknacks for amusement4 ,the modern lad wants more than this4 ,he desires to turn some of his product into cash4 ,therefore we present some of the patterns of fire grates which boys have made and can make again from scrap iron1 with few tools and devices1 and find a ready market for the same as soon as they are made4 ,figure #aa is a sketch of a form of fire grate bar or front that is constructed with a series of circles of strip metal4 ,the best way is to go to the hardware store or iron dealer's and buy a quantity of #a_/d-;in41 #a_/b-;in41 and #c_/d-;in4 iron1 about #a_/h to #c_/af in4 thick4 ,in fact #a_/af-;in4 metal would do in many cases where the parts are worked out small in size4 ,the #a_/h-;in4 metal is very strong4 ,then after getting the supply of strip metal in stock1 procure the usual type of metal worker's hammer1 a cheap anvil1 a #i-a;b4 vise1 a cold chisel1 a file or two1 and a round piece of shaft iron1 about #c in4 diameter and #b to #c ft4 long4 ,this piece of iron is represented at ,b1 ,fig4 #ab4 ,the iron is held in position by means of the straps of metal ,c1 ,c1 which are bent over the shaft tightly and grip the board base with set or lag screws as shown4 ,the wooden base should be about #b in4 thick and large enough to make a good support for the iron shaft4 ,the process of bending the rings in this way is as shown4 ,the piece of strip iron is grasped at ,d4 ,then with the hammer the iron is gradually worked cold about the mandrel as at ,e until the perfect form is acquired4 ,after the form is finished1 the strip at the terminus of the ring is cut off4 ,in order to get a steady base the wooden part may be bolted to a bench4 ,in ,fig4 #ac is shown the method of clipping off the completed ring4 ,the cold chisel is held upright1 and by delivering several blows with the hammer upon the same1 the point is caused to chip through the metal and release the ring4 ,the shaft or mandrel is marked ,g4 ,the cold chisel is indicated at ,i and the position where the hand grasps the strip is at ,h4 ,the final operation in shaping the ring is by driving the protruding cut1 lip down1 to the common level of the opposite point1 thus giving us the finished ring with the lips closed on the mandrel as at ,j1 ,fig4 #ad4 ,these rings can be turned out in this way very speedily4 ,the next operation involves the process of uniting the rings in the plan to shape the design4 ,the design work is often worked out ahead and followed4 ,some become so proficient that they can develop a design as they proceed4 ,figure #aa is a design of grate front used for various purposes in connection with grate fires4 ,the series of rings are united by a rivet between each at the joining point4 ,with thin metal the holes can be punched with an iron punch and hammer on an anvil where there is a hole to receive the point of the punch after the punch penetrates the metal4 ,for the heavier forms of metal a drill is necessary4 ,a metal drill and brace can be purchased very cheaply for this work4 ,after drilling the holes1 the parts are erected and the rivets inserted and headed up as each addition is made4 ,thus the series of rings are united and then the side pieces are similarly riveted4 ,the points at the top are then worked out and joined on4 ,these points are filed down to the necessary taper after the union is effected4 ,the finishing work involves smoothing rough places with a file and painting4 ,asphaltum makes a good black finish4 ,some of the best designs of grates are bronzed4 ,some are silvered4 ,the different designs are finished as desired by customers4 ,figure #ae is another design of grate in which the process of shaping the rings is like that in the first design4 ,there are some half circles in this pattern and these are framed by shaping the same about the mandrel with the hammer4 ,in order to get the shoulders close and the circle complete it is necessary to heat the metal4 ,a coke fire can be made in a hole in the ground4 ,then procure a tin blowpipe and blow the flame against the metal at the point to be bent4 ,this metal will become red hot very soon1 and can be bent readily against the anvil and the circular form4 ,let the metal cool off on the ground after heating4 ,fig4 #af is another design ,illustration3 ,fig4 #af to #bj which can be wrought out4 ,the middle adjustment is wire screen work which may be bought at a hardware store and set into the position shown4 ,fig4 #ag shows a chipping off device useful in connection with this work4 ,metal chippers can be bought at any tool store4 ,the chipper is placed in the jaws of the vise as at ,k1 and secured there4 ,the strip of metal in process of cutting is marked ,m4 ,the hammer head is caused to strike the metal just over the cutting edge of the chipper4 ,the quick1 hard blow causes the cutting edge to penetrate far enough to sever the piece4 ,bending cold with a wooden form is done as in ,fig4 #ah4 ,the wooden form is marked ,p and is about #h in4 wide and #g in4 high1 forming a one-sided oval shape4 ,there is a pin ,r set into the base board of the oval form and the strip of metal for bending is grasped at ,s and the other end is inserted back of the pin ,r4 ,by applying pressure1 the strip of metal is bent to the form4 ,figure #ai shows the hour-glass wood bending form1 made by selecting a piece of hard wood block1 about #f in4 square and boring through with an inch bit4 ,then the hole is shaped hour-glass like4 ,the view is a sectional one4 ,the block is placed in a vise and the strip for bending is inserted as at ,t4 ,the strip of metal is grasped at ,w and can be bent to various forms by exerting pressure4 ,fig4 #bj is another type of fireplace front1 constructed by uniting the shaped metal pieces4 ,in fact an almost endless variety of designs can be wrought out after the start is once made4 ,a good way to figure the price on the grate is to add up the costs of the parts and charge about #ab cents per hour for the work4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,water ,wheel #cgd ,considerable power can be developed with an overshot water wheel erected as in ,fig4 #a4 ,this wheel is made with blocks of wood cut out in sections as indicated by the lines1 so as to form the circle properly4 ,the wheel can be ,illustration3 ,overshot and ,undershot ,wheels about #bd in4 in diameter to produce results and about #aj in4 wide4 ,get some tin cans and attach them around the wheel as shown4 ,bore the wheel center out and put on the grooved wood wheel1 ,p1 and a rope for driving1 ,r4 ,this rope runs to a wooden frame in the manner illustrated4 ,the water is carried in a sluice affair1 ,n1 to the fall1 ,o1 where the water dippers are struck by the volume and from #b to #d hp4 will be produced with this size of wheel if there is sufficient flow of water4 ,this power can be used for running two or three sewing machines1 fans1 fret-saws1 and the like4 ,another form of water wheel is shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,this is driven by an underflow of current4 ,this type of wheel can be made on lines similar to the other1 only that the paddles are of wood and extend outward as shown4 ,the wheel is supported in a bearing on the piece ,s4 ,a belt1 ,t1 communicates the power to the wheel ,v and from here the power is carried to any desired point4 9999 ,how ,to ,build ,an ,imitation ,street ,car ,line #cgd ,an imitation street car line may sound like a big undertaking1 but1 in fact1 it is one of the easiest things a boy can construct1 does not take much time and the expense is not great4 ,a boy who lives on a farm can find many fine places to run such a line1 and one in town can have a line between the house and the barn1 if they are some distance apart4 ,often all the boards and blocks required can be had for helping a carpenter clear away the rubbish around a new building4 ,wheels and parts of old bicycles1 which can be used in so many ways1 can be found at a junk shop at very low prices1 wheels in good repair are not expensive4 ,for the car for the street car line try to find a set of wheels having axles1 but if you cannot find such1 make shafts of hard wood1 about #c in4 by #b-a_/b in4 and by means of a jackknife turn1 or shave down the ends to receive the hub bearings of the wheels4 ,fasten the wheel hubs securely over the ends of the wood with pins or little bolts1 or if the wheel bearing is of such a nature that it revolves on its own journal1 the journal can be fastened to the end of the wood piece4 ,each of the wheels should be provided with a sprocket2 any chain sprocket of a bicycle may be used4 ,fasten these sprockets on the outside of the wheels as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,they can be set on over the bearing end and secured with a set screw1 or the original key can be employed4 ,it is best in cases like this to use the original parts4 ,make the floor of the car of pieces of boards placed on the axles and nailed1 screwed or bolted1 as shown at ,a4 ,to erect the frame1 place uprights1 ,c ,c ,c ,c1 in position as shown1 fastening the ends to the base-boards and making ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c the roof line as at ,b1 then put in the cross-pieces1 ,g ,g4 ,seats1 ,e ,e1 are simply boxes4 ,the drive of the car is effected by using the driving sprockets1 ,d ,d1 fitted to the crosspieces1 ,g ,g1 with the original bearings4 ,the parts are thereby secured to the car and the chain placed on4 ,key the cranks for turning to the upper sprocket's shaft and all is ready4 ,if there are sprocket gears and cranks on either side1 four boys may propel the car at one time4 ,considerable speed can be made on smooth roads1 but it is the best amusement to run a car line on wooden tracks with a brake consisting of a piece of wooden shaft1 passing through a bore in the car floor1 and fitted with a leather covered pad as at ,h4 ,a spiral spring holds up the brake until pressure is applied by foot power1 when the brake contacts with the wooden track and checks the car4 ,the track plan is illustrated in ,fig4 #b4 ,get some boards and place them end for end on other pieces set as ties4 ,the main boards or tracks1 ,,jj1 can be about #f in4 wide1 to the edges of which nail strips about #c_/d in4 wide and about the ,illustration3 ,construction of ,car same height4 ,the ties1 ,i ,i1 can be almost any box boards4 ,wire nails are the best to use in putting the tracks together4 ,the sprocket connection with the chain is shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,this consists of the sprocket gear on the propelling shaft1 and the crank4 ,the pedals may be removed and a chisel handle1 or any tool handle1 substituted1 so as to afford means for turning the ,illustration3 ,section of the ,track crank by hand power4 ,great fun can be had with the road1 and1 furthermore1 it can be made remunerative1 as boys and girls can be given rides for a penny each4 9999 ,clean ,before ,painting #cge ,apply a coat of raw starch water to a dirty wall before painting2 this1 when dry1 may be brushed or wiped off4 9999 ,varnish for ,electric ,terminals #cge ,a good varnish for electric terminals is made of sealing wax dissolved in gasoline4 ,to prevent brittleness add a little linseed oil4 9999 ,measuring the ,height of a ,tree #cgf ,illustration3 ,method of ,applying the ,triangle ,measure ,near the end of the season our boy announced the height of our tall maple tree to be #cc ft4 ',why1 how do you know8' was the general question4 ',measured it4' ',how8' ',foot rule and yardstick4' ',you didn't climb that tall tree8' his mother asked anxiously4 ',no'm2 ,i found the length of the shadow and measured that4' ',but the length of the shadow changes4' ',yes'm2 but twice a day the shadows are just as long as the things themselves4 ,i've been trying it all summer4 ,i drove a stick into the ground1 and when its shadow was just as long as the stick ,i knew that the shadow of the tree would be just as long as the tree1 and that's #cc ft4' ,the above paragraph appeared in one of the daily papers which come to our office4 ,the item was headed1 ,a ,clever ,boy4 ,now we do not know who this advertised boy was1 but we knew quite as clever a boy1 one who could have got the approximate height of the tree without waiting for the sun to shine at a particular angle or to shine at all for that matter4 ,the way boy ,no4 #b went about the same problem was this3 ,he got a stick and planted it in the ground and then cut it off just at the level of his eyes4 ,then he went out and took a look at the tree and made a rough estimate of the tree's height in his mind1 and judging the same distance along the ground from the tree trunk1 he planted his stick in the ground4 ,then he lay down on his back with his feet against the standing stick and looked at the top of the tree over the stick4 ,if he found the top of stick and tree did not agree he tried a new position and kept at it until he could just see the tree top over the end of the upright stick4 ,then all he had to do was to measure along the ground to where his eye had been when lying down and that gave him the height of the tree4 ',the point about this method is that the boy and stick made a right-angled triangle with boy for base1 stick for perpendicular1 both of the same length1 and the line of sight the hypotenuse or long line of the triangle4 ,when he got into the position which enabled him to just see the tree top over the top of the stick he again had a right-angled triangle with tree as perpendicular1 his eye's distance away from the trunk1 the base1 and the line of sight the hypotenuse4 ,he could measure the base line along the ground and knew it must equal the vertical height1 and he could do this without reference to the sun4 ,it was an ingenious application of the well known properties of a right-angled triangle4 --,railway and ,locomotive ,engineer4 9999 ,white ,putty to ,black #cgf ,white putty on a black window frame can be made to harmonize by rubbing the fresh putty with a piece of cotton dipped in lampblack4 9999 ,using ,sandpaper #cgf ,sandpaper may be kept from slipping under the hand by chalking the back4 9999 ,an ,interesting ,electrical ,experiment #cgg ,anyone possessing a battery having an electromotive force of from #d to #bj volts can perform the following experiment1 which is particularly interesting on account of the variation of results with apparently the same conditions4 ,immerse two pieces of brass in a strong solution of common salt and water4 ,connect one piece to the positive wire and the other to the negative1 taking care that the brass pieces do not touch each other4 ,after the current has passed one ,illustration3 ,how ,wires are ,connected or two minutes1 the solution will become colored1 and if the process is continued a colored pigment will be precipitated4 ,the precipitate varies considerably in color and may be either yellow1 blue1 orange1 green or brown1 depending on the strength of the current1 the strength of the solution1 and the composition of the brass4 9999 ,novelty ,chain ,made from a ,match #cgg ,the accompanying engraving shows what is possible to do with a penknife4 ,illustration3 ,lay a ,match on the ,picture ,a small chain composed of several links was cut from the wood that forms the match4 9999 ,keeping ,doors ,closed #cgg ,glass doors in bookcases may be kept from swinging open by boring a hole1 about #a_/d in4 deep1 either at the top or bottom in the edge of the door1 #b in4 from the closing edge1 and inserting an ordinary cork1 allowing a small portion to project and rub on the facing4 9999 ,restoring ,broken ,negatives #cgg ,whoever has the misfortune to break a valuable negative need not despair1 for the damage can be repaired most effectively4 ,in case the negative be broken into many pieces1 take a clean glass1 the same size as the broken negative1 and put upon this the pieces1 joining them accurately1 says ,camera ,craft4 ,put another clean glass on top of this and bind the three together with passe-partout binding or gummed strips of ordinary paper1 as one would a lantern slide1 and cover the glass edges4 ,next make a transparency of this--in the camera1 of course--and if it is done right1 the positive will only show the cracks as dark and light lines4 ,the ,illustration3 ,before and ,after ,mending dark lines are removed with the etching knife and the light ones with the retouching pencil4 ,from this transparency another negative can be made1 or as many negatives as necessary1 by either contact or in the camera1 and if the work on the glass positive was done carefully1 no trace of the break should be seen on the finished negative4 ,if the negative is broken in two or three larger pieces only1 a contact positive may be made in the printing frame without binding1 by using a clean glass in the latter1 upon which the pieces are put together1 face up1 and a dry plate exposed in contact with them in the dark room4 ,the accompanying engravings show a print before and after repairing a broken negative in this manner4 9999 ,coin and ,tumbler ,trick #cgh ,the accompanying sketch shows how a good trick may be easily performed by anyone4 ,lay a piece of ,illustration3 ,this ,is a ,good ,trick heavy paper that is free from creases on a board or table4 ,secure three tumblers that are alike and stick a piece of the same heavy paper over the openings in two of them1 neatly trimming it all around the edges so as to leave nothing of the paper for anyone to see4 ,make three covers of paper as shown in ,fig4 #a to put over the tumblers4 ,place three coins on the sheet of paper1 then the tumblers with covers on top of the coins1 the unprepared tumbler being in the middle4 ,now lift the covers off the end tumblers1 and you will see that the paper on the openings covers the coins4 ,replace the covers1 lift the middle one1 and a coin will be seen under the tumbler1 as the opening of this tumbler is not covered4 ,drop the cover back again and lift the other tumblers and covers bodily1 so that the spectators can see the coins1 remarking at the same time that you can make them vanish from one to the other4 ,the openings of the tumblers must never be exposed so that any one can see them1 and a safe way to do this is to keep them level with the table4 9999 ,another ,way to ,renew ,dry ,batteries #cgh ,there are many methods of renewing dry batteries1 and ,i have used several of them1 but ,i found the following the best3 ,remove the paper cover and with a #a_/d-;in4 drill make about six holes around the side of the zinc1 about #a_/b in4 from the bottom4 ,then drill another row of holes about half way up the side and put the battery to soak in a solution of sal ammoniac for #dh hours4 ,then remove and plug the holes up with hard soap1 and replace in the paper box1 when it will give nearly as strong a current as when new4 9999 ,simply ,made ,wire ,puzzle #cgh ,the object of this simply made wire puzzle is to get the ring off1 which is not easy unless you know how4 ,to do so it is necessary to move the triangle with ring to one of the hinge joints and fold the puzzle4 ,then slip the ring off the triangle over the hinge joint and it will slip all around and off at the other hinge4 ,illustration3 ,puzzle 9999 ,pronunciation #cgh ,diabolo is pronounced ,dee-ab-lo4 9999 ,repairing ,box ,cameras #cgi ,in repairing the inner part of box cameras which have been broken loose1 use a binding of strong black cloth well glued in place4 ,this will materially strengthen the joints where the wooden pieces are so thin that it is impossible to use brads in holding them together4 ,do not forget to thoroughly clean all the old glue or cement from the joints with a rasp or sandpaper before attempting a repair4 9999 ,a ,fishhook ,box #cgi ,a box that may be used to hold fishhooks1 sinkers1 matches or any small articles1 can be made from two empty shotgun cartridges as shown in the sketch4 ,the paper is cut from the brass part of one shell at the place marked ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 and the brass part1 ,fig-4 #b1 is used for a cap on the other ,illustration3 ,made of ,shotgun ,shells shell 7,fig4 #c74 ,coating the box with shellac will improve its appearance4 --,contributed by ,abner ,b4 ,shaw1 ,n4 ,dartmouth1 ,mass4 9999 ,a ,tin ,drinking ,cup for the ,camp #cgi ,if in need of a drinking cup while camping1 a temporary cup can be made of a tomato or baking-powder can4 ,punch two holes near the top of the can2 bend a piece of wire and place the ends through the holes as shown at ,a in the sketch4 ,pull the ends to draw the loop close up on the inside of the tin and then twist the ends to form a handle as shown at ,b4 ,when there is enough wire twisted to form a good handle1 pass the ends around the can ,illustration3 ,handle on a ,tin ,can at the bottom and twist them together on the opposite side4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,a4 ,lane1 ,el ,paso1 ,tex4 9999 ,a ,bookmark #cgi ,a very handy bookmark can be made by attaching a narrow ribbon to an ordinary paper clip and using it as shown in the sketch4 ,the clip is slipped over the binding in the back of the book as shown in the sketch4 --,contributed by ,chester ,e4 ,warner1 ,kalamazoo1 ,mich4 ,illustration3 ,bookmark 9999 ,kitchen ,knife ,sharpener #cgi ,a good serviceable knife sharpener may be made from a piece of steel cut as shown with two screw holes drilled for fastening it to a piece of wood or to a table4 ,the knife is drawn through and sharpened on either side4 ,both positions of the knife are shown4 ,the ,illustration3 ,sharpener on ,table ,edge steel is hardened before fastening it in place4 --,contributed by ,george ,madsen1 ,chicago4 ,ill4 9999 ,devices of ,winter ,sports-,how to ,make and ,use ,them #chj ,in the north the red-cheeked boy digs a hole in the ice and while he amuses and invigorates himself at skating the fish underneath the icy sheet ,illustration3 ,tip ,up ,pole fasten themselves to the hook he has let down through a hole4 ,the boy used to sit over the hole in the ice and wait for the fish to bite1 but that became too slow and detracted too much from his pleasure at skating4 ,so his inventive genius set itself to work and the tip-up and signal shown in the illustration was the result4 ,when the fish is not biting the flag lies flat on the ice1 but as soon as a fish has swallowed the hook the flag pole stands straight up wafting its bright colored flag to the breezes and all the boys on the skating pond read the word fish4 ,the fish is drawn up1 the hook rebaited and the youthful fisherman resumes his pleasures on the ice4 ,often a score or more of these tip-ups are planted about the edges of the ice pond1 each boy bringing his fishing tackle with his skates and thus finding a double source of amusement4 ,maybe one boy will thus have a half dozen different lines in the water at once1 it being easy to watch them all together4 ,the device by which the fish is made to give its own signal when caught is exceedingly simple and any boy can make it4 ,procure a light rod about #b ft4 in length and to one end fasten a small flag1 made of any bright colored cloth4 ,illustration3 ,tip-,up ,fish ,caught ,bind the rod at right angles to another stick which is placed across the hole1 so that a short piece of the flagrod projects over the cross stick4 ,to this short end fasten the fishing line4 ,be sure and use strong string in binding the two rods together1 and also take care that the cross stick is long enough to permit several inches of each end to rest on the ice4 ,after fastening the line to the short end of the rod1 bait the hook with a live minnow or other suitable bait and let it down through the hole4 ,when the fish is hooked the flag will instantly raise and wave about strenuously until the fish is taken from the water4 9999 ,jumping-,jack ,fisherman #chj ,illustration3 ,jumping-,jack ,fisherman ,if the small boy has a jumping-jack left over from ,christmas4 he may make this do his fishing for him and serve as well as the tip-up1 or he can easily make the jumping-jack himself independent of ,santa ,claus4 ,the string which is pulled to make the joints move is tied securely to the fishing line2 the hook is baited and lowered into the water through a hole in the ice4 ,the jumping-jack waves his legs and arms frantically to notify the boys when the fish is biting4 ,the jumping-jack is also used for fishing in summer time by placing it on a float which is cast into the water4 9999 ,merry-,go-,round ,whirl on ,ice #chj ,a ,german device for the amusement of children is a whirl on an ice merry-go-round4 ,it is made by placing a vertical shaft or stake1 provided with a couple of old cart-wheels1 in a hole in the ice4 ,one wheel acts as a turning base and prevents the shaft from sinking into the pond1 and the other forms a support for the long sweep attached for propulsion purposes1 and should be fastened to the shaft about #c ft4 above the base wheel4 ,the sleds are made fast in a string to the long end of the sweep1 which when turned rapidly causes the sleds to slide over the ice in a circle at a high speed4 ,if the sweep is long enough to have each end from the shaft the same length1 two strings of sleds may be attached1 which will balance the device and make the turning much easier4 9999 ,the ,running ,sleigh #cha ,another winter sport1 very popular in ,sweden1 and which has already reached ,america1 is the running sleigh1 shown in the illustration4 ,a light sleigh is equipped with long double runners and is propelled by foot power4 ,the person using the sleigh stands with one foot upon a rest attached to one of the braces connecting the runners and propels the sleigh by pushing backward with the other foot4 ,to steady the body an upright support is attached to the runners4 ,the contrivance can be used upon hard frozen ground1 thin ice and snow-covered surfaces1 and under favorable conditions moves with remarkable speed4 ,the running sleigh has a decided advantage over skis1 because the two foot supports are braced so that they cannot come apart4 ,any boy can make the sleigh4 ,illustration3 ,running ,sleigh 9999 ,the ,winged ,skater #cha ,with the actual speed of the wind a skater may be hurled along the ice if he is aided by sails4 ,he has been known to travel at the rate of #dj miles an hour1 ,illustration3 ,frame for ,skater's ,sails ,and the sport while affording the limit of excitement1 is not attended with danger4 ,the sails are easily made1 as the illustrations and description will show4 ,secure two large thin hoops about #d ft4 in diameter4 ,they may be obtained from an old hogshead or by bending thin strips4 ,for each hoop select a piece of strong cane about #c_/d in4 in diameter to constitute the fore and main masts or cross-yards4 ,extend these across the center of the hoop and fasten each end firmly to the hoop's sides4 ,for the middle of each cross-spar make a cleat and lash it on firmly4 ,the main spar should also be made of two pieces of strong cane1 each about #i-a_/b ft4 long4 ,bind them together at each end so that the large end of one is fastened to the small end of the other4 ,next comes the attaching of the sails to the separate masts4 ,the sails should be made of strong sheeting or thin canvas4 ,tack the cloth to the hoop on the inner side after it has been wrapped around the hoop two or three times4 ,now the main spar should be attached by springing it apart and slipping the cleats of the cross-spar between the two pieces4 ,bind the inner sides of the hoops tightly together by means of a very strong double cord1 as shown in the figure4 ,then your sail is ready for the ice pond4 ,see that your skates are securely fastened1 raise your ,illustration3 ,skater's ,sails ,finished sail and you will skim along the ice as lightly as a bird on the wing4 ,with a little practice you will learn to tack and guide yourself as desired4 ,illustration3 ,plan of ,ice ,boat1 ,sail and ,rudder ,if the hoops cannot be easily obtained the sails may be made equally effective by using the main spar and fore and main masts as herein described1 making the sails square shaped instead of round and leaving off the hoops4 ,in this case the sails should be securely bound with strong tape4 ,attach a corner to each end of the cross-spar1 and a corner to the outer end of the main spar4 ,the remaining corner of each then appears opposite to each other1 and should be fastened together by strong cord in the same manner as the hoops4 ,in this case the sails may be left off until after the frame is entirely put together and then fastened on to the spars by buttons4 ,a more simple sail may be made according to the plans illustrated in the lower drawing4 ,it is made by binding together in the center the halves of two strong hogshead hoops1 or two bent poles are better4 ,if possible the sail should be about #h ft4 long and #d ft4 wide4 ,fasten on the sail at the four corners4 ,the rig will convey two persons and is more easily constructed than any other4 9999 ,ice ,boating #chb ,but the sport that is greatest of all1 the one that used to be part of the life of every northern boy1 and which is being revived in popularity after years of stagnation1 is ice boating4 ,with the aid of old skates1 pieces of board and an old sheet or a small bit of canvas1 any boy possessed of ordinary mechanical genius may make an ice boat4 ,the frame of the boat should be made something in the form of a kite4 ,the center-board should be #d or #e ft4 long1 #f in4 wide and #b in4 thick4 ,the cross board may be of a piece of #a by #f in4 plank #c ft4 long4 ,fasten these with braces of small stout strip1 as shown in the drawing1 and screw the cross-piece securely to the center-board4 ,bore a hole in the center of the intersection for the mast pole4 ,the seat may be made of a piece of strong cloth or leather4 ,three skates are fastened on to either side of the cross-board and one to the rear end of the center-board1 the latter of which is to operate as a rudder4 ,in attaching the skates first make a couple of runner blocks1 each #f in4 long and #c in4 wide4 ,bore holes in them for the straps of the skates to pass through and fasten them securely4 ,nail the runner blocks firmly to the crossboard about #a-a_/b in4 from each end4 ,illustration3 ,boy's ,ice ,boat ,in making the rudder hew down a piece of scantling #a ft4 long until it assumes the shape of a club with a flat base4 ,nail a strip of wood firmly to this base1 and to the strip fasten the skate4 ,run the top of the club through a hole bored in the stern of the centerboard4 ,then make the helm by boring a hole in one end of a strip of soft board about #a ft4 long1 and through this hole pass the club or rubber-pole and fasten it so it may be shifted when desired4 ,make the sail out of an old sheet1 if it be strong enough1 piece of canvas1 or any such substance and attach it to the mast and sprit as shown in the illustration1 and guide it by a stout string attached to the lower outer corner4 ,as an ice boat will travel faster than the wind1 some care and considerable skill is necessary4 ,unless you are accustomed to managing a sail boat1 do not select a place in which to learn where there are all holes or open water4 ,to stop the boat throw the head around into the wind1 same as you would with a sailboat4 ,if the wind is strong the occupants of the boat should lie flat on their stomach4 9999 ,coasters and ,chair ,sleighs #chc ,make your own sled1 boys6 ,there is no use in buying them1 because your hand-made sled is probably better than any purchased one and then you can take so much more pride in it when you know it is of your own construction4 ,there are so many different designs of sleds that can be made by hand that the matter can be left almost entirely to your own ingenuity4 ,you can make one like the bought sleds and face the runners with pieces of an iron hoop which will answer every purpose4 ,a good sled for coasting consists simply of two barrel staves and three pieces of board as shown in the picture1 ,fig4 #a4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 l2 ,barrel ,stave ,sled ,illustration3 ,chair ,sleigh ,no bought sled will equal it for coasting and it is also just the thing for carrying loads of snow for building snow houses4 ,the method of its construction is so simple that no other description is needed than the picture4 ,you can make a chair-sleigh out of this by fitting a chair on the cross board instead of the long top board or it will be still stronger if the top board is allowed to remain1 and then you will have a device that can readily again be transformed into a coasting sled4 ,in making the chair-sleigh it is necessary1 in order to hold the chair in place1 to nail four ,l-shaped blocks on the cross boards1 one for each leg of the chair4 ,skating along over the ice and pushing the chair in front of him the proud possessor of a chair-sleigh may take his mother1 grown sister or lady friend with him on his outings1 and permit her to ride in the chair4 9999 ,folding ,chair ,sleigh #chd ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b-;,folding ,chair ,sleigh ,bottom ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c-;,folding ,chair ,sleigh-,top ,parts ,disconnected ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d-;,folding ,chair ,sleigh ,open ,a folding chair sleigh is even more enjoyable and convenient than the device just described4 ,if the ice pond is far from home this may be placed under your arm and carried where you like4 ,the illustrations1 ,figs4 #b and #c1 show all the parts as they should look before ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f-;,folding ,chair ,sleigh ,closed being joined together4 ,the seat may be made of a piece of canvas or carpet4 ,the hinges are of leather4 ,figure #d shows the folding chair sleigh after it has been put together4 ,skates are employed for the runners4 ,the skates may be strapped on or taken off whenever desired4 ,when the chair is lifted the supports slip from the notches on the side bars and fall on the runner bars4 ,the chair is then folded up so that it can be carried by a small boy4 ,with regular metal hinges and light timbers a very handsome chair can be constructed that will also afford an ornamental lawn chair for summer4 9999 ,the ,toboggan ,sled #chd ,when the snow is very deep a toboggan sled is the thing for real sport4 ,the runners of the ordinary sled break through the crust of the deep snow1 blocking the progress1 and spoiling the fun4 ,the toboggan sled1 with its broad1 smooth bottom1 glides along over the soft surface with perfect ease4 ,to make the toboggan sled1 secure two boards each #aj ft4 long and #a ft4 wide and so thin that they can be easily bent4 ,place the boards beside each other and join them together with cross sticks4 ,screw the boards to the cross stick from the bottom and be sure that the heads of the screws are buried deep enough in the wood to not protrude1 so ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f-,the ,toboggan that the bottom will present an absolutely smooth surface to the snow4 ,fasten two side bars to the top of the cross sticks and screw them firmly4 ,in some instances the timbers are fastened together by strings1 a groove being cut m the bottom of the boards so as to keep the strings from protruding and being ground to pieces4 ,after the side bars are securely fastened1 bend the ends of the boards over and tie them to the ends of the front cross bar to hold them in position4 ,see ,fig4 #f4 ,the strings for keeping the boards bent must be very strong4 ,pieces of stout wire1 or a slender steel rod1 are even better4 ,the toboggan slide is the favored device of sport among the boys in ,canada1 where nearly every boy knows how to make them4 9999 ,the ,norwegian ,ski4 #chd ,you have often read of the ski1 the snowshoe used by the ,norwegians and other people living in the far north4 ,with them the men and women glide down the snow-covered mountain sides1 leap across ditches1 run races and have all kinds of sport4 ,they are just as amusing to the ,american boy who has ever learned to manipulate them1 and it is wonderful how much skill can be attained in their use4 ,any boy with a little mechanical ingenuity can make a pair of skis 7pronounced skees74 ,they can be made from two barrel staves4 ,select staves of straight grained wood4 ,sharpen the ends of each and score each end by cutting grooves in the wood1 as shown in the cut1 ,fig4 #g4 ,a pocket knife or small gouge will suffice for this work4 ,then smear the end of the staves with oil and hold them close to a hot fire until they can be bent so as to tip the toes upward1 as shown in the picture1 ,fig4 #g4 ,then with a cord bind the staves as they are bent and permit them to remain thus tied until they retain the curved form of their own accord4 ,now screw on top of each ski a little block1 just broad and high enough to fit in front of the heels of your shoe4 ,fasten a strap in front of ,illustration3 ,home-,made ,skis each block through which to slip your toes1 and the skis are made4 ,the inside of the shoe heel should press firmly against the block and the toe be held tightly under the strap4 ,this will keep the skis on your feet4 ,now procure a stick with which to steer and hunt a snow bank4 ,at first you will afford more amusement to onlookers than to yourself1 for the skis have a way of trying to run in opposite directions1 crosswise and various ways1 but with practice you will soon become expert in their manipulation4 9999 ,home-,made ,settee #che ,many people have old wooden beds stored away which can easily be made into handy settees like the one shown in the accompanying photograph4 ,a few nails and one-half dozen #c-;in4 screws are all the materials necessary besides the old bed4 ,the tools needed are a saw1 hammer and a screwdriver4 ,the head-board1 if too high1 can be cut ,illustration3 ,settee ,made from ,old ,wooden ,bed off and some of the ornaments replaced4 ,the footboard must be cut in two to make the ends or arms of the settee4 ,the side rails and a few of the slats are used in making the seat4 --,contributed by ,wm4 ,f4 ,hild1 ,lake ,forest1 ,ill4 9999 ,enameling a ,bicycle ,frame #che ,make an enamel by mixing #b oz4 burnt umber with #a qt4 boiled oil1 heating1 and then adding #a oz4 asphaltum4 ,keep the mass hot until thoroughly mixed1 says the ,master ,painter4 ,thin with turpentine while still hot4 ,use a camel's hair brush for applying the enamel and allow it to set2 then place the article in an oven1 bake for six or eight hours at a temperature of #bej deg4 ,f4 ,when cool rub down with steel wool4 ,apply a finishing coat and allow it to bake eight hours at #bej deg4 ,f4 ,rub down with a soft rag1 varnish and bake again at #bjj deg4 ,f4 ,heat and cool the frame gradually each time4 ,black enamel is easiest to apply and bakes hardest1 but requires a temperature of #cjj deg4 ,colors can be baked at from #bjj to #bej deg4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,sewing ,bag #chf ,a very practical and novel sewing bag for odds and ends necessary for mending1 etc41 can be made of a folding camp stool4 ,if an old stool is not ,illustration3 ,camp-,stool ,work ,bag at hand1 a new one can be purchased for #be cents4 ,remove the top or seat1 which is usually made of a piece of carpet1 then make a bag as shown in ,fig4 #a and stitch a heavy cord around the top to make it strong4 ,make pockets on the inside as shown and nail the bag to the two crosspieces on which the ends of the carpet were tacked4 ,large1 brass furniture nails should be used4 ,attach a small hook and eye on each end and fasten two leather handles to the crosspieces4 ,such a bag requires little room when folded and can be stored in a closet when not in use4 --,contributed by ,joseph ,ledwinka1 ,philadelphia1 ,pa4 9999 ,home-,made ,roller ,skates #chf ,the rubber-tired wheels of an old carpet sweeper can be used to advantage in making a pair of roller skates4 ,in ,fig4 #a is shown how an iron washer or two may be fastened to the wood with a piece of sheet metal to support ,illustration3 ,rubber ,tired ,roller ,skate the short axles of the wheels4 ,the wheels are oiled through the holes ,a and ,b1 ,fig4 #b4 ,these holes should be smaller than the axles4 ,the two side pieces are fastened together with a board nailed on the top edges1 as shown4 ,this board also furnishes the flat top for the shoe sole4 ,two straps are attached for fastening the skate to the shoe4 --,contributed by ,thos4 ,de ,loof1 ,grand ,rapids1 ,mich4 9999 ,adjuster for ,flexible ,electric ,wires #chf ,the accompanying illustration shows an adjuster for changing the drop of an electric light4 ,the main feature of this adjuster is that it can be removed from the cord at any time4 ,the adjuster is made from a piece of wood1 #c_/h in4 thick1 #b in4 wide and #c in4 long4 ,a #a_/d in4 hole is bored in the center near each end of the wood and a slot cut from ,illustration3 ,can ,be ,taken from the ,cord the holes to the outside edge1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,it is attached to the flexible cord as shown in ,fig4 #b4 --,contributed by ,j4,j4 ,voelcker2 ,decatur1 ,ill4 9999 ,making ,photographs on ,watch ,dials #chf ,beat to a foam the white of an egg1 with the addition of a little ammonia4 ,add #i oz4 and #c dr4 of water and beat again4 ,after the egg has settled1 filter and let the liquid run over the dial1 which has been previously cleaned with ammonia4 ,when the surplus has run off1 coat with the mixture and allow to dry4 ,a sensitive collodion is now produced as follows3 ,dissolve #i gr4 of chloride of zinc in #e dr4 of alcohol2 add #g-a_/b gr4 of collodion cotton and #f-a_/b dr4 of ether4 ,shake the whole forcibly4 ,dissolve #bc gr4 of nitrate of silver in hot water1 add #a-a_/b dr4 of alcohol and keep the whole solution by heating4 ,the silver solution is now added in small quantities at a time to the collodion1 which must be well settled4 ,this1 of course1 is done in the dark room4 ,after #bd hours the emulsion is filtered by passing it through cotton moistened with alcohol4 ,this durable collodion emulsion is now flowed thinly upon the prepared watch dial1 which1 after the collodion has coagulated1 is moved up and down in distilled water until the fatty stripes disappear4 ,the water is then changed once1 and after a short immersion1 the dial is left to dry on a piece of blotting paper4 ,it is now ready for exposure4 ,expose under magnesium light and develop with a citrate oxalic developer1 or in the following hydroquinone developer3 ,hydroquinone 4444444444444#a dr4 ,bromide of potassium 4444 #f dr4 ,sulphite of soda444444#a-a_/b oz4 ,carbonate of soda 4444#b-b_/c dr4 ,water44444444444444444444#ad oz4 ,after fixing and drying1 coat with a transparent positive varnish4 9999 ,home-,made ,overhead ,trolley ,coaster #chg ,the accompanying sketch shows a playground trolley line which furnished a great deal of amusement to many children at a minimum cost4 ,the wire1 which is #c_/af in4 in diameter1 was stretched between a tree and a barn across a vacant quarter block4 ,the strength of the wire was first tested by a heavy man4 ,when not in use the wire is unhooked from the tree and ,illustration3 ,details of the ,trolley and ,how ,it ,is ,used hauled into the barn and coiled loosely in the hay loft4 ,the wire was made taut for use by a rope which was fastened to the beams in the barn4 ,the trolley was made1 as shown in ,figs4 #a and #b1 of strips of wood bolted with stove bolts on two grooved pulleys4 ,the middle wide board was made of hardwood4 ,the wheels were taken from light pulley blocks and stove bolts were purchased from a local hardware store to accurately fit the hubs4 ,as it was necessary to keep the bearings greased1 we used vaseline4 ,this coaster made great sport for the youngsters and at no time were they in danger of a serious fall as the line was hung low and the slant of the wire was moderate4 --,contributed by ,h4 ,j4 ,holden1 ,palm ,springs1 ,calif4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,electric ,furnace ,regulator #chh ,we have a furnace in our house and a part of my work each evening last winter was to go down in the basement at #i o'clock1 fill the furnace with coal for the night and stay there until it was burning in good shape1 then to close the draft door4 ,as this performance requires from twenty to thirty ,illustration3 ,details of ,furnace ,regulator ,construction minutes ,i concluded to make a self-acting device which would close the draft and leave the furnace safe1 without any further attention on my part1 after putting in the coal and opening it up to burn4 ,as some other boys may like to build the same regulator ,i will tell just how to make one and how it operates4 ,referring to ,fig4 #a1 you will see a straight cord is attached to the draft door of the furnace1 ,d1 and is run over the pulley ,p and finally is attached to a small piece of iron ,h4 ,this piece of iron is hinged to #a4 ,to the other side of ,h another cord ,g is fastened1 which passes over the pulley ,n and terminates in any convenient place in the rooms above4 ,this piece of iron ,h is held in place by the release ,a4 ,now ,c is a coil of wire from a door bell4 ,r is an armature which works ,a on pivot ,j4 ,m is a ,u-tube1 filled with mercury1 one end being connected to a half liter glass flask ,f by the tube ,t1 and the other end terminates in an overflow tube ,o4 ,b is a battery of three bichromate cells which are connected up with the ,c and the platinum points #a--b1 which are fused into the ,u-tube4 ,on fixing the furnace the iron piece ,h takes position ,x1 this being the normal position when draft door ,d is closed4 ,on arriving upstairs ,i pull the cord ,g1 which causes the piece ,h to become fixed in the vertical position by means of ,a4 ,this opens the draft door at the same time4 ,now when the furnace heats up sufficiently it causes the air to expand in ,f1 which causes the mercury in ,m to rise a little above the point #b4 ,this immediately causes a current to flow through ,c which in turn draws ,r towards it1 raises ,a and causes ,h to drop to position ,x4 ,this shuts the furnace door4 ,now the furnace1 of course1 cools down1 thus causing the air in ,f to contract and consequently opening the circuit through ,c4 ,if at any time the furnace should overheat1 the raising of ,a1 on which is grounded a wire from a signal bell upstairs1 will make a circuit through the bell by means of the point ,z and wire leading therefrom4 ,this bell also serves to tell me whether ,h has dropped or not4 ,this same device of regulating the draft ,d can be used to regulate the damper1 found on the coal doors of most furnaces1 by simply fusing a platinum point on the other side of ,m and changing the cord which is attached to ,d4 ,a two-contact switch could also be inserted to throw connections from #b to #c4 ,it would work in this manner3 ,the damper door1 of course1 which keeps a low fire1 would be up in a position similar to ,d2 on the furnace cooling too much1 connection1 due to contracting of air in ,f1 would be made through #c and ,c1 causing ,h to drop1 thus closing door4 ,this simple device worked very well all last winter and gave me no trouble whatever4 ,if you cannot readily procure a ,u-tube1 you can make one1 as ,i did1 and the work is interesting4 ,the ,u-tube is constructed in the following manner4 ,a glass tube is closed at one end4 ,this is done by holding the tube in one corner of a gas flame1 somewhat near the dark area 7,a1 ,fig4 #b71 and constantly turning the tube1 when it will be found that the glass has melted together4 ,now1 after it is cool1 about #c or #d in4 from the sealed end1 the tube is held steadily so that the flame will heat one small portion 7 ,b1 ,fig4 #b 74 ,after this small portion is heated blow into the tube1 not very hard1 but just enough to cause tube to bulge out4 ,allow to cool4 ,then reheat the small bulged portion1 blow quite hard1 so that the glass will be blown out at this point1 forming a small hole4 ,now insert about #a_/b in4 of platinum wire and reheat1 holding platinum ,illustration3 ,making the ,u-,tube wire by means of a small pliers so that it will be partly in the tube and partly without4 ,the platinum will stick to the glass1 and if glass is sufficiently heated one will be able to pull it1 by means of pliers1 from one side of the hole to the other1 thus sealing the wire into the tube4 ,another wire is sealed in the same way about #a in4 from the first4 ,now1 to bend the tube1 one must hold it1 with both hands1 in the flame and turn constantly until soft4 ,quickly withdraw from flame and bend1 just as you would a piece of copper wire4 ,allow to cool slowly4 ,the several tubes are connected with a short piece of rubber tubing4 ,the total cost of materials for constructing the apparatus complete will not amount to more than one dollar4 --,contributed by ,m4 ,g4 ,kopf1 ,lewis ,institute1 ,chicago4 9999 ,weatherproofing for ,tents #chi ,dissolve #d oz4 sulphate of zinc in #aj gal4 water2 add #a_/b lb4 sal-soda2 stir well until dissolved1 and add #a_/b oz4 tartaric acid4 ,put the tent cover in this solution and let lie #bd hrs4 ,take out 7do not wring it7 and hang up to dry4 ,grinnell's ,hand ,book on ,painting4 9999 ,sawing ,sheet ,metal #chi ,sheet metal placed between two boards in the jaws of a vise and clamped tightly1 can be sawed easily with a hacksaw4 9999 ,a ,monoplane ,weather ,vane #cij ,the toy windmill or weather vane shown in the sketch is made to represent a ,blriot monoplane4 ,illustration3 ,wire and ,sheet-,metal ,vane ,the propeller is turned by the wind4 ,the frame is made of heavy wire and connected with straps of tin4 ,the construction is plainly shown in the illustration4 ,the windmill vane can be made in any size to suit the builder4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,c4 ,bliss1 ,st4 ,louis1 ,missouri4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,minnow ,trap #cij ,glass minnow traps that will give as good service as those purchased at the tackle store can be made without difficulty4 ,if a trap should be banged carelessly against the side of the boat or some other obstruction and smashed1 instead of spending several dollars to replace it1 a half hour's time will turn out a new one just as good1 says a correspondent of ,outing4 ,a trap of this kind can be made from an ordinary fruit jar such as used in putting up preserves1 either of one or two-quart capacity4 ,a one-quart jar gives good results1 but if the bait to be caught is of fairly large size1 the two quart size may be used4 ,as the jars have the same style top they can be used interchangeably with one mouthpiece4 ,the mouthpiece is made of a round neck bottle of which the glass is colorless and rather thin4 ,if the neck of the bottle is cut at the right point1 it makes a glass funnel that will just fit into the fruit jar4 ,the funnel forms the mouth of the trap4 ,put the neck of the bottle into the fruit jar and mark the glass with a file where the bottle and jar meet4 ,make as deep a cut as possible with a file around the bottle on the mark and place two turns of a yarn string saturated in kerosene around just below the cut when the bottle is standing in an upright position4 ,set fire to the string and turn the bottle from side to side to distribute the heat evenly1 then when the string has burned out1 plunge the bottle in cold water and it will separate on the cut4 ,bind some copper wire around the neck of the jar so that three ends will project #a_/b in4 or more4 ,these are bent down over the funnel when put into the jar1 forming clamps to hold it in place4 ,the copper wire can be bent many times in emptying or baiting the trap without breaking4 ,two copper wire bands are tied tightly around the jar about #c in4 apart4 ,they should be twisted tight with a pair of pliers and the ends joined1 forming a ring for attaching a cord4 ,for catching kellies or killies1 bait the trap with crushed clams or salt-water mussels and for fresh water shiners use mincemeat or bread crumbs and do not spill any bait outside of the trap4 ,leave the trap down ten to fifteen minutes and when resetting it after emptying1 put back one or two of the victims1 as the others enter more readily if they see some of their companions ahead of them4 9999 ,a ,remedy for ,leaking ,fountain ,pens #cij ,fountain-pen leaks may often be prevented by unscrewing the joint and lightly smearing the screw with vaseline4 ,this also makes it easy to unscrew the joint for filling4 9999 ,kites of ,many ,kinds and ,how to ,make ,them #cia ,one of the prettiest of all is the butterfly kite4 ,to make this get two thin kite sticks of equal length4 ,bend each in an are1 tying one end of a strong string to one end of each stick and the other end of the string to a point about #c in4 from the other end of the stick4 ,this leaves one end of each stick free1 hooking over the hemisphere described by the thread and the stick4 ,now tie another thread to ,illustration3 ,boy ,kite each of these free ends and tie the other end of the thread to a point near the other end of the stick1 corresponding with the distance from the end at which the first strings were tied on the opposite side4 ,this done1 you should have two arched frames1 each an exact counterpart of the other in size1 curvature and weight4 ,now fasten the two frames together so that the arcs will overlap each other as shown in the sketch4 ,bind the intersecting points securely with thread4 ,to make the butterfly's head1 secure two heavy broom straws or two short wires1 and ,illustration3 ,girl ,kite attach them to the top part of the wing frames near where the sticks intersect1 so that the straws or wires will cross4 ,these form the antennae1 or the smellers4 ,then select the color of paper you want1 yellow1 brown1 blue1 white or any other color2 lay it on a flat surface and place the frame on top of it1 holding the frame down securely with a weight4 ,then with a pair of scissors cut the paper around the frame1 leaving about a #a_/b-;in4 margin for pasting4 ,cut slits in the paper about #b in4 apart around the curves and at all angles to keep the paper from wrinkling when it is pasted4 ,distribute the paste with a small brush and make the overlaps a little more than #a_/d in4 wide and press them ,illustration3 ,butterfly ,kite together with a soft cloth4 ,when the kite is dry decorate it with paint or strips of colored paper in any design you may fancy4 ,the best effects are produced by pasting pieces of colored paper on top of the other paper4 ,black paper decorations show up to fine advantage when the kite is in flight4 ,attach the belly-band to the ,illustration3 ,frame for ,girl ,kite curved sticks by punching a hole in the paper in the same manner as it is attached to the common hexagonal or coffin-shaped kite4 ,with a tail1 your kite is ready to fly4 ,another interesting design is the boy kite4 ,with light colored coat and vest and gay striped trousers1 the kite standing high in the air always attracts attention and affords splendid sport for the ,american youth in springtime4 ,in making a boy kite it should be remembered that the larger the boy is the better he will fly4 ,to construct the frame1 two straight sticks1 say #c-a_/b ft4 long1 should serve for the legs and ,illustration3 ,frame for ,boy ,kite body2 another straight stick forms the spine and should be about #b ft4 #d in4 long4 ,for the arms1 get a fourth straight stick about #c ft4 #c in4 long4 ,make the frame for the head by bending a light tough stick in a circle about #g in4 in diameter4 ,bind it tightly with a strong thread and through its center run the spine4 ,then tack on the arm stick #c in4 under the circle so that the spinal column crosses the arm stick exactly in the center4 ,wrap tightly with strong thread and tack on the two sticks that are to serve for the legs and body4 ,the leg sticks should be fastened to the arm stick about #f in4 on either side of the spinal column1 and crossed so that the other ends are #c ft4 apart4 ,tack them and the arm stick together at the point where they intersect4 ,small hoops and cross stick of the same material as the head frame should be fastened to both extremities of the arm stick and the lower ends of the leg stick for the hands and feet4 ,see that both hand frames are exactly alike and exercise equal caution regarding the foot frames2 also see that the arm stick is at exact right angles with the spine stick and that the kite joints are all firmly tied and the kite evenly balanced2 otherwise it may be lopsided4 ,fasten on the strings of the frame1 beginning at the neck at equal distances from the spine1 as indicated by the dotted lines in the diagram4 ,extend a string slantingly from the arms tick to the head on both sides of the spinal column1 and run all the other strings as shown in the cut1 being careful that both sides of the frame correspond in measurements4 ,to cover the kite1 select different colors of paper to suit your taste1 and after pasting them together1 lay the paper on the floor and placing the frame on it1 cut out the pattern4 ,leave an edge of #a_/b in4 all around and make a slit in this edge every #f in4 and at each angle2 make the slits #b in4 apart around the head4 ,after the kite is pasted and dry1 paint the buttons1 hair1 eyes1 hands1 feet1 etc41 as you desire4 ,arrange the belly band and tail band and attach the kite string in the same manner as in the ordinary coffin-shaped kite4 ,the lady kite is made on the same principle as the boy kite4 ,the frame may be made exactly as the boy kite and then dressed with tissue paper to represent a girl1 or it may be made on the special frame1 page #ha4 ,remember the dotted lines represent the strings or thread1 and the other lines indicate the kite sticks4 ,be careful with your measurements so that each side of the kite corresponds exactly and is well balanced4 ,also see that every point where the sticks intersect is firmly tacked and bound4 ,to cover the kite1 first paste together pieces of tissue paper of different color to suit your taste4 ,the paste should be made of flour and water and boiled4 ,make the seams or overlaps not quite #c_/h in4 wide4 ,lay the paper on the floor1 using weights to hold it down1 and place the frame of the kite upon it4 ,then cut out the paper around the frame1 leaving an edge of #a_/b in4 ,don't forget to make a slit in the edge every #f or #g in4 and at each angle4 ,around the head the slits are cut #b in4 apart1 as in the case of the boy kite4 ,after the kite is dry1 paint the paper as your fancy dictates4 ,to make the breast band1 punch holes through the paper1 one upon each side of the leg sticks1 just above the bottom1 and one upon each side of the arm sticks at the shoulder4 ,run one end of the string through the hole at the bottom of the left limb and tie it to the leg stick2 tie the other end at the right shoulder4 ,fasten one end of another string of the same length at the bottom of the right leg2 pass the string up across the first band and tie the other end at the left shoulder4 ,attach the kite string to the breast band at the point where the two strings intersect4 ,tie the knot so that you can slide the kite string up or down until it is properly adjusted4 ,the tail band is made by tying a string to the leg sticks at the bottom of the breast band4 ,let the string hang slack below the skirt and attach the tail to the center4 ,the same general rules apply in attaching the string and tail to the boy kite4 ,you can make the lady look as if dancing and kicking in the clouds by making the feet of stiff pasteboard and allowing them to hang loose from the line which forms the bottom of the skirt4 ,the feet will move and sway with each motion of the kite4 9999 ,how to ,make ,rubber ,stamps #cic ,india rubber1 especially prepared for stamp-making1 should be procured from a dealer or manufacturer1 if good results are to be obtained4 ,as an experiment1 it is possible for an amateur to prepare the rubber1 but1 in such cases1 it is always attended with uncertain results4 ,the mixed uncured rubber comes in white sheets1 strong1 firm and about #a_/h in4 thick1 and for its manipulation a press is indispensable1 but can be home-made4 ,for the base of the press use a piece of iron1 having two holes drilled in it at the middle of opposite sides1 through which pass bolts1 letting the thread ends extend upward and counter-sinking places for the bolt heads to keep the under side of the base level4 ,solder the bolts in place at the base4 ,the upper part of the press1 or the platen1 is also of iron1 cut so it can be swung ,illustration3 ,fish ,kettle ,vulcanizer off the bolts1 rather than by removing the nuts and lifting it off4 ,string a half dozen nuts1 larger than those which screw on1 on each bolt1 so that when the upper nut on each is screwed to the extent of the thread the pressure will be communicated through the nuts wedged in between the platen and the upper nut4 ,the bolt holes in the platen should be directly over those in the base4 ,distance pieces of an exact thickness should be provided for use on the base2 these serve to keep the pressure even4 ,in preparing the mould1 if type is to be copied1 use rather large type with wide spaces and set up with high quads and spaces1 or the type faces may be filled up by rubbing with either wax1 or soap1 lightly brushing off any that remains loose4 ,the type so set should be locked into a frame4 ,this may be made of two pieces of wood bolted together at both ends1 or of printer's furniture4 ,place it on a flat surface 7marble is good1 but any perfectly smooth surface will do7 and place distance pieces #a_/h in4 higher than its upper surface on either side of it4 ,apply olive oil to the type faces and wipe off any excess4 ,to form the matrix or reverse of the model1 take a piece of iron larger than the inscription to be copied1 and spread upon it to a depth of #a_/d in1 a putty made by mixing plaster of paris and water to the right consistency4 ,by means of a table knife spread the plaster smoothly and then invert the plate upon the model and press down until ,illustration3 ,vulcanizing ,press for ,rubber ,stamps the distance pieces are struck4 ,let it set #aj minutes and then remove4 ,if care has been taken the matrix will be perfect4 ,after it has thoroughly dried1 preferably in an oven1 saturate it with an alcoholic solution of shellac to strengthen it4 ,cut a piece of smooth rubber1 large enough to cover the matrix1 from the sheet1 throw this into a box of talc1 or powdered soapstone1 so that it receives a coating on both sides2 dust a little of the powder over the matrix1 also4 ,place the press on a support over a gas burner2 or a kerosene lamp1 and apply the heat4 ,place the matrix on the base of the press1 dust off the piece of india rubber and place in the press upon the matrix and screw down the platen4 ,heat the press to #bhd deg4 ,f4 and keep screwing down the platen so that the rubber1 now soft and putty-like1 is forced into every recess of the matrix4 ,a thermometer is not necessary2 some rubber always protrudes and the stage of the process can be told from that4 ,at first it is quite elastic1 then as the heat increases it becomes soft1 then the curing begins and it again becomes elastic1 so that1 if a point of a knife blade is pressed against it1 it resumes its shape when the point is removed4 ,when this takes place it is then thoroughly vulcanized and the sheet can be removed from the matrix4 ,ten minutes1 under favorable conditions1 is sufficient time for moulding the rubber4 ,by means of common glue1 or bicycle tire cement1 fasten the rubber stamp to a wooden handle4 ,it is possible to dispense with the press in making stamps1 where the work is not done in quantities1 and use a hot flat-iron4 ,the matrix is placed on a stove at low heat1 the rubber laid on and the hot iron applied4 ,but a few moments are required to mould it4 ,an old letter press if it be inclosed in a tin oven makes a good press1 or all the necessary materials and apparatus can be purchased from a dealer4 ,any type such as all printers use will answer4 9999 ,to ,light a ,gaslight ,without ,matches #cid ,it is probably well known that if you rub your feet briskly over a carpet on a dry1 cold day and then touch any metallic object with your finger it will emit a small spark4 ,the following amusing experiment may be done on the same principle3 ,illustration3 ,lamp ,igniter ,take any small piece of wire about #b in4 long and twist it around a gas burner as shown at ,a in the sketch4 ,have the tip of the burner about #a_/h in4 below the end of the wire4 ,the wire must be just far enough away from the center of the burner to keep it out of the flame1 or else it will melt4 ,now get a friend to turn on the gas when you are ready for it4 ,go around the room once or twice rubbing your feet along the carpet4 ,when you come around to the gaslight touch the point of the wire and if the gas is turned on1 the light will flare right up as if it had been lit with a match4 ,this experiment cannot be done on a damp day or without shoes1 and works best in cold weather4 --,contributed by ,e4 ,h4 ,klipstein4 9999 ,how ,to ,make a ,trap ,for ,rabbits1 ,rats and ,mice #cie ,from an old #f-;in4 pine fence board cut off four pieces #b-a_/b ft4 long and one #f in4 square for the end of the trap and another #d in4 by #h in4 for the door4 ,use old boards1 as new boards scare rabbits4 ,figure #a shows how the box is made4 ,it should be #d in4 wide and #f in4 high ,illustration3 ,a ,good ,trap for ,small ,animals on the inside4 ,the top and bottom boards project #a in4 beyond the side boards at the back and the end board is set in4 ,the top board should be #b in4 shorter than the sides at the front4 ,nail a strip on the top board back of the door and one on the bottom board so the game cannot push the door open from inside the trap and get out4 ,in the middle of the top board bore a hole and put a crotched stick in for the lever to rest on4 ,bore another hole in the top of the door for the lever to pass through4 ,two inches from the back of the box bore a hole for the trigger1 which should be made out of heavy wire in the manner shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the door of the trap must work easily and loosely4 9999 ,novel ,electric ,motor #cie ,the materials necessary to make this motor are an old electric bell of the buzzer type and a cogwheel from an old clock4 ,remove the hammer-head and gong from the bell1 then bend the end of the hammer into a loop1 as in ,fig4 #a4 ,now make a little wire catch like ,fig4 #b1 and fasten its loop into the loop of the hammer4 ,mount the bell on a small board as in ,fig4 #c and fasten the cogwheel almost on a line with it4 ,now press down the hammer and place a nail in the position shown in the diagram so that the catch touches one of the teeth4 ,fasten the board in an upright position and attach two dry batteries to the binding-posts4 ,if properly connected1 the fly-wheel will turn quite rapidly and with amazing force for so small a machine4 ,the machine1 however1 has a fixed direction as shown by the arrow1 but the belting can be arranged so as to send the models in a reversed direction if required4 ,the materials for the motor should not cost more than ,illustration3 ,novel ,electric ,motor #be;c for the bell and if you have an old bell it will cost next to nothing4 --,contributed by ,fred ,c4 ,curry1 ,brockville1 ,ontario4 9999 ,how to ,print ,photographs on ,silk #cif ,silk1 satin or any other fine material can be used to make photographic prints1 but the most attractive results for the amateur are obtained on silk1 the best color for this purpose being either cream or white1 says ,photography4 ,the chemicals required are only four in number1 and a comparatively small amount of each will suffice1 so that the process can be tried without any very great outlay4 ,a dram of dextrine is mixed with #b oz4 of water and allowed to dissolve4 ,it is then made up to #d oz4 with boiling water1 and1 when cold1 a solution of #a dr4 of ammonium chloride in #b oz4 of water is added4 ,as this mixture does not keep well1 it should be used as soon as possible after being made up4 ,the silk is soaked in the liquid until it is thoroughly saturated1 which should take about four or five minutes1 and it is then hung up to dry1 suspending it1 tightly stretched1 from its two top corners4 ,the fabric when salted1 as this operation is termed1 will keep indefinitely4 ,all these operations can be done in daylight4 ,the next stage is the application of the sensitizer1 for which purpose the two following solutions must be made up and then mixed3 ,silver nitrate #abj gr4 ,water #a oz4 ,citric acid #ej gr4 ,water #aoz4 ,the mixture is spread evenly over the silk with a soft camel's-hair brush4 ,there must be no metal in the mounting of the brush that is used4 ,particular care must be taken to see that no particle of the surface of the silk is left uncovered4 ,the best way to insure this is to brush the liquid over the silk1 first in one direction and then crosswise4 ,the process of sensitizing must be done in a weak artificial light1 such as at night by ordinary gas or lamp light1 or in the very feeblest daylight4 ,the silk is then again fastened up and allowed to dry1 but it is now sensitive to the light and the drying must therefore be done in the dark4 ,it is ready for printing as soon as it is dry1 and as it does not keep well in the sensitive condition1 it should be used up within a few days at the most4 ,the printing1 which is done in daylight1 is carried on in the same way as for printing-out papers1 except that the silk should be printed a little darker than usual4 ,it will be found convenient to gum the edges slightly1 and then to fix the silk on a stiff piece of paper before putting it into the printing frame4 ,if this precaution is not adopted there is a tendency for the silk to slip or crease when it is being examined4 ,the silk must be handled carefully while in the printing frame for this reason1 but apart from that1 there is no particular difficulty4 ,the paper can be taken off when the printing is finished4 ,prints on silk are toned1 fixed and washed in the same way as ordinary silver prints4 ,the washing should be thorough1 and before the prints are quite dry1 they should be ironed to remove all creases4 9999 ,removing ,old ,paint #cif ,a chair more than a hundred years old came to me by inheritance4 ,it was originally painted green and had been given two coats of dark paint or varnish within the last #cj years4 ,desiring to improve the appearance of the relic1 ,i decided to remove the paint and give it a mahogany stain4 ,the usual paint removers would readily take off the two latter coats but had no effect upon the first4 ,i tried to remove the troublesome green in various ways1 but with little success until ,i applied a hot1 saturated solution of concentrated lye4 ,by coating the paint with this repeatedly1 applying one coat upon another for two days1 and then using a stiff brush1 the layer was easily and completely removed4 --,contributed by ,thos4 ,r4 ,baker1 ,chicago1 ,ill4 9999 ,a ,window ,lock #cig ,bore a hole through the sash of the lower window and halfway through the sash of the upper window1 where they meet in the center1 and insert a heavy nail or spike4 ,this will fasten the sash together so well that nothing short of a crowbar can pry them apart4 ,the nail can be easily removed when the windows are to be opened4 9999 ,homemade ,magnifying ,glass #cig ,a very good magnifying glass can be made from an ordinary incandescent lamp of about #af-;cp4 size which has been rendered useless by being burned out or having the filament broken4 ,grind or break off the tip end of the globe and fill with water4 ,put in clear water and plug or cork up the hole4 9999 ,trailer for a ,bicycle #cig ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a2 ,trailer ,attached to a ,bicycle ,instead of using a seat on the handlebars or frame of a bicycle for my little girl1 ,i made a trailer1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 to attach to the rear axle4 ,i made it from old bicycle parts4 ,the handlebars1 which form the back of the seat1 fasten into the seat post of an old bicycle attached to the trailer axle4 ,the trailer is attached to the rear axle of the bicycle with two arms or forks1 on the ends of which are two forgings1 formerly used on the rear ends of a bicycle frame1 brazed in1 and one of the tube projections cut off from each to make a hook1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the piece marked ,e shows one of these forgings or hooks in section4 ,the original axle of the bicycle was removed and one #a-e_/af in4 longer supplied1 which was turned below the threads for clearance1 as shown at ,a4 ,a washer1 ,d1 with a hexagon hole was fitted over the regular nut ,c1 on the axle1 and filed tapering so the forging or hook ,e1 on the trailer attachment1 could be kept in position4 ,the washer ,f is held tightly against the hook by pressure from a spring1 ,g4 ,the spring is held in place by a small nut1 ,h1 and cotter pin1 #a4 ,this attachment makes a flexible joint for turning corners4 ,when turning from right to left the left hook on the trailer fork stays in ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b-,the ,hook in ,position position1 while the right hook pushes the washer ,f outward and relieves the strain on the fork4 ,this attachment also makes it easy to remove the trailer from the bicycle4 ,the washers ,f are pushed outward and the hook raised off the axle4 --,contributed by ,john ,f4 ,grieves1 ,providence1 ,r4 ,i4 9999 ,home-,made ,telephone ,transmitter #cih ,the parts for transmitting the sound are encased in a covering1 ,h1 made from the gong of an old electric bell4 ,a round button1 ,d1 is turned or filed from the carbon electrode of an old ,illustration3 ,telephone ,transmitter dry cell and a hole drilled through the center to fit in a binding-post taken from the same battery cell4 ,this button must be carefully insulated from the shell1 ,h1 by running the binding-post through a piece of small rubber tube where it passes through the hole and placing a rubber or paper washer1 ,f1 under the carbon button1 and an insulating washer under the nut on the outside4 ,this will provide one of the terminals of the instrument4 ,construct a paper tube having the same diameter as the button and with a length equal to the depth of the bell case1 less #a_/h in4 ,glue or paste this tube to the button so it will form a paper cup with a carbon bottom4 ,the diaphragm1 ,b1 which is the essential part of the instrument1 should be made as carefully as possible from ferrotype tin1 commonly called tintype tin4 ,cut a circular piece from this metal the exact size of the outside of the shell4 ,a hole is made in the center of the disk a little larger than a binding-post that is taken from another old battery cell4 ,when making the hole in the disk be careful not to bend or crease the tin4 ,scrape the black coating from the tin around the outside about #a_/d in4 wide and a place about #a in4 in diameter at the center4 ,the second electrode1 ,c1 is made the same as ,d1 and fastened to the tin diaphragm with the binding post without using any insulation4 ,a third binding post1 ,g1 is fastened to the shell through a drilled hole to make the other terminal4 ,the mouthpiece1 ,a1 may be turned from wood in any shape desired1 but have a flange on the back side that will make a tight fit with the outside of the shell4 ,fill the paper tube with powdered carbon1 ,e1 which can be made by pounding and breaking up pieces of carbon to about the size of pin heads4 ,powdered carbon can be purchased1 but if you make it be sure to sift out all the very fine particles4 ,assemble the parts as shown and the transmitter is ready for use4 ,if speech is not heard distinctly1 put in a little more1 or remove some of the carbon and try it out until you get the instrument working nicely4 --,contributed by ,harold ,h4 ,cutter1 ,springfield1 ,mass4 9999 ,quickly ,made ,lawn ,tent #cih ,a very simple way of erecting a lawn tent for the children is to take a large umbrella such as used on delivery wagons and drive the handle into the ground deep enough to hold it solid4 ,fasten canvas or cotton cloth to the ends of the ribs and let it hang so that the bottom edge will touch the ground4 ,light ropes can be tied to the ends of the ribs and fastened to stakes driven in the ground in a tent-like manner to make the whole more substantial and to stand against a heavy wind4 ,this makes an exceptionally fine tent1 as the umbrella ,illustration3 ,lawn ,tent ,complete is waterproof2 also1 there is more room to stand up in than in a tent that is in the shape of a wigwam4 --,contributed by ,j4,a4 ,whamer1 ,schenectady1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,windmill of ,one or ,two ,horsepower for ,practical ,purposes #cii ,a windmill for developing from #a_/b to #b hp4 may be constructed at home1 the expense being very small and the results highly satisfactory4 ,the hub for the revolving fan wheel is first constructed4 ,one good way to get both the hub1 lining1 shaft and spokes for the blades1 is to go to a wheelwright's and purchase the wheel and axle of some old rig4 ,there are always a number of discarded carriages1 wagons or parts thereof in the rear of the average blacksmith's shop4 ,sometimes for half a dollar1 and often for nothing1 you can get a wheel1 an axle1 and connected parts4 ,remove from the wheel1 all but the four spokes needed for the fans as in ,fig4 #a4 ,the same hub1 axle and bearings will do4 ,in case you cannot secure a wheel and shaft1 the hub may be made from a piece of hardwood1 about #d in4 in diameter and #f in4 long4 ,a #b-;in4 hole should be bored through for a wooden shaft1 or a #a-a_/b-;in4 hole for a metal shaft4 ,the hub may be secured by putting two or three metal pins through hub and shaft4 ,adjust the spokes by boring holes for them and arrange them so that they extend from the center ,a1 like ,b4 ,the wheel is then ready for the blades4 ,these ,illustration3 ,fig4#a2 ,windmill blades should be of sheet metal or thin hardwood4 ,the sizes may vary according to the capacity of the wheel and amount of room for the blades on the spokes4 ,each one is tilted so as to receive the force of the wind at an angle1 which adjustment causes the wheel to revolve when the wind pressure is ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b1 ,fig4 #c strong enough4 ,secure the blades to the spokes by using little metal cleats1 ,c and ,d4 ,bend these metal strips to suit the form of the spokes and flatten against the blades and then insert the screws to fasten the cleats to the wood4 ,if sheet metal blades are used1 rivets should be used for fastening them4 ,the stand for the wheel shaft is shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,arrange the base piece in platform order1 7,j74 ,this is more fully shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,on top of this base piece1 which is about #cf in4 long1 place the seat or ring for the revolving table4 ,the circular seat is indicated at ,i1 ,fig4 #a4 ,this ring is like an inverted cheese box cover with the center cut out4 ,it can be made by a tinner4 ,size of ring outside1 #ce in4 ,the shoulders are #d in4 high and made of tin also4 ,form the shoulder by soldering the piece on4 ,thus we get a smooth surface with sides for the mill base to turn in so as to receive the wind at each point to advantage4 ,the ,x-shaped piece ,h rests in the tin rim4 ,the ,x-form1 however1 does not show in this sketch1 but in ,fig4 #e1 where it is marked ,s4 ,this part is made of two pieces of ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d #b-;in4 plank1 about #c in4 wide1 arranged so that the two pieces cross to make a letter ,x4 ,when the pieces join1 mortise them one into the other so as to secure a good joint4 ,adjust the uprights for sustaining the wheel shaft to the ,x-pieces as shown at ,e1 ,e1 ,fig4 #b4 ,these are #d by #d in4 pieces of wood1 hard pine preferred1 planed and securely set up in the ,x-pieces by mortising into the same4 ,make the bearings for the ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e wheel shaft in the uprights and insert the shaft4 ,the gearing for the transmission of the power from the wheel shaft to the shaft calculated for the delivery of the power at an accessible point below must next be adjusted4 ,the windmill is intended for installation on top of a building1 and the power may be transmitted below1 or to the top of a stand specially erected for the purpose4 ,it is a good plan to visit some of the second-hand machinery dealers and get four gears1 a pulley and a shaft4 ,gears about #e in4 in diameter and beveled will be required4 ,adjust the first pair of the beveled gears as at ,f and ,g4 ,if the wheel shaft is metal1 the gear may be set-screwed to the shaft1 or keyed to it4 ,if the shaft is hardwood1 it will be necessary to arrange for a special connection4 ,the shaft may be wrapped with sheet metal and this metal fastened on with screws4 ,then the gear may be attached by passing a pin through the set-screw hole and through the shaft4 ,the upright shaft like the wheel shaft is best when of metal4 ,this shaft is shown extending from the gear1 ,g1 to a point below4 ,the object is to have the shaft reach to the point where the power is received for the service below4 ,the shaft is shown cut off at ,k4 ,passing to ,fig4 #c the shaft is again taken up at ,l4 ,it now passes through the arrangement shown1 which device is rigged up to hold the shaft and delivery wheel ,p in place4 ,this shaft should also be metal4 ,secure the beveled gears ,m and ,n as shown4 ,these transmit the power from the upright shaft to the lower horizontal shaft4 ,provide the wheel or pulley1 ,p1 with the necessary belt to carry the power from this shaft to the point of use4 ,the tail board of the windmill is illustrated in ,fig4 #d4 ,a good way to make this board is to use a section of thin lumber and attach it to the rear upright1 ,e of ,fig4 #b4 ,this may be done by boring a hole in the upright and inserting the shaft of the tail-piece4 ,in ,fig4 #d is also shown the process of fastening a gear1 ,r1 to the shaft4 ,the set screws enter the hub from the two sides and the points are pressed upon ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f the shaft1 thus holding the gear firmly in place4 ,the platform for the entire wheel device is shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,the ,x-piece ,s is bored through in the middle and the upright shaft passes through4 ,the tin run-way or ring is marked ,t1 and the ,x-piece very readily revolves in this ring1 whenever the wind alters and causes the wheel's position to change4 ,the ring and ring base are secured to the platform1 ,u4 ,the latter is made of boards nailed to the timbers of the staging for supporting the mill4 ,this staging is shown in ,fig4 #f1 in a sectional view4 ,the ring with its ,x-piece is marked ,v1 the ,x-piece is marked ,w1 and the base for the part1 and the top of the stage is marked ,x4 ,the stage is made of #b by #d-;in4 stock4 ,the height may vary1 according to the requirements4 ,if the affair is set up on a barn or shed1 the staging will be sufficient to support the device4 ,but if the stage is constructed direct from the ground1 it will be necessary to use some long timbers to get the wheel up high enough to receive the benefit of the force of the wind4 ,proceeding on the plan of the derrick stand1 as shown in ,fig4 #f1 a stage of considerable height can be obtained4 9999 ,to ,renew ,old ,dry ,batteries #dja ,remove the paper that covers the cell and knock several good-sized holes in the zinc shell4 ,place the battery in a glass jar1 fill it two-thirds full of strong sal ammoniac 7or salt7 solution and connect the terminals to whatever apparatus the current is to be used for4 ,a few drops of sulphuric acid quickens and improves the action4 ,the output of the cell will be nearly as great as when the battery was first bought4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,w4 ,arbitt1 ,austin1 ,texas4 9999 ,blue ,dye#dja ,prussian blue and ,chinese blue are both the same chemically but they do not cut or look the same4 9999 ,acetylene lamp #dja ,when an acetylene lamp is in good order it will light up slowly with a hissing noise followed by a pure white flame4 ,should the lamp light up quickly with a yellowish flame1 it is a sign of a leak somewhere4 9999 ,another ,electric ,motor #dja ,this form of electric motor is used largely in ,england in the form of an indicator4 ,it is very easily made and ,illustration3 ,electric ,motor if you have an old electro-magnet will cost practically nothing4 ,a large soft-iron wheel is mounted on an axle with a pulley-wheel on one end and a circuit breaker on the other end4 ,the teeth on the circuit-breaker must be the same number as on the soft-iron wheel4 ,the electro-magnet is mounted so that its core is level with the axle and in a line with the wheel4 ,one wire from it is attached to one binding screw and the other end is grounded to the iron frame that supports it4 ,this frame is connected to the frame supporting the wheel4 ,a small brush presses on the circuit-breaker and is connected to the other binding screw4 ,in the diagram ,a represents the iron wheel2 ,b1 the brush2 ,c1 the circuit breaker2 ,d1 the magnet4 ,the wire connecting the two frames is shown by a dotted line4 ,to start the motor1 attach your battery to the screws and turn the wheel a little4 ,the magnet attracts one of' the teeth on the wheel1 but as soon as it is parallel with the core of the magnet the circuit is broken and the momentum of the wheel brings another tooth to be attracted4 ,to reverse the motor reverse the connections and start the wheel the other way4 ,be sure that the frames are screwed down well or the motor will run jerkily and destroy the connections4 --,contributed by ,f4 ,crawford ,curry1 ,brockville1 ,ontario4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,propelling ,vehicle #djb ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,any boy1 with a little knack and a few odd tools1 can rig up various contrivances which will be a source of pleasure to himself and oftentimes can be sold1 to less ingenious boys1 for a snug little sum4 ,any tool a boy can obtain is apt to be of use to him1 chisel1 bit1 jack-knife or hammer4 ,figure #a shows what two boys did with old cycle wheels4 ,they went to some junk shops where the concerns had purchased cast-away bicycles and noticed that there were numerous wheels in very good order that could be selected from among the sets of wheels with broken or bent rims1 spokes1 burst tires1 etc4 ,in fact1 the lads had no trouble in getting several sets of bicycle wheels in good condition for very little money4 ,these wheels were taken to the back-yard shop of the boys where the young fellows had rigged up a shed-like affair and put in a bench4 ,the previous ,christmas one of the boys received a box of tools as a gift1 in which was included a little hand vise and the required tools for general boy's handiwork4 ,four of the cycle wheels they used in making the hand-propelled vehicle shown at ,fig4 #a4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b ,a wooden body1 ,a1 made of smooth boards rests upon shafts4 ,fixed on this body is an upright carrying the sprocket ,b4 ,the upright is a piece of wood about #aj in4 high and #d in4 wide1 fitted with one of the bearings from the cycle4 ,the regular cycle chain sprocket is used at ,b as well as upon the shaft4 ,the regular chain of the cycle is likewise employed1 so1 when buying the wheels1 it is well to select one or more chains with corresponding sprockets from the junk heap4 ,the detail of the adjustment of the parts is shown in next views4 ,the letter ,d signifies the seat which is a box4 ,the steering gear is a bent iron rod1 also found in the waste pile of the junk shop1 and is bent to right form by heating and bending over on a rock or any solid matter4 ,the steering rod is marked ,e4 ,it fits into a socket in the shaft of the forward wheels4 ,figure #b shows the construction of the cart below4 ,the cog is keyed or set-screwed to the driving shaft of the wheels with either key or set-screw used in original fastening1 as the case ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c1 #d ,driving ,shaft and ,disk for ,steering ,gear may be4 ,the chain is marked ,f1 and there is a slot cut in the floor of the cart to let the chain pass up and through to the cog on the propelling shaft crank4 ,the disk which receives the steering rod is at ,g4 ,the forward shaft bears only at the center upon a disk of metal1 consisting of any circular piece found among the pieces of iron or brass at the junk store4 ,one can get nearly all the mechanical parts in junk establishments that purchase parts of out-of-date or cast-away bicycles4 ,the detail of the driving shaft is shown at ,fig4 #c4 ,the sprocket wheel is at ,h and this is just as it is taken from the original bicycle shaft4 ,the bearings consist of wires looped around the shaft and inserted into holes bored in metal plates as shown4 ,these plates are screwed to the bottom of the cart4 ,the shaft itself is found in rods or even cast-away metal axles which are commonly found in most any carriage works1 cycle shops or junk dealer's4 ,figure #d shows the disk that receives the steering gear4 ,the disk is bored around edges for the securing screws1 while the center is open for the steering rod4 ,when put together1 three boys usually ride4 ,one steers and the other two turn the crank4 ,freight can be carried and some boys do quite an express business in their town with one of the carts like this that they made4 9999 ,ringing a ,bell by ,touching a ,gas ,jet #djc ,the experiment of scuffling the feet over a carpet and then producing a spark which will light the gas by touching the chandelier is described on another page4 ,one of our correspondents says that if a wire is connected to the chandelier and led to one terminal of the coherer of a wireless telegraph outfit the bell will ring every time the ,illustration3 ,touch the ,gas ,jet and ,ring the ,bell spark is produced by touching the chandelier1 and that1 as the chandeliers are all connected by the gas-pipe1 the bell will ring1 no matter in which room the spark is produced4 9999 ,lead ,kills ,knots #djc ,the covering quality will be greatly improved if some dry red lead is added to the shellac varnish used for killing knots4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,wood ,turning ,lathe ,out of an ,old ,sewing ,machine #djc ,with a hack-saw1 cut off the arm containing the needle on line ,,ab1 ,fig4 #a1 leaving the shaft only4 ,on the end of the shaft will be found a round plate1 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a in which drill four #c_/af-;in4 holes4 ,now secure1 or have turned1 a piece of iron or steel #a-a_/b in4 in diameter1 ,fig4 #b4 ,drill and countersink four #c_/af-;in4 holes in it to fit the holes on the shaft plate4 ,file a spur center #e_/af in4 long1 and two side points #c_/af in4 long4 ,bolt this plate to the shaft plate with four flat-headed stove bolts1 #c_/af in4 in diameter by #e_/h or #c_/d in4 long1 ,fig4 #c4 ,for the bed1 use a board #cb in41 long and as wide as the base of the machine arm4 ,this gives a limit of #b ft4 between spur and dead centers4 ,let this board be made level with the rest of machine table by making a pair of legs if needed4 ,next make a ,t-rail1 ,fig4 #d1 of two boards1 one #e by #c_/d by #cb in41 the other #c-a_/b by #c_/d by #cb in4 ,threequarter inch of the wider board projects over each of the smaller boards4 ,nail firmly and clinch nails1 or screw together4 ,screw this rail on the machine board so that its center coincides exactly with the machine centers4 ,bore a number of #c_/h-;in4 holes with centers #b-c_/d in4 apart along the center line of this rail1 beginning #f in4 from the end nearest the machine4 ,make another ,t-rail for slide tool rest1 of two pieces #cb by #c by #c_/d in41 and #cb by #a-a_/b by #c_/d in4 ,fasten this in front of the larger ,t-rail and parallel to it1 the center lines being #f-a_/b in4 apart4 ,to make the tail-piece1 that is1 the part to hold wood to be turned1 get a board #f-a_/b by #g by #c_/d in41 and on the edges1 ,fig4 #e1 ,a1 screw two pieces #g by #c_/d by #a-a_/b in4 so that the cap thus made will fit snugly over the large ,t-rail4 ,fasten to these last two pieces1 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d with screws1 two more pieces #g by #c_/d by #c_/d in41 ,fig4 #e1 ,b4 ,this tail-piece should move smoothly back and forth with no side motion4 ,now get a block of hardwood #d by #b-a_/d in41 and #a-c_/d in4 higher than the spur center when mounted on the middle of the tailpiece just described4 ,at exactly the height of the spur center bore through this block a #c_/d-;in4 hole1 ,fig4 #e4 ,have ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b a blacksmith make a crank #h in4 long1 threaded for #e in4 as shown4 ,at the dead center end taper the crank and make a cup center1 out of which allow a #c_/af-;in4 point to project4 ,the cup prevents the point from boring into ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c wood too rapidly4 ,one inch from the outer end of the crank block1 ,fig4 #e1 bore a #c_/af-;in4 hole1 and force a #a_/d-;in4 bolt to cut its thread in the wood4 ,this is a set screw to hold the crank in any position desired4 ,place a strap nut1 threaded to fit the crank1 on the head-end of the crank block1 and a plain nut to act as a bearing1 on the crank end4 ,one and one-half inches from the back of the tail-piece bore a #c_/h-;in4 hole4 ,make a peg #c_/h by #b in4 ,to put in a piece of wood to turn1 move the tail-piece back until the head end is over the center of the hole nearest the end of the block1 then the peg will slip into second hole from the head end of the tail-piece1 and into a corresponding ,t-rail hole1 pinning the two together4 ,insert wood and screw up dead center to hold it4 ,for a tool rest make a second piece like the base of the tail-piece1 #aa in4 long and fitting the small ,t-rail4 ,cut out two blocks #a-a_/b by #b-a_/d by #c_/d in4 and screw them1 one on each end of the base of the tool rest1 covering the half farthest from the centers1 and having an #h-;in4 space between blocks4 ,on the tops of these blocks screw a strip #aa by #b-a_/d by #c_/d in4 ,now for the rest proper1 cut out a board #h by #aa_/af by #i in4 to slide in the slot of the rest4 ,take a piece of oak #aa by #b in41 and high enough so that the top will be level with the centers of the lathe1 and bevel as shown in ,fig4 #f4 ,screw on one end of the #h by #i-;in4 piece exactly in the middle4 ,this piece will slide in and out1 closer or farther from the centers as desired1 and also along the ,t-rail4 ,a center for turning rosettes1 saucers1 etc41 may be made as follows3 ,remove the spur center and bolt in its place a #a-;in4 circular board of the same ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e diameter1 using longer #c_/af-;in4 stove bolts with heads countersunk4 ,rotate the lathe1 and with a gimlet bore a hole at the exact center and through the board4 ,now take off the board and countersink on the back a place for the head of a coarse threaded screw4 ,turn in a #a-c_/d -in4 screw1 replace the board and any block held on the end of the rotating screw will turn on and be held while being turned4 --,contributed by ,l4 ,l4 ,winans1 ,mexico1 ,mo4 9999 ,reversing ,small ,battery ,motor #dje ,make the switch out of a piece of slate 7for the base7 two strips of brass1 a rubber strip and handle and some binding-posts from old dry batteries4 ,fasten the brass strips at #e and #f1 ,fig4 #a1 so they can swing from #a and #c to #b ,illustration3 ,switch and #d4 ,hold the brass strips apart by means of the hard rubber strip and screws4 ,do not let the screws come all the way through the rubber strip or you are liable to get a shock in case you should touch both screws simultaneously4 ,screw a rubber handle onto the rubber strip to move the lever back and forth with4 ,fig4 #b shows the arrangement of strips1 handle1 screws1 etc41 in detail4 ,fig4 #c is an end view of the same4 --,contributed by ,eugene ,f4 ,tuttle1 ,jr41 ,newark1 ,ohio4 9999 ,cleaning ,bronze ,bearings #dje ,bronze bearings may be cleaned with a solution of washing powder and water run through the oil cups while the machine is running without any load4 ,the solution1 cutting out the dirt and grime1 will come from the bearing very black4 ,about #a pt4 of this mixture should be run through each bearing1 then clean thoroughly with clear water4 9999 ,a ,water ,candlestick #djf ,a glass of water makes a fine emergency candlestick4 ,weight one end of the candle with a nail just large enough to hold the candle in the water so that the water comes near its top edge1 but does not touch the wick1 and then light the candle4 ,it will burn until the last vestige of wick is gone and the flame will not flicker4 ,the melted tallow that runs down but serves to hold the candle more stationary4 9999 ,how to ,file ,soft ,metals #djf ,when filing soft metals1 such as solder or babbitt metal1 the file1 after a few strokes1 will become filled with metal1 causing scratches on the surface being filed4 ,the surface may be filed smooth1 provided the file has been well oiled4 ,the oil prevents the cutters from clogging and also allows the metal to yield easily4 ,oil the file every few minutes and use a card frequently in cleaning and the work will be smooth4 --,contributed by ,jno4 ,e4 ,ganaway1 ,paducah4 ,ky4 9999 ,to ,make a ,magazine ,binder #djf ,get #a_/b yd4 of cloth1 one shoestring1 a pasteboard box for covers1 and some heavy paper4 ,cut the pasteboard into two covers1 #a_/d in4 larger all around than the magazine1 except at the back with which they should be even4 ,next cut a strip #a in4 wide off the back of each cover4 ,place the covers on the cloth1 ,fig4 #a1 with the back edges #a_/d in4 farther apart than the thickness of the volume to be bound4 ,cut the cloth around the covers1 leaving #a-a_/b in4 margin4 ,paste the cloth on the covers as they lay1 and turn over the #a-a_/b in4 margin1 pasting down smoothly4 ,cut a piece of stiff paper to fit and paste on the back4 ,take a piece of cloth as wide as the cover1 and long enough to extend over the back and #a-a_/b in4 ,illustration3 ,plan of ,magazine ,binder ,beyond each strip4 ,paste on to hold all together4 ,two pieces of paper the exact size of the magazine1 pasted on the inside of each cover protects the edges of the cloth1 and adds to the appearance4 ,let dry slowly4 ,illustration3 ,magazine ,binder ,complete ,with backs and edges of magazines even1 place in a vise and set up tight allowing #c_/d in4 from back to show above the vise4 ,bore three #c_/af-;in4 holes #a_/b in4 from the back1 one in the middle1 the other two #a-a_/b in4 from each end4 ,make corresponding holes in the strips of the binder and use the shoestring to complete as in ,fig4 #b4 9999 ,temporary ,spline #djf ,a piece of wire solder makes a good temporary spline for the draftsman4 9999 ,a ,library ,set in ,pyro-,carving #djg ,by ,,helen ,,westinghouse ,the multitude of indifferently executed small articles which followed the introduction of pyrography is beginning to disappear4 ,people are considering the art more seriously and ,illustration3 ,table and ,seat ,decorated in ,pyro-,carving applying it to more dignified uses4 ,pyro-carving is one of the new methods of decorating furniture which is both beautiful and practical1 two qualities which do not always go together4 ,the library set illustrated consists of a table1 #cj to #ej in41 with two benches1 #ad in4 wide1 of the same length4 ,the supports are made of selected white pine1 which must be absolutely free from pitch4 ,the pine is soft enough to work easily with the point and stands wear much better than basswood4 ,the tops and braces are made of curly fir4 ,all of the material must be #b-;in4 lumber1 which dresses to about #a-a_/b in4 ,all surfaces1 except the faces of the supports1 are given a well rubbed coat of oil with a little burnt umber1 the stain to be applied directly to the wood without a filler4 ,on the outside of the supports the design is drawn in with pencil1 the background is then cut out smoothly with a chisel to the depth of an eighth of an inch1 leaving the decoration in relief4 ,it is then burned deeply1 the background in straight flat strokes1 the outlines having the effect of a sloping1 dark edge4 ,the shadows are burned in as deeply as possible and the shading is put in with the flat of the point4 ,a wax or eggshell oil-varnish finish is most suitable for this set1 but any other finish may be applied1 as the builder may desire1 to make it harmonize with other furnishings4 9999 ,cleaning ,brass #djg ,small brass castings can be cleaned by heating them slightly and then dipping them in a solution of sal ammoniac4 ,the pieces will come out as bright and clean as if new4 ,this cleaning process is the same as that used in cleaning a soldering iron4 9999 ,a ,phoneidoscope #djg ,the phoneidoscope has many and varied forms1 but the simplest can be made by bending the forefinger and thumb so as to form a circle and then drawing a soap film across the opening4 ,this is done in a manner similar to the blowing of soap bubbles4 ,the angle with the direction of the light may be readily adjusted by turning the wrist1 a motion of the elbow alters the distance from the mouth and the tension of the film can be regulated by moving the thumb and forefinger4 ,singing or speaking at the film when under proper tension will cause beautiful figures to appear1 which may be reflected from the film directly on the screen4 --,contributed by ,robt4 ,e4 ,bradley1 ,winchester1 ,mass4 9999 ,a ,home-,made ,yankee ,bobsled #djh ,a good coasting sled1 which ,i call a ,yankee bob1 can be made from two hardwood barrel staves1 two pieces of ,illustration3 ,runners ,made of ,barrel ,staves #b by #f-;in4 pine1 a piece of hardwood for the rudder and a few pieces of boards4 ,the #b by #f-;in4 pieces should be a little longer than one-third the length of the staves1 and each piece cut tapering from the widest part1 #f in41 down to #b in41 and then fastened to the staves with large wood screws as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,boards #a in4 thick are nailed on top of the pieces for a seat and to hold the runners together4 ,the boards should be of such a length as to make the runners about #ah in4 apart4 ,a #b-;in4 shaft of wood1 ,fig4 #b1 is turned down to #a in4 on the ends and put through holes that must be bored in the front ends of the #b by #f-;in4 pieces4 ,a small pin is put through each end of the shaft to keep it in place4 ,the rudder is a #a-a_/b-;in4 hardwood piece which should be tapered to #a_/b in4 at the bottom and shod with a thin piece of iron4 ,a #a_/b-;in4 hole is bored through the center of the shaft and a lag screw put through and turned in the rudder piece1 making it so the rudder will turn right and left and1 also1 up and down4 ,two cleats are nailed to the upper sides of the runners and in the middle lengthways for the person's heels to rest against4 ,any child can guide this bob1 as all he has to do is to guide the rudder right and left to go in the direction named4 ,if he wants to stop1 he pulls up on the handle and the heel of the rudder will dig into the snow1 causing too much friction for the sled to go any further4 --,contributed by ,wm4 ,algie1 ,jr41 ,little ,falls1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,small ,microscope #djh ,theoretically a simple microscope can be made as powerful as a compound microscope1 but in practice the minute size required by the simple lens to give the highest power makes it almost impossible to be used4 ,however1 a lens having a reasonable magnifying power can be made in a few minutes for almost nothing4 ,take a piece of glass tubing1 heat one place in a hot flame1 hold one end and pull on the other and draw the heated place down to a fine string as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,take about #c in4 of this fine tube and heat one end which will form a glass bead as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,this bead is the lens4 ,when in this form it can be used only in an artificial light coming from one direction1 but if you take a piece of ,illustration3 ,lens ,formed by ,heat cardboard and bore a hole in it a little smaller than the bead on the glass tube which is forced into the hole1 ,fig #c1 you can use this mounted lens in ordinary daylight4 ,in this case a mirror must be used to reflect the light up through the lens4 ,it is difficult to see anything at first1 as the lens must be held very close to the eye1 but in practice you will soon learn to see the object as it appears enlarged4 ,if you soak a little dried grass or hay in water for a few days and look at a drop of this water1 germs in various life forms can be seen4 ,the water must be put on the lens4 ,one thing to remember is that the smaller the lens1 the greater the magnifying power4 --,contributed by ,daniel ,gray1 ,decatur1 ,illinois4 9999 ,freezing ,pipes #dji ,the water in hot water supply pipes will freeze quicker than water that has not been heated4 ,this is because the air1 which is a poor conductor of heat1 has been driven out by the heat4 9999 ,how to ,carry ,books #dji ,almost all school children carry their books with a strap put around and b u c k led very tight4 ,this will make dents in the cover where the board overlaps the body of the book4 ,if the strap is left loose1 the books are liable to slip out4 ,place the cover of one book between the cover and fly leaf of its neighbor and the difficulty will be remedied4 ,this will place the books in alternate directions4 ,books stacked in this manner do not require the strap buckled tight1 or1 they can be carried without any strap just as well4 --,contributed by ,thos4 ,de ,loaf1 ,grand ,rapids1 ,mich4 ,illustration3 ,stacking ,books 9999 ,bottle ,pushers #dji ,illustration3 ,,bottle ,,pushers4 --,this is a game in which the competitors push bottles on the ice with hockey sticks4 ,all the bottles must be the same size and make4 ,the persons participating must keep their bottles upright at all times4 ,the bottles are lined up for the start and at the word go1 each person pushes a bottle across the field for a distance that is agreed upon4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,hammock #daj ,anyone can make a hammock as good as can be bought and that at a cost so small that every member of the family can possess one providing there are places enough for hanging them4 ,the materials required are a needle about #g in4 long1 and with a big eye1 an iron ring for each end of the hammock1 two long smooth sticks on which to knit the hammock and two pounds of strong hemp cord or twine4 ,the twine may be colored in any color or combination of colors desired4 ,a ,roman stripe at each end of the hammock makes a pretty effect4 ,a hammock #de in4 wide will not be too large for solid comfort4 ,to knit it first thread the big needle and holding it in the left hand1 hold the cord in place with the thumb until you have looped the cord over the tongue1 then pass the cord under the needle to the opposite side and catch it over the tongue4 ,repeat this operation until the needle is full4 ,cut a #b-yd4 length of cord and make a loop and fasten to the door knob or to some other convenient place4 ,tie the cord on the needle to this loop #c in4 from the end of the loop4 ,place the small mesh stick under the cord with the beveled edge close to the loop1 and1 with a thumb on the cord to hold it in place1 pass the needle around the stick and then1 point downward1 pass it through the loop from the top1 and then bring it over the stick so forming the first half of the knot4 ,pull this tight and hold in place with a thumb while throwing the cord over your hand1 which forms the loop4 ,pass the needle from under through the loops and draw fast to fasten the knot4 ,hold this in place and repeat the operation4 ,make #cj of these knots and then push them off the stick and proceed in the same way with the next row1 passing the needle first through each of the #cj knots made for the first row4 ,make #cj rows and then tie the last loops to the other iron ring4 ,stretchers may be made and put in place and the hammock1 strong and durable1 is finished4 ,the work must be carefully and evenly done4 ,one is apt to have a little trouble getting the first row right1 but after that the work proceeds quite rapidly4 ,how to ,obtain ,cheap ,dry ,batteries #daj ,not very many people realize that good1 serviceable dry cells can be obtained from an automobile garage very cheap4 ,these cells having been run out beyond the required number of amperes for automobile use1 will give excellent service1 considering their cost4 ,many of them will give two-thirds of their original amperage4 ,six of such cells have been in use on my door-bell circuit for nearly a year4 ,they can be used for other purposes just as well4 --,contributed by ,h4 ,h4 ,cutter4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,water ,telescope #daj ,illustration3 ,the ,water ,telescope ,before you decide on a place to cast your hook it is best to look into the water to see whether any fish are there4 ,yes1 certainly1 you can look into the water and see the fish that are there swimming about1 if you have the proper equipment4 ,what you need is a water telescope4 ,this is a device made of wood or metal with one end of glass4 ,when the glass end is submerged1 by looking in at the open end1 objects in the water are made plainly visible to a considerable depth4 ,in ,norway1 the fishermen use the water telescope regularly in searching for herring shoals or cod4 ,all that is necessary to make a wooden water telescope is a long wooden box1 a piece of glass for one ,illustration3 ,wooden ,water ,telescope end and some paint and putty for making the seams watertight4 ,fix the glass in one end of the box1 and leave the other open to look through4 ,a tin water telescope is more convenient than the wooden one1 but more difficult to make1 ,the principal essential for this is a circular piece of glass for the large end4 ,a funnel shaped tin horn will do for the rest4 ,solder in the glass at the large end and the telescope is made4 ,sinkers consisting of strips of lead should be soldered on near the bottom to counteract the buoyancy of the air contained in the watertight funnel and also helps to submerge the big end4 ,the inside of the funnel should be painted black to prevent the light from being reflected on the bright surface of the tin4 ,if difficulty is found in obtaining a circular piece of glass1 the bottom may be made square and square glass used4 ,use plain1 clear glass2 not magnifying glass4 ,to picnic parties the water telescope is of great amusement1 revealing numerous odd sights in the water which many have never seen before4 9999 ,how to ,rid ,your ,yard of ,cats #daa ,the following is a description of a device ,i built at my home in ,brooklyn1 which not only gave us relief from the ,illustration3 ,electric ,apparatus for ,driving ,away ,cats nightly feline concerts1 but also furnished much amusement to my friends4 ,i first ran two bare copper wires along the top of the fence about #a in4 apart1 fastening them down with small staples1 care being taken that they did not touch4 ,to the ends of these wires ,i fastened ordinary insulated bell wire1 running them to the house and connecting them to the upper binding-posts of an induction coil2 ,i then ran a wire from the lower binding-post of my coil through the batteries back to the other lower binding-post of coil1 breaking the circuit by putting in an ordinary switch4 ,the more batteries used1 the stronger the current4 ,the switch should always be left open1 as it uses up the current very rapidly4 ,when tabby is well on the wires ,i close the switch and she goes the length of the fence in bounds1 often coming back to see what the trouble is1 thus receiving another shock4 --,contributed by ,charles ,l4 ,pultz4 9999 ,substitute for a ,drill ,bit #daa ,a gouge may be used as a substitute bit if a proper sized bit is not at hand4 ,the gouge can be placed in the brace the same as a bit4 9999 ,drying ,films #dab ,the drying of photographic film in full lengths without scratching or curling is quite difficult4 ,various devices are used to keep the film straight1 and ,illustration3 ,pins ,keep the ,film ,straight push pins or thumb tacks are supplied with almost all of them4 ,the illustration shows a simple and inexpensive device constructed of common wood clothespins without any metal pins to come in contact with the film and cause rust streaks4 ,a pair of pins are fastened at each end of the film by pushing one pin over the other which in turn is clamped on the film4 ,a string tied to the heads of one pair of pins provides a way to hang the whole on a nail4 ,the lower pair of pins makes a weight to keep the film straight4 --,contributed by ,j4 ,mac ,gregor1 ,montreal1 ,canada4 9999 ,grooved ,pulley ,made from ,sheet ,tin #dab ,a grooved pulley which will run true and carry a round belt may be made without the use of other tools than a compass and pair of shears1 with a drill or punch for making two rivet holes4 ,layoff a circle on the tin1 of the diameter desired for the bottom of the groove4 ,then layoff a concentric circle of #a_/d in4 greater radius4 ,cut out along the lines of the large circle4 ,on the line of the small circle mark with a prick punch or nail a series of slight dents1 about #a_/d in4 apart1 all the way around4 ,now make cuts from the line of the large circle to these dents1 stopping when the shears give the little click on entering the dent4 ,bend the little tongues thus formed alternately to the right and left1 then by shaping them with some care you will have a good running surface for the belt4 ,it will not make any difference if there are more tongues on one side than the other1 or if they are not equally spaced1 within reason4 ,for the hub1 solder or rivet a handle across the center hole and drill a hole through it of the same size as the center hole4 ,with the help of solder a grooved pulley which will answer almost every experimental purpose may be made1 and it is remarkable with how slight care a perfectly true wheel may be made in this manner4 ,the same principle might in some way be applied to gear-wheels1 for light and temporary use4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,w4 ,nieman1 ,new ,york ,city4 9999 ,an ,emergency ,glass ,funnel #dab ,illustration3 ,cutting a ,funnel ,secure a glass bottle having a small neck and tie a string saturated in kerosene around the outside at ,a and ,b as shown in the sketch4 ,light the string and allow it to burn until the glass is heated1 then plunge the bottle quickly into water4 ,the top or neck will then come off easily4 ,the sharp edges are ground or filed off smooth4 ,this will make a good emergency funnel which serves the purpose well for filling wide necked bottles4 --,contributed by ,jos4 ,w4 ,sorenson1 ,everett1 ,wash4 9999 ,an ,electrical ,walking ,stick #dac ,a cane that will produce an electric shock when shaking hands is one supplied with the electrical apparatus shown in the sketch4 ,an ordinary cane1 #a in4 in diameter at the top and having a metal band ,a1 is bored about #h in4 deep1 to receive the battery ,b and induction coil ,c4 ,one of the electrical connections is through the metal tip ,d to the earth1 the other is through the ,illustration3 ,battery and ,coil ,in ,cane metal band ,a when the push button ,e is pressed4 ,the one using the cane merely holds the metal end ,d in contact with the earth and while shaking hands with a friend he pushes the button and starts the coil in operation4 --,contributed by ,stanley ,radcliffe1 ,laurel1 ,md4 9999 ,convenient ,shelf ,arrangement #dac ,a convenient device for crowded shelves and cupboards is shown in the accompanying sketch4 ,halfway between shelves ,a and ,b is installed a second shelf ,c which is only half as wide as the other shelves4 ,this ,illustration3 ,shelf provides a convenient place for small articles and utensils1 while in a china closet it furnishes a splendid space for cups1 sauce dishes or other small pieces4 ,it also adds a neat and pleasing appearance4 --,contributed by ,e4 ,m4 ,williams1 ,oberlin1 ,ohio4 9999 ,a ,shoe ,scraper #dac ,on steps of public buildings1 shops and dwellings is usually found some sort of a mud scraper for the shoes4 ,these remove the mud from the sole of the shoe and leave it on the edge and sides4 ,the scraper shown in the sketch is of simple construction1 and removes the mud from the soles and ,illustration3 ,scraper of ,thin ,steel sides of any size shoe in one operation4 ,the scrapers spread and bring pressure to bear on all sizes4 ,the side scrapers must be made of metal that will spring4 ,the standard is of heavy sheet metal with the thinner strips riveted to the projecting uprights at the ends4 9999 ,fastening a ,shade to a ,roller #dac ,tack the shade ,a in the usual manner and roll it as far back as possible ,illustration3 ,fastening a ,shade and while in this position apply an ample quantity of glue near the tacks1 as shown at ,b4 ,a shade attached in this manner will not come loose from the roller4 9999 ,vegetable ,slicer #dac ,the slicer is made of a knife blade1 screw and pin handle4 ,the screw is soldered into the end of the knife blade4 ,as the screw feeds into the vegetable ,illustration3 ,slicer ,in ,vegetable or fruit1 the blade will slice it in a curl of even thickness4 --,contributed by ,h4 ,c4 ,roufeldt1 ,toledo1 ,o4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,etched ,copper ,picture ,frame #dad ,secure a heavy piece of copper about #h or #aj gauge1 cut to #g by #g-c_/d in4 ,make a design on a piece of paper4 ,the accompanying sketch offers a suggestion4 ,illustration3 ,etched ,copper ,picture ,frame ,if the design is to be symmetrical1 draw a line down the middle of the paper1 make one-half the fold and trace the remaining half by placing a piece of double-surfaced carbon paper between the halves4 ,fasten this design with a little paste on the copper at two of its corners and trace it on the copper by means of the carbon paper4 ,remove the paper1 and1 with a small brush and black varnish or asphaltum paint1 cover the part not to be eaten by the acid of the bath into which the metal is to be immersed4 ,two or three coats will be necessary to withstand the acid4 ,the conventional trees1 the border as shown in the illustration1 and the back are covered with the varnish or asphaltum4 ,the etching solution should be put in a stone vessel of some kind and care should be taken not to allow it to get on the hands or clothes4 ,a stick should be used to handle the metal while it is in the solution4 ,this solution is made by putting in the stone jar the following3 ,water a little more than one-half1 nitric acid a little less than one-half4 ,,do ,,not ,,add ,,the ,,water ,,to ,,the ,,acid4 ,leave the metal in this solution three or four hours4 ,the time will depend upon the strength of the acid and the depth to which you wish the etching to be done4 ,an occasional examination of the object will show when to take it out4 ,when the etching has been carried as far as desirable1 take the copper from the bath and remove the asphaltum by scraping it as clean as possible1 using an old case knife4 ,after doing this1 put some of the solution1 or pickle as it is called1 in an old pan and warm it over a flame4 ,put the metal in this hot liquid and swab it with batting or cloth fastened to the end of a stick4 ,rinse in clear water to stop the action of the acid4 ,when clean1 cut the metal out from the center where the picture is to be placed1 using a metal saw4 ,solder on the back several small clips with which to hold the picture in place4 ,there must also be a support soldered in place to keep the frame upright4 ,to further clean the metal before soldering1 use a solution in the proportion of one-half cup of lye to #c gal4 water4 ,heat either the solution or the metal just before using4 ,when soldering1 care must be taken to have the parts to be soldered thoroughly clean4 ,any grease or foreign matter will prevent the solder from running properly4 ,on a piece of slate slab1 heavy glass or other hard1 nonabsorbent substance that is clean1 put a little water and grind a lump of borax around until the resultant is like thin cream4 ,thoroughly clean the parts that are to be soldered by scraping with a knife1 and do not touch with the fingers afterward4 ,place a piece of thin silver solder between the parts after having coated them and the solder with the borax4 ,use a pair of tweezers to pick up the solder4 ,hold the parts firmly together and apply heat--slowly at first until all moisture has been expelled and the borax crystallized1 after which the flame may be applied more directly and the parts brought to a soldering heat4 ,an alcohol flame will do4 ,heat applied too quickly will throw off the solder and spoil the attempt4 ,there are various ways of finishing the metal4 ,it may be polished by means of powdered pumice1 chalk or charcoal1 and then treated with a coat of ,french varnish diluted ten times its volume in alcohol4 ,another popular way is to give the background a bluish-green effect by brushing it over a great many times1 after it has been cleaned1 with a solution composed of muriate of ammonia1 #a part2 carbonate of ammonia1 #c parts2 water1 #bd parts4 ,the whole may then be treated with ,french varnish to preserve the colors4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,easel #dae ,a strong and substantial easel may be made at home with very little expense and no great difficulty4 ,smooth down with a plane1 four pieces of pine1 #a in4 thick1 #d in4 wide and #d ft4 long1 until suitable for legs4 ,make three cross-pieces1 ,fig4 #a1 and join the legs with them as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,with an auger bore a hole in each leg about #c in4 from the bottom1 and fit into each a little peg1 ,fig4 #b1 for the picture to rest on4 ,the peg should be of hardwood so it will not break4 ,cut the handle from an old broom1 measure off the right length1 and put a hinge on one end4 ,fasten this leg on the second cross-piece1 thus forming a support for the two front legs1 ,fig4 #c4 ,the easel may be finished according to the individual taste4 ,it may be sandpapered and stained and varnished1 or painted in some pretty tint1 or1 if preferred1 may be enameled4 --,contributed by ,g4 ,j4 ,tress4 ,illustration3 ,details of ,easel ,construction 9999 ,how to ,make a ,wind ,propeller #dae ,a wind propeller may be constructed with four old bicycle wheels arranged with shafts pretty much like the shafts of a hand-propelled cart4 ,the platform is flatter1 however1 and the body one tier so that it is lower4 ,a framework of wood is built at ,m and this is a support ,illustration3 ,wind ,propeller for several purposes4 ,the sail is secured to the mast which is fixed into the body of the cart as shown4 ,the sail is linen fabric4 ,there are two crosspieces to aid in keeping the sail properly opened4 ,the steering arrangement is through the rear shaft4 ,the shaft is pivoted as in a hand-propelled cart1 and the rod ,i extends from the middle connection of the shaft up to a point where the person seated on the wooden frame can handle it4 ,there is a brake arranged by making a looped piece ,j and hinging it as shown4 ,this piece is metal1 fitted with a leather face4 ,the cord ,k is pulled to press the brake4 ,i marks the support for the mast underneath the body of the cart4 ,in a steady breeze this cart spins nicely along the roads4 9999 ,replacing ,ball ,bearings #dae ,never change a single ball in a bearing4 ,renew them all4 9999 ,how to ,construct an ,annunciator #daf ,oftentimes a single electric bell may be connected in a circuit so that it can be operated from more than one push button4 ,these push buttons are usually located in entirely different parts of the building and it is necessary to have some means of determining the particular push button that was pressed and caused the bell to operate4 ,the electric annunciator is a device that will indicate or record the various calls or signals that may be sent over the circuits to which the annunciator is connected4 ,a very simple and inexpensive annunciator may be made in the following way3 ,before taking up the construction of the annunciator it would be best to make a diagrammatic drawing of the circuit in which the annunciator is to operate4 ,the simplest circuit that will require an annunciator is one where the bell may be operated from either of two push buttons4 ,in this case the annunciator must be constructed to give only two indications4 ,fig4 #a shows how the various' elements of such a circuit may be connected4 ,b is an ordinary vibrating electric bell1 ,m#a and ,m#b are the two electromagnets of the annunciator1 ,a is a battery of several dry cells1 and ,p#a and ,p#b are the push buttons from either of which the bell may be operated4 ,when the push button ,p#a is pressed the circuit is completed through the winding of the magnet ,m#a and its core becomes magnetized4 ,in a similar manner the core of the magnet ,m#b becomes magnetized when the push button ,p#b is pressed and the circuit completed through the winding of the magnet ,m#b4 ,if an iron armature1 that is supported by a shaft through its center and properly balanced1 be placed near the ends of the cores of ,m#a and ,m#b1 as shown in ,fig4 #b1 it may assume the position indicated by either the full or dotted lines1 depending upon which of the magnets1 ,m#a or ,m#b1 was last magnetized4 ,the position of this armature will serve to indicate the push button from which the bell was operated4 ,the magnets should be placed inside a case and the indication may be made by a pointer attached to the shaft1 supporting the armature4 ,if you are able to secure the electromagnets from a discarded electric bell they will work fine for the magnets ,m#a and ,m#b4 ,they should be disconnected from their iron support and mounted upon some non-magnetic material1 such as brass or copper1 making the distance between their centers as small as possible4 ,the piece of metal upon which the magnets are mounted should now be fastened1 by means of two wood screws1 to the back of the board1 shown in ,fig4 #f1 that is to form the face of the annunciator4 ,it should be about #a_/h in4 thick1 #a_/b in4 wide and long enough to extend a short distance beyond the cores of the magnets ,m#a and ,m#b4 ,drill a #a_/af-;in4 hole through its center1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,drive a piece of steel rod into this hole1 making sure the rod will not turn easily in the opening1 and allow about #a_/b in4 of the rod to project on one side1 and #a-a_/b in4 on the other side4 ,drill a hole in the board upon which the magnets are mounted so that when the long end of the rod carrying the armature is passed through the hole1 the armature will be a little more than #a_/af in4 from each magnet core4 ,the short end of the rod should be supported by means of a piece of strip brass bent into the form shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,drill a hole in the center of this piece1 so the rod will pass through it4 ,when the armature has been put in its proper place1 fasten this strip to the board with two small wood screws4 ,you may experience some difficulty in locating the hole in the board for the rod1 and it no doubt would be best to drill this hole first and fasten the magnets in place afterwards4 ,two small collars should be fastened to the rod to prevent its moving endwise4 ,fit the collars tightly on the rod to hold them in place4 ,cut the long end of the rod off so it projects through the face of the annunciator about #e_/h in4 ,take some very thin sheet brass and cut out a needle or indicator as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,in a small piece of brass drill a hole so it will fit tight on the other end of the rod4 ,solder the indicator to this piece and force it in place on the end of the rod4 ,when the armature is the same ,illustration3 ,details of the ,annunciator distance from each core1 the indicator should be parallel to the long dimension of the face of the case4 ,the case of the instrument may be made in the following way3 ,secure a piece of #c_/h-;in4 oak1 or other hard wood1 #c in4 wide and #b ft4 long4 ,then cut from this board the following pieces3 two whose dimensions correspond to those of ,fig4 #e and are to form the sides of the case2 two whose dimensions correspond to those of ,fig4 #f and are to form the back and the face of the case2 three whose dimensions correspond to those of ,figs4 #g1 #h1 and #i and are to form the lower and upper end of the case and the finish for the top4 ,secure a piece of window glass1 #d-a_/b in4 by #c-a_/h in4 that is to be used as the front4 ,before assembling the case cut on the inner surface of the pieces forming the sides and the lower end1 a groove just wide enough to take the glass and #a_/af in4 in depth4 ,the outer edge of this groove should be #c_/h in4 from the outer edge of the frame4 ,after the case is fastened together there should be a slot between the piece forming the upper end and the piece that serves as a finish at the top1 that will allow the glass to be slipped into place4 ,a small strip of wood should be tacked over this slot1 after the glass is put in place1 to prevent the dust and dirt from falling down inside of the case4 ,the piece upon which the works are to be mounted may be fastened in place by means of four round-headed brass screws that pass through the sides of the case4 ,it should be fastened about #a_/b in4 back of the glass front4 ,the back may be fastened inside of the case in a similar manner4 ,cut two pieces1 from some sheet brass1 whose dimensions correspond to those of ,fig4 #aj4 ,these pieces are to be used in supporting the case by means of some small screws4 ,fasten three binding-posts1 that are to form the terminals of the annunciator1 on the top of the upper end of the case4 ,mark one of these binding-posts ,c and the other two ,ll and ,l#b4 ,connect one terminal of each of the magnet windings to the post marked ,c and the other terminal to the posts ,ll and ,l#b4 ,you can finish the case in any style you may desire4 ,often times it is desirable to have it correspond to the finish of the woodwork of the room in which it is to be placed4 ,the distance the point of the indicator will move through depends upon the distance between the cores of the magnets and the distance of the armature from these cores4 ,these distances are often times such that the indications of the cell are not very definite4 ,if the armature is moved too far from the cores there is not sufficient pull exerted by them when magnetized1 to cause the position of the armature' to change4 ,mount on the shaft carrying the armature a small gear wheel4 ,arrange another smaller gear to engage this on and fasten the indicator to the shaft of the smaller gear4 ,any movement now of the armature shaft will result in a relative large movement of the indicator shaft4 ,figure #aa shows the arrangement of the gears just described4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,steam ,calliope #dah ,secure ten gas jet valves1 the part of the gas fixture shown in ,fig4 #a1 and prepare to place them in a piece of #a-;in4 pipe1 #ab in4 long4 ,this is done by drilling and tapping #aj holes1 each ,illustration3 ,details of the ,calliope #a in4 apart1 in a straight line along the pipe4 ,the valves screwed into these holes appear as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the whistles are made from pipe of a diameter that will fit the valves4 ,no dimensions can be given for the exact lengths of these pipes as they must be tried out to get the tone4 ,cut ten pieces of this pipe1 each one of a different length1 similar to the pipes on a pipe organ4 ,cut a thread on both ends1 put a cap on the end intended for the top1 and fit a plug in the other end4 ,the plug must have a small portion of its side filed out1 and a notch cut in the side of the pipe with its horizontal edge level with the top of the plug4 ,this part of each whistle is made similar to making a bark whistle on a green stick of willow4 ,the pipes are then screwed into the valves4 ,the whistles may be toned by trying out and cutting off pieces of the pipe1 or by filling the top end with a little melted lead4 ,the #a-;in4 pipe must have a cap screwed on one end and the other attached to a steam pipe4 ,the steam may be supplied by using an old range boiler1 placed horizontally in a fireplace made of brick or sheet iron4 ,if such a boiler is used1 a small safety valve should be attached4 ,the keys and valve operation are shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,this is so plainly illustrated that it needs no explanation4 --,contributed by ,herbert ,hahn1 ,chicago4 9999 ,sharpening ,scissors #dai ,when sharpening scissors on a grindstone it is very difficult to procure a straight edge4 ,for those not having the facilities of a grinding arrangement a very handy device that will produce a straight and sharp edge can be easily constructed as follows3 ,procure a block of wood1 #a-a_/b in4 long1 #a in4 wide and #a_/b in4 thick1 add saw a kerf square with the face of the block1 as shown at ,a4 ,attach a piece ,illustration3 ,a ,block of ,wood ,fitted with a ,piece of ,emery ,cloth for ,sharpening ,scissors ,correctly of fine emery cloth in the kerf1 at ,b1 with glue1 taking care to have it flat on the sloping surface only and allowing no part of the cloth to turn the sharp corner and lie on the back side4 ,apply the block to the scissor blade as shown and draw it back and forth from one end to the other1 being careful to keep the back side of the blade flat against the block4 ,without being familiar with scissors grinding1 anyone can sharpen them correctly with this block4 --,contributed by ,harriet ,kerbaugh1 ,allentown1 ,pa4 9999 ,counter ,brush for a ,shop #dai ,a very serviceable brush for use around a shop can be made from a discarded or worn-out push broom as shown at ,a4 ,pull out the bristles from one-half of the brush and shape the wood of that end with a knife or ,illustration3 ,a ,discarded ,push ,broom ,shaped to ,form a ,brush for the ,bench or ,counter spokes have to the form of a handle1 and the brush will be formed as shown at ,b4 --,contributed by ,james ,t4 ,gaffney1 ,chicago4 9999 ,a ,curtain ,roller #dai ,procure a window-shade roller1 an umbrella rib and two strips of oilcloth1 each #a in4 wide and #d in4 long4 ,cut the ,illustration3 ,the ,curtain is ,easily ,attached to and ,detached from the ,roller for ,cleaning roller off so that it will be #f in4 longer than the distance across the window1 then cut a groove in it to insert the rib4 ,sew the pieces of oilcloth so that they will just fit over the ends of the roller4 ,when this is done lay the curtain across the groove1 then press the rib and curtain into the groove and push the oilcloth bands over the ends of the rib to keep it in place4 --,contributed by ,e4 ,l4 ,mc,farlane1 ,nashwaakees1 ,n4 ,b4 9999 ,shade-,holder ,bracket for a ,gas ,jet #dai ,an old umbrella rib makes a very effective shade-holder bracket for a gas jet4 ,the ends of the rib are bent to fit around the pendant upright and the support end is shaped into a hook4 ,it can be quickly applied or removed4 ,the outer end is bent into a hook to ,illustration3 ,the ,bracket for ,holding the ,shade is ,made from an ,old ,umbrella ,rib hold the shade4 ,the rib can be cut to fit a pendant arm of any length4 --,contributed by ,edward ,keegstra1 ,paterson1 ,n4 ,j4 9999 ,to ,longer ,preserve ,cut ,flowers #dai ,a good way to keep cut flowers fresh is to place a small amount of pure salt of sodium in the water4 ,it is best to procure this salt at a drug store because commercial salt will cause the flowers to wither1 due to the impurities in the soda4 ,call for pure sodium chloride4 9999 ,glass ,blowing and ,forming #dbj ,fortunate indeed is the boy who receives a stock of glass tubing1 a ,bunsen burner1 a blowpipe1 and some charcoal for a gift1 for he has a great deal of fun in store for himself4 ,glass blowing is a useful art to understand1 if the study of either chemistry or physics is to be taken up1 because much apparatus can be made at home4 ,and for itself alone1 the forming of glass into various shapes has not only a good deal of pleasure in it1 but it trains the hands and the eye4 ,glass1 ordinarily brittle and hard1 becomes soft and pliable under heat4 ,when subjected to the action of a flame until dull red1 it bends as if made of putty2 heated to a bright yellow1 it is so soft that it may be blown1 pulled1 pushed or worked into any shape desired4 ,hence the necessity for a ,bunsen burner1 a device preferred to all others for this work1 because it gives the hottest flame without soot or dirt4 ,the ,bunsen burner1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 is attached to any gas bracket with a rubber tube1 but the flame is blue1 instead of yellow1 as the burner introduces air at its base1 which mixes with the gas and so produces an almost perfect combustion1 instead of the partial combustion which results in the ordinary yellow flame4 ,all gas stoves have ,bunsen burners1 and many oil stoves4 ,if gas is not available1 an alcohol lamp with a large wick will do almost as well4 ,the blowpipe1 shown in ,fig4 #b1 is merely a tube of brass with the smaller end at right angles to the pipe1 and a fine tip to reduce the size of the blast1 which is used to direct a small flame4 ,besides these tools1 the glass worker will need some round sticks of charcoal1 sharpened like a pencil1 as shown in ,fig4 #c1 a file1 and several lengths of ,german glass tubing4 ,to bend a length of the tubing1 let it be assumed for the purpose of making a syphon1 it is only necessary to cork one end of the tube and heat it near the top of the ,bunsen flame1 turning the tubing constantly to make it heat evenly on all sides1 until it is a dull red in color4 ,it will then bend of its own weight if held in one hand1 but to allow it to do so is to make a flat place in the bend4 ,the heating should be continued until the red color is quite bright1 when the open end of the tube is put in the mouth and a little pressure of air made in the tube by blowing4 ,at the same time1 the tube is bent1 steadily but gently4 ,the compressed air in the tube prevents it from collapsing during the process4 ,to make a bulb on the end of a tube1 one end must be closed4 ,this is easily done by heating as before1 and then pulling the tube apart as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,the hot glass will draw1 just like a piece of taffy1 each end tapering to a point4 ,this point on one length is successively heated and pressed toward and into the tube1 by means of a piece of charcoal1 until the end is not only closed1 but as thick as the rest of the tube1 as in ,fig4 #e4 ,an inch or more is now heated white hot1 the tube being turned continually to assure even heating and to prevent the hot end from bending down by its own weight4 ,when very hot1 a sudden puff into the open end of the tube will expand the hot glass into a bulb1 as in ,fig4 #f4 ,these can be made of considerable size1 and1 if not too thin1 make very good flasks 7,fig4 #g7 for physical experiments4 ,the base of the bulb should be flattened by setting it1 still hot1 on a flat piece of charcoal1 so that it will stand alone4 ,to weld two lengths of1 glass tubing together1 heat the end of a tube and insert the point of a piece of charcoal in the opening1 and twirl it about until the end of the tube has a considerable flare4 ,do the same to the end of the other tube1 which is to be joined to the first1 and then1 heating both to a dull red1 let them touch and press lightly together as in ,fig4 #h4 ,as soon as they are well in contact1 heat the two joined flares together1 very hot1 and1 pulling slightly1 the flares will flatten out and the tube be perfectly joined4 ,tubes joined without previous flaring have a constricted diameter at the joint4 ,to make a ,t-joint in two pieces of tubing1 it is necessary to make a hole in the side of one piece1 as shown at ,a in ,fig4 #i4 ,this is accomplished by the aid of the principle of physics that gases expand when heated4 ,both ends of the tube1 which should be cold1 are corked tightly4 ,the whole is then gradually warmed by being held near the flame4 ,when warm1 a small flame is directed by the blowpipe from the ,bunsen flame to a spot on one side of ,illustration3 ,glass ,blowing and ,forming the closed tube4 ,as it heats1 the air within the tube expands and becomes compressed1 and as soon as the hot spot on the side of the tube is soft enough1 the confined air blows out1 pushing the hot glass aside as it does so1 leaving a small puncture4 ,this is to be enlarged with pointed charcoal until it also flares as shown at ,b4 ,this flare is then connected to the flared end of a straight tube1 ,c1 and the ,t-joint1 ,d1 is complete4 ,using the blowpipe is not difficult4 ,the lips and cheeks should be puffed out with a mouthful of air1 which is ample to blow a flame while the lungs are being refilled4 ,in this way1 it is possible to use the blowpipe steadily1 and not intermittently1 as is necessary if the lungs alone are the bellows4 ,small glass funnels1 such as are used in many chemical operations1 are made by first forming a bulb1 then puncturing the bulb at the top1 when hot1 with a piece of charcoal1 and smoothing down or flaring the edges4 ,very small and fine glass tubes1 such as are used in experiments to demonstrate capillary attraction1 water or other liquid rising in them when they are plunged into it1 are made by heating as long a section of tubing as can be handled in the flame--#b in4 will be found enough--and1 when very hot1 giving the ends a sudden vigorous pull apart4 ,the tube pulls out and gets smaller and smaller as it does so1 until at last it breaks4 ,but the fine thread of glass so made is really a tube1 and not a rod1 as might be supposed4 ,this can be demonstrated by blowing through it at a gas flame1 or by immersing it in colored liquid4 ,the solution will be seen to rise some distance within the tube1 the amount depending on the diameter of the tube4 ,the file is for cutting the glass tubing into lengths convenient to handle4 ,it should be a three-cornered file1 of medium fineness1 and is used simply to nick the glass at the place it is desired to cut it4 ,the two thumbs are then placed beneath the tube1 one on each side of the nick1 and the tube bent1 as if it were plastic1 at the same time pulling the hands apart4 ,the tube will break off squarely at the nick1 without difficulty4 ,the entire outfit may be purchased from any dealer in chemical or physical apparatus1 or any druggist will order it4 ,enough tubing to last many days1 the ,bunsen burner1 blowpipe1 file and charcoal should not exceed #b in cost4 9999 ,cadmium and ,solder #dba ,the addition of cadmium to soft solder composed of tin and lead1 lowers its melting point and increases its strength4 9999 ,telegraph ,codes #dbb ,illustration3 ,telegraph ,codes 9999 ,how to ,make a ,cruising ,catamaran #dbc ,a launch is much safer than a sailing boat1 yet there is not the real sport to be derived from it as in sailing4 ,herein is given a description of a sailing catamaran especially adapted for those who desire to sail and have a safe craft4 ,the main part of the craft is made from two boats or pontoons with watertight tops1 bottoms and sides and fixed at a certain distance apart with a platform on top for the passengers4 ,such a craft cannot be capsized easily1 and1 as the pontoons are watertight1 it will weather almost any rough water4 ,if the craft is intended for rough waters1 care must be taken to make the platform pliable yet stiff and as narrow as convenient to take care of the rocking movements4 ,this catamaran has been designed to simplify the construction1 and1 if a larger size than the dimensions shown in ,fig4 #a is desired1 the pontoons may be made longer by using two boards end to end and putting battens on the inside over the joint4 ,each pontoon is made of two boards #a in4 thick1 #ad in4 wide and #af ft4 long1 dressed and cut to the shape shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,spreaders are cut from #b-;in4 planks1 #aj in4 wide and #ab in4 long1 and placed #f ft4 apart between the board sides and fastened with screws4 ,white lead should be put in the joints before turning in the screws4 ,cut the ends of the boards so they will fit perfectly and make pointed ends to the pontoons as shown ,illustration3 ,details of the ,pontoons in ,fig4 #c1 and fit in a wedge shaped piece2 white lead the joints and fasten well with screws4 ,turn this shell upside down and lay a board #a_/b in4 thick1 #ab in4 wide and #af ft4 long on the edges of the sides1 mark ,illustration3 ,completed ,boat on the under side the outside line of the shell and cut to shape roughly4 ,see that the spreaders and sides fit true all over1 then put white lead on the joint and nail with #a-c_/d -in4 finishing nails as close as possible without weakening the wood4 ,slightly stagger the nails in the sides1 the #a-;in4 side boards will allow for this1 trim off the sides1 turn the box over and paint the joints and ends of the spreaders1 giving them two or three coats and let them dry4 ,try each compartment for leaks by turning water in them one at a time4 ,bore a #e_/h-;in4 hole through each spreader in the center and through the ,illustration3 ,crosspiece and ,rudder ,details bottom board as shown4 ,the top board1 which is #a_/d-;in4 thick1 #ab in4 wide and #af ft4 long1 is put on the same as the bottom4 ,after finishing both pontoons in this way place them parallel4 ,a block of wood is fastened on top of each pontoon and exactly over each spreader on which to bolt the crosspieces as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,each block is cut to the shape and with the dimensions shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,the crosspieces are made from hickory or ash and each piece is #b-a_/b in4 thick1 #e in4 wide and #f-a_/b ft4 long4 ,bore a #e_/h-;in4 hole #c in4 from each end through the #e-;in4 way of the wood4 ,take maple flooring #c_/d in4 thick1 #f in4 wide1 #gd-a_/b in4 long and fasten with large screws and washers to the crosspieces and put battens across every #ah in4 ,turn the flooring and crosspieces upside down and fasten to the pontoons with long #e_/h-;in4 bolts put through the spreaders4 ,put a washer on the head of each bolt and run them through from the under side4 ,place a thick rubber washer under and on top of each crosspiece at the ends as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,this will make a rigid yet flexible joint for rough waters4 ,the flooring being placed on the under side of the crosspieces makes it possible to get the sail boom very low4 ,the sides put on and well fastened will greatly assist in stiffening the platform and help it to stand the racking strains4 ,these sides will also keep the water and spray out and much more so if a #ab-;in4 dash is put on in front on top of the crosspiece4 ,the rudders are made as shown in ,fig4 #f1 by using an iron rod #e_/h in4 in diameter and #b ft4 long for the bearing of each4 ,this rod is split with a hacksaw for #g in4 of its length and a sheet metal plate #c_/cb in4 thick1 #f in4 wide1 and #ab in4 long inserted and riveted in the split4 ,this will allow #c_/d in4 of the iron rod to project from the bottom edge of the metal through which a hole is drilled for a cotter pin4 ,the bottom bracket is made from stake iron bent in the shape of a ,u as shown1 the rudder bearing passing through a hole drilled in the upper leg and resting on the lower4 ,slip the top bracket on and then bend the top end of the bearing rod at an angle as shown in both ,figs4 #f and #g4 ,connect the two bent ends with a crosspiece which has a hole drilled in its center to fasten a rope as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,attach the mast to the front crosspiece1 also bowsprit1 bracing them both to the pontoons4 ,a set of sails having about #cjj sq4 ft4 of area will be about right for racing4 ,two sails1 main and fore1 of about #age to #bjj sq4 ft4 will be sufficient for cruising4 --,contributed by ,j4 ,appleton1 ,des ,moines1 ,iowa4 9999 ,alligator ,photo ,mounts #dbd ,rough alligator finished photograph mounts will not receive a good impression from a die4 ,if a carbon paper is placed on the mounts before making the impression1 a good clear imprint will be the result4 9999 ,how to ,attach a ,sail to a ,bicycle #dbe ,this attachment was constructed for use on a bicycle to be ridden on the well packed sands of a beach1 but it could be used on a smooth1 level road as well4 ,the illustration shows the ,illustration3 ,bicycle ,sailing on a ,beach main frame to consist of two boards1 each about #af ft4 long1 bent in the shape of a boat1 to give plenty of room for turning the front wheel4 ,on this main frame is built up a triangular mast1 to carry the mainsail and jib1 having a combined area of about #dj sq4 ft4 ,the frame is fastened to the bicycle by numerous pieces of rope4 ,sailing on a bicycle is very much different from sailing in a boat1 for the bicycle leans up against the wind1 instead of heeling over with it as the boat4 ,it takes some time to learn the supporting power of the wind1 and the angle at which one must ride makes it appear that a fall is almost sure to result4 ,a turn must be made by turning out of the wind1 instead of1 as in ordinary sailing1 into it2 the boom supporting the bottom of the mainsail is then swung over to the opposite tack1 when one is traveling at a good speed4 9999 ,removing ,iodine ,stains #dbe ,a good way to chemically remove iodine stains from the hands or linen is to wash the stains in a strong solution of hypo sulphite of sodium1 known as hypo1 which is procurable at any photographic-supply dealer's or drug store4 ,there is no danger of using too strong a solution1 but the best results are obtained with a mixture of #a oz4 of hypo to #b oz4 of water4 9999 ,drying ,photograph ,prints without ,curling #dbe ,having made some photograph prints at one time that ,i wanted to dry without the edges curling1 ,i took an ordinary tin can and a strip of clean cotton cloth1 as wide as the can was long1 and wound it one turn around the can and then placed the prints1 one after the other1 while they were damp1 on the cloth1 face downward1 and proceeded to roll the cloth and prints quite close on the can4 ,i then pinned the end of the cloth to keep it from unwinding and set the whole in a draft for drying4 ,the curvature of the can just about ,illustration3 ,rolling ,up the ,prints counteracted the tendency of the coating on the paper to make the prints curl and when they were thoroughly dried and removed they remained nice and flat4 --,contributed by ,w4 ,h4 ,eppens1 ,chicago4 9999 ,piercing ,glass ,plates with a ,spark ,coil #dbf ,anyone possessing a #a-;in4 induction coil and a #a-qt4 ,leyden jar can easily perform the interesting experiment of piercing glass plates4 ,connect the ,leyden jar to the induction coil as shown in the diagram4 ,a discharger is now constructed of very dry wood and boiled in paraffine for about #ae minutes4 ,the main part of the discharger1 ,a ,b1 is a piece of wood about #f in4 long and to the middle of it is fastened a wood handle by means of one or two wood screws4 ,a binding-post is fastened to each end of the main piece or at ,a and ,b as shown in the diagram4 ,illustration3 ,puncturing ,glass ,plates ,two stiff brass wires of ,no4 #ad gauge and #f in4 long1 with a small brass ball attached to one end of each1 are bent in an arc of a circle and attached one to each binding-post4 ,a plate of glass1 ,g1 is now placed between the two brass balls and the coil set in action4 ,the plate will soon be pierced by the spark4 ,larger coils will pierce heavier glass plates4 --,contributed by ,i4 ,wolff1 ,brooklyn1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,a ,home-,made ,still #dbf ,remove the metal end of an old electric light globe4 ,this can be done by soaking a piece of twine in alcohol and tying it around the globe at the place the break is to be made4 ,light the string and after it is burned off1 turn cold water on the globe4 ,the result will be a smooth break where the string ,illustration3 ,the ,complete ,still was placed4 ,purchase a piece of glass tubing from your druggist and secure a cork that will fit the opening in the glass bulb4 ,bore a hole in the cork the right size for the glass tube to fit in tightly4 ,if you cannot get a glass tube with a bend in it1 you will have to make a bend1 as shown in the illustration1 by heating the tube at the right place over an alcohol lamp and allowing the weight of the glass to make the bend while it is hot4 ,insert the short end of the tube in the cork and place the other end in a test tube that is placed in water as shown4 ,the globe may be fastened in position by a wire passed through the cork and tied to a ring stand4 ,if you do not have a ring stand1 suspend the globe by a wire from a hook that is screwed into any convenient place4 ,a neat alcohol lamp may be made of an old ink or muscilage bottle4 ,insert a wick in a piece of the glass tubing and put this through a hole bored in a cork and the lamp is ready to burn alcohol or kerosene4 ,alcohol is cleaner to use as a fuel4 ,fill the globe about two-thirds full of water or other liquid and apply the heat below as shown4 ,the distilled liquid will collect in the test tube4 --,contributed by ,clarence ,d4 ,luther1 ,ironwood1 ,mich4 9999 ,old-,time ,magic 9999 ,balancing ,forks on a ,pin ,head #dbg ,two1 three and four common table forks can be made to balance on a pin head as follows3 ,procure an empty bottle and insert a cork in the neck4 ,stick a pin in the center of this cork so that the end will be about #a-a_/b in4 above the tap4 ,procure another cork about #a in4 in diameter by #a-c_/d in4 long4 ,the forks are now stuck into the latter cork at equal distances apart1 each having the same angle from the cork4 ,a long needle with a good sharp point is run through the cork with the forks and #a_/b in4 of the needle end allowed to project through the lower end4 ,the point of the needle now may be placed on the pin head4 ,the forks will balance and if given a slight push they will appear to dance4 ,different angles of the forks will produce various feats of balancing4 --,contributed by ,o4 ,e4 ,tronnes1 ,wilmette1 ,ill4 ,illustration3 ,balanced ,spoons 9999 ,the ,buttoned ,cord #dbg ,cut a piece of heavy paper in the shape shown in ,fig4 #a and make two cuts down the center and a slit as long as the two cuts are wide at a point about #a in4 below them4 ,a string is put through the slit1 the long cuts and back through the slit and then a ,illustration3 ,removing the ,string button is fastened to each end4 ,the small slit should not be so large as the buttons4 ,the trick is to remove the string4 ,the solution is quite simple4 ,fold the paper in the middle and the part between the long cuts will form a loop4 ,bend this loop down and pass it through the small slit4 ,turn the paper around and it will appear as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,one of the buttons may now be drawn through and the paper restored to its original shape4 9999 ,experiment with an ,incandescent ,lamp #dbg ,when rubbing briskly an ordinary incandescent lamp on a piece of cloth and at the same time slightly revolving it1 a luminous effect is produced similar to an ,x-ray tube4 ,the room must be dark and the lamp perfectly dry to obtain good results4 ,it appears that the inner surface of the globe becomes charged1 probably by induction1 and will sometimes hold the filament as shown in the sketch4 --,contributed by ,e4 ,w4 ,davis1 ,chicago4 ,illustration3 ,lamp 9999 ,how to ,make a ,small ,motor #dbh ,the accompanying sketch shows how to make a small motor to run on a battery of three or four dry cells and ,illustration3 ,details of ,small ,electric ,motor with sufficient power to run mechanical toys4 ,the armature is constructed1 as shown in ,figs4 #a and #b1 by using a common spool with #h flat-headed screws placed at equal distances apart and in the middle of the spool4 ,each screw is wound with ,no4 #bd gauge iron wire1 as shown at ,a1 ,fig4 #a4 ,the commutator is made from a thin piece of copper1 #a in4 in diameter and cut as shown in ,fig4 #c1 leaving #h points1 #a_/h in4 wide and #a_/h in4- deep4 ,the field is built up by using #h strips of tin1 #ab in4 long and #b in4 wide1 riveted together and shaped as shown at ,b1 ,fig4 #d4 ,field magnets are constructed by using two #c_/h-;in4 bolts1 #a-a_/b in4 long4 ,a circular piece of cardboard is placed on each end of the bolt1 leaving space enough for the bolt to pass through the field ,b1 and to receive a nut4 ,wind the remaining space between the cardboards with #cj ft4 of ,no4 #bb double-wound cotton-covered copper wire4 ,a light frame of wood is built around the magnets1 as shown at ,c1 ,fig4 #d4 ,holes are made in this frame to receive the axle of the armature4 ,two strips of copper1 #a_/d in4 wide and #c in4 long1 are used for the brushes4 ,the armature is placed in position in its bearings and the brushes adjusted as shown in ,fig4 #d1 one brush touching the shaft of the armature outside of the frame1 and the other just touching the points of the commutator1 which is placed on the shaft inside of the frame4 ,connect the outside wire of one magnet to the inside wire of the other1 and the remaining ends1 one to the batteries and back to the brush that touches the shaft1 while the other is attached to the brush touching the commutator4 ,in making the frame for the armature bearings1 care should be taken to get the holes for the shaft centered1 and to see that the screws in the armature pass each bolt in the magnets at equal distances1 which should be about #a_/h in4 9999 ,aluminum ,polish #dbh ,an emulsion of equal parts of rum and olive oil can be used for cleaning aluminum1 says ,blacksmith and ,wheelwright4 ,potash lye1 not too strong1 is also effective in brightening aluminum1 and benzol can be used for the same purpose4 ,a good polish for aluminum consists of a paste formed of emery and tallow1 the finish luster being obtained by the use of rouge powder and oil of turpentine4 9999 ,homemade ,blowpipe #dbh ,procure a clay pipe1 a cork and a small glass or metal tube drawn to a small opening in one end4 ,make a hole in the cork just large enough to permit the tube to pass through tightly so no air can pass out except through the hole in the tube4 ,put the tube in the hole with the small opening at the top ,illustration3 ,a ,pipe ,blowpipe or projecting end4 ,push the cork into the bowl of the pipe and the blowpipe is ready for use4 --,contributed by ,wilbur ,cryderman1 ,walkerton1 ,onto 9999 ,substitute ,sink or ,bathtub ,stopper #dbi ,milk-bottle caps make good substitutes for the regular rubber stoppers in sinks and bathtubs4 ,the water soon destroys them1 but as a new one usually is had each day1 they can be used until a regular stopper is obtained4 ,a good permanent stopper can be made by cutting a hollow rubber return ball in half1 using one part with the concave side up4 ,it will fit the hole of any sink or bathtub4 ,one ball thus makes two stoppers at a cost of about #e cents4 9999 ,safety ,tips on ,chair ,rockers #dbi ,some rocking chairs are so constructed that when the person occupying it gives a hard tilt backward1 the chair tips over or dangerously near it4 ,a rubber-tipped screw turned into the under side of each rocker1 near the rear end1 will prevent the chair from tipping too far back4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,toy ,flier #dbi ,while a great many people are looking forward to the time when we shall successfully travel through the air1 we all may study the problem of aerial navigation by constructing for ourselves a small flying machine as illustrated in this article4 ,a wing is made in the shape shown in ,fig4 #a by cutting it from the large piece of an old tin can1 after melting the solder and removing the ends4 ,this wing is then given a twist so that one end will be just opposite the other and appear as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,secure a common spool and drive two nails in one end1 leaving at least #a_/b in4 of each nail projecting after the head has been removed4 ,two holes are made in the wing1 exactly central1 to fit on these two nails4 ,another nail is driven part way into the end of a stick1 ,fig4 #d1 and the remaining part is cut off so the length will be that of the spool4 ,a string is used around the spool in the same manner as on a top4 ,the wing is placed on the two nails in the spool1 and the spool placed on the nail in the stick1 ,fig4 #e1 and the flier is ready ,illustration3 ,homemade ,flying ,machine for action4 ,a quick pull on the string will cause the wing to leave the nails and soar upward for a hundred feet or more4 ,after a little experience in twisting the wing the operator will learn the proper shape to get the best results4 ,be very careful in making the tests before the wings are turned to the proper shape1 as the direction of the flier cannot be controlled and some one might be injured by its flight4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,ironing-,board ,stand #dbi ,secure some #a by #c-;in4 boards1 about #c ft4 long1 and plane them smooth4 ,cut the two pieces ,a and ,b #cj in4 long and make a notch in each of them1 about one-third of the way from one end1 #a in4 deep and #c in4 long4 ,these ,illustration3 ,ironing-,board ,stand notches are to receive the piece ,d1 which has a small block fastened to its side to receive the end of the brace ,c4 ,the brace ,c is #cf in4 long4 ,the upper ends of the pieces ,a1 ,b and ,c are fastened to a common ironing board by using iron hinges as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,as the piece ,d is fitted loosely1 it may be removed and the brace1 ,c1 with the legs1 ,a and ,b1 folded up against the board4 --,contributed by ,bert ,kottinger1 ,san ,jose1 ,cal4 9999 ,a ,home-,made ,electric ,plug #dcj ,illustration3 ,plug ,a plug suitable for electric light extension or to be used in experimenting may be made from an old electric globe4 ,the glass is removed with all the old composition in the brass receptacle1 leaving only the wires4 ,on the ends of the wires1 attach two small binding posts4 ,fill the brass with plaster of paris1 and in doing this keep the wires separate and the binding-posts opposite each other4 ,allow the plaster to project about #c_/d in4 above the brass1 to hold the binding-posts as shown4 --,contributed by ,albert ,e4 ,welch1 ,new ,york4 9999 ,how to ,make an ,electric ,fire ,alarm #dcj ,on each end of a block of wood1 #a in4 square and #a in4 long1 fasten a strip of brass #a_/d by #c in41 bent in the shape as shown in the sketch at ,a1 ,fig2 #a4 ,these strips should have sufficient bend to allow the points to press tightly together4 ,a piece of beeswax1 ,w1 is inserted between the points ,illustration3 ,fire ,alarm ,device of the brass strips to keep them apart and to form the insulation4 ,a binding post1 ,b1 is attached to each brass strip on the ends of the block of wood4 ,the device is fastened to the wall or ceiling1 and wire connections made to the batteries and bells as shown in the diagram1 ,fig4 #b4 ,when the room becomes a little overheated the wax will melt and cause the brass strips to spring together1 which will form the circuit and make the bell ring4 ,each room in the house may be connected with one of these devices1 and all on one circuit with one bell4 9999 ,home-,made ,boy's ,car #dcj ,illustration3 ,boys' ,home-,made ,auto ,the accompanying cut shows how a boy may construct his own auto car4 ,the car consists of parts used from a boy's wagon and some old bicycle parts4 ,the propelling device is made by using the hanger1 with all its parts1 from a bicycle4 ,a part of the bicycle frame is left attached to the hanger and is fastened to the main board of the car by blocks of wood as shown4 ,the chain of a bicycle is used to connect the crank hanger sprocket to a small sprocket fastened in the middle of the rear axle of the car4 ,the front axle is fastened to a square block of wood1 which is pivoted to the main board4 ,ropes are attached to the front axle and to the back part of the main board to be used with the feet in steering the car4 ,to propel the auto1 turn the cranks by taking hold of the bicycle pedals4 --,contributed' by ,anders ,neilsen1 ,oakland1 ,cal4 9999 ,photographs in ,relief ,easily ,made #dca ,relief photographs1 although apparently difficult to produce1 can be made by any amateur photographer4 ,the negative is made in the usual way and1 ,illustration3 ,reproduced from a ,relief ,photograph when ready for printing1 a positive or transparency is made from it in the same manner as a lantern slide or window transparency1 says the ,sketch1 ,london4 ,use the same size plate as the negative for the transparency4 ,to make the print in relief place the positive in the frame first with the film side out and the negative on top of this with the film side up in the usual manner4 ,put in the paper and print4 ,this will require a greater length of time than with the ordinary negative on account of printing through double glass and films4 ,in using printing-out papers care should be taken to place the printing frame in the same position and angle after each examination4 9999 ,wireless ,tip #dca ,place the transmitting instruments of a wireless outfit as close together as possible4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,wireless ,telephone #dcb ,a noted ,french scientist1 ,bourbouze1 was able to keep up communication with the outside during the ,illustration3 ,details of ,wireless ,phone ,installation siege of ,paris by making practical application of the earth currents4 ,the distance covered is said to have been about #cj miles4 ,another scientist was able to telephone through the earth without the aid of wires4 ,nothing1 however1 has been made public as to how this was accomplished4 ,it is my object to unveil the mystery and to render this field accessible to others1 at least to a certain degree1 for ,i have by no means completed my researches in this particular work4 ,in order to establish a wireless communication between two points we need first of all a hole or well in the ground at each point4 ,in my experiments ,i was unable to get a deep well1 but the instruments worked fine for a distance of #bjj ft41 using wells about #be ft4 deep4 ,as in ordinary telephone lines1 we require a transmitter and receiver at each point4 ,these must be of the long-distance type4 ,if a hole is dug or a well is found suitable for the purpose1 a copper wire is hung in the opening1 allowing the end to touch the bottom4 ,to make the proper contact an oval or round--but not pointed--copper plate is attached to the end of the wire4 ,if a well is used1 it is necessary to have a waterproof cable for the part running through the water4 ,the top end is attached to the telephone transmitter and receiver1 as in the ordinary telephone1 to the batteries and to a zinc plate1 which is to be buried in the earth a few feet away from the well or hole1 and not more than #a ft4 under the surface4 ,a battery of four dry cells is used at each station4 ,both stations are connected in the same way1 as shown in the sketch4 ,this makes it possible for neighbors to use their wells as a means of communication with each other4 --,contributed by ,a4 ,e4 ,joerin4 9999 ,eyelets for ,belts #dcb ,if eyelets1 such as used in shoes1 are put into the lace holes of a belt1 the belt will last much longer4 ,the eyelets1 which may be taken from old shoes1 will prevent the lace from tearing out4 ,i have used this method on several kinds of belts1 always with entire satisfaction4 --,contributed by ,irl ,r4 ,hicks4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,life ,buoy #dcb ,any boy may be able to make1 for himself or friends1 a life buoy for emergency use in a rowboat or for learning to swim4 ,purchase #a-c_/d yd4 of #cj-;in4 canvas and cut two circular pieces1 #cj in4 in diameter1 also cutting a round hole in the center of them1 #ad in4 in diameter4 ,these two pieces are sewed together on the outer and inner edges1 leaving a space1 about #ab in4 in length1 open on the outer seam4 ,secure some of the cork used in packing ,malaga grapes from a grocery or confectionery store and pack it into the pocket formed between the seams through the hole left in the outer edge4 ,when packed full and tight sew up the remaining space in the seam4 ,paint the outside surface and the seams well with white paint to make it water-tight4 --,contributed by ,will ,hare1 ,petrolea1 ,onto ,illustration3 ,buoy 9999 ,a ,home-,made ,microscope #dcc ,a great many times we would like to examine a seed1 an insect or the fiber of a piece of wood but have no magnifier handy4 ,a very good microscope may be made out of the bulb of a broken thermometer4 ,empty out the mercury1 which is easily done by holding the bulb with the stem down over a lamp or candle4 ,a spirit lamp is the best1 as it makes no smoke and gives a steady heat4 ,warm the bulb slowly and the mercury will be expelled and may be caught in a tea cup4 ,do not heat too fast1 or the pressure of the mercury vapor may burst the glass bulb1 cautions the ,woodworkers' ,review4 ,to fill the bulb with water warm it and immerse the end of the tube in the water4 ,then allow it to cool and the pressure of the air will force the water into the bulb4 ,then boil the water gently1 holding the bulb with the stem up2 this will drive out all the air1 and by turning the stem or tube down and placing the end in water the bulb will be completely filled4 ,it is surprising how much can be seen by means of such a simple apparatus4 ,illustration3 ,making a ,microscope 9999 ,a ,novel ,electric ,time ,alarm #dcc ,all time alarms run by clockwork must be wound and set each time4 ,the accompanying diagram shows how to make the connection that will ring a bell by electric current at the time set without winding the alarm4 ,the bell is removed from an ordinary alarm ,illustration3 ,electric ,time ,alarm clock and a small metal strip attached1 as shown at ,b4 ,an insulated connection is fastened on the clapper of the bell1 as shown at ,a4 ,the arm holding the clapper must be bent to have the point ,a remain as close to the strip ,b as possible without touching it4 ,the connection to the battery is made as shown4 ,when the time set for the alarm comes the clapper will be moved far enough to make the contact4 ,in the course of a minute the catch on the clapper arm will be released and the clapper will return to its former place4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,phonograph ,record ,cabinet #dcc ,the core1 ,fig4 #a1 consists of six strips of wood beveled so as to form six equal sides4 ,the strips are #c ft4 ,illustration3 ,phonograph ,wax ,record ,case long and #c in4 wide on the outside bevel and are nailed to three blocks made hexagon1 as shown in ,fig4 #b1 from #g_/h-;in4 material4 ,one block is placed at each end and one in the middle4 ,a #a_/b-;in4 metal pin is driven in a hole bored in the center of each end block4 ,the bottoms of the pasteboard cases1 used to hold the wax records1 are either tacked or glued to this hexagon core1 as shown in ,fig4 #c1 with their open ends outward4 ,two circular pieces are made of such a diameter as will cover the width of the core and the cases attached1 and extend about #a_/b in4 each side4 ,a #a_/b-;in4 hole is bored in the center of these pieces to receive the pins placed in the ends of the core1 ,fig4 #a4 ,these will form the ends of the cabinet1 and when placed1 one on each end of the core1 heavy building paper or sheet metal is tacked around them for a covering1 as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,a small glass door is made1 a little wider than one row of cases1 and fitted in one side of the covering4 ,the outside may be painted or decorated in any way to suit the builder4 9999 ,experiments with a ,mirror #dcd ,ask your friend if he can decipher the sign as illustrated in the sketch1 ,fig4 #a1 which you pretend to have read over the shop of an ,armenian shoemaker4 ,he will probably tell you that he is not conversant with ,oriental languages4 ,he will not believe it if you tell him it is written in good ,english1 but place a frameless mirror perpendicularly on the mysterious script1 right across the quotation marks1 and it will appear as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,we understand at once that the reflected image is the faithful copy of the written half4 ,with the aid of a few books arrange the mirror and the paper as shown in ,fig4 #c and ask your friend to write anything he chooses1 with the condition that he shall see his hand and read the script in the mirror only4 ,the writer will probably go no farther than the first letter4 ,his hand seems to be struck with paralysis and unable to write anything but zigzags1 says ,scientific ,american4 ,another experiment may be made by taking an egg shell and trimming it with the scissors so as to reduce it to a half shell4 ,in the hollow bottom roughly draw with your pencil a cross with pointed ends4 ,bore a hole1 about the size or a pea1 in the center of the cross4 ,place yourself so as to face a window1 the light falling upon your face1 not upon the mirror which you hold in one hand4 ,close one eye4 ,place the shell between the other eye and the mirror1 at a distance of #b or #c in4 from either1 the concavity facing the mirror as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,through the hole in the shell look at the mirror as if it were some distant object4 ,while you are so doing the concave shell will suddenly assume a strongly convex appearance4 ,to destroy the illusion it becomes necessary either to open both eyes or to withdraw the shell away from the mirror4 ,the nearer the shell to the mirror and the farther the eye from the shell the more readily comes the illusion4 ,illustration3 ,experimenting with a ,mirror 9999 ,miniature ,electric ,lamps #dcd ,after several years' research there has been produced a miniature electric bulb that is a great improvement and a decided departure from the old kind which used a carbon filament4 ,a metallic filament prepared by a secret chemical process and suspended in the bulb in an ,s-shape is used instead of the old straight span4 ,the voltage is gauged by the length of the span4 ,the brilliancy of the filament excels anything of its length in any voltage4 ,of course1 the filament is not made of the precious metal1 radium2 that simply being the trade name4 ,however1 the filament is composed of certain metals from which radium is extracted4 ,illustration3 ,types of ,radium ,lamps ,the advantages of the new bulb are manifold4 ,it gives five times the light on the same voltage and uses one-half of the current consumed by the old carbon filament4 ,one of the disadvantages of the old style bulb was the glass tip which made a shadow4 ,this has been obviated in the radium bulb by blowing the tip on the side1 as shown in the sketch1 so as to produce no shadow4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,magazine ,clamp #dce ,this device as shown in the illustration can be used to hold newspapers and magazines while reading4 ,two pieces of wood are cut as shown1 one with a slot to fit over the back of a magazine and the other notched to serve as a clamp4 ,the piece1 ,a1 may be slotted wide enough to insert two or three magazines and made long enough to hold several newspapers4 ,illustration3 ,clamp 9999 ,pewter ,finish for ,brass #dce ,a color resembling pewter may be given to brass by boiling the castings in a cream of tartar solution containing a small amount of chloride of tin4 9999 ,drowning a ,dog's ,bark with ,water #dce ,the owner of two dogs was very much annoyed by the dogs barking at night4 ,it began to be such a nuisance that the throwing of old shoes and empty bottles did not stop the noise4 ,the only thing that seemed to put a stop to it was water4 ,illustration3 ,water ,treatment for ,dog's ,bark ,being on the third floor of the house1 and a little too far from the kennel to throw the water effectively1 a mechanism was arranged as shown in the sketch4 ,a faucet for the garden hose was directly below the window4 ,an #h-;in4 wooden grooved pulley was slipped over an axle which had one end fitted on the handle of the faucet4 ,a rope was extended to the window on the third floor and passed around the pulley several times1 thence over an iron pulley fastened to the wall of the house and a weight was attached to its end4 ,by pulling the rope up at the window the large pulley would turn on the water and when released the weight would shut off the flow4 ,the nozzle was fastened so as to direct the stream where it would do the most good4 --,contributed by ,a4 ,s4 ,pennoyer1 ,berkeley1 ,cal4 9999 ,cost of ,water #dce ,the average cost of supplying #a1jjj1jjj gal4 of water1 based on the report of twenty-two cities1 is #ib4 ,this sum includes operating expenses and interest on bonds4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,wondergraph #dcf ,by ,f4 ,e4 ,,tuck ,an exceedingly interesting machine is the so-called wondergraph4 ,it is easy and cheap to make and will furnish both entertainment and instruction for young and old4 ,it is a drawing machine1 and the variety of designs it will produce1 all symmetrical and ornamental and some wonderfully complicated1 is almost without limit4 ,fig4 #a represents diagrammatically the machine shown in the sketch4 ,this is the easiest to make and gives fully as great a variety of results as any other4 ,to a piece of wide board or a discarded box bottom1 three grooved circular disks are fastened with screws so as to revolve freely about the centers4 ,they may be sawed from pieces of thin board or1 better still1 three of the plaques so generally used in burnt-4 wood work may be bought for about #ae cents4 ,use the largest one for the revolving table ,t4 ,g is the guide wheel and ,d the driver with attached handle4 ,secure a piece of a #cf-;in4 ruler1 which can be obtained from any furniture dealer1 and nail a small block1 about #a in4 thick1 to one end and drill a hole through both the ruler and the block1 and pivot them by means of a wooden peg to the face of the guide wheel4 ,a fountain pen1 or pencil1 is placed at ,p and held securely by rubber bands in ,illustration3 ,an ,easily ,made ,wondergraph a grooved block attached to the ruler4 ,a strip of wood1 ,,mn1 is fastened to one end of the board4 ,this strip is made just high enough to keep the ruler parallel with the face of the table1 and a row of small nails are driven part way into its upper edge4 ,anyone of these nails may be used to hold the other end of the ruler in position1 as shown in the sketch4 ,if the wheels are not true1 a belt tightener1 ,b1 may be attached and held against the belt by a spring or rubber band4 ,after the apparatus is adjusted so it will run smoothly1 fasten a piece of drawing paper to the table with a couple of thumb tacks1 adjust the pen so that it rests lightly on the paper and turn the drive wheel4 ,the results will be surprising and delightful4 ,the accompanying designs were made with a very crude combination of pulleys and belts1 such as described4 ,the machine should have a speed that will cause the pen to move over the paper at the same rate as in ordinary writing4 ,the ink should flow freely from the pen as it passes over the paper4 ,a very fine pen may be necessary to prevent the lines from running together4 ,the dimensions of the wondergraph may vary4 ,the larger designs in the illustration were made on a table1 #h in4 in diameter1 which was driven by a guide wheel1 #f in4 in diameter4 ,the size of the driver has no effect on the form or dimensions of the design1 but a change in almost any other part of the machine has a marked effect on the results obtained4 ,if the penholder is made so that it may be fastened at various positions along the ruler1 and the guide wheel has holes drilled through it at different distances from the center ,illustration3 ,diagrams ,showing ,construction of ,wonder graphs to hold the peg attaching the ruler1 these two adjustments1 together with the one for changing the other end of the ruler by the rows of nails1 will make a very great number of combinations possible4 ,even a slight change will greatly modify a figure or give an entirely new one4 ,designs may be changed by simply twisting the belt1 thus reversing the direction of the table4 ,if an arm be fastened to the ruler at right angles to it1 containing three or four grooves to hold the pen1 still different figures will be obtained4 ,a novel effect is made by fastening two pens to this arm at the same time1 one filled with red ink and the other with black ink4 ,the designs will be quite dissimilar and may be one traced over the other or one within the other according to the relative position of the pens4 ,again change the size of the guide wheel and note the effect4 ,if the diameter of the table is a multiple of that of the guide wheel1 a complete figure of few lobes will result as shown by the one design in the lower right hand corner of the illustration4 ,with a very flexible belt tightener an elliptical guide wheel may be used4 ,the axis may be taken at one of the foci or at the intersection of the axis of the ellipse4 ,the most complicated adjustment is to mount the table on the face of another disc1 table and disc revolving in opposite directions4 ,it will go through a long series of changes without completing any figure and then will repeat itself4 ,the diameters may be made to vary from the fraction of an inch to as large a diameter as the size of the table permits4 ,the designs given here were originally traced on drawing paper #f in4 square4 ,remarkable and complex as are the curves produced in this manner1 yet they are but the results obtained by combining simultaneously two simple motions as may be shown in the following manner3 ,hold the table stationary and the pen will trace an oval4 ,but if the guide wheel is secured in a fixed position and the table is revolved a circle will be the result4 ,so much for the machine shown in ,illustration3 ,specimen ,scrolls ,made on the ,wondergraph ,fig4 #a4 ,the number of the modifications of this simple contrivance is limited only by the ingenuity of the maker4 ,fig4 #b speaks for itself4 ,one end of the ruler is fastened in such a way as to have a to-and-fro motion over the arc of a circle and the speed of the table is geared down by the addition of another wheel with a small pulley attached4 ,this will give many new designs4 ,in ,fig4 #c the end of the ruler is held by a rubber band against the edge of a thin triangular piece of wood which is attached to the face of the fourth wheel4 ,by substituting other plain figures for the triangle1 or outlining them with small finishing nails1 many curious modifications such as are shown by the two smallest designs in the illustrations may be obtained4 ,it is necessary1 if symmetrical designs are to be made1 that the fourth wheel and the guide wheel have the same diameter4 ,in ,fig4 #d1 ,v and ,w are vertical wheels which may be successfully connected with the double horizontal drive wheel if the pulley between the two has a wide flange and is set at the proper angle4 ,a long strip of paper is given a uniform rectilinear motion as the string attached to it is wound around the axle1 ,v4 ,the pen1 ,p1 has a motion compounded of two simultaneous motions at right angles to each other given by the two guide wheels4 ,designs such as shown as a border at the top and bottom of the illustration are obtained in this way4 ,if the vertical wheels are disconnected and the paper fastened in place the well known ,lissajou's curves are obtained4 ,these curves may be traced by various methods1 but this arrangement is about the simplest of them all4 ,the design in this case will change as the ratio of the diameters of the two guide wheels are changed4 ,these are only a few of the many adjustments that are possible4 ,frequently some new device will give a figure which is apparently like one obtained in some other way1 yet1 if you will watch the way in which the two are commenced and developed into the complete design you will find they are formed quite differently4 ,the average boy will take delight in making a wondergraph and in inventing the many improvements that are sure to suggest themselves to him4 ,at all events it will not be time thrown away1 for1 simple as the contrivance is1 it will arouse latent energies which may develop along more useful lines in maturer years4 9999 ,how to ,make a #aaj-,volt ,transformer #dci ,secure two magnets from a telephone bell1 or a set of magnets wound for #b1jjj ohms4 ,mount them on a bar of brass or steel as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,get an empty cocoa can and clean it good to remove all particles of cocoa and punch five holes in the cover1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the middle hole is to be used to fasten the cover to the brass bar with a bolt4 ,the other four holes are for the wire terminals4 ,a piece of rubber tubing must be placed over the wire terminals before inserting them in the holes4 ,fill the can with crude oil1 or with any kind of oil except kerosene ,illustration3 ,parts of the ,transformer oil1 and immerse the magnets in it by fitting the cover on tight 7,fig4 #c74 ,the connections are made as shown in the diagram1 ,fig4 #e4 ,this device may be used on #aaj-volt current for electro-plating and small battery lamps1 provided the magnets are wound with wire no larger than ,no4 #dj4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,m4 ,rubsan1 ,muskogee1 ,okla4 9999 ,experiment with a ,vacuum #dci ,illustration3 ,experimental ,apparatus ,take any kitchen utensil used for frying purposes-an ordinary skillet1 or spider1 works best-having a smooth inner bottom surface1 and turn in water to the depth of #a_/b in4 ,cut a piece of cardboard circular to fit the bottom of the spider and make a hole in the center #d in4 in diameter4 ,the hole will need to correspond to the size of the can used4 ,it should be #a in4 less in diameter than that of the can4 ,place this cardboard in the bottom of the spider under the water4 ,a #b-qt4 syrup can or pail renders the best demonstration1 although good results may be obtained from the use of an ordinary tomato can4 ,the edge of the can must have no indentations1 so it will fit perfectly tight all around on the cardboard4 ,place the can bottom side up and evenly over the hole in the cardboard4 ,put a sufficient weight on the can to prevent it moving on the cardboard1 but not too heavy1 say1 l lb4 ,place the spider with its adjusted contents upon a heated stove4 ,soon the inverted can will begin to agitate4 ,when this agitation finally ceases remove the spider from the stove1 being careful not to move the can1 and if the quickest results are desired1 apply snow1 ice or cold water to the surface of the can until the sides begin to flatten4 ,the spider with its entire contents may now be lifted by taking hold of the can4 ,when the vacuum is complete the sides of the can will suddenly collapse1 and sometimes1 with a considerable report1 jump from the spider4 ,the cause of the foregoing phenomenon is that the circular hole in the cardboard admits direct heat from the surface of the spider4 ,this heat causes the air in the can to expand1 which is allowed to escape by agitation1 the water and the cardboard acting as a valve to prevent its re-entrance4 ,when the enclosed air is expelled by the heat and a vacuum is formed by the cooling1 the above results are obtained as described4 --,contributed by ,n4 ,j4 ,mc,lean4 9999 ,the ,making of ,freak ,photographs #ddj ,an experiment that is interesting and one that can be varied at the pleasure of the operator1 is the taking of his own picture4 ,the effect secured1 as shown in the accompanying sketch1 reproduced in pen and ink from a photograph1 is that made by the photographer himself4 ,at first it seems impossible to secure such a picture1 but when told that a mirror was used the process is then known to be a simple one4 ,the mirror is set in such a way as to allow the camera and operator1 when standing directly in front of it1 to be ,illustration3 ,photographing the ,photographer in a rather strong light4 ,the camera is focused1 shutter set and plate holder made ready4 ,the focusing cloth is thrown over your head1 the position taken as shown1 and the exposure made by the pressure of the teeth on the bulb while held between them4 9999 ,hand ,car ,made of ,pipe and ,fittings #ddj ,although apparently complicated1 the construction of the miniature hand car shown in the accompanying ,illustration3 ,boy's ,hand ,car illustration is very simple4 ,with a few exceptions all the parts are short lengths of pipe and common tees1 elbows and nipples4 ,the wheels were manufactured for use on a baby carriage4 ,the sprocket wheel and chain were taken from a discarded bicycle1 which was also drawn upon for the cork handle used on the steering lever4 ,the floor is made of #a-;in4 white pine1 #ad in4 wide and #dh in4 long1 to which are bolted ordinary flanges to hold the framing and the1 propelling and steering apparatus together4 ,the axles were made from #c_/h in4 shafting4 ,the fifth wheel consists of two small flanges working on the face surfaces4 ,these flanges and the auxiliary steering rod are connected to the axles by means of holes stamped in the piece of sheet iron which encases the axle4 ,the sheet iron was first properly stamped and then bent around the axle4 ,the levers for propelling and steering the car work in fulcrums made for use in lever valves4 ,the turned wooden handles by which these levers are operated were inserted through holes drilled in the connecting tees4 ,the working joint for the steering and hand levers consists of a #a_/b by #c_/h by #c_/h in4 tee1 a #a_/b by #c_/h in4 cross and a piece of rod threaded on both ends and screwed into the tee4 ,the cross is reamed and1 with the rod1 forms a bearing4 ,the operation of this little hand car is very similar in principle to that of the ordinary tricycle1 says ,domestic ,engineering4 ,the machine can be propelled as fast as a boy can run4 ,it responds readily to the slightest movement of the steering lever4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,rustic ,seat #dda ,the rustic settee illustrated in ,fig4 #a may be made #f ft4 long1 which will accommodate four average-sized persons4 ,it is not advisable to exceed this length1 as then it would look out of proportion1 says the ,wood-,worker4 ,select the material for the posts1 and for preference branches that are slightly curved1 as shown in the sketch4 ,the front posts are about #c-a_/b in4 in diameter by #b ft4 #d in4 long4 ,the back posts are #c ft4 #d in4 high1 while the center post is #c ft4 #h in4 in height4 ,the longitudinal and transverse rails are about #c in4 in diameter and their ends are pared away to fit the post to which they are connected by #a-;in4 diameter dowels4 ,this method is shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,the dowel holes are bored at a distance of #a ft4 #b-a_/b in1 up from the lower ends of posts4 ,the front center leg is partially halved to the front rail and also connected to the back post by a bearer1 #d in4 deep by #a-a_/b in4 thick4 ,this bearer is tenoned to the back post4 ,fig4 #c shows a sectional view of the bearer joint to front leg1 and also the half-round seat battens resting on the bearer1 also showing them with their edges planed4 ,it is advisable to have a space between the edges of each batten1 say about #a-h in41 to allow rainwater to drain4 ,the ends of the seat battens are pared away to fit the transverse rails neatly as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the struts for the post range in diameter from #a-a_/b in4 to #b in4 ,the ends of the struts are pared to fit the posts and ,illustration3 ,rustic ,seat and ,details of ,construction rails1 and are then secured with two or three brads at each end4 ,select curved pieces1 about #b-a_/b in4 in diameter1 for the arm rests and back rails2 while the diagonally placed filling may be about #b in4 in diameter4 ,start with the shortest lengths1 cutting them longer than required1 as the paring necessary to fit them to the rails and posts shortens them a little4 ,brad them in position as they are fitted1 and try to arrange them at regular intervals4 9999 ,heated ,steering ,wheel #dda ,motorists that suffer with cold hands while driving their cars may have relief by using a steering wheel that is provided with electric heat4 ,an ,english invention describes a steering wheel with a core that carries two electrically heated coils insulated one from the other and from the outer rim4 9999 ,homemade ,workbench #ddb ,by ,c4 ,e4 ,mc,k,i,n,n,e,y1 ,jr4 ,the first appliance necessary for the boy's workshop is a workbench4 ,the average boy that desires to construct his own apparatus as much as possible can make the bench as described herein4 ,four pieces of #b by #d-;in4 pine are cut #bc in4 long for the legs1 and a tenon made on each end of them1 #a_/b in4 thick1 #c-a_/b in4 wide and #a-a_/b in4 long1 as shown ,illustration3 ,details of ,construction of ,homemade ,workbench at ,a and ,b1 ,fig4 #a4 ,the crosspieces at the top and bottom of the legs are made from the same material and cut #bj in4 long4 ,a mortise is made #a-a_/d in4 from each end of these pieces and in the narrow edge of them1 as shown at ,c and ,d1 ,fig4 #a4 ,the corners are then cut sloping from the edge of the leg out and to the middle of the piece1 as shown4 ,when each pair of legs are fitted to a pair of crosspieces they will form the two supports for the bench4 ,these supports are held together and braced with two braces or connecting pieces of #b by #d-;in4 pine1 #bd in4 long4 ,the joints are made between the ends of these pieces and the legs by boring a hole through each leg and into the center of each end of the braces to a depth of #d in41 as shown at ,j1 ,fig4 #b4 ,on the back side of the braces bore holes1 intersecting the other holes1 for a place to insert the nut of a bolt1 as shown at ,,hh4 ,four #c_/h by #f-;in1 bolts are placed in the holes bored1 and the joints are drawn together as shown at ,j4 ,the ends of the two braces must be sawed off perfectly square to make the supports stand up straight4 ,in making this part of the bench be sure to have the joints fit closely and to draw the bolts up tight on the stretchers4 ,there is nothing quite so annoying as to have the bench support sway while work is being done on its top4 ,it would be well to add a cross brace on the back side to prevent any rocking while planing boards1 if the bench is to be used for large work4 ,the main top board ,m1 ,fig4 #b1 may be either made from one piece of #b by #ab-;in4 plank1 #c-a_/b ft4 long1 or made up of #ad strips of maple1 #g_/h in4 thick by #b in4 wide and #c-a_/b ft4 long1 set on edge1 each strip glued and screwed to its neighbor4 ,when building up a top like this be careful to put the strips together with the grain running in the same direction so the top may be planed smooth4 ,the back board ,n is the same length as the main top board ,m1 #h-a_/b in4 wide and only #g_/h in4 thick1 which is fitted into a #a_/b_/-;in4 rabbet int back of the board ,m4 ,thes boards form the top of the bench1 and are fastened to the top pieces of the supports with long screws4 ,the board ,e is #aj in4 wide and nailed to the back of the bench4 ,on top of this board and at right angles with it is fastened a #b-a_/b-;in4 board1 ,f4 ,these two boards are #g_/h in4 thick and #c-a_/b ft4 long4 ,holes are bored or notches are cut in the projecting board1 ,f1 to hold tools4 ,details of the vise are shown in ,fig4 #c1 which is composed of a #b by #f-;in4 block #ab in4 long1 into which is fastened an iron bench screw1 ,s4 ,two guide rails1 ,,gg1 #g_/h by #a-a_/b in4 and #bj in4 long1 are fastened into mortises of the block as shown at ,,kk1 and they slide in corresponding mortises in a piece of #b by #d-;in4 pine bolted to the under side of the main top board as shown at ,l4 ,the bench screw nut is fastened in the #b by #d-;in4 piece1 ,l1 between the two mortised holes4 ,this piece1 ,l1 is securely nailed to one of the top cross pieces1 ,c1 of the supports and to a piece of #b by #d-;in4 pine1 ,p1 that is bolted to the under sides of the top boards at the end of the bench4 ,the bolts and the bench screw can be purchased from any hardware store for less than one dollar4 9999 ,forming ,coils to ,make ,flexible ,wire ,connections #ddc ,when connections are made to bells and batteries with small copper wires covered with cotton or silk1 it is necessary to have a coil in a short piece of the line to make it flexible4 ,a good way to do this is to provide a short rod about #c_/af in4 in diameter cut with a slit in one end to hold the wire and a loop made on the other end to turn with the fingers4 ,the end of the wire is ,illustration3 ,forming ,wire ,coils placed in the slit and the coil made around the rod by turning with the loop end4 9999 ,photographing the ,north ,star #ddc ,the earth revolving as upon an axis is inclined in such a position that it points toward the ,north ,star4 ,to an observer in the northern hemisphere the effect is the same as if the heavens revolved with the ,north star as a center4 ,a plate exposed in a camera which is pointed toward that part of the sky on a clear night records that effect in a striking manner4 ,the accompanying illustration is from a photograph taken with an exposure of about three hours1 and the trace of the stars shown on the plate by a series of concentric circles are due to the rotation of the earth4 ,the bright arc of the circle nearest the center is the path of the ,north star4 ,the other arcs are the impressions left by neighboring stars1 and it will be noticed that their brightness varies with their relative brilliancy4 ,many are so faint as to be scarcely distinguished1 and1 of course1 telescopic power would reveal myriads of heavenly bodies which leave no trace on a plate in an ordinary camera4 ,the ,north or pole star is commonly considered at a point directly out from the axis of the earth1 but the photograph shows that it is not so located4 ,the variation is known astronomically to be #a-a_/d deg4 ,there is a slight irregularity in the position of the earth's axis1 but the changes are so slow as to be noticed only by the lapse of a thousand years4 ,five thousand years ago the pole star was ,draconis1 and in eighteen thousand years it will be ,lyrae4 ,we have direct evidence of the change of the earth's axis in one of the ,egyptian pyramids where an aperture marked the position of the pole star in ancient times1 and from this it is now deviated considerable4 ,illustration3 ,photograph of the ,north ,star ,this experiment is within the reach of everyone owning a camera4 ,the photograph shown was taken by an ordinary instrument1 using a standard plate of common speed4 ,the largest stop was used and the only requirement beyond this is to adjust the camera in a position at the proper inclination and to make the exposure for as long as desired4 ,on long winter nights the exposure may be extended to #ab hours1 in which event the curves would be lengthened to full half-circles4 ,the ,north star is one of the easiest to locate in the entire heavens4 ,the constellation known as the ,great ,dipper is near by1 and the two stars that mark the corners of the dipper on the extremity farthest from the handle lie in a line that passes across the ,north star4 ,these two stars in the ,great ,dipper are called the pointers4 ,the ,north ,star is of considerable brilliancy1 though by no means the brightest in that part of the heavens4 --,contributed by ,o4 ,s4 ,b4 9999 ,how to ,relight a ,match #ddd ,a match may be a small thing on which to practice economy and yet a great many times one wishes to relight a match either for economy or necessity4 ,the usual method is to place the burnt portion of the match in the flame to be relighted as shown ,illustration3 ,relighting a ,match in ,fig4 #a4 ,it is very hard to relight the charred end and usually burnt fingers are the result of pushing the match farther in the flame4 ,hold the burnt end in the fingers and place the other end in the flame as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,a light will be secured quickly and the flame will only follow the stick to the old burnt portion4 9999 ,home-,made ,hand ,drill #ddd ,in the old kitchen tool box ,i found a rusty egg beater of the type shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,a shoemaker friend ,illustration3 ,details of ,hand ,drill ,construction donated a pegging awl1 ,fig4 #b1 discarded by him due to a broken handle4 ,with these two pieces of apparatus ,i made a hand drill for light work in wood or metal4 ,by referring to ,fig4 #c the chuck1 ,a1 with stem1 ,b1 were taken from the awl4 ,the long wire beater was taken from the beater frame and a wire nail1 #j1 soldered to the frame1 ,d1 in the place of the wire4 ,the flat arms were cut off and shaped as shown by ,e4 ,the hole in the small gear1 ,g1 was drilled out and a tube1 ,f1 fitted and soldered to both the gear and the arms ,e4 ,this tube1 with the gear and arms1 was slipped over the nail1 #j1 then a washer and1 after cutting to the proper length the nail was riveted to make a loose yet neat fit for the small gear4 ,the hand drill was then completed by soldering the stem1 ,b1 of the chuck to the ends of the flat arms ,e4 ,drills were made by breaking off sewing-machine needles above the eye as shown in ,fig4 #d at ,a1 and the end ground to a drill point4 --,contributed by ,r4 ,b4 ,j41 ,shippensburg1 ,pa4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,stationary ,windmill #dde ,a windmill that can be made stationary and will run regardless of the ,illustration3 ,runs in ,any ,wind direction of the wind is here illustrated4 ,mills of this kind can be built of larger size and in some localities have been used for pumping water4 ,two semi-circular surfaces are secured to the axle at right angles to each other and at #de deg4 angle with that of the axle as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,this axle and wings are mounted in bearings on a solid or stationary stand or frame4 ,by mounting a pulley on the axle with the wings it can be used to run toy machinery4 9999 ,electric ,anesthesia #dde ,it is a well known fact that magnetism is used to demagnetize a watch1 and that frost is drawn out of a frozen member of the body by the application of snow4 ,heat is also drawn out of a burned hand by holding it close to the fire1 then gradually drawing it away4 ,the following experiment will show how a comparatively feeble electric current can undo the work of a strong one4 ,i once tried to electrocute a rat which was caught in a wire basket trap and accidentally discovered a painless method4 ,i say painless1 because the rodent does not object to a second or third experiment after recovering1 and is apparently rigid and without feeling while under its influence4 ,to those who would like to try the experiment ,i will say that my outfit consisted of an induction coil with a #c_/h-;in4 iron core about #c in4 long4 ,the primary coil was wound with four layers of ,no4 #bj wire and the secondary contains #d oz4 ,no4 #cb wire1 and used on one cell of bichromate of potash plunge battery4 ,the proper amount of current used can be determined by giving the rodent as much as a healthy man would care to take4 ,fasten one secondary electrode to the trap containing the rat and with a wire nail fastened to the other terminal1 hold the vibrator of the coil with your finger and let the rat bite on the nail and while doing so release the vibrator4 ,in three seconds the rat will be as rigid as if dead and the wires can be removed4 ,now connect your wires to the primary binding-posts of the coil and wind the end of one of them around the rat's tail and start the vibrator4 ,touch the other terminal to the rat's ear and nose4 ,in a few minutes he will be as lively as ever4 --,contributed by ,chas4 ,haeusser1 ,albany1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,a ,simple ,battery ,rheostat #dde ,a spring from an old shade roller is mounted on a board #d in4 wide1 #i in4 long and #c_/h in4 thick4 ,a binding-post is fastened to this board at each end1 to which is attached the ends of the spring1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the temper of a small portion of each end of the ,illustration3 ,battery ,rheostat spring will need to be drawn4 ,this can be accomplished by heating over an alcohol lamp or in a fire and allowing it to cool slowly4 ,the ends are then shaped to fit the binding-posts4 ,a wire is connected to one of the binding-posts and a small square piece of copper is attached to the other end of the wire1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,when this device is placed in a circuit the current can be regulated by sliding the small square copper piece along the spring4 --,contributed by ,h4 ,d4 ,harkins1 ,st4 ,louis1 ,mo4 9999 ,a ,frame for ,drying ,films #ddf ,illustration3 ,frame ,no doubt many amateur photographers are troubled about drying films and to keep them from curling4 ,the problem may be solved in the following way3 ,make a rectangular frame out of pine wood1 #a_/d by #a_/b in41 as shown in the sketch4 ,it is made a little wider and a little shorter than the film to be dried4 ,this will allow the end of the film to be turned over at each end of the frame and fastened with push pins4 ,do not stretch the film when putting it on the frame as it shrinks in drying4 ,the film will dry quicker and will be flat when dried by using this frame4 --,contributed by ,elmer ,h4 ,flehr1 ,ironton1 ,ohio4 9999 ,a ,home-,made ,novelty ,clock #ddf ,this clock that is shown in the accompanying engraving is made in scroll work1 the cathedral and towers being of white maple1 the base is of walnut with mahogany trimmings1 all finished in their natural colors4 ,it has #aa bells in the two towers at the sides and #ac ,illustration3 ,clock miniature electric lamps of different colors on two electric circuits4 ,the clock is operated by a small motor receiving its power from dry cell batteries4 ,this motor turns a brass cylinder over which runs a continuous roll of perforated paper similar to that used on a pianola4 ,a series of metal fingers1 connected by wires to the bells1 press lightly on this brass roll and are insulated from the roll by the perforated paper passing between4 ,when a perforation is reached a finger will make a contact with the brass roll for an instant which makes a circuit with the magnet of an electric hammer in its respective bell or forms the circuit which lights the electric bulbs as the case may be4 ,at each hour and half hour as the clock strikes1 the motor is started automatically and the chimes sound out the tunes while the colored lights are turned on and off2 two small doors in the cathedral open and a small figure comes out while the chimes are playing1 then returns and the doors are closed4 --,contributed by ,c4 ,v4 ,brokenicky1 ,blue ,rapids1 ,kansas4 9999 ,fourth-of-,july ,catapult #ddg ,among the numerous exciting amusements in which boys may participate during the ,fourth-of-,july celebration is to make a cannon that will shoot life-sized dummies dressed in old clothes4 ,building the cannon1 as described in the following1 makes it safe to fire and not dangerous to others1 provided care is taken to place it at an angle of #de deg4 and not to fire when anyone is within its range4 ,the powder charge is in the safest form possible1 as it is fired with a blow from a hammer instead of lighting a fuse4 ,if the cannon is made according to directions1 there cannot possibly be any explosion4 ,the materials used in the construction of the catapult may be found in almost any junk pile1 and the only work required1 outside of what can be done at home1 is to have a few threads cut on the pieces of pipe4 ,the fittings can be procured ready to attach1 except for drilling a hole for the firing pin4 ,illustration3 ,homemade ,cannon ,which will ,hurl a ,life-,size ,dummy #ajj ,ft4 through the ,air ,secure a piece of common gas pipe1 #d to #f in4 in diameter1 the length being from #ah to #bd in4 ,old pipe may be used if it is straight4 ,have a machinist cut threads on the outside of one end1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 and fit an iron cap1 ,fig4 #b1 tightly on the threaded end of the pipe4 ,the cap is drilled and tapped in the center for a #a-;in4 pipe4 ,thread both ends of a #a-;in4 pipe that is #d in4 long1 ,fig4 #c1 and turn one end securely into the threaded hole of the cap4 ,this pipe should project #a_/d in4 inside of the cap4 ,fit a cap1 ,fig4 #d1 loosely on the other end of the #a-;in4 pipe4 ,a hole is drilled into the center of this small cap just large enough to receive a #f-penny wire nail1 ,b1 ,fig4 #d4 ,this completes the making of the cannon and the next step is to construct a dummy which can be dressed in old clothes4 ,cut out two round blocks of wood from hard pine or oak that is about #c in4 thick1 as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,the diameter of these blocks should be about #a_/h in4 less than the hole in the cannon1 so they will slide easily4 ,in the center of each block bore a #a_/d-;in4 hole4 ,secure an iron rod1 about #d ft4 long1 and make a ring at one end and thread #d in4 of the other4 ,slip one of the circular blocks on the rod and move it up toward the ring about #ad in4 ,turn a nut on the threads1 stopping it about #c-a_/b in4 from the end of the rod4 ,slip the other circular piece of wood on the rod and up against the nut1 and turn on another nut to hold the wooden block firmly in its place at the end of the rod4 ,if the rod is flattened at the place where the upper block is located1 it will hold tight4 ,these are shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,take some iron wire about #a_/h in4 in diameter and make a loop at the top of the rod for the head4 ,wire this loop to the ring made in the rod and make the head about this loop by using canvas or gunny cloth sewed up forming a bag into which is stuffed either excelsior1 paper or hay4 ,the arms are made by lashing with fine wire or strong hemp1 a piece of wood #a in4 square and #bj in4 long1 or one cut in the shape shown in ,fig4 #f1 to the rod4 ,place the wood arms close to the bottom of the head4 ,make a triangle of wire and fasten it and the cross arm securely to the top of the rod to keep them from slipping down4 ,a false face1 or one painted on white cloth1 can be sewed on the stuffed bag4 ,an old coat and trousers are put on the frame to complete the dummy4 ,if the clothing is not too heavy and of white material so much the better4 ,to greatly increase the spectacular flight through the air1 a number of different colored streamers1 #f or #h in4 wide and several feet in length made from bunting1 can be attached about the waist of the dummy4 ,the complete dummy should not weigh more than #f lb4 ,the cannon is mounted on a board with the cap end resting against a cleat which is securely nailed to the board and then bound tightly with a rope as shown in ,fig4 #h4 ,lay one end of the board on the ground and place the other on boxes or supports sufficiently high to incline it at an angle of about #de4 deg4 ,enough of the board should project beyond the end of the cannon on which to lay the dummy4 ,when completed as described1 it is then ready to load and fire4 ,clear away everyone in front and on each side of the cannon1 as the dummy will fly from #ej to #ajj ft4 and no one must be in range of its flight4 ,this is important1 as the rod of the frame holding the clothes will penetrate a board at short range4 ,an ordinary shot gun cartridge of the paper shell type is used for the charge and it must be loaded with powder only4 ,coarse black powder is the best1 but any size will do4 ,when loading the rod with the wooden blocks1 on which the dummy is attached1 do not place the end block against the breech end of the cannon1 leave about #b or #c in4 between the end of the cannon and the block4 ,insert the cartridge in the #a-;in4 pipe4 ,the cartridge should fit the pipe snug1 which it will do if the proper size is secured4 ,screw on the firing-cap1 insert the wire nail firing pin until it rests against the firing-cap of the cartridge4 ,if the range is clear the firing may be done by giving the nail a sharp rap with a hammer4 ,a loud report will follow with a cloud of smoke and the dummy will be seen flying through the air1 the arms1 legs and streamers fluttering1 which presents a most realistic and life-like appearance4 ,the firing may be repeated any number of times in the same manner4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,miniature ,volcano #ddh ,a toy volcano that will send forth flames and ashes with lava streaming down its sides in real volcanic action can be made by any boy without any more danger than firing an ordinary fire-cracker4 ,a mound of sand or earth is built up about #a ft4 high in the shape of a volcano4 ,roll up a piece of heavy paper1 making a tube #e in4 long and #a-a_/b in4 in diameter4 ,this tube of paper is placed in the top of the mound by first setting it upon a flat sheet of paper and building up the sand or ,illustration3 ,volcano in ,action earth about the sides until it is all covered excepting the top opening4 ,this is to keep all dampness away from the mixture to be placed within4 ,a fuse from a fire-cracker1 or one made by winding some powder in tissue paper1 is placed in the paper tube of the volcano with one end extending over the edge4 ,get some potash from a drug store and be sure to state the purpose for which it is wanted1 as there are numerous kinds of potash that will not be suitable4 ,an equal amount of sugar is mixed with the potash and placed in the paper tube4 ,on top of this put a layer of pure potash and on this pour some gun powder4 ,this completes the volcano and it only remains for the fuse to be lighted and action will begin with an explosion which sends fire1 smoke and sparks upward4 ,flames will follow and the lava pours down the sides of the mound4 9999 ,wire ,loop ,connections for ,battery ,binding-,posts #ddi ,the trouble with battery binding post connections can be avoided by winding the bare end of the connecting wire around the binding-post screw and then back around its extending length as shown in the sketch4 ,always screw down permanent connections with pliers4 ,illustration3 ,loop 9999 ,melting ,metal in the ,flame of a ,match #ddi ,the flame of an ordinary match has a much higher temperature than is generally known and will melt cast-iron or steel filings4 ,try it by striking a match and sprinkle the filings through the flame4 ,sputtering sparks like gunpowder will be the result of the melting metal4 9999 ,russian ,squirrels #ddi ,the squirrel slaughter of ,russia amounts to #be1jjj1jjj per year4 9999 ,landscape ,drawing ,made ,easy #ddi ,with this device anyone1 no matter how little his artistic ability may be1 can draw accurately and quickly any little bit of scenery or other subject and get everything in the true perspective and in the correct proportion4 ,illustration3 ,drawing with the ,aid of ,reflecting ,glasses ,no lens is required for making this camera-just a plain mirror set at an angle of #de deg41 with a piece of ordinary glass underneath1 a screen with a peek hole and a board for holding the drawing paper4 ,the different parts may be fastened together by means of a box frame1 or may be hinged together to allow folding up when carrying and a good tripod of heavy design should be used for supporting it4 ,in order to get the best results the screen should be blackened on the inside and the eyepiece should be blackened on the side next to the eye4 ,a piece of black cardboard placed over the end of the eyepiece and perforated with a pin makes an excellent peek hole4 ,in operation the rays of light coming from any given object1 such as the arrow ,,ab1 strike the inclined mirror and are reflected downward4 ,on striking the inclined glass a portion of the light is again reflected and the rays entering the eye of the operator produce the virtual image on the paper as shown4 ,the general outlines may be sketched in quickly1 leaving the details to be worked up later4 ,this arrangement may be used for interior work when the illumination is good4 9999 ,irrigating with ,tomato ,cans #dej ,the following is an easy and effective way to start plants in dry weather3 ,sink an ordinary tomato can1 with a #a_/h-;in4 hole #a_/b in4 from the bottom1 in the ground so that the hole will be near the roots of the plant4 ,tamp the dirt around both plant and can1 and fill the latter with water4 ,keep the can filled until the plant is out of danger4 --,contributed by ,l4 ,l4 ,schweiger1 ,kansas ,city1 ,mo4 ,illustration3 ,irrigation 9999 ,fountain for an ,ordinary ,pen #dej ,take two steel pens1 not the straight kind1 and place them together1 one above the other1 in the penholder4 ,illustration3 ,two ,pens ,in ,holder ,with one dip of ink #fj or #gj words may be written4 ,this saves time and the arrangement also prevents the ink from dropping off the pen4 --,contributed by ,l4 ,m4 ,lytle1 ,kerrmoor1 ,pa4 9999 ,homemade ,mousetrap #dej ,bore a #a-;in4 hole1 about #b in4 deep1 in a block of wood and drive a small nail with a sharp point at an angle so it will project into the hole about half way between the top and bottom1 and in the center of the hole1 as shown4 ,illustration3 ,hole ,in ,wood ,block ,file the end very sharp and bend it down so that when the mouse pushes its head past it in trying to get the bait at the bottom of the hole1 the sharp point will catch it when it tries to back out4 ,almost anyone can make this trap in a short time1 and it will catch the mice as surely as a more elaborate trap4 9999 ,clear ,wax ,impressions from ,seals #dej ,a die must be slightly damp to make clear impressions on sealing wax and to keep it from sticking to the wax4 ,a very handy way to moisten the die is to use a pad made by tacking two pieces of blotting paper and one of ,illustration3 ,blotter ,pad cloth to a wooden block of suitable size1 and saturate the blotters with water before using4 ,stamp the die on the pad and then on the hot wax4 ,the result will be a clear1 readable impression4 --,contributed by ,fred ,schumacher1 ,brooklyn1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,a ,window ,stick #dej ,although the windows in factories and houses are usually provided with weights1 yet the stick shown in the sketch will be found very handy in case all of the windows are not so equipped4 ,it is made of a piece of pine wood long ,illustration3 ,notches ,in ,stick enough to hold the lower sash at a height even with the bottom of the upper1 and about #a-a_/b or #b in4 wide4 ,notches may be cut in the stick as shown1 each being wide enough to firmly hold the sash4 ,thus1 with the stick illustrated1 the sash may be held at three different heights on the side ,a1 and at still another on the side ,b4 --,contributed by ,katharine ,d4 ,morse1 ,syracuse1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,how to ,make a ,canoe #dea ,a practical and serviceable canoe1 one that is inexpensive1 can be built by any boy1 who can wield hammer and saw1 by closely following the instructions and drawings1 given in this article4 ,illustration3 ,canoe and ,molds ,details ,it is well to study these carefully before beginning the actual work4 ,thus an understanding will be gained of how the parts fit together1 and of the way to proceed with the work4 ,dimensioned drawings of the canoe and molds are contained in ,fig4 #a4 ,the boat is built on a temporary base1 ,a1 ,fig4 #b1 which is a board1 #ad ft4 #a in4 long1 #c in4 wide and #a-a_/b in4 thick4 ,this base is fastened to the trestles and divided into four sections1 the sections on each side of the center being #d ft4 long4 ,the next thing to be considered are the molds 7,fig4 #c74 ,these are made of #a-;in4 material4 ,scrap pieces may be found that can be used for these molds4 ,the dimensions given in ,fig #a are for one-half of each form as shown in ,fig4 #c1 under their respective letters4 ,the molds are then temporarily attached to the base on the division lines4 ,proceed to make the curved ends as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,two pieces of ,illustration3 ,shaping the ,canoe straight-grained green elm1 #cb in4 long1 #a-c_/d1 in4 wide and #a in4 thick1 will be required4 ,the elm can be obtained from a carriage or blacksmith's shop4 ,the pieces are bent by wrapping a piece of wire around the upper end and baseboard4 ,the joint between the curved piece and the base is temporary4 ,place a stick between the wires and twist them until the required shape is secured4 ,if the wood does not bend readily1 soak it in boiling water4 ,the vertical height and the horizontal length of this bend are shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,the twisted wire will give the right curve and hold the wood in shape until it is dry4 ,the gunwales are the long pieces ,b1 ,fig4 #b1 at the top of the canoe4 ,these are made of strips of ash1 #ae ft4 long1 #a in4 wide and #a in4 thick4 ,fasten them temporarily to the molds1 taking care to have them snugly fit the notches shown4 ,the ends fit over the outside of the stem and stern pieces and are cut to form a sharp point1 as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,the ends of the gunwales are fastened permanently to the upper ends of the bent stem and stern pieces with several screws4 ,illustration3 ,construction of the ,various ,parts ,two other light strips1 ,c and ,d1 ,fig4 #b1 are temporarily put in1 and evenly spaced between the gunwales and the bottom board4 ,these strips are used to give the form to the ribs1 and are removed when they have served their purpose4 ,the ribs are now put in place4 ,they are formed of strips of well seasoned elm or hickory1 soaked in boiling water until they bend without breaking or cracking4 ,each rib should be #a-a_/b in4 ,illustration3 ,paddle ,parts wide1 #c_/h in4 thick and long enough to reach the distance between the gunwales after the bend is made4 ,the ribs are placed #a in4 apart4 ,begin by placing a rib in the center of the base and on the upper side4 ,nail it temporarily1 yet securely1 and then curve the ends and place them inside of the gunwales1 as shown in ,fig4 #f4 ,fasten the ends of the rib to the gunwales with #a-;in4 galvanized brads4 ,this method is used in placing all the ribs4 ,when the ribs are set1 remove the pieces ,c and ,d1 ,fig4 #b1 and the molds4 ,a strip is now put in to take the place of the base4 ,this strip is #a-c_/d in4 wide1 #a_/b in4 thick and long enough to reach the entire length of the bottom of the canoe4 ,it is fastened with screws on the inside1 as shown in ,fig4 #g1 and the ends are lap-jointed to the stem and stern pieces as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,when this piece is fastened in place1 the base can be removed4 ,the seats are attached as shown in ,fig4 #h1 and the small pieces for each end are fitted as shown in ,fig4 #i4 ,the frame of the canoe is now ready to be covered4 ,this will require #e-a_/b yd4 of extra-heavy canvas4 ,turn the framework of the canoe upside down and place the canvas on it4 ,the center of the canvas is located and tacked to the center strip of the canoe at the points where ribs are attached4 ,copper tacks should be used4 ,the canvas is then tacked to the ribs1 beginning at the center rib and working toward each end1 carefully drawing the canvas as tightly as possible and keeping it straight4 ,at the ends the canvas is split in the center and lapped over the bent wood4 ,the surplus canvas is cut off4 ,a thin coat of glue is put on1 to shrink the cloth and make it waterproof4 ,the glue should be powdered and brought into liquid form in a double boiler4 ,a thin coat of this is applied with a paintbrush4 ,a small keel made of a strip of wood is placed on the bottom to protect it when making a landing on sand and stones in shallow ,illustration3 ,a ,single ,paddle water4 ,when the glue is thoroughly dry the canvas is covered with two coats of paint1 made up in any color with the best lead and boiled linseed oil4 ,the inside is coated with spar varnish to give it a wood color4 ,the paddles may be made up in two ways1 single or double4 ,the double paddle has a hickory pole1 #g ft4 long and #b in4 in diameter1 for its center part4 ,the paddle is made as shown in ,fig4 #aj1 of ash or cypress4 ,it is #ab in4 long1 and #h in4 wide at the widest part4 ,the paddle end fits into a notch cut in the end of the pole 7,fig4 #aa74 ,a shield is made of a piece of tin or rubber and placed around the pole near the paddle to prevent the water from running to the center as the pole is tipped from side to side4 ,the complete paddle is shown in ,fig4 #ab4 ,a single paddle is made as shown in ,fig4 #ac4 ,this is made of ash or any other tough wood4 ,the dimensions given in the sketch are sufficient without a description4 9999 ,thorns ,used as ,needles on a ,phonograph #dec ,very sharp thorns can be used successfully as phonograph needles4 ,these substitutes will reproduce sound very clearly and with beautiful tone4 ,the harsh scratching of the ordinary needle is reduced to a minimum1 and the thorn is not injurious to the record4 9999 ,tool ,hangers #dec ,a tool rack that is serviceable for almost any kind of a tool may be made ,illustration3 ,tool ,hanger by placing rows of different-size screw eyes on a wall close to the workbench1 so that files1 chisels1 pliers and other tools1 and the handles of hammers can be slipped through the eyes4 ,a place for every tool saves time1 and besides1 when the tools are hung up separately1 they are less likely to be damaged1 than when kept together on the workbench4 9999 ,child's ,footrest on an ,ordinary ,chair #dec ,small chairs are enjoyed very much by children for the reason that they can rest their feet on the floor4 ,in many households there are no small chairs for the youngsters1 and they have to use larger ones4 ,two things result1 the child's legs become tired from dangling unsupported or by trying to support them on the stretchers1 and the finish on the chair is apt to ,illustration3 ,footrest on ,chair be scratched4 ,the device shown in the sketch forms a footrest or step that can be placed on any chair4 ,it can be put on or taken off in a moment4 ,two suitable pieces of wood are nailed together at an angle and a small notch cut out1 as shown1 to fit the chair stretcher4 9999 ,drying ,photo ,postal ,cards #dec ,a novel idea for drying photo postal cards comes from a ,french magazine4 ,the drying of the cards takes a long time on account of their thickness1 but may be hastened by using corrugated paper for packing bottles as a drying stand4 ,curve the cards1 printed side up1 and place the ends between two ,illustration3 ,card on ,dryer corrugations at a convenient distance apart4 ,they will thus be held firmly while the air can circulate freely all around them4 9999 ,preserving ,key ,forms #ded ,after losing a key or two and having some difficulty in replacing them1 ,i used the method shown in the sketch ,illustration3 ,key ,forms ,cut in ,paper to preserve the outlines for making new ones4 ,all the keys ,i had were traced on a piece of paper and their forms cut out with a pair of shears4 ,when a key was lost1 another could thus be easily made by using the paper form as a pattern4 --,contributed by ,ernest ,weaver1 ,santa ,anna1 ,texas4 9999 ,renewing ,typewriter ,ribbons #ded ,roll the ribbon on a spool and meanwhile apply a little glycerine with a fountain-pen filler4 ,roll up tightly and lay aside for a week or ten days4 ,do not apply too much glycerine as this will make the ribbon sticky--a very little1 well spread1 is enough4 ,the same application will also work well on ink pads4 --,contributed by ,earl ,r4 ,hastings1 ,corinth1 ,vt4 9999 ,drinking ,trough for ,chickens #ded ,a quickly made and sanitary drinking trough for chickens is formed of a piece of ordinary two or three-ply roofing paper4 ,the paper is laid out as shown1 and the edges are cemented with asphaltum and then tacked to the side of a fence or shed4 ,illustration3 ,trough of ,roofing ,paper 9999 ,ordinary ,pen ,used as a ,fountain ,pen #ded ,it is a very simple matter to make a good fountain pen out of an ordinary pen and holder4 ,the device is in the form of an attachment readily connected to or removed from any ordinary pen and holder1 although the chances are that when once used it will not be detached until a new pen is needed4 ,take the butt end of a quill1 ,a1 from a chicken1 goose or turkey feather--the latter preferred as it will hold more ink--and clean out the membrane in it thoroughly with a wire or hatpin4 ,then make a hole in the tapered end of the quill just large enough to pull through a piece of cotton string4 ,tie a knot in one end of this string1 ,b1 and pull it through the small end of the quill until the knot chokes within1 then cut off the string so that only #a_/d in4 projects4 ,shave out a small stopper from a bottle cork for the large end ,illustration3 ,fountain ,attachment of the quill4 ,this completes the ink reservoir4 ,place the quill on top of the penholder ,c1 so that its small end rests against the pen immediately above its eye4 ,pull the string through this eye4 ,securely bind the quill to the pen and holder with a thread1 as shown1 first placing under it a wedge-shaped support of cork or wood1 ,d1 hollowed on both sides to fit the curved surfaces of the quill and holder4 ,the illustration shows the detail clearly4 ,to fill the reservoir place the pen upright on its point and dip a small camel's-hair brush or cloth-bound toothpick into the ink bottle and scrape off the ink it will hold on the inner edge of the quill4 ,cork tightly1 and the device is ready for use4 ,when not in use place the holder at an angle with the pen uppermost4 --,contributed by ,chelsea ,c4 ,fraser1 ,saginaw1 ,michigan4 9999 ,how to ,construct a ,small ,thermostat #dee ,by ,r4 ,a4 ,mc,c,l,u,r,e ,it is a well known fact1 that there is a change in the dimensions of a piece of metal1 due to a change in its temperature4 ,this change in dimensions is not the same for all materials2 it being much greater in some ,illustration3 ,simple ,thermostat2 ,couple and ,mounting ,strip materials than in others1 while in some there is practically no change4 ,if two thin1 narrow strips of different metals1 that contract or expand at different ratio due to a variation in temperature1 be rigidly fastened together at their ends1 and the combination then heated or cooled1 the combined piece will have its shape changed4 ,one of the pieces will increase in length more than the other1 due to a rise in temperature1 and this same piece will decrease in length more than the other when subjected to a decrease in temperature4 ,if one end of this combined piece be rigidly clamped to a support1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 and the combination then have its temperature changed1 the free end will move to the right or left of its original position1 depending upon which of the pieces changes in length the more4 ,if there is a rise in temperature and the right-hand piece ,b increases in length faster than the left-hand piece ,a1 the free end of the combined piece win move to the left of its original position4 ,if1 on the other hand1 there is a decrease in temperature1 the right-hand piece will decrease in length more than the left-hand piece1 and the upper or free end will move to the right of its original position4 ,such a combination of two metals constitutes a simple thermostat4 ,if the movement of the free end of the combination be made to actuate a needle moving over a properly calibrated scale we have a simple form of thermometer4 ,if two electrical contacts1 ,,cc1 be mounted on the right and left-hand sides of the upper end of the combined piece1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 we have a thermostat that may be used in closing an electrical circuit when the temperature of the room in which it is placed rises or falls a certain value4 ,these contacts should be so arranged that they can be moved toward or away from the combined piece independently4 ,by adjusting the position of these contacts1 the electrical circuit will be closed when the temperature of the thermostat has reached an experimentally predetermined value4 ,the following description is that of a thermostat1 constructed by the author of this article1 which gave very satisfactory results4 ,first obtain a piece of steel1 #f in4 long1 #e_/h in4 wide and #b_/ajj in4 thick1 and a piece of brass1 #f in4 long1 #e_/h in4 wide and #c_/ajj in4 thick4 ,clean one side of each of these pieces and tin them well with solder4 ,place the two tinned surfaces just treated in contact with each other and heat them until the solder on their surfaces melts and then allow them to cool4 ,a better way would be to clamp the two thin pieces between two heavy metal pieces1 and then heat the whole to such a temperature that the solder will melt1 and then allow it to cool4 ,this last method will give more satisfactory results than would be obtained if no clamps are used1 as the thin metal pieces are liable to bend ,illustration3 ,support for ,couple1 and ,needle-,mounting ,strip out of shape when they are heated1 and as a result they will not be in contact with each other over their entire surfaces4 ,after these pieces have been soldered together forming one piece1 which we shall for convenience speak of as the couple1 two small holes should be drilled in one end to be used in mounting it1 and a notch cut in the other end1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,cut from some thin sheet brass1 about #b_/ajj in4 in thickness1 two pieces1 #a_/d in4 wide and #a_/b in4 long4 ,bend these pieces of brass over a piece of hatpin wire1 thus forming two ,v-shaped pieces4 ,cut off a piece of the hatpin1 #e_/h in4 long1 and fasten it across the notched end of the couple by means of the ,u-shaped piece of brass1 which should be soldered in place as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,all superfluous solder should then be cleaned from the couple and the steel pin4 ,now bend the couple so as to form a perfect half circle1 the brass being on the inside4 ,the base upon which this couple is to be mounted should be made as follows3 ,obtain a piece of brass1 #g in4 long1 #c_/d in4 wide1 and #a_/d in4 thick4 ,in this piece drill holes1 as indicated in ,fig4 #d1 except ,a1 which will be drilled later4 ,tap the holes ,b1 ,c and ,d for #a_/h-;in4 machine screws4 ,cut from some #a_/h-;in4 sheet brass a piece1 #a-g_/h in4 long and #c_/d in4 wide1 to be used as a support for the couple4 ,in one end of this piece drill two small holes1 as indicated in ,fig4 #e1 and tap them for #c_/af-;in4 machine screws4 ,in the opposite end cut a slot1 whose dimensions correspond to those given in ,fig4 #e4 ,now bend the piece1 at the dotted line in ,fig4 #e1 into the form shown in ,fig4 #f1 making sure that the dimension given is correct4 ,this piece can now be mounted upon the piece shown in ,fig4 #d1 by means of two brass machine screws placed in the holes ,b4 ,the slot in the support for the couple will permit its being moved along the mounting strip1 the purpose of which will be shown later4 ,next cut another piece of #a_/h-;in4 brass1 #b-c_/d in4 long and #e_/h in4 wide4 ,in this piece drill two #a_/h-;in4 holes1 as indicated in ,fig4 #g1 and then bend it at the dotted lines into the form shown in ,fig4 #h4 ,mount this strip upon the main mounting strip by means of two brass machine screws placed in the holes ,c1 so that the upper part is over the center-punch mark for the hole ,a in the main mounting strip4 ,you are now ready to drill the hole ,a1 which should be done as follows3 ,remove the piece you last mounted and then clamp the main mounting strip in the drill press so that the center-punch mark for the hole ,a is directly under the point of the drill4 ,then remount the piece you just removed1 without disturbing the piece you clamped in the drill press1 and drill a small hole through both pieces4 ,this hole should be about #c_/fd in4 in diameter4 ,after this small hole has been drilled through both pieces1 a countersink should be placed in the drill chuck and the hole in the upper piece countersunk to a depth equal to half the thickness of the metal in which it is drilled4 ,unclamp the pieces from the drill press1 turn them over1 and countersink the small hole in what was originally the lower piece4 ,the object of countersinking these holes is to reduce the bearing surface of a small shaft that is to be supported in the holes and must be as free from friction as possible4 ,we may now construct the needle1 or moving portion of the thermostat1 which should be done as follows3 ,the shaft that is to carry the moving system must be made from a piece of steel rod1 about #c_/cb in4 in diameter4 ,its dimensions should correspond to those given in ,fig4 #i4 ,considerable care should be used in turning this shaft down1 to make sure that it fits perfectly in the small holes in the supporting pieces4 ,the shaft should turn freely1 but it must not be loose in the holes1 nor should it have but a very small end play4 ,cut from some #a_/cb-;in4 sheet brass a piece whose dimensions correspond to those given in ,fig4 #aj4 ,drill a #a_/h-;in4 hole1 ,a1 in this piece1 and cut a slot1 ,b1 from one side of the piece into this hole1 and a second slot1 ,c1 along the center of the piece as indicated in the figure4 ,considerable care should be exercised in cutting the slot ,c1 so that its breadth is exactly equal to the diameter of the piece of steel wire fastened on the end of the couple4 ,also make sure to get the sides of this slot perfectly smooth4 ,cut from some #a_/h-;in4 brass a disk having a diameter of #a_/b in41 and solder it to the end of the needle4 ,the dotted line in ,fig4 #aj indicates the proper position of the disk4 ,now drill a hole1 ,d1 through the disk and needle1 of such a diameter that considerable force must be applied to the steel shaft you have already made1 in order to force it through the hole4 ,force the shaft ,illustration3 ,shaft for ,needle and ,needle through this hole until the needle is exactly in the center of the shaft4 ,the parts of the thermostat thus far made can now be assembled4 ,place the steel shaft in its bearings and see that it turns perfectly free4 ,then place the steel pin1 on the end of the couple1 in the slot ,c1 and fasten the ,illustration3 ,wiring ,diagram for ,one and ,two ,bells other end of the couple1 by means of two machine screws1 to the support made for the couple4 ,increase or decrease the temperature of the thermostat and note the results4 ,if everything is working all right1 the end of the needle should move when the temperature of the thermostat is changed4 ,the amount the end of the needle moves can be easily changed by moving the support or the couple toward or away from the shaft supporting the needle1 which changes the position of the steel pin in the slot ,c4 ,the nearer the steel pin is to the shaft supporting the needle1 the greater the movement of the end of the needle due to a given change in temperature4 ,a small piece of white cardboard can be mounted directly under the end of the needle by means of small brass strips1 that in turn can be attached to the lower ends of the main mounting holes ,d1 ,fig4 #d4 ,a scale can be marked on this piece of cardboard by noting the position of the needle corresponding to different temperatures as determined by a thermometer4 ,when this scale has been completed1 you can use the thermostat as a thermometer4 ,two contacts may be mounted1 one on each side of the needle1 in a manner similar to the method suggested for mounting the cardboard4 ,these contacts should be so constructed that the end of the needle will slide over them with little friction1 and so that their position with respect to the end of the needle may be easily changed4 ,illustration3 ,assembled ,thermostat ,both contacts must be insulated from the remainder of the thermostat1 and may or may not be connected together1 depending on how the thermostat is to be used4 ,it would be advisable1 if possible1 to have the part of the needle that touches the contact points1 as well as these points1 of platinum1 as the arc that is likely to be formed will not destroy the platinum as easily as it will the brass4 ,a small wooden containing case can now be made and the thermostat is complete4 ,there should be a large number of holes drilled in the sides1 ends and back of the case so that the air inside may be always of the same temperature as the outside air4 ,in adjusting1 testing1 or calibrating your thermostat1 make sure that it is in the same position that it will be in when in use4 ,the connections of the thermostat for ringing one bell when the temperature rises or falls to a certain value1 are shown in ,fig4 #aa4 ,the connections of the thermostat for ringing one bell when the temperature rises to a certain value and another bell when the temperature falls to a certain value1 are shown in ,fig4 #ab4 ,the complete thermostat is shown in ,fig4 #ac4 9999 ,a ,tailless ,kite #deh ,the frame of a #c-;ft4 kite is made of two sticks1 each #c ft4 long4 ,these are tied together so that the cross stick will be at a distance of #ae per cent of the full length of the upright stick1 from its end1 or in this case #e4d in4 ,the sticks may be made of straight grained pine1 #c_/h in4 square1 for small kites1 and larger hardwood sticks1 for larger kites4 ,the cross stick is bent into a bow ,illustration3 ,plan and ,dimensions for ,kite by tying a strong cord across from end to end4 ,the center of the bend should be #d-a_/b in4 above the ends4 ,the bend is shown in the sketch4 ,connect all four ends or points with a cord1 being careful not to pull the bend of the cross stick down1 but seeing that it remains straight across the kite4 ,when this is done the frame is ready for the cover4 ,the cover will require #b-a_/b sheets of tissue paper1 #bj by #cj in41 which should be pasted together as the sketch indicates4 ,cut out the paper1 allowing #b in4 margin for lapping over the cord on the frame4 ,place the frame on the cover with the convex side toward the paper and paste the margin over the cord1 allowing the paper to bag a little to form pockets for the air to lift the kite4 ,the corners should be reinforced with circular pieces of paper pasted over the ends of the sticks4 ,the flying cord is attached to the points ,a and ,b of the frame4 ,there is no cross cord4 ,the kite will fly at right angles to the flying cord4 ,it is easily started flying from the ground by laying it with the head toward the operator and pulling it up into the wind4 --,contributed by ,chas4 ,b4 ,damik1 ,cooperstown1 ,n4 ,y4 9999 ,the ,levitation - ,a ,modern ,stage ,trick #dei ,this illusion has mystified thousands of the theater-going public1 in fact1 it has been the piece de resistance of many illusion acts4 ,the ordinary method of procedure is as follows3 ,the person who is to be suspended in the air1 apparently with no support--usually a lady--is first put in a hypnotic 787 sleep4 ,she is placed on a couch in the middle of the stage1 and in most cases the spotlight is brought into play4 ,the performer then takes a position close to the couch and with dramatic ,illustration3 ,raising the ,subject in ,midair effect makes a few hypnotic passes over the subject4 ,she then slowly rises from the couch until she has attained a height varying from #d to #e ft4 above the stage1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the couch is then taken a way and a hoop is passed over the floating lady4 ,the performer now causes the lady to float back to the couch or board that she may have been resting on1 after which the so-called hypnotic spell is withdrawn4 ,in spite of the claims that the illusion owes its origin to ,hindoo magic1 it is nothing more nor less than a clever mechanical contrivance1 the construction of which will be readily understood by a glance at the accompanying illustrations4 ,the bottom of the couch1 if one is used1 contains a cradle-like arrangement which fits the recumbent form of the lady and is connected to a heavy sheet of plate glass by means of a rod1 ,d1 ,fig4 #b1 attached to one end1 and running parallel to the side of the cradle4 ,when the glass is lifted1 the body of the subject is also raised1 seemingly at the will of the performer4 ,this is accomplished by the aid of an assistant beneath the stage floor4 ,the plate of glass1 ,e1 ,fig4 #c1 passes perpendicularly through the stage down to a double block and tackle4 ,the end of the cable is attached to a drum or windlass and the plate glass held steady with guides at the sides of the slot in the stage floor1 through which it passes4 ,the winding up of the cable naturally forces the plate glass and cradle up1 causing the lady to rise4 ,some illusionists place the lady on a board on two ordinary trestles and cause the board to rise with the lady ,illustration3 ,direction the ,hoop ,takes ,in ,passing over the ,board on it1 as shown in the illustration1 thus obviating the use of heavy paraphernalia as in the cradle attachment4 ,the cradle attachment is also generally accompanied by a #b-;in4 iron bar1 used in the place of the plate glass1 the performer or operator standing at the rear of the couch to conceal the bar as it comes from beneath the stage4 ,however1 the method illustrated is the one generally used4 ,the solid hoop is passed over the body in the following manner3 ,start at the end1 ,b1 ,fig4 #b1 passing the hoop as far as ,c with the hoop on the outside of the back horizontal rod4 ,the side of the hoop toward the audience is then turned and swung clear around over the feet at ,a and entered between the rod and board on which the lady rests4 ,the hoop is then carried as far as it will go back toward the end ,b4 ,then the side nearest the operator is passed over the head of the body apparently the second time and passed off free at the feet4 ,thus to the closest observer the impression is given that the hoop has encircled the lady twice4 ,the illustrations give in detail the working of the illusion above the stage floor4 ,no set rule is used for the tackle and drum below the floor4 ,,contents ,a ,accelerometer1 ,simple #ic ,acid ,burns1 ,treating #abf ,acetylene ,gas ,generator1 ,homemade #eg ,acetylene ,lamp1 ,lighting #dja ,aerating ,water in a ,small ,tank #bda ,aeroplane1 ,paper1 ,how to ,make #cbi ,aeroplanes1 ,model1 ,equilibrator for #aa ,alarm1 ,burglar1 ,how to ,make #cfh ,alarm1 ,callers' ,approach #hg ,alarm ,clock ,chicken ,feeder #gi ,alarm ,clock to ,pull ,up ,furnace ,draft #ajg ,alarm1 ,electric #id ,alarm1 ,electric1 ,door ,bell and #aad ,alarm1 ,electric ,fire1 ,how to ,make #dcj ,alarm1 ,electric1 ,that ,rings ,bell and ,turns ,on ,light #ccg ,alarm1 ,electric ,time #dcc ,alarm1 ,fire #dg1 #cei ,aluminum ,polish #dbh ,aluminum1 ,satin ,finish on #aih ,aluminum ,wire1 ,insulating #cjf ,ammeter1 ,how to ,make #di1 #bjc ,amusement-,boys ,representing the ,centaur #agc ,amusement ,device--,merry-,go-,round ,thriller #bji ,amusement ,device--,merry-,go-,round1 ,to ,build #cei ,amusement ,device--,teeter ,board4 ,revolving #big ,anesthesia1 ,electric #dde ,animals1 ,small1 ,trap for #hb ,annealing ,chisel ,steel #cfb ,annunciator1 ,how to ,construct #eg1 #daf ,aquarium1 ,how to ,make #fd1 #baj ,arbor1 ,grape1 ,how to ,build #gc ,arc ,lamp1 ,homemade #acb ,arc ,searchlight1 ,self ,lighting #i ,arms and ,armor1 ,imitation3 ,part ,i #bce ,part ,,ii #bdb ,part ,,iii #bdh ,part ,,iv #bfc ,part ,v #bga ,part ,,vi #bgi ,part ,,vii #bhd ,arms1 ,drip ,shield for #beh ,arrowhead1 ,flint1 ,how to ,make #bc ,asbestos ,table ,pads1 ,homemade #bab ,athletes1 ,weights for1 ,how to ,make #bgd ,atomizer1 ,how to ,make #aeh ,automobile1 ,boys' ,homemade #djb1 #dcj ,automobile ,engine1 ,cooling ,water for #bcf ,automobile1 ,greasing the ,front ,wheels of #cbj ,automobile ,headlights1 ,adjusting #bag ,automobile1 ,painting #ceg ,automobile with ,sails #cbf ,axle1 ,cart without #bia ,b ,babbitt ,ladle1 ,emergency #bfd ,babbitt1 ,ladle for ,melting #agc ,bag1 ,changing1 for ,plate ,holders #bab ,bag1 ,sewing1 ,how to ,make #chf ,bags1 ,paper1 ,use for #ai ,balloon ,ascension ,illusion #cjj ,balloon1 ,pilot1 ,how to ,make #aah ,balloons1 ,paper1 ,how to ,make #bae ,barometer1 ,homemade #aea ,barometer1 ,how to ,make #ahh ,barrel ,stave ,hammock #ge ,barrel ,stave ,sled #chc ,baseball1 ,playing with a ,pocket ,knife #bej ,baseball ,throwing ,practice1 ,device for #cab ,bath4 ,shower1 ,to ,make #ae ,bathtub ,stopper1 ,substitute #dbi ,batteries1 ,connecting ,up to ,give ,any ,voltage #ic ,batteries1 ,dry1 ,to ,obtain ,cheaply #daj ,batteries1 ,dry1 ,to ,renew #cfi1 #cgh1 #dja ,batteries1 ,gravity1 ,why ,fail #aae ,battery ,binding ,posts1 ,wire ,loop ,connections for #ddi ,battery ,cell4 ,dry1 ,making #afj ,battery ,connections1 ,wire ,terminals for #afh ,battery1 ,grenet1 ,how to ,make #hc ,battery ,motor1 ,controller and ,reverse for #gb ,battery ,motor1 ,reversing #dje ,battery1 ,non-,polarizing1 ,how to ,make #aea ,battery ,rheostat #hj1 #dde ,battery1 ,small ,storage1 ,how to ,make #aba ,battery ,switch #ii ,battery1 ,thermo-,electric1 ,how to ,make #ei1 #adj ,battery ,voltmeter #aec ,battery ,zincs1 ,old1 ,to ,use #hg ,bed ,warmer4 ,electric1 ,how to ,make #cch ,beeswax1 ,substitute for #abi ,bell1 ,cracked1 ,restoring ,tone to #ga ,bell1 ,return ,call1 with ,one ,wire #aja ,bell ,ring ,register #caf ,bell1 ,ringing by ,touching a ,gas ,jet #djc ,belt1 ,eyelets for #dcb ,belt ,lace ,caution #bci ,belt1 ,round1 ,to ,make without ,ends #bdc ,bench ,lathe ,made of ,pipe ,fittings #caf ,bicycle ,catamaran #ade ,bicycle ,coasting ,sled1 ,how to ,make #bca ,bicycle ,frame1 ,enameling #che ,bicycle1 ,runners on #aeg ,bicycle1 ,to ,attach a ,sail to #dbe ,bicycle1 ,trailer for #cig ,bicycle ,trouser ,guards for ,sleeve ,bands #bhc ,bicycle4 ,water1 ,how to ,make #cce ,bill ,file ,made of ,corkscrews #cae ,bind ,magazines1 ,to #dj1 #ef1 #djf ,bird ,house1 ,proper ,design for #bja ,bird ,houses1 ,clay ,flower ,pots ,used for #bgg ,bit1 ,gouge ,used as #daa ,blotter ,pad1 ,corner ,pieces for #h ,blotting ,pad1 ,desk #ag ,blowpipe1 ,homemade #dbh ,blueprint ,lantern ,slides1 ,how to ,make #abj ,blues1 prussian and ,chinese #dja ,boards1 ,joining #bfh ,boat-,bicycle ,catamaran #ade ,boat-,canoe1 ,how to ,make #dea ,boat-,catamaran1 ,cruising #dbc ,boat1 ,ice1 ,how to ,build #ceg1 #chb ,boat1 ,paddle1 ,how to ,make #ajj ,boat1 ,paper1 ,how to ,make #cba ,boat-,punt1 ,homemade #abc ,bobsled1 ,homemade ,yankee #djh ,bolts1 ,rusted #aea ,book ,cover1 ,paper1 ,how to ,make #abf ,book ,holder #cb ,book1 ,removing ,grease ,stains from #bcj ,book ,rest #bib ,bookcase ,doors1 ,to ,keep ,closed #cgg ,bookmark #cgi ,bookmark1 ,brass #ah ,bookmark1 ,paper ,clip #bda ,books4 ,how to ,carry #dji ,boomerangs1 ,how to ,make #d1 #bjb ,bore a ,square ,hole1 ,how to #agi ,boring ,holes ,in ,cork #h ,bottle1 ,cutting ,thread inside of #agi ,bottle1 ,diving #cca ,bottle1 ,inverted1 ,withdrawing ,paper from ,under #cc ,bottle1 ,photographing ,man in #gd ,bottle ,pushing on the ,ice #dji ,bottles1 ,round ,end4 ,base for #bi ,bottle ,stopper1 ,new ,way to ,remove #bbd ,bowl1 ,copper1 ,how to ,make #ahe ,box ,cover4 ,sliding1 ,fastener #bef ,box1 ,fishhook #cgi ,box1 ,magic #g ,box1 ,water ,color #beg ,boxes1 ,rustic ,window #cj ,bracket ,saw1 ,cheap1 ,how to ,make #db ,brass ,bookmark #ah ,brass1 ,cleaning #djg ,brass ,flag1 ,ornamental1 ,how to ,make #bff ,brass ,frame ,in ,repouss #bcg ,brass ,furnace1 ,how to ,build #aae ,brass1 ,piercing ,punch for #ai ,brass ,plaques1 ,photo ,silhouette1 ,making #bag ,brass ,surface1 ,flat1 ,polishing #bbi ,brass ,work-,candlestick1 ,how to ,make #cbe ,bread1 ,loaf1 ,cutting #cf ,bronze ,liquid #cbi ,brooder for ,small ,chickens #cdc ,broom ,holder #ac ,broom ,holder ,made of a ,hinge #cc ,broom1 ,old1 ,crutch ,made of #ceb ,brush1 ,counter1 for a ,shop #dai ,brush1 ,to ,keep from ,spreading #cfg ,brushes1 ,paint1 ,care of #bfg ,bulb on a ,glass ,tube1 ,to ,make #cbd ,bunsen ,cell1 ,how to ,make #bjf ,burglar ,alarm1 ,simple1 ,how to ,make #cfh ,burning ,inscriptions on ,trees #de ,burns1 ,carbolic ,acid #abf ,button1 ,changing into a ,coin #bcd ,button4 ,removing from ,child's ,nostril #bcg ,buttonhole ,trick #bcd ,c ,cabinet for ,pot ,covers #af ,cabinet for ,phonograph ,records #dhc ,cabinet1 ,music1 ,how to ,make #gg ,cabinet1 ,phonograph ,disk ,cabinet #gi1 #dcc ,calendar1 ,handy #aif ,calliope1 ,steam1 ,how to ,make #dah ,camera1 ,box1 ,repairing #cgi ,camera1 ,enlarging from ,life in #aaa1 #aag ,camera1 ,homemade ,kits for #aei ,camera1 ,making ,light proof #eh ,camera1 ,practical1 for ,fifty ,cents #cfe ,camp ,stool1 ,how to ,make #bbb ,camp1 ,tin ,drinking ,cup for #cgi ,camper's ,lantern1 ,makeshift #bff ,camps and ,how to ,build ,them #cda ,camps1 ,keeping ,food ,cool in #ba ,can ,covers1 ,tool for ,lifting #ceb ,candle ,shade1 ,how to ,make #aia ,candlestick1 ,how to ,make #bdj1 #bha1 #cbe ,candlestick1 ,water #djf ,cane ,chairs1 ,how to #bei ,cane in ,furniture1 ,tightening #bcj ,cannon ,balls1 #cf1 ,removing from ,handbag #bef ,cannon1 ,gas #aig ,cannon1 ,how to ,make #db ,cannon1 ,lead1 ,how to ,make #cch ,cannon1 ,toy1 ,to ,discharge by ,electricity #ei ,canoe1 ,how to ,make #dea ,canoe1 ,sailing1 ,how to ,make #aii ,cans1 ,tomato1 ,irrigating with #dej ,canvas ,cot1 ,folding1 ,how to ,make #aed ,canvas1 ,waterproofing #adf ,carburetor ,difficulties #bjh ,card ,trick1 ,rising #bef ,card ,trick with a ,tapered ,deck #gj ,cardboard ,spiral ,turned by ,heat #bbf ,cardboard ,squares4 ,gun for ,throwing #bfi ,cardcase1 ,lady's1 ,how to ,make #cej ,cards1 ,mechanical ,trick with #fc ,carpenter's ,gauge #ai ,carpenter's ,vise1 ,homemade #cf ,carpet ,sweeper ,wheels1 ,new ,tires for #bff ,cart1 ,dog #fj ,cart without an ,axle #bia ,catamaran1 ,bicycle #ade ,catamaran1 ,cruising #dbc ,catapult1 ,fourth of ,july #ddg ,cats1 ,shocking1 ,device for #daa ,cell1 ,bunsen #bjf ,cell1 ,daniell #beb ,centaur4 ,boys ,representing #agc ,centering1 ,to ,make ,unnecessary #cai ,chain ,made from a ,match #cgg ,chair1 ,child's ,footrest on #dec ,chair ,legs4 ,rubber ,tip for #bbi ,chair1 ,porch ,swing #abh ,chair ,rockers1 ,safety ,tips on #dbi ,chair ,sleighs #chc ,chairs1 ,balancing on #aca ,chairs1 ,to ,cane #bei ,checker ,board ,puzzle #ahi1 #bcc ,cheese box ,cover1 ,tea ,tray #ah ,chemicals4 ,protecting ,fingers from #bhc ,cherry ,seeder #bi ,chicken ,coop4 ,keeping ,rats from #ceb ,chickens1 ,drinking ,trough for #ded ,chickens1 ,feed ,box for #bib ,chickens4 ,small1 ,brooder for #cdc ,chisel1 ,ice #fa ,chisel1 ,steel1 ,annealing #cfb ,chopping ,board #ai ,christmas ,tree ,decorations1 ,repairing #aa ,churn1 ,homemade ,small #aib ,clamp1 ,magazine1 ,how to ,make #dce ,clamping a ,cork #cc ,clamps1 ,homemade ,soldering #acg ,cleaner for ,gloves #cjb ,cleaner for ,white ,shoes #bci ,cleaning ,brass #djg ,cleaning ,discolored ,silver #cdd ,cleaning ,furniture #ahe ,cleaning1 ,glass1 ,solution #ca ,cleaning ,jewelry #cec ,cleaning ,leather on ,furniture 4#ac ,cleaning ,silver #cje ,cleaning ,walls #cge ,cleaning ,woodwork #cae ,cleats1 ,insulating1 ,substitute for #cdh ,clock1 ,electric1 ,how to ,make #bfh ,clock1 ,homemade ,novelty #ddf ,clock1 ,how to ,clean #aai ,clock1 ,novelty1 for the ,kitchen #cfj ,clock1 ,old1 ,use for #cfg ,clothes ,rack #ad ,clothesline1 ,double1 ,support for #cah ,coaster1 ,roller1 ,illusion #bih ,coaster1 ,trolley1 ,how to ,make #chg ,coasters and ,chair ,sleighs #chc ,cock1 'l'hree ,way1 for ,small ,model ,work #ej ,coil4 ,jump ,spark #aac ,coils1 ,forming to ,make ,flexible ,wire ,connections #ddc ,coin and ,card on the ,first ,finger #age ,coin and ,tumbler ,trick #cgh ,coin1 ,changing ,button ,into #bcd ,coin1 ,disappearing #agf1 #aic ,coin ,in a ,wine ,glass ,trick #afg ,coin1 ,moving under a ,glass #bad ,coin ,purse1 ,how to ,make #ced ,coin1 ,sticking against ,wall #agf ,coin1 ,sticking to ,wood by ,vacuum #bhg ,coins1 ,display ,rack ,shows ,both ,sides of #bbj ,coins1 ,sending by ,mail1 ,safe ,method of #bhg ,compass1 ,mariner's #agj ,compass ,needle1 ,floating #afj ,compass1 ,substitute for #bhi ,compressed ,air ,phenomenon #aaa ,concrete ,kennel #bc ,concrete ,swimming ,pool #agh ,conservatory1 ,window #ajc ,controller for a ,small ,motor #db ,cook ,fish1 ,one ,way to #bjf ,copper ,bowl1 ,how to ,make #ahe ,copper1 ,hardening #bjf ,copper ,picture ,frame1 ,etched1 ,how to ,make #dad ,copper ,trays1 ,how to ,make #ahj ,copper ,work--,corner ,pieces for a ,blotter ,pad #h ,cord4 ,buttoned #dbg ,cork1 ,boring1 ,holes in #h ,cork1 ,clamping #cc ,cork ,extractor #cjj ,corks1 ,how to ,fit #cfh ,corkscrews1 ,bill ,file ,made of #cae ,corner ,pieces for a ,blotter ,pad1 ,how to ,make #h ,cot4 ,canvas1 ,how to ,make #aed ,counter ,brush for a ,shop #dai ,crossbow and ,arrow ,sling1 ,how to ,make #cci ,crutch4 ,homemade #cfi ,crutch ,made of an ,old ,broom #ceb ,crystallization1 ,instantaneous #bhh ,cup and ,saucer ,rack1 ,how to ,make #aje ,cup1 ,tin ,drinking1 for the ,camp #cgi ,current ,reverser #ajg1 #aaa ,curtain ,roller #dai ,curtain ,roller ,spring1 ,how to ,tighten #gi ,d ,dance1 ,miniature ,war #bee ,darkroom ,lantern1 ,homemade #ad1 #cdj ,darkroom1 ,photographic1 ,building #bf ,demagenetizing a ,watch #aff ,desk ,blotting ,pad #ag ,developing ,box1 ,how to ,make #bbj ,developing ,tray1 ,cracked ,composition1 ,to ,repair #bfj ,developing ,tray4 ,photographic #bfi ,dish ,holder1 ,hot #g ,dogcart1 ,homemade #afj ,dog1 ,how to ,chain #beg ,dog's ,bark1 ,drowning with ,water #dce ,dogs1 ,to ,drive ,away #ajf ,door ,bell and ,electric ,alarm #aad ,door ,lock1 ,secret #f ,door ,opener1 ,electric #gh ,door ,opener for a ,furnace #hc ,door1 ,sliding1 ,electric ,lock for #hi ,dovetail ,joint #bi ,dovetail ,joint ,puzzle #bcf ,draft ,opener1 ,automatic #ajb ,draftsman4 ,spline for #djf ,draftsmau's ,ink ,bottle ,cork1 ,steel ,pen ,used ,in #aag ,drawers1 ,several1 ,locking with ,one ,lock #cad ,drawing1 ,aid ,in #bgj ,drawing ,instrument-,wondergraph1 ,how to ,make #dcf ,drawing1 ,landscape1 ,made ,easy #ddi ,drill ,gauge1 ,handy #beb ,drill1 ,hand1 ,how to ,make #ddd ,drinking ,cup1 ,tin1 for the ,camp #cgi ,drinking ,trough for ,chickens #ded ,drip ,shield for the ,arms #beh ,dry ,batteries1 ,another ,way to ,renew #cgh ,dry ,batteries1 ,cheap1 ,how to ,obtain #daj ,dry ,batteries1 ,old1 ,to ,renew #dja ,dry ,batteries1 ,renewing #cfg ,dry ,battery ,cell1 ,how to ,make #afj ,duplicator for ,box ,cameras #cfc ,duplicator1 ,homemade #bdj ,e ,easel1 ,how to ,make #dae ,egg-,beater1 ,how to ,make #bia ,eggshell ,funnel #ic ,eggshells1 ,how to ,preserve #bhh ,elderberry ,huller1 ,homemade #cbc ,electric ,alarm #id ,electric ,alarm1 ,door ,bell and #aad ,electric ,alarm ,that ,rings a ,bell and ,turns ,on a ,light #ccg ,electric ,anesthesia #dde ,electric ,apparatus-,ammeter1 ,how to ,make #di1 #bjc ,electric ,apparatus-,annunciator1 ,homemade #eg ,electric ,apparatus-,annunciator1 ,how to ,construct #daf ,electric ,apparatus-,batteries1 ,connecting ,up to ,given ,any ,voltage #ic ,electric ,apparatus-,battery ,rheostat #hj ,electric ,apparatus-,battery ,voltmeter #aec ,electric ,apparatus-,bell1 ,return ,call1 with ,one ,wire #aja ,electric ,apparatus-,cats1 ,to ,shock #daa ,electric ,apparatus-,cell1 ,daniell #beb ,electric ,apparatus-,circuit ,breaker for ,induction ,coils #aja ,electric ,apparatus-,controller and ,reverse for ,battery ,motor #gb ,electric ,apparatus-,controller for a ,small ,motor #db ,electric ,apparatus-,current ,reverser #ajg1 #aaa ,electric ,apparatus-,galvanometer1 ,tangent #aej ,electric ,apparatus-,induction ,coil1 ,how to ,make #ach ,electric ,apparatus-,induction ,coils1 ,mercury ,make and ,break ,connection for #ahg ,electric ,apparatus-,jump ,spark ,coil #aac ,electric ,apparatus-,medical ,induction ,coil1 ,how to ,make #fc ,electric ,apparatus-,motor1 ,single ,phase ,induction #abd ,electric ,apparatus-,motors1 ,direct ,connected ,reverse for #fj ,electric ,apparatus-,rheostat1 ,lead ,pencil #ade ,electric ,apparatus-,shocking ,machine #aci ,electric ,apparatus-,thermo ,battery1 ,how to ,make #ei ,electric ,apparatus-,thermostat1 ,small #dee ,electric ,apparatus-,transformer1 #aaj-,volt #dci ,electric ,apparatus-,voltammeter1 ,pocket #ccj ,electric ,battery ,massage1 ,homemade #add ,electric ,bed ,warmer1 ,homemade #cch ,electric ,bell1 ,relay ,made from #id ,electric ,blue ,light ,experiment #dg ,electric ,clock1 ,homemade #bfh ,electric ,charges1 ,detector for #bha ,electric ,door ,opener #gh ,electric ,engine #bgf ,electric ,experiment1 ,interesting #cgg ,electric ,experiment1 ,reversing ,switch for #ib ,electric ,fire ,alarm1 ,how to ,make #dcj ,electric ,furnace ,regulator1 ,how to ,make #chh ,electric ,furnace1 ,small1 ,how to ,make #dh ,electric ,heat ,regulator1 ,automatic #cdd ,electric ,horn1 ,how to ,make #bah ,electric ,hydrogen ,generator #ed ,electric ,illusion ,box #ace ,electric ,indicator for a ,wind ,vane #cdh ,electric ,lamp ,experiment #ec1 #abj1 #aca ,electric ,lamp ,sockets1 ,miniature1 ,how to ,make #bgj ,electric ,lamps1 ,miniature #dcd ,electric ,lamps1 ,testing #cad ,electric ,light ,circuit1 ,experiments with #ej ,electric ,lighting1 ,miniature #ajd ,electric ,lights1 ,turned ,on and off from ,different ,places #bje ,electric ,lock #fj1 #aaj ,electric ,lock for ,sliding ,door #hi ,electric ,lock1 ,simple #fj ,electric ,locomotive1 ,miniature1 ,how to ,make #afe ,electric ,motor #dja ,electric ,motor1 ,novel #cie ,electric ,motor1 ,small #bad1 #bbb1 #cde ,electric ,pendant ,switch1 ,how to ,make #caj ,electric ,piano1 ,how to ,make #bdg ,electric ,plug1 ,homemade #dcj ,electric ,postcard ,projector #aie ,electric ,rat ,exterminator #ceh ,electric ,shock1 ,to ,give ,while ,shaking ,hands #acc ,electric ,shocker for ,garbage ,cans #id ,electric ,stove4 ,homemade #ca1 #bgc ,electric ,terminals1 ,varnish for #cgf ,electric ,time ,alarm #dcc ,electric ,toaster1 ,how to ,make #cg ,electric ,walking ,stick #dac ,electric ,wires1 ,flexible1 ,adjuster for #chf ,electricity1 ,to ,discharge ,toy ,cannon by #ei ,electricity2 ,to ,explode ,powder with #ec ,electricity1 ,writing with #gd ,electrodeposition1 ,copies ,made from ,wax ,molds by #aeg ,electrolytic ,rectifier1 ,how to ,make #aig ,electromagnet1 ,floating #aeb ,electroplating1 ,easy ,method of #hh ,electroscope1 ,how to ,make #ajc ,electrostatic ,illumination #bii ,emery ,wheel ,arbors1 ,washers for #cei ,enameling a ,bicycle ,frame #che ,engine1 ,electric #bgf ,engine1 ,gasoline1 ,how to ,make #bjg ,engine1 ,model ,steam #a ,engine1 ,steam1 ,made from ,gas ,pipe and ,fittings #ahd ,engine1 ,toy ,steam1 ,how to ,make #gc ,engine1 ,turbine1 ,how to ,make #cee ,equatorial1 ,homemade #bjd1 #bec ,equilibrator for ,model ,aeroplanes #aa ,experiment1 ,center of ,gravity #cjb ,experiment1 ,electric #cgg ,experiment1 ,electric ,blue ,light #dg ,experiment1 ,heat and ,expansion #abd ,experiment1 ,phonograph #aje ,experiment1 ,telephone #acg ,experiment with a ,vacuum #dci ,experiment with ,colored ,electric ,lamps #ec ,experiment with ,heat #acd ,experiment with ,incandescent ,lamp #dbg ,experiment with ,two ,foot ,rule and ,hammer #ajf ,experiment1 ,x-,ray #aij ,experiments1 ,electric ,lamp #abj1 #aca ,experiments1 ,electrical1 ,reversing ,switch for #ib ,experiments with a ,mirror #dcd ,experiments with ,electric ,light ,circuit #ej ,eye1 ,blind ,spot in1 ,to ,find #abi ,eyeglasses1 ,holding ,firm #cae ,f ,fan1 ,wooden1 ,how to ,make #ccb ,faucet ,used as an ,emergency ,plug #cdc ,feed ,box for ,chickens #bib ,file1 ,chalking #ai ,file1 ,sharpening ,skates with #cjf ,file ,soft ,metals1 ,how to #djf ,film ,washing ,trough #cca ,films1 ,drying #dab ,films1 ,frame for ,drying #ddf ,filter1 ,simple and ,effective #bgh ,filtering with a ,small ,funnel #be ,finger ,mathematics #aha ,finger1 ,removing ,tight ,fitting ,ring from #cfa ,fingers1 ,protecting from ,chemicals #bhc ,fire ,alarm1 ,cheap #dg ,fire ,alarm1 ,electric1 ,how to ,make #dcj ,fire ,alarm1 ,simple1 ,how to ,make #cei ,fire ,extinguisher1 ,homemade #cea ,fire1 ,making with the ,aid of ,ice #cch ,fire ,screen1 ,how to ,make #hb ,fire ,screen4 ,leaded ,glass #bie ,fish ,bait #aeb ,fish1 ,one ,way to ,cook #bjf ,fishhook ,box #cgi ,fishing through ,ice1 ,signals for #aj1 #bha1 #chj ,flag1 ,brass1 ,how to ,make #bff ,flatiron ,rest #ai ,flier1 ,toy1 ,how to ,make #dbi ,flint ,arrowhead1 ,how to ,make #bc ,floor ,polisher1 ,homemade #aj1 #cej ,flour ,sifter #g ,flower1 ,magic ,growing #bdd ,flower ,pot ,stand #cc ,flower ,pots1 ,clay1 ,used for ,bird ,houses #bgg ,flower ,pots1 ,window ,shelf for #bib ,flower ,stand1 ,iron #cec ,flowers1 ,cut1 ,to ,longer ,preserve #dai ,flowers1 ,decoloration of #bhh ,flush ,valve1 ,repairing a ,washer on #cdd ,fob1 ,shoestring ,watch1 ,how to ,weave #bhe ,fob1 ,watch1 ,how to ,make #ab1 #bbc ,food4 ,keeping ,cool in ,camps #ba ,football1 ,tying ,knot for #acc ,footrest1 ,child's1 on an ,ordinary ,chair #dec ,footwear1 ,drier for #bbi ,forks1 ,balancing on a ,pin ,head #dbg ,foundry ,work at ,home #ie ,fountain for an ,ordinary ,pen #dej ,fountain ,pen1 ,ordinary ,pen ,used as #ded ,fountain ,pen ,used as a ,ruler #cai ,fountain ,pens1 ,leaking1 ,remedy for #cij ,frame1 ,brass1 in ,repouss #bcg ,frost1 ,to ,keep ,windows ,free from #ced ,fuming of ,oak #aif ,funnel4 ,eggshell #ic ,funnel1 ,filtering with #be ,funnel1 ,glass #dab ,funnel1 ,horn ,used as #g ,funnel1 ,temporary #bge ,funnel1 ,venting a #cah ,furnace1 ,brass1 ,how to ,build #aae ,furnace1 ,door ,opener for #hc ,furnace ,draft4 ,alarm ,clock to ,pull ,up #ajg ,furnace ,draft ,opener1 ,automatic #ajb ,furnace1 ,electric1 ,how to ,make #dh ,furnace ,regulator1 ,electric1 ,how to ,make #chh ,furniture1 ,cleaning #ahe ,furniture1 ,cleaning ,leather on #ac ,furniture1 ,drawing of #bid ,furniture--,library ,set in ,pyro-,carving #djg ,furniture--,rustic ,seat #dda ,furnlture--,table1 ,mission ,library1 ,how to ,make #ada ,furniture1 ,tightening ,cane ,in #bcj ,g ,galvanometer1 ,tangent1 ,how to ,make #aej ,galvanoscope1 ,how to ,make #fh ,game-,baseball1 ,playing with a ,pocket ,knife #bej ,game-,bottle ,pushers #dji ,game1 ,chinese ,outdoor #agf ,game ,played on the ,ice #baf ,garbage ,can1 ,keeping ,animals ,away from #id ,gas ,cannon #aig ,gas ,jet1 ,ringing a ,bell by ,touching #djc ,gas ,jet1 ,shade ,holder ,bracket for #dai ,gas1 ,to ,light without ,matches #cid ,gasoline ,burner for ,model ,work #ee ,gasoline ,engine1 ,homemade #bjg ,gauge1 ,carpenter's #ai ,gauge1 ,drill #beb ,gauge1 ,rain1 ,how to ,make #fd ,gauntlets on ,gloves #bff ,gear ,cutting ,attachment for ,small ,lathes #afg ,gear for ,model ,work #bbe ,gear ,wheels1 ,small1 ,to ,make without a ,lathe #df ,geissler ,tuhe1 ,how to ,make #aed ,glass ,blowing and ,forming #dbj ,glass ,cleaning ,solution #ca ,glass1 ,effect of ,radium on #aaf ,glass1 ,emergency ,magnifying #cje ,glass1 ,fire ,screen1 ,leaded #bie ,glass ,funnel1 ,emergency #dab ,glass1 ,ground1 ,imitating #bid ,glass1 ,ground1 ,substitute #bee ,glass ,letters1 ,removing from ,windows #cai ,glass1 ,magnifying1 ,how to ,make #cig ,glass1 ,photograph ,prints ,mounted on #bca ,glass ,plates1 ,piercing with a ,spark ,coil #dbf ,glass ,tube1 ,to ,make a ,bulb on #cbd ,gilder1 ,how to ,make #aga ,gloves1 ,cleaner for #cjb ,gloves1 ,gauntlets on #bff ,gold ,leaf1 ,covering ,signals with #ahi ,gouge ,used as a ,bit #daa ,gramophone ,records1 ,cracked1 ,repairing #bd ,grape ,arbor1 ,how to ,build #gc ,gravity ,batteries1 ,why ,fail #aae ,gravity ,experiment #cjb ,grease ,stains1 ,removing from ,book #bcj ,grease1 ,to ,remove from ,machinery #baf ,greasing the ,front ,wheels of an ,automobile #cbj ,grills1 ,rope1 ,how to ,make #bgg ,ground ,glass1 ,imitating #bid ,guitar ,that ,is ,easy to ,make #cbj ,gummed ,paper1 ,substitute for #cae ,gun ,barrels1 ,bursting of #cjd ,gun1 ,toy1 for ,throwing ,cardboard ,squares #bfi ,gymnasium4 ,outdoor3 ,part ,i-,the ,horizontal ,bar #bih ,part ,,ii-,parallel ,bars #cja ,part ,,iii-,the ,horse #cjc ,h ,hacksaw ,blade1 ,knife ,made from #bic ,hammock1 ,barrel ,stave #ge ,hammock1 ,how to ,make #daj ,hand ,car ,made of ,pipe and ,fittings #ddj ,hand1 ,magic ,spirit #b ,handbag1 ,ladies'1 ,how to ,make #bac ,handbag1 ,removing #cf ,cannon ,balls from #bef ,handkerchlef ,mended after ,being ,cut and ,torn #aih ,handkerchief ,trick1 ,vanishing #cai ,handle1 ,opengng1 for a ,stamp ,pad #bc ,handle1 ,tying ,paper ,bag to ,make #aj ,hanger1 ,trousers1 ,how to ,make #adc1 #cfi ,hangers1 ,tool #dec ,hardening ,copper #bjf ,harmonograph1 ,line #cd ,hat4 ,to ,hang on a ,lead ,pencil #acc ,hatpins1 ,sealing ,wax1 ,how to ,make #age ,hats1 ,felt1 ,packing ,cut from #bjg ,heat and ,expansion #abd ,heat1 ,cardboard ,spiral ,turned by #bbf ,heat1 ,experiment with #acd ,heat ,regulator1 ,electric #cdd ,hectograph1 ,homemade #bdj1 #cbf ,hinge1 ,broom ,holder ,made of #cc ,hinges1 ,imitation ,fancy ,wings on #bbd ,hinges1 ,leather1 ,metal ,covering for #da ,hole1 ,square1 ,how to ,bore #agi ,hole1 ,threaded1 ,sizing #bie ,holes1 ,boring ,in ,cork #h ,holes1 ,circular4 ,cutting ,in ,thin ,sheet ,metal #ce ,holes1 ,different ,shaped1 ,fitting ,plug in #abb ,horn1 ,electric1 ,how to ,make #bah ,horn1 ,paper ,phonograph1 ,how to ,make #ga ,horn ,used as ,funnel #g ,horsepower of ,small ,motors1 ,finding #bch ,house1 ,building ,in a ,tree ,top #adf ,hydrogen ,generator1 ,constant ,pressure #gj ,hydrogen ,generator1 ,small ,electrical #ed ,hygrometer1 ,how to ,make #ga1 #adj ,i ,ice ,boat1 ,how to ,build #ceg ,ice ,boating #chb ,ice1 ,bottle ,pushing on #dji ,ice ,chisel1 ,handy #fa ,ice1 ,fish ,signal for ,fishing through #aj ,ice1 ,fishing through #bha ,ice1 ,game ,played on #baf ,ice1 ,making a ,fire with the ,aid of #cch ,ice1 ,merry-,go-,round ,whirl on #chj ,ice1 ,peculiar ,properties of #ajj ,ice1 ,signals for ,fishing through #chj ,ice ,skates1 ,hollow ,grinding #bca ,ice ,yacht4 ,how to ,build #cjg ,illusion1 ,balloon ,ascension #cjj ,illusion ,box1 ,electric #ace ,illusion for ,window ,attraction #bci ,illusion4 ,miniature ,pepper's ,ghost #eb ,illusion1 ,roller ,coaster #bic ,illusion1 ,rolling ,uphill #cfa ,illusions1 ,optical #gd1 #ii1 #acj1 #ahc1 #bjf1 #cdh1 #cfd ,incandescent ,lamp1 ,experiment with #dbg ,indian ,clubs1 ,weighting #cah ,indicator1 ,electric1 for a ,wind ,vane #cdh ,induction ,call1 ,how to ,make #ach ,induction ,coil1 ,lighting an ,incandescent ,lamp with #aab ,induction ,call1 ,small ,medical1 ,how to ,make #fc ,induction ,coils1 ,circuit ,breaker for #aja ,induction ,calls4 ,mercury ,make and ,break ,connections for #ahg ,induction ,motor1 ,single ,phase1 ,how to ,make #abd ,ink ,bottle ,cork1 ,steel ,pen ,used in #aag ,ink ,spots1 ,removing #aca ,inkstand1 ,ornamental ,metal #cae ,insulating ,aluminum ,wire #cjf ,insulating ,cleats1 ,substitute for #cdh ,insulation1 ,removing from ,wire #bac ,interrupter1 ,how to ,make #ea ,iodine ,stains1 ,removing #dbe ,iron ,castings1 ,putty for #bfi ,iron ,flower ,stand1 ,ornamental #cec ,iron ,polisher #bhf ,iron ,rest for an ,ironing ,board #bhh ,iron ,work1 ,ornamental1 ,easy ,designs in #cgj ,ironing ,board ,stand1 ,how to ,make #ag1 #dbi ,irrigating with ,tomato ,cans #dej ,j ,jelly ,making ,stand #bij ,jewelry1 ,how to ,clean #cec ,jig ,saw ,puzzle1 ,photographic #cfa ,joint1 ,dovetail #bi ,jump ,spark ,coil1 ,how to ,make #aac ,k ,kennel1 ,concrete #bc ,kennel ,door1 ,automatic ,closing #cb ,kerosene1 ,used in ,polishing ,metals #cfd ,kettle1 ,spoon holder ,on #bd ,kettles1 ,spoon ,rest for #cjd ,key ,forms1 ,preserving #ded ,key1 ,removing from a ,double ,string #agi ,kiln1 ,pottery #fb ,kitchen1 ,novelty ,clock for #cfj ,kitchen ,utensil--,baking ,pan #ac ,kitchen ,utensil--,cherry ,seeder #bi ,kitchen ,utensil--,chopping ,board #ai ,kitchen ,utensil--,egg-,beater1 ,how to ,make #bia ,kitchen ,utensil--,elderberry ,huller #cbc ,kitchen ,utensil--,flour ,sifter #g ,kitchen ,utensil for ,removing ,pies from ,pans #bge ,kitchen ,utensil--,homemade ,toaster #aci ,kitchen ,utensil--,hot ,dish ,holder #g ,kitchen ,utensil--,hot ,plate ,lifter #cah ,kitchen ,utensil--,jelly ,making ,stand #bij ,kitchen ,utensil--,knife ,sharpener #cgi ,kitchen ,utensil--,ladle and ,strainer1 ,combined #cjb ,kitchen ,utensil--,pot ,cover ,closet #af ,kitchen ,utensil--,pot ,covers1 ,homemade #big ,kitchen ,utensil--,querl1 ,versatile #bh ,kitchen ,utensil--,salad ,dressing ,mixer #af ,kitchen ,utensil--,spoon ,rest for ,kettles #bd1 #cjd ,kitchen ,utensil--,tool for ,lifting ,can ,covers #ceb ,kitchen ,utensil--,vegetable ,slicer #dac ,kite ,balancing ,strings1 ,rubber ,bands in #bgj ,kite1 ,box1 ,how to ,make #eh ,kite1 ,chinese1 ,how to ,make and ,fly #baj ,kite ,reel4 ,homemade #aef ,kite1 ,tailless #deh ,kites of ,many ,kinds and ,how to ,make ,them #cia ,knife ,blade1 ,worn1 ,repairing #bbh ,knife ,made from ,hacksaw ,blade #bic ,knife1 ,pocket1 ,playing ,baseball with #bej ,knife ,sharpener1 ,kitchen #cgi ,knot1 ,magic #aih ,knot ,trick #afg ,knot1 ,tying for ,football #acc ,l ,ladle and ,strainer1 ,combined #cjb ,ladle1 ,babbitt #bfd ,ladle for ,melting ,babbitt #agc ,lamp1 ,acetylene1 ,lighting #dja ,lamp1 ,arc #acb ,lamp ,cord1 ,flexible1 ,holder for #cag ,lamp ,cords1 ,flexible1 ,clasp for ,holding #bfg ,lamp1 ,flash1 ,how to ,make #agd ,lamp1 ,homemade ,pocket #adi ,lamp1 ,incandescent1 ,experiment with #dbg ,lamp1 ,incandescent1 ,lighting with an ,induction ,coil #aab ,lamp1 ,quickly ,made #cbi ,lamp ,sockets1 ,miniature ,electric4 ,how to ,make #bgj ,lamp ,stand and ,shade1 ,how to ,make #adg ,lamps1 ,electric1 ,testing #cad ,lamps1 ,miniature ,electric #dcd ,lamps1 ,to ,make ,burn ,brightly #cfd ,lantern1 ,camper's ,makeshift #bff ,lantern1 ,darkroom1 ,how to ,make #ad1 #cdj ,lantern1 ,homemade #afc ,lantern1 ,magic1 ,how to ,make #cbh ,lantern1 ,magic1 ,using ,sun's ,light in #bea ,lantern ,slide ,masks1 ,cutting #bde ,lantern ,slides1 ,blueprint1 ,how to ,make #abj ,lantern ,slides1 ,how to ,make #abg1 #bbj ,lantern ,slides1 ,tinted1 ,how to ,make #add ,lathe1 ,bench1 ,made of ,pipe ,fittings #caf ,lathe1 ,how to ,make #hf ,lathe1 ,making ,gear ,wheels without #df ,lathe1 ,wood ,turning1 ,to ,make ,out of an ,old ,sewing ,machine #djc ,lathe ,work1 ,calipering #beh ,lathes1 ,small1 ,gear ,cutting ,attachment for #afg ,laundry ,device--,clothes ,rack #ad ,laundry ,device--,clothesline1 ,double1 ,support for #cah ,laundry ,device--,iron ,rest #ai ,laundry ,device--,iron ,rest for an ,ironing ,board #bhh ,laundry ,device--,ironing ,board ,stand #ag1 #dbi ,laundry ,device--,sad ,iron ,polisher #bhf ,laundry ,device--,washboard ,holder #ci ,lavatories1 ,sleeve ,holders for #ag ,lead ,cannon1 ,how to ,make #cch ,lead1 ,melting in ,tissue ,paper #ahe ,lead ,pencil ,rheostat1 ,how to ,make #ade ,leaf1 ,photograph ,printed on #cfb ,leather ,card case1 ,how to ,make #cej ,leather ,hinges1 ,metal ,coverings for #da ,leather on ,furniture1 ,cleaning #ac ,leather1 ,softening #adj ,leather ,spectacle ,case1 ,how to ,make #bbh ,leather1 ,table ,mat of1 ,how to ,make #bhf ,leather ,work1 ,arts and ,crafts #afh ,letter ,holder of ,pierced ,metal #bid ,lettering on a ,dark ,ground1 ,paint for #agj ,lettering with a ,carpenter's ,pencil #cjf ,letters1 ,glass1 ,removing from ,windows #cai ,levitation-,modern ,stage ,trick #dei ,library ,set in ,pyro-,carving #djg ,life ,buoy1 ,how to ,make #dcb ,life preserver1 ,homemade #d ,light ,gas without ,matches1 ,to #cid ,light1 ,post or ,swinging1 ,homemade #ahi ,light ,trick1 ,invisible #bea ,lightning ,arrester1 ,how to ,make #abb ,lightning1 ,photographing #abd1 #agf ,lights1 ,turning ,on and ,off from any ,number of ,places #caj ,linoleum1 ,how to ,repair #bgc ,liquids-,splashes1 ,study of #afd ,lock1 ,automatic #ajf ,lock1 ,electric #fj1 #aaj ,lock1 ,electric1 for a ,sliding ,door #hi ,lock1 ,homemade ,pneumatic #fe ,lock1 ,lubricating #aea ,lock1 ,secret ,door #f ,lock1 ,spring1 ,protection of #gb ,lock1 ,trunk1 ,how to ,attach #acd ,lock1 ,window #cig ,locking ,several ,drawers with ,one ,lock #cad ,locomotive1 ,miniature ,electric1 ,how to ,make #afe ,log1 ,to ,cross ,stream on #id ,lubricant for ,wood ,screws #acg ,lubricate ,sheet ,metal1 ,to #fi ,lubricating a ,lock #aea ,m ,machinery1 ,to ,remove ,grease from #baf ,magazine ,binder1 ,to ,make #djf ,magazine ,clamp1 ,how to ,make #dce ,magazine1 ,how to ,bind #dj1 #ef ,magic ,box ,escape #g ,magic-,electric ,illusion ,box #ace ,magic ,lantern1 ,homemade #cbh ,magic1 ,old ,time #afg1 #age1 #agf1 #agi1 #aic1 #aih1 #bcd1 #bdd1 #bea1 #bef1 #dbg ,magic1 ,parlor1 for ,winter ,evenings #ij ,magic ,spirit ,hand #b ,magic-,violin1 ,making ,spirits ,play #bie ,magnet for the ,work ,basket #bib ,magnifying ,glass1 ,emergency #cje ,magnifying ,glass1 ,homemade #cig ,mahogany1 ,filler for #aci ,mail ,photographs1 ,how to #cab ,mail1 ,sending ,coins by #bhg ,marble1 ,rolling #aia ,massage1 ,electric ,battery #add ,mat1 ,wrestling #ccj ,match1 ,chain ,made from #caa ,match ,holder of ,wood and ,metal4 ,how to ,make #bhb ,match1 ,how to ,relight #ddd ,match ,safe1 ,homemade #aid ,mathematics1 ,finger #aha ,mattresses1 ,handling #ai ,measuring the ,height of a ,tree #cgf ,medical ,induction ,coil1 ,how to ,make #fc ,mercury ,make and ,break ,connections for ,induction ,coils #ahg ,merry-,go-,round1 ,how to ,build #cei ,merry-,go-,round ,swing4 ,how to ,make #aca ,merry-,go-,round ,thriller #bji ,merry-,go-,round ,whirl on ,ice #chj ,metal ,coverings for ,leather ,hinges #da ,metal ,inkstand1 ,ornamental #cae ,metal1 ,melting in the ,flame of a ,match #ddi ,metal1 ,pierced1 ,letter ,holder of #bid ,metal1 ,sheet1 ,sawing #bia ,metal1 ,sheet1 ,to ,lubricate #fi ,metal1 ,thin ,sheet1 ,cutting ,circular ,holes in #ce ,metal ,whisk ,broom ,holder #bba ,metals1 ,soft1 ,how to ,file #djf ,metals1 ,use of ,kerosene ,in ,polishing #cfd ,mice and ,rats1 ,killing #bic ,micrometer1 ,homemade #acj ,microscope1 ,homemade #dcc ,microscope1 ,small1 ,how to ,make #djh ,microscope without a ,lens #gf ,minnow ,trap1 ,how to ,make #cij ,mirror1 ,experiments with #dcd ,model ,aeroplanes4 ,equilibrator for #aa ,model ,steam ,engine #a ,model1 ,steamboat #baf ,model ,work1 ,gasoline ,burner for #ee ,model ,work1 ,gear for #bbe ,model ,work1 ,three ,way ,cock for #ej ,mold1 ,removing from ,wallpaper #cbj ,monoplane ,weather ,vane #cij ,moon1 ,new1 photographing #agd ,motor1 ,battery1 ,controller and ,reverse for #gb ,motor1 ,battery1 ,reversing #dje ,motor1 ,electric #bad1 #cde1 #cie4 #dja ,motor1 ,reversing #aje ,motor1 ,single ,phase ,induction #abd ,motor1 ,small1 ,controller for #db ,motor1 ,small1 ,how to ,make #dbh ,motor1 ,water #ff1 #caa ,motorcycle ,drives ,washing ,machine #bai ,motors1 ,small1 ,finding ,horsepower of #bch ,mouse ,trap #aab1 #aih1 #bic1 #cie1 #dej ,music ,cabinet1 ,how to ,make #gg ,music1 ,furnace1 ,to ,transmit to a ,distance #ajg ,n ,nail ,holes1 ,filling #he ,nail1 ,to ,hang ,heavy ,things on #cbc ,nails1 ,iron ,shingle1 ,life of #bdd ,necktie ,holder1 ,homemade #cfi ,negatives4 ,broken1 ,restoring #cgg ,nickel1 ,polish for #aab ,nostril1 ,child's1 ,removing ,button from #bcg ,nut ,cracking ,block #bij ,nuts1 ,tightening #aee ,nutshell ,photograph ,novelty #bd ,o ,oak1 ,fuming of #aif ,optical ,illusion #gd1 #ii1 #acj1 #ahc1 #bjf1 #cdh1 #cfd ,optical ,top #fi ,ornaments1 ,christmas ,tree1 ,repairing #aa ,p ,packing1 ,cut from ,felt ,hats #bjg ,paint ,brushes1 ,care of #bfg ,paint1 ,cause of ,sagging #cdj ,paint for ,lettering on a ,dark ,ground #agj ,paint1 ,old1 ,removing #cif ,paint1 ,sealing ,up #cfc ,painting an ,automobile #ceg ,painting ,over ,putty #acf ,painting ,yellow ,pine #aea ,paints1 ,to ,prevent from ,crawling #ee ,paints--,water ,color ,box #beg ,pan1 ,baking #ac ,paper ,aeroplane1 ,how to ,make #cbi ,paper ,bag1 ,tying to ,make a ,handle #aj ,paper ,bags1 ,use for #ai ,paper ,boat1 ,how to ,make #cba ,paper1 ,gummed1 ,substitute for #cae ,paper1 ,smoothing after ,erasing #bi ,paper1 ,to ,remove from ,stamps #bcd ,paper under an ,inverted ,bottle1 ,withdrawing #cc ,parachutes and ,darts1 ,toy #ceb ,paraffin ,wire1 ,how to #afa ,pen1 ,fountain1 ,ordinary ,pen used as #dej1 #ded ,pen1 ,fountain1 ,used as a ,ruler #cai ,pen1 ,steel1 ,used in ,ink ,bottle ,cork #aag ,pencil1 ,carpenter's1 ,lettering with #cjf ,pens1 ,corrosion of1 ,preventing #beg ,pens1 ,leaking ,fountain1 ,remedy for #cij ,pepper's ,ghost ,illusion1 ,miniature #eb ,percolator1 ,plant ,food #beh ,perfume ,making ,outfit #cfc ,phoneidoscope #djg ,phonograph ,experiment #aje ,phonograph1 ,homemade #bhi ,phonograph ,horn1 ,paper1 ,how to ,make #ga ,phonograph ,music1 ,to ,transmit to a ,distance #ajg ,phonograph ,record ,cabinet #gi1 #dcc ,phonograph ,reproducer1 ,relieving ,weight of #bde ,phonograph ,spring4 ,broken1 ,repairing #caf ,phonograph1 ,steadying #bad ,phonograph1 ,thorns ,used as ,needles on #dec ,photograph ,letters1 ,spelling ,names with #bcb ,photograph ,mounts1 ,rough ,a,iligator #dbd ,photograph ,novelty1 ,nutshell #bd ,photograph of a ,clown ,face #ahj ,photograph ,postcards1 ,drying #dec ,photograph ,print ,washing ,tank #acf ,photograph ,printed on a ,leaf #cfb ,photograph ,prints1 ,drying ,flat #ch ,photograph ,prints1 ,drying ,without ,curling #dbe ,photograph ,prints1 ,mounting on ,glass #bca ,photograph ,prints1 ,stretcher for ,drying #bge ,photographic ,jig-,saw ,puzzle #cfa ,photographing a ,man in a ,bottle #gd ,photographing ,lightning #abd1 #agf ,photographing the ,new ,moon #agd ,photographing the ,north ,star #ddc ,photographs1 ,freak1 ,making of #aaj1 #ddj ,photographs1 ,how to ,mail #cab ,photographs in ,relief ,easily ,made #dca ,photographs1 ,mounting in ,plaster ,plaques #bhg ,photographs on ,watch ,dials1 ,making #chf ,photographs4 ,to ,print on ,silk #cif ,photography--,background ,frame1 ,take ,down1 ,how to ,make #aef ,photography--,changing ,bag for ,plate ,holders #bab ,photography--,copying ,stand #adi ,photography--,darkroom ,lantern1 ,how to ,make #cdj ,photography--,darkroom1 ,small1 ,building #bf ,photography--,developing ,box1 ,how to ,make #bbj ,photography--,developing ,tray #bfi ,photography--,developing ,tray1 ,cracked1 ,repairing #bfj ,photography--,duplicator for ,box ,cameras #cfc ,photography--,enlarging from ,life in the ,camera #aaa1 #aag ,photography--,film ,negatives1 ,how to ,keep #aid ,photography--,film ,washing ,trough #cca ,photography--,films1 ,drying #dab ,photography--,films1 ,frame for ,drying #ddf ,photography-,green ,prints1 ,paper ,that ,makes #aeg ,photography-,kits for the ,camera #aei ,photography-,negative ,washer1 ,adjustable1 ,how to ,make #adc ,photography-,negatives1 ,broken1 ,restoring #cgg ,photography-,paper ,stuck to ,negative1 ,to ,remove #bej ,photography-,pictures1 ,four1 on ,one ,plate #df ,photography-,printing ,frame ,stand #abc ,photography-,prints1 ,overexposed ,developing1 ,saving #af ,photography-,proofs1 ,making before ,negative ,dries #cc ,photography-,ray ,filter1 ,substitute for #abj ,photography-,toning ,blue ,on ,bromide and ,platinum #ca ,photography-,tripod ,holder1 ,homemade #bhd ,piano1 ,electric1 ,how to ,make #bdg ,picture ,frame1 ,etched ,copper1 ,how to ,make #dad ,pies1 ,removing from ,pans #bge ,pin ,ball1 ,how to ,make #cad ,pine1 ,yellow1 ,painting #aea ,pipe and ,fittings1 ,hand ,car ,made of #ddj ,pipe and ,fittings1 ,hand ,sled ,made of #cje ,pipe ,fittings1 ,bench ,lathe ,made of #caf ,pipe ,fittings1 ,uses for #fa ,pipe1 ,gas1 and ,fittings1 ,steam ,engine ,made from #ahd ,pipe ,rack1 ,bent ,iron #cje ,planing ,octagonal ,wood ,pieces1 ,block for #bic ,plant ,food ,percolator #beh ,plaques1 ,photo ,silhouette ,brass #bag ,plaques1 ,plaster1 ,mounting ,photos in #bhg ,plaster of ,paris1 ,how to ,mix #aaj ,plaster1 ,porous1 ,removing #da ,plate ,lifter1 ,hot #cah ,plug1 ,electric1 ,how to ,make #dcj ,plug1 ,emergency1 ,faucet ,used as #cdc ,plug1 ,fitting in ,different ,shaped ,holes #abb ,plumb-,bob ,line1 ,adjusting #bbi ,pocket ,lamp1 ,homemade #adi ,pockets for ,spools of ,thread #ac ,polish1 ,aluminum #dbh ,polish for ,nickel #aab ,polish1 ,stove #acc1 #beb ,polisher1 ,floor #aj1 #cej ,polishing ,cloths for ,silver #cb ,polishing ,flat ,surfaces #bbi ,polishing ,metals1 ,use of ,kerosene in #cfd ,porch ,swing ,chair #abh ,portfolio1 ,how to ,make #bbe ,portieres1 ,japanese1 ,how to ,make #bfe ,postcar ,holder1 ,how to ,make #cfc ,postcard ,projector1 ,electric #aie ,postcard ,rack #be ,postcards1 ,photograph #dec ,postcards1 ,unreadable1 ,key ,card for ,writing #ce ,pot ,cover1 ,closet #af ,pot ,covers1 ,homemade #big ,pottery ,kiln1 ,homemade #fb ,poultry1 ,feed ,box for #bib ,poultry ,feeder1 ,alarm ,clock #gi ,powder1 to ,explode with ,electricity #ec ,propelling ,vehicle1 ,how to ,make #djb ,pulley1 ,grooved1 ,made from ,sheet ,tin #dab ,pump1 ,rotary1 ,how to ,make #ha ,punch4 ,piercing1 for ,brass #ai ,punching ,bag ,platform1 ,adjustable #bfg ,punt1 ,homemade #abc ,purse1 ,coin1 ,how to ,make #ced ,putty1 ,blacking #cgf ,putty for ,iron ,castings #bfi ,putty ,grinder #aia ,putty1 ,painting over #acf ,putty1 ,to ,preserve #aba ,puzzle1 ,checker ,board #ahi1 #bcc ,puzzle1 ,dovetail ,joint #bcf ,puzzle1 ,photographic ,jig ,saw #cfa ,puzzle1 ,wire #cgh ,pyro-,carving1 ,library ,set in #djg ,q ,quartz ,electrodes ,used in ,receiving ,wireless ,messages #agj ,querl1 ,versatile #bh ,quilting ,frames1 ,folding #beh ,r ,rabbit ,trap1 ,homemade #bcc ,rabbit ,trap1 ,self ,setting1 ,how to ,make #aeh ,rabbits1 ,trap for #cie ,rack1 ,bent ,iron ,pipe #cje ,rack1 ,clothes #ad ,rack1 ,cup and ,saucer #aje ,rack for ,displaying ,coins #bbj ,rack1 ,postcard #be ,rack1 ,shoe #adf ,radium ,affects ,glass #aaf ,rain ,gauge1 ,how to ,make #fd ,rat ,exterminator1 ,electric #ceh ,rat ,traps #bij1 #cie ,rats and ,mice1 ,killing #bic ,rats1 ,keeping from a ,chicken ,coop #ceb ,ray ,filter1 ,substitute for #abj ,reel1 ,kite #aef ,relay ,made from an ,electric ,bell #id ,rheostat1 ,battery #hj1 #dde ,rheostat1 ,lead ,pencil1 ,how to ,make #ade ,rheostat1 ,water #gh ,rheostat1 ,water1 ,how to ,make #dc ,ring1 ,finger1 ,how to ,make #ci ,ring1 ,tight ,fitting1 ,removing from ,finger #cfa ,roller ,coaster ,illusion #bic ,roller ,skates1 ,homemade #chf ,rope ,grills1 ,how to ,make #bgg ,rubber ,bands in ,kite ,balancing ,strings #bgj ,rubber ,stamps1 ,how to ,make #cic ,rubber ,tip for ,chair ,legs #bbi ,rule and ,hammer1 ,experiment with #ajf ,ruler1 ,fountain ,pen ,used as #cai ,s ,sack ,trick #bea ,sail1 ,to ,attach to a ,bicycle #dbe ,sailomobile1 ,how to ,make #cbf1 #dae ,sails1 ,boat1 ,revolving a ,wheel with #aeb ,sails for ,skaters #cha ,salad ,dressing1 ,aid in ,mixing #af ,sandpaper1 ,to ,keep from ,slipping #cgf ,saw1 ,bracket1 ,how to ,make #db ,saw1 ,homemade ,scroll #aa ,sawing ,sheet ,metal #chi ,scissors1 ,removing from a ,card #age ,scissors1 ,sharpening #dai ,sconce1 ,how to ,make #cbe ,scoop1 ,shot #bcj ,screen1 ,fire1 ,how to ,make #hb ,screw1 ,tightening with ,lead #bcc ,screws1 ,inserting in ,hardwood #cah ,screws1 ,wood1 ,lubricant for #acg ,sealing ,wax ,bent ,while ,cold #fa ,sealing ,wax ,hatpins1 ,how to ,make #age ,seals1 ,clear ,wax ,impressions from #dej ,searchlight1 ,self ,lighting ,arc #i ,searchlight1 ,small1 ,how to ,make #ccf ,seat1 ,rustic #dda ,settee1 ,homemade #che ,sewing ,bag1 ,how to ,make #chf ,sewing ,machine1 ,old ,wood ,turning ,lathe ,made ,out of #djc ,screw1 ,to ,hold on a ,screwdriver #ccg ,scroll ,saw1 ,homemade #aa ,shade1 ,candle1 ,how to ,make #aia ,shade1 ,fastening to a ,roller #dac ,shade ,holder ,bracket for a ,gas ,jet #dai ,shaving ,mug1 ,traveler's #i ,shelf ,arrangement1 ,convenient #dac ,shelf1 ,mission ,bracket #ci ,shelf1 ,turn ,down1 for a ,small ,space #add ,shelf1 ,window1 for ,flower ,pots #bib ,shellac ,gum1 ,dissolving #abd ,shocking ,machine1 ,homemade #aci ,shoe ,horn1 ,substitute #be ,shoe ,rack1 ,homemade #adf ,shoe ,scraper #dac ,shoes1 ,skating1 ,how to ,make #aeh ,shoes1 ,white1 ,cleaner for #bci ,shoestring ,watch ,fob1 ,how to ,weave #bhe ,shot ,scoop #bcj ,shower ,bath1 ,homemade #ae ,signals1 ,covering with ,gold ,leaf #ahi ,signals for ,fishing ,through ,ice #aj1 #chj ,silhouette ,brass ,plaques1 ,making #bag ,silhouettes1 ,how to ,make #fh ,silk1 ,to ,print ,photographs on #cif ,silver1 ,cleaning #cje1 #cdd ,silver ,plating ,outfit1 ,small1 ,to ,make #cfj ,silver1 ,polishing ,cloths for #cb ,sink or ,bathtub ,stopper1 ,substitute #dbi ,sizing a ,threaded ,hole #bie ,skate ,sharpener1 ,pocket1 ,how to ,make #aff ,skater1 ,winged #cha ,skates1 ,ice1 ,hollow ,grinding #bca ,skates1 ,roller1 ,how to ,make #chf ,skates1 ,sharpening with a ,file #cjf ,skating ,shoes1 ,how to ,make #aeh ,ski1 ,norwegian #chd ,skidoo-,skidee ,trick1 ,scientific ,explanation of #afb ,skis and ,ski-,toboggans1 ,making #c ,sled1 ,barrel ,stave #chc ,sled1 ,bicycle #aeg ,sled1 ,bicycle ,coasting1 ,how to ,make #bca ,sled1 ,hand1 ,made of ,pipe and ,fittings #cje ,sled1 ,toboggan1 ,how to ,make #dd1 #chd ,sled1 ,yankee #djh ,sleds1 ,coaster1 ,rocker ,blocks on #bbc ,sleeve ,bands1 ,bicycle ,trouser ,guards as #bhc ,sleeve ,holders for ,lavatories #ag ,sleigh1 ,chair #chc ,sleigh1 ,running #cha ,sling1 ,crossbow and ,arrow1 ,how to ,make #cci ,snow ,house1 ,eskimo1 ,how to ,make #e ,snowshoes1 ,homemade #i ,solder with ,low ,melting ,point #dba ,soldering ,clamps1 ,homemade #acg ,soldering for the ,amateur #ch ,soldering ,tool1 ,emergency #bh ,spark ,coil1 ,piercing ,glass ,plates with #dbf ,spectacle ,case1 ,leather1 ,how to ,make #bbh ,spit ,turned by ,water ,power #ajb ,splashes1 ,study of #afd ,spine for ,draftsman #djf ,spoon ,rest for ,kettles #bd1 #cjd ,sport-,skis and ,ski-,toboggans1 ,making #c ,sports1 ,winter1 ,devices of #chj ,spring ,board for ,swimmers #bcg ,spring1 ,curtain ,roller1 ,how to ,tighten #gi ,sprocket ,wheels1 ,small1 ,to ,make #ae ,stage1 ,miniature1 ,how to ,make #aei ,stains1 ,iodine1 ,removing #dbe ,stains on ,book ,leaves1 ,removing #ca ,stamp ,pad1 ,handle for ,opening #bc ,stamps1 ,to ,remove ,paper from #bcd ,star1 ,north1 ,photographing #ddc ,static ,machine1 ,how to ,make #agg ,steam ,calliope1 ,how to ,make #dah ,steam ,engine ,made from ,gas ,pipe and ,fittings #ahd ,steam ,engine1 ,model #a ,steam ,engine1 ,toy1 ,how to ,make #gc ,steam ,turbine1 ,homemade #bj ,steamboat ,model1 ,simple #baf ,steel1 ,chisel1 ,annealing #cfb ,steering ,wheel1 ,heated #dda ,stereograph1 ,principles of #ahf ,stick ,pin1 ,how to ,make #afd ,still1 ,homemade #dbf ,still1 ,simple1 ,how to ,make #agj ,stool1 ,camp1 ,how to ,make #bbb ,storage ,battery1 ,small1 ,how to ,make #aba ,stove1 ,electric1 ,how to ,make #ca1 #bgc ,stove ,polish #acc1 #beb ,stovepipe1 ,cleaner for #bcj ,stoves1 ,cleaning #aee ,strainer and ,ladle1 ,combined #cjb ,stream1 ,crossing on a ,log #id ,street ,car ,line1 ,imitation1 ,how to ,build #cgd ,sundial1 ,how to ,lay ,out #bfa ,sunlight1 ,using in ,magic ,lantern #bea ,swimmers1 ,spring ,board for #bcg ,swimming ,pool1 ,concrete #agh ,swing and ,turning ,rings ,combined #bhc ,swing ,chair1 ,porch #abh ,swing1 ,homemade ,round #aib ,swing1 ,merry-,go-,round1 ,how to ,make #aca ,swing ,seat1 ,child's ,homemade #bgf ,switch1 ,automatic ,time #hj ,switch1 ,battery #ii ,switch1 ,electric ,pendant1 ,how to ,make #caj ,switch1 ,reversing for ,electrical ,experiments #ib ,switch1 ,simple1 for ,reversing a ,current #aaa ,t ,table1 ,lifting #ii ,table ,mat of ,leather1 ,how to ,make #bhf ,table1 ,mission ,library1 ,how to ,make #ada ,table ,pads1 ,asbestos #bab ,talking ,machine ,reproducer1 ,relieving ,weight of #bde ,tank1 ,small1 ,aerating ,water in #bda ,target1 ,illuminated #bia ,tarnish1 ,removing #ag ,tea ,tray1 ,cheesebox ,cover #ah ,teeter ,board1 ,revolving #big ,telegraph and ,telephone ,line1 ,combination #ccb ,telegraph ,codes #dbb ,telegraph ,instrument and ,buzzer1 ,how to ,make #ccd ,telegraph ,key and ,sounder1 ,how to ,make #gf ,telegraph ,key1 ,homemade #ba1 #bhc ,telegraph ,line1 ,one ,wire #gh ,telegraph1 ,line1 ,simple ,open ,circuit #ei ,telephone and ,telegraph ,line1 ,combination #ccb ,telephone ,experiment #acg ,telephone ,receiver1 ,homemade #ee1 #cec ,telephone1 ,receiving ,wireless ,telegraph ,messages with #ib ,telephone1 ,singing #ge ,telephone ,transmitter1 ,homemade #cih ,telephone1 ,wireless1 ,how to ,make #dcb ,telescope1 ,how to ,make #ajh ,telescope ,stand and ,holder #bah ,telescope1 ,water1 ,how to ,make #daj ,tent1 ,bell1 ,how to ,make #aij ,tent1 ,lawn1 ,quickly ,made #cih ,tents1 ,weatherproofing for #chi ,thermo ,battery1 ,how to ,make #ei ,thermo-,electric ,battery1 ,how to ,make #adj ,thermometer1 ,air #aeb ,thermometer ,back in ,etched ,copper4 ,to ,make #bdf ,thermostat4 ,small1 ,how to ,construct #dee ,thorns ,used as ,needles ,in a ,phonograph #dec ,thread1 ,cutting ,inside ,glass ,bottle #agi ,thread ,spools1 ,pockets for #ac ,time ,alarm1 ,electric #dcc ,time ,switch1 ,automatic #hj ,tin1 ,sheet1 ,grooved ,pulley ,made from #dab ,tinware1 ,rustproof #cdg ,tire ,repair1 ,emergency #cc ,toaster1 ,electric1 ,how to ,make #cg ,toaster1 ,homemade #aci ,toboggan ,sled1 ,how to ,make #dd1 #chd ,toboggans and ,skis1 ,making #c ,tool1 ,cutting ,point of #bgh ,tool for ,lifting ,can ,covers #ceb ,tool ,hangers #dec ,tool1 ,soldering #bh ,top1 ,austrian #ab ,top1 ,optical #fi ,toy1 ,child's ,rolling1 ,how to ,make #bbd ,toy ,darts and ,parachutes #ceb ,toy ,flier1 ,how to ,make #dbi ,toy-,skidoo-,skidee1 ,scientific ,explanation of #afb ,trailer for a ,bicycle #cig ,transformer1 #aaj-,volt4 ,how to ,make #dci ,trap for ,rabbits1 ,rats and ,mice1 ,how to ,make #cie ,trap for ,small ,animals #hb ,trap1 ,minnow1 ,how to ,make #cij ,trap1 ,mouse #aab1 #aih1 #dej ,trap1 ,rabbit #bcc ,trap1 ,rat #bij ,trap1 ,self ,setting1 ,how to ,make #aeh ,trays1 ,copper4 ,how to ,make #ahj ,tree1 ,measuring the ,height of #cgf ,tree ,top1 ,building ,house in #adf ,trees1 ,burning ,inscriptions on #de ,trick1 ,balancing on ,chairs #aca ,trick1 ,bottle1 ,diving #cca ,trick1 ,buttonhole #bcd ,trick1 ,cannon ,balls1 #cf1 ,removing from ,handbag #bef ,trick1 ,card4 with ,tapered ,deck #gj ,trick1 ,coin and ,card on the ,first ,finger #age ,trick1 ,coin and ,tumbler #cgh ,trick--,coin1 ,changing into a ,button #bcd ,trick--,coin1 ,disappearing #agf1 #aic ,trick--,coin1 ,moving ,under a ,glass #bad ,trick--,coin1 ,sticking against ,wall #agf ,trick--,coins1 ,dropping in a ,glass ,full of ,water #bca ,trick--,coins1 ,making ,stick to ,wood #bhg ,trick--,cord1 ,buttoned #dbg ,trick--,electric ,illusion ,box #ace ,trick--,electric ,shock1 ,to ,give ,while ,shaking ,hands #acc ,trick--,flowers1 ,growing #bdd ,trick--,forks4 ,balancing on a ,pin ,head #dbg ,trick--,handkerchief ,mended after ,being ,cut and ,torn #aih ,trick--,hat1 ,to ,hang on a ,lead ,pencil #acc ,trick--,key1 ,removing from a ,double ,string #agi ,trick1 ,knot #afg ,trick--,knot4 ,magic #aih ,trick--,light1 ,invisible #bea ,trick--,magic ,box ,escape #g ,trick--,magic ,spirit ,hand #b ,trick--,marble1 ,rolling #aig ,trick1 ,mechanical1 with ,cards #fc ,trick--,miniature ,pepper's ,ghost ,illusion #eb ,trick--,optical ,illusions #gd ,trick-,paper1 ,withdrawing from ,under an ,inverted ,bottle #cc ,trick-,photograph of a ,clown ,face #ahj ,trick1 ,rising ,card #bef ,trick1 ,sack #bea ,trick--,scissors4 ,removing from ,card #age ,trick1 ,skldoo-,skldee #aaf ,trick1 ,stage-,levitation #dei ,trick-,table1 ,lifting #ii ,trick-,thread1 ,cutting ,inside a ,glass ,bottle #agi ,trick1 ,vanishing ,handkerchief #cai ,trick-,violin1 ,making ,spirits ,play #bie ,trick1 ,watch #cac ,trick1 ,water and ,wine #bdd ,trick with a ,coin in a ,wine ,glass #afg ,tripod ,holder1 ,homemade #bhd ,trolley ,coaster1 ,homemade ,overhead #chg ,trousers1 ,hanger for #adc1 #cfi ,trunk ,lock4 ,combination1 ,how to ,attach #acd ,turbine ,engine1 ,how to ,make #cee ,turbine1 ,steam #bj ,turning ,rings and ,swing1 ,combined #bhc ,turpentine ,in ,cutting ,oil #cjb ,typewriter ,ribbons1 ,renewing #ded ,v ,vacuum ,cleaner1 ,new ,use for #be ,vacuum1 ,experiment with #dci ,valve1 ,flush1 ,repairing a ,washer on #cdd ,varnish for ,electric ,terminals #cge ,vegetables1 ,preventing ,burning in a ,pot #ad ,vegetable ,slicer #dac ,vehicle-,automobile1 ,boy's ,homemade #dcj ,vehicle-,hand ,car ,made of ,pipe and ,fittings #ddj ,vehicle1 ,propelling1 ,how to ,make #djb ,vehicle-,wind ,propeller1 ,how to ,make #dae ,violin1 ,making ,spirits ,play #bie ,vise1 ,carpenter's ,homemade #cf ,vise4 ,hand4 ,how to ,make #bja1 #baa1 #bbf1 #bhj1 #cdj ,volcano4 ,miniature4 ,how to ,make #ddh ,voltammeter1 ,pocket #ccj ,voltmeter1 ,battery #aec ,vulcanizing ,press for ,rubber ,stamps #cid ,w ,walking ,stick4 ,electric #dac ,wall1 ,cleaning #cge ,wall1 ,waterproofing #bbi ,wallpaper1 ,moldy1 ,cleaning #cbj ,war ,dance1 ,miniature #bee ,washboard ,holder #ci ,washer on a ,flush ,valve1 ,repairing #cdd ,washers for ,emery ,wheel ,arbors #cei ,washing ,machine1 ,driving with ,motorcycle ,power #bai ,watch1 ,demagnetizing #aff ,watch ,dial4 ,illuminating at ,night #adi ,watch ,dials1 ,making ,photographs on #chf ,watch ,fob1 ,how to ,make #ab1 #bbc ,watch ,fob1 ,shoestring1 ,how to ,weave #bhe ,watch ,trick1 ,mystifying #cac ,water1 ,aerating ,in ,small ,tank #bda ,water and ,wine ,trick #bdd ,water ,bicycle1 ,how to ,make #cce ,water ,candlestick #djf ,water ,colors1 ,to ,prevent from ,crawling #ed ,water1 ,drowning a ,dog's ,bark with #dce ,water4 ,freezing in ,pipes #dji ,water ,motor1 ,homemade #ff1 #caa ,water ,power1 ,spit ,turned by #ajb ,waterproofing a ,wall #bbi ,water ,rheostat #dc1 #gh ,water ,supply1 ,cost of #dce ,water ,telescope4 ,how to ,make #daj ,water ,wheel ,does ,family ,washing #abi ,water ,wheel1 ,how to ,make #cgd ,water ,wings1 ,how to ,make #bjb ,wax ,impressions from ,seals #dej ,wax ,molds1 ,copies ,made by ,electrodeposltion #aeg ,weather ,vane1 ,monoplane #cij ,weatherproofing for ,tents #chi ,weights for ,athletes1 ,how to ,make #bgd ,wheel1 ,revolving with ,boat ,sails #aeb ,wheels1 ,front1 of an ,automobile1 ,greasing #cbj ,wheels1 ,sprocket1 ,to ,make #ae ,whisk ,broom ,holder1 ,sheet ,metal #bba ,wind ,propeller1 ,how to ,make #dae ,wind ,vane1 ,electric ,indicator for #cdh ,windmill for ,practical ,purposes1 ,how to ,make #cii ,windmill1 ,miniature1 ,how to ,make #ccc ,windmill1 ,musical #gd ,windmill1 ,stationary1 ,how to ,make #dde ,window ,attraction--,fish and ,birds ,illusion #bci ,window ,boxes1 ,rustic #cj ,window ,conservatory #ajc ,window ,display #bb ,window ,lock #cig ,window ,shade1 ,fastening to a ,roller #dac ,window ,shade1 ,repair for #bbi ,window ,shelf for ,flower ,pots #bib ,window ,stick #dej ,windows1 ,removing ,glass ,letters from #cai ,windows1 ,to ,keep ,free from ,frost #ced ,wings1 ,water1 ,how to ,make #bjb ,winter ,sports1 ,devices of #chj ,wire1 ,aluminum1 ,insulating #cjf ,wire ,connections1 ,flexible1 ,forming ,coils to ,make #ddc ,wire ,loop ,connections for ,battery ,binding ,posts #ddi ,wire1 ,paraffin1 ,how to #afa ,wire ,puzzle #cgh ,wire1 ,removing ,insulation from #bac ,wire ,terminals for ,battery ,connections #afh ,wireless ,coherer1 ,easily ,made #gg ,wireless ,messages1 ,quartz ,electrodes ,used ,in ,receiving #agj ,wireless ,systems1 ,simple #ed ,wireless ,telegraph1 ,how to ,make #hd1 #aba ,wireless ,telegraph ,messages1 ,to ,receive with a ,telephone #ib ,wireless ,telegraph1 ,short ,distance #ajb ,wireless ,telephone1 ,how to ,make #dcb ,wires1 ,drawing ,into ,fixtures #ac ,wires1 ,flexible ,electric1 ,adjuster for #chf ,wondergraph1 ,how to ,make #dcf ,wood ,pieces1 ,octagonal ,wood1 ,block for #bic ,wood1 ,staining #bba ,woodwork1 ,cleaning #cae ,work ,basket1 ,homemade #bb ,work ,basket1 ,magnet for #bib ,workbench for the ,amateur #bbf ,workbench1 ,homemade #ddb ,wrestling ,mat #ccj ,writing with ,electricity #gd ,x ,x-,ray ,experiment #aij ,x-,ray ,instrument1 ,homemade #aea ,y ,yacht1 ,ice1 ,how to ,build #cjg ,z ,zincs1 ,old ,battery1 ,to ,use #hg